S AV N - ‘ S SS : . SN RR DONS NX SEV Ly SSR VAQASVVv_g \ WY RAN KG SSN ‘ SS SS \ . RON N SS NY ‘ SS \ A . WY AX Oy \ SOIAVNny . Raggy SW RMWVrsy QO VK We ANY \ SY WSS \S WH OO WL bt HN: ty * Tay ta Latha ABA RRA : \ \ SN \ \\ AN ~ RQ , \\ \ NS . SS MAY SN ‘ RX SNS S . SS S \ \ MAAN RQ WN SOY AMI KKK AX AAG AQ AG SS WR * EAAHHY SAY SS SRR LH SY IG . \ RK DONS SWAY RAK WV SS \\ SA . WRAWS SV WAMQ SRR ~7s3gy RAY LON Rg Ss NS . Lge UX SAG QQ AA WK QA XS IK KC KKK IK WM XX \ NN . . SS . . = SY Cres 1 ee A wh? cf" a ON Rwy SAS Cowen Ar ode! ,eurre so ae ia Le ae“ Sey deg Pacha on wy Oe ed | ae OD 0 ei ti cM DM ht ta EE a dg é wd Z pt) . WANA NS .. SANAAN SAAS ute oN AAAAR ANS SAAS . ww S A w' SRE AVM ME ASST SHEAR HAVANT ONT RWARARNY . RANA wean . CL OIN Fs ates 2 ., Lae. vee NASA AA \ AN ‘ URNS os New York \y UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK - PLATE 6 e305 ANNUAL REPORT STATE GEOLOGIST NEW_YORK VTE MUSEUM N wy Vt RAN oe Ridin Vaan Hepsi a LEGEND 2 Portland Comont HE Natural Comont © Sandstone © Bluestone S Timestone 0 Magi. Marble 4 Granite Trop ® Slate = Poldspar © Mines of fossil one @ Minow of speoulir ove @ Mines of brown homatite and sputhic ore nes of magnene iron one Post % Claydopositw DEPOSITS 4 Shale dtepasitn ‘ Hy. Y, rT Sy , BD OLN NOTUR ari tac OF PRY Ec4 1h YR HMR oY fi fi y * j : ge a HU. fr? Nae University of the State of New York N za N 7 y NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM e 1 57th ANNUAL REPORT 1903 WASN ESPs: 57th REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND 23d OF THE STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 AND APPENDIXES 1-5 PieaeNvoM(ITTED,TO THE LEGISEALTURE JAN..-6,:1004,, BY ‘THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY ALBANY UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORKS 1905 \1qaa9e ' University of the State of New York REGENTS 1903 With years of election - 1892 WiLLiaAmM CrosweELL Doane D.D. LL.D. Chancellor, abate, f, 1878 WatreLaw Rep M.A. LL.D. Vice Chancellor New York er 1877 ‘Caauncey M. Duewy Lied, 2 °°. 0. New York — 1877 CHarves E. Fircu LL.B. M.A. L.H.D. : - Rochester — 1881 Wituiam H. Watson M.A. M.D. LL.D. : Utica 1881 Henry E. Turner LL.D. - - - Lowville 1883 Sr Cirair McKetway M.A. L.H.D. Lu.D. D.C. ie Brooklyn 1885 DaniteL Beacw Ph.D. LL.D. - - - - Watkins 1890. Puiny T. Sexton LL.D. : - eet es - Palmyra 1890 T. GuiLForD Smits M.A. C.E. LL.D. - . Buifalo 1893 Lewis A. Stimson B.A. LL.D. M.D - - . - New York 1895 ALBERT VaNpER VeuR M.A. Ph.D. M.D. - Albany 1895 CHARLES R. SKinNER M.A. LL.D. Superintendent of Public Instruction, ex officio 1897 CHester S. Lorp M.A. LL.D. - - - - - Brooklyn 1900.THomMas A. Henprick M.A. LL.D._ - - : Rochester 1901 BensaMIn B. OpeLi Jr LL.D. Governor, ex officio 1901 Ropert C. Pruyn M.A. - - - : - Albany 1902 WitiiaAm NorringHam M.A. Ph.D. LL.D. : Syracuse 1903 FRANK W. HiceIns Lieutenant Governor, ex officio 1903 Joun F. O’Brien Secretary of State, ex officio 1903 Cuarurs A. Garpiner LL.B. M.A. Ph.D. LL.D. . New York 1903 CHarues S. Francis B.S. - : : : - ‘Troy One vacancy SECRETARY Blected by Regents 1900 JamMeES RussetLt Parsons gr M.A. LL.D. STATE MUSEUM COMMITTEE 1903 Regent T. Gui_trorp Smite Chairman Regent C. S. Francis, SUPERINTENDENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION DIRECTORS OF DEPARTMENTS {888 Mervin Dewey M.A. LL.D. State Library and Home Eductiian 1890 James Russett Parsons gz M.A. LL.D. Administrative, College and High School Dep’ts 1890 Freperick J. H. Merrive Ph.D. State Museum STATE MUSEUM STAFF YEAR ENDING SEP. 30, 1903 Administration and Geology Freperick J. H. Merritt Ph.D. (Columbia) . Director and state geologist - Henry H. HinpsHaw B.Sc. (Chicago College of Science) Assistant in geology Hersert P. Wuitiock C.E. (Columbia) ..Assistant in mineralogy Freperick C. Pautmier M.S. (Princeton) Ph.D. (Columbia) Assistant in zoology 0 7 RCLESESLL Seg Nee ge Clerk and stenographer a ApmnBHeT TRASK... .. << css... a. Sa ea Junior clerk CII os 6 Say wine ie ee ye wl ds iw as eee Stenographer FIELD ASSISTANTS | In Pre- Cambrian geology Prof. H. P. Cusuine, Adelbert Wollese In Pleistocene geology Prof. J. B. WoopwortH, Harvard University Prof. H. L. Farrcu 1p, University of Rochester - In Economic geology Dr Heinricu Riss, Cornell University Prof. C. H. SmytuH gr, Hamilton College Prof. I. P. BisHor, Buffalo State Normal School Prof. T. C. Hopkins, Syracuse University Prof. W. N. Loean, St Lawrence University C. J. SaRLe, Rochester Paleontology JouHN M. CruarKke M.A. LL.D. (Amherst) Ph.D. (Marburg) 7 State paleontologist Rupotr RUEDEMANN Ph.D. (Jena, Germany) Assistant state paleontologist Mmtrrenge MAUD ERUE So.) 5 c's vd na ance vee SS ce Field assistant Serine IS ARKENTING 2) AG. 5 Ss ba oe ee es Lithographer eS EHINTINE Goh dais Soe et Eh. baw ws de eo ea Draftsman JAcOoB VAN DELOO.......... es ak tars Clerk and stenographer PMEREIN EMME Yo. ee ee es apie. Suen. 2 :Helper Pee ATTIMORN 5: 1s ace co. PS Ree os oe ew _. Preparator FIELD ASSISTANTS Dr A. W. Grapau, Columbia University G. H. CHapwick, ‘Rochester University ‘C. Ae HARTNAGEL, Hornellsville G. vAN INGEN, Albany Botany rns = & . Paex Eat, (AMIR Seed fe cee SA State botanist Entomology EpHraiM Porter Fett B.S. (Boston) D.Sc. (Cornell) State entomologist Cuartes M. WALKER B.S. (Mass. Agricultural College) . . Assistant Dp. T. Youne. eee LO A SS 5 5 ve eae aan ear ae Assistant Archeology Rev. Witt1aM M. Beaucuamp §.T.D.......... Author of bulletins me ie mats ps Les setninh ss Aaptons ‘ak Fomine © WosepRTgeese ides Hotes aaah y ater x eat as re rake 0 agg Pog) Ua Ca oN am ae OES SET ip Eee yee em * a LC BO f 7% int nay , : i ‘ss ao Pat ms ar ak iow OA Bie y arts at oe baat Py ee ais mpillot) rad ob ont | ny fraser rege OOO, mg) sFasil et te Gist is eats 23 | Fi | aia frowrrats: ie : Bere ed Yaotion atl we loathe igiaK, obat of ntl comet aes ‘ CHAT OS SIRT EA aniatolle Ris it Hs ate ie SeBy LAK { ya Be age i derpsienieaiat: (annie 1 .¢o ah (tersoak st A” 1, OS A 1 AERO ied Hust ey aigie : “9a ‘ {eet “aite) Chast “Tha fatnola | 2HoT Rd ainitea tireierer es, “is atone isis: NGL Fda NS Pe de eee . eae eo fea vj reared J SPREAD, OS yy at Oe Le See ee oy oan ct aka Ghote: SIE eee ‘ged TSO DARA Pl eke eae nae ieee Bares. ad} 53 - i ye Ce ie . ‘ ae : F f2v Hewes. hows PreK reisah CSS teen ati S EreaIa lo Fo? rans UNE A ae Trovit Siatt 5 “ran EE Be ore alfiyveliaol iso AATHAEL We «oe | | Yeo LA nad on) ras K YoicieH * eho a é fai th} sot aoa, es eas * Pile ! ego! OLTG and iene 4 ERs ‘<4 So dgast }, Rs $f. rae . ? 4 * tt ry Tie HRA SEPIA J Lee Re See ¥! ve 7: . BONS IE ; Ree ied See ai ie Wb a x S aie buen Pet STATE OF NEW YORK No. 40 - fn SENATE Jan. 6, 1904 Fv NCU ic Re PORT OF THE Bey YORK SITATE MUSEUM To the Legislature of the State of New York I have the honor to submit herewith, pursuant to law, as the svth annual report of the University on the New York State | Museum, the reports of the director of the museum and state geologist, of the paleontologist, of the botanist and of the ento- mologist, with appendixes. ; , WILLIAM CROSWELL DOANE Chancellor pee gece ten ie a 4 ° - \ ; : : . pi my THOUS | MjdeuM Ss ELL LULU = ; Me we cept: Ot MBAS. eg . abt | * iat A Fi rs P “gilt we y , 4 ‘ «e « ri Aye ahi Rae Hoe att iE TO MA b yo"! tH ge F. 4 i Ant LUE jnigutorno sie od ue : Digs shy TO Dan. Mes ) ioe ar Ba eorethacnge. ic td ry ® roy met CONTENTS ; VOLUME 1 57th Report of the Director and 23d Report of the State Geologist, 1903. | . PAGE PRN eth ne asa e os Sia age ERTS ORES. Sc ac sci kc cc Su oc ee cece ces 6 DMI hota tne fe ge ee atte os SS eve Be oe okie ees anebeak 6 Pee anipElan And. CEYStalline TOCKS.) 2 si... at ane ete ce eee sees 6 PNCHSCOCENC (>: .... 52. ok See Oe iad ere eat lace er ees oe a lens OA Ae si 8 2 DUETS ETT Se ee pee eee ee rok, eee 12 we LL EU ELT eR I ae tre ty eee yan: TE Nl "A 13 _ Peat: Its Formation, Uses and Occurrence in New York. © Arthur PEARSON Path. WIR Roe «hee Ae AGU ea Oe Huda otc ae istic sede 15 Notes on the Gypsum Industry of New York. Arthur L. Parsons.. 89 Abrasives of New York State. Harry C. Magnus............... 158 - Minerals not Commercially Important, Herbert P. Whitlock..... 180 Distribution of Hudson Schist and Harrison Diorite in the West- chester County Area of the Oyster Bay Quadrangle. F. J. H. Meremassisted. by, Ho'C:*MASRUS FUN OP oso. 5 os Senses cee sca ee 193 The Northeast Extremity of the Pre-Cambrian Highlands. F. J. H. Peet Ware Hap iy ot. INCISON: DIAIG Sac «a ' w ins cin one chen ache en ose 195 Paleontology ... ee hs, Sk ee ee a le, a 198 EB ABU Ne sha ee ete ae oi ee ws mada wes de wa ae oe Serteeeriere naleiey beet Me. 200 Entomology NE ye ae pe oa, PARES trae mks ae aatel a oles ote 202 SL Stipe as eee 204 EE ee wag moe Se ee oN he cae CR SPR ei wate Send 205 Peas Atcime WusewMm.. VNUs, Meee Mel see. Meee cee alee 2 205 ea enic tO ene eollectionsi 2) 65.74... .2907. 27ers «ee balspernss.? 206. 2 0 EL LS Se re So ee eae Moss bat Hebden... 210 NEEM 2 See cer oho aa. ai sean BEGhe cia cg A Gia'e la steaie « che MOMRVaHd = LaeTErpr eel 215 Appendixes I-5 ' Museum bulletins T0-72, 74, 76, 77, 79, 80a -1 Geology 6 (77) Geology of the Vicinity of Little Falls, Herkimer Co. H. P. Cushing 2 Mineralogy 3 (70) New York Mineral Localities. H. P. Whitlock 3 Paleontology 10 (80) Report of the State Paleontologist 1903. J. M. Clarke a Bulletins are grouped into appendixes according to subject and each appendix is paged separately. 4 CONTENTS 4 Zoology 10 (71) Feeding Habits and Growth of Venus mercenaria. J. L. Kellogg 5 Entomology 19 (72) Grapevine Root Worm. E. P. Felt. 20 (74) Monograph of the Genus Saperda. E. P. Felt and L. H. Joutel 21 (76) 19th Report of the State Entomologist 1903. E. P. Felt 22 (79) Mosquitos or Culicidae of New York. E. P. Felt VOLUME 2 Appendixes 6-7 Museum bulletins 73, 75, 78a" ' 6 Botany 7 (75) Report of the State Botanist 1903. C. H. Peck ~~ 7 Archeology 8 (78) Metallic Ornaments of the New York Indians. WwW. M. Beau- champ 9 (78) History of the New York Iroquois. W. M. Beauchamp VOLUME 3 Appendix 8 Museum memoirs, 5-6 8 Memoirs 5 Guelph Formation and Fauna of New York State. J. M. Clarke and Rudolf Ruedemann 6 Naples Fauna in Western New York. J. M. Clarke VOLUME 4 Appendix 8 (continued) and general index Museum memoir, 7 7 Graptolites of New York. Pt 1 Graptolites of the Lower Beds. Rudolf Ruedemann General index ua Bulletins are grouped into appendixes according to subject and each appendix is- paged separately. .University of the State of New York New York State Museum REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1903 To the Regents of the University of the State of New York I have the honor to submit herewith my reports as director of the State Museum and state geologist for the fiscal year ending Sep. 30, 1908. Respectfully yours FRrepDeEerIcK J. H. MERRILL Albany N.Y. Dec. 31, 1903 6 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM GEOLOGY The work of this division has continued along the lines of investigation previously in progress. As usual, the autumn, winter and spring have been occupied with the preparation of maps and other matter for publication, and the summer season has been devoted to field work. Maps The demand for an up to date geologic map of New York, of moderate size, has led to the preparation for the publication of a new edition on the scale of 15 miles to the inch, which shall — extend a short distance beyond the New York State boundary in all directions, so as to show the geologic relations in the imme- diately adjoining territory. Tracings of the 5 mile base map for reduction to the scale of 15 miles to the inch were prepared under the supervision of Mr ©. C. Vermeule, while tracings of the territory adjacent to New York have been prepared in the office by Mr H. H. Hindshaw. The manuscript was placed in the hands of the contractors for engraving, Messrs A. Hoen & Co., in September, and the map will probably be issued within 12 months. The hypsometric map issued with the 21st Report of the State - Geologist has met with a reception indicating much appreciation of its value, and, in accordance with the request of Professor. Landreth, is to form a plate in the next report of the State Water Storage Commission, by permission of the University. . Accompanying this report is a map of New York State which shows, by various conventions, the distribution of its mineral resources. | Pre-Cambrian and crystalline rocks In August the State Geologist took up a comparative study of the rocks of eastern Berkshire county, Mass., as an important help in working out the classification of the crystalline rocks of the Highlands of Putnam county, and the adjacent territory in - New York, on which he has been engaged at intervals since 1884. In this he was aided by Mr H. C. Magnus, who had formerly taken part in the work on the Highland area between West Point and Peekskill, and who was occupied during the spring with the REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 (! mapping of. that portion of Westchester co. included in the Oyster Bay quadrangle. Two weeks were spent in the Berkshire region and two weeks - more in the study of the pre-Cambrian and other crystalline rocks on the shores of Long Island sound between New London on the . east and Fairfield on the west. Then, returning to Pittsfield, some further time was spent in reconnaissance trips from Williamstown on the north to South Norwalk on the south and eastward as far as Springfield. In the course of this work much benefit was derived from conferences with Professors Dale at Pittsfield, Cleland at Williamstown and ’ Gregory at New Haven. This work has been necessitated by the great mass of geologic investigation carried on in western New England during the past 15 years, on formations in part ideusten| with those of south- eastern New York. | In the Adirondack region, Prof. H. P. Cushing had prepared to continue his work of previous seasons, but during the past summer the heavy rainfall rendered field work in the woods impossible except on comparatively few days. It had been intended to finish the mapping of the Long Lake sheet; but, for the above reason, only about half of the work was completed. In the area covered, attention was mainly centered on the hard geology, and the experience of previous seasons was corroborated in that the anorthosite was found, in this district, to grade invariably into a gneissoid gabbro along its border and to become involved with, and apparently cut by, a gneissoid and rather basic phase of the adjoining syenite. Later, a short visit was made to the Little Falls region to clear up one or two points connected with its geology. ‘In the office the areal mapping of the Little Falls sheet has been transferred by Professor Cushing to the revised map of that quad- rangle, which has recently appeared, and the maps transmitted for publication. A short report on the petrography of the Northumberland rock was transmitted by him for publication in the 21st Annual Report of the State Geologist. Much time during 8 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM the year was devoted to the preparation of a report on the geology of the northern Adirondack region; and it is well advanced toward completion, so that it will be forwarded for publication early next spring. Pleistocene During the field season of 1903 Professor J. B. Woodworth con- tinued his work on the Pleistocene geology of the eastern part of the State. Work was begun in the month of April on the remap- ping of the Harlem and Brooklyn quadrangles, Mr J. W. Gold- thwait being charged particularly with the detailed mapping of the outcrops of bed rock not heretofore shown on geologic maps. This work was advanced by Mr Goldthwait during the summer season to the point of showing in detail the surface geology of the major part of the southern half of the Harlem quadrangle and that of the Brooklyn sheet except the area within the city of Brooklyn. The plan of showing the position of the hundreds of small rock exposures in the former area as an index to the dis- tribution of the thin till, rendered the field work necessarily slow. Mr Goldthwait, on account of illness, was forced to leave the field in the middle of August and has not since returned to it. The glacial striation in the mapped portion of the Harlem area. was studied in detail and, through the occurrence of newly made sections, some advance was made in differentiating into definite categories, deposits of drift which heretofore have been repre-. sented as undifferentiated glacial materials. Another season’s field work will be required to complete the area undertaken. Several days were devoted by Professor Woodworth during the spring and summer to’ following the progress of the borings made in the western part of Long Island by the Commission for Addi- tional Water Supply. The sections thus obtained threw much additional light on the structure of the outwash plain, particularly in the area of the Hempstead sheet. A detailed investigation was carried on at the same time in the area by the United States Geological Survey, a preliminary report of the observations of which, including data from many deep wells privately undertaken, 7 . REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 9 has appeared in various journals. Of the large number of samples of gravels, sands and clays obtained by the Commission referred to, small samples were. allotted to the State Museum and are now in Mr Woodworth’s charge for such use as can be made of them. From the 6th of July to the 13th of August Professor Wood- worth was granted leave of absence in order to attend to his duties as instructor in one of the summer schools of Harvard University. On the 17th of August he proceeded to Norwood N. Y., where he was joined by Professor Coleman of Toronto Can., and, accompanied by that geologist, conducted a rapid review of the shore lines and evidences of marine submergence lying between Mooers Junction and Adams Center on the southern side of the St Lawrence valley. The primary object of this expedition was to obtain the expert advice of a geologist whose familiarity with the similar phenomena on the Canadian side of the St Lawrence and Ontario valleys was deemed of the highest value in settling mooted points regarding obscure indications of shore lines in this district. In the course of this examination, Professor Coleman found marine shells (Macoma groenlandica) in clays on the outskirts of Ogdensburg. Later, Messrs Coleman and Woodworth found abundant traces of marine shells in stratified sands near the boundary line between the towns of Lisbon and Ogdensburg, in- cluding Macoma calcarea and one specimen of Cylichna alba, a very rare shell within the limits of the State, the only other known locality being that at Port Kent, where it was early noticed by Professor Ebenezer Emmons, and where but two specimens have been collected in the course of this investigation. These Ogdens- burg localities are at an elevation of about 275 feet above the sea. At Norwood, sewer openings which were made in the summer of 1903 revealed many new localities of marine shells, invariably Macoma groenlandica. On the hill north of the village, those shells were found in the clays from the;sewer trench at an eleva- tion of 360 feet above the sea by the aneroid barometer, or an elevation of 370 feet according to the engineer’s levels tied to the 10 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM railroad elevation at the station. This locality is the highest yet reported within the limits of the State. The highest known shell locality on the eastern side of the Adirondacks in the Champlain valley is at about 346 feet on the Saranac river at Freydenburg’s mills. A locality on the Big Chazy river near Mooers is at about the same level. These marine shells occur through the clayey ground in the village of Norwood (Potsdam Junction of the old maps of the State). This elevation of 360 feet agrees very closely according to Professor Coleman with the upper limit of marine shells on the north side of the St Lawrence valley near Brockville in Canada. Professor Woodworth also reports an occurrence of marine shells in gravel pits along the road between Mooers Junction and Hemingford, Quebec, near the latter place at an elevation of about 270 feet (aneroid). The shells are mostly Saxicava rugosa in an excellent state of preservation. The locality on the Big Chazy near Mooers was found this sea- son and has furnished Sazicava rugosa, Macoma calcarea, M. groenlandica, Leda arctica, Yoldia cf. sapotilla, and Balanus sp. Marine shells were also observed in a trench in gravels about 1 mile west of Perry’s Mills at an elevation of about 300 feet. Mr William D. Stevenson, customs officer at Mooers Junction, states that he saw shells at a depth of about 8 feet in a well excavated some 15 years ago at McDowell’s store near the railroad station at Mooers Junction. There is a marked sand and gravel delta here at an elevation of 280 feet. | A few marine shells (Macoma groenlandica) were also seen this last season in a small sand hillock at an elevation of 300 feet on the north side of Tracy brook in the town of Chazy, where that stream is crossed by the state road from West Chazy to Sciota. The latter part of August and the first part of September were devoted by Professor Woodworth to the completion of the mapping and study of the Mooers quadrangle, the work on which had been far advanced during the preceding season. Search was directed particularly to the finding of marine shells in stream banks and to the tracing of the shore lines which traverse this area. This ae REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 11 map has been prepared to show the distribution of beaches, whether marine or lacustrine. The attempt made last season to discriminate the different classes of drift of glacial origin in the low submerged tract below the 600 foot line was perforce abandoned for most of the area, when it became evident that the glacial deposits had been worked over by the action of waves and currents during the epoch of submergence so as to confuse and commingle materials of diverse origin. For the purpose of obtaining information concerning the tilted attitude of the beaches and the marine limit in this district, two visits were made to outside points in Canada, the first to the - vicinity of Ottawa, and the other to the isolated igneous masses near St John’s and Beloeil, in Quebec. In the case of Monnoir or Mt St John near St Grégoire, no definite upper limit of wave action was observed. The northern and eastern slopes were largely bared of drift. What appear to be fractures partly filled with blocks riven from their walls, are striking features in the upper part of this mount on its eastern aspect. The fractures extend in a northwesterly and south- easterly direction. Professor Woodworth could not determine at the time of his visit that the narrow openings were due to excava- tion of nonresistant material by waves. A visit to Beloeil showed heavy pebble beaches developed about the base of this mountain on the west up to an elevation of from 310 to 320 feet above sea level by aneroid compared with.the hight of the rail at St Hilaire. An ascent of the northwestern part of the mountain showed no traces of beaches or wave action, but: the slopes were everywhere too steep to record clear indications of marine action. From Ottawa, a reconnaissance was made of the slopes of Kingsmere mountain, northwest of that city, between Chelsea on the Gatineau, and Kingsmere postoffice. Traces of shore lines were found between Old Chelsea and Kingsmere postoffice at 480, 550, 640 and 705 feet by aneroid set at Chelsea Station. A heavy deposit occurs along this road at about 800 feet; but Profes- sor Woodworth was not able to find the criteria which would 12 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM satisfy one that it marked a shore line; much less that it was of marine origin. The ascent was continued at the Kingsmere post- office up to 965 feet to the northward, but no definite shore lines were seen. Professor Woodworth is indebted to the Geological Survey of Canada for advice and literature concerning the study of shore lines about Ottawa, and particularly to Dr R. W. Ells for person- ally conducting him to the Pleistocene phenomena of the Hull district. He also wishes to express his obligation to Joseph Hobson, chief engineer of the Grand Trunk Railway, at Montreal, for information concerning the altitudes of stations on that road. During the latter part of the season, Mr P. T. Coolidge, of ‘Watertown Mass., accompanied Professor Woodworth as a volun- tary assistant in the search for shore lines and marine shells. Mr Coolidge reports the finding of Mytilus edulis in the delta deposits at Port Kent south of the railroad station. Incidentally, Professor Woodworth reports, as having fallen under his notice in the course of the above journeys, the occur- rence of trails of Protichnites on a ripple-marked sandstone layer of the Potsdam at high-water mark under the bank of Lake Cham- plain at Port Kent near Trembleau Hall. Professor Woodworth has also prepared a report of progress on the Champlain district, being essentially an account of the general surface geology of the Mooers quadrangle, comprising portions of the towns of Mooers, Altona, Chazy, Beekmantown and Dannemora. A detailed statement of the results of the study of water levels on this area is to be embodied in a report on the marine submergence following the glacial period. This report forms a Museum bulletin. Owing to the absence of Prof. H. L. Fairchild in Europe, no investigations were conducted in the work under his charge. Economic geology In economic geology, papers on peat and gypsum were com- pleted by Mr A. L. Parsons and an article on abrasives in New York was prepared by Mr H. C. Magnus. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 eS A rearrangement of the collections in economic geology was made in the early part of the year in order better to display them under the improved conditions of lighting in the first floor of the rear wing, to which three new windows have been added. Mr H. H. Hindshaw, assistant in geology, has been occupied _ with the compilation of statistics of the mineral products of the State, in editing and reading proof on bulletin no. 62, entitled Natural History Museums of the United States and Canada, and in completing for the engraver the hypsometric map of New York. During the past year the Director has been in correspondence _ with the New York State Louisiana Purchase Exposition Com- ° mission in regard to an exhibit of the mineral resources of New York and has attended one of its meetings. It is probable that an extensive exhibit from the State Museum will be installed at St Louis. : Mineralogy In the division of mineralogy the principal work of publication consists of a list of the mineral localities of New York State arranged by counties, which has just been completed and will be shortly issued as bulletin 70, mineralogy 3. In this work Mr. Whitlock has systematically arranged in tabular form the data collected from various published authorities and embodied such notes and additions furnished by field reconnaissance and study of specimens in available collections as are necessary to make the bulletin a useful work of reference on New York mineralogy, to teachers, students, collectors and curators. A bibliography, consisting of 281 references to published articles on New York mineralogy, is embodied in the text. The educational work of the division of mineralogy has been advanced by giving two public lectures, in Graduates Hall of St Agnes School, on subjects connected with mineralogy. The lec- tures were illustrated by 57 lantern slides and 23 slides showing artificial crystallizations, which were prepared by the division of mineralogy and are available for future work along this line. The curatorial work of this division has progressed along sev- 14 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM eral lines. The plan of placing group and explanatory labels throughout the exhibited material has been developed to a con- siderable extent. The large collection of duplicate mineral material formerly stored in various places throughout the build- — ing has been assembled, sorted and classified, so that duplicate specimens are now readily available. | Additions to the mineral collections have been made by several field excursions, among which may be mentioned in particular a collecting trip to the mines of the Newark Cement Co. at Rondout, which resulted in the acquisition of a large and complete series of calcite and associated minerals from that locality. we PEA ITS FORMATION, USES AND OCCURRENCE IN NEW YORK BY ARTHUR L. PARSONS NOTE BY THE STATE GEOLOGIST In my 21st annual report I published a paper by Dr Heinrich - Ries on “The Uses of Peat and Its Occurrence in New York,” which represented the available information at that time. In con- tinuation of the work done by Dr Ries, Mr Arthur L. Parsons has prepared the following paper, which, while duplicating a part of what Dr Ries has published, forms a résumé of our present knowl- edge on the subject of this material, which probably in the near future will become of economic importance through the develop- ment of processes for cheaply making it into available fuel. F. J. H. Merrivyu Part 1 Par. 2 Part 8 CONTENTS PAGE Introduction, ...::ich ess! cew shies dak 18 Inundated: Jamds) yo. coca oe os a ee 20 Classification of swamps......«<.. io. 4 secu eee 21 Description of swamps. 2... 0.42%. ..8 2) eee 21 * Marine marshes 2... 3...< 42s 0snskiek 2 eee - 21 Mangrove marshes? 7.2... \nos5.. o0c <6 eee 23 iresh-water Swantps 2. i. «a0. ee0eses a eee 23 Lake’ SWanups? ep sui sis tise cB eee «eee 23 River Swamps: os. ins ols 2 eee ee od ye 25 Delta*swamips:...'s. Th i. Jo) eee ee BS Upland swaps’ 2o3..4. See 7.0 ee 26 CUNT OCS, aie pigsie Spruit eee ae 26 Ablation SWAMPS .).) 2 iss). shake es op ae Oe er 26 Classification of peat based on vegetation.......... 20 Classification of peat based on physical condition... 27 Process of peat, formation... 3. «...... + «ane 28 Analyses of peat... 0... specctee os «+ on a2 Methods of determining fuel yalue.........20ee 36 Economic value of Swamps...) ....... +... aoe 38 PS TVOR fone 4 Bees. & chats acoed Lik auase es. 6 4 ire er 38 Marsh grass and cat-tails.........,.«0.)0e ene 38 Moss litter.) 00. case wale bss «+ 2 29 38 Peat? Piel cue ees falar A IE ek 39 Methods of preparing peat for fuel.............. 42 Mechanical treatment of peat. .......... eee 44 Peat coke and volatile products..................- 59 Agricultural value of peat. ....0). 5.2. -%0-% «/e 61 Associated. products ....:.2.4219. an5-k> =) 62 REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 cf PAGH Iii ssepmnteal ears thay x 2x 4 ok tal AO AD. Shc en ee 63 EO BLOM OLE spp iaye dasa A oe a beri APS eRe acetate. ee ae 63 Part 4 Distribution of swamps in New York State........ 63 Salt marshes of New York State.............. Pia. hod Part 5 Description of important swamps in New York State. 68 Drowned lands of the Wallkill...... Lae athe a ean 68 GLY COMME MCAGOMS iy seansrcpata: « 2 dealer x «ida weeks 72 ISIE SSD Ma TLAR 6) 9.4100 PANES ee me Ves ae eNO ee 72 Deuel SVAN foci Bova. au Pet ae tl ieee Mbt Wh BR a) cs ee 73 CCT O TSW ATMs 20554 5 Silo ans Sean VOL Beg pal at bale ss mis vine Pea Ab alee a 3). sue, 2d heen re CE Neca orc Bete TT Baa TS TON eee tiene tin tage SH a nign! dah do chee we Pace ha ge 13. dst TLC A ch its oiratibe adits a tian oth Piva geen 78 Madrid: Ald AK Oa Sis. Acsugiae alee eerste Aes « 79 Montenming, MALSHES sain, te \wtsbany bie ath. ¥ heb. Pewee s 80 Pinnacle marsh, ochester pio.-cea% soi. its bse. teve 83 Wak. Orchard. Sy AMM 293). 0s avsiaaik veer aite poy SO zee «le 83 BSW OUY Nek ile eae Sie dette: 8 bane abt tae Ps ston ie CEST eee, © see Er pene nn ee neni Tern ate 85 Part 6 PEAT ITS FORMATION, USES AND OCCURRENCE IN NEW YORK PART I INTRODUCTION The purpose of this paper is to give reliable information con- cerning the occurrence, formation and uses of peat, and descrip- tions of the principal deposits of this material in this State. Geologic considerations have not been taken up in detail, because it is chiefly the aim of the author to discuss the econemic im- portance of the material in agriculture and the arts. Many attempts have been made by different people at various times to prepare and market peat in New York State, but heretofore the undertakings have soon been given up. During the summer of 1902, when it was almost impossible to secure anthracite coal in New York city, peat was brought to the city from some of the swamps on Long Island; but, in spite of the demand for fuel, there was little or no sale for this material. A careful inspection of the more important deposits in the State and a study of the fuel value of peat of average composition and the products which may be obtained from it have forced on the author the conclusion that peat deposits may be utilized to advantage as sources of fuel when the material is properly prepared. In most European countries peat is used quite extensively, and new processes of manipulating the raw material give a product that is finding favor in all kinds of manufacturing establishments. Peat is thus defined by the Standard Dictionary: “A sub- stance consisting of partially carbonized vegetable material, the result of the decomposition of various plants (sometimes aquatic) in the presence of water; found usually in marshes, bogs, etc. At the surface it contains considerable water, but deeper it is more compressed and gradually approaches the condition of lignite.” 18 REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEoLoGIS® 1903 19 It is in fact the first stage in the process of coal formation. The definition given above gives only a vague idea of the character of the substance, and, in order to understand its nature, it is neces- sary to make a study of the conditions governing its formation, and to this end a classification and description of swamps and marshes must be given. | The value of the swamps in New York State is ordinarily greatly underestimated both from lack of information in regard to their extent and ignorance of the manner in which they may be reclaimed for agricultural purposes. Ordinarily unimproved swamp land is assessed at about $5 per acre, but, when this same land is drained, it sells ordinarily at from $200 to $500 per acre, so that, when it is known that the estimated area of the swamps of New York is more than 35 of the State the enormous value of these tracts is at once apparent. It is impossible to give a complete list of the swamps of the State, because in many cases the deposits may cover only a few acres or even less than an acre, but a study of the topographic maps of the United States Geological Survey will give the location of the more important ones, though it must ever be borne in mind that all swamps are not peat deposits, though all peat deposits are or have been swamps. Many of these swamps are spoken of as muck swamps even when the best of peat is found in them, and the term peat is not common in referring to swamp deposits in this country. The reason for this is undoubtedly the fact that peat is used in this country almost entirely as a fertilizer. The original meaning of the word muck is moist manure. From its resemblance to stable manure, peat came to have the same name, more particularly because the two were commonly mixed to make a compost. The name thus came to be applied to peat when used as amanure. Again, peat containing a large percentage of ash is known as muck, possibly from the fact that this kind of peat would be used as a manure, while the better peat was saved for fuel. 1Shaler estimates the area of inundated lands in New York State to be between 2000 and 3000 square miles. U.S. Geol. Sur. 10th An. Rep’t, p.311. 20 _ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM In general, a swamp or marsh is formed when the drainage in any locality is so arrested that sufficient water is retained to prevent complete decay of the vegetable matter that may be de- posited. The greater amount of vegetable matter that accumu- lates in a Swamp is not due to the increased luxuriance of the vegetation ; in fact, the amount of vegetable matter that may be deposited on the uplands may be greater than that which accumu- lates in a swamp. On the upland, where the drainage is unim- peded, any accumulation of vegetable matter is exposed to frequent alternations of moisture and drouth, which hasten the process of decay; but in a swamp, where the moisture is always about the same, the decomposition is very slow, and is rather a process of deoxidation than oxidation, or decay. The various processes of decomposition are well shown in a fence post when set in moderately moist soil. The portion above ground is to all intents and purposes in a dry atmosphere, and the rate of decay is very slow. For a few inches above and below the surface of the ground the decay is very rapid, because the soil retains the moisture after rains; but in time of drouth this part becomes dry. This alternation of moisture and drouth furnishes an ideal condition for decay, and, when a post breaks, it is invariably at this point. Below this zone of decay the moisture is more con- stant, and the decay is less, and in many cases, when an old post is dug up, it is found to be sound at both ends and almost rotted off at the surface of the ground. This will serve as an explanation of the fact that all that may be left of a great deposit of vegetable matter where drainage is unimpeded is a thin deposit of mold, while the same amount of vegetable matter in a swamp forms a thick bed of peat, which in some cases may be fifty or even a hun- dred feet thick. Inundated lands The most complete classification of inundated lands that has come to the notice of the author is the one by Shaler [10th An. Rep’t U.S. Geol. Sur. p. 264] which is given below. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 21 Classification of swamps Grass marshes Mangrove marshes Mud banks Above mean tide Marine marshes Below mean tide Eel grass areas River swamps : Estuarine Lake swamps Lake ‘aida Quaking bogs Wet woods Climbing bogs Fresh-water swamps Upland swamps | ) Terrace i ! Ablation swamps Description of swamps | The distinction made by Shaler between the terms marsh and swamp, confining the former to marine formations and the latter to fresh-water deposits, is one which might be carried still farther to distinguish between bog, mire, morass etc. It seems to be the general impression that all these wet lands are areas of soft, black mud and slime overgrown to a certain extent with marsh grasses and cat-tails, which form a mire that is absolutely im- passable, whereas most fresh-water swamps have a floor of moss or interlaced roots and fallen trees which make a perfectly safe foothold for the person who may attempt to cross. In New York State examples of all the above mentioned classes of swamps are to be found with the exception of the mangrove marshes. As a rule, only the fresh-water swamps of the State are of any importance as sources of peat, though the value of the salt marshes, if reclaimed, would be very great as farm or garden lands. Marine marshes. The four classes of marine marshes, though entirely distinct, are not as widely separated as appears at first; they are in fact separate steps in the same process. For a strictly logical classification the arrangement would be, (1) eel 22 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM: grass areas, (2) mud banks, (3a) grass marshes and (3b) man- grove marshes. | These marine marshes are in most cases formed in bays where the wave action is slight. Their history in general is as follows: The waves wear away large quantities of material from rocky headlands and beds of glacial drift. The rock fragments are car- ried to adjoining beaches, where the pebbles are slowly ground to a fine mud, which may be carried by even a slight current to a great distance. Clay from the drift is reduced to the same condi- tion. The mud is not deposited to any great extent where the waters are disturbed ; but, when it is driven into protected bays, it slowly settles and forms a bed on which a crop of eel grass rapidly springs up. These eel grass fields are usually covered with 3 or 4 feet of water at half tide, when the tidal current is greatest. On account of the habit of the plant, the tidal current is practically stopped where the grass is growing, though the water above the grass is usually more or less laden with fine mud, which slowly settles to the quiet water below and, becoming entangled by the stems of the grass, gradually increases the thick- ness of the deposit in this place. The dying portions of the eel grass and the bodies of many Crustacea and Mollusca are depos- ited with this mud and rapidly increase the thickness of the deposit. When the deposit reaches such a thickness that it is dry at low tide, the eel grass ceases to grow, and the increase in the deposit comes entirely from the sediment borne in by the tide. On the highest part of the mud flat thus formed, grasses and other forms of vegetation begin to grow and gradually form a covering which raises the level of the marsh so that it is only overflowed by the highest tides. Sometimes the mud flat between the eel grass area and the grass marsh is as much as a mile wide, but this is exceptional. The growth of the deposit is more rapid in the grass marsh than in the eel grass area, because the plant, leaves and stems are larger, and for this reason gather sediment more effectively. The grassy marshes are more carbonaceous than the eel grass areas, but they rarely contain 50% of carbon and usually do not furnish a supply of peat suitable for fuel. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 23 When reclaimed by drainage, they make excellent garden land, though the cost of drainage is greater than in the case of most fresh-water swamps. Mangrove marshes. South of Fernandina and thence through- out Florida, mangrove marshes take the place of grass marshes. The roots of the mangrove develop in salt water, and the plant spreads by means of rootlike processes which implant themselves in the marine mud, while the tree itself is entirely above water. Fresh-water swamps. Though marine marshes and fresh-water Swamps are sharply defined in the character of ihe vegetation and in the periodicity of inundation, the two have their point of meeting in the estuarine or delta swamps. It is hard to draw the line of distinction between the different classes of fresh-water Swamps and a study of conditions will force on the student the conclusior that all fresh-water swamps are modifications of lake Swamps. The causes of lake formation in general will not be dis- cussed for the reason that this article has only to do with lake filling. A logical treatment of the subject might start with a discussion of any one of the four classes of fresh-water swamps, but for convenience the author will discuss them in the order given below: 1 Lake swamps la Lake margins 1b Quaking bogs 2 River swamps 2a Terrace 2b Estuarine or delta 3 Upland swamps oa Climbing bogs 3b ©Wet woods 4 Ablation swamps Lake swamps. Near the shores of almost any lake or pond a growth of rushes and other aquatic plants may be seen, and usually they are found more abundant in sheltered bays where the 24 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM waves have very little effect. This growth of plants retards the motion of the water, so that any sediment which may be in the water is deposited, and at the same time the shore is not sub- jected to the beating of waves. Under these conditions a fringe of moss springs up and rapidly spreads out over the surface of the water. Just a little in advance of the mosses a floating mat of cat-tails is usually found, which is an important help in the spread of the moss by furnishing greater protection from the waves than is given by the rushes alone. Though these mosses grow most luxuriantly in such locations, the growing part must be slightly above the water level, and the cat-tails furnish a sup- port on which the mosses grow more rapidly than when alone, because more of the growing part is above the water. As soon as the moss has formed a mat over the surface, certain grasses and ferns spring up and add to the deposit of organic material formed by the dead plants. As the mat becomes deeper, heath plants begin to grow and by their more woody stems help to make a more porous deposit, on which larger bushes take root. As soon as the mat becomes deep enough to reach the bottom of the lake near the shore, the deposit gradually rises above the level of the waters of the lake, and small trees find suitable con- ditions for their growth. The effect produced by the trees and bushes is to form clumps of vegetation above the general level of the moss, so that many trees which ordinarily are not supposed to endure such moist conditions grow in luxuriance. Such a bog in time will entirely cover the lake, and the zone of rushes and water lilies will be the first to be eliminated, then the cat-tails disappear, and the moss and other plants will occupy the entire surface. In the center of the lake a quaking bog will be left; but, by the gradual filling both by pressure from the growth of the lateral deposits and by the deposition of decomposed parti- cles from the overlying vegetation, the bog becomes a solid mass of peat. As soon as this occurs, the level of the entire bog be- gins to rise, and the spread of bushes and trees over the entire surface is very rapid. | REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 25 In some cases the floating bog becomes heavier than the water and “either breaks and sinks suddenly to the bottom or is slowly and gradually lowered into it and covered with water.”! Authentic instances of such sinking are rare; but about the year 1500 a forest in the Valdes-Ponts sank in one night, giving place to the Lae d’Etailléres. In this way most, if not all, of the submerged forests have probably been formed and brought to their present position, and it is the most logical explanation that can be given for the alternation of peat and marl in many swamps. | River swamps. Terrace swamps are in certain respects merely modifications of lake swamps and are formed in depressions in river valleys. These depressions are caused in a great measure by the deposition of sediment near the river bank in time of high water, thus forming a dike which prevents any water which may overilow from the river from again returning to the watercourse when the flood recedes. The pools formed in this way become | more or less covered with swamp vegetation and in time are filled with a deposit of impure peat and muck. The oxbows or moats of a river system, when cut off from the river, form pools which fill up in the same manner as a lake, though floods leave deposits of mud on the surface of the vegetation, thus forming a more mixed deposit than is formed in a true lake, where little sediment can reach the still water beneath the floating vegetation, and none at all can go above it. Delta or estuarine swamps. The dikes or levees formed by a river naturally extend to its mouth and are gradually extended beyond the shore line. In many cases the river breaks through this wall and may have several outlets, thus forming a delta. The spaice between these outlets is usually lower than the banks of the river, and swamp vegetation springs up and a delta swamp is the result. In case this delta is at the head of a lake, the grada- tion from the delta formation to the lake margin swamp may be so gradual as to make it difficult to tell where the line of division should come. True delta swamps are not common in 1Lesquereaux, L. Pa. Geol. Sur. An. Rep’t. 1885. p.107-8. 26 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM New York, though the “ vleys,” or swampy borders of the Hudson come under that head. Upland swamps. Upland swamps are found in regions which are approximately level. In a region where the surface does not have a fall of more than 4 or 5 feet to the mile, any vegetation which may spring up has a tendency to retard the flow of the rain- water. When leaves or the trunks of trees fall, they act as a sponge and retain the water, thus furnishing better conditions for the growth of mosses and grasses. If the plain is originally a woodland, the forest may be destroyed by the swampy condi- tions thus produced, or it may be replaced by a growth of the trees that are ordinarily found in swamps. It may seem far- fetched to call such a Swamp a modification of a lake swamp; but, when one considers that every fallen twig and every root is a dam which holds back the water, it is apparent that the whole area is made up of little lakes which furnish the proper conditions for the growth of the swamp vegetation. In such a swamp the rush and cat-tails stage may be entirely lacking, and the sphagnum and grasses will be the most important factors in the swamp formation. Climbing bogs. Climbing bogs are the natural spread of any swamp to higher levels on account of the great amount of moisture that is absorbed by the sphagnum and other mosses of the swamp, but they are of no importance in this State. Ablation swamps. Ablation swamps, otherwise known as corro- sion spring swamps, are not common, but are caused by the gradual subsidence of the surface of the ground on account of the solvent action of water on either the surface rock or some of the under- lying strata, forming a pool or depression in which swamp vege- tation springs up. The solution of salt and gypsum in central and western New York is without doubt an important factor in the formation of swamps in that part of the State, though in most cases other causes have an important share. Upland swamps and ablation swamps do not depend to such a degree on the presence of terrestrial water for their growth as REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 27 the lake and river swamps, but get a large part of the moisture necessary for their formation from a humid atmosphere. In some cases springs may furnish the supply of water; and in the case of some swamps in glacial kettles the only apparent supply is , rain water. PART 2 Classification of peat based on vegetation Somewhat dependent on the differences in inundated lands is the classification of peat based on the variety of plants which go to make up the mass. Though no large mass of peat is made up of any one kind of vegetation; yet a general distinction can be drawn which is based on the most important class of plants present. The following classification is given by Wagner:' (1) “bog peat consisting principally of species of sphagnum; (2) heath peat, formed chiefly from the roots and stems of Erica and Calluna; (3) meadow peat, formed principally from grass and sedges; (4) forest or wood peat, formed from the wood of trees; (5) sea peat, formed from sea weeds.” Some difficulty is encountered in referring some of the New York deposits to any one of these classes, because of the many im- portant varieties of vegetation present in the same swamp. There is no difficulty in referring the Montezuma marshes to the third - class, inasmuch as they are principally composed of cat-tails and grasses; but in the case of the Cicero and Oak Orchard swamps and the Drowned Lands of the Wallkill, it is decidedly a question ; berings bring up pieces of wood from all depths, and the surface is covered with a luxuriant growth of trees, but at the same time sphagnum and other mosses form a dense carpet, which rapidly covers any fallen trees and may furnish a greater amount of material than the trees. Shrubs and heath plants are also found, so that these swamps seem to be filled with a more composite deposit than is indicated by any of the classes given by Wagner. Classification of peat based on physical condition Another classification that has been used is based on the differ- ence in texture of the upper and lower layers of the deposit. 1Wagner, Rudolph. Manual of Chemical Technology. 28 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Cleaveland in his mineralogy! distinguishes between (1) fibrous peat, or turf, and (2) compact peat, or peat proper. His defini- tion and description of peat are so good that I quote them in full. Peat consists essentially of vegetable matter in various states of decomposition; but is more or less mixed with earths and salts. It appears to differ from vegetable earth [or mold] by retaining nearly all the principles of the vegetable, though these principles may have formed combinations which did not exist in the living plant. We notice two varieties of peat, depending chiefly on the degree of decomposition in the vegetable. (1) Fibrous peat. This variety, sometimes called turf, is composed chiefly of vegetable fibers, variously interlaced, and united by a slimy, vegetable mat- ter in a more advanced state of decomposition. Its texture is of course very loose. Hence we perceive the roots, stems and leaves of various plants, which grow in swamps, bogs, marshes or heaths; indeed, it sometimes seems to be composed almost entirely of leaves. When dry, it is lighter and more elastic than compact peat, and its color is usually less dark. (2) Compact peat. When recently dug, it forms a very slimy mass, soft to the touch, and sufficiently tenacious to be cut or molded into small regular solids, like a brick. When dry, its texture becomes more or less firm and compact, and it exhibits an earthy fracture. It is harder, heavier aud blacker than the first variety. It embraces few or no visible remains of the organic parts of vegetables and seems to have orig- inated chiefly from aquatic plants.. In some rare instances its. fracture is glossy like resin. The two preceding varieties pass insensibly into each other and frequently occur in the same bed. In this case, the upper part of the bed is loose and fibrous, having undergone only partial decom- position; but, on approaching the lower parts, the remains of the vegetable fiber gradually disappear, and the peat becomes more compact, in consequence of the more complete decomposition of - the vegetable and of the pressure of the superincumbent mass. Process of peat formation The manner in which a peat bog is formed has been described under the head of lake swamps, but the process of peat formation is a subject for theories. It is known that the vegetable matter loses certain percentages of carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, but just what 1Cleaveland, P. Elementary Treatise of Mineralogy and Geology. 1822. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 29 the chemical changes are which take place is unknown. The pro- cess of peat formation is the first stage in the formation of coal, and the following table! shows the manner in which peat and the principal varieties of coal may be formed from woody tissue by the loss of constituents. & H @) total WO0d ......cecseces 49.1 6.3 44.6 100 IGSSt tte: S «. etaela Shige. 21.5 ae 29.1 54.1 Loss equivalent to 40% CO, yy 50) ae ee 27.6 2.8 15.5 45.9 and 14.2% CH, Percentage ........ 60.1 6.1 33.8 100 LOSS ......2-200205- 8.1 2.2 21.5 31.8 Loss equivalent to 29.6% 19k RE Se Sees Wee 41 4.1 23.1 68.2 CO, and 2.2% H, uniting Percentage ........ 60.1 6 33.9 100 with outside O MENTS eo Gok ws oat e's © 2 1.6 18.0 Zl io Loss equivalent to 7.33% MERON eye, ciatmaislale wie s score 47.1 4.7 26.45 78.25 CO, and 14.42% H.O Percentage .......- 60.2 6 33.8 100 PRES Weise to his's'e alse 18.65 3.25 25.4 = 47.3 Loss equivalent to 34.9% PN MELE, osc cin 4's oss SUe4o) io 05 e eelOea =o ae CO, and 14% CH, Percentage ........ 57.8 5.8 36.4 100 MOOS Sige = ctate Shapers, t= re 6.4 1.% 17.2 25.55 Loss equivalent to 23.6% i IDF FO KL ne ee 42.7 4.35 27.4 74.45 CO, and 1.95% CH, Percentage ........ 57.3 5.8 36.9 MOS Serie orsiotcietoic:n,é oa cia 1 1.4 13.75 16.15 Loss equivalent to 3.6% Wee sieaitte 2 esha csec. 48.1 4.9 30.85 83.85 CO, and 12.5% H,O Percentage ........ 57.3 5.9 36.8 Mes fet es: 31 5.1 41.9 78 Loss equivalent to 57.6% VII Bituminous coal.. ala ile 82.2 22 CO, and 20.4% CH, Percentage ........ 82.2 5.5 12.3 : as eee «ie. 5545 14.8 4.01 39.45 58.3 Loss equivalent to 54.24% VIII Bituminous coal.. 34.3 2.29 5.15 41.7 CO, and 4.01% H oxidized Percentage ........ 82.2 5.5 12.3 LS ee eee 4.3 3.3 37.9 45.5 Loss equivalent to 15.7% IX Bituminous coal.. 44.8 5: 6.7 54.5 CO, and 29.8% H2O Percentage ........ 82.2 5.5 12.3 Bess Beats... es 34.57 6.03 438.95 84.55 Loss equivalent to 60.79% Mm Anthracite)........ 14.53 P| -65 . 15.45 CO, and 24.12% CH, Percentage ........ 94.04 1D 4.21 LOSS sees nnaccscscos 16.17 5.7 43.12 64.99 Loss equivalent to 59.29% Al AMthrycite 5 .....0. 32.93 6 Teale Psa sOL CO, and 5.7% H oxidized Percentage ........ 94.06 1.71 4,23 It is seen from the table that the conversion of woody tissue to peat, lignite and bituminous coal may be brought about in three distinct ways and the change to anthracite may take place in two ways with little or no chemical action between the woody fiber and outside material. The probable stages in the change are indicated in numbers I, IV, VII and X. By reference to this table it will be seen that peat and lignite are almost identical, and that the peat is somewhat more- 1 Bischof, Gustav. Elements of Chemical and Physical Geology. 1:276— 80. Tr. by B. H. Paul & J. Drummond. 30 | NEW, YORK STATE MUSEUM decomposed than the lignite. This, however, is not neces- sarily so, for the upper layers of a bed of brown coal may show peat, which in all probability would not have reached the same degree of decomposition as the coal beneath. This gradation from peat to brown coal or lignite is shown in a deposit of brown coal at Grovetown Ga. | From this table it will be seen that the change from wood and moss to lignite and peat consists in the evolution of certain per- centages of carbon, oxygen and hydrogen, which leaves a relatively increased percentage of carbon and a decreased percentage of hydrogen and oxygen. The principal products given off in this ° change are marsh gas, carbon dioxid and water. Some nitrogen is given off; but this may ordinarily be neglected on account of the small amount present, and: in cases where large quantities may be found, it is probably due to the decomposition of animal matter or to the ammonia that is brought down by rains. Analyses of the gas given off from peat beds do not give data that can be depended on in determining the formation of peat. The evidence of this is shown by a comparison of the analyses of sphagnum, compact peat and the gas from a peat bed as analyzed by Websky.’ | Composition exclusive of ash Carbon Hydrogen Oxygen Nitrogen LL US DDASTIUMT Pe sete hee os oe it es 49.88 6.54 42.42 116 iy A] BPW RDG, at oats «2 Bt abs eg ee 50.33 Tass) 42.63 1.05 Ry MCA Guape1es: ete a deteele sdepthe «ans ame me. 50.86 DS 42.57 a 1 Sphagnum moss from a bog at Grunewald near Berlin. 2 Peat from same place. 3 Peat from the high moors (Hochmoor) of the Upper Harz, 2500 feet above the North sea. The analyses of the gas from a peat bed by the same authority ‘gives CO, 2.97; CH, 48.36 and N 53.67. Now, granting that only half the original material in the sphag- num had been evolved as gas, it will readily be seen that such 1The foregoing is quoted from Percy’s Metallurgy, where the following reference is given: Websky, Justus. Erdmann’s Journal fiir Praktische Chemie. 1864. 92:98. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 ot a percentage of nitrogen as the result of the decomposition of vegetable matter is an impossibility, for the peat contains nearly all the original nitrogen of the plants, or its place has been taken by nitrogen washed in by rains. Again, though the decomposi- tion is largely a process of deoxidation, and a much smaller per- centage of CO, is given off than is the case when the vegetation decays under ordinary conditions, yet the small percentage of this gas given is probably incorrect, for water takes up its own bulk of carbon dioxid, while only about 5¢ of its bulk of marsh gas is taken up by water. It will thus be seen that the tendency is for the CO, to be dissolved in the water and taken from the water by Mollusca, while the marsh gas is thrown off into the air. In this way the small percentage of CO, in the gas from a bog may possibly be explained. In addition, we must account for the disappearance of a large percentage of oxygen, which can not be accounted for in any other way than by supposing that the amount of CO, formed is greater than is indicated by the aralyses given above. STATE MUSEUM NEW YORK 32 ‘AOSIOL “Ni JO ‘TOeH|*** 18p'd “g98T “£OSIOL N jo ‘loon eeoeeelreee Isp'd “g9st spd ‘g9gT ‘£OS.10 ¢ N jo 9 (ere 9) ceeeelee peas Tsp'd ‘g9gT “£OsIor aN jo a (elee9) > 8. mien e-||\n farce Ws 80e'd_ “eggT q.doy ‘ous y ‘gory clo Aytoqyny ‘sur | 10 96 Sigh | OL | 6I (5 c0e| 26 VE '& LORETO" evi eet GOs ai" 80° | LE 9V'T CO ek Se OP el oe a ke | GE | 4I'S v9 860 | 68-=| €6 °° Pests - | O86 sov|— |t20" est" -\€90" Ist Pri jess" £O00%0 “OIS |*O0 | °OS | °O°d |O78N | OF | OSW Ov) 66'S! 8'9T! 8° 69|/° °° 00 SIILOJT “UMOJLIOAVO F Sh’ | LTT) 8°gg|00 ueS108g ut Zoq epepur[ly ¢ [settee S| eae” ei ABs 16° € ST ST 48° 99 SOBJINS ALOTOq OOF G 09 J “OO SIIIOP, “VIG -UUN[OD 4¥ [ONZ LOZ yn yeag zg 6F € 9T OTTO go : SLI0y, ‘oytduimy veiquinyt -O* ‘SMOPBOUL Yooiq Yovlgq T : AOSIOP MONT Negro ices iga lie = ses IOJVMOISPLIG IVE OIVOTT : UBSIYOIL EAs Hee tame aa @ownos 807907 yead jo uorzisodwos yeormeays ‘SosATCUB JO B[GE4 SULMOT[OJ OT[] UL UMOYS sT-soovd snormea WOIJ 8zeed Jo UOT}Isodu0D EU, yead jo sasAyeuy 33 REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 ‘OFST + “PUeIST epoyYy Jo 074g oY9 Jo ASAIN, [eINI[NOLAS VY pue [eorsojoey oy} Uo 4aodey “J, SepIVYH ‘Mosyour yz 69 &I ee ee cy vie) "M0JSULXO'T 1G SLLASOHOVSSV AL CCC i JOYONIMBT 61 BACT ees 6) Siaieveiler eae co WOISSUTYT Ss ST eoeoeererl|e ee eee ese eee oee ees eee eee teres HOTATR MA OT far ee ee ae JOHOOSTOOM, FT PE ate a ee eu eee et eet ale rene -+ © DIOTHOTAA, BT es ae OREO i tera SRR oe ee OM cor ae ros -qoyongMed BT Re Ae coll een. Sg an aia oaace cal wk eee o ee Ra ae “+++! -TO\SURI) TT eveb ee alle els) oe; Shi wile ee Ouel © me. 8) eo) ele ss le) s\\ bls wie 8 © ow a sem is WOISSULST ‘9 OL eit eda tS Pa ieee ouy pur Aavoy TOYA ‘ATTOABIB [vor UOISSUIS, “SO 6 Cher tou en Tn dh-Cy pet occ ht fens BOTTIS AT4sout soyse svn ‘Oe ehe o 0 en © 6 *MOJSSULYT ‘9 8 Biv .oy 0) ea] She ale) oe ole 6 WU ae Ore gile6 AAvOY RAD ae Ens CTO SOLIS. No ae ee cete enti ee UMOIG por ‘goed u00 Che rbhekens Kee Lee ve Neue WOJSSUTST 'N 9 ‘snoaqy pue Ayepy “QUsty jo IH pueyrequing g OUT] jo oyeydsoyd g "14 AG ea 6)|| oie eres 9 i cece Pardee eesti Ak cet eee rae the ciey Ger B esatalarss eran ae alles Sieg nee: wt NE go7 Sl aie See CREE ance er | o6 - Sith gailemrwe hae et oul Jo opeydsoyd g'y | ssf 9° | GT L are g | Sl | SP | S8'Tp 3 oil 6 | gee te oe es Te fe lee earl om OLS OSL bagi. Air ecole! ae Se RY od sae S 6.6) 8 m)|\ se ate « jee G},’ CP ate ee Bh tee 6 sol) 08m | OVO | eQck¥ | torg 107)8Ul 91481030 A Usv ys}yeod purys, epoyy 34 ‘ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Additional analyses SOURCE HzO) | “Ash Orepale decor ING Tis. Harsco i 93 2 Bearord.: Ny 2 oe 5.8 4.6 89.6 o Ganterpury N. Heoi3)) oe. 6.2 | 93.8 4 Canterbury N. H....| 18.7 | 23.4 62.9 5 Lyndeborough N. H.} 21 12.3 66.7 6) Mranconia WN. Gloss. 6 v. 26.3 13.7 0 Menideth. INH oh 5.1 94.9 o. Bediord Sinead lo) ec 24.3 76 9 St Dominique Can..|...... 1.21 |? 92:78 10 St Dominique: Can. !|........ 6.75 | 93.2 11 Rochester N. Y.....| 14.471 2.16). 83.38 12 Rochester N. Y..... 14.23 | 3.05} 82.72 18 Rochester N. Y..... 14.51 | 5.08] 80.41 14 South Salem N. Y..| 19.43 | 21.27] 59.3 15 Ardennes, France...| 30.5 8.3 61.2 Authority Analyses 1-8 are taken from Geology and Mineralogy of the State of New Hampshire, 1844, by Charles T. Jackson. Geology of Canada, 1868. Fairchild, H. L. & Barnum, E.G. Pinnacle Peat Marsh, Proc. Roch. Acad. of Sci., v.38. Edward Hirschfield, analyst. R. A. Fisher, analyst. M. Diday, analyst, quoted from Taylor’s Statistics of Coal. Connecticut peats! SOURCE Analyst Goshen Ct Goshen Ct Goshen Ct Milford Ct Milford Ct Plainville Ct Griswold Ct eee eee erve : Twining see ersee see eeeves ee eeene eeeceeeee a fais eis 0) =e eeeeee see eee 1 2 3 = 5 6 a 8 9 10 West Cornwall Ct. 11 North Granby Ct. 12 Poquonnock Ct... 138 Poquonnock Ct.. 14 Brooklyn Ct 15 Brooklyn Ct 16 Brooklyn Ct dy Gropklyn: Cty ..:.1. : 18 Collinsville Ct.... 19 Collinsville Ct.... 20 Collinsville Ct.... 21 New Haven Ct.. 22 New Canaan Ct.. 23 New Canaan Ct.. 24 New Canaan Ct... 6 a fe (eka a, Se je oye © Org. 52.42 71.67) 8 Ash | Water 35.21| 12.37|Fresh- water swamp 4.52) 15. 3.23) 19. Place 20.33 13. mali .46 Salt marsh .29 Fresh- water swamp .96 .66 ce *Johnson, 8S. W. Hssays on Peat, Muck and Commercial Manures. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 35 Connecticut peats (concluded) SOURCE Analyst Org. | Ash | Water Place 25° Rockville Ct..... R. A. Fuller. .|64.23 5.41 30.36|Fresh-water swamp 26 Rockville Ct...... 5 . (83.88) 2.21). 13.91 iy _ 27 Rockville Ct...... ae . (52.16) 9.63) 38.21 i 28 Brooklyn Ct...... i . (05.08) 6.37, 38.58 ef 29 New Haven Ct.... $4 . (97.57/27 13). 15.3 As 30 Stonington Ct.... i . .|64.81| 8.68) 26.51\Originally fresh, now covered with salt | water 31 South Salem N. Y. + ../59.3 /21.27, 19.43/Fresh-water swamp 82 Salisbury Ct...... ci . .|55.23/16.7 | 28.07 cs 383 Stonington Ct.... 4 . .|28.37/61.85) 8.78\Salt-water swamp Ontario peats! Calculated on 15 % water content Water in i bal WF) original | volatile BOG sample |combus-|Fixed carbon ash tibles Per cent} Per cent/Per cent} Per cent 1 Welland From. iop.to 20 in. depth .,.....2: 2.4. <.2 os es: 82.2 | 59.27 | 21.66 4.07 From 20 in. to clay bottom at 42in...... 87.48 | 56.78 | 21.05 TORT 2 Beaverton Peon top to 7 modepth: 2s... iss ose aes ce 62.98 .| 57.18 | 11.67 | 16.2 Pronv im.) to loin depths). 20). 83.31 | 67.58 | 10.39 7.03 Reon 15 in: 10 26 in depths)... 2.6). 2.0... 84.86 | 73.6 4.72 6.68 From 26 in. to 40 in. bottom............. 82.98 | 56.93 40 | 27.67 3 Perth Se a ort ye, oc Bes ae wie 003 « Sec Shoe a a the.e | 54.72 | 19.85 | 10.48 Sipe etic, :. Bye 2). ht ds29yt ug. ogal gi as Ejasneinad «tel 57.81" | 18.92 8.27 4 Brunner Maar bb) SHE Te, RT. TYING OU. SRST. MaM 60.1 | 15.7 9.2 d Brockville pee seratum, os foe. J*! SIFY A OEM OM 55.08 | 20.62 9.3 Part lower stratum, from 3 down to 6 ft.}....... 57.15 | 18.738 | 14.12 6 Rondeau Lower stratum beneath surface growth..|....... 58.56 | 28.29 3.15 | Tae 54.6 | 22.44] 7.96 Reem stocks pile, 2.” 1. fever.) oied.avelraeel.s 67.99 | 11.06 5.95 7 Newington | Satiple. no! Poy OL, : Se LAP A 87.94 | 56.74 | 27.21 1.05 he NN ERO heap, OE 86.66 | 54.42 | 28.61 Tae Se ES Rao uae. c's eo 87.62 | 58.70 | 24.78 1.57 AMIENS 2 SIREN SAE Rg 20-0 SR 90.12 | 58.15 | 25.3 1.55 *Carter, W. E. H. Peat Fuel: its Manufacture and Use. p.18. 36 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Analyses of Irish peat! SOURCE Carbon |Hydrogen | Oxygen | Nitrogen Philipstown, surface peat............... 53.694 | 6.971 | 82.883 | 1.4514 Philipstown, dense peat.....0.6..0.2.52. 60.476 | 6.097 | 82.546 .8806 Bog of Allen, surface peat.............. 59.92 6.614 82.207 1.2588 Bog of Allen, dense peat ............... 61.022 | 5.771 | 32.4. .807 Twichnevin, surface peat.......... at, Othe 60.102 6.723 81.288 1.8866 Shannon, surface peat. ii. ise. 60.018 | 5.875 | 83.152 .9545 Shannon, dense peat..................-. | 61.247 5.616 | 31.446 1.6904 1 Dublin Journal of Industrial Progress. Ash and moisture not given. Methods of determining fuel value Though these analyses do not show the exact value of the materials for fuel or for fertilizer, they may be used as a standard of comparison and indirectly assist in determining the fuel value; but for accurate results the only method of determining the fuel value is by using a calorimeter. In determining the value of peat as a fertilizer, it is doubtful whether any of these analyses are of any value, as the benefit derived from peat depends not so much on the chemical composition as on the mechanical effect on the soil and its property of absorbing ammonia. In determining the value of fuels, it is necessary to have a unit of measurement ; and in England, the United States and among most English-speak- ing people this standard is the British thermal unit, while in France and Germany the standard unit is the calory. Inasmuch as fuels are composed for the most part of carbon and hydrogen, it has been agreed in the scientific and commercial world that all the carbon must be burned to carbon dioxid and all the hydrogen must be burned to water in determining the value of any fuel. The sulfur and nitrogen are ordinarily neglected in these determinations. The amount of heat absorbed by a unit of pure water when its temperature is raised 1° F. is known as the British thermal unit. Ordinarily the unit of water is the pound; and, as heat and dynamic energy may be considered convertible, the value of the fuel in foot pounds may be obtained by multiply- ing the number of British thermal units by 772. The calory is the REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GHoLoGcisr 1903 37 quantity of heat absorbed by a unit of pure water when its tem- perature is raised 1° C. Both the gram and the kilogram are used as the unit weights of water. An approximation of the result obtained by direct determina- tion in a calorimeter may be obtained from the ultimate analysis of the fuel by the following formula, which gives the value as - compared with pure carbon. 7 V=C+4.25 (H—+4 O) where C=—=percentage of carbon i? hydrogen o— oxygen In this case the amount of carbon, hydrogen and oxygen in the fuel must be known, though the sulfur and nitrogen may be neglected on account of the small amount present in most cases. It will be seen that the only analyses in the tables given above that can be used in calorimetric determinations by this method are those of Irish peat quoted from the Dublin Journal of Indus- trial Progress. Some authors hold that'the heat value of a fuel may be determined more accurately by using a proximate analysis; but this is doubtful, though in the case of peat a close approximation might be obtained in dry fuel. If the volatile matter were all marsh gas, the proximate analysis would do as well as the ultimate analysis; but the presence of other volatile matter complicates the computation. Another method of deter- mining the heating power of a fuel is by mixing a given weight _ of the fuel with a quantity of litharge and heating the mixture in a crucible; the heating power is in proportion to the quantity of lead reduced. Experiments made by Mr C. Cowper gave the following results.t : 10 grs. of Newcastle coal 284 grs. lead 10 “ oven coke | SOP oui 10 “ common peat, Bog of Allen 144 « Ms same coked in crucible 250i; 1% *Taylor, R. C. Statistics of Coal. Phila. 1848. p. 385. 38 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM From this it would appear that 2 tons of peat are equal in fuel value to 1 ton of Newcastle coal. PART 3 Economic value of swamps In addition to peat, many valuable materials are found in greater or less abundance in different swamps; and some of the more valuable of these and their uses are mentioned with the discussion of the uses of peat. | Timber. The first product that is of utility in many of the swamps is the large supply of timber. Many of these tracts are covered with a dense growth of white cedar, while others furnish large quantities of maple, birch, elm and ash. The growth of trees is so rapid that with a little care a continuous supply of good timber might be secured. For such a use of the swamps, only the wood that has reached its maturity should be cut, thus allowing the half grown trees to become of value. The usual practice of cutting every tree, whether large or small, greatly depreciates the value of any swamp as a timber producer. Marsh grass and cat-tails. Large crops of marsh hay are taken from some of the salt marshes, and this material finds a good market as a packing material. In some swamps the growth of ceat-tails is so luxuriant that they are cut and prepared for use in tight cooperage. Moss litter. In sphagnum swamps two kinds of peat are gen- erally recognized, the light, fibrous, undecomposed upper layers known as fibrous peat and the compact, pulpy lower layers which are more thoroughly decomposed and form the peat proper. The upper portion, which consists of matted roots and dead mosses and grasses, is often known as moss litter. Decomposition has not advanced to such a stage that the vegetable fibers have lost their strength; and, on account of its strength and property of absorbing large quantities of liquids and gases, it is extensively used in various industries both in this country and Europe. Usually the moss litter does not extend for more than two feet below the surface, though in swamps that are in colder climates the decomposition may never begin. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 39 The principal purpose for which moss litter is used in this country is for packing trees and plants for shipment. The amount that is used in this way is very great, though the extent of its use is not realized because the gathering and preparation of the litter are not carried on as a regular industry, but each nurseryman sends his own men in slack times to the Swamps to obtain the year’s supply. : The preparation of the moss for this purpose consists merely in digging blocks of the material and air-drying them on the surface of the bog before hauling them away. When it is used for pack- ing, it is pulled apart so as to make it light and fluffy. No particular care is used to get rid of the small sticks that may be present, though large pieces of wood are thrown out. In Sweden and Germany it has been used for some time in stables as bedding on account of its absorbing such large quantities of moisture and gases. It is now used to a slight extent for the same purpose in the larger cities of this country. In several places in Canada this litter is prepared as an article of commerce, and in this case all the sticks are removed, and the moss is dried. | Peat fuel The use of peat as an article of fuel has been known in European countries from the beginning of the Christian era, and the early _ references to its use would indicate that it had been employed for a long time before that. Pliny, in his Natural History, relates that “the Chauci pressed together with their hands a kind of mossy earth which they dried by the wind rather than the sun, and which they used not only for cooking their victuals, but also for warming their bodies.” During the Middle Ages frequent . references to its use were made in leases and other documents, but the great increase in its use came with the invention of the steam engine and the demand for cheap fuel for generating power. Up to that time the only use for peat and other fuel was for domestic purposes, and the method then used and still employed te a large extent in preparing peat for fuel consists of cutting / 40 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM the peat from the bog in rectangular blocks and spreading these blocks on the surface of the bog to dry. When the greater part of the moisture is dried out, the blocks are stacked up like bricks, so that the wind has free access to all parts. When thoroughly air-dried, this fuel contains in many cases 20% of moisture, so that the full fuel value can not be obtained in burning it because of the amount of heat necessary to drive off the moisture. Peat prepared in this manner, though ordinarily taken from the lower part of the deposit, is bulky and under the best condi- tions will not yield more than five ninths as much heat as is generated from the same weight of anthracite coal, which is about the same result as is obtained by the use of wood, as will be seen by reference to the following tables. These show in the columns marked A the number of pounds of lead reduced from litharge by 1 pound of the respective fuels and in the columns marked B the number of pounds of water raised from 32° F. to 212° F. by 1 pound of fuel. Perfectly dry Partially dried Containing 9% water Schodter and Berthier Winhler Peterson A B A B B Pogo ae Re 12.5 ° 98°3°. © 14,05 \¢ (See Meigs ton, ae bes mia 14.96 .~.33089%, )a39RW6 Sycamore ....... IBA 9 429.0 6) 14,16 4) S20 Beeek /) Vk) awk Le (rae 14 31.7 poe Bacchi sees, & 14 STi 14408... 39.73 otra Waa ee lat ‘Mets 14.5 32. 84%) ADS Poplar ...... EDM OS ee 8 Oe err Ca Swat aie 14/48 wip BBas 41.87 CWVaitow ag. S10 ah a, 13 oli 29.67 39.61 PIDGIN. J4.5)! |) BQ08") A886) _ BLO Pine OM Woy el 132TH Bi 13.88... 31.44) . 40082 Scotch fir........ rir MOR 13.27. 8006) ar 4GeR5 Hornbeam ....... Was, 98 Bu wee |) oe ee ee Alder ........... 1907 Y (Blraods hel ico ie REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 41 | A B Peat from Ham, dep’t of Somme.... 12.3 27.9 Berthier * Possy, dep’t of Marne..... 138 29 .2 A Framont, dep’t of Vosges.. 15.4 34.9 e vf Kénigsbrunn, Wurtemburg 14.38 32.4 5 a BOS OL AEM ie a aha euote 14.4 .... Cowper “5 Bog of Allen, pressed..... io.) ky VOR WERE Coppage tare i) s Be I ek 13 .... Kane’s Indus. Resources of Ireland Peeeeran TULL ot ee te yey Win MAUI aie oe ee ve se kes 13.8 Rear rront Ischomx '.. 0... se ek 15.38 34.6 Berthier A B Peat charcoal from Bog of Allen, upper.... 27.7 .... Everitt Bog of Allen, lower..... 25 shies Ff « PI SSOUO Cette) tein, 22.4 50.7 Berthier og READ ay 2 Fol ot uate os 18.4 41.7 i a Seimey tan Ao tedels, Leer dye 17.7 40.1 se Ms PR GATGOM ie 23 eave seal haere 26 58.9 t Hemmsylyania anthracite, )...1.. 640.2502 pi. 30.5 69.1 a In order to reduce the bulk and the amount of water, many machines have been invented for milling the peat. This does not increase the heating power of a given weight of peat that is free from water, but is useful in intensifying the heat and simplify- ing.the transportation problem by reducing the bulk of the peat and the amount of water. Most of the peat that is used for manu- factures in Europe is compressed, and many attempts have been made to introduce compressed peat into general use in the United States and Canada. Though peat briquets are cleaner than most fuels, their use must of necessity be limited to localities near the deposit on account of the expense of transportation. If, however, the peat is charred or coked, and the peat coke briquetted, we have a fuel which is nearly if not quite equal to anthracite coal, though 42, NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM heretofore the expense of coking has been so great as to prevent its use. Methods of preparing peat for fuel. The methods of cutting and preparing peat for fuel are many and varied, and the following description of the processes used is a condensation of articles by Percy, Mason, Dal and Carter. | | Extraction of peat “ Peat is usually of such consistency that when the bog in which it occurs admits of being suitably drained by the cutting of trenches or otherwise, or does not require arti- ficial drainage at all, it can be extracted by hand with the use of simple and appropriate tools; and, for the most part, it has been so extracted from time immemorial. “ Peat, in being extracted by hand, is cut into prismatic pieces, which will be designated by the word peats. The superficial covering of living, or only slightly decomposed, coarsely fibrous vegetable matter must be pared off and thrown aside, as it is comparatively valueless for fuel. A straight trench with vertical sides, and a convenient length, breadth and depth, is dug in the parts so cleared, after which the peat may be cut from each side vertically downward, which is the usual course, or horizontally and parallel to the trench. The peats are carefully removed and arranged so. that they may be gradually air-dried. “Tt is obvious that the thinner peats are cut, the more quickly will they dry. It is stated that in Bavaria much of the peat there. used for locomotives is less on an average than 2 inches in thickness.” 2 The bog having been Cutting peat by hand in Hanover. drained by simple trenching, “the peat is gotten in lengths 10 feet wide and from 100 to 1000 paces long, excavated cross- wise, i. e. in the direction of the width, so that the working face is 10 feet broad. It is wholly extracted, either in one working or, if the bed be too thick for that method, in one or more successive courses. Usually only one length of the dimensions given is cut in a year from the same bog. Five workmen are employed, whose 1 Percy, John. Metallurgy. p. 220. Percy, John. Metallurgy. p. 220-22. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 43 labor is distributed as follows. One man, the clearer, removes with a spade, a layer about 2 inches thick, which has been weathered by atmospheric action. Two men, the cutters, are en- gaged in cutting the peat, of whom one stands on the top and thrusts straight down a long-handled, heavy, iron tool, which cuts sods 17 inches long and 5 wide, whilst the other, standing under- ~ neath, using a light wooden spade pointed with iron, cuts the peat horizontally of the thickness of 5144 inches and conveys it on a board to the margin of the trench; and from time to time these men change places with each other. A fourth man, the barrow- loader, takes the peats where they are left by the cutters, and, with the assistance of the first man, piles them in wheelbarrows. The fifth man, the barrow-wheeler, with the help of the first, wheels away the peats and by simply upsetting the barrow, arranges them in rows for draining and drying, over the surface of the bog on one side of the trench, previously cleared and prepared for that purpose. The peats, having been left for a certain length of time on the drying ground, are carried away by women and gradually built up by them in high wall-like rows, care being taken to let one row become somewhat dry before another is piled upon it. In ordinary weather the peats so arranged are left to dry further for about a month; and, when they appear to be dry, but when in reality they are only about half dry, they are either carted from the bog to be stored up in magazines or piled up in large stacks on the bog itself, and there left to be further air-dried.” Cutting peat by hand in Ireland In Ireland, the universal practice is to use a “slane” or peat spade. The cutting part is of wrought iron and the handle is about four feet long. “The peat is cut by thrusting the slane vertically downwards, by pressing the foot upon the lateral projecting piece of the handle. With a slane of this kind, an able-bodied man will cut about 15 cubic yards of peat daily. He cuts and flings as many peats as will keep two boys or girls employed in catching. The peats or sods are then put into barrows, and wheeled to the nearest convenient spot where they may be placed to dry.” *Percy, John. Metallurgy. p. 224. 44 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Brosowsky’s peat-cutting machine. “In North Prussia a peat- cutting machine has been employed which has the great advantage of being able to cut and raise the peat from a depth of 20 feet or more: by means of which, peat, covered by a considerable depth of water, may be utilized without the expense of draining. It con- sists essentially of a cutter, made like the four sides of a box, but with oblique edges, which is forced down into the peat to the required depth. A spadelike blade is then driven under the cutter by means of levers, whereby the long rectangular prism of peat is cut off at the bottom, and the apparatus is then raised. The prism is afterward cut up into convenient sized blocks by means of the blade.” French peat-cutting machine2. A machine, having the same object as that of Brosowsky, is stated to have been invented in France about the middle of the 18th century by Eloi Morel. Other machines are used in France but the author has been unable to secure a good description of them. Dredging peat. In some localities where the peat is in a more or less mudlike state, so that it will not hold together when dug by hand or machine, dredging machines have been used. In Holland the peat has been dredged in bags fastened to iron rings, so that the water will drain through the bags, after which the partially drained mass is laid on drying ground to become thor- oughly air-dried. Mechanical treatment of peat.2 Common peat, when cut from the bog either by hand or by machine, is so tender and easily broken that it will not bear shipment to any distance. Even if it had the necessary coherence, it is so bulky compared with coal, that its use would compel the construction of larger and more costly furnaces in case it were used for metallurgic purposes. Many attempts have been made to obviate the difficulties which 1Percy, John. Metallurgy. p. 225. Dingler’s Polytechnisches Journal. 1865. 176: 336. *Percy, John. Metallurgy. p. 226. ’Perecy, John. Metallurgy. p. 227-29. | REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 45 ordinary air-dried peat presents, and the principal methods em- ployed may be classified as follows: (1) condensation of raw peat by compression; (2) condensation of air-dried peat, cold, by com- pression; (3) condensation of air-dried peat, hot, by compression ; (4) condensation of raw peat by pulping, molding and air-drying or drying by artificial heat, with or without compression; (5) coking. 1 Condensation of raw peat by compression’ Many presses for the compression of raw peat have been con- structed from time to time, but they have generally proved fail- ures from an economic point of view. “The earliest kind of machine for compressing raw peat, that ig, peat as it comes wet from turbary, was very simple and con. sisted of a rectangular frame fitted with a flat piston which might be strongly depressed by a lever or otherwise, provision’ being made for the escape of water from the peat during its compres- sion. A patent was granted in 1839 to Lord Willoughby de Eresby for a machine constructed on that principle” It is re- ported that Pernitzsch compressed peat in Saxony so long ago as 1821. Schafhadutl’s press with rotary motion® “The first peat-com- pressing machine with rotary motion was said to have been in- vented by Schafhautl. Compression was effected by placing the peat in frames fixed on an endless chain passing between a pair of rolls, set a certain distance apart, grooved rectangularly in the direction of their axes, which were horizontal and in the same vertical plane.” ; Compression by rolling4 About 1860, loose textured fibrous peat was reduced to about one third its original bulk by being passed through iron rolls at Neustadt in Hanover. Before roll- *Johnson, S. W. Peat and its Uses. p. 116. *Percy, John. Metallurgy. p. 230. Vogel, August. Der Torf etc. p. 80. *Johnson, 8S. W. Peat and its Uses. p. 119. Percy, John. Metallurgy. p. 237. *. 46 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ing, the neat was cut into sods of uniform size, and the product | burned much more regularly than air-dried peat. . Mannhardt and Koch’s press’ “The principal feature 7” of Mannhardt and Koch’s press, “consists in the use of a pair of large horizontal rolls covered with cloth to serve as a filter. On the circumference of the roll, ribs of hoop iron are fixed obliquely about 1 inch apart, which support drilled iron plates surrounded by an endless band of cloth. The wet peat is torn to pieces and put into two hoppers, one over each roll, whence it is drawn by rake rollers and laid equally upon the cloths moving with the rollers; but in its course to the large rolls, it passes through a series of three small rolls, fixed above each large roll, whereby it is deprived of most of its water. There are thus two streams of peat descending from the two hoppers and passing first through a pair of small rolls, then through a pair of spiked rolls, and lastly through the two large rolls, by which the remaining water is pressed through the remaining filter cloth into the interior of these rolls. The peat now forms a compact sheet, which is con- veyed to a knife-like apparatus, which divides it transversely, and then to circular cutters, which divide it longitudinally into blocks of the required dimensions. The peat is thus freed from water to such an extent that its further desiccation may be effected in favorable weather in the course of a few days under covered airy sheds, or in unfavorable weather, by artificial heat in suitable apparatus.” 2 Condensation of air-dried peat, cold, by compression? About 1859 a process of condensing air-dried peat was in vogue in Lithuania, which consisted in disintegrating and air-drying the peat by plowing and harrowing the surface of the bog, after which the pulverized peat was rammed in a mold by a stamp weighing about 200 pounds. This process does not seem to have been gener- ally adopted and may be considered as an experiment so far as the preparation of fuel on a large scale is concerned. *Perey, John. Metallurgy. p. 231. Vogel, August. Der Torf etc. p. 81. Percy, John. Metallurgy. p.282. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 AT 3 Condensation of wir-dried peat, hot, by convpression Exter’s process’. “This process, it is asserted, has been brought to the highest degree of perfection in a large and costly establish- ment between Munich and Augsburg where there is an extensive range of peaty moorland known as Haspelmoor. The moor is worked in rectangular plots 3000 feet long and 1500 feet broad, _ which are pared and then flattened, so that the water may drain from the center toward each of the four sides of the plot into the surrounding trenches, care being taken that no depressions are left in which rainwater might collect and form puddles. The surface is plowed to a depth of 2 or 3 inches, and the peat so turned up is disintegrated by raking it over two or three times with wooden rakes. In sunny and windy weather the peat be- comes so dry that in the course of two or three hours it will no longer cohere by pressure, though it still retains from 30% to 40% of water; and, when sufficiently dry, it is heaped together in small stacks, to be ready for conveyance to magazines near the works. When brought to the mill, the peat is put into a bolting machine. The fine peat drops through, while the coarse, which consists of lumps and pieces of wood, falls out at the lower end and is used as fuel for raising steam. The fine material is heated to 100 degrees C., and pressed while hot into blocks. The press con- sists essentially of a box open at both ends, of the same form and area in cross-section as the largest side of a peat block and is fitted with a piston which is moved horizontally by means of an eccentric. When the piston is withdrawn to the fullest extent, hot peat drops into a channel between the piston and the mouth of the box and is pushed into the box and compressed by the for- ward movement of the piston, block after block being quickly formed and thrust out at the opposite end of the box.” ‘ 4 Condensation of raw peat by pulping, molding and air-drying or drying by artificial heat, with or without compression Challeton’s- process.2, “Works for carrying out this process were erected in 1854 by M. Challeton at Montauger near Corbeil. *Percy, John. Metallurgy. p. 233-36. *Percy, John. Metallurgy. p. 237-40. 48 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM | The peat, which is extracted by cutting or dredging, is conveyed to the works in boats by canals in the turbary and put into a tank lined with boards and deepening at the bottom toward the center. The peat is thence raised by a chain of buckets to the hopper of the dividing apparatus, which consists of a series of cylinders 4 feet long, but differing in diameter, fitted with knives 4 inches long and 1% inches thick. These cylinders rotate and tear up the peat, which is next ground in a mill with conical surfaces like a coffee mill, after the addition of sufficient water. Between the cylinders and the conical mill is a sieve with brushing apparatus which retains filaments and grosser particles and allows the rest of the peat, now in a mudlike state, to pass through. The muddy liquid falls into tanks, where it is agitated by a shaft carrying arms, while a stream of water keeps flowing in at the bottom, and the muddy mixture is removed to a certain depth from the surface by a chain of buckets and poured into a wooden trough communicating with filtering tanks. Heavy ma- terials such as sand, fall to the bottom during the agitation and are thrown away.” After four or five hours, most of the water is removed from the peat in the filtering tanks, and the soft material can then be divided into blocks in exactly the same manner as in the original bog. Weber’s process At the works of Maffei & Weber at Staltach in Bavaria, “ the peat is cut in pieces of about a cubic foot, worked into pulp, molded without compression into brick-shape pieces, or bricks, as they are termed, and dried under cover, first by simple exposure to the air, but afterwards by artificial heat. Charcoal prepared from peat in the same manner as is em- ployed in manufacturing wood charcoal is so friable and porous Tad) eee tee ies me tt ih Li sat cal ae dite ilies Ed oe ae _ 3Perey, John. Metallurgy. p. 255. Percy, John. Metallurgy. p. 258-61. ®Percy, John. Metallurgy. p. 262. 4Percy, John. Metallurgy. p. 268. ’Percy, John. Metallurgy. p. 498-501. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 53 as to be of little use in manufacturing. It takes fire very readily and scintillates in a remarkable degree when burnt in a smith’s fire, but it is so tender that it can not be transported to any dis- tance without being reduced to powder. On this account, it is useless for blast furnaces where ordinary wood charcoal may be used, as the weight of the mass pulverizes the coke and chokes ‘the fire. For two or three centuries, many attempts have been made to char peat, and it is recorded that peat charcoal was made in the Harz in 1735 and successfully applied on a large scale. The earliest English patent for charring peat was granted in 1620 to Sir William St John, Sir Giles Mompesson and others, giving them the exclusive right “to charke or otherwise to converte into charkcole” every kind of coal, peat or other “ combustable matter of what nature or qualetie soever the same may be, (wood onelie excepted)” for a period of 21 years. As no method of charring is specified, it is to be présumed that it was proposed to treat the peat in the same manner as wood when it is charred. About 1727 a patent was granted to William Fallowfield for the use of charred peat in the manufacture of iron. Many experiments have been made in charring peat sun the method commonly used for charring wood, but the result has always been a very friable coke. Charring in open kilns About the middle of the 18th century, kilns of peculiar type were in use at the turbaries of Villeroi for making peat charcoal. ‘ They were in the form of an inverted cone, on one side of which was a door about 5 feet high and 2 feet wide. Near the base of the cone an arched floor with holes in it for passage of air supported the peat, while underneath the little fire necessary for igniting the peat was placed. When the peat is sufficiently lighted, the opening communicating with the external air is closed, and the doorway built up with brick.” After the kiln had been filled with peat, it was covered with earth and left to burn; gradually the whole mass would sink *Percy, John. Metallurgy. p. 501. 54 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM down, and, when no more smoke appeared, the charring was completed. Charring in pits+ Peat has been charred in pits in much the Same way as the Chinese process of making wood charcoal. The invention of the method as applied to peat is attributed to a Frenchman named Baillet. “The pit is described as slightly conic, 8 meters deep and 4 meters wide. Around the circumfer- ence, which is of brick, eight clay pipes lead to the bottom for supplying air to sustain combustion. The pit is closed by a movable, convex cover of sheet iron, like a common dish cover. On top is a hole fitted with a movable iron stopper, and there are four vents around the border. Below the surface of the ground, there is a pipe communicating with the upper part of the pit and with a brick tank connected with a series of vessels for the reception of tar or other condensable products. The smoke is driven through this pipe only when these products are being col- lected, at other times escaping through the vents in the top. The pit was filled by first leaving channels at the bottom, so that air might reach all parts equally, but after the bottom arches were formed, the peat was thrown in without particular care. After the peat was ignited, the cover was dropped over the pit and was itself covered with sod.” The vents were opened at times depending on the nature of the smoke which was passing off. Charring in ovens? The friable nature of charred peat as pre- pared by any of the preceding methods, was attributed to defects in the method of preparing. It was supposed that, by inclosing the peat in a solid structure, these disadvantages would be avoided and a solid charcoal obtained. Various kinds of ovens were contrived from time to time to bring about the desired result, and it is stated that the first oven was invented by Lange, about 1745. This oven “ consists of a chamber of iron cylindri- 1Percy, John. Metallurgy. p. 502. *Percy, John. Metallurgy. p. 503 et sequens. Perey, John. Metallurgy. p. 505. Vogel, August. Der Torf, seiner Natur und Bedeutung. p. 117-19. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 5D eal to about two-thirds its hight and conical the upper third. It rests upon an iron bed plate containing a rectangular opening over which iron bars are laid to form a grate. The bed plate rests upon a chamber of brickwork open at the top and in front, where it can be closed by a door; the floor of the chamber is inclined from back to front. This chamber is intended for a ‘fireplace for wood fuel. Peats are carefully laid over the grate so as not to stop the draft upwards from the fireplace. The kiln is then filled through the top and wood fire is made in the fireplace. After the peat becomes well ignited, the fireplace is closed by an iron door. ‘The peat gradually becomes heated to redness and shrinks about one-third in volume, fresh peat is now thrown in at the top, and this course is repeated until the entire contents of the kiln become red-hot. As soon as smoke ceases to escape, the top is covered with an iron plate and the contents of the kiln are allowed to cool.” Charcoal made in this way however is found to be very brittle, and there is great loss owing to combustion of the lower part and the formation of much dust and slack. An oven for charring peat by a down draft rather than by upward draft, was invented by Hahnemann. This oven con- sisted of a circular shaft of brick or stone work 16 feet high and 7 feet in diameter in the clear. The walls gradually diminish in thickness from 2 feet at the bottom to 10 inches at the top. The shaft rests upon a solid foundation, the floor is somewhat arched with a convexity upwards, and on one side is an opening for withdrawing the charcoal. In the circumference of the floor is a gutter of glazed tiles, from which a glazed clay pipe passes with a slight inclination downwards through the wall and communicates with a tank for the reception of any liquid which may be condensed. On the middle of the floor stands a vertical clay pipe glazed internally, 19 feet high and 16 inches wide, and in which, near and around its base. are several holes, the total area of which should at least equal the cross-section of the pipe. Before charging, the opening at the bottom of the 56 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM oven is filled up, then the shaft is filled with peats and on the top are laid twigs and charcoal which are lighted. When the peats at the top become regularly kindled, the open space around the chimney is closed, so that the smoke is compelled to descend through the peat and pass into the chimney near its base and thence rise into the atmosphere; as soon as the con- tents have become red-hot at the bottom of the shaft, all open- ings are carefully closed and luted and the oven is left to cool.” Charring in closed vessels by external fire+ About 1873, a coke oven, or rather a still, was invented by Lottmann of Chlumetz in Bohemia. The oven consisted of “an arched mufflelike chamber heated by two fires, one on each side, and by a third fire at one end under the floor. The central fireplace opens into a flue running under the floor to the chimney at the opposite end of the oven. In the top of this flue are inserted two siphonlike sets of cast iron pipes, of which the legs are parallel and which rise within the oven to about half its hight. Midway between the legs of each of these sets of pipes, the flue is stopped by a vertical partition, by means of which the gases from the fireplace are made to pass in their course to the chimney through all the four legs of the two siphon-like sets of pipe in succession. Provision is made for collecting liquid products evolved from the peat during its carbonization. The peat which is charred in this oven is hand- cut, air-dried peat.’” Manufacture of peat fuel in Canada? Two methods of preparing peat fuel are at present in use in Canada, which are in reality but two applications of the same process. This process as described by Carter and termed by him “the Canadian process,” consists of three steps, excavating, dry- ing and compressing. At the Welland bog, a modification of ?Reports on the Vienna Universal Exhibition in 1873; presented to both houses of Parliament. Lond. 1874. pt 2, p. 308-10. Report on peat by Mr C. Paget. Percy, John. Metallurgy. p. 508. ‘Carter, W. E. H. Peat Fuel: its Manufacture and Use. Ontario Bureau of Mines. Bul.5. Toronto 1903. p. 23-35. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 57 Exter’s process is employed, which consists of plowing or harrow- ing the surface of the bog to the depth of about 2 inches and, when the peat has become air-dried, scraping it into ridges and then conveying in carts or cars to the mill. At the mill the peat is screened, then put through a mechanical drier, after which it is disintegrated and conveyed to the briquet machine. This press, ~which was patented by A. A. Dickson, depends on the principle “that, if a tube of indefinite length be fed with any material, the resistance due to friction between the material and tube walls, will gradually rise till no more can be forced in. Peat is of such a nature that, when once caused to pack in the tube, continued pressure on the material generates a rapid and great increase in the frictional resistance. For a die or tube 21% inches in diameter a length of 1 foot will give a frictional resistance equal to a pressure of 8 tons per square inch on the punch.” Difficulty has been encountered at the Welland plant from heating the die, and water jackets have been used to keep the tubes cool. The con- tinued use of similar processes of briquetting peat in Russia, Germany and Holland, makes the difficulties here encountered seem somewhat surprising. At the Beaverton works, the peat is excavated by a machine known as the Dobson excavator, which digs the peat and spreads it over the surface of the bog to dry. The peat is raked by hand and scraped into piles in about the same manner as at the Welland bog, after which it is taken to the mill. On reaching the mill, it is passed through a “disintegrating machine, where it is sub- jected to a fierce hail of blows in order to reduce the size of the fragments and destroy the minute plant cells of the peat fiber, thus permitting the remaining moisture to be more readily liber- ated in the drier. The machine consists of a circular sheet iron box incasing a horizontal shaft from which project radial cast iron arms about 1 foot in length; through the ends of these and parallel to the shaft, run iron rods, each suspending a roll of knob- like, cast steel fingers, 4 inches long and free to swing about the rod. The shaft makes 400 revolutions per minute, and the steel fingers, flying out radially, dash the peat fragments against a 58 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM semicircular grizzly set close beneath. Through the one-sixteenth- inch spaces of this erating, the peat drops as a mixture of fine particles and dust, damp to the touch.” he pulverized peat is then passed through the drier, after which it is briquetted in what is known as the Dobson press. This press employs a resistance block instead of the open tube, and it is claimed that friction is almost entirely eliminated. Geddes, George. Geol. Sur. of Onondaga. N. Y. State Agric. Soe. Trans. 19 :277-79. An. Rep’t of the Superintendent of the Onondaga Salt Springs for 1884. p. 18. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 101 of the territory now covered by Lake Ontario; and though much of the glacial drift is made up of fragments of Medina sandstone, it is generally conceded that much of the erosion of this formation was accomplished by a preglacial river. The Salina deposits, on the other hand, have a shallow valley at one part and a deep valley near by; and the presumption is that, if the deeper -valley was made by glacial action, the shallow valley west of Rochester should be deeper, as it was exposed to glacial action longer than the Finger Lake region. In case the shallow valley was the result of glacial action, it still remains a question why the action should have been greater in the Finger Lake region. An examination of the Hamilton deposits shows no marked valley, and, as this form- ation was exposed to glacial action and is fully as soft as the others under consideration, it becomes almost certain that the Salina valley was not the result of glacial action. The changes in level which these strata have undergone render it very difficult to determine with exactitude the direction of the ancient river, as it is supposed that the Finger lakes were formed in preglacial times by streams flowing south. The existence of this deep valley at the outlet of these lakes, however, leads the writer to suggest that at a stage between the time when the rivers flowed toward the south and the glacial epoch, the rivers in the Finger Lake valleys flowed into the Salina depression and thence through the Mohawk river. While this valley was being formed, this part of the State was considerably higher than at the present time, as is shown by the fact that the bottom of the valley at Syracuse and the deepest part of Lake Ontario are below sea level, and valleys are not cut below the level of the outlet of the streams. It is probable that the solvent action of water has had much to do with making this depression, and, if the existence of de- posits of salt in this section could be proved, this would undoubt- edly be a most logical explanation of the formation of cer- tain parts of the depression. The existence of salt, however, in this region, is only a matter of conjecture, but in the region south of this, it is found in almost all cases where wells have been 102 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM drilled through the Salina deposits. In a few cases where mines have been sunk through this formation, gypsum has been found - interstratified with shale above the salt. In the Livonia shaft, three distinct beds of gypsum were encountered, while two were noted in the Greigsville shaft. In all these mines the combined thickness of the gypsum beds is from 60 feet to 75 feet, and in the Lehigh shaft at Leroy a single bed of gypsum 75 feet thick was passed through before reaching the salt. With the exception of the deposit at Fayetteville and Union Springs, no deposit has been found in the Salina depression to exceed 15 or 20 feet in thickness. It seems probable, therefore, that, when this part of the State was covered with water, the salt beds, if they existed here, were subjected to the action of water, and on their solution, crevices were opened up in the overlying strata, allowing rain water to have more ready access to the gypsum deposits. That salt did once exist in this valley, is almost unquestioned, because at many points saline springs are to be found, the most impor- tant being near Syracuse. Deep borings ‘near Syracuse have however failed to reach any deposit of salt, but, on going up the valley south of Cardiff (about 15 miles south of the city) on both sides of the valley rock salt has been invariably struck, after passing through the Salina shales and limestones. That the Salina depression has not yet been finished, and that the action of subterranean waters is still an important factor in extending its bounds, is evinced by the salt springs at Syracuse. These springs occur in a deposit of drift, and the only source from which the salt could be obtained is the beds of rock salt which are found about 15 to 17 miles south of Syracuse. Saline springs are found at many places in this depression, among which may be mentioned Montezuma, Greece, Lenox and Delhi. The action of water in dissolving the gypsum deposits has been observed by several geologists, though in some cases this has been referred to other causes. The first case of this kind that was brought to the author’s attention is to be seen at Indian Falls in the mines of the Standard Plaster Co. At these mines, when the first tunnel was being driven into the deposit, a pocket of clay REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 103 was discovered, which seemed likely to cut off further mining operations at that point. Careful inspection, however, showed that both above and below this pocket of clay, were solid beds of gypsum. Further investigation showed that, at several points along the walls of the tunnel, smaller pockets ranging in size from a few inches up to three or four feet in diameter had been en- eountered. The shape of these pockets was much like an inverted hornet’s nest or like a large Jug with a small opening at the top, and through the opening the water had found its way to the gypsum, bringing with it clay, which replaced the gypsum as it was dissolved by the water. In all cases the clay is found to follow the same lines of stratification as the gypsum; and at first it was the author’s opinion that the clay was residual, being left after calcium sulfate had been dissolved. In view of some of the larger pockets however and the nearness of the gypsum deposits at this point to the surface and the broken character of the overlying rock, it seemed certain that these pockets were caused by dissolving the gypsum deposits and replacing them with clay. Strength is added to this supposition by the fact that the limestone underlying the gypsum at this point is unbroken and has a slight dip to the south. The gypsum beds themselves are unbroken, but pockets are found throughout the deposit. The overlying strata, however, are much distorted and broken; but, in view of the lower strata having been subjected to no distortion, no other explanation is left for the broken character of the strata overlying the gypsum than a solution of the gypsum taking away the support from the overlying strata, which naturally would cause the strata to be broken by their own weight. Similar con- ditions have been noticed in quarries and mines throughout the State, and one case has been mentioned by Prof. S. G. Williams in the article which is quoted a little later. The distribution of glacial debris in western New York sheds much light not only on the time of the formation of this valley, but on the manner and time of its filling. In the Finger Lake region there is a moraine at the head of each lake, which appar- ently corresponds with the one south of Dansville and Warsaw, 104 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM but no other pronounced moraine is to be found in this region to correspond with the moraines extending from Lockport to Can- andaigua or from Medina to Irondequoit bay. It seems probable ~ therefore that, on the advance of the glacier to the Salina de- pression, the frontal moraine was dropped into the valley, bring- ing the level of the valley nearly to the level of the Niagara escarpment and giving a gentle incline, over which the glacier passed. On the retreat of the glacier, several glacial lakes covered this region; and the general topography of this section is much like that around Oakfield, the entire depression being dotted with kames and drumlins. The absence of a moraine to correspond with the one from Medina to Irondequoit bay is probably due to the more rapid retreat of the ice at the eastern border, which would tend to form a more scattered deposit. In a former paragraph, the writer made the statement that the drainage from this valley probably flowed into the Mohawk Tiver; and, as the present drainage is toward Lake Ontario, this opinion may appear far-fetched. The reasons for this supposition are (1) that the level of this part of the Salina depression is about 125 feet above Lake Ontario, and, if there were an old channel, it would have been more likely that this would be left open than that a new channel would be formed. (2) The glacial debris is held in place by a ridge of Niagara limestone or the Medina sandstone, and this ridge was much higher in preglacial times. (3) The Rome channel is blocked up by glacial debris. Of these three reasons, the second is the only one that needs explana- tion and is possibly the most important. As has been previously stated, the deepest part of the Salina channel is from Lyons to Rome and thence through the Mohawk valley, and to this is due the difference in the altitude of the Niagara escarpment in this section and the section west of Rochester. The tendency of the glacier being to bring the country to a level, it naturally follows that the erosive force would be greater in this section, where a narrow transverse ridge was placed between two deep valleys, than in the region west of REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 105 the Genesee river, which had not been cut to a great depth. In this way the Niagara escarpment was cut below the level of the col at Rome, so that, when the St Lawrence channel was free from ice, the drainage from the Finger Lakes flowed over the lowest part of the Niagara cuesta into Lake Ontario instead of through the Mohawk to the Hudson. ~ Geology. The geologic position of the gypsum beds of New York State has been placed by most geologists in the Onondaga salt group of the Silurian system, or, as it is called, the Salina group. Vanuxem describes this group as follows: This important group contains all the gypsum masses of western New York and furnishes all the salt water of the salines of the counties of Onondaga and Cayuga. From the point where the Niagara group terminates at the east, it rests upon the Clinton group; and, as the latter group also comes to its end near the first district, it reposes there upon the Frankfort slate, upon which it continues to near the Hudson river. | It forms a part of the high range on the south side of the Mohawk; appearing at the north end of Otsego county and in Herkimer and Oneida, being its northern outcrop. It makes its first appearance by the side of the Erie canal at the east end of Madison county, and from thence west the canal was excavated in the group. The Onondaga salt group may be divided into four deposits. There are no well marked lines of division between the deposits; but for practical purposes the divisions are sufficiently obvious. The first or lowest deposit is the red shale, showing green spots at the upper part of the mass. 2d, The lower gypseous shales, the lower part alternating with the red shale, which ceases with this mass. 3d, The gypseous deposit, which embraces the great masses quarried for plaster, consisting of two ranges, between which are the hopper-shaped cavities, the vermicular limerock of Eaton, and other porous rocks. 4th, and lastly, Those rocks which show groups of needle-form cavities placed side by side, caused by the crystallization of sulfate of magnesia!, and which may be called the magnesian deposit. The whole of these deposits are found between Oneida creek and Cayuga lake. To the east of the creek, they do not all occur, as will Subsequently be made known. They thin out to the eastward and probably terminate entirely a few miles east of the Hudson river; *Sulfate of lime most probably. [F. J. H. Merrill] 106 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM from which point their thickness gradually increases towards the west, and reaches its maximum in the counties of Onondaga and Cayuga, where it is not less than 700 feet. The gypsum has not been seen east of the western part of Oneida county. The red Shale comes to its end at the east end of Herkimer county; and the whole group is reduced in the Helderberg in Albany county to a few feet of light gray or lavender-colored, compact calcareous rocks with pyrites, separating the Frankfort portion of the Hudson river group from the Waterlime series.t Prof. James Hall? describes the Salina group as follows: Suc- ceeding the Niagara group is an immense development of shales and marls with shaly limestones including veins and beds of gypsum. The genera! color is ashy approaching drab with some portions of dark bluish green. The lower part is of deep red with spots of green. Succeeding this, where protected from atmos- pheric influences, the rock is blue like ordinary blue clays, with bands of red or brown. This portion and that succeeding it are often green and spotted, and contain seams of fibrous gypsum and small masses of reddish selenite and compact gypsum. From this it becomes gradually more gray with a thin stratum of clayey limestone, which is sometimes dark, though generally of the same color as the surrounding mass. The formation terminates up- ward with a gray or drab limestone called by Vanuxem the “ Mag- nesian deposit.” The red shale forming the lower division of the group is well developed, but in the third district has not been found west of the Genesee river. It appears in the eastern part of Wayne county, as indicated by the deep red color of the soil which overlies it. At Lockville a greenish-blue marl with bands of red has been quarried from the bed of the Erie canal. West of the Genesee this is the last of the visible mass. The red shale has either thinned out or lost itself, gradually becoming a bluish green, while otherwise the lithological character remains the same. On first exposure it is compact and brittle, presenting an earthy fracture. But few days are necessary to commence the work of destruction, which goes on until the whole becomes a clayey mass. The pre- vailing features of the second division of the group are the green and ashy marl with seams of fibrous gypsum and red or trans- parent selenite often embracing nodules of compact gypsum. The third division comprises all the gypsum beds of the fourth district which are of economic importance. In this third division hopper- shaped cavities occur in Wayne and Monroe counties, but rarely in Genesee or Erie. In. Y. State Mus. Bul. 11. 3:22-28. "Geology of the 4th District. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 107 There is scarcely any well defined division between the shales and shaly limestones of the third division and the so called mag- nesian deposit which overlies it.t An investigation of the rocks near the plaster quarries at Union | Springs has led Mr S. G. Williams to refer the gypsum deposits at this point to the Lower Helderberg; and his grounds for this supposition are here quoted in his own words.” : It is well known to geologists that the strata containing the gypsum deposits of New York, ranging from Madison county west- ward, at the time of the State Geological Survey were all assigned to the third of the four groups into which the Salina period was divided ; and that these gypsum deposits were described as isolated masses of possibly concretionary character contained in the in- closing beds. The gypsum beds a short distance north of Union Springs, Cayuga co. are much the most extensive of these deposits. A recent examination of the gypsum beds and their inclosing strata, accompanied by some fortunate discoveries of somewhat abundant though often badly preserved fossils, has not only shown that the gypsum in this locality exists in continuous beds with a considerable degree of reguiarity, but has also afforded reasons for believing that this portion of the gypseous series belongs rather with the Lower Helderberg than with the Salina. . A section at this point eastward, and thus nearly in the line of strike, from the level of Cayuga lake to the top of the Oriskany sandstone, is about 114 feet thick and consists of the following members, numbered upward from the lake level. No. 8 Oriskany sandstone in a single fossilferous seam 3 feet 8 inches 7 Drab limestone, upper beds with thin, un- dulating laminae: exposed LO F 6 Limestone revealed only in occasional out- crops, leveled with Locke level, about 46“ 5 Thick bedded blue limestone, containing Meristella laevis, Orthis oblata, small form, Rynchonella semiplicata, Strop- hondonta varistriata, ete. bOp ef 4 Drab limestone, holding a branching fucoid and Nucleospira ventricosa 4g 3 Measures concealed, leveled with Locke level 20 “ 2 Thin bedded blue limestone, terminating below with a seam 2 feet thick 4 “ 1 Drab limestone unevenly bedded with two or three thin blue seams, to lake level 16 “ No. State Mus: Bah 11. 3:24—25. 27Am. Jour. Sci. Sep. 1885. 108. ; NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The mean of four readings with the aneroid agrees well with the total thickness here given. The beds of no. 1 have yielded fossils at three points, all at about the same level near the middle of the series, viz: one head of Eurypterus remipes, and tolerably abundant Leperditia alta, Nucleospira ventricosa and Meristella bisulcata. Besides the irregularities in the bedding of no. 1 mentioned in the section, the strata in this region are occasionally affected by local disturbances. The most common of these is a sudden tilting of the beds at a low angle, continuing sometimes a number of rods, which is caused apparently by a failure of support from below. One such disturbance occurs near the middle of no. 1, causing the beds to dip very perceptibly to the southward for a short distance. More considerable disturbances of a like character affect the Corniferous limestones of Union Springs, about 2 miles south of the plaster quarries, two of which have come under my notice. One of these, which was mentioned and figured in the report of the 5d district, and by which the limestone is caused to pitch suddenly south at an angle of 13°, has within the last two years been more fully developed by the opening of a large quarry immediately south of the disturbed beds. In this quarry, which is capped by a considerable thickness of Marcellus shales with a band of con- cretionary limestone, is revealed a flat-topped anticlinal arch with an E. W. strike, the southern limit of which has not yet been reached in quarrying, while the northward dipping side, with an angle of 20°, is near the junction with the southward dipping beds described by Vanuxem. In one of the most extensive plaster quarries also, there occurs a gentle anticlinal with meridional strike, through which the present working floor of this quarry and the one to the north of it, is made to dip eastward at a small angle as far as the workings extend; and if this dip continues, it will increase by a number of feet the space between nos. 2 and 4, which was found by leveling to be 20 feet. The knowledge of these: occasional irregularities demanded caution in assigning the gypseous series, with an average thickness of 25 feet, to its proper place in the section, specially since the space of nearly a quarter of a mile between the fossil-bearing beds of the lake shore and the gypsum quarries, is concealed by drift. Fortunately the valley of © a brook, separated only by a single field from the nearest quarry at this point, affords a continuous line of outcrop from the fossil- iferous limestone on the lake to the top of no. 2, by which its con- tinuity is assured. The top of no. 2 is 20 feet above the lake level, which is also the hight of the floor of the nearest plaster quarry. Add to this the fact that the character of no. 2 corresponds with that of the bed of tough blue limestone which forms the bottom of REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 109 all the southern quarries, and’ there is no reason to doubt that the plaster series belongs in the covered space between no. 2 and 4, widened probably by the local easterly dip mentioned above, a position to which, in the absence of any local irregularities, it would be unhesitatingly assigned by any geologist. There is then no doubt that the gypsum deposits here form a part of the fossiliferous series, lying above the beds containing Eurypterus, Leperditia alta, Nucleospira ventricosa and Meris- tella bisulcata, and below, or in close connection with beds con- taining well marked fossils of the Pentamerus and shaly lime- stone horizons of the Lower Helderberg. It should also be borne in mind that, apart from the gypsum beds, the entire sec- tion from the lake level to the Oriskany sandstone, is made up of drab limestones with frequent blue seams, sometimes of con- siderable thickness, as in no. 5. Some of these limestones, both at the bottom and top of the series, are highly laminated, show- ing thin layers of slightly different colors, and nearly all hold a considerable amount of impurities. There is indeed, even if we set aside the fossil evidence now gained as to geological age, no such lithological change in the limestones as to warrant the reference of the lower portion of them to the Salina period, and the upper part to the Lower Helderberg. Nor is it likely that any such reference would ever have been made had it not been for the presence of the gypsum deposits. These deposits in the regions both east and west of Cayuga county appear, from the State reports, to occupy a pretty definite place in strata bearing intimate relations with the shales of the salt group; to occur in irregular masses inclosed in marly shales whose lamination they sometimes share and some- _ times disturb; and to be divided often into two “ranges” by a peculiar porous or vesicular lime rock, or by shaly limestones, holding indications in hopper-shaped accretions of the action of Saline waters. It was natural, therefore, in the absence of any evidence to the contrary, that the occurrence of gypsum in any additional locality not obviously removed from its usual horizon should lead to the reference of both gypsum and the accompany- ing strata to that horizon. A brief description of the gypseous series here however will show, I think, that its structure bears no very close resemblance to that of the gypsum of the Salina period; that its character is intimately related with that of the accompanying limestones; and that both character and structure tend to indicate for it a different geological horizon, if not a different origin from that of most of the other gypsum deposits. It may be said at the outset that the gypsum deposits of this region are not irregular masses: they have no relations there- 110 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM fore with marly strata surrounding and inclosing them, they are not associated with any “vermicular lime rock” within them, nor with anything answering to the 4th or Magnesian division of the Salina lying above them. In one point only do — q they bear a superficial resemblance to the deposits elsewhere: they occur in two “ ranges,” or rather beds, separated from each other, however, not by shaly or vesicular lime rock, but by a bed called slate by the quarrymen, made up of thin seams of gypsum, interlaminated with other layers of shale. The gypseous series here has a very uniform character, con- sisting as it does of three persistent and tolerably regular mem- bers. First occurs the lower seam of gypsum highly laminated and separating into several distinct layers, somewhat harder than the upper seam, and of a usual thickness of 7 feet, vary- ing but little in this respect.. Second, upon this rests a stratum about 3 feet thick called slate by the quarrymen, consisting of alternating laminae of gypsum and shaly matter, and said to be gypseous enough in the northernmost quarries (which are now little worked) to be ground for plaster. Third, the upper gypsum bed which closes the series, varies much in thickness, from noth- ing to upwards of 20 feet, averaging possibly 15 feet. Its variability in thickness is probably due mostly to denudation, since it is capped by yellow drift clay in nearly every place where it is laid open by workings. The upper gypsum bed shows little disposition to separate into distinct layers save in the northern quarries, and is softer and somewHhatt less dense than the 7 foot bed. It was thought to be of better quality until analysis showed it to be nowise superior. All the members of the series show occasionally small spots and thin, scalelike laminae of sulfur, more specially on dirt seams. The upper bed, I am told, contains more of the sulfur than the lower, and the slate seam more than either. The gypsum of both seams varies from a light to a somewhat dark gray. | The gypseous series here shows, therefore, no tendency to form isolated masses, save where denudation may give it that appearance, in which case it is enveloped in drift clay. Two proprietors of long experience, however, inform me that the entire set of beds is occasionally cut across by what are called “mud seams” from 1 to 5 feet wide, that the mud seams are often of a thin laminated structure and sometimes contain a little gypsum and selenite, and that the gypsum beds abut against them regularly on both sides. The only example of this kind of replacement that has come under my notice was in the edge of one of the quarries, where, at the time of my last visit, the lower gypsum bed and the slate, the only members there REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 111 present, had suddenly given place to black, thin laminated mud, and above to harder, thin bedded ferruginous shale, the mud seams abutting against the gypsum and slate in a reentrant fashion. The lamination of the mud appeared to correspond to that of the gypsum against which it abutted, and one block was _ hard gypsum at one end and black laminated mud at the other, although elsewhere the gypsum and the mud were separated by irregular joint-like cracks. I was inclined to attribute the change to the action of water penetrating to the beds through crevices in the clay cover. The limestone of that part of the series in question which en- closes the gypsum beds is of a prevailing drab or ash color, with a few blue seams, of which no. 2 of the section is the only import- ant one. It is often highly laminated, has a considerable amount of impurities as has already been said, and by reason of the earthy character of these impurities, it shows such a disposition to absorb water as to unfit it for all but the roughest purposes. A fragment of no. 1 gained in weight 3% by two hours’ soaking, while a like fragment of the blue limestone no. 2 showed no ap- preciable gain in the same time. The character of the limestones just described seems to me to throw light on the question of the origin of the gypsum beds; these I think have obviously been formed from the earthy drab limestone of the horizon at which they appear, as the result of the action upon them of acid waters originating in sulfur springs, which are still somewhat abundant in this region, and which it may be presumed were more abundant at an earlier geological date. The porous character of the drab colored limestones would facilitate such transformation, under favorable circumstances; while the imperviousness of the blue limestone which underlies the series would limit it below. Reasons for this opinion as to the origin may ‘be found: first, in the striking similarity in struc- ture between the lower gypsum and the associated drab lime- stones, both having the same highly laminated character, while both the lower gypsum and the northern part of the upper, are also distinctly bedded; second, in the structure of the inter- mediate bed, containing as it does alternate layers of gypsum and Shale, as if whatever was lime in an impure shaly lime- stone had been transformed to gypsum, leaving the remainder unchanged ; third, in the presence in all the gypsum beds of native sulfur, which would be difficult to account for on any theory of origin which would not include the action of sulfureted waters; jourth, in the composition of the gypsum itself, which is gray, and like the limestones somewhat impure, containing in com- 1 ba 4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM * mercial samples an average of 8014¢ of lime sulfate with 14¢ of earthy matter, 5¢ of lime and magnesian carbonates, and, quite significantly, .6% of lime phosphate and organic matter, these last ingredients suggesting an organic origin, while the residual lime and magnesia point to the probable original condition of the de- posit. It may be added in this connection that in the limestone no. 1, in close proximity to one of the fossil localities and nearly at the same level, occurs a small isolated mass of decomposed gypsum, possibly 10 cubic feet in dimensions, which is due appar- ently to the agency of a small sulfurous percolation now extinct. I believe, therefore, that the structure of the great gypsum de- posits of Cayuga county separates them sharply from those exist- ing elsewhere in New York in the strata of the Salina period; and that their associations with limestones, both below and above them, containing fossils of the lower divisions of the Lower Helderberg, as well as the nearly uniform character of the rock series from the lake level to the Oriskany sandstone, indicate for them a place in the lower portion of the Lower Helderberg in which I include the Waterlime group.! Professor Williams’s deductions in regard to the geologic posi- tion of the gypsum at Union Springs are apparently well grounded, but it seems that there is some difference of opinion as to where a geologic period begins. Apparently, Mr Williams considers the Lower Helderberg formation as beginning where the first fossils which are typical of these deposits made their appearance. If this ground be accepted, it will be necessary to refer the deposit at Union Springs to the Lower Helderberg. The general opinion of geologists, however, seems to be that the gypsum deposits of the State belong with the Salina group, and Dr J. M. Clarke has recently assigned the Tentaculite lime- stone to the Salina rather than to the Lower Helderberg, where it has been included for many years. In Luther’s section of the Livonia salt shaft, the upper gypsum bed is referred to the Lower Helderberg. The lower and thicker deposits are referred to the Salina period; but, in view of the more recent opinion of Dr Clarke concerning the Tentaculite limestone, it is very likely that the upper gypsum bed at Livonia would also be referred to 1Williams, S. G. Geological Relations of the Gypsum Deposits in Cayuga County, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. September 1885. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 113 the Salina, and it would undoubtedly have been referred to this formation at the time when the section was published, were it not for the fact that Dr Clarke’s idea of the geologic periods seems to have agreed with that set for them by Mr Williams, namely, that the geologic periods begin when the first fossils of that period appear. The eastern limit of the known gypsum deposits is in Madison county, though rocks of the Salina group are found as far east as Schoharie. From Madison county to Buffalo more or less con- tinuous deposits are to be found throughout the Salina depression. Most of the deposits that have been developed have been found in the hills rising above the level of the surrounding country, and as. a usual thing the gypsum deposit does not have a great thickness. At Fayetteville the deposit reaches a thickness of 60 feet, and between Syracuse and Marcellus several thousand tons were taken out in making the railroad cuts on the Auburn division of the New York Central Railroad. The thickness of the latter deposit has not been measured, but from the outcrops that I have seen, I should judge that it is from 40 to 60 feet thick. When the gypsum deposits of the State were first precipi- tated, they were undoubtedly continuous, but glacial action and the solvent action of water have taken away a great portion of the gypsum, leaving isolated deposits under a slight covering of rock or earth in a great part of the Salina depression. The gypsum deposits are pierced by all the salt wells in the State outside of the Salina depression, but no information of value is obtained from a study of the well sections. The salt mines, however, give data that are very important. In the shaft of the Livonia salt mine,! gypsum was found at a depth of 1078 feet in Lower Helderberg rocks. The deposit is 9 feet thick and is a mixture of gypsum and a so called marlite. At the depth of 1138 feet is another bed of gypsum 45 feet in thickness, while at 1278 feet is an 18 foot deposit with a band of *Luther, D. D. Livonia Salt Shaft. N. Y. State Mus. 47th An. Rep’t. 1894. p. 215-324; N. Y. State Geol. 13th An. Rep’t, p. 25-130. 114 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM shale separating it into two parts. The latter deposits are in the Salina formation. The thickest deposit that is known in this State is in the Lehigh salt shaft at Leroy, where at a depth of.389 feet a deposit 75 feet in thickness was found. The rock is light colored in some parts, and samples that have been seen by the author compare well with the rock found at Oakfield and Garbuttsville. A project is on foot to make use of this deposit in the manufacture of stucco. _In the shaft of the Retsof mine at Retsof N. Y., a bed of gypsum 47 feet thick was found at a depth of 613 feet. This deposit is considered the top of the Salina in both the Retsof and Lehigh mines, though in the Livonia shaft it is supposed that the lime stone and hard shale just above the 45 foot bed are Salina.t It will be seen from these sections that the thickness of the deposit increases as we go south of the Salina depression, and from the appearance of this thick bed at practically the same horizon in these three mines, it seems reasonable to expect to find it throughout the greater part of western New York. The future developments in gypsum mining in this State will probably be made south of the region from which the supply is now obtained. HISTORY The use of gypsum as a cementing material has been known for at least 4000 years, as shown by an analysis of the mortar used | in the construction of the pyramid of Cheops, and that this use was known among the ancient Greeks is shown by the writings of Theophrastus and others. The precise date when this material was first used in this way is not known. Theophrastus records that plaster casts were first made by Lysistratus, but little use was made of the discovery, and the art was lost. This use was revived by Verocchio about 1450 A. D. and was of service in Sees ila lah put IR 4p Rha a ne mcr ADD hte Sabre Nee ad 1Tuther, D. D. Report on the Geology of the Livonia Salt Shaithe Ove State Geol. 13th An. Rep’t 1894. p. 25-180. Also N. Y. State Mus. 47th An. Rep’t, p. 215-824. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 115 making copies of ancient sculpture which were discovered about that time. The use of compact gypsum or alabaster was quite common in ancient times, and frequent references are made to it in ancient books. It was chiefly employed in the manufacture of urns, vases and other ornaments. Slabs of alabaster were sometimes used for -windows, and the Romans used plates of the transparent gypsum or selenite for this purpose. The industrial development of the last 20 years has been marked by a most wonderful increase in the use of gypsum. Up to that time the demand for raw gypsum in the United States was almost as great as that for plaster of paris, and the use of the latter article was very limited. With the discovery of processes by which the set of stucco may be retarded and the hardness of the finished product increased, plaster of paris has replaced lime mortar to a great extent as a wall plaster. Another factor in the increased production of this material is found in its use in Portland cement to retard setting. In the year 1885 Prof. Carl Straub, then of Syracuse N. Y., patented a fluid composition for retarding the set of plaster of i paris and at the same time hardening the material. Early in the _ next year(1886) he obtained another patent for a dry compound to be used in the same way. This was the starting point of the hard wall plaster industry in this country. Professor Straub asso- ciated with himself Mr S. S. Ruston, and under the firm name of Straub & Co. the first business of manufacturing hard wall plaster was established at Syracuse. The new material met with favor from the start, and in January 1887 the Adamant Manu- facturing Co. was organized with a greater capital and took over the plant and business of Straub & Co. At the outset only Nova Scotia and European gypsum were used, as at that time one of the things much desired was to have a white, smooth surface to the wall. The demand, however, for a wall plaster having the advantages of plaster of paris in the matter of quick setting and freedom from shrinkage, so that a building could be more quickly occupied than when a lime plaster 116 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM is used, caused manufacturers to experiment with the gypsum of New York and other states with a view to utilizing it for this purpose. It was found that in all places where absolutely white finish is not required the New York gypsum was fully equal to the imported in strength and setting qualities. As a consequence, mills were erected, and the manufacture of plaster of paris and wall plaster from New York gypsum was begun on a large scale. The erection of buildings for the World’s Fair at Chicago and other expositions which have taken place in the last 10 years has prob- ably had a greater effect on the gypsum industry than any other development. The thousands of tons used in the manufacture of “staff” would of themselves make quite a difference in the industry, but the greater effect probably came indirectly through the thousands of people who for the first time realized the strength and durability of this building material. The sources from which the world’s supply of gypsum is ob- tained are to be found in nearly every portion of the globe. The most important deposits in foreign countries are those at Mont- martre, near Paris, and those of Nova Scotia. It is also found in yarious parts of Germany, in Norway, Austria, Bohemia, Italy, Egypt, Arabia, India ‘and Persia. In the western | hemisphere it occurs in nearly every great division. Fine deposits occur in Chili and other South American republics, while in the north it is to be found in the provinces of Ontario, Quebec, New Brunswick and Nova Scotia. Its occurrence in the United States is widespread, and there is scarcely a state in which it may not be found. From a commercial point of view the entire supply comes from the following states and territories, New York, Ohio, Michigan, Iowa, South Dakota, Kansas, Okla- homa, Wyoming, Colorado, California, Indian Territory, Arizona, Montana, Oregon, New Mexico, Texas, Utah and Virginia. With the increased demand for this material, deposits which were formerly considered inferior have been opened up, new de- posits have been discovered, and the product of this country finds a ready sale in competition with the best Nova Scotia gypsum. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 ELT In this State the development of the gypsum deposits followed close on the settlement of the country, but the date when gypsum ~ was first mined is not known. The deposits at Fayetteville were opened in 1812; and in 1822 Cleaveland stated that “In the western part of New York, sulfate of lime is very abundant, par- ticularly in Onondaga and Madison counties, and in the vicinity of Cayuga lake, whence several thousand tons are annually ex- ported to Pennsylvania.” Though statistics of production are not available for the greater part at this time, there is little reason to think that there were any marked fiuctuations in the product other than those caused by differences in climatic conditions and a natural growth. Since 1889 it has been observed that there is little variation in the quantity of land plaster used from year to year, and this was practically the only form in which gypsum from this State was marketed prior to 1890. USES The purposes for which gypsum has been used since it was first discovered are numerous and varied. In its natural state it was used as a building stone at a very early date, on account of the ease with which it could be dressed. Examples of its use in this way were the temple of Fortuna in Seia and the buildings of Arsoffa [mii in Arabia. The transparent plates of selenite were used by the Romans in place of glass for windows, and translucent slabs of alabaster were used at a later date in some buildings for the same purpose, Alabaster and satin spar were used at an early date in making ornamental vases and similar ornaments, and at the present day they are still cut for this purpose in Germany and Russia. When cut en cabochon, satin spar has the chatoyancy of cat’s-eye, but can not be used as a gem on account of its extreme softness. When ground to a powder, it is used without calcining as a fer- tilizer, as an absorbent and deodorizer, as an adulterant and in the manufacture of glass and porcelain. As a fertilizer, gypsum has long been used in the powdered con- dition under the name of land plaster. Its use in this country 118 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM was, it is stated, largely the result of the efforts of Benjamin Franklin, who is reported to have sown plaster on a clover field near one of the principal roads in Pennsylvania in large letters so as to form the sentence, “This has been plastered with gypsum.” The clover which had been plastered was greener and more thrifty than that which had not received an application of the plaster, and the letters were distinctly visible at some dis- tance. Probably the action of no fertilizer is so little understood as is that of gypsum; and those who have used it are in some cases enthusiastic in its favor, while others are just as pronounced in their opposition to its use. It is a question whether it has any direct fertilizing value, though the ashes of nearly all the plants contain varying percentages of lime and sulfuric acid which were possibly derived from gypsum. Its value as a fertilizer is attrib- uted by Liebig to its power of fixing ammonia from the atmos- phere so as to make it available as plant food. It is the opinion of De Candolle that gypsum is a stimulant to the leaves of plants; while Chaptel considered the stimulating effect to be due to the saline character given to the sap of the plants. Sir Humphrey Davy regarded gypsum as a direct source of plant food, because a certain percentage of sulfate of lime is found in the ash of plants; but the most satisfactory explanation of its action is the theory advanced by Storer, which supposes a threefold action, the first mechanical and the others chemical. 1 The salts of lime have a tendency to flocculate loose soils, making the soil more granular, while an opposite effect is observed on clay soils where the soil is broken up into finer por- tions. Gypsum as a salt of lime acts to a slight extent in this way, but other lime compounds act much more rapidly. 2 It is supposed that gypsum gives up part of its oxygen to certain organic substances in the soil, thus preparing them for plant food. BS a yon Oc ed a ek alae a 1Storer. Chemistry of Agriculture. 1887. 1:206-16. Quoted by Grims- ley, Gypsum Deposits of Kansas, p. 152. fC REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 119 3 Gypsum decomposes the double silicates of the earth, setting free potash as a double sulfate. This action according to Storer is as follows: Al,0, Al,0, CaO CaO a & X Si0,4+Ca0SO,;—= x Si0,+K,0 SO, K,O CaO H,O H,O In this way potash is furnished in solution to the roots of the plants, but a similar result should follow the application of quicklime, with the difference that potash would be set free as K,O, which would unite with carbon dioxid, which is present in all natural water, forming the carbonate, instead of sulfate. Jin considering the mechanical effect of lime salts on the soil, it is to be noticed that the action on sandy or gravelly soils is entirely distinct from the action on tough clay soils, but in each case the soil is made more granular. The lime undoubtedly has no material effect in either case till it is in solution, and it seems probable that the effect on the clay soil is due almost entirely to the chemical action of the salts of lime on the potash occurring in the clay. The action of lime on loose sandy soils has been illustrated by placing lime in a muddy liquid, whereby the mud flocculates and falls to the bottom. This, however, does not seem to be a satisfactory explanation of the action of the lime on the soil, inasmuch as, when such floccula- tion takes place ag is seen when lime is put into muddy water, it is largely due to the fact that alum compounds have a tendency to precipitate both solid and dissolved materials in any liquid in which they may be found. This reaction is probably due to the chemical change noted above, by which the lime is rendered insoluble and the potash set free. In this case the particles of the hew compound of lime are likely to be more compact than the clay or the solution of lime, so that they more readily fall to the bottom. The flocculation observed in sandy soils is due largely to the action of the lime on the clay which is almost invariably found in these soils. 120 'G NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The effect of lime in gravel beds may be noticed when such a deposit is uncovered; for even in dry seasons the pebbles are found in many cases to be covered with a slimy material which on exposure to the air, becomes solid. This in most cases is a salt of lime, usually the bicarbonate, though the sulfate would have much the same effect. A coating of such slimy material has an important chemical action on the pebbles with which it is found, if these be slate, shale or flagstone; for in this case, the lime acts on the potash in these rocks in the same way that it would on the potash in clay. In some soils particles of glauconite or green sand are present, and, as this substance contains an appreciable amount of potash, which in its natural state is only slightly available as plant food, the salts of lime would have an important effect in setting free this potash. The amount of moisture retained by a sandy soil where lime salts are not present is nearly if not quite as great as where they are absent, so that the theory that gypsum absorbs moisture and stores it for plant food may be discarded, and the treatment of its action on the constituents of the soil may be taken up under the third heading. As a matter of fact, gypsum does not take up water; but as has been stated before, water dissolves gypsum, and, when the water evaporates, the gypsum separates in its former condition. ; The theory noted above, that gypsum gives up part of its oxygen to organic substances to promote decomposition, seems to be without foundation, as the experiments of Sir Humphrey Davy show that not the slightest difference in the time of putre- faction can be noted between meat treated with gypsum and that not so treated. That gypsum does absorb ammonia or change it to the sulfate is an unquestioned fact, and it may well be em- ployed about stables as an absorbent of this valuable fertilizer; but that it promotes the formation of ammonia seems to be dis- proved by Davy’s experiments. The chemical action of gypsum and other salts of lime in set- ting potash free from insoluble compounds is undoubtedly the only tenable explanation of the wonderful results following their fr REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 121 use; and the material so acted on is usually clay, which is essen- tially a hydrated silicate of aluminum with certain percentages of potash and soda, and is derived from the decomposition of the feldspar of granite rocks. Shale and slate are modified forms of this material and are acted on in the same way as the clay in its plastic form. ; In the greensand region of New Jersey I talked with a farmer, who said that he had for many years used greensand, but that, as time went on, he failed to get a proportionate increase in the crops from the application of this material. He gave a light coating of lime to a meadow, and on that portion where the lime was applied, the crop was nearly twice as heavy as on the portion not so treated. Inasmuch as greensand marl contains about 3% of potash, the explanation seems to be that the lime set the potash free, with a marked increase in the crop. | Boussingault discovered that an increased percentage of potash in the ashes of clover was apparently the result of the application of gypsum to the soil. His experiments carried on for two years on the same land gave the following results.1 1841 1842 Land with | .- Land with pectin Nogypsum pia el Nogypsum Mewes tree from COs.:..... 0.0). 270 113 280 97 Tie giaehpinaalalel il SND » pS elgg A 22.7 10.4 12.7 Oxids (iron manganese and SPRITES epee clala dala enn © ss | a oe (7) 6 Pees eee sine ke vat ike 79.4 32.2 102.8 32.2 3 Sc ee ee ee 181 8.6 28.5 Tol memset SOT SE es 95.6 26.7 97.2 28 .6 cg Nw 2.4 1.4 8 2.8 Puente wed. SS eee 9.2 4.4 9 3 PMGRNATICIACIA : 5 olsrs 5.0 cares" cers 24.2 11 22.9 7 WORORER se eee 10.3 4.6 8.4 3 From the foregoing it will be seen that the best results from the application of gypsum will be obtained from the application to soils containing potash in an insoluble form. *Storer. Agricultural Chemistry. 1887. 1:206, 216, Quoted by Grims- ley, Gypsum Deposits of Kansas, p. 127. 122 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM As an adulterant it is sometimes known as “terra alba” and is used in food and medical preparations. In the calcined state, as plaster of paris, the uses of gypsum are too numerous to catalogue, but the greater part of the product is used in wall plaster and in wall washes. Dentists use large quantities in making plates, surgeons use it to hold broken limbs in place, and sculptors find it an invaluable material for making masks and casts. To the antiquary it is invaluable in taking impressions of inscriptions, statuary ete. it is used to some extent in the manufacture of wine to retard fermentation (the plastering of the wine) and absorb water. It has been discovered that blocks of plaster of paris are a good fireproofing material, because of the fact that it is a bad con- ductor of heat, being said to be superior to hollow brick. It has ordinarily been supposed that the manufacture of slow setting, or cement, plaster is a new feature of the gypsum indus- try, but comparative analyses of the cement used in the building of the pyramid of Cheops and the modern cement plaster show a remarkable similarity in composition. Whether these two cements had the same chemical composition when prepared for use is a question, as slightly overburned or underburned gypsum will absorb water and return to the original condition, but much more slowly than gypsum that is properly burned. It is sup- posed by some that the cementing material of the pyramid of Cheops was slower setting than the cement plasters. The difference between ordinary plaster of paris and a cement plaster is brought about by the addition of some retarding material to the plaster of paris, so that it will not set so soon, ordinary plaster of paris requiring only a few minutes to become hard, while a cement plaster requires from two to 24 hours to become thoroughly hard. It is of interest to note that, whereas New York State plaster of paris was considered of no value but a few years ago, at the present time most of the mills have difficulty in filling their orders. With the increased use of gypsum cement plaster, the REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 123 old lime plaster is being largely driven from use. The slightly gray color of some of the New York State plaster was long urged as an insuperable objection to its use, but, when mixed with sand and fiber, it makes a superior wall plaster. The advantages of cement plaster over lime plasters are, first, it sets more rapidly and dries out more rapidly than lime plaster, so that there is less delay in finishing buildings, second, as a nonconductor of heat, it is valuable as a fireproofing material, third, any desired tint can be given the plaster by mixing it with coloring material at the time the plaster is prepared for putting on the wall, fourth, less mortar is required to cover the sanie amount of wall space, fifth, it may be used in large slabs in wainscotings, as a substitute for marble and other ornamental stones, sixth, it is less liable to shrinkage than other plasters, so that few cracks are to be seen in the walls covered with this material. Among the objections to the use of this plaster are its greater cost and the facility with which sounds are conveyed through walls of this material. As just stated, the cement plasters have certain fireproof qualities, and these are increased by certain admixtures. Mixed with asbestos, it has been used in plastering the inside of fire- pots in stoves; in the walls and floors of fireproof buildings it has been used mixed with ashes and asbestos. In some cases the plaster of paris is mixed with wood fiber and other material and molded into blocks which resemble in form and appearance the hollow terra cotta fireproofing material. These are of course used in exactly the same way as the terra cotta. The use of plaster of paris and the cement plasters in making ornamental ceilings and stucco work in general is becoming very widespread with the regulation of the set of the plaster. For this purpose, instead of laying the plaster on lath surfaces, the stucco is molded in the shop of the artist and is nailed or other- wise fastened to the timbers or girders of the walls or ceiling. The separate pieces are made in specially prepared molds of 124 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM glue, and fiber is added to give strength and toughness, while strips of wood are laid crosswise in the back of the larger pieces to give rigidity and in some cases to afford a better means of fastening the piece to the wall or ceiling. ; A more recent development of the gypsum industry is the manufacture of wall boards made from alternating layers of paper and plaster of paris. The process of manufacture con- Sists in spreading the properly moistened plaster of paris on the surface of a sheet of building paper, above the layer of gypsum is then placed another sheet of paper, and the two layers of paper and the one of gypsum are then passed between rolls, after which another layer of gypsum is spread above the second sheet of paper, a third sheet of paper is added and the rolling process continued. This operation may be repeated an indefinite number of times, but the usual practice is to have from five to seven layers of gypsum. When the board has passed from the machine where it is made, it is conveyed down a long table, where it becomes partially hard and is cut into the proper size for use. In order to give the material a chance to dry with- out warping, it is suspended from supports from the ceiling. When dry, the boards may be nailed to studs and rafters in the same way as boards or lath. In the manufacture of glass, gypsum takes a very important part. In the uncalcined state it is said to be used as a con- stituent of certain kinds of glass. Its most important use, however, is in the calcined state, when it is used in plate glass factories to form a bed on which the glass is placed for polish- ing. In this way the strain is taken from the glass and there is little liability of breakage. In monumental work, plaster of paris finds a similar use when it is. placed about the stone to be polished, to form a bed for catching the water and polishing material. The use of plaster of paris as a flux! is but little known, but in melting brass it is found to be superior to any known flux. It 1Sperry, E. S. Aluminum World, March, 1902. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE, GEOLOGIST 1903 125 melts easily, gives off no obnoxious fumes and is easily removed from the ingots. In practice it is the custom to use about 5 pounds of the plaster to every 100 pounds of brass. Portland cement A certain part of the plaster of paris made in this country is -used in the manufacture of Portland cement. This use is legitimate up to 2%, but above that point it acts asa diluent, and the practice is to be condemned. The effect of plaster of paris on Portland cement is shown in the following, quoted from bulletin 44, New York State Museum. The raw materials used in the manufacture of Portland cement may sometimes contain sulfate of lime in the form of the mineral gypsum, or sulfur may be present in the form of pyrite, which in burning tends to react with some of the carbonate of lime, yielding calcium sulfate. A similar effect may be caused if there is much sulfur in the fuel used. The effect of this sulfate of lime, if it does not exceed 2% or 34%, is to greatly delay the setting of the cement and also increase its final strength somewhat. If present to the extent of 4% or 5%, however, both these qualities disappear, since formation of calcic sulfid is brought about, which in turn reacts with the iron compounds in the cement and tends to disintegrate it. The effect of sulfate of lime is shown in the accompanying table, taken from Professor Johnson’s work, Materials of Construction, p. 187. The German association of Portland cement manufacturers has declared against any addition except up to the 24 CaSO, to regu- late setting time. It is the general practice in the United States now to put in 2% CaSO, to produce slow set. The following experiments are quoted by Lewis, showing the effect of sulfate of lime on the rate of setting. | NEAT-CEMENT BRIQ. 1 CEMENT, BRIQUET 3 SAND SETTING j No. ONE SORT OF CEMENT TIME g\3 B\g ele si sislelel3isis S\/S/ElE|/ Ole Sle) elo Aft i. Fm ise hee th Sel Bohheyhes HH See din 1 /As manufactured .. Bests Moreh ioihciee aie had 0 20 1323 |405 |518.|620 |700 |115 |168 '238 |302 | 360 2 |Same w. .b SyPSUM....:.:.....0000. 3 30 315 1456 1572 |623 1650 |142 |212 |339 |353 | 390 3 Leypsam Pere tress tei, sere ative 10 0 1875 |508 |568 |695 |780 |159 |238 |311 |368 | 384 4 BY PSM. soci cie alsa's 14 0 |423 |543 |688 |'718 |805 |180 |263 !305 (375 | 410 5 |No gyp. ie ip in store for SOME MONS 2. doe oe Pee cs be 10 30 /318 |450 [550 |592 |618 |168 |218 |318 |360 | 481 | 126 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM These results were reported by John Grant in 1880. MIXTURE 7 days 31 days 60 days 90 days 1-1 briq. average of 5........ 107 159 188 267 1-1 brig. w. H,SO, added to water: average of 5....... 129 227 260 255 Professor Tetmajer in 1894 reported these results. No. Per cent of Strength of sand briq., 1to3 plaster paris per sq. in. Ibs. added 3 days 7 days 28 days foritc: Lie tuesiter oalett 16044, - 240 1 ke sual spa en Ms cr shetty 2 { 1 Ra, Fes ee 212 298 [ pla SN ae 98 | 167 254 pias ao 174 285 307 | 5 225 305 344 1 227 320 408 WT. en ee. eee eh ete { 15 230 381 399 2 182 290 400 | 2.5 184 295 390 | 3 115 235 360 The results reported by Candlot in 1891 were as follows: SULPHATE OF LIME MORTAR Days re 1. ibe, ie, we Neat scem. Vbritl 2). nea ties x 98 673 738 674 790 483 Res 223 252 263 . “isa, ae (28° 333 ST Stl) aor eee Lewis considers these results remarkable as regards strength ee 485 645 583 435 264 1 cem. to 3 sand briq...... and not explained. PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURE About the middle of the last century the greater part of the best stucco for casts was made by the artists to secure the proper temperature in burning. In this way the artist was also enabled to make sure that the plaster had not lost its property of quick setting through absorption of water from the atmosphere. Usually this calcining was done in small kettles over a domestic fire, and the gypsum was powdered before being cooked. In some cases the cooking was done on a metallic plate instead of a kettle. Frequently the gypsum was baked in the baking oven, or, as it is better known, a brick oven. In this case the rock was broken Nis A ale Re a Mok Ree mA 1Knapp. Chemical Technology. Phil. 1849. 2:400-12. REPORT OF THE VIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 127 to the size of an egg and spread out on the sole of the oven. Such an oven had no separate fireplace, but a fire was kindled on the sole, and, when the oven reached the proper temperature, the coals and ashes were removed and the gypsum was thrown in, and the door closed. From time to time pieces were taken out for trial, and, when they exhibited on the fractured surface only _a few shining crystalline particles, the charge was removed and ground. At Paris, where the manufacture of calcined gypsum, or plaster of paris, was for a long time carried on more extensively than in any other one Jocality, special plaster kilns or oveng were employed for baking the gypsum. The kiln was rectangular in form, covered with an arch and inclosed with side walls and also a wall at the back in which the chimney was erected. The front was left open for convenience in discharging and regulat- ing the fire. The fireplaces were always constructed afresh in these ovens, and the largest lumps were used for this purpose, and smaller pieces were thrown on above. Wood fires were used in this kiln, and the smoke escaped through openings into the chimney. In such an oven a certain percentage of gypsum was of necessity ruined, a part being overburned and another part being changed to calcium sulfid. A kiln very similar to the foregoing was used with coal as a fuel, but a special chimney was not used, and a grate of brick was built so as to permit the removal of ashes. The front was left open, but the gypsum was introduced through a door at the rear. Beneath the arches of gypsum were brick arches on which the coal was placed while the ash fell through the perforated bottom. The burning occupied from 12 to 16 hours when the lower layers were free from water. This type of kiln was open to the same objections as the earlier type, and a great proportion of the plaster was dead burnt, so that it would no longer set. The kiln used by Scannegatty, though similar in some respects, is far better than the previous types, because the coal is not in contact with: the gypsum, and the liability of forming calcium 128 dar § NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM sulfid is reduced to a minimum. The entire inner chamber is divided into two unequal parts by an arch, situated about a foot from the bottom. The upper part, into which the gypsum is introduced, is provided with eight draft holes. The lower cham- ber, or fire surface, is situated in front of the kiln. The draft channel terminates in the ash pit under the grate, on which a coal fire is made. The flame enters below the perforated arch, where it is uni- formly distributed over the whole area of the kiln in an upward direction through the gypsum, and makes its escape through apertures. The capacity of this kiln is given as 220 cubic feet of gypsum. Dumesnil’s oven resembles Scannegatty’s in form and in the manner in which the heat is applied, but would seem to be less economical of labor, though more heat is saved. After the gypsum was calcined by any of the foregoing processes, it was reduced partially to powder, but the bulk of it had to be ground and sifted to separate the coarse particles. In New York there are 18 mills engaged in the manufacture of land plaster and in the manufacture of plaster of paris from New York State gypsum. Two processes, the Cummer and the kettle, are employed in the manufacture of plaster of paris. So far as the land plaster is concerned, the process by which it is made is the same as the first steps in the kettle process of making plaster of paris. The machinery used by most of the mills is made by Butter- worth & Lowe of Grand Rapids Mich., and F. D. Cummer of Cleveland O. | Keitle process. As a rule, the crusher, which is usually an ordinary jaw crusher, is placed on the ground floor of the mill, so that the rock may be thrown directly from the wagon or car into the hopper. Pieces up to about a foot in diameter are reduced in this crusher to pieces of about 2 or 3 inches in diameter and are then taken to the nipper. The nipper resembles an old-fashioned coffee mill, to a certain extent. The upper part, however, consists of a corrugated hopper in which a corrugated cone rotates, crushing the pieces of gypsum — REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 129 to about the size of a hickory nut. The lower part breaks them up to about the size of peas, after which the fragments are ele- vated to a bin on the floor above. From this bin material is drawn through spouts to the burstones, which are usually on the same floor as the crusher. Other processes of grinding the gypsum have been introduced in other states, but so far the im- provements have not been introduced into the mills of this State. After the gypsum has been ground, it is elevated to the storage bin, which is located on the top floor of the mill, so that the kettles may be filled from it by merely opening a gate and letting the plaster run by gravity from the bin. The kettles consist of cylinders of boiler steel, usually 8 feet in diameter and 6 or 8 feet deep. Such a kettle is estimated to hold 10 or 12 tons, though usually the charge is not more than 8 tons. For greater strength the bottom of the cylinder is convex upward and is thicker than the sides. The kettle is placed on a brick foundation and is enclosed in a brick jacket with an air space between, which serves asa fiue. Two flues pass through the kettle, so that more heat is saved on account of the greater surface exposed to the heat. The gypsum is stirred from the time it is first put into the kettle till the charge is withdrawn by the two arms near the bottom of the kettle, which are fastened to a ver- tical shaft, which is set in motion by a pinion wheel. The plaster is fed gradually into the kettle, because, if it runs too rapidly, the gearing may be broken and the plaster burned on the bottom. It takes about an hour to fill the kettle, and in a short time the temperature of the plaster reaches the boiling point of water, and part of the waiter of crystallization begins to pass off. When the - temperature reaches about 235° F., the mass boils furiously, and the temperature gradually increases to about 260° F., whem the vapor ceases to pass off and the plaster settles into a solid mass. When the temperature rises to about 290° F., the boiling begins again, and the plaster continues to give off water till the tem- perature of 350° F. is reached, when it settles again. At this point a gate is raised, the plaster rapidly discharged into a bin on the ground and the kettle again refilled. 130 “NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The plaster is now bolted or screened, and the coarse particles are reground in burstone mills. The Cummer process. The first stage in this process is the same as the first stage of the kettle process: i e, crushing in a Blake crusher to about the size of a hickory nut. Usually a nipper is not used, but the rock is screened after being crushed, and pieces that are larger than the desired size are returned to the crusher and broken again. In some mills gyratory crushers are used, and, where a large quantity is to be crushed, these are probably more economical than the jaw crushers. The crushed rock is elevated by a bucket elevator to the storage bin, from which it is drawn by gravity to the calciner, which con- sists of a cylinder of boiler steel about 27 feet long and 4 feet in diameter, which revolves over the fire. The fire is usually fed by self-stoking machinery, and the smoke passes through the cylinder, so that as much heat may be saved as possible. The cylinder is inclined slightly, so that the material rolls from the inlet to the other end, where it is taken by a bucket elevator to the cooling bin. When the material in the bin becomes cool enough, it is withdrawn through gates at the bottom and conveyed to the mills in which it is ground. In the plants using the Cummer process, emery mills are used in place of burstones, because they do not require redressing so often. After passing through the emery mills, the plaster is screened and the larger particles are re- turned to the mill to be reground. TECHNOLOGY OF GYPSUM Though, as heretofore stated, the use of gypsum as a cement- ing material was known at an early date, and its application to the soil as a fertilizer was also known, yet the most of the properties of this material, together with its chemical composi- tion, were unknown and had never received any investigation. The discoverer of the composition of gypsum was Lavoisier, who in 1765 published the results of his experiments in the Proceed- ings of the Académie des Sciences. After decomposing the gypsum rock and discovering the chemical composition, Lavois- ier produced gypsum by synthesis. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 131 Physical properties of gypsum. Sufficient has already been said about most of the physical properties of gypsum [p. 91 et seq.], but the results of recent experiments render it necessary to go “more deeply into the subject of the solubility of gypsum. | A table has already been given showing the results obtained by Marignac, and, for the average reader as well as the author, “it will seem more practical than the more recent table which has been prepared to show the number of millimolecules of gypsum in a liter of a normally saturated solution. ‘The results of Poggiale, Marignac and Droez have been calculated to millimolecules per liter. Normally saturated solutions Temp.! Poggiale Marignac Droez Hulett and Allen 0° 15.06 Haetew Sis Ea 12.91 . 5.5 Be aa RRR, Shs c, 14.11 418.56 ee te ee i a ee 14.83 14.50 ike) 2 | Geli 15.06) ABA Tse. 14.81 iit eS se ly ||} ake aes 15.66 14.88 20 iF lg, ae etek ea na na 14.95 OLS CORO US Ss 15.30 15.87 15.23 Se sy thal: EGE wt -byareiaetve 15.38 35 Pm bin sate see awa. (eb bet 15.40 =0.. cy serena? eee bitin ah aaipeeorateas 16.19 15.41 eT Bild AS Ot Aeros EL. A 15.41 22 TOE NE | ae eee eee Ds Te POUR Pees 15.39 Hy bi jugil sya" ¥ 4 SOO iN ek 14.85 TD a Wid | Mtcriccias's 11 ae ev a Se 12.70 ER ee ee fea 8 8 0 ae 12.70 a OO eg yen SO we wails Ses A195 100 ns Saat Laverda’). dios A h290 Lavoisier discovered in his experiments that, on heating gypsum, water was removed at two different stages, and further- more that, while it was a simple matter to remove three quarters of the water, it required more time and much higher tempera- ture to force out the remaining quarter. In 1830 these results were confirmed by Payen, who found that water commences to pass off at 115°C., and that the loss 1 Hulett, George A. & Allen, Lucius E. The Solubility of Gypsum. Jour. Am. Chem. Soc. July 1902. v. 24. 132 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM continues up to 204°C. The most extensive experiments, how- ever, were probably made by Le Chateliert As a result of these experiments, it was discovered that from the boiling point of water up to 200°C., the rise in temperature was constant with two exceptions. The first halt occurred at 128°C., the sec- ond at 163°C. From this fact and the fact that water ceased to pass off at these stops, he inferred that there are two dif- ferent hydrates which are decomposed before any rise in tem- perature takes place. In order to prove the existence of two ase Le Chatelier heated a saturated solution of gypsum in a closed tube to a temperature between 130°C. and 150°C. As a result, delicate rectangular prisms were formed, which, when analyzed, gave the following result: Water 6.7 Sulfate of lime O83 100 A result was obtained in this way which corresponds very closely to an analysis of the incrustation in the boilers of ocean steamers, in which the analysis made by Le Chatelier was as follows: | | Lime carbonate ; ne: Iron oxid . 2 Water 5.8 Lime sulfate 91.9 100 These results both agree very closely with the formula (CaSO,), H,O, which would show the analysis Water 6.2 Sulfate of lime 93.8 100 1Le Chatelier. On the Dehydration of Gypsum stone and the two Com- pounds Formed. Académie des sciences. Comptes rendus. 1883. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 es Set of plaster. Lavoisier, Landrin, and Le Chatelier all gave theories to show the cause of plaster of paris setting or becom- ing solid. Lavoisier’s theory, as quoted! by Grimsley from the original account, is as follows: I took the calcined plaster, as has been described before, and which hardens readily with water. I threw it into a consider- able amount of water, in a pan or ina large dish. Each mole- cule of plaster, in passing through the liquor, seized its molecule _ of water of crystallization and fell to the bottom of the dish in the form of small brilliant needles, visible only with a strong lens. These needles, dried in the free air or with the aid of a very moderate heat, are very soft and silky to the touch. If placed on the stage of a microscope, it is perceived that what was taken under the lens for needles are also parallelopipeds, very fine, so they are described as thicker, or many thinner, and many more elongated. The plaster in this state is not capable of uniting with water, but if it is calcined anew, these small crys- tals lose their transparency and their water of crystallization, and become again a true plaster, as perfect as before. One may in this fashion successfully calcine and recrystallize the plaster, even to infinity, and consequently give to it at will the property of seizing water. Landrin’s* theory, which is the result of an elaborate study of plaster, divides the set into four periods: 1 The calcined plaster, on contact with water, unites with this liquid and takes a crystalline form. 2 The plaster dissolves partially in the water, which becomes saturated with this salt. 3 A part of the liquid evaporates, due to the heat set free in the chemical combination. A crystal is formed and determines the crystallization of the entire mass; a phenomenon which is analogous to that which takes place when a piece of sulfate of soda is placed in a saturated solution of this salt. 4 The maximum hardness is reached when the plaster loses enough water to correspond exactly to the formula SO,CaO, 2H,O; this maximum; being to the remainder in proportion to the quantity of water added to the plaster to transform it into mortar. *Landrin. Annales des chimie. 1874. p. 434, 435. Also Grimsley Gyp- sum Deposits of Kansas, p. 90. *Landrin. Annales des chimie. 1874. Also Grimsley Gypsum Deposits of Kansas, p. 91. 134 ' NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Le Chatelier’s theory. Le Chatelier showed that Landrin’s — third principle as mentioned above was not necessarily true, inasmuch as plaster would set in a vacuum flask. His own theory was that plaster of paris: partially dissolves in the water, thus diminishing solubility, the solution becomes supersaturated and gypsum crystallizes out. Grimsley’s theory. Grimsley! noted that, “ when water is added to the calcined plaster, small needle-like prisms are seen forming and shooting out here and there. As these become more and more abundant, they unite with one another and rapidly form a solid mass, in which the individual crystals can scarcely be distin- guished. Open spaces are left in the mass apparently filled with ‘water, and finally these are closed, and a firm solid mass results.” He also noted that crystallization was more rapid in the finer grained plasters than in the coarser ones. He agrees with the investigators mentioned above that the setting of plaster is due to the formation of a crystalline net-work, but his explanation of the cause of the formation of this net-work is somewhat dif- ferent, and a summary of the same is given below. 1 When water is added to plaster of paris, the plaster be- comes partially dissolved. 2 When the solution becomes hydrated and supersaturated crystallization is started, and the liquid becomes turbid. In explanation of this theory, Grimsley says: : The solution of the hydrate in these experiments is certainly saturated, and all that is needed is something ‘to start the crys- tallization. From a study of saturated solutions in the labora- tory, it is well known that if crystals are introduced into such solutions, crystallization will result and go on until the salt has crystallized out. , The effect of heat on gypsum in the burning of plaster is to remove a certain percentage of water, and to break up the small masses of the rock into finer and finer particles, microscopic and even ultra-microscopic in size. If the heat has not been carried too far, certain particles through the mass may still possess their crystalline form, and so they are true crystals, though very small. These minute crystals in the saturated solution 1Grimsley, G. P. & Bailey, E. H. S. Special Report on Gypsum and Gypsum Cement Plasters. Univ. Geol. Sur. of Kan. Topeka 1899. p. 92-96. maaat —— ~ REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 135 would start the process of crystallization. Their growth would cause the turbidity of the solution noted by Marignac, and would result in a precipitation of small gypsum crystals, thus forming a crystal net-work which constitutes the set of plaster. If the plaster is underburned the gypsum is not reduced to its proper fineness and uniformity, and so would not permit the crystallization to go on in the way it would in the properly burned plaster. But of more importance the hydrate represented by plaster of paris would not be formed. If the plaster is overburned, the plaster will be so completely comminuted that no minute crystals will be left to start the crystallization. Where the plaster is slightly overburned, the crystals are extremely’ fine and crystallization goes on very slowly and imperfectly. Retarders. The question of retarding the set of plaster of paris is one that has received a great deal of attention in the past few years, and the substances which are used are almost too numer- ous to mention. The principal materials used are different forms | of organic matter, as glue, starch and animal refuse. These when moistened form a gelatinous liquid, which hinders the formation of the crystals. The carbonates of the alkaline earths are sometimes used to dilute the plaster. Slaked lime or calcium hydrate is used to make a lime plaster putty, which sets quite slowly and is used largely in the manufacture of relief forms for ornamentation. As a usual thing, the addition of any material which is not a stronger cementing material than the plaster of paris will have a tendency to render the hardened plaster weaker than it would be in the pure state. It is possible, however, that even the addi- tion of material that may be considered a diluent may give hard- ened plaster that will be fully as strong as the pure material would be, if not stronger. Experiments have not been made with a view of ascertaining the truth of this, but the ultimate strength of the hardened plaster seems to be due to the filling of all crevices in the material and the addition of a material which helps to fill the crevices should have this effect. It is known that in the manufacture of Portland cement, equal portions of cement and sand can be ground together, and the 136 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM resulting mixture when moistened gives better results in tensile strength than pure Portland cement! This is due to the fact that the particles of sand afford surfaces to which the cement may adhere. | The retarders used by most of the plaster manufacturers con- sist of a mixture of various materials, and some of the mixtures appear almost ridiculous. The essential constituents however are certain forms of organic matter, among which are included glue, — glycerin, sawdust, sugar, oils, paper pulp, flour pack, fiber, oil meal, molasses, [rish moss and tankage. The inorganic materials consist largely of different salts of the alkalis and alkaline earths, acids and other forms of cement. The ultimate strength of a retarded plaster will depend largely on the changes that will take place in the material used to retard the set. Many of the organic materials mentioned above would undoubtedly decompose to a certain extent. If present only in small quantities, their effect on the strength of the plaster would probably be very slight, but the presence of any material which is likely to decay is of no advantage to the plaster, not only from a consideration of strength but also from a sanitary standpoint. Great care should therefore be taken in the selection of an organic retarder. The addition of a good mineral retarder, however, is likely to prove an advantage, as the fact that the set is retarded gives strength to the supposition that the resulting network of small crystals will be much stronger because of the length of time re- quired for the set. It has been shown [p. 125] that, in the manu- facture of Portland cement, the addition of gypsum in quantities not over 24 of the whole, increases not only the time required for setting but the ultimate strength of the cement. It has also been shown? that there is apparently a definite rela- tion between the length of time required for setting and the tensile strength, and up to a certain point those cements which Bi er gr ha Sasa Sy LOTUS PR tea DOPE LAs JA a8 SMI Lv eM DeLeon 1Newberry, S. P. Eng. News, Ap. 16, 1896. p. 252. Ries & Eckel. Lime and Cement Industries of New York, pl. 91 to 98 inclusive. ‘KN o[[fAoyoARy ‘oouBdeAesg "JW ‘(Jo Aadaenb wmnsdaé4y REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 137 require the longest time for setting show the greatest strength. This seems to give some ground for the supposition that retard- ing the set does not decrease the strength. It also shows that a material which of itself may not be as strong as the material whose set is to be retarded, may give increased strength to the retarded material. Accelerators. It is sometimes necessary to hasten rather than retard the set of plaster, and in order to do so, some other crystal- lizing salt as alum or borax is added in small quantity to the plaster. When moistened, this salt has a tendency to crystallize and starts that process in the plaster of paris. A dish which has been used in making plaster of paris will have a tendency to accelerate the set because of the crystals already formed. New York mines and mills Cottons. At Cottons an open quarry is worked by Mr R. D. Button. Ordinary black powder is used as the explosive, and the entire output is used in the manufacture of land plaster. An analysis! of the rock follows: Sulfate of lime (pure gypsum) - 82. Carbonate of lime Carbonate of magnesia Tron oxid and alumina Co pt «Ox Co BO (om) =~] (ay Insoluble matter and moisture 100 The greater part of the rock is ground at Perryville by Mrs Hattie C. Hodge. Fayetteville. The quarries at Fayetteville are located about 2 miles southwest of the village and are situated on two knolls. Four companies have quarries here: the National Wall Plaster Co. and the Adamant Wall Plaster Co. of Syracuse, Mr I’. M. Severance and Mr C. A. Snooks of Fayetteville. All these quarries were at one time owned by the Onondaga Gypsum Co., which was formed in 1878 and operated as a plaster *Analysis furnished by R. D. Button. 138 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM trust. After three years the company was diiealvad and se property went into other hands. The oldest quarry is that of Mr Severance, which has been worked since 1812. The bed of gypsum in this quarry is about 60 feet thick and consists of eight layers varying in thickness _ from 18 inches to 30 feet. It is covered with about 40 feet of shaly rock, together with hydraulic limestone. The plaster rock varies in color from light drab in the cap toa | dark brown (iron layer), all forms becoming lighter on exposure to air. The so called “slate” consists of fibrous, scaly, and other forms of gypsum; the remaining beds consist almost en- tirely of compact gypsum. The specific gravity varies from 2.68 in the 9 foot layer to 2.33 in the slaty layer. 7 The composition is nearly uniform, consisting of gypsum from 80% to 90%; calcium carbonate, a trace; magnesium carbonate, 5% or less; clay, 10% or less. The amount of carbonates is great- est in the iron layer, showing effervescence in the mass. It is nearly as abundant in the cap layer; it is least in the crystalline layer (the so called slate); but in none of the layers is the quantity sufficient to prove detrimental. To quarry this gyp- sum, the slate rock above must be stripped. This stripping is accomplished after a portion of the quarry has been worked out, by blasting out a layer of shale about 4 feet in thickness immediately. above the plaster rock. When sufficient has been blasted, the overlying slate falls down into the hole from which the gypsum has been removed, and the new part exposed can be quarried without removing very much of the strippings. Mr Severance claims that in this way he has to remove only about one third of the stripped rock. When quarrying the gypsum, three beds are recognized by the quarrymen. The upper bed is the lightest of the three and is about 30 feet thick. The lower beds are of darker color, show- ing more marked strata of light and dark gypsum, and are said to be richer in sulfate of lime. | ‘KN oOT[lAo}oAR YT ‘OOUBIOADS “JN “WZ jo Aarenbdb % Ald tansd a’ REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 139 The local mills are furnished with gypsum rock in the winter time, and the outsiders during canal navigation. The rock has to beshauled about 14 miles to the canal. The quarry is operated the year round. The cost of mining is about 25c to 30c a ton, and the rock sells, delivered at the canal or to the local mills, for 90c a ton. From four to 12 men are employed at -the quarry, according to the demand for gypsum. - Immediately adjoining Mr Severance’s quarry are the quarries of the National Wall Plaster Co., which are in the same deposit as the foregoing. The method of quarrying, however, differs in some respects. The gypsum is quarried so as to cut under the overhanging rock, which then falls into the place from which the gypsum has been taken. This necessitates moving a greater amount of rock than the method employed by Mr Severance. In these quarries dynamite and Climax blasting powder are used. From 12 to 20 men are employed at the quarries. In the strip- pings some hydraulic limestone is found, which is sold to cement - manufacturers. The beds owned by the National Wall Plaster Co. occupy about 5 acres. At this company’s mill, which is located on the bank of the canal, about 14 miles from the quarry, the Cummer process of calcining the gypsum is employed. About a year ago two kettles made by Butterworth & Lowe were set up in this mill. The equipment of the mill consists of one Blake crusher, one calciner, one cooling bin, two kettles, two Sturtevant emery mills. The capacity of the mill is seventy-five tons a day. The product is used in wall plaster but a large portion of it is sold to Portland cement manufacturers. ) 6 sles o eite @ Tere 6 (0m josutr pue 2019 Sew 69) (8) Nae) ow fe'|''u oa ee we 0 ee 0 e|| a) 60 6 vw 0 8 2 0 S| oS o hehe Mhels pen | aoe « clive saas sh) ee Soe sl 8 0 6 myn Cliees mn ¢ 5 WES 5 00 sso pane Bid vivomm « 6 Sudha ee Coe kn Re Sl eeie = mS 6 (6. es tansd 4) 68 8& LE 9€ Gg VE Hy 154 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 1 2 1m Oe & © 00 20 24 22 Pyramid of Cheops, exterior. Thorpe. Dictionary of Applied Chemistry. 1:468 Pyramid of Cheops, interior. Thorpe. Dictionary of Applied Chemistry. 1:468 Wienrode. Analyst, Jungst Osterode. : Hampe Albay, Philippines. a Trobe Nova Scotia. Rep’t Ct. Agric. Exp. Sta. 1883 Union Springs N. Y. ri 1884 Fayetteville N. Y. Rep’t Ct. Agric. Exp. Sta. 1883 “é 66 66 Wheatland N. Y. Cottons N. Y. Ottawa county, O. Geol. of Ohio. 1888. 6:696—702 Fort Dodge Ia. Geol. Sur. Ia. 3:291 Mich. Analyst, George H. Ellis, Univ. Geol. Sur. Kan. v. 5, Gypsum, p. 143 Wheatland N. Y. Anal. furnished by Iroquois Portland Cement Co. . 2d bed. Anal. furnished by Consolidated Wheatland Plaster Co. Coalinga Cal. Univ. of Cal. Exp. Sta. 1891-92 Nevad:i Gypsum and Fertilizing Co. Univ. of Cal. Exp. Sta. 1891-92 Bakersfield mine, Cal. Univ. of Cal. Exp. Sta. 1891-92 Southern California San Francisco Cal. Los Angeles Cal. Fowler mine, Blue Rapids Kan. Analyst, Edward Bartow, Univ. Geol. Sur. Kan. v. 5, Gypsum, p. 145 Great Western, Blue Rapids Kan. Analyst, Edward Bartow, Univ. Geol. Sur. Kan. v. 5, Gypsum, p. 145 Winter’s mine, Blue Rapids Kan. Analyst, Pdward Bartow, Univ. Geol. Sur. Kan. v. 5, Gypsum, p. 145 Dillon Kan. Analysts, Bailey & Whitten, Univ. Geol. Sur. Kan.. vy. 5, Gypsum, p. 146 ; Four miles south of Dillon Kan. Analysts, Bailey & Franklin, Univ. Geol. Sur. Kan. v. 5, Gypsum, p. 146 Hope Kan. Analysts, Bailey & Whitten, Univ. Geol. Sur. Kan. vy. 5, Gypsum, p. 147 Medicine Lodge Kan. Analysts, Bailey & Whitten, Univ. Geol. Sur. Kan. v. 5, Gypsum, p. 147 REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 155 34 Solomon Kan. Analysts, Bailey & Whitten, Univ. Geol. Sur. Kan. v. 5, Gypsum, p. 148 f 35 Marlow, I. T. Analysts, Bailey & Stafford, Univ. Geol. Sur. Kan. v. ! Gypsum, p. 149 36 Dillon Kan. Analysts, Bailey & Whitten, Univ. Geol. Sur. Kan. a 4 . w1 Gypsum, p. 149 37 Rhoades Kan. Analysts, Paul Wilkinson, Uniy. Geol. Sur. Kan. vy. : Gypsum, p. 150 38 Mulvane Kan. Analysts. Bailey & McFarland, Univ. Geol. Sur. Kan. cl v. 5, Gypsum, p. 155 39 Lake Tank, New South Wales. Liversidge, A. Minerals of New South Wales, p. 164 LIST OF FIRMS AND INDIVIDUALS THAT MINE AND MANU- FACTURE NEW YORK GYPSUM Clockville, J. A. Mason jr. Cottons, R. ID. Buttons Fayetteville, C. A. Snook, National Plaster Co., office at Syra- cuse, F. M. Severance Garbutts, Lycoming Calcining Co. Hobokenville, Irving Tuttle Indian Falls, Standard Plaster Co. Jamesville, Robert Dunlop, Simon Reals, E. B. ioe & Co. Manlius, James Behan Est. Oakfield, Oakfield Plaster Manufacturing Co., U. S. Gypsum Co. Perryville, Cyrus Worlock, Mrs Hattie C. Hodge Phelps, A. D. Miller Port Gibson, Ezra Grinnell Union Springs, Cayuga Plaster Co. Valley Mills, W. H. Osborne & Co. Victor, Theodore Conover Wheatland, Wheatland Land Plaster Co. It was the intention, when this publication was started, to include a description of the mills calcining and using foreign gypsum. This, however, has been found to be impracticable, but a list of those who use this material is appended. 156 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM LIST OF MANUFACTURERS IN NEW YORK STATE WHO USE GYPSUM FROM OUTSIDE OF THIS STATE Adamant Plaster Co. Syracuse and New York city American Hard Wall Plaster Co. Utica Higginson Mfg. Co. Newburg J. B. King & Co. New York city V.C. & C. B. King New York city Paragon Plaster Co. Buffalo and Syracuse Rock Plaster Co. New York city Schenectady Wall Plaster Co. Schenectady BIBLIOGRAPHY The following is a list of some of the most important articles treating on gypsum in general and New York gypsum in partic- ular. The list might be greatly extended so as to embrace those describing other localities, but it is believed that the reader will find every important phase of the technology and manufacture of gypsum taken up by the authors noted below. Solubility of gypsum Hulett, George A. and Allen, Lucius E. The Solubility of Gypsum. Jour. Am. Chem. Soc. July 1902. No. 7, v. 24 McCaleb. Am. Chem. Jour. 1889. 2:30 Marignac. Annales de chimie. Ser. 5. 1:274 Rose, H. Poggendorff Annalen. 93:606 Storer. Dictionary of Solubilities New York gypsum deposits Clarke, William C. Gypsum Industry of New York State. New York State Mus. Bul. 11. 1893. p. 70-84 Merrill, F. J. H. Gypsum Deposits of New York. New York State Mus. Bul. 15. 1895 Parsons, Arthur L. Recent Developments in the Gypsum Industry of New York State. 20th Rep’t State Geologist. Alb. 1900. Williams, S. G. Geological Relations of the Gypsum Deposits in Cayuga County, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. September 1885. v. 180 Technology of gypsum Grimsley, G. P. Technology of Gypsum. Mineral Industry, v. 7 Grimsley, G. P. and Bailey, E. H. S. Special Report on Gypsum and Gypsum Cement Plasters of Kansas. Univ. Geol. Sur. Kan. Topeka 1899 Knapp, F. Chemical Technology. Am. ed.- Phil. 1849. 2:400-12- REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 157 Le Chatelier, Louis. On the Dehydration of Gypsum Stone and the Two Compounds Formed. Académie des sciences. Comptes rendus. 1883 Payen. Traité du chimie industrielle. 1830 Redgrave. Calcareous Cements, their Nature and Uses. 1895 Thorpe. A Dictionary of Applied Chemistry, article on cements. y. 1 Wagner, Rudolph. Chemische Technologie Wilkinson, Paul. Technology of Cement Plaster. Am. Inst. Min. Eng. Trans. July 1897 Origin of gypsum Dieulafait. Produits, Successifs, abandonnés par les eaux de la mer. Annales de chimie. Ser. 5. 1878. 14:381 Hunt, T. Sterry. Origin of Gypsum, Chemical and Geological Essays, ch. 8 , Origin of the Gypsum of Plaister Cove. Quar. Jour. Geol. Soe. 5:339 Ochsenius. On Composition of Sea Water. Chem. Zeitung. 1887. vy. Ze no. 56, et seq. Gypsum as fertilizer Davy, Sir H. Agricultural Chenistry Johnson, C. W. An account of Gypsum as a Manure to the Artificial Grasses. Royal Agric. Soc. England. Proc. 1841. vy. 2 Liebig. Chemistry of Agriculture Stockhardt. A Familiar Exposition of the Chemistry of Agriculture. 1855 Storer. Chemistry of Agriculture. 1887. 1 :206, 216 ABRASIVES OF NEW YORK STATE BY HARRY C. MAGNUS In the following paper the writer has endeavored to present in collected form the substance of all published matter which has for its subject any of the various abrasive materials found within the limits of New York State. A large amount of material has been obtained from previous publications of the State Museum. The American Journal of Science and Arts, the Scientific American, Mineral Industry, Transactions of the Amert- can Institute of Mining Enginecrs and other scientific and techni- cal publications have also been fruitful sources of reference. In-. formation concerning the development of the several industries within recent years has been furnished to the writer by the individuals and companies engaged in the mining and prepara- tion of the various materials; and to these, notably, Herman Behr & Co., Mr F. C. Hooper of North Creek, Warren Co., it. Barton & Sons Co., the Norton Emery Wheel Co., the Standard Emery Wheel Co., the Pike Manufacturing Co., Mr J. S. Van Etten and the Carborundum Co., he wishes to express his in- ‘debtedness for much valuable assistance. A list of references on the abrasive materials of New York is appended to this paper under the title of Bibliography. Garnet Garnet, though one of the most abundant rock-forming minerals, is found in only a few localities of proper character to be of value asi an abrasive. It is mined or quarried in New York State on the southeastern border of the Adirondack region, in Warren and Essex counties, where it appears to be of the common variety, “almandite.” In Delaware county, Pa., it occurs near Chelsea in small crystals thickly disseminated through a quartzose gneiss. This deposit about the year 1895 Brrtesnt p VOI gt del REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 159 yielded 1000 tons annually.1 There is also a deposit of garnet near Chester Pa. In North Carolina large deposits of garnet were worked in connection with the deposits of corundum. These yielded the first American garnet, but were abandoned as of inferior quality when the New York State material appeared in the market. Other deposits are said to occur in Georgia and Alaska, but no definite information can be obtained about them. Maine has supplied a very limited amount of inferior material, and Connecticut for a time competed in the production of garnet for sandpaper used in the Shoe trade. In 1898 Connecticut together with Pennsylvania furnished 1200 tons of garnet, but New York garnet has gained great favor in the market owing to its superior hardness.2 In New York, garnet is found, in Warren county, in the valley of the upper Hudson river and in Essex county on the borders of the Adirondack region. These deposits were described by Mr Verplanck Colvin in his report on the New York State Land Sur- vey for 1896 as follows :3 Garnet peak is the next summit northwesterly from the Black Eagle, or northerly from Crow mountain, and its steep, gray ledges are very noticeable on the easterly side of the Blue moun- tain road at the Summit, where the land begins to descend northerly. In this Vicinity are several mines of the mineral popu- larly styled “pocket garnet,” the pockets being merely large crystals, sometimes quite regular in form, but often in large amorphous masses. In the adjacent part of the fourteenth town- ship is a mine, and a mill at which the mineral is separated. _ He describes the deposit on Gore mountain more particularly. These mines are, perhaps, ‘the most remarkable of their kind known; certainly the most notable in this Section of the country. A zone perhaps 100 feet in thickness, richly charged with the mineral, here extends along the northerly face of the mountain, at an elevation of about 2800 to 2900 feet above the sea. The PMH f ats. ic. Lo *N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 15. Pp. 553. Min. Ind. 1896. Vai Oe *Min. Ind. 1897. 6:21. “Report of Superintendent of State Land Survey. 1896. p. 133-35. 160 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM country rock on either side is a hard gneiss, containing very little mica, though broken crystals of what appeared to be biotite or pile eats were met with. The remarkable feature of this abpiler’ consists in the innum- erable crystals of the so called pocket garnet with which it is filled. These crystals are almost as abundant as cobblestones in a bank of glacial drift; not by any means perfect crystals, but coarse, irregular clusters, of which the matrix may be estimated to contain from 10 to 15%, and in places 20¢ of its volume, all of deep red, irregular masses of mineral. They are found of all sizes, from small bits up to enormous pockets, a foot or more in diameter, and it is claimed that crystals of 3000 pounds in weight have been taken from this mine. These large erystals, however, are not permanently knitted together, for the decom- position of the enclosing rock seems to have penetrated them also, so that frequently the broken fragments can be picked out easily with a stick, knife or trowel, and fall into the hands of the collector as dull, ruby-colored, disintegrated masses. In some cases huge crystals crumble so easily that a shovel full of broken garnet can be taken from a single pocket in the rocks. The Warren county garnet! occurs in a formation of crystal- line limestone which appears to form the bed rock in the vicinity of Minerva and in the gneissoid rocks which adjoin it. Prof. J. F. Kemp finds, from specimens furnished him from the North River Garnet Co.’s deposits, that the immediate associate of the garnet there is a rock containing 60% hornblende and a very basic triclinic feldspar, probably anorthite. The following is his description of the geology of these deposits as printed in the Mineral Industry. | The wall rock contains a large percentage of quartz, fully 502. With it are oligoclase and small amounts of orthoclase, micro- perthitic feldspar, hornblende, green augite and considerable pyrrhotite and zircon. This is a’ not uncommon rock in this section of the Adirondacks. Its granulation is due to pressure, and all the above minerals are shattered and strained by moun- tain-making upheavals. It was probably a rather feldspathic ~ sediment originally that became metamorphosed to a gneiss, but it may have been a granite or similar rock now crushed and granulated. The garnet bed must be either a metamorphosed and originally impure limestone, which is most probable, or a iN. Y. State Mus. Bul. 15. p. 558. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 161 very basic eruptive rock changed by metamorphism to its present state.t The garnet occurs in masses of varying size, from pieces the size of an egg to masses having a diameter of 20 feet and more. The various qualities are distinguished commercially as massive garnet, shell garnet and pocket garnet. The massive garnet is . very impure from the presence of other minerals. The shell garnet is the almost pure material and is the most desirable for industrial purposes. The pocket garnet occurs in small accumulations, incipient crystals, in the gneiss.2,~ This Adiron- dack material, though of the common variety almandite, is how- ever extremely hard, its hardness being 8., which is from 1.5 to .5 harder than the general hardness of this variety. Its popular- ity among garnet paper manufacturers is due to this extra hardness and a tendency to cleave more easily than other oc- currences of the same variety. Methods of extraction and preparation The garnet is mined entirely by open cut work and was formerly picked out by hand. By this process only the very richest beds could be worked, and the decomposed surface por- tions usually determined the extent to which the deposit could be developed. The best garnet in the solid rock was left and covered over by the debris from the working of the surface material. In 1899 a new mechanical process was established by Mr F. C. Hooper, of the North River Garnet Co. of North River, Warren co., by which the rock was broken down by steam drills, crushed and the garnet concentrated by gravity. By this method, garnet, 95% pure, is obtained, an increase in purity of from 25% to 45% over the old method of hand-picking. This degree of concentration is remarkable when the difference in Specific gravity between the minerals to be separated is less than .5. Specimens of pure garnet and pure hornblende from the North River Garnet Co.’s mines gave specific gravities of 3.2 *Min. Ind. 1898. 6:20. “N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 15. 1895. p. 553. 162 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM and 3.7 respectively. Mr Hooper has not made public the de- tails of his separation process, but, by its means, the present plant is capable of crushing and separating 150 tons of ore per day (1903). The entire output of the mines of this company is sold to Herman Behr & Co., of New York city, Boston and Chicago, who have extensive plants for the preparation from the raw material of the various forms of garnet paper, etc. H. H. Barton & Sons Co., of Philadelphia Pa., work mines on Gore mountain in close proximity to the mines of the North River Garnet Co. Here the garnet is found in pockets averaging from 5 to 10 inches in diameter, occurring near the summit of the mountain in a decomposed hornblende rock. The mines are all open cuts, workable material being found almost on the sur- face. There is at present no plant connected with these mines. The product is all hand-picked. Further development of the property - will probably render the erection of a mechanical separation plant a necessity. According to figures finished by H. H. Barton & Sons Co. the Gore mountain mines produced during 1902 about 1000 net tons. The following table shows the production of garnet in New York State in recent years. Year Short tons Value per ton 1893 1475 1894 294 1895 1896 1897 1050 $402 1898 1686 28.77? 1899 1656 28.33? 1900 2508 28.357 $40! 1901 2500 28 . 25? *Price of Adirondack material. ?This is the «.verage price per ton for sea from all localities in the United States. North River garnet brought a slightly higher price. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 163 In 1899 some garnet was imporied from Africa, but on practical test it was found to be inferior to the New York State material, and its importation was discontinued. Uses of garnet The ready cleavage of garnet makes it a most valuable abrasive in the leather and wood industries. Quartz and emery rapidly become dull, but the garnet, owing to its brittleness along cleavage planes, continually presents sharp cutting edges. The various grades of garnet paper are known commercially as sand- paper, garnet paper or shoe paper. It is of some use in the polish- ing and grinding of brass, but for other metals emery is con- sidered better. A manufacturer of paper mill machinery has used garnet in place of emery for grinding joints of ironwork where the mineral is confined between two surfaces. In com. ' parison with emery, only one half of the weight was peauunpa, and a perfect joint was secured in half the time.t Garnet has been mixed with emery and corundum in wheels, but the combination was not successful. Emery Emery occurs within the United States at three localities along the Atlantic seaboard and at one or two places in the middle west. The eastern deposits are the most fully developed, and of these that at Chester Mass. is the most prominent. Emery is found in New York about 4 miles southeast of Peek- skill and 2 to 3 miles east of the Hudson river. It occurs in a series of igneous rocks which have been intruded into the meta- morphosed sediments of this region. These intrusions cover an area of over 15 square miles, lying mostly within the town of Cortlandt, whence they derive the name of the “ Cortlandt series ” given to them by J. D. Dana in 1880.2 This series con- sists mainly of rocks of the gabbro family. Norites, diorites and peridotites are by far the most abundant. The principal asso- ciate of the emery deposits is a norite. 1Min. Ind. 9:299. 7Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 8. 1880. 20:199. 164 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Throughout the region covered by these intrusives are de- posits of aluminous titaniferous magnetite. On the eastern and southeastern borders this ore becomes very aluminous with a proportionate decrease in the amount of iron, and in these por- tions it is mined for abrasive purposes. Prof. G. H. Williams, in a paper on the norites of the “ Cort- landt series,”! published the results of a very careful study of these deposits. It was his opinion, after extended microscopic inspection of this material, that it consisted chiefly of am iron- magnesian spinel (hercynite), and that there was a striking similarity between these ores and certain magnetite deposits at Routivara, Sweden. Prof. J. F. Kemp has remarked a like simi- larity between these deposits and certain of the emery deposits in North Carolina. The latter are not, however, titaniferous to any marked extent.’ The deposits according to Professor Williams are segrega- tions of the basic minerals of the norite, the purest of the emery being found to contain all the component minerals of the norite.? An inspection of a series of thin sections of material from. these deposits? under the microscope showed that they consisted of hercynite, magnetite and corundum of a very light color. Of these minerals the hercynite was by far the most abundant, forming in some cases over 50¢ of the material in the slide. The corundum occurs in small crystals containing medial in- clusions of what appeared to be magnetite. Magnetite in grains showing a cryStalline outline is also included in the hereynite. The proportions of corundum and hercynite are very variable. In some specimens the corundum will make up over 50% of the slide, while in others the material is almost 100¢ hercynite. The hereynite is inferior in hardness to the corundum, corundum being 9 in the scale of hardness, while hercynite is 1Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1887. 338:194. 7Kemp, J. F. School of Mines Quarterly. July 1899. p. 346. *Am. Jour, Sei: Ser. 3. 38:196, *A series of slides of this material was furnished the author by the kindness of Prof. J. F. Kemp, of Columbia University. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 165 about 8. This softness is in some measure compensated by the more ready cleavage of the hercynite, which causes it always to present fresh, sharp cutting edges. It is claimed by manufac- turers of emery products that this Westchester material is ex- tremely serviceable when made into wheels! with a vitreous bond, excelling the emery from other localities in this particular form of wheel. | The deposits of emery occur irregularly and vary very con- siderably in size. Some openings have yielded over 100 tons without showing signs of exhaustion, while others yield a scant 20 tons or less. The mines are located on the outcrops of the ore, which are often discovered by the turning up of fragments while plowing in the fields. They are all open cuts, varying in width and depth with the size of the ore body. The ore is blasted out by light charges of explosives and is broken up and roughly cobbed to remove the greater part of the impurities before shipping to the mill. In the early history of these mines the ore was smelted in the blast furnaces of the neighborhood for the iron it contained. There it proved so refractory that this method of treatment was soon abandoned. Dr J. P. Kimball in 1874 wrote a paper advocating the use of this ore as a lining for puddling furnaces and as a source of multibasic slags.2. It was never used in this connection to any great extent. In this paper Dr Kimball published four analyses of the Peekskill ore, which were made for him by C. F. Chandler and F. A. Cairns. These, together with analyses of the ore by T. M. Drown and T. Egleston and three analyses of the associated rocks published by J. F. Kemp in his Handbook of the Rocks, are reprinted in the accompanying table. *Min. Ind. 1901. 10:17. | ?American Chemist. 1874. 4:321. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 166 SOLIOS JPUBTION j03 "69'S *SOT OST pvy F°ON OFIFOPIIEd “06 Paes + Lats) eee AD) OFL10 ‘96° a9 a9 60°S¢ a9 (91) . o1qqey “10'S O°M pus 2's OFBN (CT) os[e oAvH ‘67d ‘duloy “yf “ISATVUB “UOISO[ SA VL ‘sysAyeus ‘suaeD “Vy ‘WY pure de[pueyo “WT “O ‘qsdjeuR UMOIG "WL “6L:6 ‘ISsT 160 “1881 Gorey ‘SyOOY JO YOoqpuvy{ woIZ JT ‘9T ‘ST ‘log “ANOL ‘ULW WOT] “OUL FI 09 8 ‘16S: “PLZT “YSIUeYyOD “Uy Woy J pus 9 ‘G ‘p ‘SUVL], “OU “ULI “ISU “UW WlOIT g pue g ‘T eee Ceres Beer Laas Romer Mice mien (eee oe ae ee ora efeeee ee oi ks 10° 10° 0" ras 30" FO" FO’ ens pees | (ier els ba elwral| Ve! (6: 6) fw) 10 ewes cof des lene gp: paleo" orlpe ep OF TE 0°r erg foo] oo Se coe fe gh EES SRG EH cele aes raat ea ice ae ean a eee eae i wl ee. sicfesseiosfacee-|oo+lge-op lar: gales aslty Fe seeferedeee| ag | ag | ag | oan | oa | ag | og [EE eee. Sa. coer TE HBL OE GET. SED gO bet Ee WY Gs at ORO apo TS CHROMA: (OCT PORE |. Mee PY) Caen CROCE ecoter el |talaihal acre me hie. olin oe 0G * PE OT/G0'S [B'S jeF'6 |16'L \oe"S [OGL BOL [eL'9 [ThA | ie ee a ee ee ee ae ee Ste 8 trl de. oer 90°L [44° /80°@ |Te"e8|TZ aloe’ IelAr Tele Pele STieL ST] 777 Jt Ss Weeod: (pcth ge bese ae ee ae Nee Meo: eo» Eh cee lpn 69 |4S 9T/6L LIS 9F99° THIGP' 9S eh LE/SL LELL OF 6 TElG6' Osl6e’ GF/8%" T7968 AG pares ee eee Fe ay conse -gtinas ag? eae (ee te yh |e) a ere | rs G6 |e Se leo) Ye LF | eee eee ae 0 Fear palPa Fe Wy feave foe's foo crt LESCITG-8C\98 IC) ey COPLINGPSSE HE Lar Seo ; er ae ee LP FS OV 98 90.8 & G iE eee ee oe ww wwe CHB yy hc) IOfoT ‘ myjng ** ONPISEI SNOTOTTISC ag ee OPEL see ee een beats ae Ot eee eee [02d O Des oo Dor otos . ‘8OLL, Ries uh s) 97 lems, EO%19 ee ee eee eee eens OU ee ee eee es OSI eens Ci) as per ON6) Oe 60%0,7 OO Cao) Clon: Glos Oy oan O21 eee ee cee COTW se eee eee reese ‘8019 SYIO1 pajyeldosse pue 910 jo sasAjeue jo a[qe yz REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 167 \ In a contribution to the American Journal of Science on the limestone belts of Westchester county, Prof. J. D. Dana? in 1880 made mention of the presence of corundum in iron ores. from this locality. Though he did not arrive at a true under- standing of the mineralogic composition of these deposits owing to his error in mistaking for chlorite, what Profes- sor Williams later proved to be hercynite, he drew attention to the abrasive quality of the material. A short time afterward an emery mill was established at Peekskill by the New York Emery Co., which for a time ran on the ore from the immediate vicinity, but it gradually abandoned the Peekskill ore, till in 1887 it was run almost exclusively on emery from Asia Minor. It was finally closed up and has not been reopened. At the present time two companies are engaged in mining this ore, the Tanite Co. of Stroudsburg Pa., which controls most of the product, and the Ashland Emery and Corundum Co., formed? in 1900 by a combination of several of the leading emery mills in the country. The output of this region was estimated at over 1000 tons for 1896.2 An estimate of the average annual output made in 1898 was from 500 to 700 tons per annum.’ From the rapid growth of industries making use of the finished products and recent developments in methods of manufacture, a large increase in the output is to be expected. Mill treatment The final cleaning and grading of the roughly cobbed material received from the mines is carried on by several different methods which vary with the character of the matrix. ) _ The Norton Emery Wheel Co. of Worcester Mass. treat the rough material by the following process, a description of which was furnished to the writer by Mr Charles L. Allen, manager of the company. The lumps are first crushed in a large stone *Am, Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 20:9, 199. *Min. Ind. 1901. 10:18. ’Min. Ind. 1900. 9:16. *Am. Inst. Min. Eng: Trans. 28:567. 168 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM crusher which reduces them to smaller pieces, they then pass through a smaller crusher; and from there they pass succes- Sively over six sets of rolls. The idea is to crush as little as possible each time, so that the minimum quantity of fine powders is obtained, as the manufacture of wheels demands a large pro- portion of the coarser grains. From the rolls the material is passed through washers, then driers, and from the driers it goes to the graders. Here it is screened, the various powders result- ing from the screening being known by the number of meshes to the square inch in the sieve through which they have passed. The coarsest used is 14 and the finest 180. Between these two limits the grades run 16, 20, 24, 30, 36, 46, 60, and then by tens up to 180. In the Sapphire mills of the Hampden Emery Co. of Georgia and North Carolina, where the material handled is embedded in a soft chloritic matrix, the material on coming from the mine is hoed with wooden hoes in inclined troughs filled with running water. It is then crushed and passed over a 14 mesh sieve. The portion which passes through the sieve is then treated by what is known as the muller process. The crushed and screened matterial is placed in a circular trough and is there agitated by two heavy wooden rollers each 5 feet high. These rollers are attached to a revolving shaft which rises through a platform in the center of the trough. This trough is kept full of water. The cleansing of the material is effected by the rub- bing of the hard grains of emery one against the other, thus wearing off the softer matrix, which, being light, is carried out by the water flowing over the central platform, the heavy emery remaining in the bottom of the trough. After being sub- jected to this muller process for from three to five hours, the material left in the bottom of the trough is removed and dried by one of many hot air processes. In the Sapphire mills it is dropped down a chimney on a soapstone slide a distance of about 20 feet. It is then crushed in rolls and sorted into various grades by screening. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 169° The finest of the numerous grades are again rewashed and -orted by what is known as the elutriation process. The powders are suspended in water and forced through a set of tanks or cylinders, each 3 feet high and varying from 3 inches to 40 inches in diameter. That portion of the material that can no longer be supported by the decreasing strength of the current as it.passes from the smallest to the largest tank, settles to the bottom and is afterward drawn off. Any impurities that may have passed through the first cleaning process pass out with the surplus water. The powders thus obtained are dried and are then ready for market.! In this condition the emery is purchased by the manufacturers of emery products, who make it up in wheels, stones, emery paper, emery cloth, etc. The wheels are made by binding the grains with some cement- ing material. Celluloid, rubber, silicious and vitreous bonds are used, each being specially adapted to certain classes of work. The required amounts of emery and bond are carefully measured out, thoroughly mixed, tamped into a mold and put in a kiln. The temperature of the kiln varies from about 300° F. in the case of vitreous bond to 150° F. when the least refractory bonds are _ used. A bond composed of sodium silicate and zinc oxid is used by the Standard Emery Wheel Co. of Easton Pa., which till 1903 was located in Albany N. Y. This bond set at avery low tem- perature, no fusion being required. On removal from the kiln, the wheels are trued and shaped in a lathe, the cutting of the wheel being accomplished by the use of black diamond (carbonado). Much of the success of an emery wheel depends on the selec- tion of a bond suitable to the work to be accomplished. It is therefore the present practice, when ordering emery wheels, to specify the work which is to be accomplished by the wheel, *The above description is condensed from an article by C. N. Jenks on corundum. Min. Ind. 1896. 5:26. 170 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM leaving the manufacturer to combine his materials to suit that particular case. Large amounts of the various grades of emery are used in the manufacture of emery paper and emery cloth, in which form it is used in the process of tool manufacturing and in almost all metal industries. Quantities of powder are sold to the same manufacturers for use in the grinding of joints and polishing metal. In 1894, 250 tons of powder were consumed in the glass bevel- ing industry. Emery paper and cloth are used in large quan- tities by shoe manufacturers, woodworkers and brass founders; but in these industries it finds a strong competitor in garnet products. | During the year 1894, Mr C. N. Jenks, of Asheville N. C., made a series of very careful tests on the cutting properties of various abrasive materials. The tests were made on wheels of uniform size which were prepared under his personal super- vision. The raw materials from which these wheels were made were purchased in the open market. They were subjected to tests carefully planned and watched, which were as nearly equal for each wheel as it was possible to make them. The following list gives the materials tested in the order of their cutting quality.t 1 Diamond N. C., Jackson county, corundum N. C. and Ga. corundum, known as “ Standard ” Chester Mass. emery Best Turkish emery (Abbotstone) Bengal India emery Naxos emery Peekskill N. Y. emery Garnet. N.C., in chloritic matrix oOoONIaa»art wb 10 Carborundum 11 Crushed steel | 12 Best flint quartz and ordinary garnet 18 Common quartz and burstone, flint, sand, etc. 1Scientific American, Supplement, Dec. 8, 1894. No. 988. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 171 Diatomaceous earth The ‘deposits of diatomaceous earth occurring within the limits of this State are at present. of but. little economic im- portance, the majority of this material being supplied from localities in the west. The following is taken from a descrip- tion of these deposits published by F. J. H. Merrill in bulletin no. 15 of the New York State Museum.t Diatomaceous earth occurs in New York State at White Lead lake in Wilmurt, Herkimer co., and on the property of Dr Oliver Jones at Cold Spring Harbor L. I. This material consists of hydrated silica. The deposits are accumulations of the silicious skeletons of minute plants known as diatoms. They accumulate in the bottom of ponds and lakes and are of recent age as well as Tertiary or Cretaceous. Though living diatoms are abundant in all the waters of the State, deposits have been found only at the above mentioned localities. The deposit at White Lead lake is owned by Mr J. W. Grosvenor and is the only one worked at present. The material is dug from the bottom of the lake, washed and run through strainers into settling vats, where it stands for 24 hours. The water is then drawn off and the residue shoveled into a press. It is here pressed into blocks 4 feet square and 4 inches thick, which are cut into cakes 1 foot square and piled under sheds to dry. The following analysis of the White Lead lake Goes. was made by Mr Gideon E. Moore of New York. Water and volatile matter....... | A MO SPOOR OE oie ss kha Pte ae 86.515 AupOnes, &. .Y 22: eee rabies. & 449 Be Orie Vea. bites. Sap ols NN. at4 A Re SN es a aw ae REN 12 PrmnGrer mined)... . 6, Pie senu as 422, 100 Ne ¥ Staterthae Bath 250555: *Bul. 15 :556. 172 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ‘ad hee While constructing the road bed of the Malone & Mohawk Railroad, numerous deposits of diatomaceous remains were dis- covered in the small lakes and ponds of the region adjacent to the line of the road. A careful investigation of the largest of these was made during 1893 and 1894 by Mr D. C. Wood, engineer in charge of Dr W. S. Webb’s Nahasane park. The results of his investigations were published by Mr C. F. Cox in a paper read before the New York Academy of Science in 1894.1 The survey was made with the idea of the development of these deposits on an economic .basis, and Mr Wood reported eight ponds as contain- ing these remains in sufficient quantity to be worked at a prob- able profit. The material in these eight ponds was exceedingly clean and covered from 23 to 3 acres in each pond, ranging in depth from 1 foot to 12 feet. In specimens of the material from the various localities dis- covered by Mr Wood, Mr Cox found 16 genera and 40 species of diatoms, the most abundant being Stauroneis, Cymbella, Eutonia, Navicula, Surirella, Melosira, Gomphomena and Epithemia. In a previous paper? Mr Cox discusses the deposit at White Lead lake near Hinckley in Herkimer county. Here he found the same genera as in the other deposits. The remains of the genus Surirella were not so numerous as in the deposits to the north. Mr Cox inferred from the presence of both fixed and free Swimming forms that the deposits were not entirely lacustrine in their origin, the inflowing streams having contributed a portion of the deposit represented by the skeletons of the fixed forms, Melosira, Gomphomena, Epithemia ete. Millstones Material suitable for millstones is found in the Shawangunk grit (Oneida conglomerate) of Ulster county, N. Y., in Lancaster county, Pa., where it is called Cocalico stone, and in Montgomery county, Va., where it is known as Brush mountain stone. The New York material is sold under the name of Esopus stone. The 1N. Y. Acad. Sci. Trans. 1894. 18:98. 2N. Y. Acad. Sci. Trans. 1893.. 12:219: REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 1738 Shawangunk grit from which it is quarried is a light gray quartz conglomerate. The quartz pebbles are usually of a milky color and vary in size from a diameter of ; inch to a diameter of 13 inches. The matrix is a gritty silicious paste. These grits begin at High Falls and extend with increasing hight into Pennsylvania. The beds are of unequal thickness but of the same general char- acter throughout the county. | The method of quarrying is very simple. A large block of stone is separated by means of its natural lines of bedding and jointing. It is then roughly dressed to shape by wedges, holes _ being drilled into which the wedges are driven. A final tool dressing fits the stone for market.t These stones vary in size and also in price. For milling, stones _are furnished from 15 inches to 7 feet in diameter. The larger stones or “Chasers” are used in grinding and crushing quartz, feldspar, etc. The smaller stones are used principally in portable mills for grinding cement, plaster, paint, and corn. Blocks of this material, 12 by 10 by 12 inches, are used in paving the chaser floors. In 1893 the large stones 7 feet in diameter brought prices between $50 and $100. The smaller stones sold from $5 to $15 and upwards. The introduction and increasing adoption of the roller process in flour mills and other industries caused a great decrease in the total annual value of this industry,? but recently the output has begun to expand. To Mr James S. Van Etten the writer is indebted for the sub- joined list of producers of Esopus stone for 1903. Miles Decker Granite N. Y. James S. Van Etten Granite N. Y. Ambrose Van Etten Granite N. Y. W. H. Rose Accord) N.Y: James Jonsbury Kerhonkson N. Y. Joseph Davis Kerhonkson N. Y. *N. Y. State Mus. Rep’t State Geologist. 1893. p: 393-94. *Rep’t N. Y. State Geologist. 1893. p. 393-94. 174 i NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Alundum and carborundum Alundum In 1902 the Norton Emery Wheel Co. of Worcester Mass., established a plant at Niagara Falls for the production of arti- ficial corundum from the mineral bauxite. This artificial product is called “alundum” by the manufacturers, who have not as yet made public the process of manufacture. From figures kindly furnished by the Norton Emery Wheel Co., the following table showing the relative amounts of pure crystal- line corundum in the natural ore and manufactured product, has — been prepared. AVERAGE ANALYSES OF CORUNDUM AlsO3 Fe,03 $102 Loss Best Turkish emery............. 67.89% | 26.72% | 5.37% FEDINE DESIRE L012 1) PO en eR 69.18% | 25.46% Pantie PS 1 $ aiadiavemeny ti). isis): JL Ge 90.06% 4.25% 5.17% one Miomdun. 9.72 ee 97.99% | 1.50% 9500 At present the entire output of the factory at Niagara Falls is consumed iby the home company. It is expected by the manage- ment that it will soon be in condition to place large quantities on the market. Large demand for this product has already been made, and it bids fair to prove a powerful competitor of car- borundum. Carborundum Process of manufacture and refinement Carborundum is a carbid of silicon, in its crude state, a lustrous irridescent mass of tabular hexagonal crystals. Its chemical formula is CSi, and it closely approaches the diamond in hardness. Absolutely pure carborundum is white. In commercial manufac- ture the crystals are produced in many colors and shades, partly as a result of impurities, and partly owing to surface oxidation. The prevailing colors are green, black and blue. Sand, coke, sawdust and salt are the raw materials from which carborundum is made. In early experiments clay was used instead REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 175 of sand, but it was soon discovered that the silica of the clay was the only portion consumed in the process of manufacture, and a good glass sand was substituted. The process of manufacture as described by Mr Francis A. Fitzgerald in a lecture delivered before the Franklin Institute on Dec. 11, 1896, is as follows :1 The crude materials for the manufacture of carborundum, viz, sand, coke, sawdust and salt, are received in the stock building. These are ready for immediate use, with the exception of the coke, which must be reduced to kernels of a certain size to be used as “core” and ground to a fine powder to be used in making the mixture or charge for the furnaces. To effect this, the coke is first passed through a grinder, which breaks it up into small pieces, and is then conveyed to the upper part of the building, where it is passed successively through two cylindrical screens. The first of these removes all particles of coke which are too small to form the core, while the second allows kernels of the requisite size to pass through its meshes and fall into the core bin, conveniently situated as regards the other constituents of the mixture. Below this bin are scales on which the sand, coke, sawdust and salt are weighed out in proper proportions, and then conveyed by an elevator to a mechanical mixer, from which the mixture, ready for use, is emptied into a bin. The arrangement of the machinery connected with all this work is such that it can be attended to with ease by two men. The furnace room is built to accommodate 10 furnaces, though at present there are but five. The furnaces are built of brick and have the form of an oblong box, the internal dimensions being, approximately, 16 feet in length, 5 feet in width and 5 feet in depth. The ends are built up very solidly, with a thickness of about 2 feet. In the center of either end are the terminals, con- sisting of 60 carbon rods 30 inches long and 3 inches in diameter. The outer ends of the carbons are inclosed in a square iron frame, to which is screwed a stout plate, bored with 60 holes correspond- ing to the ends of the carbon. Through each of these holes is passed a short piece of 34 inch copper rod, fitting tightly in a hole drilled in the carbon. Finally, all the free space between the inside of the plate and the ends of the carbons is tightly packed with graphite. Each plate is provided with four projections, to which the cables conveying the current may be bolted. These ends are the only permanent parts of the furnace; the remainder, which we shall now consider, is built up every time the furnace is operated. *From notes of lecture published in pamphlet form by the Carborundum Co. 176 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The side walls of the furnace are first built up.to a hight of about 4 feet. Pieces of sheet iron are then placed at a distance of about 4 inches from the inner ends of the carbon terminals in such a way as to keep the mixture from coming in contact with the latter. The mixture is then thrown into the furnace till it is rather more than half full. A semicircular trench, having a radius | of 1014 inches and extending from end to end of the furnace, is now formed, the bottom of the trench being a little above the level of the bottom row of carbons. Into this trench is intro- duced the core, which has been carefully weighed, so that the amount required to make the core of the right size is used. One of the furnaces at Niagara Falls requires about 1100 pounds of “new core,” that is to say, core which has come directly from the bins, or about 850 pounds of “old core,” or core which has already been used in the furnace. The reason for this difference in weight will appear later. All the core having been emptied into the trench, the top is rounded off neatly by hand, so that, when finished, we have a solid cylinder 21 inches in diameter and about 14 feet long, composed of small pieces of coke and extend- ing from the sheet iron plate at either end of the furnace. The next operation is to make the connections between the core and the terminals. This is done by packing finely ground coke into the spaces between the ends of the carbons and the pieces — of sheet iron, after which the walls are built up to a hight of about 5 feet, the pieces of sheet iron removed, and more mixture thrown in and heaped up to a hight of about 8 feet. | All that is required now to make carborundum is the electric current. At After the circuit has been closed in the transformer room, no apparent change occurs in the furnace for about half an hour. Then a peculiar odor is perceived, due ‘to escaping gases, and, when a lighted match is held near the furnace walls, the gas ignites with a slight explosion. When the current has been on for three or four hours, the side walls and top of the furnace are completely enveloped ‘by the lambent blue flame of carbon monoxid gas, formed by the combination of the carbon of the coke with the oxygen of the sand. During the run of a single furnace 54 tons of this gas are given off. At the end of four or five hours the top of the furnace begins to subside gradually, and fissures form along the surface, from which pour out the yellow vapors of sodium. Occasionally the mixture on the top of the furnace is not sufficiently porous to allow the rapid escape of the gases. The result is that the latter accumulate until the pressure is so great that, at some weak point in the mixture above, a path is forced open and the gases rush out REPORT Of VEE DIRECTOR AND STATE GHOLOGIST 1903 Ty violently. This is termed “blowing” by the workmen. It is mainly for the purpose of avoiding this “blowing,” that the sawdust is put in the mixture, since the former, by making the mixture porous, allows the gases to escape freely. At the end of about 36 hours the current is cut off from the furnace, and it is allowed to cool for a few hours. Then the Side walls are taken down and the unchanged mixture raked off the top of the furnace, till the outer crust of amorphous car- borundum is reached. The crust is cut through with large steel bars, and can then be easily removed from the inner crust of amorphous carborundum. The inner crust is next removed with a spade and the crystalline carborundum exposed. After the carborundum has been removed from the furnace, it is taken to a crusher, which consists of a large iron pan, rotated in a horizontal plane by means of a vertical shaft. A horizontal shaft, carrying two heavy rollers, is attached to a collar surrounding the vertical shaft, thus permitting a free vertical motion of the rollers which rest in the pan. The latter, in revolving, causes the carborundum to pass under the rolls, which break the mass of crystals apart. From the crusher the carborundum is taken to large wooden tanks, where it is treated for several days with diluted sulfuric acid to remove impurities. It is then thoroughly washed, dried and graded. There are 20 grades of crystals, from no. 8 to no. 220, the numbers indicating the meshes to the linear inch of the screen through which the crystals have passed. The washings from the crystals pass through a series of tanks which serve to collect the fine powders, and from these are made the so called “ flours ” and the hand- washed powders. The former are obtained by floating the un- graded powders in a stream of water flowing through a series of tanks, in which the powder settles There are three grades of “ flour,” designated, according to their fineness, F, FF, FFF. The hand-washed powders are obtained by stirring up a quantity of ungraded powder with water, allowing this to settle for a definite time, six minutes for example, then pouring off the Supernatant liquid. The powder which afterward settles from this liquid is called six minute powder. In a similar way other hand-washed powders are made—one, four, 10 and 15 minute powders. This artificial product is rapidly replacing garnet, emery and quartz in the various industries where the latter have long been held as superior material. Carborundum grains held together by 7An elutriation process similar to that employed in grading emery. See page 169. | 178 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM some strong binding material form an abrasive surface, ‘that is said to be more efficient for certain classes of work than the natural sandstones and grits used for grindstones and oilstones. ‘Carborundum is manufactured only at Niagara Falls. The out- put of these factories for 1902 was 3,741,500 pounds and for 1903 was 4,759,890 pounds. Oilstone About 20 years ago the Labrador Oilstone Co., of Manlius N. Y., quarried stone from a portion of the Portage formation which outcropped on the side of Labrador mountain in the town of Truxton, Onondaga co. This rock was milled and dressed in Manlius. It was a hard, dark blue sandstone of medium coarse grain. It had fair abrasive qualities, but imparted a rough edge; and did not compare favorably with other stones then on the market. Its sale was extremely limited, and its manufacture was abandoned. ne The Pike Manufacturing Co. of Pike Station N. H. states that at one time it operated the mill at Manlius, but none of its raw material was quarried within the boundaries of New York State.1 Bibliography Garnet N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 15. 1895. p. 553-55. 48th Rep’t for 1894. 1895. 1:553—55. Bul. 19. 1898. p. 225-26. : 5ist Rep’t for 1897. 1899. 1:225-26. New York at the World’s Columbian Exposition. 1893. p. 341-42. Rep’t Sup’t State Land Sur. for 1896. 1897. p. 183-35. Engineering and Mining Journal. 1897. No. 16. 68:461. Min. Ind. 1901. 10:274. 1900. 9:299. ——— 1899. 8:220. —— 1898. 17:272. —— 1897. 6:20. —— 1896. 5:27. —— 1895. 4:14. 1894. 3:19. Hooper, F. C. School of Mines Quarterly. January 1894. 16:124. 1The above history and description of this stone were kindly furnished to the writer by the Pike Manufacturing Co. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 Lefts, Emery Merrill, F. J. H. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 15. 1895. 3:555. N. Y. State Mus. 48th Rep’t, for 1894. 1895. v.1, p. 555 (2d paging). Merrill, F. J. H. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 19. 1898. 4:226. N. Y. State Mus. 51st Rep’t, for 1897. 1899. v. 1, p. 226. 19th Rep’t N. Y. State Geologist, for 1899. 1901. p. 151-54; also N. Y. State Mus, 538d Rep’t, for 1899. 1901. v. 1, p. 151-54. Williams, G. H. Norites of Cortlandt Series. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1887. 33:196. } Dana, J. D. Limestone Belt of Westchester County. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1880. 20:199. Kimball, J. P. American Chemist. 1874. 4:321. Lewis, J. S. Am. Inst. Min. Eng. Trans. 1893. 25:881-86. Blue, A. Corundum in Ontario. Am. Inst. Min. Eng. Trans. 28:567. Jenks, C. N. Tests of Abrasive Materials. Scientific American, Supple- ment. Dec. 8, 1894. No. 988. Brae, Joti, Min “ind “1901 SOUT. Eckel, E. C. Min. Ind. 1900. 9:15. Jenks, C. N. Min. Ind. 1896. 5:26. Millstones Min. Ind. 1898. 6:16. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 15. 1895. 3:527. 48th Rep’t, for 1894. 1895. v. 1, p. 527 (2d paging). Bul. 19. 1898. 4:223. 51st Rep’t, for 1897. 1899. v. 1, p. 2238. 13th Rep’t N. Y. State Geologist, for 1898. 1894. p. 393-94, 401-5. Millstones of Ulster County; also N. Y. State Mus. 47th Rep’t, for 1898. 1894. p. 587-88, 595-99. Diatomaceous earth N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 15. 1895. 3:555-56. 48th Rep’t, for 1894. 1895. yv.1, p. 555-56. Hex C¢. ¥.- MY. Acad. sect Trans.) 1898. 125219, N. Y. Acad. Sci. Trans. 1894. 13:98. Carborundum Jour. Franklin Inst. September 1893. Carborundum, pub. by Carborundum Co. 1900. p. 5-23. School of Mines Quarterly. November 1894. 16:73. Acheson, EH. G. History and Physical Properties of Carborundum. Min. fud..' 1897, 612, MINERALS NOT COMMERCIALLY IMPORTANT BY HERBERT P. WHITLOCK In addition to the productive mineral deposits of commercial value, there are, in New York, many mineral occurrences which would be of economic value were it not for the fact that their small extent and costly mining render the working of them profit- less as a commercial enterprise. In many cases these deposits have been worked in the past and have ceased producing because of the thinning of the ore body or on account of growing compe- tition with the richer and more productive mines in other sec- tions of the United States. Gold, silver and platinum, while un- doubtedly occurring to a small extent both free and combined (in the case of gold and silver) with pyrite or galena, have never been found in New York in sufficient quantity to pay for the cost of extraction. The experience of 50 years tends to show that capital invested in New York gold and silver mining ventures has invariably resulted in a loss. Gold and platinum undoubtedly exist in ex- tremely minute proportions in the garnetiferous and magnetic sands of the Adirondack region, and in the year 1898 alone 2800 gold and silver claims were filed in the office of the secretary of state, covering portions of Saratoga, Fulton, Warren, Hamilton, Herkimer, Essex, Clinton, Franklin, St Lawrence, Jefferson and Lewis counties. The writer is however unaware that any of the holders of these “ claims” have succeeded in extracting gold in paying quantities. ; The minerals unimportant commercially may be roughly classi- fied in two groups: metallic minerals and nonmetallic minerals. Metallic minerals 1 Iron pyrites. The bisulfid of iron commonly known as iron pyrites furnishes a cheap source of sulfur in the manufacture of sulfuric acid. Within the last few years its use in this industry REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1905 181 has been steadily replacing that of native sulfur. It is at present mined in but one locality in New York, though it is widely dis- tributed in small deposits. Two minerals are included in the term iron pyrites: the common bisulfid of iron or pyrite and the orthorhombic iron bisulfid which is known as white iron pyrites or marcasite. Pyrite is frequently mistaken for gold, owing to its brassy color and brilliant metallic luster. The principal localities in New York are: Hermon, St Lawrence co. This deposit is situated in a belt of crystalline limestone about 5 miles south of Canton and near the town of Hermon. The ore is a massive pyrite, containing 38¢ to 40% sulfur and 2.75¢ copper.! The mines are now being operated. Anthony’s Nose, Westchester co. A deposit of massive pyrrho- tite situated on the north slope of this mountain was formerly mined, but has been abandoned for some time. Philip’s ore bed, Putnam co. This constitutes a vein of mag- netite of considerable extent in gneiss and was traced by Mather? for a distance of about 8 miles along the crest of the east ridge of the Highlands in the towns of Putnam Valley and Phillipstown. It was formerly worked at a number of places for magnetic iron ore. The limestone which here lies next to the gneiss carries considerable pyrite. ji | Deposits of a similar nature also exist at Paterson, 5 miles southeast of Carmel, and near Ludington mills in Putnam county. | Wurtsboro, Sullivan co. Pyrite occurs in this locality in cubic crystals associated with galena, sphalerite and chalcopyrite. The mine which was formerly worked for lead was abandoned about 12 years ago. Root, Montgomery co. A deposit of massive pyrite associated with galena occurs at Flat Creek in this town about 14 miles southeast of Spraker’s Basin. The deposit was formerly worked for lead, but was soon exhausted. 1U. S. Geol. Sur. 1883-84. p. 879. *Beck. Natural History of New York. p. 10. 182 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Duane, Franklin co. An extensive bed of massive pyrite occurs - in this town near the road leading to Malone. Martinsburg, Lewis co. Crystallized pyrite in the form of modified octahedrons occurs in a vein of galena which traverses the limestone. Schoharie, Schoharie co. Pyrite in well crystallized forms, sin- gle or in clusters, occurs in the limestone about 1 mile west of the courthouse. Rossie, St Lawrence co. At the Rossie lead mines, which for- merly produced considerable galena, large, brilliant and highly modified crystals of pyrite were obtained. These mines, how- ever, have been abandoned for so long that it is difficult at present to obtain even cabinet specimens. | Highteen Mile creek, Erie co. On the shore of Lake Erie near. HKighteen Mile creek, pyrite occurs quite abundantly in the slate. ‘Marcasite, the white iron pyrites, do not occur to any extent in New York State, though small crystals have been found in the cement mines at Rondout, Ulster co. 2 Arsenical pyrites. T'wo compounds of arsenic and iron are here included: a sulpharsenid of iron known as arsenopyrite or mispickel and a diarsenid of iron of somewhat variable com- position known as loéllingite or leucopyrite. Both minerals are used to a limited extent in the manufacture of white arsenic. Owing to their brilliant, white, metallic color, they are often - mistaken for silver ores, but, though the arsenopyrite of New South Wales frequently carries gold, precious metal has never been extracted from arsenical pyrites in this section of the United States. The principal New York localities follow. Edenville, Orange co. Both arsenopyrite and léllingite occur in this locality; the former in both crystallized and massive varieties associated with gypsum and orpiment and embedded in white limestone; and the latter distributed throughout a black hornblendic diorite. Kent and Boyd’s Corners, Putnam co. This locality lies about 4 miles northwest of Carmel near Brown’s quarry, a serpentine deposit which was formerly worked. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 183 Specimens have been obtained from an old shaft about 40 feet deep, and the deposit, which conSists of arsenopyrite, appears to be of the nature of a mass rather than a vein.t These locali- ties have been opened but not worked for arsenic. 3 Chromic iron ore. Chromite, an iron chromate of variable composition, constitutes the chief source of the chromium pig- ments and of bichromate of potash used in calico printing. It is, furthermore, used to a small extent in the production of. chromic steel. | > Small amounts of chromite have been noted at the following places in New York State. Phillipstown, Putnam co. Chromite occurs sparingly in the serpentine of Heustis’s quarry about 5 miles northeast of Cold Spring. Occasional crystals have been met with in this locality. Monroe, Orange co. Minute octahedral crystals of chromite occur at the Wilks or Clove mine about a mile south of the town of Monroe. The mineral is here found in tale associated with magnetite. 4 Copper. Though of relatively uncommon occurrence in New York State, copper ore is represented by several vein deposits, . which were formerly worked in connection with the lead deposits in which it occurred as an associated mineral. The ore con- sisted of chalcopyrite, or copper pyrites, a sulfid of iron and copper. Cuprite, or red copper oxid, and malachite, the green basic carbonate of copper, also occur sparingly in isolated localities. Copper pyrites Ellenville, Ulster co. Chalcopyrite, in both crystallized and massive varieties, is found associated with the galena and sphalerite and disseminated through the crystallized and mas- Sive quartz. The mine, which has recently resumed work, con- sists of a vein of galena and sphalerite about 3 feet wide in Oneida conglomerate and is situated about 1 of a mile from the railroad station. An incline runs to a depth of 115 feet with side galleries. | *Mather. N. Y. Geol. Report. 1839 184 ' NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Similar deposits occur at the old Ulster mine, 1 mile east of Red Bridge, and at a mine formerly operated for lead 2 miles northwest of Wurtsboro, Sullivan co. Ancram, Columbia co. Atthe Ancram lead mines about 4 miles southeast of the town of Ancram, chalcopyrite occurs in the quartz which forms the gangue in the lead-bearing veins. For a further description of this occurrence, see wnder Lead. St Lawrence county. Chalcopyrite was found associated with the galena at the Rossie lead mine, which has long since ceased operation, and at the pyrite locality near Hermon noted under that mineral. Small quantities of this mineral have been found associated with the arsenopyrites of Edenville, Orange co., and at many other localities in unimportant amounts. Cuprite, the red oxid of copper, has been noticed in thin seams in the diabase near Ladentown, Rockland co., a locality which also furnished an occurrence of malachite, the green copper car- bonate. Both minerals here occur in extremely small quantity. 5 Lead. The lead deposits of New York, which were formerly worked to a limited extent, consist principally of galena, a sulfid © of lead. This mineral is dark gray in color, with a cubic cleavage and metallic luster, and closely resembles metallic lead. Small quantities of cerussite, a white carbonate of lead, have been found associated with the galena in some localities. ; Rossie, Si Lawrence co. The lead mines of Rossie, which were operated quite extensively from 1836 to 1839, are situated about 24 miles southwest of the village of Rossie. The deposits consist of several veins in gneiss, the largest having a width from 2 to 4 feet with an outcrop exposed for about 450 feet. The ore consisted of galena, massive or frequently crystallized in large cubes, and associated with crystallized calcite, pyrite and chal- copyrite. Shafts were sunk to a level of about 150 feet and considerable ore extracted. The workings were however aban- ‘doned in 1839, and though they were reopened for a brief period in 1852, they have been inactive for forty years. Similar deposits occur in the vicinity of Macomb and Mineral Point in St Law- rence county. | 1Smyth, C. H. jr. School of Mines Quarterly. 1908. 24 :421. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 185 Ellenville, Ulster co. This mine, which has been already re- ferred to under copper pyrites, consists of a vein deposit of galena and sphalerite or blende; the latter is of the variety known as_ “black jack.” The galena contains a small percentage of silver. The mine is at present operated by the Ellenville Zine Co. of Newark N. J. At Red Bridge, Ulster co. and at Wurtsboro, Sullivan co., similar deposits in the same formation were worked for lead, but have been abandoned for some time. Ancram, Columbia co. Galena occurs at the Ancram lead -mines, about 4 miles southeast of the town of that name, in two or three veins from 8 to 4 feet in width in slate and limestone. The ore is poor in quality, being sparingly distributed through © calcite and quartz, which constitute the gangue. It is associated with chalcopyrite, sphalerite and some barite. This mine was formerly operated for lead. Besides the above mentioned localities, galena has been found sparingly at the following places. Schoharie, Schoharie co. Associated with pyrite. Ossining, Westchester co. In dolomite, associated with other lead minerals in small amounts. North Hast, Dutchess co. Near Smithfield, associated with chalcopyrite and sphalerite. Guymard, Orange co. Galena occurs at Guymard about 8 miles northeast of Port Jervis. This ore occurs in a fissure vein in Shawangunk grit and is associated with sphalerite. Shafts were sunk to considerable depth, one being carried down 400 feet. The mine has been abandoned for more than 15 years. Root, Montgomery co. 14 miles southeast of Spraker’s Basin. Vicwmity of Martinsburg, Lewis co. In the Trenton limestone associated with pyrite, sphalerite and cerussite. 6 Zinc. Sphalerite, or zinc blende, a sulfid of zinc usually carrying some iron, constitutes the only zinc-producing mineral of New York. It is found chiefly associated with galena in the lead deposits and was formerly mined with that mineral. The 186 - NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM localities at which sphalerite has been found have, for the most part, been described under lead; briefly enumerated they are as follows: Wurtsboro, Sullivan co. See under lead. Ellenville, Ulster co. See under lead. Ancram, Columbia co. See under lead. Edenville, Orange co. Opaque, black variety. Root and Flat Creek, Montgomery co. About 2 miles south of Spraker’s Basin, light yellow transparent crystals associated with galena. ; Salisbury, Herkimer co. Near Salisbury Corners, associated — with galena, chalcopyrite, ete. Vicinity of Martinsburg, Lewis co. A granular, massive vari- ety, associated with pyrite and galena. Rochester, Monroe co. ‘At Pike’s quarry in the Niagara dolo- mite, associated with galena, calcite and gypsum. Lockport, Niagara co. A honey-colored or wax-yellow variety, often in transparent crystals in the Niagara limestone. © Clinton, Oneida co. Near Hamilton College, a yellow crystal- lized variety, nearly transparent. Also at Rome and Vernon in the same county. Cooper’s Falls, St Lawrence co. In a calcite vein. Fowler, St Lawrence co. Associated with pyrite and chalco- pyrite in a vein traversing serpentine. Mineral Point, St Lawrence co. Massive, in a vein of galena. 7 Manganese. The ores of manganese are represented in New York State by the mineral wad, earthy manganese or bog man- ganese, a hydrated oxid of manganese. It is of comparatively rare occurrence and has little economic value. Columbia county. Wad is found intimately mixed with the iron carbonates and limonites of this county at Hudson, Auster- litz and Hillsdale. Houseville, Lewis co. On Tug hill, 2 miles south of Houseville, is a small deposit, earthy in character. Warwick, Orange co. Four miles southeast of Warwick, a com- pact variety is found mixed with bog ore and earthy matter. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 187 8 Nickel. Millerite, a sulfid of nickel, is occasionally found in pockets in the hematite at the Sterling mine near Antwerp, Jefferson co. The mineral occurs in radiating, hairlike crystals. 9 Molybdenum. A sulfid of molybdenum, known as molybde- nite and resembling graphite in color and luster, is found spar- ingly in the rocks of New York State as follows. Warwick, Orange co. Two miles southeast of Warwick, molyb- denite occurs scattered in irregular plates through granite associated with rutile, zircon and pyrite. Molybdenite also occurs at West Point in this county. Philipstown, Putnam co. In the gneiss adjoining the Philips ore bed. See iron pyrites. Brewster, Putnam co. Associated with serpentine and magne- tite at the Tilly Foster mine. | Clinton county. Sparingly distributed through the granite rocks. Nonmetallic minerals 1 Fluorite. Fluorite, or fluor spar, a fluorid of calcium, is found to some extent in St Lawrence county as well as in less important localities in the State. Fluor spar is used principally as a flux for iron, in the manufacture of opalescent glass and as a source of fluorin in the manufacture of hydrofluoric acid. Macomb, St Lawrence co A cavity containing about 15 tons of finely crystallized fluorite in sea-green cubes, the latter often 12 inches on edge, was discovered in this town in 1889. The deposit was found in working a small vein in limestone, and the material, which furnished beautiful specimens, has been mostly distributed throughout mineral collections and cabinets. Smaller deposits of similar material have been found at the lead mines of Rossie and at Mineral Point, Hammond, Fine, Gouverneur and DeKalb in the same county. Muscallonge lake, Jefferson cot A deposit of flourite which was quite extensively worked 50 years ago occurs on the south- *Kunz, George F. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1889. 38:72. * 188 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM east bank of Muscallonge lake about 4 miles northwest of Oxbow. The material, which closely resembles the Macomb fluorite and occurred in a vein of considerable width in limestone, is now exhausted. Fluorite has also been noted at Vrooman’s lake about 2 miles east of the above locality. Rochester, Monroe co. Fluorite occurs in the Niagara lime- stone at Pike’s quarry. | Fayetteville, Onondaga co. Fluorite occurs in deep purple cubes associated with gypsum. Theresa, Jefferson co. Fluorite occurs here associated with calcite and quartz. Lockport, Niagara co. Fluorite occurs in the Niagara lime- stone associated with calcite, dolomite, gypsum ete. Lowville, Lewis co. Green and nearly transparent crystals of fluorite occur in narrow yeins in the limestone associated with calcite, pyrite and galena. Johnsburg, Warren co. Beautiful crystals of fluorite have been found in this locality. 2 Phosphate rock. Apatite, a calcium phosphate of variable composition, is not found in New York State in deposits of sufficient extent to warrant its being mined as a fertilizer. The amorphous nodular phosphates, which in the southern Atlantic States constitute beds of considerable economic importance, are for the most part absent from New York formations. Crown Point, Essex co. J t = be etal ate — 3 ‘ REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 195 _ THE NORTHEAST EXTREMITY OF THE PRE-CAMBRIAN HIGHLANDS BY F, 7 H. MERRILL With map by T. Nelson Dale The northeast extremity of the Precambrian highlands of Put- nam and Dutchess counties lies in an area of great geologic interest. This is due to the fact that the exposures there afford opportunity for the correlation and comparison of the crystalline formations of southeastern Dutchess county, with those of southern Putnam and Westchester. Reconnaissance surveys of this region were made during the period between 1896 and 1902 by F. J. H. Merrill and his assistants Benjamin-F. Hill and Edwin C. Eckel. In August 1903, being in Pittsfield, the State Geologist had an opportunity of seeing a field map of a part of the district made in 1892 under the direction of Professor Raphael Pumpelly, by T. Nelson Dale and L. M. Prindle, field assistant. This map was on the scale of 2 miles to the inch and was so com- plete in minute detail, that it attracted the attention of the writer and Professor Dale kindly offered him the use of it for publica- tion, subject to the approval of Director Walcott. The permis- sion of the latter was most cordially given and the map appears in illustration of this paper. Professor Dale’s notes are records of the outcrops and express no conclusions concerning the forma- tions, the discussion on which is based on the writer’s own studies in the district. The area in question falls on the Clove topographic quadrangle, a portion of which is colored geologically to illustrate this paper. The rocks of the region are a Precambrian formation of gneiss; a basal Paleozoic quartzite of Lower Cambrian age; a Cambro- | Silurian limestone, stratigraphically equivalent to the Stock- bridge; and a highly metamorphosed crystalline schist, of Hudson age, equivalent to the Berkshire schist of the New England geologists. Near Poughquag village is a most extensive exposure of the basal Cambrian formation which from this locality has received 41°40: FREDERICK J.H. MERRILL UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK ’ $ PLATE 5 DIRECTO GEOLOGIST. : one R AND STATE GEOLOGIST, NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM. 23 RP ANNUAL REPORT GEOLOGIC MAP OF PARTS OF BEEKMAN AND PAWLING DUTCHESS CO. Showing the northeastern TERMINATION OF THE HIGHLAND PRECAMBRIAN AREA by: ( T. NELSON DALE and L.M.PRINDLE S92. Contributed by The U.S.Ge ological Survey CD Walcott,Director. ~XW Hi A RINE ee | LEGEND ORDOVICIAN Hudson schist Stockbridge limestone CAMBRIAN Poughquag ~ quartzite PRECAMBRIAN Pawling 196 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM the name of Poughquag quartzite. This name, originally sug- gested by Dana, was adopted in the New York city folio as a substitute for the name Lowerre previously used by the writer and for the name Cheshire which had been, for some time, used in New England as a designation for this basal deposit. One of the reasons for this substitution was, that in the railroad cut — southeast of Poughquag station, a Lower Cambrian fossil, Hyolithes sp. was found in the quartzite by Professor Dale and collections of it were made there by the man who acted as collector for Professor Dale. The name Poughquag has, there- fore, a chronologic value as a designation for this formation because this locality has yielded Lower Cambrian fossils while at Cheshire Mass., no organic forms have yet been discovered. The geologic structure in this area is not complex and the relations of the formations are clearly suggested by the map. The long contact of schist and gneiss was regarded by Professor Dale as a fault line but careful study of the region by. the writer leads him to the opinion that it is more probably a case of overlap. Professor Dale’s party made no special study of the gneiss and schist and detailed petrographic examinations of these rocks in this district have not yet been made. The latter is a fine grained, hydromica schist and, at a point one half mile east of the con- tact, contains a considerable percentage of carbon in the form of graphite. The Precambrian gneiss in this region has some dis- tinctive characters which are described as follows: ; During the past 20 years the writer has been occupied, in the intervals of other work, with the study of the crystalline rocks of southeastern New York. The first task! accomplished was the differentiation of the principal members of the crystalline area and the determination of the structural relations of the quartzose and micaceous rocks to the great crystalline limestone which for many years was the only member accurately differ- entiated. With the identification of the Hudson schist and Poughquag quartzite came the recognition below the limestone of 1Am. Jour. Sci. 3. 39 :383—92. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 197 a great formation of banded gneiss, cut and injected at many points by later eruptives and of which nothing more could be said than that it was Precambrian. After extended reconnaissance and local study, in the Pre- cambrian area, certain conclusions have been reached which make it possible to express more definitely the character of the Pre- cambrian formations. : In the vicinity of New York city the prevailing rock is a gray and black banded gneiss, the gray bands consisting of quartz, orthoclase and biotite and the dark bands containing much biotite with some hornblende. ‘With local variations in the pro- portions of the two materials of its banding, the general character of the rock persists throughout the Precambrian areas of West- chester county and it may be recognized here and there along certain lines in Putnam county, chiefly on the lower slopes of the mountain ranges as a rule showing a predominance of the lighter colored rock which is essentially a white feldspar gneiss with a small amount of biotite. The same characters prevail as one passes northeastward through Dutchess county over the Pough- quag area and to Dover mountain and its Connecticut extension, the Kent-Cornwall area of Percival! who used the following description. The predominant rock of this formation is the white felspathic, dark mica-seamed granitic gneiss, varying, by the different pro- portions of its feldspar and mica, from a nearly white, thicker, more granitic variety, to a lighter or darker gray, thinner and more schistose variety. These variations occur in alternate beds, one or the other pre- dominating in different sections of the formation. Passing farther northeastward into Massachusetts one en- counters the Becket gneiss formation of Emerson which has in places the same general characters. The facts intended to be shown by the map are self-explanatory. Details of the geology of the Precambrian rocks are reserved for a separate paper on this subject which the writer has now in preparation. *Percival. Report on Connecticut. New Haven 1843. ~ 198 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PALEONTOLOGY The State Paleontologist reports that during the year investiga- tions have been carried forward with special reference to the problems of the correlation of the earlier Devonic faunas of New York with those of the maritime provinces of Canada; also with reference to the development and correlation of the graptolite faunas in this State. The latter investigations have been brought to a conclusion and are in course of publication as Memoir 7 of the State Museum. The final investigations necessary for the conclusion of the study of the faunas of Portage time in New York have been completed and are embodied in Memoir 6, which is now essentially printed. During the year, Memoir 5 on the Guelph fauna of the State of New York was printed and dis- tributed. Bulletin 65, Catalogue of Type Specimens of Paleozoic Fossils, was also completed and issued. | , During the greater part of the year the printing of the annual report for 1902 has been in progress, and this is now ready to leave the press. An indication of the activity of the department in the direction of publication for the year is afforded by the statement that our printed investigations and reports equal 1600 pages, accompanied by 68 lithographic plates. Ff _ Heretofore in the history of the department but little attention has been given to the study of the fossil plants from our Paleozoic formations. During the year Mr David White, of the United States Geological Survey, has made a preliminary examination of our material, and arrangement has been made with him for) future careful study of the more interesting of the extensive series of striking ig mece of these ancient plants which our collections contain. | _ The additions to the collections have been large, as acquisitions have been freely made in the field. At present the sum total of acquisitions may be estimated at from 10,000 to 15,000 specimens, among which is an important series of type specimens of grapto- lites and other fossils acquired by purchase. We are also acquiring a unique slab of Potsdam sandstone, 30 x 10 feet, bear- REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 199 ing a most remarkable display of trails made by trilobites or mollusks. This specimen is from Clinton county, where it was long known to the inhabitants, but was brought to public notice by Prof. J. B. Woodworth in a paper published by this ‘department. The stratigraphic and paleontologic maps of the Canandaigua and Naples sheets have been completed and will be presently’ issued as a bulletin of the Museum. The death of Philip Ast, who has been lithographer for a period of more than 30 years, left a vacancy, which has been filled by the appointment of William 8. Barkentin. During the latter part of the season of 1902 and in the field season of 1908 Dr Ruedemann was engaged in field operations in Rensselaer and Washington counties, where, by the discovery _of certain horizons of graptolites, it became possible to find a definite contact line of the Cambric and Lower Siluric formations. His study of the graptolite faunas of the older rocks has led him: to cover a considerable part of northern Rensselaer and Wash- ington counties in such detail as to furnish an accurate strati- graphic map of this region. Dr Ruedemann has also restudied the occurrences of the slate beds bearing graptolites in the vicinity of Hudson, Columbia co. For the greater part of the season he has been engaged, in continuation of previous operations, in col- lecting materials for a careful analysis of the Lower Siluric (Beekmantown and Chazy) faunas in the Lake Champlain basin, his collections and field operations having covered, throughout the entire length of the lake, all the leading outcrops, many of which were heretofore unrecorded, and which are sufficient to form the basis of an exhaustive examination of these faunas. Mr D. D. Luther has completed the acquisition of the data necessary for stratigraphic maps of the Elmira and Watkins quadrangles. He has also made a careful reconnaissance of the Waverly and Ithaca quadrangles on the east, and, with a small amount of additional work, it will be possible to color these sheets. Reconnaissance has likewise been made of the region to the west of Elmira and Watkins sheets. Some time has also been 200 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM spent by Mr Luther in the study of the Hammondsport quad- rangle with reference to continuing the stratigraphic coloration from the Naples sheet eastward. Mr Gilbert van Ingen, who resigned his connection with this department in May to accept the position of curator of inverte- brate paleontology in the E. M. Museum, Princeton University, was engaged during the latter part of last season and into the winter in the preparation of an account, stratigraphic and paleon- tologic, of the complicated region about the cement quarries of Rondout, Ulster co. His solution of this problem is published in the annual report of the department. | Nr. A: Hartnagel continued his study of the relations of the Cobleskill limestone by field work from Port Jervis northward to Kingston and in central New York about Cherry Valley, Manlius, Jerusalem hill and westward. The results of Mr Hartnagel’s investigations are now published. | Prof. A. W. Grabau has prepared a stratigraphic map of the classical Schoharie valley region from Schoharie courthouse south to Middleburg. This section is the longest and best known of any of the Paleozoic rock sections of the State, but no detailed map of the succession has heretofore been prepared. During the summer Mr G. H. Chadwick was employed in making a traverse of the higher Catskill mountain sections and in collecting material for the study of the fauna of the Port Ewen beds at and about Kingston and also in acquiring the fine Oriskany fossils of Glenerie, Ulster co. | The Paleontologist has spent some time in making extensive collections of the interesting lower Devonic fossils from the lime- stones at Percé, Province of Quebec, with reference to the com- pletion of the correlation study of the New York Lower Devonic with the faunas of equivalent age in the eastern or Atlantic provinces. GENERAL ZOOLOGY At the beginning of the year the Assistant in Zoology was engaged in a study of the market relations of the edible crab, and a short account was given in the last Museum report. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 204 As it appeared that the economic importance of the crab in New York did not justify further work in that direction, the preparation of a catalogue of the invertebrates of New York city was begun, and the principal work of the year has been the collection of material for that purpose. October 1902, the spring months and September 1903 were therefore spent in New York city, and a considerable amount of invertebrate material was collected, much of which was, before, either poorly, or not at all, repre sented in the Museum collections. In continuation of the work on a catalogue of the Batrachia of New York, begun some time previously, three weeks were spent in the Adirondacks, where much myriopod material was also obtained. In vacation a trip was also made to Bermuda, and some interesting forms for the _ type series were brought back. | The winter months were spent partly in identifying the material collected, and a visit to the Harvard University museum was _made for the purpose of comparing the myriopod and phalangid material on hand with the specimens there. In the exhibition series numerous changes were made. Some of the smaller mammals were removed from the large end case and placed in one of the center cases, and the central end case was used as an alcove for vivaria. The duplicates were removed from the series of mammalian skeletons, and the remainder were placed in one of the wall cases against a black background. The skulls were put in one of the table cases. The birds have also undergone a considerable rearrangement, and the foreign birds and the duplicate specimens have been removed from exhibition and stored in the upper third of the wall eases, a space useless for exhibition purposes. The nests, which were formerly in a case by themselves, have been placed in the general series of birds along with their appropriate specimens. These changes resulted in giving more space, so that it was possible to use two of the smaller wall cases for birds and give the two large east center cases to invertebrates, a position where they would have better light. | The birds’ eggs have all been placed on black smalt in black boxes and show to much better advantage than formerly. 202 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM To the reptiles and batrachians some new species have been added. The additions to the series of casts of fishes mentioned in the last report have had their backgrounds painted black and have been hung along the top of the case of alcoholic fish. . Some additions have been made to the series of invertebrates, and a black background has been given to the cases of corals. A beginning has also been made in the preparation of a type zoologic collection, to contain forms illustrating the different classes and orders, whether confined to New York or not, and with a full series of descriptive labels. The collection of domestic fowl, formerly the property of the New York State Agricultural Society, has been rearranged, and a portion of it placed on small polished bases. : The vivaria, containing several species of common reptiles and batrachians, have been continued through the year and are apparently objects of considerable interest to the public. Dr Farr expects soon to send in the first part of his report on . the birds of New York, and Miss Letson has nearly completed her check list of the New York Mollusca. 7 ENTOMOLOGY The State Entomologist reports that the season of 1903 has been remarkable for the abnormal abundance and destructiveness of plant lice of various species, and that the grapevine root worm continues to inflict severe injuries. in the Chautauqua grape belt. Extended studies of this grape pest have been prosecuted during the season and a thoroughly practical method of controlling the pest, demonstrated. Many valuable data have been obtained, and an account of the work will appear in a revised and extended edi- tion of Museum bulletin 59. Experiments with various insec- ticides for controlling the San José scale have been continued in the vicinity of Albany and also in Orange county and some most gratifying results obtained. A second instalment of the beneficial Chinese lady beetle, which may prove of value in suppressing this pest, has been obtained from the United States Department of REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1908 - 2038 Agriculture and established in an infested orchard at Kinderhook. The studies of forest and shade trees have progressed satisfac- torily. Early in the season the extended forest fires afforded an excellent opportunity for ascertaining the connection between them and insect depredations, an investigation which is still in progress. Dr James G. Needham has continued his studies on material collected at the entomologic field station at Saranac Inn in 1900 and has nearly completed an extensive report on the stone flies and May flies of the State. The studies of mosquitos have absorbed considerable time and resulted in securing many desirable speci- mens with important data respecting the same. Cooperative work with the North Shore Improvement Association, well and favorably known because of its mosquito crusade in the vicinity of New York city, has been undertaken with mutual benefit. The Entomologist has made numerous contributions of a prac- tical nature to agricultural papers, and, aside from bulletins issued by the Museum, has prepared two important papers; one on insects injurious to pine and oaks, forsthe 7th report of the _ Forest, Fish and Game Commission and one on insecticides for the report of the Colorado State Board of Horticulture. ! Other important publications, which are either in the printer’s hands or practically completed, are as follows: Grapevine Root Worm, a revised and extended edition of Museum bulletin 59; Monograph of the genus Saperda, prepared by the Entomologist in cooperation with Mr L. H. Joutel; and Dr Needham’s 3d report, which will be a work of about the same size as Museum bulletin 68. There is also a memoir on insects injurious to forest and shade trees, an extensive publication illustrated with many half tones and 16 colored plates. Large and valuable additions have been made to the State col- lections during the past season, some most desirable specimens being secured from sections of the State hitherto poorly repre- sented. There has been much progress in arranging the insects, and substantial additions have been made to those on exhibition. During the past summer, a system of exchange was begun and 204 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM many valuable species obtained with practically no expense to the Museum. The routine work of the office has progressed as usual, and a gratifying interest is shown by the large increase in the corre-. spondence. The reports of voluntary observers, and lists of the © publications of the Entomologist and of contributions to the State collections, contained in the State Entomologist’s reports, are records of other activities of the office. BOTANY During the past summer the field work of the State Botanist has been largely devoted to the study and collection of specimens of the species of thorn trees and shrubs growing in the eastern and northern parts of the State. The number of new species of the genus Crataegus found in the United States and published in recent years is very great. It is therefore important that a better knowledge of our New York species and a better representation of them in the herbarium should be had, if we would keep pace with the progress made in this botanic field. Specimens of many species and forms not before represented in the herbarium have been collected. The most prolific stations have been visited two or more times in order to obtain specimens showing the flowers, the young fruit and fully developed leaves and the mature or ripe fruit. The investigation of our fungus flora has been continued as opportunity was available, but, owing to an unusual scarcity of the fleshy species of mushrooms in this part of the State, the collections have not been large. For greater security against the attacks of insects and the defile- ment of dust, the plan of placing specimens of our larger fungi in covered pasteboard boxes has been adopted, and a considerable number of specimens, including extra-limital ones, have been arranged in this way. In order to economize in the use of space, the boxes have been made of various sizes but multiples of each other, a large box being used for large specimens and a small one for small specimens. oer REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 205 A series of specimens of economic interest has been placed in trays for the purpose of putting them on exhibition in show cases. ARCHEOLOGY During the past year Dr Beauchamp has written, subject to - revision, a complete history of the Six Nations of New York, illus- ' trated by several early maps. He is also writing a bulletin on the use of wood by the aborigines of New York, with 150 illustrations, showing house and fort building, armor, masks, canoes, household and hunting articles. . He has prepared a report on the Perch lake mounds of Jefferson county, with maps and sketches of mounds. In this he has had the aid of friends, and it is ready for use when required. To this bulletin he has added brief notes on other New York mounds and some account of Indian trails. He has now in hand a paper on Indian councils, including the condolence or mourning council, religious and general councils. In the former are included the condoling songs, and for some of these he has secured the music. On his personal account he has contracted for a number of Onondaga songs and music, a very desirable thing, but the Museum is not responsible for these. Incidentally he has made desirable notes for future work, and many notable relics have come before him, suggestive of a supple- mentary bulletin. ATTENDANCE AT THE MUSEUM Oct. 1, 1902-Sep. 30, 1903 Rt aad din no ia bles, spe Sine ¢ 1B oa es 78 871 Domeiiy a Tad win AUSUSE eo. oon + oa nine neoye @ acno,0 8 737 CUS hs Scr) RAG aI ea 834 PE TD SE EE 2 6 572 Average, ee Ss REV Nags 253 The following is a comparison of the turnstile records for the past seven years, showing the averages of yearly, monthly and daily attendance. 206 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM | Yearly Monthly ‘Daily Oct. 1, 1893-Sep. 30, 1894....... 72 185 6015 - -1233 Oct. 1, 1894—-Sep. 30, 1895....... 61 368 5114 197 Oct. 1, 1895-Sep. 30, 1896....... 52 003 4 333 170 Oct. 1, 1896-Sep. 30, 1897....... 53.366 4447 9 195 Oct. 1, 1897-Sep. 30, 1898....... 54907 | 4575 180 Oct. 1, 1898-Sep. 30, 1899....... 55 529 4 627 182 Oct. 1, 1899-Sep. 22,1900....... 61 370 5114 197 Sep. 22,:1900-Oct. 7, 1902... Jo... Building closed for repairs Oct. 7, 1901-Oct. 1, 1902....... 75 598 6 299 241 Oct.. 1, 1902-Sep. 30, 1903....... 78 871 6 572 253 ACCESSIONS TO THE COLLECTIONS Mineralogy Donations W.C. Van Alstyne of the Tannite Co., Albany. 1 specimen corun- dum in orthoclase, Craig mine, Ontario Can. . H. H. Hindshaw, Albany. 1 specimen pectolite crystal, Baltimore -Md.; 1 opal, Baltimore Md.; 1 serpentine, Baltimore Md. Harold Heiser, Albany. 1 specimen gold in quartz, Telluride Col.; 4 petrified wood, Arizona; 1 graphite in dolomite, Platts- burg N. Y.; 1 silver telluride in sphalerite, Victor Col.; 1 gold, Victor Col.; 1 sylvanite in fluorite, Victor Col.; 1 sylvanite, Victor Col. A. P. Adams, Albany. 5 specimens uranophane, southeast Utah; 1 uranophane and gummite, Colorado; 3 chalcocite, Dolly Varden claim, Utah; 2 chalcocite replacing woody fiber, Dolly Varden claim, Utah; 1 malachite replacing woody fiber, Dolly Varden claim, Utah; 9 proustite in quartz, Dolores county, Col.; 1 stibnite and proustite in quartz, Dolores county, Col.; 1 quartz, jasperized wood, southeast Utah; 1 quartz (large group of crystals) Jumbo - mine, Rico Col.; 1 uranophane (large specimen and fragments), southeast Utah; 1 uranophane and gummite, Colorado; 1 chalco- cite (wood replacement), Dolly Varden claim, Utah; 64 rolled- pebbles hematite, southeast Utah. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 207 Dr Joseph Simms, New York. 46 specimens native copper, Michigan, 10 native gold, 38 galena, 2 argentite, 3 pyrargyrite, 3 stephanite, 3 cerargyrite, 5 cinnabar, 2 chalcopyrite, 26 pyrite, 2 halite, 49 quartz (crystallized), 15 quartz (geodes), 26 quartz (chalcedony), 7 7 quartz (petrified wood), 2 opal, 6-opal (opalized wood), 17 calcite (crystallized), 36 calcite (stalactitic), 1 dolo- mite, Lockport N. Y., 1 malachite, 1 stilbite, 3 gypsum, 1 tourma- line, 1 magnetite (large), 5 pyrolusite (dendritic), 6 hematite. A. S. Reid, Johnstown N. Y. 1 gpecimen hematite, south - Hamilton county, N. Y. G. van Ingen, Princeton N. J. 1 specimen marcasite in quartz and calcite, Rondout N. Y. T. E. Clark, Rondout. 1 specimen pyrite (dendrite) on limestone, -Rondout; 1 marcasite on calcite, Rondout; 2 dolomite, Rondout; 2 calcite, Rondout; 2 quartz (phantom crystals) Rondout. Jacob Van Deloo, Albany. 1 specimen calcite, Rondout; 1 sphalerite, Rondout; 1 fluorite, Spier Fally N. Y. Exchange With H. 0. Clough, Albany. 4 specimens allanite crystals, Top- shan Me., for 1 specimen hematite from Antwerp. Collections H. H. Hindshaw. 1 specimen muscovite (showing secondary growth and inclusions), Batchellerville, Saratoga com Ne Y. H. P. Whitlock. 21 specimens calcite (series. illustrating Bae) Rondout N. Y. Zoology MAMMALS Collections — 1 meadow jumping mouse, Zapus hudsonius, Pine Hills, Albany N. Y. Skin and skull. 4 meadow mice, Microtus pennsylvanicus, Pine Hills, Albany N.Y. “Nests: 208 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 2 domestic cat, Felis domestica, Pine Hills, Albany N. Y. Skull. deer, Cariacus sp., Caledonia N. Y. Parts of antlers from peat bog. 1 bat, Myotis lucifugus. Albany N. Y. Donation Dr Van Slyke, Coxsackie N. Y. horse, Equus caballus, 5 milk teeth. Purchase 1 opossum, Didelphys virginiana. Cedar Hill, Albany co., N.Y. | BIRDS Donations Reed Hogan, through S. C. Shaver, Cobleskill N. Y. 1 horned grebe, Colymbus auritus. Miss M. R. Wilburt, Old Chatham N. Y. 1 Baltimore oriole, Icterus galbula. 7 : J. H. Brooks, Albany. 1 California Bush tit, Psaltriparus minimus, Black Warrior, S. Arizona. Nest. Earl J. Hicks, Albany, N. Y. 1 cedar waxwing, Ampelis ced- rorum. Nest and 4 eggs. Miss Edith Z. Cole, Coeymans Hollow N. Y. 4 chimney swifts, Chaetura pelagica. Nests. ; REPTILES Miss D. Levison, Albany N. Y. 1 painted tortoise, Chrysemys picta. , Mrs Wachsmann, Albany. 1 alligator, Alligator mississippiensis. W. C. Fellows, Oneonta N.Y. 4 garter snakes, Hutaenia sirtalis. W. Worthington, Shelter Island N. Y. 1 milk snake, Osceola doliata triangula; 1 blowing adder, Heterodon platyrhinus; 1 painted tortoise, Chrysemys picta. AMPHIBIANS Collections 4 Gyrinophilus porphyriticus, Shawanese lake, Pa. 3 Desmognathus ochrophaea, Shawanese lake, Pa. 3 Desmognathus fusca, Karners N. Y. 7 Cricket frogs, Acris gryllus, Staten Island, N. Y. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 209 PISCES Donations J. W. Pond, Chatham N. Y. 1 miller’s thumb, Uranidea gracilis (Heckel). C. E. Marsters, Albany N. Y. 1 sunfish, Hupomotis gibbosus. 1 yellow perch, Perca flavescens 4 catfish, Ameiurus nebulosus Collection — 7 black lampreys, Lampetra wilderi, New York city. Purchase Casts of fishes. Ward’s Natural Science Establishment, Roch- ester N. Y. INVERTEBRATES Donations E. P. Vines M. D., Lansingburg N. Y. 1 tarantula. R. L. Wadhams M. D., Wilkesbarre Pa. Ascaris lumbricoides W. Worthington, Shelter Island N. Y. 75 horseshoe crabs, Iimulus polyphemus, young . . G. Gerdon, Sandy Hook N. J. 1 pile excavated by ship worm, Teredo navalis. The main accession of the year were invertebrates, almost en- tirely collected within New York city. The Crustacea, Myrio- poda and Annulata are the only groups so far worked over, and number as follows. The remaining groups are estimated. Crustacea Species Specimens Mee tbe re OW. 5. Sete gS Pat ee Se oe 5 26 een yME si) Oe eos eee he kes 8 112 MM UMOO Col ats Pas ee ow Rew da Seas 1 560 Petyekeaerr te VE OEE ES Pee, 16 926 Myiso pede vata ee Pe ee eb ae es 16 308 PRERUADE MET eae ot ae ge Soe et vee ee be 17 103 Coelenteratae, Mollusca, Arachnida etc.... G5 ee WOME AASAI IT Oe 1). OOO. Olu nis y. 144 2 435 210 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM APPENDIX With the reorganization of the State Museum under the new Department of Education, the present Director and State Geolo- gist retired from office on May 1, 1904. In addition, therefore, to his report for the fiscal year ending Sep. 30, 1908, it remains to append a résumé of the administrative work conducted under his direction from Oct. 1, 1903, to May 1, 1904. During this period the time of the State Geologist was mainly devoted to the editing of the reports-in hand and to the super- vision of the collection of statistics relating to the mineral resources of the State. This was undertaken in cooperation with Dr David T. Day of the United States Geological-Survey and involved correspondence with every mineral producer in the State. At the outset copies of the lists of producers recorded in the office of the United States Geological Survey were made and forwarded to Albany. Then after preliminary cards of inquiry had been sent from Washington to all these producers, copies of the replies received were sent to Albany and from the latter point new cards were sent to all the delinquents together with circular letters explaining the cooperation between the State Museum and the United States Geological Survey. In many cases it was neces- sary to send several cards to delinquents before replies were received. The mineral resources of the State were illustrated in detail for the exhibit at the Louisiana Purchase Exposition by locating on the colored geologic map of 1901 the positions of the various mines, quarries and other openings. These were marked by small conventions of colored paper, the execution of the work being intrusted to Mr H. P. Whitlock, Assistant in Mineralogy. The time of the Assistant in Geology, Mr H. H. Hindshaw, was occupied during the early part of the winter on drawings for the 15 mile base map of New York State and vicinity, in the tabula- tion ete. of information on mineral products of the State and in correspondence principally relating to questions of economic geology. Some work was also done in the preparation of plans for the St Louis Exposition exhibit. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 Dal In the autumn of 1903 Mr Hindshaw had met Dr J. A. Holmes and Dr David T. Day, as well as representatives of the iron-pro- ducing interests, and plans were formulated for the exhibit of a series of New York iron ores and the processes of their prepara- tion for market, including a Wetherill magnetic separator. In January, it having been finally decided that the Museum should make an exhibit at St.Louis, Mr Hindshaw’s time was practically all given to the work of preparation. On account of the small appropriation and little time available, it was necessary to make use of the Museum collections as far as possible. Cor- respondence was opened with a few of the principal producers and their cooperation asked along certain definite lines which would agree with the plans adopted. These requests were in most cases complied with, and as a result very creditable exhibits were prepared by the Mathews Consolidated Slate Co., the Hud- son River Bluestone Co., the Medina Quarry Co., the Ellenville Zine Co., the Helderberg Cement Co., and the Solvay Process Co. Other firms which were asked to contribute to this scheme thought proper to decline, principally on account of the short time avail- able, so that the exhibit as finally planned was not as complete as desirable. , Early in March Mr Hindshaw paid a visit to St Louis to arrange about a grant of electric power which was to be furnished for running the Wetherill magnetic separator, correspondence not securing the desired results which were obtained only after several days’ personal effort at St Louis. The building stone blocks to be sent to St Louis were worked over and resurfaced. Selections were made from the collections of ores and minerals in the Museum. The packing of these and the planning and building of new stands and the preparations for shipment of these and of museum cases kept Mr Hindshaw busy all the time with the exception of four days spent in a second visit to St Louis for the purpose of making a satisfactory contract for flooring, partitions and other necessary work on our exhibit space. 212 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM On Ap. 10 Mr Hindshaw left Albany to instal the exhibit at St Louis. The installation was particularly difficult as the space allotted was too small to handle our material from the Museum till the large slab of Potsdam sandstone from the Division of | Paleontology, the brick work from the Alfred School of Clay- working and Ceramics and the larger pieces of masonry had been put in place. The exhibit of brine products made by the Solvay Process Co. also needed much room for handling, while the erec- tion of the Wetherill magnetic separator necessitated the use of extensive crib work and hoisting apparatus. The exhibit was for these reasons still in an unfinished condition on May 1, but much of it was accessible to visitors. Prepared thus under difficult limitations of time and expense, the exhibit met with a very favorable reception. | In the section of mineralogy, in charge of Mr H. P. Whitlock, | assistant, work has progressed along the following lines: A type collection of the minerals of New York State was installed in the north end of the mineral museum; the economic collection, which formerly occupied this space, being transferred to the entresol. This change, besides providing a much needed local mineral collection, has placed the latter where a constant eomparison with the main systematic collection will prove most valuable. The New York mineral collection at present consists of over 600 specimens and contains much material which is of paramount scientific interest. A representative collection of geodes from the Keokuk lime- stone of Iowa and Illinois, consisting of 35 specimens which were acquired by exchange, has been installed in an independent exhibit on the second floor. Three table cases along the walls of the entresol have been used for the temporary display of recent accessions. The set of lantern slides available for lecture purposes has been added to, and now numbers 150, mostly illustrating specimens from the Museum collection. During the winter the time of the Assistant in Zoology, Dr F. C. Paulmier, was spent mainly in the preparation of a cata- \ REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIsT 1903 213 logue of the higher crustacea of New York city. This involved the identification of the forms collected during the preceding two summers and the preparation of some 30 sketches of forms not hitherto figured. The Myriopoda and Phalangida in the Museum were also identi- fied, a trip to Washington being made for the purpose of compar- ing the specimens with the collections there. Some sketches and notes were made for a catalogue of these forms. During the spring practically all of the attention of Dr Paul- mier was devoted to the birds and in this he had the invaluable assistance of Mr William C. Richard, a taxidermist. Unfortun- ately the latter was not here during the hight of the spring migration, but in spite of that, about 150 birds were collected. Some of these were mounted and the remainder made up into skins for a study collection. INDEX -The superior figures tell the exact place on the page in ninths; e. g. 1893 means page 189, beginning in the third ninth of the page, i. e. about one | third of the way down. Abrasives of New York State, ’ H. C. Magnus, 158-797, - Aecessions to collections, 206%-9". Acheson, EH. G., cited, 179°. Adirondack region, field work, 7’. Allen, Lucius E., cited, 131°, 156°. Alloway, R. M., cited, 85’. Alundum, 174’. _ Ansted, D. T., cited, 85°. Apatite, 194°. _ Archeology, report on, 205°. Arsenical pyrites, 182°-837. Ast, Philip, death of, 199°. Attendance at museum, 2057-6". by Bach, A., cited, 85*. Bailey, A., cited, 85*. Bailey, E. H. S., cited, 134°, 156°. Barite, 189°-907. Barkentin, William &., of, 199°. Barnum, E. G., cited, 83°, 86°. Baskerville, C., cited, 85°. Beauchamp; W. M., work of, 205°. Beck, Lewis C., cited, 181°, 190°. Berkshire region, field work, 7’. Bibliography, of carborundum, 179’: of diatomaceous earth, 179°; of emery, 179'; of garnet, 178°; of gypsum, 156*-57°; of millstones, 179*; of peat, 85’-88*, Biotite, 193°, 194*, 197°. Bischof, Gustav, cited, 29°. Bjorling, P. R., cited, 85°. Blavier, cited, 85°. Blue, A., cited, 179°. Bog iron ore,. 63°. Botany, report on, 204°-5’. Brande, cited, 86*. appointment Brooklyn quadrangle, remapping, 8’. Byrne, cited, 86’. Byron, swamp, 84°. - Caledonia, swamp, 85’. Carborundum, 174'-78*; bibliography, io". Carik: JF cited, “t00". . Carter, W. E. H., cited, 35°, 42°, 56°, 86". | Cassell, cited, 67%. Celestite, 190°. Chadwick, G. H.; work. of, 200°. Charcoal], 52°. Chevalier, cited, 867. Chromic iron ore, 183°. Cicero swamp, 74°-77°. | Clarke, J. M., cited, 112’. Clarke, William C., cited, 156’. Clay, - 63". ‘Cleaveland, Parker, cited, 28', 86’. Cleland, mentioned, 7°. Climbing bogs, 26°. | Clove topographie quadrangle, 195*. 7 Coal, 1927. Coke, 52°-567. Cole, G. A. J., cited, 86. Coleman, mentioned, 9*. Collections, accessions to, 2064-99. Cook, G. H., cited, 86°. Coolidge, P. T., work of, 12%. Copper, 183°. Copper pyrites, 1837-84". Cowaselon swamp, 74’. Crystalline rocks, see Pre-Cambrian and crystalline rocks. Cushing, H. P., field work, 7°. Cyanite, 194'. 216 Dal, Adolf, cited, 42°, 59°, 86°. Dale, T. Nelson, map by, 195’; men- tioned, 7°. Dana, J.‘ D, cited,” 86. Jak: 196" Dana, 8. L., cited, "86". ‘Wavy; Sir, A. cited, Jat. Day, David T., work of, 2104. Deuel swamp, 73°-74°. Diatomaceous earth, liography, 179°. Dieulafait, cited, 157°. Dingler, cited, 44°, 48°, 49°. ‘Dutchess county, Pre-Cambrian highlands, 195°. 179°, 171'-72'; bib- Eckel,. Edwin C.,. cited, 136°, 179'; surveys by, 195%. Weonomie geology, 12°-13°. Klis, R. W., acknowledginents 12°; cited, 8G*. Kmerson, cited, 197°. : Emery, 163°-70°; bibliography, 179’. Hntomology. report on, 202%-4°. 10, Fairchild, H. L., cited, 83°, 86%, 99°. Farr, M. S., work of, 202°. Feldspars, 194*, 194°, 197°. Fibrolite, 194’. Vitzgerald, Francis A., cited, 175’. Fluorite, 187°-88’. Nox, (Grr, ced, yo. © Freeman, John R., cited, 71°. Fruh, cited, 86*. Garnet, 158'-63°, 193°, 194°; bibliog- raphy, 178°; uses, 163°. Geddes, George, cited, 100°. Geologie map, G*. Goldthwait, J. W., work of, 8°. Gowenlock, N., cited, 86’, Grabau, A. W., cited. 100°; work of, 200°. Gregory, mentioned, Greycourt meadows, Grimsley, G,. P,, cited, 91°, 1837, 134°, 156°, i i (.. 72° ome NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM , Gypsum, analyses, 148°-55°; bibliog- raphy, 156’-57°; Credner’s theory, 94'-95°; theories of formation of deposits, 93°-97°; geography and topography, 97'-105" ; geology, 105°- 14°; history, 114-17’; processes of manufacture, 1267-80'; list of firms and individuals that mine and manufacture, 155*; list of manufacturers in New York who use gypsum from outside of this state, 156; New York mines and mills, 137*-48°; physical proper- ties, 131'-37'; production, 148°; . sources of supply, 116°; tech- nology of, 1807-55°; uses, 1175-25", Gypsum industry in New York, by A. L. Parsons, 89-157. — Hall, James, cited, 106°. Harlem quadrangle, remapping, 8°. Harrison diorite in the Westchester county area of the Oyster Bay quadrangle, by F. J. H. Merrill and H. C. Magnus, 193'-94'. Hartnagel, C. A., work of, 200°. Highlands, crystalline rocks, 6°. Hill, Benjamin F., surveys by, 195*. Hindshaw, H. H., tracings prepared by, 6: work.of, 135.2107 Hitcheock, C. H., ealed 3G. Hitchcock, E., cited, 86°. Hobson, Joseph, acknowledgments to, A122, Holland, John, cited, 86°. Hooper, F. C., cited, 178°. Hornblende, 194*, 197°. Hudson schist in the Westchester county area of the Oyster Bay quadrangle, by F. J. H. Merrill and H. C. Magnus, 193'-947..- Hulett, George A., cited, 131°, 156°. Hull, E., cited, 86°. Hunt, T. Sterry, cited, 86°, 157°. Hypsometrie map, 6°. Infusorial earth, 63°. Inundated lands, 20°-21*. Iron pyrites, 180°-82°, INDEX TO REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 Jackson, C. T., cited, 86°. Jenks, C. N., cited, 179%, 179'. Johnson, Ci, W., cited, 157°. Johnson, S. W., cited, 45°, 62?, 86". Joutel, L. H., Julien, A. -A., 49°, mentioned, 203°. cited, 86’. Kane, Robert, cited, 86°. Keller, Theodore, cited, 86. Kemp, J. F., cited, 160°, 164°. mvmoal J. P.) cited, 165°, 179°. Kimahan, G. H., cited, 86°. imjapp, i. eited, 91°, 1267, ‘156°. Knapp’s station, swamp, 860°. Kunz, George F., cited, 187°. .Landrin, cited, 133°. Lead, 184°-85*. leavin, 1. H., cited, 50°, 86". Le Chatelier, Louis, cited, 132°, 157'. . Lesquereaux, L., cited, 25°, 86°. Letson, E. J., work of, 2025. Lewis, J. S., cited, 179°. Liebig, cited, 157°. Lignite, 192°. Little Falls sheet, areal mapping, ris Luther, D. D., cited, 113°, 114°; work of, 199%-200'. Lyell, C., cited, 86°. McCaleb, cited, 156°. MacCulloch, J., cited, 86°. Madrid, bog, 79%-80*. ' Magnesite, 190°-917. Magnus, Harry C., Abrasives New York State, 158'-79'; Dis- tribution of Hudson Schist and Harrison Diorite in the West- chester County Area of the Oyster Bay Quadrangle, 1931-94’; field work, 6°. Manganese, 186’. Mangrove marshes, 23°. Maps, see Geologic map. Marignac, cited, 156°. Marine marshes, 21°-23'. of 50°, i 217 Marine shells, 9°. Marl, 62°-63', 857. Marsh, term, 21°. Marshes, salt, 21°. Mason, cited, 42°. Massachusetts, field work, 6°. Mather, cited, 183°. Merrill, BJ. -H.,.” Distribution’ or Hudson Schist and Harrison Dio- rite in the Westchester County Area of the Oyster Bay Quad- rangle, 193'-947; Northeast Ex- tremity of the Pre-Cambrian Highlands, 195'-97°;. cited, 93°, 105°, T56®, 179*. Mica, 1917-927. Microcline, 194. Millstones, 172°-73°; TT. 10, Bae resources, Statistics o, 210°; St. Louis exhibit, 2107-12*. enact: 13°-14°5; accessions to collection, 206*-7’. Minerals not commercially import- ant, by H. P. Whitlock, 180'-92’. Molybdenum, 187°. Montezuma marshes, 80°-837. Mooers quadrangle, mapping and study, 10°; surface geology, 12°. Moore, J. 8., cited, 877. Moss litter, 387-39°. Muller, G., cited, 87’. bibliography, relating Needham, work of, 203° +.203% New berry. J. S.. cited, 87’. Newberry, S. P., cited, 136 Newton, W. E., cited, 87°. Nickel, 187'. Northeast extremity of the Pre- Cambrian Highlands, by F. J. H. Merrill, 195'-97° Northumberland rPy9 Ole te: games G.. rock, petrography Oak Orchard swap, 837-84". Ochsenius, cited, 157°. Oilstone, 178*. Orton, E., cited, 87’. 218 NEW YORK Owl's Head, marsh, 78*-79'. Oyster Bay quadrangle, distribution of Hudson schist and Harrison diorite in the Westchester county area, 195'-947. Page, W. H., cited, 87°. Paget, C., cited, 56°, Paleontology, report on, 198'-200*. Parsons, Arthur L., Peat, its Forma- tion, Uses and Occurrence in New York, 15-88; Notes on the Gypsum Industry in New York, 89-157; ~ cited, 156°. . Patin, Charles, cited, 87%. Paulmier, F. C., work of, 212°. Payen, cited, 157’. Peat, agricultural value, 617-62’; analyses, 32, 34’, 36"; bibliography, 85'-88'; classification based on physical condition, 27°-28*; classi- fication based on vegetation, 27’; Connecticut, 34°-35*; definition and description, 28'; process of formation, 28°-31°; formation. in swamps, 20'; methods of deter- mining fuel value, 36*-38'; use for fuel, 39°-42'; methods of prepar- ing for fuel, 427-44’; manufacture of fuel in Canada, 56’-59*; Irish, analyses of, 86'; mechanical treat- ment, 447-59*; Ontario, 35*; Rhode Island, 33. Peat, its formation, uses and occur- | | Séyrert, Avan. rence in New York, by A. L. Par- sons, 15-88. -Peat charcoal, 52°-56". Peat coke and volatile products, 59*-61'. Pelouze, M,, pere cited, 873. Percival, cited, 197°. Perey, John, cited, 427, 43°, 44°, 45°, 46°, 47°, 48°, 49°, 50°, 51°, 52°, 53°, 54°, 56°, 87°. Phoenix, marsh, 78%. Phosphate rock, 188°-89°. Pinnacle marsh, Rochester, 83°. Pleasant lake, swamp near, 777-78*. STATE MUSEUM | Reis 3 res | Severance, F. Pleistocene, 8?-12°. Portland cement, 1257-26’. Poughquag quartzite, 196". Pratt, J. H., cited, 179% ; Pre-Cambrian and crystalline rocks, 6°-8?, Pre-Cambrian Highlands, northeast extremity, by F. J. H. Merrill, . Lae, Protichnites, occurrence of trails of, 12°, =s Putnam county, crystalline rocks, 6°; Pre-Cambrian Highlands, 195’. Pyrite, 180°-82°. Quartz, 193°, 194*, 197°. Redgrave, cited, 157’. Rennie, R.; cited, 87*. Richard, William C., work of, 213°. Ries, Heinrich, cited, 87*, 136°. Rose, H., cited, 1567. Roth, J., cited, 87*. Rowlee, W. W., cited, 87°. Ruedemann, Rudolf, work of, 1903. St Lawrence valley, evidences of marine submergence, 9%, Salt marshes, 647-66*. Schéndeling, cited, 87°. Schroder, F. H., cited, 87°. Senft, F., cited, 87°. M., acknowledgments to, 91%. Sa cited, 87°. | Shaler, N. S., cited 19°, 20°, 64°, 87° Shell marl, 62°. Sherzer,- W. H., cited, 87%.- Smyth, C. H. jr, cited, 184’. | asperry,: H..S., cited eae | Sphalerite, 185°-86'. Staurolite, 194}. Stern, L., cited, 87°. Stevenson, William D., mentioned, hy. Stissing pond, 42°-(ay Stockhardt, cited, 157°. Storer, cited, 118°, 121°, 156", 257°. INDEX TO REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1903 Swamps, oblation, 26’-27°; estimated area, 19*; delta or estuarine, 25'-26'; description of, 21°-27°, 68°- 85°; distribution in New York State, 6388-683; economic value, 387-39"; fresh-water, 215, 23°; lake, © 23°-25°; formation of peat, 20°; all not peat deposits, 19°; river, 25°; term, 21°; upland, 26°; value, 19°. ‘ Taylor, Richard C., cited, 37°, 87°. Thorpe, cited, 157’. Titanite, 194+. van Ingen, Gilbert, work of, 200°. Vanuxem, cited, 105°. Vermeule, C. -C., map prepared | under supervision of, 6°. ‘Vogel, August, cited, 45°, 46°, 54°, 87°. “Wagener, Rudolph, cited, 27‘, -91', 93°, 1577. Wallkill, drowned lands, 68°-72°. . Westchester 219 Websky, Justus, cited, 30°, 88". Westchester county, mapping, 7’. county area of the Oyster Bay quadrangle, distribu- tion of Hudson schist and Har- rison diorite, 193'-94", Wheeler, W. H., cited, 88°. White, cited, 88’. White, David, work of, 198". Whitlock, Herbert P., work of, 138°, 2108, 212%; Minerals not Com- mercially Important, 180*-92". Wilkinson, Paul, cited, 157”. Williams, G. H., cited, 164°, 179°. Williams, S.-G., cited, 1077, 112°, 156°. | Winchell, N. H., cited, 88. Woodworth, J. B., work of, 8, 10°, 12°; mentioned, 199°. Wragge, R., cited, 88. | Zinc, 185°-86". Zirkel, cited, 88’. Zoology, report on, 200°-2°; sions to collection, 207°-9°. acces: Appendix 1 Geology 6 Museum bulletin T7 6 Geology of the Vicinity of Little Falls, Herkimer Co. % wie a ’ < ~ 4 ’ as . ’ » j et. aN ae era AY VA om hea : ¥ eae / ; i ’ te coats ee Yi rs { * ¥ , mie PORE. Yor eta ¥ sy ry | ees | % a f- el as ‘ a | « a ‘ he * . . * - : ~ Published monthly by the University of the State of New York BULLETIN 327 JANUARY 1905 New York State Museum 4 f 4 M Bulletin 77 GEOLOGY 6 GeEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS, HERKIMER COUNTY PAGE PHELTCS >. feet REsR a ae eee 3 Geosraphic POSition ........00......eeeee 4 rene UES COLOLRY. «cys isieres sa'e. d's ee Sevele alesse « 4 a LE TDC soe de ae caress ea iam 15 Ere OambTIAm LOCKS: 3.0... ecaec warns ds EMCOZOICILOCKS) 5,500 sa nets o\els cnres vinnie oe 24 SEna@ermra li TCOlOR Yas ss sek. ss ees Sees ve ds 35 TDC so Qi ktat ae eee eae Ser eer 35 IPaTOG. 2 . xe GSB SE GR GBS BaBIRHEE Bene cen erere 37 TREO Se ey Se en ee 38 [SUD TIC TN AO i sae ie ere ee ee 47 BUEN ORM Rrra See No iata ccc k o tideettiate cc tae athe 48 Some oscillations of level during the Srewhy we AlCOZOIG., os a5 aiei- os sie pa he Sse 51 Paleozoic overlap on the pre-Cam- BURSTEIN aa LOOT co ds nisi eidcic. ssc starviesielaus : 51 Character and slope of the pre-Cam- PPEVD EE LOO Ds .2 nce vic cities cere aera tetas Boe yao Unconformity at the base of the SEMOINH OME eke, Smee vet Lae dkadaeke a bee 62 Absence of the Chazy formation in une Monawk Valley ....c......sscesc 63 Sudden thickening of the Trenton EST WG | Ee ne A ee a eae 63 Comparison with the northern Adir- DEC TESS ee Sete ooh Gis) ciatas 64 i> ELS SLL Slee eee 65 Pre-Cambrian surface...............:. 66 Present surface of the Paleozoic rocks 68 Influence of the faults on the topo- eed Pa 0 Se 71 Economic geology 81 Petrography of the pre-Cambrian rocks 85 Pe is Vip is. eek Se Acme Re: 93 Plates FACE PAGE 1 Cliff of pre-Cambrian syenite........ 16 2 Beekmantown formation............ 26 3 Contact of Beekmantown on pre- Cambrian at Diamond hill.......... 28 4 Beekmantown-pre-Cambrian con- tact in West Shore Railroad cut... 29 5 Quarry face at bridge north of Ing- Jee Noes ls | [Se eee Cn a on 30 6 Folds in Lowville limestone at Ing- PSE MISS. SE eed: a dag 7 Dolgeville fault in the bank of East Canud= erceket 2253... 45 8 Utica shale near Dolgeville.......... 46 9 Fall in East Canada creek near Doleeville - RAs. es SS 46 10 North bank of creek south of Cana- JONARIC Se ane eey ae aan 62 11 Fallin creek over the pre-Cambrian 2 miles west of Dolgeville.......... 72 12 Mohawk river from eastern part of UST ATS Oe TSE he 7 a 72 13 The Mohawk from the brink of Little atic iawlbisearpes:. dees. . seen dk: 72 14 Trenton terrace from Utica shale Slope: torshe West... ii. cats eee ke. 72 15 East Canada creek i mile above DOlme valle) tj ceahc hs det hien'os 5, httes 79 SoS a NS we my te ire ar. Feats vis ec patos cues ite ares itd Ye yokes egirterk cabed sk AA en tnlh » tinea male pe, Lavi UE mie ee i eotinaeet ceerechisncty At % ee ey ot wecnuinteste: Tt. Rurtaolh + Af . tid Sevoninlt? th beds? Cogs TNC PES wrotanseal ors : rin fiber sods ee ae toe. rrory. Gebs “ft tA aed renin) & yh vont. a RE a en eel ta opotenad oiiivwak ot alte eh & ery oy fs er yt tae Yo haat edt OT WAS ost: 1sKoG ye Vena ae eae weawras a id { tor {t ree es a f ne ete a pT! i* bay yet peeve es eer fe Sea D brat jin ‘era ery? es eh usd ., mt i ie ei mii ry aiden fit Oni ee wm RARE 2 : Oy +O 4A 4° ; Mcp he SS 2 5. seg hs ee Sr “" REGGE ED tig phe tl & rat ‘ ' - pigy td ” , ie ae | ee : Hei Ta Et ¥ VE et. 7 ae é , f a P| oye, sive Aries C2 t f iy 2 ‘ 7 fer ‘i ¢ - ; ; a a de wer et Parle iff a Stat! tga} a5 ve, Oe ho mie ra] tar ‘ soreor’ £4 cbt mesos ied Rae 3 ‘ ta Bit gM aK or y Oe ; a Re @ vi cv sohcies doth mit Ta ages Gat ea etlicey add University of the State of New York New York State Museum Bulletin 77 - GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS, | HERKIMER COUNTY AREA COMPRISED IN THE LITTLE FALLS QUADRANGLE PREFACE The study of the crystalline rocks of the Adirondack area by modern petrographic methods was begun in 1892 by Prof. J. F. Kemp under the direction of the writer in connection with the iron ore deposits in the vicinity of Port Henry and some results were published in Museum bulletin 14, Geology of Moriah and Westport Townships, Essex County, N. Y., with notes on the iron mines. Subsequently this work was continued and extended under the direction of Prof. James Hall, and Professors C. H. Smyth jr and H. P. Cushing were invited to participate in the study of this great crystalline area. The work of the three investi- gators in. their separate fields has been published in the reports of the state geologist for 1895 and subsequent years, and has resulted in a wholly new light being thrown on the structure and geologic history of the district. Professor Cushing’s special field has been the Northeastern Adirondacks and having suc- cessfully covered the part alloted to him so far as the existing maps of that region would permit, it seemed that it would be of much interest to make a detailed comparison of the northern pre-Cambrian geology with that of an area bordering on the “Mohawk valley. The Little Falls quadrangle having been com- pleted, this suggested itself as a convenient and interesting field for work. Professor Cushing accordingly, as a result of a careful study of this area, communicates the following report. FREDERICK J. H. MERRILL State Geologist - 1” OR 4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM GEOGRAPHIC POSITION The area comprised in the Little Falls atlas sheet lies mostly | north of the Mohawk river between East Canada and West Canada creeks. The Mohawk runs across the sheet near its southern edge. - The Canada creeks diverge and run out of the sheet limits, Hast — Canada to the east, and West Canada to the west, about midway between the Mohawk and the north border of the sheet. The map extends over 15’ of latitude, 43° to 48° 15’ n., and 15’ of longitude, 74° 45’ to 75° w., comprising about 218 square miles. Its geographic association is with the Adirondack highland region and the Mohawk valley lowland. South of the Mohawk the altitude rises quickly to that of the dissected plateau region of southern New York, this being wholly without the map limits. The lowland is worn down on a belt of rocks which are weak as compared with those to the north and the south. It is much nar- rower here than farther west, for the reason that rocks which here are resistant and hence belong to the plateau district, become both weaker and thicker as they are followed to the west, so that the belt which they underlie becomes merged with that of the low- land. The lowland belt is an agricultural one and has been cleared and farmed this many a year. The district occupying the north- east portion of the map belongs however with the Adirondack highland belt and is still forest covered. But lumbering has been carried on for many years around the edge of the woods, so that within the limits of the map the timber has been mainly cut and the woods are therefore very thin. Fires have however not been as frequent as in many parts of the Adirondacks, and very little of the territory has been burned over. Sporadic cutting of timber is going on even yet, mainly hardwood, with here and there a spruce, the logs being hauled out singly throughout the year. The supply is sufficient to keep several small sawmills running. GENERAL GEOLOGY The detailed topography of the district can not be made intelli- gible without a knowledge of the rock structure and the geologic history of the region, since it depends on both. The study of the GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 2D rocks has brought out the facts here given and the detailed eyi- dence will be presented later. Sketch of physical changes. The rocks of the Adirondack region are among the oldest of which we have knowledge anywhere on the earth’s surface. The history which they disclose is an exceed- ingly difficult one to decipher and has been only imperfectly made out as yet. It is however clear that it involves the passage of a prodigious lapse of time. The oldest known rocks of the Adirondack region are of the sort deposited from water, and indicate that the region, probably in its entirety, was below sea level and receiving deposit on its sur- ' face. These deposits would seem to have been of the same, or very similar, sort as those now being deposited on shallow sea floors: sands, muds, calcareous muds and their intermediate gradations. These rocks were apparently deposited in great thickness, though we have no means at present of ascertaining what that thickness was. They must have accumulated on a floor of older rocks, but this older floor has not yet been certainly made out in the Adiron- dack region. It may or may not be present. Volcanic action seems to have been going on while these deposits were forming, or else occurred not long afterward. After these conditions had persisted for a long time, the dis- trict was raised up out of the water, probably to considerable hight, accompanied by a certain amount of folding, fracturing and tilting of the rocks. The surface ceased to receive deposit, and instead was attacked by the weather, the surface deposits were disintegrated and decayed, this loosened material commenced to move down hill toward the sea, and the surface was thus pared away bit by bit and lowered. This action continued through long ages till many hundred, likely a few thousand, feet of rock had been thus patiently removed. The region also was early the scene of vigorous igneous action. Whether this preceded, accompanied and perhaps caused, or fol- lowed its uplifting above sea level is not known; but enormous masses of molten rock invaded the region from beneath in a great Series of intrusions. Whether any of this material ever reached ma 6 | NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM the then existing surface, with manifestations of surface volcanic action, we do not know, likely never can know. But not improb- ably these masses may represent old reservoirs whence volcanic material ascended to the surface. : | The old floor, on which the previous deposits had been laid down, was largely or wholly engulfed in the molten flood, as were the old | deposits themselves to a large extent. These were invaded, broken up, and separated into disconnected patches by the eruptive rock, which then cooled and solidified far underground. There is a Series of these igneous intrusions with varying composition. The heart of the Adirondacks felt the full force of this action. The present borders were more remote from it, the igneous rocks are less conspicuous there, and the old sediments occur in greater mass. i At some date after the igneous action had ceased, though proba- bly commencing while it was still in progress, the rocks were sub- jected to strong compression, acting mainly from one side. The rocks were compressed, intricately folded, the sediments were made thoroughly crystalline, all traces of their original structures were obliterated, and a foliated structure was produced in them and in the igneous rocks as well.1. The general process is known aS metamorphism. Side pressures can not produce effects such as these in rocks near the surface, but only at considerable depth; and, since these rocks are now at the surface, it is argued that the rock covering under which they were buried at this early time has been slowly and laboriously removed by erosive processes dur- ing the Jong ages that have since elapsed. They Were likely ata depth of at least from 3 to 5 miles below the surface at this time. The region persisted above sea level for a long time, during which likely occasional movements of further uplift were in prog- *Under the temperature conditions which prevail at considerable depth and specially if moisture is present, high pressure produces rearrange- ment of the rock particles, mainly through recrystallization. The minerals form newly, mainly along certain dominant planes, and thus give the rock a layered arrangement. In sedimentary rocks this may or may not correspond with the old bedding planes. This layered arrangement of the constituent minerals constitutes foliation. Often ready splitting may be produced along these planes because of the concentration of a mineral with good cleavage there. GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS _ 4 ress. As the surface was worn away, the present surface rocks were brought that amount nearer to the surface and were under the load of a constantly diminishing amount of overlying rock. From time to time renewed side pressures were brought to bear, these likely coinciding with times of renewed uplift and disturb- ance. . But, as the rocks approached the surface in this slow fashion, the effects produced on them by the pressure would change in character. The pressure seems also to have been less pronounced than in the former stage and to have been mainly ef- fective in producing joints. Likely slipping and faulting also took place, but if so the faults have not yet been differentiated from those of a much later period. Toward the close of this long erosion period, after much the larger part of the overlying rocks had been worn away, volcanic activity was renewed in the Adirondack region. The main center of the activity of this period was in the northeastern Adirondacks, and igneous rocks of this period make but little show in the south. They used mainly an eastwest set of joint planes for their ascent. We do not know whether any of this material reached the surface or not. If so, all traces of the surface materials have been since worn away. Nor has erosion anywhere cut deeply enough to dis- close the old reservoirs whence these lavas arose, though they were the same in all probability as those whence came the material for the earlier great intrusions. We find exposed at the surface of today merely the old, lava-filled fissures which served as the chan- nels of ascent for the molten rock. The surface outflows have disappeared through erosion and the original reservoiry are still buried in depth. , | These rocks are known to be distinctly later than the other igneous rocks by various sorts of evidence. The dikes (the filled fissures) of the later rocks cut through the earlier. The later rocks are not metamorphosed as are the earlier. They have suf- ‘Joints are divisional planes, usually vertical or highly inclined, found in most rocks. There are in general at least two sets of planes nearly at right angles. There may be several sets. They result from both tension and from compression, and are only formed comparatively near the surface. 8 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM fered deformation only to the extent of being jointed and faulted. Except for recent mere surface decay they are practically as when 7 they cooled and solidified. They have therefore never been deeply buried, as have the rocks which they cut, but, on the contrary, seem to have formed not far from the surface, since some of them contain numerous gas cavities. Hence the larger part of the early erosion of the region must have been effected before their appear- - ance and yet after the intrusion of the earlier eruptives. The region was yet a land area at the time and so continued for a space. The result of the long protracted erosion of the surface was to wear down the old mountains to mere stumps, producing a region of comparatively low altitude and quite insignificant relief. There were stream valleys with low divides between and numerous low, rounded hills, whose tops were apparently no more than a few hundred feet above the valley bottoms as a maximum. This old land area was of much greater extent than the present Adirondack region, though that was apparently a more elevated part of the surface then, as now, of less relief however and lower altitude. While the last, finishing erosion touches were being given to the present Adirondack region, the sea had already begun to encroach on its borders, either because of a sinking of the land area or a rising of the sea level. This movement persisted also for a long time, and the region seems to have become an island in the midst of the sea, of constantly shrinking area as the waters rose around it, till finally they seem to have overtopped it, completely submerging the whole. It is possible that a small area may have persisted above sea level throughout, though, it is not likely, and | in any case it was very small. As each successive zone of the district passed beneath the sea, it ceased to suffer wear on its surface and began to receive deposit instead. The last portion of the present Adirondack region to pass beneath the sea would seem to have been the southern part. Since subsidence and deposition were proceeding at the same time, each new layer of deposit would encroach a little farther on the old land surface than the preceding one. In other words, they overlapped on its slopes. The subsidencé of this old land area GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS - 9 seems to have been unequal on different sides, and also to have varied locally from place to place. Around most of the Adirondack region the first deposit laid down on the subsiding floor was one of coarse sand, often becoming a coarse gravel and with much feldspar sand at the base. It was deposited in shallow water in which was sufficiently strong current action to remove all fine -mud. This formation is thickest on the northeast border of the IDEAL SECTIONS ILLUSTRATING OVERLAP ON A SINKING LAND SURFACE, WITH MUCH EXAGGERATED VERTICAL SCALE Fig. 2 More complete submergence; limestone being deposited above the sand and also on the newly sunken land surface Fig.3 Almost complete submergence; shale depositing on the limestone and over- lapping on the old land surface; the material being derived from some adjoining land area and brought in by currents. Adirondacks, thinning thence both westward and to the south, and on the present southwest border was not deposited at all, and is not found within the map limits. The formation which succeeds it elsewhere is here found resting on the old land sur- face. A more detailed discussion of the reason for its absence here will appear on a later page. This formation is known as the Potsdam sandstone. Subsidence continuing, the character of the deposit changed and the Potsdam is overlain by a variable thickness of dolomite and limestone beds, the former much predominating and nearly always containing some coarse sand which becomes very prom- inent in some layers. These rocks are peculiar, are not like ordi- nary open sea deposits, and the exact conditions under which 10 : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM they accumulated are not thoroughly understood. The formation is called the Beekmantown limestone, but was known as the Calciferous formation till recently. It is also thickest in the northeastern Adirondacks and diminishes in thickness to the south and west, so that near the region under immediate consid- eration it also disappears and the next succeeding formation is found resting on the old land surface. Within the limits of the map the different layers of the Beekmantown formation succes- sively overlap on the old surface, so that a thickness of over 400 feet at Little Falls has diminished to nearly or quite zero at the northern limit of the sheet. The overlap is beautifully shown around Diamond hill, a low mound of the old land surface, and will be later described in detail. | Following the Beekmantown, a marine, fossiliferous limestone, the Trenton formation, was deposited, with two thin lower mem- bers, the Lowville (Birdseye) and Black River limestones. This formation was very unequally deposited and shows a very rapid diminution in thickness toward the east in the restricted dis- trict under consideration. The Lowville is a pure, drab, thick bedded limestone in which calcite-filled tubes abound, and is the main quarry rock of the district. The Black River is a massive, black, brittle limestone usually, and is only here and there pres- ent in the district, the Trenton usually following the Lowville directly. The Trenton is thin bedded and usually gray, though with some black layers, and many of the beds are a mass of | fossil shells. Toward the close of the Trenton, fine muds began toe be washed into the previously clear sea, at first intermittently, producing a series of alternating limestone and shale bands, later more con- tinuously, giving rise to the fine muds of the Utica formation. The abundant clear water life departed and was replaced by a different and much sparser assemblage of forms. During the deposition of this formation it seems probable, from several lines of evidence, that the present Adirondack region was either wholly submerged or else so nearly so that only a few small islands were left protuding above the water. Here again the deposit GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 11 seems to have been thickest on the northeast, though the dis- erepaney is not so marked as im the case of the Potsdam and Beekmantown formations. Following the deposition of the Utica formation, came a move- ment of disturbance and uplift of the region on the northeast and east. This apparently raised the present Champlain valley and - northern Adirondack region above sea level, while the southern portion was not affected and remained submerged, so that the deposit of sediment continued on the south, though interrupted on the north. The successive’ Upper Silurian and Devonian rocks are now found outcropping in regular order as one goes south from the map. limits, presenting their beveled edges to daylight. They all extended farther north originally. It would seem very probable, nay almost certain, that the higher Silurian rocks were deposited over the map limits and have since been removed by erosion. Quite possibly the Devonian also, in whole or in part, was so deposited. -There is a certain amount of evidence going to indicate that, during the jate Silurian and early Devonian, the northern region became depressed again for a time and received deposit on its somewhat worn surface. But such deposit has been since wholly - removed by erosion so far as northern New York is concerned, leaving us in entire ignorance as to its thickness, character and extent. Had these deposits been thick and of wide extent, how- ever, we might reasonably hope to find remnants of them today, here and there. There is no evidence whatever that any rocks of later age than the Devonian have ever been deposited in, or about the Adirondack region, the recent Champlain clays and | sands being of course excepted, and the evidence for the deposit of any of the Devonian is of the scantiest sort. Probably coincident with the Taconic disturbance at the close of the Lower Silurian, occurred the last manifestation of igneous activity in the Adirondack region. This was mainly confined to the near vicinity of Lake Champlain, at least so far as the New York side is concerned. The igneous rocks of this date are now found in dikes, and occasional somewhat larger intrusive masses, 1 f NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM which cut and are therefore younger than all the rocks of the region, up to and including the Utica formation. Their date can not be fixed more definitely than this. On the south also there is evidence of igneous action of later date than the deposition of the Utica formation. A few dikes are found cutting this and the older rocks as well, which may or may not be of the same age as those of the Champlain valley. They are of a somewhat different sort of rock from any found there, and this may possibly argue for a difference in age. None of these dikes have been noted within the map limits, but three outcrop along East Canada creek just east of those limits. In character they show a closer relationship with some igneous rocks SEE —S SEZ EZ Ser = ———_—_—="_ = —— SSEZZESE SSS SSS SSS me Sass Ee Se Figure 4 of apparent post-Devonian age which occur sparsely in central New York and they are probably related to them, rather than to the Champlain dikes. _ Since the deposition of the Potsdam, Beekmantown, Trenton and Utica formations, the region hag also suffered deformation, which has affected them as well as the older rocks. This later deformation has not been severe however. The rocks are but slightly folded, but are, on the other hand, considerably faulted and jointed! This deformation period is of uncertain date except that it is later than the deposition of the rocks. Quite possibly 1A fault is produced by a sliding movement of the rocks on opposite sides of a fissure, with the result that the same rock stratum is higher on one side than on the other, as illustrated in the accompanying diagram [fig.4]. The stratum AA has been dropped on the right side of the fault relative to its position on the left side. ‘The distance ac, measured along the fault plane, is called its displacement, the vertical distance ab, that separates the two ends of the stratum, is called the throw, and the horizontal dis- tance be is the heave of the fault. GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 13 the first faulting of the region took place at the close of the Lower Silurian coincidently with the Taconic disturbance. But, even so, a fault once formed constitutes a line of weakness, along which further faulting is likely to occur whenever the region ex- periences further disturbance. It is by no means unlikely that | repeated slips have taken place along the fault planes since they were first formed. Two such faults, the Little Falls and the Dolgeville faults, are found within the limits of the map, and thence eastwardly faults cross the Mohawk valley repeatedly.. The Little Falls break is the most westerly one which has been detected in the State so far as the writer is aware, though it is not at all unlikely that small ones, at least, will be brought to light farther west. The Little Falls fault has a throw of nearly or quite 800 feet at Little Falls, and is hence of very respectable magnitude. There is another fault on lower East Canada creek, just beyond the map limits ta _ the east. | The Little Falls district has been nearly or quite continuously above sea level for a long time; since Devonian time in all prob- ability and likely during a part of the Devonian also. The length of this period of time in years can be measured by no one with any degree of exactness, but a few million years are involved be- yond any question, and quite likely a good many million. During this time its surface has been undergoing wear instead of receiv- ing deposit. A considerable thickness of the rocks which mantled the surface as it rose above the sea has since disappeared, and the present surface rocks are such because of the removal of what originally lay above. Undoubtedly the shales of the Utica for- mation once covered the entire area. They have now disappeared from more than half of it. The Trenton has also been worn away from much of the surface, so has the Beekmantown, and the old floor of all these rocks has been eaten away somewhat in the locali- ties where it is now exposed at the surface. Such later formations as may have been deposited have been wholly removed. We can imagine them as replaced in their old position, since we know their order and thickness from their outcrops to the south, but 14 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM we do not know at just what point to put the curb on our imagi- — nation. The “manner of progress of the wear on this land surface has depended on the rock characters and structures and must be left for later consideration. During this long time interval, the region has experienced changes of altitude, in part because of wear, in part because of up or down movements of the earth’s crust. We are as yet far from being able to trace out these movements, In times very recent comparatively, namely only some thou- sands of years ago, the district was covered by the ice sheet of the Glacial period. How long this condition persisted, how many times the ice came and went over the immediate region, we do not know. The advancing ice sheet removed the soil and loose rock from the surface and scoured away at the rock ledges be- neath. The retreating ice sheet spread a heavy mantle of deposit over the surface. The melting ice gave rise to streams and lakes which rehandled some of the glacially deposited material. The larger preglacial topographic features were little changed and remain today substantially as they were before the onset of the ice. The minor irregularities of the surface were largely obliter- ated however, mainly by the deposits laid down during retreat. The stream valleys were filled nearly or quite to the brim, and the modern streams are largely in new courses therefore, specially the smaller ones. Unequal valley filling, and unequal deposit elsewhere left hollows in the surface in which lakes now nestle, lakes which had no existence before the advent of the ice. The Mohawk valley lowland is a preglacial feature, but the preglacial divide between the east and west flowing streams in this lowland seems to have been at Little Falls, and was certainly not at Rome, its present position. After the ice, on its last northerly retreat, had uncovered the Mohawk valley but still lay across that of the St Lawrence, the drainage of the Great lakes passed to the sea by way of the Mohawk, the eastern end of the lake in the Ontario basin being at Rome. The present Mohawk is an insignificant stream as compared with its great predecessor, which has of course left its mark on the valley. GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 15 The time since the departure of the ice has been so compara- tively short, that the surface is substantially as the retreating glacier left it. During the retreat of the ice a slow movement of uplift was in progress in the region, and continued thereafter ; in fact. there are strong reasons for the belief that it even yet continues. Because of this change the Little Falls region stands today at an elevation exceeding by from 250 to 300 feet what it had when the last ice lay on it. The streams of the region have either reexcavated their old valleys or are engaged in cutting new ones, but the time is not sufficiently long to have enabled them to make great progress in the latter task. Besides, the recent rising movement of the region has constantly lowered the level to which the streams can cut. Even the Mohawk is not down to base level at Little Falls and elsewhere. Away from the streams the glacial topography has been but little changed. THE ROCKS Pre-Cambrian rocks! These ancient rocks are found at the surface over a large area occupying the northeast purtion of the map, extending thence northward without a break through the entire Adirondack region. In addition, they appear at three disconnected localities, at Little Falls, Middleville, and at a spot locally known as the “Gulf,” 24 miles northeast of Little Falls. The Little Falls and Middleville outliers. The pre-Cambrian rocks exposed at these two localities are identical, are quite homogeneous throughout, and are somewhat different in character from those exposed elsewhere. They are quite certainly old igneous rocks and belong to the syenite family of these rocks. They consist mainly of feldspar, always show some quartz, usually from 5¢ to 15¢ of the rock in quantity, and usually have only a small content of dark colored minerals, magnetite, horn- blende, pyroxene and black mica. These minerals form a granu- *A more detailed and technical description of these rocks wil] be given in the closing pages of this report. 16 : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Jar mosaic in which are set feldspar crystals of varying size, whose glittering cleavage faces, on freshly broken surfaces, form the most noticeable characteristic of the rock. At Middleville these are very abundant and large, often reaching an inch and | more in length, and the rock is much the coarsest syenite that has been found anywhere in the Adirondack region. In fact, it | very strongly resembles in appearance much of the igneous rock called anorthosite, which has wide extent in the eastern Adiron- dacks. Both are composed mainly of feldspar, but the feldspar is of widely different character in the two. That of the anortho- site is apt to show striations, looking like fine ruled, parallel scratches, on the bright cleavage faces, but such striations do not appear on the syenite feldspar. The two differ much in chemical composition also. | | The syenite at Little Falls is more widely and much better exposed than at Middleville, is by no means so coarse, varies more in character from place to place, and in part shows no large feldspars whatever. As shown along the Little Falls and Dolge- ville Railroad, it was described in a previous report to the state geologist South of the Mohawk it is more homogeneous and more usually porphyritic than on the north side. The westerly exposures, in and about the city, show considerable red, fine grained, granitic rock cutting the syenite. This syenite has undergone extensive metamorphism, so that it has been rendered thoroughly gneissoid, and the finer grained portion of the original rock has been mostly, or wholly, re crystallized. The large feldspars also have been diminished in size by the breaking away of fragments from their exteriors. In general the Little Falls rock is much finer grained and vastly more gneissoid than that at Middleville. In places at Little Falls the large feldspars themselves have been completely crushed to a mass of fragments, and drawn out into lens-shaped patches, around which the foliation curves, as it does also around the uncrushed, large feldspars. IN. Y. State Mus. 20th An. Rep’t, p.r83. . 24 porphyritic igneous rock is one which shows more or less numerous crystals, surrounded by more finely crystalline, or even stony or glassy rock material. SOM SUIYOO] “S[TRA 1}91T 3B oyfU9AS URTAquIBD-o1d Jo Ji[o oy} Jo MorA ‘oJOYd ‘tasso1gd “g “OD ' t ; ' ‘ : i 4 LL utjel[ng UINOsSNny 94819 T 948d GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 17 Since these are small outliers and consist practically wholly of syenite, they can furnish no decisive evidence of the age of the syenite as compared with that of the other pre-Cambrian rocks. It has been stated that the Grenville rocks are closely involved with apparent igneous rocks which seem to have been either con- temporaneous with them or to have been intruded into them not - long after their deposition. Also that at a later date there was a time of great igneous activity in the region, when huge masses of molten rock were intruded into the Grenville rocks; and that at a third and much later time there was a further renewal of igneous activity, though in a minor degree. The writer’s dis- position is to regard the syenite under discussion as dating from the second of these periods, and as of much the same age as the the great syenite, anorthosite and gabbro masses of the central and eastern Adirondack region, but it should be emphasized that there is no decisive evidence in proof of this view. These two small areas are likely connected underneath and represent por- tions of the surface of the same mass, and it certainly represents a different intrusion from those in the heart of the woods, though regarded as belonging to the same group of intrusions. Diabase dike. The only representative of the third igneous . period which has been discovered within the map limits, is a huge dike of the rock known as diabase, which is exposed about a half mile east of the Little Falls depot along the Dolgeville Railroad. The rock is black and fine grained, with many half inch, por- phyritic feldspars, of a general greenish gray, dull appearance because of alteration. Near the edges of the dike the rock be- comes very black and dense and of stony texture, because of more rapid cooling and solidification there, due to the chilling effect of the walls. The dike is at least 120 feet in width, an unusually large size for these Adirondack dikes. Grenville rocks. In the main pre-Cambrian exposures within the map limits, rocks which are of apparent sedimentary origin, and hence classed as of Grenville age, play an important part. The extreme metamorphism which they have suffered has pro- duced complete recrystallization, with consequent disappearance 18 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM of all traces of the original structures which characterize the sedimentary rocks. The argument for their sedimentary origin rests on their composition, mineralogic and chemical, and on their frequent variations in composition, beds of different original character having produced differing metamorphic rocks, whose comparatively sharp junctions look like old bedding planes. | The most characteristic rocks of the Grenville series are the crystalline limestones, but these have not been found within the map limits. A single large boulder of impure crystalline lime- stone was noted on the surface of the heavy moraine which covers the district occupying the extreme north-central part of the map. As it is a soft and quite easily destroyed rock, these limestone boulders commonly indicate a parent ledge near at hand, here probably to the north, not far beyond the map limits. In the absence of limestone, the rocks regarded as characteris- tically Grenville comprise a series of light colored, often white eneisses, very rich in quartz, interbanded with less quartzose rocks of darker color, and often with a very respectable percentage of black minerals, hornblende, black mica and magnetite. Both rocks contain, often in abundance, garnets of somewhat unusual color, a much lighter red than ordinary and with a rather pink . tinge. These are more conspicuous in the dark rocks in general, but the light colored ones are seldom without them. They are commonly of about pinhead size but often run larger, specially in the darker rocks, those with diameters of from 14 to 4% inch being often quite numerous, and even larger ones are to be found. Another mineral which is very characteristic of these rocks and strongly indicative of their sedimentary origin, is graphite (black lead). Shining, metallic looking scales of this mineral occur frequently in the darker rocks, usually of sufficient size to be made out by the unaided eye. . Another characteristic mineral, this time confined mainly to the light colored rocks and only visible under the microscope, is sillimanite. | As has been said, the light colored rocks consist almost wholly of quartz and feldspar and are rich in quartz. Their composition ee eo GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS L& would indicate that originally they were sandstones, generally more or less shaly. In many of them the quartz is now found in thin, regular leaves separated by very finely granular feldspar, and such “leaf gneisses,”’-as Dr F. D. Adams of the Canadian Survey has happily styled them, are a very conspicuous feature of the Grenville rocks. However, the severe metamorphism ‘to which most of the pre-Cambrian rocks have been subjected has recrystalized much of their quartz in the leaf form, both in those of igneous as well as in those of sedimentary origin, so that this character can not be regarded as in any sense indicative of origin. It is naturally best exhibited by rocks rich in quartz, and some rocks which were likely granites originally show it in great per- fection. -The darker colored rocks would seem to have been shales and ‘ caleareous shales originally. They must have contained a small amount of carbonaceous matter, very possibly of organic origin, now metamorphosed to graphite. Many ordinary shales and lime- stones contain carbonaceous matter, so that the supposition is a very natural one. These Grenville rocks are very like rocks which Kemp has recently described from Warren and Washington counties, to the eastward, where they also occur in abundance, and where limestone is relatively scarce. From the standpoint of one who is familiar with but one of the two districts and necessarily depending on descriptions for a knowledge of the other, the rocks would seem identical in the two areas, and not unlikely the whole pre-Cambrian fringe on the south side of the Adirondacks will be found to be characterized by abundant Grenville rocks with a scarcity of limestone. ! Probable igneous rocks associated with the Grenville. At most of the Grenville exposures of any extent, rocks which are regarded as igneous are found mingled with them. They are always thoroughly gneissoid and are interbanded with the old sediments. They are thought to represent old dikes and sheets of igneous rock, possibly surface flows also, which were formed during, or not long after the deposition of the sediments, and ps | fa NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM: which have been recrystallized and stretched out into rude parallelism with the sedimentary beds as a result of severe metamorphism. Though of somewhat variable nature, they present three main — types: . 1 Red gneisses which have the mineralogy of granites, and are thought to have corresponding chemical composition also, though they have not been analyzed. ‘They are usually fine grained and with quartz of a pronounced leaf type. 2 Black, hornblende gneisses, sometimes with pyroxene also and usually with black mica (biotite), which have the composi- tion of*gabbros or diabases. ‘ 3 & Greenish gray gneisses, which have somewhat the color and appearance of very gneissoid varieties of the syenite previously described, and are very difficult to distinguish from them when occurring alone. They are commonly very quartzose, more so than the usual syenite, and very distinctly of the “leaf gneiss ” type. They are very like the red gneisses of the first type under the microscope, have the mineralogy of granites, or of quartz syenites, and are regarded as igneous rocks. Their possible re- lationship with the Little Falls syenite is an exceedingly difficult problem, not as yet satisfactorily solved, though they are hesi- tatingly regarded as distinct and as older. Though all these rocks are usually found interbanded with the Grenville sediments, so that there can be little doubt as to their close association, they may occur elsewhere unaccompanied by — the sedimentaries, or with these in very minor quantity, and such areas have been given a separate coloration on the map, though the distinction is not a sharp one, and there is some question as to its wisdom. Syenite gneiss. There is a considerable area shown in the north- eastern part of the map where the rock is of the same sort through- out. The exposures are all in the woods and of the unsatisfactory sort that obtain there. The rock is thoroughly gneissoid, of a greenish color and weathers rapidly to a dingy brown. Most of the exposures show nothing but the brown rock, though usually GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 21 freshly broken surfaces will show at least patches of the green. The grain is usually quite fine, but the quartz is coarser than the other constituents and tends often to the “leaf” type, though but rudely so. In places a few larger feldspars show also and appear like small examples of porphyritic feldspars. The rock is prevailingly of feldspar, and feldspar of an acid type. It is quite quartzose, that mineral making from 15¢ to 20¢ of the rock on the average with a usual range of from 1024 to 304. Pyroxenes are the usual dark colored constituents, though both hornblende and biotite mica also occur. Without going into detail at this point suffice it to say that the rock has the precise mineralogy of an augite syenite, the same mineralogy as the rock at Little Falls and Middleville, and the same as the great mid-Adirondack syenite masses. It differs from them in being in general some- what more quartzose, in being everywhere thoroughly gneissoid, and in the lack of porphyritic feldspars. It is however not to be in any way distinguished from some varieties of the rock in the other exposures. On the other hand, it has nearly, if not quite, as strong a resemblance to the greenish gneisses (3) just previously described. 3 Mixed rocks about the syenite. A large part of the pre-Cambrian area of the sheet shows rocks which are very like the syenite rocks ° and are thought to represent phases of them, but which are in- extricably intermingled with smaller masses of undoubted Gren- ville rocks. © The syenitic rocks predominate, though they are not of the normal type, but the Grenville rocks are in considerable force, and the relations between the two are wholly obscure. It was found impossible to separate the two in mapping on this scale, and therefore the complex as a whole is given a separate coloration on the map. Since the rocks seem to pass into the Syenites on the one hand, and into belts in which the Grenville sediments preponderate on the other, the mapping of boundaries must, however, be a wholly arbitrary matter. A very mixed lot of rocks is found in this belt as mapped, and with frequent changes from one sort to another. The most abundant type of all is a greenish gneiss, weathering brown, 3 | NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM which is richer in biotite, hornblende and pyroxene than the asual syenite. Metamorphism has concentrated these minerals. along certain planes, producing a marked gneissoid structure, and a rock varying from green to black in general color. Where thus: enriched by these minerals the rock approaches more nearly to ia gabbro in composition, otherwise it is a syenite, though often very quartzose. With the increase in the quartz percentage the color often changes with facility from green to red and batk again, just such a color change as is often seen in the great Adirondack masses of syenite. Bands of very basic feldspar, hornblende, biotite gneisses occur frequently with the others, and the whole series is cut by a multitude of small veins of quartz and pegmatite. Rocks like these appear in a multitude of exposures. All have the mineralogy of igneous rocks and are believed to be such. Along with these a rock repeatedly occurs which resembles some- what the green and black gneiss of the above, but contains garnets. numerously also. It has the mineralogy of a rather basic igneous. rock, neither a gabbro nor a syenite however, but of a rock interme- diate between them and known as monzonite. It passes on the one hand into the syenite gneisses and on the other into the darker colored gneisses, often with graphite, of the Grenville series, the ‘lighter colored ‘gneisses appearing with these at times also. The whole series is perplexing and uncertain. The rocks differ ‘con- siderably from the red, black and green gneisses previously de scribed and regarded as igneous rocks of Grenville age. A possi- ble, and perhaps the simplest explanation of the whole is that it is a sort of border belt between the syenite and the Grenville rocks, in which these last were all cut up by the syenite intrusion and in which they now occur as patches. Many contact rocks were formed and the whole subsequently was severely metamorphosed. There still remains the question of the relationship of this syenite to that at Little Falls and Middleville, and to it the writer is unable to give any definite answer. If they are equivalent, it is strange that the pronounced porphyritic cliaracter of the rock of the two outliers should have go utterly disappeared in the main mass. Yet it may be legitimately argued that the porphyritic: GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 23 texture is usually of local development in deep seated igneous rocks, that much of the rock at Little Falls lacks it and is thoroughly gneissond, hence presenting an intermediate stage be- tween the rock at Middleville and that of the main mass, and that in the great syenite masses of the central Adirondacks the bulk of the rock is not porphyritic, and the porphyritic development is local ; also these are, at least in part, demonstrably of considerably younger age than the Grenville rocks. Moreover, as has been stated, this syenite is almost equally hard to distinguish from the greenish gneiss of syenitic composition found so closely associated with the Grenville sedimentaries, and the granitie and gabbroic gneisses that accompany them. While this greenish gneiss is regarded as an igneous rock, it seems quite certain that its age association with the sedimentaries is close, as is also that of the accompanying granitic and gabbroic gneiss. It 4s also true of these latter that they are certainly much older than the gabbros and some granites which occur in the mid-Adirondack region, and it would seem therefore that the same might well be true of the syenite also. The green gneiss is regarded as being of this: earlier age, so that there seem to be syenite rocks of at least two different ages in the Adirondack pre-Cambrian. But the writer is in doubt with regard tio the syenite mass of the northeast part of the map, though disposed to regard it provisionally as belonging to the earlier period and to correlate it with the green gneisses of the Grenville. In regard to the rock at Little Falls and Middleville, he is also in doubt, though here with a disposi- tion to refer to the latex period, and to correlate with the later syenite of the central Adirondack region. The whole matter is one of great difficulty, and no decisive evidence for either view has yet been forthcoming anywhere. Pre-Cambrian outlier northeast of Little Falls. There is exposed here a gray gneiss with a slight greenish tinge. The exposure is very small and shows but the one sort of rock. It is in the main a quartz feldspar rock, not more than 5% of other minerals being present, mostly magnetite, biotite, and a decomposed mineral which was likely a pyroxene. Quartz makes some 20¢ of the rock. a i NEW. YORK STATE MUSEUM From 20% to 25¢ of the feldspar is oligoclase and the remainder is anorthoclase. The composition is that of a rather acid quartz syenite, and the rock is provisionally classed with the Baie gneisses associated with the Grenville rocks. Paleozoic rocks Potsdam sandstone. Though it has been sometimes held that this formation is present in a small way in the district, the writer found nothing that would warrant its mapping as a lithologic formation distinct from the Beekmantown. At the base the Beek- mantown is often more sandy than usual and even pebbly, some- times a thin shale band creeps in as at Little Falls, and sometimes ‘a thin, disintegration conglomerate or breccia band, composed mainly of fragments of the underlying rock, is locally found. But these phenomena are precisely what would be expected, as an old land surface sank beneath sea level and began to receive deposit. These lower layers vary greatly in character from place to -place, always are somewhat calcareous and usually are prevailingly so, and seem to have nothing in common with the coarse, pure quartz. sands of the Potsdam formation. Furthermore, beds of this char- acter are not confined to the base of the formation but equally sandy, sometimes pebbly, beds are found here and there at various horizons. Moreover, since the Beekmantown formation overlaps — on the pre-Cambrian, the formation thins going north from the Mohawk, and hence successively higher and higher beds become basal. The small area near Salisbury, which Darton has mapped as Potsdam is, though basal, at an horizon at least 200 feet above the bottom of the formation as shown at Little Falls. The same characters run through several layers in the distinct overlap of | the formation at Diamond hill, the ordinary character being re- sumed at a little distance from the spot, and the rock is still some- what calcareous and has not the lithologic character of the Pots- dam.! Nor does the basal bed at Little Falls appear to represent the real base of the formation , deep well records to the west seem- ing to indicate an increased thickness in that direction, under IN, Y. State Geol. 14th An. Rep’t 1894. Map at p.33. Ol GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS pa cover of the younger rocks. These are at a greater distance from the pre-Cambrian outcrops than are the exposures at Little Falls, and this increased thickness is no doubt due to overlap, as is the diminished thickness.in the other direction. It is therefore held that there is nothing which can be mapped as a formation, corres- ponding to the Potsdam, in this portion of the Mohawk valley, but that the Beekmantown rests everywhere on the pre-Cambrian, overlapping on its surface. It is by no means impossible that the Potsdam may come in below, farther away from the present pre- Cambrian edge of outcrop, but there is yet no decisive evidence that this is so. It is also possible that the base of the Beekmantown, as exposed at Little Falls, may be of Cambrian age. This can only be deter- mined by fossils, and as yet these have not been forthcoming in sufficient number and variety to settle the question. Beekmantown formation... The Beekmantown rocks are best ex- posed about Little Falls, Middleville and Diamond hill, though presenting numerous outcrops elsewhere. In the main, they con- sist of a gray, more or less sandy dolomite. Occasional layers are very sandy and sometimes even pebbly, and such layers are not confined to the base but may appear at any horizon. Some sandy layers show bright, glittering cleavage faces when broken. Such layers are found in the formation all about the Adirondack region, The paleozoic rocks of the Mohawk valley have been much studied and described, and the writer’s work has added little to our knowledge of them except for some structural details. The main purpose of the work was the study of the pre-Cambrian rocks; and, since the prosecution of this work required considerable traversing of the rest of the area, it seemed a pity not to grasp the opportunity to delimit all formation bounda- ries on the accurate base of the recently published new map. The more important papers touching on the stratigraphy of the immediate district are as follows: . Clarke, J. M. U.S. N. Y. Handbook 15. p.60-63 Darton, N. H. N. Y. State Geol. 13th An. Rep’t. 1893. 1:409-29 N. Y. State Geol. 14th An. Rep’t. 1894. p.33-53 Hall, James.. N. Y. State Geol. 5th An. Rep’t. 1885. p.8-10 Prosser, C. S. Am. Geol. 25:131-62 N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 34, p.469-70 Prosser & Cumings. N. Y. State Geol. 15th An. Rep’t. 1895. p.632-37 Vanuxem, L. Geol. N. Y. 3d Dist. 1842. 26 _ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM and the writer has elsewhere shown that the appearance is: due to a secondary calcite cement deposited between the sand grains, so that they become as it were incorporated in calcite crystals whose cleavage gives the characteristic appearance to the broken rocks: Many. of the beds of the formation, in the Little Falls district, are full of small, drusy cavities which are in general coated with minute dolomite crystals, sometimes with calcite as well. In these . cavities are often one or more quartz crystals, generally small and water clear, though sometimes of quite large size, the latter usually full of inclusions. These crystals have long been known and have made the district a famous one to the mineralogist. They are locally known as diamonds and have given the name to Diamond hill, where they are very abundant, as they are also about Middle- ville. In addition, the cavities often contain much of a black, carbonaceous material, sometimes nearly filling the cavity, some- times as films on which the dolomite crystals rest, sometimes running into cracks of the rock, and sometimes oceurring as inclusions in the quartz crystals in a finely divided state. This material has heretofore been called anthracite, behaves precisely like that substance when heated and must have the same approxi- mate chemical composition, though with somewhat different physi- cal properties. From the standpoint of origin it would seem to be certainly an asphalt derivative. It was the first substance to form in the drusy cavities and was followed by the dolomite erystalliza- tion, though the two seem to have overlapped somewhat. Both ‘the quartz and the ‘calcite were formed after the dolomite. The writer observed no instance of a cavity in which quartz and caleite were both present; so that it can not be stated which of the two was formed first. Near or at the summit of the Beekmantown formation, is a very cherty layer, becoming locally a pure mass of chert, which is sometimes red in color. This cherty layer often has a mineralized appearance, due to abundant, small, bluish green spots. which have some resemblance to green copper carbonate (malachite). ee ——————————————— mani inmmennimainnnaiaeneneninin aan IN. Y. State Geol. 16th An. Rep’t. 1896. p.19. 9 ‘G7Beueq ysul Sol] UBLIQWUB)-ald 84} PUB ‘oseq vy} FB SMOYS pUuLY O[BYS Vi: uCcIPBULLOT oq} JO uoj1od [eseq oY} Suluttoy ‘ajrWOlop Apues UL AdIvnD JeLOG ‘S[[VAL IIT 7B uoye W1OJ UMOJUBUIYIVG oUL "0J0Ya ‘1assolg ‘§ ‘D LL unering % 41d wNnesny 93249 GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 27 * There is however no copper at all in the rock and the green spots appear to be constituted of glauconite A certain amount of mineralization is sometimes to be noted in some of the layers of the formation, zinc blende (sphalerite), galena, pyrite and chalcopyrite all occurring, though always in small quantity. The Beekmantown formation is overlain by a pure gray lime- stone known as the Lowville. The Chazy limestone lies at this horizon along Lake Champlain, but does not appear in the Mohawk valley. Its absence is due to a cessation of deposition in the Mohawk region and an uplift which probably raised the district slightly above sea level, sufficiently to stop deposition, but not sufficiently to permit of much wear. This uplift likely involved all of the State except the Champlain region, and persisted through the latter part of Beekmantown time and throughout the Chazy. Then subsidence was renewed, though but slowly at first.? In the Little Falls district the upper boundary of the Beekman- town is not everywhere sharp, a grading into the Lowville through a series of passage beds of intermediate character being often Seen, as was first noted by Prosser.2 These beds are of no great thickness, 8 feet being the maximum noted by the writer, along White creek nearly 3 miles north of Middleville. Prosser meas- ured 11 feet at Newport on West Canada creek not far west of the map limits. These beds are of too slight thickness and too inter- rupted to map separately on a map of this scale, and have been therefore included with the Beekmantown, the base of the Lowville being made at the first pure limestone stratum. *Glauconite is a mineral of varying composition, but essentially a silicate of iron and potash. In sedimentary formations it has often a close association with the skeletons of minute organisms; and, since the chert is likely of organic origin, the association is a natural one. It is not at all indicative of any mineral content of value in the bed. *The Chazy formation is over 800 feet thick toward the lower end of Lake Champlain, and diminishes rapidly in thickness to the south and west till it wholly pinches out. Moreover the entire Lower Paleozoic reck series is thickest on the northeast, diminishing thence west and south, so that more profound subsidence appears to have characterized the former region throughout. °N. Y. State Geol. 15th An. Rept. 1895. p:627-31. 28 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Just east of Middleville the upper layer of the Beekmantown is | a coarse conglomerate, consisting of pebbles of quartz and chert in a matrix of quartz sand grains, cemented by calcite. This con- glomerate was noted at but the one locality, but elsewhere a very sandy, sometimes slightly pebbly, layer, often full of pyrite (mar- casite) is seen at this horizon, instead of the usual chert layer. The best exposures of the Beekmantown are those at Little Falls, where, on the south side of the river, nearly every foot of the 450 feet thickness of the formation may be seen. The exposures about Middleville are also very good, though the thickness has dwindled to about 200 feet, and a section so nearly continuous can not be seen. The contact on the pre-Cambrian is shown in the West Shore railroad cut at Little Falls, and also in the banks of Spruce creek at Diamond hill [see pl.38]. It formerly showed, in the Boyer quarry at Little Falls, and even yet almost does so. All along the line of contact on both sides of the river at Little Falls the contact just escapes showing. The Spruce creek locality has been noted by both Vanuxem and Darton! The pre-Cambrian rocks there are garnetiferous Gren- ville gneisses with quartz veins, with some basic layers, and some rusty weathering beds full of pyrite. One of the latter is at the contact for the slight length of its exposure, and plate 3 illus- trates its rapidity of weathering as compared with the overlying Beekmantown. The more resistant quartz veins project into the overlying Beekmantown layer, so that specimens of almost solid quartz can be broken out from it. Otherwise it, and the next two layers, have an arkose character, and the lower of the two is quite pebbly. They are also full of pyrite locally. While their ma- terials are somewhat waterworn they consist merely of more or less weathered. fragments of the underlying rocks, the resulting rock being mainly a product of weathering rather than of sedi- mentation. But these beds grade rapidly into the ordinary Beekmantown above, are themselves somewhat calcareous, and make a perfectly logical basal layer for the formation. In plate 1Geol. N. Y. 3d Dist. p.255. N. Y. State Geol. 138th An. Rep’t 18938. p.417. ‘JYSII oy} 7B Jseq SMOYS ublaiquep-e1d oy, ‘ydeasoi0yd wv UL JNO JySsnoIqg ATIBe[D oq JOU UBD. puRB JooFy MOT BV ATUO IOJ V[QISTA ST JOR]TOD [vnjoV oq} pue ‘A[Ipvear s{voep uviiquuy-o1d toddn oy, ‘[[ty puowrrg 32 Yoold oonaidg Ul UeLiquie,)-o1d uo UMOJUBUTYVIY JO JORJUOD ‘oJoYd ‘sulYysSND ‘qd “H 1) unerng ec a wnosnyt 91%19 Plate 4 State Museum Bulletin 77 N. H. Darton, photo. Beekmantown-pre-Cambrian contact in West Shore Railroad cut at Little Falls. The plate shows the pebbly character of the lower Beekmantown layer, but this is a not infrequent character in the district. The pre-Cambrian is augite syenite. GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 29 4 the contact on the south side of the river at Little Falls is excellently shown. The lower layer is quite pebbly and extra sandy, as it is at Spruce creek, but the basal layer at Spruce creek, because of overlap, is from 150 to 200 feet above this pebbly layer at Little Falls. It is unlikely that this latter represents the actual base of the formation and a reference to the Potsdam because of lithologic character seems wholly uncalled for in view of the above facts. The contact with the overlying Lowville limestone is shown at numerous localities within the map limits, and at many others shows within a few feet. A number of the tributary creeks into © West Canada creek, both above and below Middleville, expose this contact. Some of the creeks into the Mohawk from the south also expose it, and it is well shown about Ingham Mills. A : comparison of these different contacts brings out some interest- ing things in regard to the presence or absence of the passage beds, and variations in thickness of the Lowville down to com- plete absence, going to show great local variation in deposition conditions at this horizon, and indicating, when coupled with the occurrence of the local conglomerate at the summit of the Beek-. mantown, a probable slight unconformity. — | Trenton formation. The Trenton formation as mapped is made to include the Lowville and Black river limestone stages as well as the Trenton limestone, since in the district these are mainly too thin and too variable to be mapped separately from the Trenton without exaggeration. They lie below the Trenton and can in general be assumed to represent the basal 5 to 15 feet of that formation as mapped. , . Lowville limestone. The different beds of. this formation are very similar, consisting of gray, brittle, pure limestone layers in which are more or less numerous long, tubular cavities filled with white, crystalline calcite, which are exceedingly characteristic of the formation. Other fossils are very rare, though Leperditia, a fossil crustacean shell looking like the half of a small bean, occurs occasionally. It is the purest limestone in the district, is fairly thick bedded, and has therefore been considerably quarried for building stone for local use. 30 ‘NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM About Middleville the formation ranges from 15 to 21 feet in thickness, the 6 to 8 feet of passage beds being excluded. To the — westward it is still thicker, as shown by Prosser about Newport. South from Middleville it quickly dwindles to an average thick- ness of about 10 feet, and this it keeps all along the Mohawk to the east limits of the map, ranging from 8 to 12 feet thick. About Ingham Mills, Prosser has measured one thickness of a little mere than, and another of a little less than, 10 feet. The upper boundary of the formation is commonly sharply ae fined, the overlying Black river or Trenton being of quite different character and passage beds being lacking. Occasionally a layer with the lithologic character of the Lowville recurs a few feet above the summit of the main formation, as has been shown by Prosser at Ingham Mills, but this is exceptional. About Diamond hill and thence northward, the Rosai shows nowhere in outer op, and in places the Beekmantown and Trenton occur sufficiently close together to show that, if the Lowville occurs here at all, it must be under 5 feet thick. In the Mohawk valley to the eastward, beyond the map limits, it disappears en- tirely for an interval. | Black river limestone. Normally this formation consists of thick bedded, black, brittle limestone which underlies the Trenton directly. In the Little Falls district it is mostly absent, the Trenton directly following the Lowville. So far as the writer is — aware, Prosser was the first to show its presence in the district, he reporting the 5 foot thickness which is shown at Ingham Mills2 But just north of the mills, at the second bridge, the old quarry face shows 10 feet of Black river limestone, with the Lowville below and Trenton above, in a vertical 25 foot section [see pl.5]. It consists of 4 to 8 inch layers of black, brittle, blocky limestone separated by shale partings of approximately equal thickness. The limestone bands are like the Black river in lithologic char- acter and in stratigraphic position, and contain fossils rather numerously, so that it will be easy for the paleontologist te de- termine whether or not it is the normal Black river fauna, as it seems to the writer to be. | IN. Y. State Mus. Bul: 34, p.469. Plate 5 State Museum Bulletin 77 H. P. Cushing, photo. Quarry face at bridge north of Ingham’s Mills, showing 10 feet of Low- ville (Birdseye) limestone at base, followed by 8 feet of thin black lime- stone bands with shale partings, of Black river age, and capped by 5 feet of Trenton limestone. . oe. ee he “ a x GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS Beis . A thickness of 4 feet of black limestone with shale partings, quite like that at Ingham Mills, is exposed 4 mile to the southeast at the brook and road crossing near the east edge of the map. The Trenton appears directly above, but the full thickness and the Lowville below do not show. Away from the vicinity of Ingham Mills the formation has been noted at but one locality within the map limits. By the road from Diamond hill to Gray, nearly 4 miles beyond, and slightly to the west of north of Diamond hill, the Lowville limestone is shown and capped by a 3 foot thickness of solid, black limestone with the Black river character and fauna. The summit does not show. 3 All the other contacts within the map limits, and they are many, show the Trenton resting directly on the Lowville, with the exception of one a mile north of Middleville, which discloses a thickness of 1 foot of black, calcareous shale between the two. We have therefore nearly as marked evidence of irregularity and interruption of deposition above the Lowville as there is below. There is to be added to this also as significant, the variation in thickness of the Lowville itself, and the fact that the nearly com- plete lack of a marine fauna in it would likely indicate local and restricted deposition conditions, rather than those of the open sea. The marine fauna would certainly have been preserved in the rock had it been there. Trenton limestone. The larger part of the thickness of the Trenton within the map limits is constituted of a gray, thin bedded, semicrystalline limestone, often a mass of fossils or of fossil fragments, locally called shell rock. With this are layers of dark blue limestone, sometimes rather massive but oftener thin, and with a shaly tendency. These are sometimes very full of fossils also, but usually contain them much more sparingly than do the gray beds. In general the gray beds are more prominent in the lower, and the dark blue in the upper part of the formation. Upward, the gray layers die out entirely, and the limestones are succeeded by a considerable thickness of alternate limestone and shale bands of blue black color, which form a lithologic transition ore NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM zone between the Trenton limestone below and the Utica shale above. The limestone bands range from 3 to 18 inches in thick- ness, and the rock is hard:and brittle and quite like the dark blue beds of the Trenton. The shale partings are of blue black shale quite like the Utica above. There is a diminution in amount of limestone and increase in that of shale upward, but on the whole a pretty constant and rapid alternation of the two, continuing through a yertical interval which varies from 25 to 100 feet in thickness, thickest on the west and thinnest on the east. Lithologically these beds are no more Trenton than they are Utica but are distinctly intermediate in character, and no more - to be classed with the one formation than with the other. There is some little shale in the Trenton below, and some rather caleare- ous beds in the Utica above, but not in sufficient quantity to char- acterize the formation in either case. Whether the contained fossil fauna would ally the transition beds more distinctly with the underlying or the overlying formation, the writer is not quali- fied to determine, though strongly of the opinion that the fauna is equally a transition one. Apparently these beds have been classed with the Utica heretofore. Most of the limestone bands of these passage beds are fossilifer- ous only sparingly or not at all, but some contain fossils in con- siderable numbers, and search in the shales will nearly always bring them to light. In the basal portion are some very fossilifer- ous, black limestone bands which seem unmistakably Trenton. The best exposures of the Trenton limestone within the map limits are shown in the brooks tributary to West Canada creek from Middleville south. Stony creek, coming in from the east at the county house, shows the best section, comprising the upper portion of the Beekmantown, the entire Lowville which is 15 feet thick here, followed by an unbroken section of 100 feet of Trenton. For 4 mile the fall of the creek is very rapid and most of the section is comprised within that limit. Above, the stream is flowing down the dip for the most part, and the rock thickness passed through in the remaining # mile of exposures is not great. The section ends at or near the base of the passage beds, and GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS ~ 30 above are no rock exposures for 2 miles, when Utica shale appears at an altitude 300 feet higher. The two brooks which come down from the west, the one just above, and the other just below the county house, show the upper part of the section and the contact between the passage beds and the Utica, though their sections are much more interrupted by breaks than is that of Stony creek. The combined section of the three creeks shows a thickness of about 100 feet of Trenton and an equal thickness of the passage beds, or 200 feet in all between the Lowyille and the Utica. There are also most excellent Trenton exposures along East Canada creek, the best being just above Ingham Mills, where the full thickness is shown in a cliff face which is unfortunately most inaccessible even at low water, since the full volume of the stream hugs that bank. A mile farther up stream it again shows magnifi- cently, being brought up by a low fold, but here the base is not reached and the summit is cut off by a fault which crosses the creek. Up the little brook, above the Black river limestone locality already referred to southeast of Ingham Mills, an uninter- rupted thickness of nearly or quite 40 feet of Trenton appears, overlying the Black river. The Trenton hereabouts is nearly or quite 50 feet thick, and the passage beds have a nearly equal thick- ness. This is somewhat less than half the thickness shown along West Canada creek, and the many exposures elsewhere indicate a progressive thinning of the formation eastward. From 13 to 15 miles northwest from Middleville are the noted - Trenton falls and gorge along West Canada creek. Here the Trenton has a measured thickness of 270 feet, with neither the base nor summit exposed, so that the true thickness is an un- known, but likely small amount in excess of that figure? The same distance to the southeast from Ingham Mills, down the Mohawk at Canajoharie, the thickness has diminished to 17 feet, [plate 10], is lithologically rather like the rocks here classed as passage beds, and the lower part of the Utica seems to have some- Clarke, J. M. U.S. N. Y. Handbook 15, p.61. *Prosser. N. Y. State Geol. 15th An. Rept. 1895, p.626. 34 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM what the same character. So it is evident that the thinning of the Trenton eastward across the territory included in the map sheet, is only a local exhibition of a more widely extended feature. ERS, Ripple marks in the Trenton. A mile above the mouth of the ereek which empties into West Canada from the east 2’ miles above Middleville is an mteresting exhibition of ripple marks, interesting because of their comparative rarity in limestone formations. The Trenton section up this creek is a very interest- ing and complete one. The ripple-marked horizon is about 100 feet above the base of the Trenton and in slaty limestones which approach the passage beds in character. The stratum has a slight westerly dip and the creek flows down the dip for several rods, so that the rippled surface is widely exposed. The crests of the ripples are from 9 to 15 inches apart, so that they are con- siderably broader than the usual ripple marks in sandstones, and’ the troughs are depressed from 1 to 3 inches below the crests. They run nearly at right angles to the course of the stream, : which is thus flowing down a gently inclined, corrugated surface. There results from this a number of little, local eddies in the water, which are strongest in the lowest sags of the troughs. Here the water is beaten up into foam, forming globular masses up to 6 inches in diameter, which rotate in the eddying water and give a very striking appearance to the stream. Varying dip brings this layer to daylight again some 50 rods farther up stream. Not far beneath is a knobby, black limestone layer, full of nodules of chert, containing much pyrite (marcasite), and holding a great number of specimens of a single species of fossil (Orthoceras). : Utica shale. This formation consists throughout of black, or blue black, somewhat carbonaceous, fine mud shale. It is mostly very thin splitting (or fissile), this being specially true above. In the lower portion more solid bands are not infrequent, and the shale is usually somewhat calcareous, thin bands of slaty lime- stone being of frequent occurrence in the basal portion, though 1Prosser. Op cit p.638-40. GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 35 not constituting the marked feature of the formation that they do- in the passage beds. The overlying Lorraine shales of the Hiadsen group were not noted anywhere within the map limits, and it is thought that their horizon is nowhere reached. North of the Mohawk only the lower portion of the Utica is exposed, little beyond the lower 200 feet, if any. South of the river, much higher beds are found, and the altitude of the hills in Danube and German Flats at the south line of the map is nearly or quite sufficient to reach the Lorraine horizon. But these hills are heavily drift-covered, and so deeply so that the actual rock exposures beneath are at a- horizon considerably below what the altitude of the hill summits would indicate. The highest beds actually seen are in the town of Danube and on the southern edge of the map. The black, slaty shales outcropping here are 500 feet in altitude above the _ base of the formation which, together with the upper layers of the passage beds, outcrops near Indian Castle. Since, in addi- tion, the former are 2 miles west of the latter, and since the dips are low to the southwest, these beds must be somewhat over 500 feet above the base of the formation and are likely not far from its summit. The actual summit of the hill on the side of which this outcrop appears, is-200 feet higher, but it is a moraine knob on which the drift is so heavy that all rock is deeply buried be- neath. The thickness.of Utica shale shown in the Campbell well near Utica is given as 710 feet by Mr C. D. Walcott.t It may be thicker or thinner here but is sotaahn ge close to 600 feet, exclusive | of the passage beds and: with the summit not reached. STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY | Dip The Paleozoic rocks were originally deposited as nearly hori- zontal sheets, though with a probable slight inclination to the south or southwest. Oscillations of level in the region since that time have given the rocks a somewhat greater tilt in the same. direction, the rocks have been slightly folded also, causing loca. 1Am. Ass’n Ady. Sci. Proe. 36 : 211-12. 36 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM . variations from the general direction of. dip, and they have also been faulted, producing again local variations, which are most marked near the fault lines. The general direction of dip in the immediate district is to the southwest. The amount is variable though seldom exceeding. 5°, and the general average is much less than this. The steeper southwest dips are counteracted by occasional changes of dip to the northwest, because of slight folding. The average dip can only be obtained by bringing large distances into consideration. For example, just east of Middleville the summit of the Beekman- town (the most convenient horizon for the purpose) lies at an altitude of 800 feet above sea level. In the deep well at Ilion, approximately 10 miles distant in a direction somewhat to the west of south, the same horizon was reached at a depth of 630 feet below the mouth of the well, or 225 feet below sea level, an altitude 1025 feet lower than at Middleville and amounting to a fall of somewhat over 100 feet to the mile. This represents a dip not greatly in excess of 1° in this direction. It is quite pos- sible that this is not along the line of greatest dip, that running somewhat more to the westward, but it is exceedingly aes that the general dip exceeds 2°. in the near vicinity of faults steep dips have often been pro- duced by the drag of the rock masses on each side of the fault plane as they have moved past one another during the faulting, the layers being bent upward on the downthrow, and downward on the upthrow side of the fault. The less massive and rigid rocks are, the more they yield to this drag, and hence its effects are in general more pronounced on shales. The Utica shales have thus been given very steep dips near the fault lines of the district, being found with inclinations of 50° to 60° and even more. Such steeply dipping shales show magnificently in the east bank of East Canada creek, just below the Dolgeville power house [pl.8]-. They are also well shown in some of the small creeks which cross the Little Falls fault line to the east and northeast of Little Falls. GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 37 Folds Since the rocks dip to the south and west, it follows that they rise in altitude going north. In mapping the formation boun- daries it was soon discovered that the rise was not regular, but that a given rock horizon would remain at approximately the same altitude for a distance, then rise rather suddenly to a greater altitude, which was then held for a time, to be followed by another sudden rise. The sudden rises are indicative of rather steep (5°) southerly dips, followed by very flat dips which may be either southerly or northerly. These changes are plainly shown in the topography also, as will appear later. They are most marked in the near vicinity of the faults and are perhaps somewhat involved with them, but they are by no means confined to such situation. About Middleville the dips bring out the fact that there has been a doming up of the rocks into a low arch there, in the center of which erosion has cut down to the pre-Cambrian. Southward from Middleville the Beekmantown-Lowville contact drops in alti- tude at the rate of about 100 feet to the mile. Northward from Middleville the northwest dips carry it down in that direction also, though much less rapidly, only about 20 feet to the mile. Three or four miles to the north, these are again replaced by the steeper southwest dips, and the contact rises in altitude. Here is therefore an instance of precisely the same sort of gentle fold- ing that is in evidence along the fault lines. In East Canada creek the same sort of thing is well brought out. At Ingham Mills the Beekmantown is exposed in the creek bed, with the Lowville, Black river and Trenton above. Just north of Ingham a rather steep northwest dip sends the four formations in rapid succession below the creek level. Sixty rods farther north, changed dip brings the Trenton again to the sur- face, and it so continues to the fault line, forming a low arch, since the dip changes again to the northwest before the fault is reached. So far as observed, the axes of all these folds trend from east and west to northeast and southwest and pitch to the west and 38 ; NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ° southwest. In nearly all cases the southern limb is steeper than the northern, the fold in East Canada creek just north of Ingham. — Mills being an exception. In addition to. these larger folds, nail ones appear in many localities. These are best shown and most conspicuous in the Lowville limestone, though by no means confined to that forma- tion. Such folds are beautifully exhibited in the creeks about Middleville, many of which flow down their westerly pitching sags. Plate 6 shows most excellently these slight folds as seen in the quarry in the Lowville limestone at Ingham Mills; but-they show almost equally well ina great number of localities and seem as characteristic of the rocks hereabouts as are the larger folds. Faults The Little Falls fault is the most westerly of a series of large, north-south breaks which cross the Mohawk valley, and is the only great fault within the map limits. The Dolgeville fault is of a lower-order of magnitude, though still a considerable break. The Manheim fault (of the same order as the Dolgeville) lies just out- — side the map limits to the east. The second fault at Little Falls is a small affair and likely simply a branch of the main fault,which is — very irregular and certainly branches somewhat, to the northward of Little Falls. Three other quite insignificant faults have been detected by the writer, and quite likely others exist. It seems very unlikely that the Little Falls fault marks the westerly limit of faulting. White has in fact noted two faults in the Trenton Falls district in addition to the one noted by Vanuxem, and quite likely others will be forthcoming when detailed mapping is carried northwestward. : Little Falls fault. This fault was long ago described by Vanuxem, and recently in more detail by Darton. The latter was without an accurate base map on which to plot his results, and also lacked our present knowledge of the thickness of the various — formations of the district, which is so largely due to Prosser’s ex- 1Vanuxem, L. Geol. N. Y. 3d Dist. p.51-54. White, T. G. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Trans. 15:80-81. ‘UOlSAI BY} JO OLJSLIaJOvVAvYO SuULEq Sp[OJ MOT oy} ‘LSID 9G Ul S8TII[BoO] 10Yy}0 snowzoUMNU 7B usyeR JUsItr YABisojoYyd Av[IWIIS W “AA ‘Ss OT} 0} To}id MO] B OAR SPlOJ om “jUesqeu SUleqd IWANT yovlq_ oy} UIq} 94} PUB osv UMOJULUTYOoG JO SI JAK] [Vseq OULU, “SITTIN S,taeysul 4B + 9q ‘UOJUILT, SI Iokey taddn ouOSOUTT]T (PAOSPATA) O[[LAMOTT oy} UL SP[OT ‘oyoyd ‘suyysnD ‘d “HH LL unering 5921T WISN 93819 = ee | ' * io 4 a s i og BR - ” i ih " . f ‘ ’ ‘ " ‘ ’ i GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 39 cellent work. There is therefore mtich in the way of details to be added to his description. South of the Mohawk the topography gives no aid in the loca- tion of the fault line, as is the case at, and north of, the river. It has been traced for only some 3 miles in this direction, though it ought to be traceable beyond the map limits provided rock out- ' crops are forthcoming in that direction. Where last seen, its throw is sufficiently large to guarantee that it must extend some distance farther south. North of the river the fault can be followed with great accuracy for 3 miles, both as a topographic feature and because of abund- - ant rock outcrops. The actual fault plane is indeed exposed at several localities. Beyond, the topography locates it for 4 miles more, though there is a great scarcity of rock exposures on the downthrow side. Still beyond, up to the point where it passes be- yond the limits of the map, its position can not be accurately located, since outcrops wholly fail on the downthrow side, the drift covering is very heavy on both sides, and the topography gives little assistance. Darton has mapped it for some distance farther, but the writer has not been over the ground. The fault plane approaches verticality, and the downthrow is to the east [see accompanying maps and sections]. Darton estimated the throw of the fault at 310 feet, which is accurate for the spot where the measurement was made, but the place proves to have been unfortunately chosen, as will shortly appear. Prosser’s ac- _ curately measured section at Little Falls furnishes the necessary data for estimating the throw there. The pre-Cambrian rocks are at the surface west of, and the Utica shales east of the fault line. The entire Beekmantown and Trenton, approximating 550 feet in thickness, are thrown out. In addition, the pre-Cambrian rocks rise to 200 feet above the river level at the fault line, while the Utica shale is at the river level on the east side, so that this 200 feet must be added to the other, giving 750 feet. In addition again an unknown thickness of Utica shale must be added. The Utica is heavily dragged upward near the fault, and, to obtain the actual throw, it should be flattened out. Two miles east of the 40 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM fault plane, the upper portion of the Trenton-Utica passage beds is exposed near the mouth of Crum creek, at an elevation of 80 feet above the river, and on the south side, at Indian Castle, the same rocks show only 30 feet above the river level, with the Utica out- cropping close at hand and only 20 feet higher up. The westerly dip would carry these rocks down to, and slightly below, the river level before reaching the fault line. Hence it is inferred that no great thickness of Utica shale, say 100 feet as a maximum, can be involved east of the fault line, and that therefore the throw of the fault at Little Falls is certainly as much as 750 feet, and lies somewhere between that figure and 850 feet. South of the Mohawk, after climbing the hill, the He oM ee and then the passage beds are at the surface on the west, and the Utica shales on the east of the fault. Since, however, the Utica is at the river level on the east side, since the altitude here is from 500 to 600 feet above the river, and since the dip is to the south about 100 feet to the mile, the horizon in the Utica must be in the neighborhood of from 650 to 700 feet above the base of the forma- tion, so that the throw has not gr eatly diminished in this direction if it has at all. The fault plane crosses the river with an approximately north- east and southwest trend. Within the first mile north of the river it swerves somewhat to the north, and then curves sharply westward through an angle of nearly 90°, continuing in this new direction for a mile, when it again swerves to the northward at a sharp angle. In this westwardly trending portion the fault is not a single sharp break as heretofore, but shows Utica shale on the downthrow, and Beekmantown rocks on the upthrow side, with a zone of much shattered Trenton between, having a varying breadth of from 100 to 300 yards; in other words, the fault is doubled through this part of its course with an intermediate shattered zone of no great breadth. The accompanying section [fig. 5 a], made along the road which crosses the fault line midway in this part of its course, shows the usual conditions, though with less minor breakage than usual. Just to the west of the road in the fields, displaced blocks of the ' GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 44 Lowville and Trenton appear, close to the more southerly branch of the fault, with a nearly or quite vertical dip. Figure 5), shows the conditions at this point. A few yards farther west there is exposed a rubble zone composed of broken up fragments of Beekmantown, Lowville and Trenton limestone, with an ex- posed width of 20 feet, which marks the fault plane of the south - branch of the fault, the flat Beekmantown showing directly to the south, but no rock shows just to the north of the rubble zone. The throw of the fault here can only be conjectured. The entire Trenton and passage beds are thrown out, together with S==S== TOO see —— BeeKmantown Lowuille Trenton Utica. 7 see FES) GSArs Doe PES = ane shed Zee BeeKmantern howville Trenton Vt ica Fig. 5 Sections across the Little Falls fault. Scale, 75 yd=1 in. unknown amounts of the Beekmantown and Utica. The exposed Beekmantown at the south is however very near the summit of the formation, so that no large amount of it is involved. On the dropped side the exposed Utica would also seem to be near the base of the formation, since the upper passage beds are exposed not far away. The throw would therefore seem not to exceed 300 feet here. This greatly diminished throw in a distance com- paratively so short, coupled with the fact that still farther north the throw is approximately the same as at Little Falls, leads the writer to conjecture that quite likely the fault branches at the turn, and that this branch has remained undetected, owing to scarcity of outcrops. That the fault should suddenly diminish so greatly in magnitude, and then shortly reach again its former importance, might perhaps be brought about by its change in direction, but this would seem to be very unlikely. 42, NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM At the second turn, where the fault swerves again to the north, a little brook crosses the fault line and exposes the very excellent — section shown in figure 6, Utica shales, with gradually increasing dip due to drag, appear on the dropped side, the dip rising to 60° near the fault plane. Just at the fault a small block of black limestone like that of the passage beds appears with ver- tical] dip, and then flat lying layers of the Trenton appear, be- yond which nearly the full thickness of that formation and the overlying passage beds is shown. The throw here is even less than in the previous case, quite certainly under 300 feet, empha- Sizing the probable presence of an undetected branch fault. If such be not present, the throw of the fault has diminished two Beekmantown howville Trenkoa ‘Utica Fig. 6 Section across the Little Falls fault. Scale, 200 yd=1 in. thirds in amount, and yet rapidly increases to the northward from this point up to its original size. The trend of the smali fault at Little Falls would carry it into the main fault at this corner, provided it extends so far. But the throw of this fault is very slight at best, so that it can not be traced beyond the river, and the junction is simply inferred. Nearly 1 mile north of this locality a second fault appears, which seems clearly a branch of the main fault, though its actual point of union with that cannot be located. For a distance of a half mile (to the “ Gulf” and a little beyond) the two faults can be traced, running nearly parallel for most of the distance, and giving rise to the apparent rock confusion at the “ Gulf,” which Darton seems to have interpreted as due to the depth of the stream cutting One of the sections of the structure section sheet map crosses the fault at this point and shows the writer’s conception of the conditions. Darton’s measurement of the throw EN EE EE ER aL A ee IN, Y. State Geol. 14th An. Rep’t. 1894. p.37 and map opposite p.82. GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 43 of the fault (310 feet) was made here, and is accurate for the one fault, whose throw is just the thickness of the Beekmantown here, approximately 300 feet. But the real throw here is the combined throw of the two faults, and the second fault throws out the entire Trenton, the passage beds, and an unknown amount of the Utica, so that in the writer’s judgment its throw is equal to, or exceeds that of the main fault, as from 100 to 200 feet of the Utica seem clearly to be involved. If that estimate be cor- rect, the combined throw of the two faults here gives a total which does not fall far short of the throw of the single fault east of Little Falls. One mile farther north the pre-Cambrian rocks appear at the surface from beneath the Beekmantown on the upthrow side of ’ the fault, and thence northward are continuously at the surface on that side. The Utica is the surface rock on the other, but does not show in outcrop anywhere near the fault line. The more northerly of the sections of the structure section sheet crosses the fault line hereabout. The throw of the fault here is some- what conjectural, since the amount of Utica involved is unknown. The Beekmantown has thinned to only about half the thickness present at Little Falls, but the Trenton and passage beds seem somewhat thicker here than there, though outcrops do not suffice for any precise measurement of their thickness. The horizon in the Utica would seem certainly higher than at Little Falls. It is thought that this, with the thicker Trenton, will largely make up for the diminished Beekmantown thickness, so that, while the throw here may be 100 feet less than at Little Falls, that is an outside limit. All along this part of its course the absence of outcrops on the east side of the fault makes it impossible to determine whether the fault branches or consists of a single break, though in the absence of any evidence to the contrary the latter is regarded as most probable. | Dolgeville fault. This fault can be traced for only 14 miles, beyond which its farther extent in both directions is concealed by heavy drift deposits. To the south it must soon disappear because 44 ; NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM its throw is reduced to zero. Followed northward from its first point of appearance, its throw increases with unusual rapidity, as noted by Darton.t The last point of identification is at the High falls, below Dolgeville, beyond which it can not be traced because of utter lack of outcrops for several miles. Where the fault crosses the creek, its most southerly point of exposure, the creek has a rock bottom, and the section furnishes interesting evidence of the manner in which the fault is dying out. The dips are rather high, from 30° to 60° on the downthrow side, and the layers have been beveled tio an even surface by the cutting action of the stream, so that at low water the section shows mag- Fig. 7 Plan and section to illustrate the conditions where the Dolgeville fault crosses East Canada creek. Trenton limestone is at the surface on the east side, and the alternate shales and limestones of the passage beds on the west. The divergent strike brings lower beds in succession to the surface on the west, or downthrow side, and higher beds on the east side, with consequent diminution of throw. nificently. Figure 7, though not an accurate scale drawing, repro- duces the observed conditions quite faithfully. There is a breccia zone a few inches wide along the fault line. The spreading pro- duced by swerving of the strike is most marked ‘on the west side, which coupled with the high dip there, brings successively lower layers to the surface with some rapidity. The fault seems to pass into a monoclinal fold southward, which fades out in its turn, and this seems a step in the transition. Some 50 rods north of this point another smaller fault appears in the east bank of the creek. It shows Utica shale on both sides and has but an insignificant throw. Judging by the ‘Darton gives four sections across this fault, op. cit. p.41. ea Plate 7 State Museum Bulletin 77 H. P. Cushing, photo. The Dolgeville fault exposed in the bank of East Canada creek. At the right the fault is at the base of the vertical cliff, which consists entirely of Beekmantown layers, the Lowville capping not showing in the view. Over most of the cliff the fault breccia is still in place, so that the stratification shows only here and there. The fault plane is seen to diagonally ascend the cliff face from right to left, commencing at the dark bush and following the line of bushes. The sloping surfaces below are those of the updragged layers of Utica shale, whose stratification may be made out at the extreme left. GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 45 drag, it also throws to the west, as does the main fault, and it is likely a small branch of the latter. It would indicate that the dying out of the fault is probably produced in part by branching. Between these two points a bend in the creek carries its east bank back against the fault plane, which here forms a nearly per- pendicular cliff some 80 feet in hight, rising directly from the creek margin. The topographic map is not quite accurate here, so that it is impossible to properly show this feature upon it, an excessive bend and an incorrect course being required to bring the fault to the creek on the map as it stands. The fault plane con- tinues at the margin for only a few yards, then runs diagonally up the cliff face, updragged Utica shale appearing at the base, — =| eseSsae Scale Lin. = 250 f+. Fig. 8 Section across Hast Canada creek at the point where the Dolgeville fault forms the east bank. U=Utica shale, T=—T'renton limestone, L—Lowville limestone and B=the Beekmantown beds. The fault breccia is also shown. The section crosses the east wall at the right in plate 6. and running constantly higher, till it forms the entire hight of the cliff. The features are magnificently shown, but are unfortunately difficult to photograph satisfactorily, plate 7 showing them as well as it is possible to bring them out. Figure 8 gives a scale drawing of the section here. A fault breccia from 2 to 5 feet wide, consisting of a multitude of angular fragments of all sizes, in which Beekmantown material largely predominates, but with a considerable contribution from the Lowville and Trenton also, embedded in a black, fine grained matrix, which seems largely of Utica origin, occurs here. There is a layer of chert near the sum- mit of the Beekmantown here, as elsewhere, and this has naturally been a large contributor to the breccia. It has been also largely impregnated with pyrite or marcasite, which forms at times nearly the entire matrix, and whose decomposition and oxidation 46 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM has blotched the cliff with iron stain. The summit layers of the Beekmantown are also much more pyritiferous than usual. The fault breccia still clings to much of the cliff face, and since the fault plane is nearly vertical, having only the slightest possible inclination westward, it appears much like a vertical dike along the cliff wall. About 75 feet. thickness of Beekmantown rocks is exposed in the cliff above the creek level, while lower Utica appears at that level on the opposite side of the fault; hence the throw comprises that thickness of the Beekmantown, the entire Trenton (inclusive of Lowville and Black river), from 40 to 50 feet thick hereabouts, and an unknown amount of the passage beds and lower Utica, of no great thickness however. The throw is therefore in the neigh- borhood of 150 feet, while + mile to the south, where the fault crosses the creek it will not much exceed 25 feet. From this point northward to the Dolgeville power plant, at the High falls, a distance of about a mile, the fault runs parallel with the creek and not far distant from it, with steeply updragged © Utica shales forming the easterly wall of the gorge. These show beautifully at the power plant [pl. 8 and 9]. A short distance to the east is an old quarry in the Beekmantown at a level 140 feet above the creek bed below the fall. Moreover this is not the summit of the Beekmantown though the actual horizon is un- known. More than this thickness of this formation is therefore involved in the fault here, along with the entire Trenton and pas- sage beds, and an unknown, but here considerable amount of the Utica, the throw here being certainly as much as 300 feet and likely more. The increase in throw has therefore been maintained northward, though apparently at a somewhat less rapid rate than at first. Beyond this point the creek swerves away from the fault, which becomes whiolly lost in heavily drift-filled country. One mile above Dolgeville a small fault shows in East Canada creek just at the second big bend beyond the village. The fault is in the Utica shales though the associated thin limestone bands indicate that the horizon is not far above the passage beds. The ‘S}MVF OY} UBY} Jopl[o s10Jo10q} o1B syutol ey, “WW Sta 94} WO SUIppeq o}V[NuITS syuTOt [UJ MOZILOY OS9Y} PUB ‘TRUOZTIOY Sjos JULOL oy} Jo euo opeM sey Surddy PUL f0}U00 }Jo] OY} Ul sod SAOYS JI “BN a [LAeSloq 94} JO svapdn 0} onp st drip doe.s oq J, ‘O[[TAVSTOd Aveu ssnoy JaMod oy} 7e ‘YOOID VPVURD ISVA Jo yuRq ysRe ‘Oreys wonyn ON se ‘oyoyd ‘SurmsND ‘ad “H LL Ute Ng wnasnjyt 37”19 8 978d ‘JYSLI 9Ulo1}X9 oY} Jv 1odee}s Yontu AjUeppns Sururoseq VOSLI 0} Jo, OAT JuNOUTe SUISBO1NUL UL pue ‘SsBap JO Ooo IY} SMOYS [ITS dip oy, WNeJ oY} wor, AVM AOYIAILI oP}UT VB d1OJO1OT} ST O10] o[VYS OL ‘[[VJ oy} MOTeq ysnl e8108 oY} JO [[BM USI 94} SuUIOJ g 07RId UI UMOYS FIO ML ‘ea[Aes[oqd Avou ssnoy ataMod oy} 3% Yoo. VpRVUByY ISBVO UL [TB ‘oJoYyd ‘suUIYySND ‘d “Hf 11 udeoi[ng mee UNnssnyT 93219 6 9481d / GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 47 fault is a small one of unknown throw, at the crest of a low anti- clinal fold, with sharp drag on the east side. It is a fair sample of the insignificant faults of the vicinity. All the Mohawk valley faults, so far as known are normal faults with nearly vertical hade. Nearly all of them downthrow to the east, the only exceptions to this rule known in the region being two of the faults which occur here, the Dolgeville, and the small fault at Little Falls. These both downthrow to the west. Foliation The excessive metamorphism to which the pre-Cambrian rocks were early subjected has produced in them a foliated structure, in a varying degree of perfection; varying not only with change in the character of the rock, but from place to place in the same rock. Igneous and aqueous rocks are alike foliated, though com- monly the latter are much more distinctly so than the former. The old bedding planes of the aqueous rocks are so obliterated that they have not been made out and it can not be stated what relationship, if any, they bear to the foliation planes. Of the old igneous rocks the syenite at Middleville shows the least folia- tion of any. The corresponding rock at Little Falls is however excessively foliated, though varying much in amount from place to place. The syenites and granites to the northward are thor- oughly gneissoid. The foliation planes of the district have a nearly east and west strike. Of the very large number of readings taken on them about 65% lie between n. 70° e. and n. 90° e., and the larger part of the remainder do not exceed these limits by more than 10°. Locally however there is considerable variation, largely due to folding. The dips of the foliation planes are now to the north, now to the south, showing that they have been folded. Sometimes changes in dip direction are frequent showing small folds, but in the main the folding is on a large scale. In the majority of cases the dips are gentle, not exceeding 20°, but there are many in- stances of steeper dips, even reaching 90°, and in many places the rocks are excessively and minutely folded and crumpled. 48 _ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Where the strike swerves to the northwest from its usual direc- tion, the dip is usually found to be to the north, and a correspond- ing change to the northeast is accompanied by a south dip. Usually a change in dip from north to south is accompanied by a swerving of the strike as above noted, though, where the dips are gentle, the change is apt to be very slight. But, so far as it goes, the evidence indicates a general pitch of the folds to the east. Joints Pre-Cambrian rocks. The pre-Cambrian rocks are invariably much jointed. The larger number of the joints are vertical, or nearly so, though they may depart from the perpendicular by varying amounts up to as much as 30°. It is an exceedingly diffi- cult matter to reduce these joints to any system, since they show a surprising lack of uniformity in direction. Most individual ex- posures show vertical joints in only two directions, though some- | times a third, and rarely a fourth is added. While these two direc- tions are tolerably constant locally, they vary widely from place to place. A large number of readings have been taken’ on these joints, and, when it is considered that the area on the map occu- pied by these rocks is only some 50 square miles, the great varia- tion that they show in direction is surprising, and it seems almost futile to attempt to reduce them to any system. To illustrate, 129 readings on these joints were so selected as to represent rather uniformly the pre-Cambrian area, the readings rejected being some of those from places where, because of frequent outcrops, many more than the average number were available. These were plotted as shown in figure 9. In general, readings can not be taken closer than within 5°; and all others have been plotted at the nearest 5° point (83° being made 35° and so on). On this basis there are 36 possible directions of joint planes, and out of these 31 actually occur. Were the joint planes regular in direc- tion, this would imply a great number of joint systems, but the diagram is itself prima facie evidence that they are not regular. Moreover at most outcrops but two systems are to be seen, and also at most outcrops one or both sets are actually seen to be very GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 49 irregular, and that in two ways; first, the joints are often observed to curve, and second, the various planes of the same system are often far from parallel. Hence the usual imperfect exposures in ihe woods. which form the larger number of the pre-Cambrian exposures, and which are apt to show only one or two planes of a set, are likely to give-widely varying results. In many of the pre-Cambrian exposures the two sets of joints shown are, the one parallel to, and the other at right angles to the strike of the rocks. The other exposures show joints which do- not conform to the strike, one set making an angle of from 15° © 9 ¢y Ne a $ Oc oad ae et Ayres ei ~~ ~ ° es ee ee yr 5 feed Ociom Fig. 9 Diagram of 129 readings on joints in the pre-Cambrian rocks. The inner row of figures represents the points of the compass, in degrees from the true north. The . outer row gives. the number of readings on joints for each compass direction. to 45° with it. Sometimes this is brought about by a swerving of the strike while the joints hold their direction, as is the case at Little Falls; at other times it occurs when the strike has re- mained constant in direction. This latter fact seems to the writer to imply perhaps two groups of rather irregular joints; and the diagram, figure 9, would seem to bear out such an interpretation. - Bearing in mind that the curving of the joints causes consider- able latitude in the direction of a given set, the diagram shows that the larger number of readings lies between n. 5° e. and n. 25° e. and the next larger number between n. 65° w. and n. 85° w., the two being approximately at right angles. A less well defined group is possibly indicated in the northeast and northwest directions. 50 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The joints in the pre-Cambrian rocks are vastly better shown at Little Falls than at any other locality on the sheet, the steep joint cliffs in the long railway cuts there being familiar to every- one. There are two conspicuous sets of vertical joints here which are at, or nearly at, right angles to each other (the readings show an angle varying between 70° and 90°). Both sets vary somewhat in direction; one gives readings of from n. 70° w. to n. 90° W., the other from n. 20° e. to n. 35° e. There is however a third set to n. 10° w. or thereabouts, which is locally the most con- spicuous of all. The strike of the foliation planes at Little Falls varies between n. 60° w. and n. 90° w., being sometimes parallel with, and sometimes making an ri as high as 40° with the n. 50°-70° w. joint set. This plainly indicates that the variations in direction of joints and foliation are independent of one another. In addition to the vertical joints, there are at least two sets of much less steeply inclined joints. These are in the majority of cases dip joints, following closely the direction and inclination of the foliation planes. They are most numerous and pronounced in the Grenville gneisses, but occur frequently in the igneous rocks as well, being specially noteworthy in the granitic gneisses asso- ciated with the Grenville rocks. The other set is at right angles to the first in regard to both strike and dip, and is not so well marked. Both seem to be compression joints, and the fact that - the strike of the second set is at right angles to the foliation strike suggests that the two sets are probably due to compressive forces acting at different times and in opposite directions. Paleozoic rocks. In these the compression joints are lacking, but the vertical (tension) joints are abundantly developed, and when plotted show the same wide variation in direction found in the pre-Cambrian rocks, so that it is not certain that any set is present in the latter which is not also found in the former. There are however more readings in the direction n. 70° e. than in any other, giving this direction much greater importance than in the pre-Cambrian rocks. Since the Paleozoic rocks are folded only in the most gentle fashion, the joints have likely no connection with the folding. GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 51 Their great irregularity may perhaps indicate that desiceation was a prominent factor in their production. Of these rocks the Utica shales show the most numerous and sharpest joints, and they are least in evidence and most irregular in the Beekmantown rocks. Three sets are often present in the Utica, because of which the harder layers break out into triangular blocks. Though the fact can not be deduced from a comparison of the readings, it is quite certain that the pre-Cambrian rocks were jointed before the deposition of the paleozoics. The prevailing east-west trend of the diabase dikes, in the regions where these occur, would seem demonstrative of a set of joints having that direction, and suggestive of the probability that that was the only good set. SOME OSCILLATIONS OF LEVEL DURING THE EARLY PALEOZOIC Certain matters which are in no sense novel call for considera- tion here. The main propositions have been already advanced by others. But the detailed study of the Little Falls district has brought out evidence of the verity of certain notions long held which is new, and also the facts can perhaps be marshaled more convinemely than has been the case hitherto. Paleozoic overlap on the pre-Cambrian floor It has already been stated that in pre-Paleozoic times the Adirondack region was a dry land area for a vast length of time, and that a subsidence commenced during the Cambrian, in virtue of which the sea slowly encroached on the region from all sides, that it became an island in the midst of the sea, and that by the close of the Lower Silurian the entire region was either entirely submerged or else so nearly so that but little of it still protruded above the waves; that, as it sank, each succeeding rock forma- tion deposited on the floor of the encroaching sea, would extend farther in on the old land surface than the previous one, so that each would be in turn found resting on that surface in going toward its center, constituting what is called overlap. This is in the main the ordinary conception of this portion of the history of the region, and has been specially elaborated by Mr C. D. Wal-. 52 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM cott, on various occasions. Since Paleozoic deposition ceased in the region, and it became anew a land area, it has been de- capitated by the prolonged erosion which has followed. The Paleozic cover has been entirely worn away from the heart of the Adirondacks, these rocks now appearing as a fringe about the district. In the past they extended farther in than they do now; the erosion of the future will remove them from districts which they now cover, increasing the extent of the area in which the older rocks form the surface exposures. The conditions along the edge of the fringe, so-far as they differ, depend not only on Fig. 10 A reproduction of fig. 3. to illustrate the supposed condition in the Adiron- dack region at the close of the Utica period. Subsequent erosion has worn off the region down to the line AB, reexposing the pre-Cambrian rocks over a wide area, and leaving the Paleozoic rocks confined to the flanks of the region. previous figure forming the suflace. Wroviow’ tee ent mone deeply cage ane formably onl the old curface, itt ine averlyice Dinetone appari: cae rr nowhene\ent déeplyenongh to expese tie wideryne canine an possible differences in the conditions of original deposition on different sides of the region, but also on the depth to which erosion has since cut. If we should assume that the Potsdam, Beekmantown, Trenton and Utica formations were successively deposited all about the Adirondacks, progressively overlapping toward the center of the district, then it is theoretically quite possible that we might today find the Potsdam resting on the pre- Cambrian here, the Beekmantown there, and the Trenton or Utica elsewhere, for the reason that more rock had been removed by erosion in the former case than in those following, that in them erosion had not yet cut deeply enough to bring the edge of the Potsdam to daylight from underneath the overlying and over- lapping Beekmantown [fig. 10, 11]. Within the map limits the Potsdam sandstone is wholly absent, the Beekmantown resting on the old, pre-Cambrian surface. The GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS De Potsdam may be absent because of overlap, in which case it should be present to the south and west, under cover of the Beek- mantown and still later rocks which are at the surface in those directions; or it may be absent because of nondeposition, the subsidence of the region hereabout not having commenced till the _ close of the Cambrian; or, lastly, it may be absent as a recogniz- able lithologic formation comparable with the Potsdam sand- stone, for the reason that no sand was brought into the upper Cambrian sea here by currents or by streams, a limestone or a shale or both having been deposited instead. The latter al- ternative can only be determined by the fossils, and in their absence it is impossible to affirm that the basal portion of the Beekmantown may not be of Cambrian age, though it is not probable. Such evidence as has been brought to light up to the present, is not sufficient to enable us to pronounce affirmatively in favor of any of the above suppositions. One or the other of them must represent the actual facts of the case. Such evidence as is avail- able comes from the deep wells which have been drilled to the west and northwest of the district. Of these there may be specially mentioned the Remington well at Ilion, less than 3 miles west of Herkimer; the Globe mills well at Utica and the Campbell well 3 miles west of Utica; the Rome Brass & Copper Co. well at Rome; and finally the wells in Pulaski and Orwell, Oswego co.t These wells were all drilled with churn drills, and the mashed rock fragments produced by this method of drilling are often difficult of proper determination. Had we diamond drill cores from them, the evidence would be all that could be asked. These wells have all begun in, or above, the Utica shale horizon, and have penetrated the entire rock thickness down to, and a varying amount into, the pre-Cambrian. They have gone through the entire rock series here in question, but the fragmental 1 Prosser, C. 8. Am. Geol. 25:131-44. —— Geol. Soc. Am. Bul. 4:100-1. Walcott, C.D. Am. Ass’n Adv. Sci. Proc. 36:211-12. Orton, Kkdward. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 30, p.426-50. D4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM samples saved do not suffice properly to identify the rocks. The confusion which exists is in the proper discrimination of the Pots- dam from the Beekmantown on the one hand, and from the pre- Cambrian on the other. The basal Beekmantown is often very sandy; and the light colored pre-Cambrian oneisses will furnish a rock powder exceedingly difficult to distinguish from the Potsdam except by the most searching microscopic examination, possibly not even by that. Thus the earlier interpretations of the Globe and Campbell wells assigned from 300 to 400 feet of the rock — passed through to the Potsdam. Prosser’s later study of the Rome well led him to the belief that the Potsdam was not present there, the Beekmantown resting on the pre-Cambrian, with a total thickness of 475 feet. But the basal 275 feet of the rock referred to the Beekmantown seems not at all calcareous, so that its reference to the Beekmantown is Somewhat problematic. Litho- logically it certainly does not belong there. On the other hand, as Prosser points out, it is very probable that much, if not all of the rock referred to the Potsdam in the two Utica wells may in reality be pre-Cambrian.! As might reasonably be expected, the Ilion well exhibits a sec- tion very like the surface section at Little Falls. The Beekman- town is a little thicker, but it shows calcareous matter down to its very base, just as it does at Little Falls. Since Ilion and Little Falls show such similar sections, though 9 miles apart, it is exceed- Through the kindness of Professor Cushing, I have had the opportunity of reading the above remarks concerning the Beekmantown limestone in the Rome well. Data obtained after the preparation of my paper on “ Gas-well Sections in the Upper Mohawk Valley and Central New York” leads me to accept fully Professor Cushing’s conclusions. Of the 475 feet referred to the Calciferous [Beekmantown] formation in the Rome well (loc. cit. p.139, 140, 143), I would now refer the upper 190 feet, from 1085 to 1275 feet in depth, to the Beekmantown limestone. The lower 285 feet, from 1275 to 1560 feet, are apparently not calcareous and are composed mainly of quartz sand. It is not improbable that part of this thickness, and perhaps all, belongs in the Potsdam sandstone; but I am inclined to think that it is a difficult matter to say where the line between the Beekmantown and Potsdam formations shall be drawn. C. S. PROSSER Mar. 10, 1902 ; GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS DD ingly improbable that, in going the 12 miles farther west to Utica, any such thickness of Potsdam as 300 feet could have crept in in the interval. On the other hand, the great thickness of non- calcareous layers which Prosser has included in the Beekman- town in the Rome well, would seem to the writer to indicate that some Potsdam might be present, both at Rome and at Utica. - The reference of 285 feet thickness of noncalcareous sandstones _ to the Beekmantown seems to the writer hardly justifiable. Orton has classed the 475 feet of rock between the Trenton and the pre-Cambrian in the Rome well as Potsdam and Beekmantown (Calciferous), without attempting to draw any line between the two, and this would seem all that we may do safely at present, though there is unquestionably some justification for Prosser’s argument, based on the rock thickness, 475 feet being closely the thickness of the Beekmantown at Ilion and Little Falls. If it be all Beekmantown at Rome, the formation has undergone a pronounced lithologic change in the interval. The Oswego county wells, though many miles distant to the northwest (Pulaski is nearly 40 miles-from Utica in that direc- tion), seem to give significant evidence in this connection. Prof. Orton reports 156 feet of sandstone which he calls Potsdam, in the Central Square well between the limestones and the pre- Cambrian; also a 50 foot thickness of similar sandstone in the Parish well. In the Pulaski wells he reports from 40 to 90 feet of rock thickness between the Beekmantown and the pre-Cam- brian, the general section being Beekmantown “PIRES TT SUSE | eee Ea ea es ge ee a 10-40 feet RRA VENOUS eae ok een cha da op oak a i 20-40 feet SULELI TS TAS 0) i ao ia oie ea ae aan 5-10 feet Pre-Cambrian In the Stillwater well there are similar sands with limestone lying on the pre-Cambrian, the limestone being 6 feet thick, with 18 feet of calcareous sandstone below and 25 feet of green and white sandstone above. Fossil fragments occur in the limestone 56 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM chips brought up from this stratum, from which its Upper Cam- brian age was determined. These records seem to demonstrate the presence of Peas ie of Upper Cambrian age in Oswego county, under cover of the newer rocks and at a distance of some 20 miles from the nearest sur- face’ pre-Cambrian outcrops to the eastward. They have not been - reported in surface outcrops along the pre-Cambrian boundary, the overlying Silurian limestones seeming to lie directly on the pre-Cambrian there. Apparently we have here direct eyvi- dence of overlap, and also evidence of a considerable change in the lithologic character of the Upper Cambrian, it being no longer typical Potsdam sandstone. Nor is the formation here of any great thickness, as compared with the Potsdam sandstone of the St Lawrence and Champlain valleys. But in answer to this last, it might be argued that the diminished thickness here was due to overlap, and that sufficiently deep wells located some few miles to the westward of the Oswego county wells might show a greatly increased thickness of Upper Cambrian rocks, and with our present knowledge this argument could not be gainsaid. In summing up, it may be said that we have in Oswego county good evidence of the presence of the Upper Cambrian horizon, and that it is absent along the pre-Cambrian’ boundary because of overlap. Along the line from Rome to Little Falls the evidence is not decisive as to the presence of the Upper Cambrian, nor is there any special indication of thickening in the whole series of deposits between the Trenton and the pre-Cambrian, as should be the case were the conditions those of overlap. But there is the possibility that the Potsdam .is represented in the Rome and Utica wells, though it is only a possibility and does not enable us to decide definitely whether the Upper Cambrian was ever deposited anywhere within the limits of the upper Mohawk valley or not. Beekmantown overlap. The uncertainty which exists in regard to conditions hereabout in Potsdam times, ceases with the begin-. ning of Beekmantown deposition. The evidence of Beekmantown overlap is clear and decisive. GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS ot The Beekmantown at Little Falls is 450 feet thick. Northward from there, following first the fault line and then the Beekman- town—pre-Cambrian boundary, the thickness gradually diminishes. At Diamond hill it has shrunk to about 100 feet. Beyond that point exposures are not sufficient to determine the amount ab- solutely, since the base nowhere outcrops. The last Beekman- town exposures seen are located nearly 2 miles south of the north boundary of the map sheet. While the thickness here can only be inferred, it can be safely said that it can not exceed 40 feet, and is likely not over half that amount. One mile farther to the northwest Trenton limestone and pre- Cambrian gneisses are exposed sufficiently close to one another to almost preclude the possibility of the presence of the Beekman- town. Darton has however mapped it as extending some three or four miles farther to the northward. The writer has not been over the ground in that direction and does not know whether Darton’s mapping there is based on actual outcrops or on infer- ence. In either case we are here near the point of disappearance of the Beekmantown, beyond which the Trenton overlaps it on the pre-Cambrian. There is an exceedingly interesting section at Diamond hill, demonstrating a local overlap of the Beekmantown there, which may be taken as illustrative of the whole process. As has already been stated, there is an exposure of the contact of the Beekman- town on the pre-Cambrian in the bank of Spruce creek at Diamond hill. Here the top of the pre-Cambrian is at an elevation of 1280 feet above sea level. But only a few rods to the northwest is a low knoll, all over which pre-Cambrian rocks are exposed, which reach an elevation of 1360 feet. Plainly we are here dealing with a low pre-Cambrian knob or hillock at least 80 feet in original hight, around which the Beekmantown was deposited before over- topping it. Sixty rods west of Spruce creek a little brook comes down which exposes a most interesting section of Beekmantown rocks some 25 feet in thickness. Then follows a gap of 25 yards in which are no exposures, after which are abundant outcrops of pre-Cambrian gneisses, the nearest to the Beekmantown rocks being at least 15 feet above them in elevation. That there is no 38 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM fault between the two is attested by the contact in Spruce creek, and by the study of the abundant outcrops on all sides. The Beekmantown rocks are quite sandy, and yet strongly calcareous (or rather dolomitic, effervescing only slightly with cold, but abundantly with hot acid). They contain numerous pebbles, not only of quartz but also of gneiss, identical with the white, quartzose Grenville gneiss of the hill. Moreover, these pebbles are considerably more numerous in the uppermost Beekmantown layers than in those below, for the evident reason that the ex- posed portions of the lower layers are at a greater distance from the pre-Cambrian rocks than is the case with the upper ones, that is, the pebbles increase in number with approach to the old shore line, as they would be expected to do. The accompanying sec- tion, drawn to scale, shows the actual conditions as observed, and also by dotted line the approximate position of the pre-Cambrian slope, the base on which the Beekmantown was deposited. The section seems to the writer to be decisive as to overlap. ~ Sere ~ icunn So ia a as ~ 3 ees ~, SSS RES ecey a Se SESS SS BaD Gia Go Scale, 1 im.= 20 yds. Hig. 12 Section near Diamond hill showing overlap of Beekmantown on pre- Cambrian. The Beekmantown strikes n. 45° w., dip 5° s. The pre-Cambrian rocks strike n. 80° w., with low northerly dip. ‘ This overlap of the Beekmantown denotes a progressive sinking of the immediate district during Beekmantown time. Its succes- sive layers from base to Summit must rest in turn on the old rocks, after which the Trenton rests thereon. There is no known locality in northern New York where the Utica may be found resting un- disturbed on the old surface, the reason being that erosion has everywhere cut below this horizon and removed every scrap of the Utica from such situation. But there seems no reason to doubt that the progressive subsidence continued intermittently during Lower Silurian time and for an unknown length of time thereafter. GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 59 Character and slope of the pre-Cambrian floor The pre-Cambrian rock exposures of the Little Falls outlier extend for 2 miles in an east and west direction, with a general breadth of a half mile. While the contact with the overlying Beekmantown formation is actually shown in but two places, it is but scantily covered elsewhere, being within a few feet of showing continuously on both sides of the river. The surface on which the Beekmantown rests is surprisingly smooth and even. There are not eyen minor irregularities in it. For the first mile (between the two faults) it is nearly horizontal, though with slight westward inclination. Beyond the westerly fault it drops to the westward at the rate of 200 feet to the mile up to the point of disappear- ance beneath the river level. In this western portion the Beekman- town rocks slightly overlap on it, their fall to the west being slightly less rapid. The same may be true of the remainder though it is not certain. The outlier at Middleville is not sufficiently extensive to afford much evidence in this connection. The creek has here cut down on the summit of a low fold. There is no evidence here of irregu- larity of original surface, but there is slight opportunity for such evidence. The small outlier at the “ Gulf ”, 24 miles northeast of Little Falls, seems to represent the summit of a small knob of the old surface projecting up into the overlying Beekmantown. But it can not be much of a hill at best. The pre-Cambrian surface, at the fault line east of Little Falls, has an altitude of 700 feet; 4 miles to the northward, where it reappears from underneath the Beekmantown rocks to the west of the fault line, its altitude is 1000 feet; the little outlier is midway between the two and is at 860 feet elevation. Along the main line of contact between the Beekmantown and pre-Cambrian the same evidence of comparative evenness of the rock surface on which Beekmantown deposition took place, is presented. Exposures are not all that could be asked, and at Diamond hill there is evidence of a low hill rising some 100 feet above the general level, that being the greatest irregularity of sur- 60 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM face indicated anywhere within the map limits. The surface seems — to have been worn down to that of a gently sloping plain, above whose level, occasional low, rounded hills arose. Though this evidence is meager in amount, and needs corrobora- tion from adjoining districts, it seems specially important in view of the fact that Professors Kemp and Smyth, and the writer also, have found evidence to show that, in the St Lawrence and Cham- plain valleys and vicinity, the surface on which the Potsdam was deposited was considerably more uneven than this. In other words, the surface on the south was worn down to a nearer approach to base level than was the case farther north. This may be accounted for in part by the fact that, since the Potsdam lies on the old surface there and the Beekmantown here, the sur- face here was a land area and undergoing wear during Potsdam time, or was a land area longer. The probable length of time involved would however seem insufficient to account for all of the observed difference. A more probable explanation would seem to be that we are dealing here with a plain of marine erosion, and that its sub- sidence was slow, giving opportunity for the cutting of a consid- erable submarine terrace; whereas on the north the rather rapid subsidence during the Potsdam did not permit of the production of such a smooth and well defined bench, the district passing be- neath the sea practically as subaerial erosion had left it, except for the removal of the weathered material. Slope of the surface ‘on which the Beekmantown was deposited. The Beekmantown rocks at Middleville are 200 feet in thickness. Seven miles to the northeast they have nearly or quite disappeared. and the Trenton rocks are overlapping on the pre-Cambrian. The pre-Cambrian surface has risen 800 feet in the interval, while the base of the Trenton has only risen 600 feet, the difference of 200 feet representing roughly the inclination of the surface on which 1Professor Kemp states in a letter that he has come to the same con- clusions about the greater evenness in the south, away from the higher hills of the interior, from observations at the “ Noses ” and in the southern Hudson-Champlain valley. GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 61 deposition was taking place, indicating a slope of nearly 30 feet to the mile. From Middleville to Ilion, in the opposite direction, the distance is 9 miles. The Beekmantown thickens 275 feet in the distance, from 200 to 475 feet, or again 30 feet to the mile. From Little Falls northward to the spot of Beekmantown dis- appearance the distance is 15 miles. The Beekmantown rocks at Little Falls are 450 feet in thickness. This wholly disappears in the 15 miles, indicating again a slope of 30 feet to the mile. The two latter measurements are both made in a nearly south- erly direction and agree very closely. The first measurement is made in a southwesterly direction and falls somewhat short of the other two, which would indicate that the general slope of the sur- face was to the south. It is not meant to imply that this slope was maintained over any great distance, nor that it was uniform throughout, nor does it follow that the whole thickening to the south is due to overlap. But the figures do seem to demonstrate a southerly sloping sea floor, whose rate of slope was not over 30 feet to the mile, though it may have been somewhat less than that, and which is-at least maintained throughout the area covered by the map. As will be immediately shown there was some disturbance of the district during the early Trenton which must have affected this slope both in direction and in amount. Unfortunately also no quantitative data for determining the amount of this effect are at hand. But the effect could not have been great. If we assume that the effect was nil, and allow the Trenton rocks a thickness of 300 feet, which is close to their maximum hereabouts, then they would have only reached in 10 miles farther on the old surface than the Beekmantown rocks do, if the same rate of slope was maintained, beyond which the Utica would have overlapped ‘on the surface. Nor would the Utica and Lorraine shales of the Hudson formation have extended in more than 30 miles farther over the region, even on the assumption that they were deposited to their full thickness, which is not likely. This line of evidence would therefore, so far as it may be worth anything, seem to indicate that 62 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM the southern Adirondack region could not have been completely submerged at the close of the Lower Silurian, much less so at the close of the Trenton. Here again the evidence is rather opposed to that on the north side of the region, as will be shortly shown. Unconformity at the base of the Trenton The great thickness of the Trenton formation at Trenton Falls, and its rapid diminution in thickness eastward across the area of the map have already been noted, together with the variation in thickness of the Lowville down to complete absence, the presence ‘of the Black river limestone only here and there, and the fact that the passage beds between the Beekmantown and Lowyille are not always present. Vanuxem, Darton and Prosser have all pub- lished valuable data along this same line, derived from the Mohawk valley to the eastward. The most significant section is that at Canajoharie, described by all three observers as showing a distinct, though slight, erosion unconformity between the Beek- mantown and Trenton [see pl. 10, and compare with pl. 5]. Prosser measured but 17 feet of Trenton here, and this seems to represent only the upper beds of the formation, while both the Lowville and Black river are wholly wanting. At Sprakers, 3 miles farther east, Prosser’s section shows again but 17 feet of Trenton, with no sign of the Lowville and Black river. Nothing is said about an unconformity at this point and apparently the actual contact is not exposed. _ Eastward from Sprakers the Trenton slowly thickens, and the Lowville and Black river jimestones reappear. Prosser’s numer- ous and accurately measured sections, published in the 15th Annual Report of the State Geologist, show that all three are usually present, though occasionally either the Lowville or the Black river is lacking, and the combined formation does not regain any special thickness, being always under 50 feet. From these facts it is evident that the rather steady, progres- sive subsiding moyement which characterized the region during Beekmantown deposition, and which resulted in the rather con- stant thickness of that formation of from 450 to 550 feet through- out the Mohawk valley (except where thinned by overlap), was Plate 10 State Museum Bulletin 77 N. H. Darton, photo. North bank of creek south of Canajoharie N. Y. exhibiting the rela- tions of the Trenton limestone, horizontal Trenton resting unconformably on slightly folded Beekmantown; the Lowville, Black River and lower Trenton being absent GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 63 interrupted at the close of the Beekmantown conditions. There is little evidence that the subsiding movement was changed to one of elevation, except locally about Canajoharie, where it would seem that a slight arching of the surface occurred, accompanied by some slight erosion, before the downward movement was re- sumed late in the Trenton. Otherwise conditions seem best ac- - counted for on the assumption of a check to the downward move- ment, which was thence forward in very slight amount for a time, with many small local variations. With cessation of subsidence deposition must soon cease and the evidence of local variations is convincing. The field evidence led the writer to the belief in an unconformity at this horizon, before the search through the litera- ture made him aware that others had brought out evidence along the same line. Absence of the Chazy formation in the Mohawk valley One effect of this pause in subsidence (with perhaps slight ac- companying uplift) was to effect an entire separation between the basin of Mohawk valley deposition and that of the Champlain valley, for the time being. In the latter we have a great forma- tion, the Chazy limestone, with a maximum thickness of 800 feet in Clinton county, interposed between the Beekmantown and the. Trenton. This formation rapidly diminishes in thickness when - followed to the southward in the Champlain valley and wholly dis- appears before the Mohawk is reached. Its thinning and disap- pearance seem to be due to a progressively diminishing rate of subsidence toward the south, rather than to overlap. This point will be again reverted to; and, if well taken, it follows that, while a considerable downward movement, progressively greater toward the north, was taking place in the northern district, little or no subsidence, and hence an almost complete interruption of deposi- tion, characterized the southern region during the time interval represented by Chazy deposition. ! Sudden thickening of the Trenton westward At Trenton Falls the Trenton limestone has a measured thick- ness of 270 feet, which must be increased by an unknown but small amount, since neither the base nor the summit shows in the sec- 64 NEW ‘YORK STATE MUSEUM tion there. At Middleville, 13 miles to the southeast from Tren- ton Falls, the Trenton is only about 100 feet thick, excluding the passage beds but including the Lowville. From Middleville on to Ingham Mills and thence to Canajoharie, the thinning goes on, but much less rapidly. Now unquestionably a portion of this diminu- tion is due to the interruption of subsidence, this interruption being most pronounced at Canajoharie, thence diminishing both eastward and westward, apparently much more rapidly westward. | But the writer is strongly impressed with the possibility, nay — probability, that it is in part due to a change in the character of the sedimentation going eastward; in other words that the upper portion of the Trenton of the Trenton Falls section passes later- ally, by increase in amount of shale and by disappearance of the few heavy limestone layers, into what are here mapped as pas- sage beds. A large part of the upper half of the Trenton at Tren- ton Falls, judging from the descriptions of Prosser and White, consists of alternating layers of thin limestone and shale contain- ing few fossils, the whole being capped by the heavy, gray, crystal- line limestone at Prospect. With a thinning out and disappear- ance of this upper heavy layer, very Slight change in what lies beneath would give it typical passage zone character, and the gradual downward encroachment of this zone might be very effective in thinning the typical Trenton beneath. Comparison with the northern Adirondacks In the lower Champlain valley, on the New York side; the Paleozoic section comprises the Potsdam formation, maximum thickness unknown but Feet more than 2.029. 0c see sees dee tee ae ee er 800 Beekmantown formation, maximum thickness...... ic 1800 Chazy formation, maximum thickness............... 800 Trenton (including Black river), thickness unknown, at leaStwwteew.netasul oct. to mucigedold? eehbae eee 250 Utica shale, thickness unknown but great This section is at least 3000 feet thicker than that of the Mohawk valley, and likely considerably more, the main part of GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 65 the excess being in the lower portion of the section. Data as to the slope of the floor on which these rocks were laid down are lacking, though the evidence is clear that it was by no means so eyen as it is about Little Falls. On the other hand, the surface was by no means so rugged as much of the present Adirondack surface. Yet, with the surface as at present, the thickness of - Paleozoic rocks laid down on the north would suffice to blanket the whole region with them, if extended to the south over it. Because of this, the writer has argued in a previous publication that the entire Adirondack region was likely submerged at the close of Utica deposition. Following an entirely different line of argument, Ruedemann has contended for nearly complete sub- mergence during the Utica.t The evidence on the south seems however somewhat opposed to these conclusions, and at least war- rants the statement that any portion of the region which may have remained unsubmerged during or at the close of Utica deposition, was.in the southern Adirondacks. The fact that the deposits of the early Paleozoic are thickest on the northeast, diminishing thence west and south, implies more rapid and more steady subsidence in that part of the region. And the vastly greater quantity of land wash carried into the northern sea indicates that the prevailing drainage of the present Adirondack area was to the north. Along this line may come a propable explanation of the apparently conflicting evidence from the north and the south in regard to the submergence of the dis- trict at the close of the Utica. : - It seems to argue that the summit of the Adirondack island was toward the southern part of the present region, and if it was not distant more than 30 or 40 miles from the present border it would have become submerged by the close of the Trenton at the estimated rate of overlap. TOPOGRAPHY The present topography of the Little Falls district is the result of, and expression of, its long and complicated geologic history. The pre-Cambrian submergence with its deposits, the pre-Cam- *Ruedemann, R. Am. Geol. June 1897 and Feb. 1898. p.75. 66 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM brian elevation into a Jand area with its long protracted erosion and its igneous action, the Paleozoic submergence and deposition, and the ensuing and still continuing elevation above sea level, with its erosion, its oscillations of level and its disturbance by faulting, all have their share in the present topography ; and, lastly, the recent Glacial period with its advancing and eroding, and its retreating and depositing ice sheets, is entitled to a very large share of responsibility for present conditions. Pre-Cambrian surface Evidence as to the character of the pre-Cambrian surface at the close of the long period of pre-Cambrian erosion, has already been presented, and it has also been shown that it is here more nearly a plane surface than is usual in the Adirondack region. The writer is disposed to regard the more even surface here as representing a plain of marine erosion, more even than on the north, because subsidence was less rapid and of a more inter- mittent character here, so that the action of the waves was longer continued at a given level. 3 As the district emerged from the sea after the deposition of the Paleozoic rocks, it appeared in all probability as a coastal plain, with gently sloping, quite even surface. The present pre- Cambrian surface exposures are such because the Paleozoic cover has been removed by later erosion. Along the contact line of today we see the pre-Cambrian surface as it was when originally covered by the later rocks. As we recede from that line, the pre- | Cambrian rocks have been exposed to progressively longer wear, | during which the less durable rocks have lost more than those of greater durability, and more material has been removed from along the stream courses than from the interstream areas; hence the surface is now one of hill and valley. In regard to this present surface two things seem quite clear, first, that the hill- tops rise to quite concordant altitudes, with a general increase in elevation to the northward, and second, that the comparatively plane surface which would be produced by filling up the valleys to the level of the hilltops, does not correspond in inclination with GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 67 the yet more even surface on which the Paleozoic rocks were laid down. The evidence is in brief as follows: Examination of the Little Falls topographic sheet shows a pro- gressive rise of the pre-Cambrian hilltops going northward, the highest elevations reached being somewhat over 2000 feet. On the Wilmurt sheet (lying directly north of the Little Falls sheet) ' the same fairly concordant altitudes are to be noted, and the same slow increase northward, the higher summits in the northern part of that sheet showing elevations slightly over 2500 feet. This is an increase of about 500 feet in 18 miles, or between 25 and 30 feet to the mile. Northward along the western edge of the same sheet the rise is somewhat more rapid, about 50 feet to the mile. Some idea of the general slope of the pre-Cambrian surface underneath the Paleozoic rocks may be obtained by comparing the altitudes of this surface at Little Falls and at Diamond hill for one line, and from Ilion through Middleville and thence north- ward for another line. Diamond hill is 8 miles north of Little Falls. The Spruce creek contact there is at 1200 feet altitude. The pre-Cambrian in the river above Little Falls, taken at that point in order to avoid the lifting effect of the fault as much as possible, is at 400 feet. Thus there is a rise of the pre-Cambrian surface of 800 feet in the 8 miles, or 100 feet to the mile. Since Diamond hill is farther away from the upthrow influence of the fault, this - amount is probably a little too small. In the well at Ilion the pre-Cambrian was reached at 1105 feet, or 700 feet below sea level. At Middleville it is 500 feet above tide, a rise of 1200 feet in between 9 and 10 miles, or about 130 feet to the mile. Ten miles north of Middleville the pre-Cambrian appears from under the Trenton at 1300 feet altitude, a rise of 80 feet to the mile. While these results are not particularly concordant, and while more data are much to be desired, they do seem to indicate that the one surface falls to the south more rapidly than the other, say from two to three times as rapidly. Both surfaces fall also 68 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM to the west, but the north-south direction was chosen in order to avoid the tipping produced by faulting, so far as possible. | Since the erosion level whose presence is indicated by the con- cordant hilltop altitudes does not correspond with the older erosion plane on which the Paleozoic rocks rest, but makes an angle with it, it follows that it must have been developed during a later erosion period. It follows further that the more we recede from the present Paleozoic contact line, the more deeply erosion has cut away the pre-Cambrian rocks. The area under discussion is so small, and the writer has so little familiarity with the surrounding district, that it would be folly to attempt to trace the erosion level beyond the district, either north or south. That it represents an old level is quite clear, and that it should also be traceable south of the Mohawk is equally clear. The larger portion of the area of the Little Falls sheet has been cut down by later erosion to a lower level. It should be pointed out, however, that the concordant hilltop alti- tudes, as found here, are also found in the northwestern Adiron- dacks, but are not to be found on the east and northeast, because of which the writer has argued for recent movements along the fault planes in the iatter district as a probable reason for their absence; that is, that the erosion surface was produced there as on the west and south, but that its continuity has been broken by recent differential movements along the old fault planes. Present surface of the Paleozoic rocks Ag the Little Falls district emerged from the sea after the de- position of the Paleozoic rocks, it presented a low and quite smooth surface, with a gentle inclination to the south or south- west. Since at present the rocks are but slightly tilted from their original nearly horizontal attitude, the original uplift, as well as all others since, has affected their inclination but little. The diagram, figure 13, represents a rude attempt to illustrate the structure of the region on emergence, on the assumption that this took place at the close of deposition of the Medina sandstone of the Upper Silurian. This is in all probability not the case, but GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 69 the rocks included are all that are now represented in the imme- diate district, and the diagram is just as suitable for illustrative purposes as if the higher rocks were added. As the district be came a land area, streams would extend themselves across it and commence to wear out valleys, tributaries would develop to these main streams, the topography would become more irregular be- cause of this wear, and thé precise sort of irregularity developed depended on certain special characteristics of the district. These were the original south slope of the surface, the gentle inclination of the rocks, the variation in resistance of the different formations, and the fact that the Paleozoic cover was thinner at the north than Fig. 13 Diagram to illustrate the condition of the region after deposition of the Paleozoic rocks and emergence above sea level, with smooth, southerly sloping surface B=Beekmantown, T=Trenton, U=Utica and Hudson shales and M=the Oswego anu Medina sandstone formations of the Upper Silurian. Fig. i4 Diagram to illustrate the topography produced as a result of prolonged erosion on the district shown in figure 13. The erosion stage represented is that of greatest possible relief. at the south. In figure 14 an attempt is made to indicate the character of the surface produced at a certain stage of the erosive process. The Medina is the most resistant of the Paleozoic rocks included, followed in order by the Beekmantown, Trenton and Utica. The Medina would be first cut through by the streams at the north because of its higher altitude there. Once the softer rocks beneath were exposed, erosion would proceed more rapidly. The pre-Cambrian rocks would be first uncovered on the north, both because of higher altitude and because the Paleozoic cover was thinnest there. This slow removal of the Paleozoic cover would then advance southward. The successive Paleozoic forma- tions would then be found infacing toward the old surface on which they were originally deposited. The harder and more re- sistent layers would inface as lines of cliff, or escarpment, running 70 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM | roughly parallel to the old shore line. Such an escarpment would be specially prominent when the underlying rock was very weak. The resistant Medina sandstone, overlying the weak Hudson shales, forms just such a combination, and the Medina escarpment is a prominent feature of the district south of the Mohawk, though lying beyond the limits of the map. Since the Beekmantown is more resistant than the Trenton, and that more so than the Utica, erosion tends to strip the Trenton from off the Beekmantown more rapidly than the latter can itself be worn back, and thus to leave a bared strip, or terrace formed on the upper surface of the Beekmantown. For a like reason, a terrace tends also to develop on the upper surface of the Trenton as the Utica is worn away, the level of the Trenton terrace drop- ping rather abruptly to that of the Beekmantown over the low escarpment formed by the edges of the retreating Trenton layers. Likewise a terrace tends to form on the even pre-Cambrian sur- face bared by the removal of the Beekmantown, since the former rocks are vastly more resistant. . With the district at a given elevation, wear can be carried on only down to a certain level, determined by the slope necessary to permit the streams to carry away their load of rock waste. The soft rocks will be worn down to this level long before the hard rocks reach it. But then wear ceases on the soft rocks while still continuing on the hard. Therefore features of relief produced by varying rate of wear can reach only a certain degree of accentua- tion, after which the effect of erosion is to diminish their strength, and, if the region persist sufficiently long at the given level, all rocks, hard as well as soft, will be worn down nearly or quite to the level of the stream bottoms. Renewed uplift will however cause the streams to renew down cutting, again the soft rocks will go down first and the hard again come to stand above their level, resulting in a reproduction of the previous features, the only dif- ference being that they will be shifted to the southward of their position in the previous erosion cycle. The amount of relief obtainable in each cycle will also depend on the amount of uplift. GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 71 Now this region has been continuously above sea level for a long time, long enough for erosion to have pared away all rocks, hard as well as soft, down close to base level, and this not only once but more likely several times. That the district is not in this leveled condition but has, well developed, the topographic features outlined above, hard rock escarpments, soft rock valleys and terraces, is in itself indicative of renewed uplift, and that of no very remote date. ? There appears also to be evidence that, prior to this uplift, the region had persisted sufficiently long at the previous elevation to have become pretty thoroughly worn down. Such evidence of this as exists in the immediate neighborhood is found in the con- cordant altitudes of the Adirondack hilltops to the north, and the hard rock plateau summits to the south of the Little Falls sheet. But the district in question is not sufficiently covered by the new maps, nor is the writer’s personal acquaintance with it sufficiently extensive to warrant more than the simple statement of his belief that the Cretaceous peneplain, recognized as of wide extent over much of the eastern United States, is recognizable in the south- western Adirondack region. Influence of the faults on the topography As newly formed, faults like that at Little Falls produce lines of cliff known as fault scarps along the edge of the upthrown block. Though faulting is a slow process, and though the rising upthrow side is subject to more rapid erosion than the other side because of its greater elevation, so that in all likelihood no fault scarp has ever had a hight equal to the amount of the fault’s throw, yet newly formed faults should present scarps whose hight should represent a very respectable percentage of the amount of throw at least. As time passes, the greater wear on the upthrow side will cut it down to the level of the other and the scarp will cease to exist. It may be made to reappear in one of two ways: first, by renewed faulting taking place along the same line; second, by renewed uplift of the region without faulting. In the latter case the rock (2 ‘ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM on one side at the surface is likely to be more resistant than that on the other, and the more rapid wear in the softer rock will again bring the fault into some prominence as a topographic feature, the amount depending on the difference in resistance of the two rocks concerned, and on the amount of uplift. When the faults of the district are examined with these prin- ciples in mind, it is at once seen that they are at least sufficiently old, so that the original scarps have been utterly obliterated as topographic features; that no recent slipping has taken place along them; and that such small show as they make in the present topo- graphy is due to the rather recent uplift of the region as a whole. The Little Falls fault makes no considerable show in the topo- graphy except along the immediate channels of the streams which cross it, all of which show falls or rapids, and gorges below, in the harder rocks of the upthrow side, with sudden change in the char- acter of the valley as the fault line is crossed [see pl. 11]. This is most impressively shown along the Mohawk, the broad, mature looking valley developed in the weak Utica shales east of the fault | contrasting sharply with the narrow gorge in the resistant rocks west of it, and the fault scarp being a prominent feature when looking up the valley [see pl. 12, 13]. Away from the streams, where the fault affects the topography at all, it appears as a low escarpment, with gently sloping instead of steep front, the slope being down the dip of the updragged Utica beds on the downthrow side. Where the very resistant pre-Cambrian rocks are on one side with the Utica shale on the other, the fault is fairly prominent and would be more so were it not for deep drift deposits on the lower side. | The larger faults do, however, have an important indirect effect on the topography. Since they run north-south, and since the uplifting of the west side has given the rocks there a tilt to the westward, in addition to the usual south dip, giving them a local north-south strike, erosion has developed the Beekmantown and Trenton escarpments and terraces there with a north-south trend, at right angles to their usual direction [see pl. 14]. The pre- Cambrian terrance is also well developed on the west side of the Plate 11 State Museum Bulletin 77 ll H. P. Cushing, photo. Fall in creek over the pre-Cambrian at the Little Falls fault line 2 miles west of Dolgeville. The creek is in a postglacial valley, and has only cut back its fall 100 yards from the fault plane, the volume being slight and the rocks very resistant. The perpendicular walls of the gorge below are due to the joint planes, and the large loose blocks are dislodged mainly by frost. PUNOIsyoORq UL 9}VIS BOTA) JO ST[IY : punosse10j} ul oz1U10[op UMO} “UBUIYOe JO SHI 98105 JO W10}0q UI SYOOI ouT[VissAIO ‘“ST[BA OT}}I7T JO Javed UL9}SV9 OY} WOAZ IOALI YMVYOJ 9} dn Suryoo7y ‘ojoyd ‘a0jA"Vd “H “N 1) upetng Wasnt 91819 OT 948Id ‘10}}B] OT} Ul 96108 S}] YB SUTYAOA [[]S O[IGA 1oMIA10J ay} Ul Lo[[BA PBOTG BV Pd}BABXS SBT JOALI oY} 1eY} OS faa0qe 3eq} {IM pelsdur0d SB ‘oUl] [NVI OY} MOTEq Yor oy} JO A9}OVAVYO JULISTSOAMOU 9} 0} ONP puR [Roo] ATMO ST doUEUTUIOAd sTq} Inq ‘WSTY 192 OOZ JHoqe pur juSUTMOAd St oto Aavos J[NVF OY “SL 0} LIA UT UMOYS OAOQR AoJPORALYI MOTIVE S}T YILM pojsvajuoo sv ‘Lappe oq} JO JoJoVIVYO uodo ATPvOAq oY} SUTMOYS ‘divs NVI SRA o[IIIY oy} JO YuLaq oy} woaAZ YAvyoy oy} UMOP Suryoory ‘ojoyd ‘sulyqsnD ‘dq “HH LL Upe[[(n|d unoesnyy 23849 ate a es ee) Weare Ma : JSVO SUTYOOT puv ‘OITA “8510 JO JSOA\ So[IW F JUTOd B WOAJ UOYVT, “JS9A\ OY} 0} Odo[S o[eYS BOA), 94} WOTJ odB110] 0OJUeLT, ey} UO UMOP SUTYyOOT ‘ojoyd ‘sulysnD ‘d ‘HH LL UHelng Wnosny 94849 UL 948d GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS © (G Little Falls fault, in the northern part of the sheet. From this standpoint therefore the large faults do yet exert a large influence on the topography in their vicinity. PLEISTOCENE (GLACIAL) DEPOSITS The Pleistocene deposits of the district, and the history which they record, can receive adequate consideration only after a thorough study of a wide area. Brigham has recently published an excellent paper on the “ Topography and Glacial Deposits of the Mohawk Valley,’ containing numerous references to the literature of the subject.1. The writer has been over such a scant amount of the area that he can add little save some local details to the general discussion. The amount of glacial erosion in the district does not seem to have been great. The soil and weathered rock were removed and the underlying rock surfaces scoured and polished, but the general topography seems to have been but scantily affected. Professor Chamberlin has discussed the general ice movement in the Mohawk valley, holding that there was an easterly moving ice tongue in the western portion of the valley, and a westerly moving one in the eastern portion, the two meeting near Little Falls.2. His final statement sums up as follows: I hesitate, at this stage of the inquiry, to encourage any con- fident opinion in regard to the exact history of glacial movements in the Mohawk valley, further than the general presumption that massive ice currents . . . swept around the Adirondacks and entered the Mohawk valley at either extremity, while a feebler current, at the hight of glaciation, probably passed over the Adirondacks and gave to the whole a southerly trend. The readings of glacial striae which he reports are quite in accord with this view; and with it the writer’s similar observa- tions also agree. Away from the valley the writer has only two observations on striae, not a sufficient number on which to base any deductions. One mile north of Salisbury Centre striae bearing s. 50° e. were *Geol. Soe. Am. Bul. 9:183-210. *Chamberlin, T. C. United States Geol. Sur. 3d An. Rep’t. p.361-65. 74 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM observed near the summit of a knoll of pre-Cambrian rock. It is not certain whether the movement was to s. 30° e. or to n. 30° w. though in all probability the former. Near White creek, 24 miles north of Middleville, one of the tributary creeks just uncovers, in its bed, the summit of a hill capped by Trenton limestone, on which are plentiful striae bear- ing n. 80°e. Since this is a hill summit, no rock showing in the banks, and none in the bed either above or below, it should give the general ice direction, and accords well with the records nearer the Mohawk. | The only possible criticism to be made on Professor Chamber- lin’s quoted statement is that it might lead the reader to hold the view that general glaciation in the Adirondacks was not severe and long continued, and such view is certainly erroneous. In general, the glacial deposits are not exceedingly bulky over the limits of the sheet, and over much of it they are very thin, the underlying rocks not only outcropping along the streams but repeatedly in the interstream areas. The drift is heaviest in the northwestern part of the district, where the rocks are effectively concealed over many square miles. There is also heavy drift north of Dolgeville. Till. The till varies much in character, the variation being mostly in the rock ingredients, which are mainly of quite local origin, aS is usual. In and near the pre-Cambrian area it is rather light colored and excessively sandy, and this is its character throughout the Adirondack region. Elsewhere it is nearly black and much less stony, which is due to its large con- tent of soft, black Utica shale. It seems to acquire large depth only where filling preglacial valleys. The black till is magnifi- cently exposed in the banks of West Canada creek and many of its tributary creeks from the east, often forming perpen- dicular cliffs up to 100 feet and more in hight. There are also high till banks in Spruce creek north of Dolgeville, and in the creek tributary to East Canada at Ingham Mills. In these the till is overlain by heavy sand deposits, at the base of which large springs issue. GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 75 Moraines. The heaviest development of morainic accumulation within the map limits is along a line running southeast from the northwest corner to Barto hill and thence eastward through Salis- bury Centre to the easterly limits. The moraine is broad on the east and west but narrows in the center. On the east it is asso- ciated with a considerable development of kame hills and great overwash sand and gravel terraces. On the west these features are lacking. There is a line of kames to the north of Salisbury Centre, culminating in the “ Pinnacle”, and to the south of this line a great development of low sand hills and_terraces. On the west the kames and sands are lacking, the moraine is associated with heavy till, and, though broad, has no great depth over the till. This moraine would seem the eastward prolongation of the one mentioned by Brigham as blocking the valley at Holland Patent, and the topographic maps seem to indicate that much of its course between is marked by heavy kame sands, as is the case here." West of West Canada creek a heavy moraine appears which would seem to serve as a possible connection between the one above described, and the one described by Chamberlin as coming up to Ilion from the southwest. Sands and laminated clays. Northward and northwestward from Dolgeville is an area of deep sands. Much of it is built into kame hills in association with the moraine. Much however forms flat topped benches with steep sloping fronts. Boulders occur here and there on the surface, though always sparsely. Some gravel is often associated. They lie at all sorts of levels from 800 up to 1500 feet. Their form is often that of delta de- - posits, but, if such, they represent merely very local and rather rapidly shifting water levels. If the moraine was formed by the shrinking Mohawk glacial lobe, persisting after all ice had disap- peared from the foothills to the north, there would be opportunity for the formation of small local lakes along the ice edge, while re- treating back from this position, in which the discharging waters of both East Canada and Spruce creeks would build successive 10p. cit. p.191. 76 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM deltas as the water level fell. It will be an interesting matter to determine if any correlation be possible between these levels and corresponding ones formed by West Canada creek. South of Dolgeville, and east of the creek, is a sand terrace with summit level of 800 feet, and a line of morainic hills to the east which culminates in the knob just opposite Dolgeville. The sand overlies till, has a depth of from 20 to 40 feet, and seems to be a delta deposit, of East Canada creek in all probability. The sand and gravel shoulder about Herkimer, with summit at about 600 feet, has been correlated by Brigham with similar de- posits farther up the Mohawk valley at the same approximate level, all of which he regards as having been formed in a small lake with water at the 600 foot level, held up partly by ice at Little Falls and partly by the rock barrier there, since trenched by the river. . Below Little Falls is a prominent sand and gravel terrace, with much coarse gravel on the north side of the river, whose summit is between 460 and 480 feet. It is found on both sides of the river, though most extensively and least interrupted on the north. Though slightly higher, these levels are quite concordant with those of the similar deposits described by Brigham as extending from East Creek (just beyond the map limits on the east) down to Amsterdam, at about the 440 foot level, and regarded by him as indicating static water at that level, held up by some as yet un- . known barrier at or below Amsterdam. At several localities finely laminated, plainly water-laid clays, nearly or quite destitute of pebbles, were noted. They seem of necessity to mark static water conditions, yet are at such vary- ing altitudes, and run up to such high levels, that they can be attri- buted only to a series of wholly independent and very local water bodies. Just west of Dolgeville is a flat topped, steep fronted sand and gravel terrace with a summit elevation of 840 feet. One and one half miles north of Dolgeville, on the divide between Spruce and Cold creeks, are finely laminated clays at 900 feet. The lamina- tion is so fine and even that the material was mistaken for a GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 77 weathered Utica shale before it was closely examined. To the north, and overlying this, is a sloping sand terrace at from 1000 to 1040 feet, followed to the north by the heavy sand hills of the kame moraine. The whole combination seems to indicate a local obstruction of the drainage coming down from the north by the ice lobe, as it was retreating south from the position of the - moraine, forming a small lake in which the clay was laid down, on top of which the streams thrust out a delta. Further retreat permitted the formation of the lower delta near Dolgeville. Still farther north, the “ Pinnacle ”’ kame sands are seen to lie on a similar laminated clay, which there is at 1200 feet. In the single exposure seen the dip is at first nearly flat and then rapidly changes to one of 45° to n. 50° w., suggesting a possible disturb. ance by the ice, in which case the clay would antedate the last ice advance. In the tributary to Crum creek at Manheim Center, at an eleva- tion of 520 feet, is a laminated, fine clay with occasional minute pebbles. It lies too high for association with the 440 foot water level, and seemingly too far east to have any relationship with the 600 foot level west of Little Falls. It shows no associated sands, and appears to be overlain by morainic accumulations, in which case it also must have been laid down prior to the last ad- vance of the ice. But whether these different clays are older or younger than the time of last ice advance, their great variation in altitude affords a difficult matter for explanation, and seems to the writer to indi- cate small water bodies produced by extremely local conditions. Drainage. Brigham has sketched an outline of the drainage de- velopment of the district in preglacial times, with which the writer is in full accord and to which he can add nothing. To this, those interested are referred.t Just before the onset of the ice, the drainage of the district con- sisted of the main, east-west trunk valley, worn out along the belt of weak rocks under the Medina, into which came tributary streams from the north and south, the whole constituting a well developed drainage network which had carved prominent valleys. ‘Op. cit. p.184-92. 78 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The main valley was only partially filled by glacial deposits, and was reoccupied as the main drainage channel on the retreat of the ice. The main change effected was the shifting of the posi- tion of the divide between the easterly flowing stream in one, and the westerly moving drainage in the other end of the valley. The present divide is at Rome, is of the most trivial description and is composed of glacial deposits which manifestly could not have formed a preglacial divide. The preglacial col was in all proba- bility at Little Falls, as urged by both Chamberlin and Brigham. Here the valley is narrowest, here is the most resistant rock mass. | anywhere in the valley, brought up on the west side of the fault, and here the drainage adjustment of the long, preceding time of wear would inevitably locate the divide. After the ice had disappeared from the Mohawk valley but was still blocking that of the St Lawrence, the waters of the Great lakes went to the sea by the Mohawk valley route, and this great — rush of water must have been very efficient in cutting away the rock obstruction at Little Falls. On the other hand, it is obvious that at this time the divide could by no means have had the hight of the present valley walls, nor even that of the pre-Cambrian surface at the fault line (600 feet), the latter being more than 100 feet above the present divide at Rome. Chamberlin has suggested that the outer and wider gorge at Little Falls was cut during. interglacial times, and this is very probable; at all events, it is certain that the inner gorge represents the total amount of cutting since the ice retreat. This interglacial erosion of the col, to- eether with the heavy drift deposition about Rome, shifted the divide to that point, so that between the two points there is now easterly, where formerly was westerly, flowing drainage. Brigham has argued that the preglacial course of West Canada creek was by way of Holland Patent, where now is a broad, open valley occupied by a small stream. Certain it is that from Pros- pect to its mouth the stream is not in its old channel, and that from Prospect to below Trenton Falls it is not in an old channel of any sort. | From Middleville to Herkimer the course of a small preglacial stream is apparently followed, whose source was at Middleville, Plate 15 State Museum Bulletin 77 D. McBride, photo. View on East Canada creek 1% mile above Dolgeville, where its course is through a drift-filled valley. Compare with plates 6-9. GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS © 79 where there was in all likelihood a minor divide, located by the more resistant rocks domed up there. This col must also have been cut down in glacial times and quite probably by glacial erosion at a time when the full current of ice swept over the Adirondacks. Though constricted, the valley is not a gorge at Middleville, is U-shaped, there is neither fall nor rapid in the stream, and the knobs of pre-Cambrian rock near the creek level show unmistakable evidence of glacial wear. Just above Middle- ville, too, the valley is heavily clogged with drift to below the creek level, and even immediately below the town, where the val- ley is narrowest, till descends in places to the stream level. East Canada creek also, so far as it lies within the map limits, is not in its old valley, though where that was can only be con- jectured. From Dolgeville to the fault line it is in.a wholly post- glacial valley, with rapids, and a high fall with a gorge below. Below the fault the stream enters the east side of a preglacial valley, which lies to the west of its present course, and out of which it turns into the modern gorge above Ingham Mills. Fora mile below Ingham it apparently crosses another preglacial valley, nothing but drift showing in the banks and bed, and begins to dis- close rock again in the bed just before leaving the sheet, beyond which it has cut another rock gorge. North of Doigeville the stream is in a preglacial valley, out of which it turns at the big bend to the east [see pl. 15, and compare with pl. 6, 7, 8, 9]. To the northward along this line there is heavy drift, with no rock showing, for some miles; and on the prolongation of the same line to the south no rock exposures occur over a belt at least a mile in width, all the way to the Mohawk. The course of a preglacial valley, rather closely following the Little Falls fault line and lying between that and the present valley of East Canada creek, is thus rendered prob- able, and such a valley would also seem likely on structural grounds, adjusted to the belt of weak Utica shales between the Little Falls and Dolgeville faults. The smaller tributary creeks all show the same general features ; here they develop rapids, falls and gorges; above and below they show nothing but heavy drift in banks and bed. Their present 80 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM courses were determined by the contours of the deposits left by the retreating ice sheet, and do not correspond with the old valleys in position but cross them at varying angles. The present rock- — bound portions of their courses are due to the uncovering of hill- tops and divide summits of the preglacial topography, which lay buried beneath their modern courses when they first assumed them. When they occupy, or cross, old valleys, they have not yet been able to cut down to their rock bottoms and have only par- tially removed the drift filling. The modern valleys are not as large, as deep, nor as mature, and the surface relief is not as © great as before the appearance of the ice. © Spruce creek presents some interesting features. All the upper part of its course closely follows the pre-Cambrian edge. This contact forms a natural drainage line because of the southwest- erly slope of the resistant pre-Cambrian surface uncovered by the retreat of the Beekmantown inface, and there must certainly have been a preglacial stream here. Brigham has noted the corres- ponding position of Black river, which follows this contact for miles The present divide between Spruce creek and Black creek (an affluent of West Canada creek which flows to the northwest along the contact line) is a moraine ridge near the north limit of the sheet. Both these streams are in their old valleys, though where the preglacial divide was is uncertain, the writer however suspecting that it was at or near Diamond hill, and that the present upper part of Spruce creek is in the old Black creek valley, the drainage now being reversed. However that may be, the gorge at Diamond hill is modern, either because of the cutting down of a col, or because the stream is there turned aside out of its old valley. Just below, the valley is blocked by a moraine, and to the eastward of the gorge no rock shows at the surface for a mile, so | that we are not limited to the supposition of a col at this point to explain the present course of the stream. From Diamond hill to the fault line the stream is occasionally out of the old valley, specially at Salisbury Center, thence its course to its mouth is 10p. cit. p.186. GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS SL through the drift of the old, deeply filled valley east of the fault line. There is no wide outlet valley into this through which the preglacial Spruce creek could have come, and there must have been once a col at the fault line, but this would have been cut back, and the narrowness of the old valley would seem due simply to the great hardness of the pre-Cambrian rocks in which it was cut. _ The heavy drift filling for several miles east of the fault line, as contrasted with the abundant rock outcrops on the west side, shows that in preglacial times the fault was a more conspicuous topographic feature than is the case now, and this by an amount measured by the unknown thickness of the drift over the rock on the east side. These old, buried valleys introduce an element of uncertainty into the areal mapping of the rocks. For the most part they must be ignored, since their location is unknown; and, where they have been located, the depth of drift is unknown, so that the precise rock horizon beneath can not be told. Whenever they exist, the areal map is likely to be somewhat in error in regard to the sur- face rock. - ECONOMIC GEOLOGY Building stone. The Lowville limestone has been the main quarry rock of the district, and has had a considerable local use. It is in general quite massive, not excessively jointed, of pleasing color and quite durable. It has been more largely quarried at Ingham Mills than at any other locality, though several other quarries have been opened, the location of the principal ones being Shown on the areal map. The big Dolge mills at Dolgeville are constructed of it, the locks of the Erie canal also and many other smaller structures. It makes a most excellent building stone, admirably fitted to supply all local necessities of the sort. .It has also been somewhat burned for lime and would seem the most suitable of the local rocks for the purpose. The Beekmantown rocks have been somewhat quarried at Little Falls, the lower layers being used, and slight openings have been made elsewhere. While not as good as stone as the Lowville, this 82 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM rock has had: considerable use at Little Falls for purposes for which stone of inferior quality answers equally well, since it costs less than the other at Little Falls, because of its nearness. The syenite has also been quarried for building stone near Little Falls. It supplies only a local use and mainly for rough work. The excessive jointing is a defect, in that very large blocks can not be procured, but, on the other hand, it vastly diminishes the expense of quarrying. The stone is for many purposes an excel- lent one, much of it is of good quality, the supply is ample for all local use, and, since it is the only locality in the valley where a crystalline rock suitable for building purposes occurs, a future demand for it will inevitably arise. Road metal. There is an inexhahustible amount of good road ma- terial to be obtained within the area covered by the map, and, as road improvement is likely to be a matter of the near future, this . is a fact of considerable importance. The pre-Cambrian rocks furnish the best material, but the Lowville and Trenton lime- stones also afford excellent stone for the purpose. The big diabase dike which cuts the syenite just east of Little Falls on the north side of the river, is the best source of road metal in the district from the standpoint of quality, and, since the dike is over 190 feet wide, the amount available is not small. Since also the adjacent syenite is nearly as well adapted to the purpose as the diabase, there need be no careful separation of the two in working out the material at the edge of the dike. Next to the diabase the syenite is the best road metal rock in the district. Near the depot at Little Falls the syenite is all cut up by a fine grained, red rock of granitic make-up (an’ aplite), which is so rich in quartz as to be a rather poor road rock. But the cliffs to the eastward show but little of this rock, so that there is a large quantity of excellent and easily accessible material, The rock at Middleville would be equally good for the purpose, but the quantity in sight above the level of the creek is very small. GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 83 Much of the pre-Cambrian rock to the north would also serve the purpose well. The syenite gneiss is best, while the red granite gneiss and the light colored, Grenville quartz gneisses are not well adapted and should not be used. Next to the pre-Cambrian rocks the black, slaty limestones of the passage beds afford the best road material, and have already been somewhat used for the purpose in the district. The main objection to their use is expense in quarrying, since the shale - partings must be rejected, and these constitute half the bulk of the rock. Both the Lowville and Trenton limestones will furnish an acceptable road metal, the former better than the latter. The Beekmantown rocks are in general too sandy, and much inferior to any of the foregoing. The advantage of the pre-Cambrian rocks over the limestones is in their superior durability, along with sufficiently good bind- ing power. But the work must be done with much more care in order to produce satisfactory results, and where this can not be done, the limestone is the preferable material. Clays. Use has been made of the clays in but one locality, A. C. Kayser manufacturing brick from a clay bed just out of Dolge- ville to the west. There would seem no good reason why an excellent quality of common brick, and tile also, should not be manufactured from the laminated clays in several localities, pro- vided exploitation shows the clay present in sufficient quantity, as is in all likelihood the case. Sand and gravel. There is a great abundance of both these materials for all possible uses, both in the Mohawk valley and also along the line of the great moraine which follows rather closely the pre-Cambrian boundary. Salisbury iron mine. The only locality within the sheet limits at which iron ore has been found in anything like workable quantity, is at the above mine, 2 miles north of Salisbury Center. Considerable ore has been obtained at this location, some quite *Ries, H. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 35, p.713. 84 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM recently. But at the time of the writer’s visit work was not in progress and no very satisfactory observations could be made. The working is in the nature of a pit with a maximum depth of some 80 feet, the sides are perpendicular, there was some 20 feet of water at the bottom, and adjacent surface exposures are of the most meager description, so that information must be sought from either the inaccessible sides of the pit, or else from the dumps. hss: ie: The main pit is from 25 to 80 yards long, from 3 to 4 yards wide, and bears nearly east and west. The dip is to the south and very steep, some 75° to 80°. The pay streak was evidently lens-shaped, pinching out at the two ends of the pit, and nothing could be learned regarding its exact size, or the purity of the ore. To the west no rock shows in outcrop, but to the east, after a 10 yard-gap with no exposures but in which the ore had evidently pinched out, is another opening showing a much narrower ore body, beginning with a width of 6 inches and widening to 3 feet. Apparently mining here was never profitable, as the opening is very Shallow. At the extreme east end the ore again pinches out and beyond occurs only in small, interrupted masses. Practically the only rock outcrops are those of the vertical walls of the pit. Little pure ore was found on the dumps, but much lean ore was there, consisting largely of what must have been the immediate wall rock, a very basic hornblende gneiss. This is found to pass into a gneissoid syenite, all intermediate gra- dations being found. The syenite shows a local phase character- ized by abundant mica (biotite) which is unlike any other rock of the district. The ordinary syenite passes into a very quartzose syenite, which is full of quartz and pegmatite veins. A short distance north of the main pit is a low rock knoll, exposing a well banded, rusty gneiss, full of quartz veins, from which no fresh material could be obtained, and whose precise nature is uncertain, though it much resembles the acid phase of the syenite mentioned above. Near the narrow opening a basic, 1Since then, some farther exploitation has been done but no opportunity to revisit has occurred GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 85 garnetiferous gneiss outcrops, whose relationships are also uncertain. | One quarter mile to the eastward, along the strike, are out- crops of apparent syenite gneiss, but just north, massive ridges of Grenville gneisses cut it out, and just south are granites and dubious gneisses which are certainly not referable to the syenite, go that we are dealing here with an exceedingly small syenite intrusion, if it really be that rock. | The ore itself is of the platy sort, rather than of the granular crystalline character of much of the magnetite of the eastern Adirondacks. In this respect it is like much of the Franklin county ore. Now, while the writer has had no opportunity care- fully to investigate these ores, the small study that he has been able to give them leads to the belief that many of them are of igneous origin, being basic segregations from the syenite magna, just as the titaniferous magnetites are segregations from the an- orthosite. But, whereas ores of the sort are quite customarily developed in gabbro intrusions, they have been seldom noted in syenites, so that the matter requires thorough investigation, and the statement of origin is only tentatively advanced. The Salis- bury ore also seems to fall into the same class, but, because of the poor exposures and the very small size of the mass of ap- parent syenite, the writer rather hesitates to advance the idea, though himself rather confident of its verity. If the mass be a result of differentiation in an intrusive, it is remarkable, not only because of the kind of rock involved, but also because of the great amount of differentiation in a very small eruptive mass. The thin sections seem to bear out the idea of the igneous nature of the whole, as will be shown later. PETROGRAPHY OF THE PRE-CAMBRIAN ROCKS Grenville rocks. These are old aqueous rocks which have been So excessively metamorphosed as to have become entirely re- crystallized, with loss of all original structures, so that the main argument for their origin is that based on composition. As occurring in the district, they consisted mainly of shales and 86 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM shaly sandstones, limestone being absent. These are now gneisses of various colors, from white to black, nearly always containing | pink garnets, and with the darker varieties often holding graphite as well. : m What are supposed to have been shaly sandstones are now white to gray, or greenish oray, gneisses, which are rather well banded, thus hinting at a sedimentary structure due to variation in com- position of different layers. If this banding does represent orig- inal bedding, then the present foliation conforms in direction with it. To the eye these light colored gneisses appear very quartzose, but the microscope dispels the impression. No case has been ob- served in which the quartz constitutes so much as 50¢ of the rock. It commonly runs from 30% to 40%, seeming always somewhat subordinate to the feldspar in amount, the ratio between the two varying from 3: 5 to 4: 5. Most of the feldspar appears to be anorthoclase, as indicated by its faintly moiré appearance, but often a very considerable percentage of an acid plagioclase (ap- parently between albite and oligoclase) is present in addition. Other minerals than quartz and feldspar seldom constitute as much as 10% of the rock and often fall below 5%. Minute zircons usually occur in considerable number, so much so as to form a prominent feature of these Grenville rocks. Small garnets are frequent. A little biotite, a little magnetite and an occasional titanite are the other customary minerals. The silica percentage must lie above 75% in all cases, and it is believed that chemical analyses would point strongly toward a sedimentary origin for the rock, as suggested by its mineralogy and appearance. These quartzose gneisses contain bands of somewhat more basic character, which differ from them mainly in the larger content of garnet and biotite, and in usually holding graphite in addition, mostly in minute scales and in no great quantity. One large gar- net was noted full of inclusions of a green spinel, probably pleonaste. The minerals other than quartz and feldspar make from 15¢ to 20% of the rock. The quartz percentage is nearly or - GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 87 quite as high as in the more acid gneisses, the basic minerals increasing at the expense of the feldspar. There is also much of a more basic, heavily garnetiferous rock interbanded with the lighter colored one. Its mineralogy is much the same as that of the white gneisses in respect to the minerals present, but there is a great change in quantity. There are the same abundant small zircons, quite a little graphite, pyrite and apatite are present, a little magnetite, quite a lot of biotite and abundant garnet. All together these make from 3024 to 50% of the rock, garnet alone constituting from 20 to 30¢. The remainder of the rock is made up of feldspar, nearly all of which is microper- thite, only a little acid plagioclase being present. The rock is practically free from quartz, all there is being found as inclusions in the large garnets. It would seem to have the composition of a calcareous shale, yet is not at all the sort of rock customarily produced from such shales by metamorphism, as amphibole of some sort usually develops in quantity. In fact, the rock may not have been calcareous, since, if present, the lime is now in the gar- net, and it has not been analyzed. If it be a lime garnet the deep seated conditions prevailing during metamorphism may account for the character of the rock. There is another variety of the above rocks which is character- ized by abundant pyrite, roughly some 5¢. It also has a consider- able quartz content, some 25¢, and more than half of the feldspar is plagioclase, an acid oligoclase with maximum extinctions of 10°. There is also considerable of a thoroughly rotted bisilicate. Biotite is present in large quantity and garnets are sparing or absent. With pyrite decay the rock weathers rusty. All sorts of gradations between all these types occur, but taken as a whole they characterize the sedimentary Grenville of the district. Along with the foregoing are occasional bands of a rusty weath- ering gneiss which, when fresh, is seen to be thoroughly gneissoid, foliae of glassy quartz grains alternating with black leaves of more basic mineral fragments, the whole making a rather dark colored rock. Yet it shows a higher quartz content than any other, that mineral making fully two thirds of the rock. It is of 88 ; NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM coarse grain but not of the leaf type, and holds a multitude of inclusions of the other minerals, along with a little apatite and — many zircons. Except for these inclusions the quartz foliae are entirely of that mineral. Between is a mosaic of garnet, augite, bronzite and feldspar, with many minute graphite scales. Oligoclase is the prevailing feldspar, though with anorthoclase also. Notwithstanding the high quartz content, the rock holds more lime and magnesia than any of those already mentioned and would seem to have been a calcareous sandstone. It grades into less quartzose varieties. Associated igneous gneisses. Mingled with the Grenville sedi- ments, often intricately, are other gneisses, some of doubtful, and some of pretty distinctly igneous character. These rocks are always thoroughly gneissoid, retaining no more trace of their original texture than is the case with the old sediments, so that again the argument for their origin is mainly based on their composition. ‘The dubious rocks are of so many sorts and shades that it is difficult to treat of them except in a mass of details which would be out of place here. Some of them may likely be foliated contact rocks, and others may be due to a development of mixed rocks along the contacts of the aqueous and igneous rocks by an interchange of materials during metamorphism, though it is not at all certain that such transference ever takes place to any important extent, even during very deep seated metamorphism. The probable igneous rocks show a range from the most acid granites through syenitic rocks to heavy, black rocks of gabbroic composition. The granitic gneisses are usually of red color and mainly com- posed of quartz and feldspar, the gneissoid character being de- pendent on the development of quartz of the leaf type in thin foliae, separated by fine quartz feldspar mosaic. The quartz makes from one quarter to one half of the rock, the feldspar is mainly anorthoclase or microperthite, though with some oligoclase always, and sometimes a little microcline, and the other con- stituents are small amounts of zircon, apatite, magnetite and GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 89 biotite, with sometimes hornblende also. These taken together often constitute no more than 54% of the rock, and seldom exceed 10%. There are occasional coarser feldspar fragments present which may represent crystal remnants of the original rock that have escaped the prevailing recrystallization. The syenites are gray to greenish gray rocks, commonly rather -quartzose, which approach granites on the one hand and gabbros on the other. Except for their close association with the Gren- ville sediments, they are not to be distinguished from the thoroughly gneissoid phases of the later syenite, whose descrip- tion will serve equally for them. The original gabbros are now converted into hornblende or pyroxene gneisses. On the one hand, are hornblende, biotite, plagioclase eneisses; on the other, augite and bronzite (or hyper- . sthene) appear instead of hornblende. In the pyroxene gneisses garnet often occurs, magnetite always and pyrite sometimes. The feldspar ranges from andesin to labradorite; but not in- frequently a large part of it is not plagioclase at all but of inter- growths, either of microperthitic or of micrographic habit, and such portion may make more-than 50¢ of the whole, giving the rock more of a monzonitic than of a gabbroic make-up. . Syenite gneiss. The area given the syenite coloration in the northeast portion of the geologic map is constituted of quite homogeneous rocks, of thoroughly gneissoid character, gray to greenish gray color, rapidly weathering brown, and of syenitic make-up. They vary somewhat in coarseness of grain and con- siderably in their quartz percentage, some of them being very acid. There are occasionally to be seen slightly larger feldspar fragments which seem to be of the nature of augen, and around which traces of cataclastic structure appear. But these are small fragments at best, the structure traces are obscure, and the evidence of igneous origin from this standpoint very slender. If, however, the writer be correct in referring the augen character of the syenite at Little Falls to.an original porphyritie structure in the rock, then the absence of that character here may have no 90 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM further significance than to denote the original lack of that structure. The rock is composed of quartz and feldspar with varying amounts of biotite, augite, bronzite and hornblende, and with magnetite, apatite, zircon, and a little occasional titanite as acces- sories. 3 The quartz content ranges from 5¢ to 25¢. It is evidently all recrystallized and commonly of coarser grain than the other minerals, though never prominently of the leaf type. Its increase . ' in amount is accompanied by diminution of the dark silicate con- tent, specially of the augite and bronzite. Hie Feldspar makes from 65¢ to 85¢ of the rock. It is mostly of faintly moiré appearance, seldom well marked microperthite, and is presumably anorthoclase. But some oligoclase is always pres- ent as well, usually in small amount, but rising to as high as 25¢ | of all feldspar present. The mineral is usually in equidimen-_ sional grains, constituting a fine mosaic, and, except for an occa- sional larger individual with traces of cataclastic structure, seems to have been wholly recrystallized. The larger fragments are usually of well marked microperthite. Biotite is the most constant of the dark silicates, occurring in nearly all varieties of the rock, and being practically the only one to persist in the more acid varieties. Bronzite is perhaps next in abundance. Sometimes all four (bronzite, augite, horn- blende and biotite) are present, and then biotite plays a subordi- nate role. Including magnetite these minerals never make more than 15% of the rock, and in the quartzose members may fall below 54. Rocks at the Salisbury iron mine. Ore. The thin section of the purest ore which the writer could find on the dumps shows the presence of many inclusions of other minerals, though indicating that these are not present to the amount of more than 154 to 202, and hence that the ore is rich, though there is nothing to show how large a proportion has this character. Professor E. W. Mor- ley was so good as to make a test of the ore for titanium, his GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS all result proving that the ore is not titaniferous to any appreciable extent, the figures being certainly under .52. The inclusions are of apatite, augite and quartz. The two former are numerous, though rather small, have good idiomorphic boundaries against the magnetite, specially in the case of the apatite, which clearly formed before the magnetite, as did appa- - rently some of the smaller augites also. The augite is of pale green color, without pleochroism, exactly like that of the wall rock. ‘ | | The quartz inclusions are of much interest. They are of the elongated leaf or spindle shape, like the quartz of the inclosing gneisses, and some of them are of large size. Polarized light shows that they are composed of a much greater number of sepa- rate mineral fragments than usual, and all show strong undula- tory extinction. Around many of them is a zone, or rim, of finely crystalline augite. These rims are also duplicated in some of the inclosing gneisses and seem clearly due to reaction between the magnetite and quartz. In the gneisses they only form between magnetite and quartz. They are exceedingly like the augite rims which form about quartz inclosures in basic igneous rocks. Why they do not occur about all the quartzes is a puzzle. The writer is disposed to regard the presence of the quartz in the ore as due to metamorphism and attendant recrystallization, whence it would follow that the rims formed as a result of the same process. Wallis. Inclosing the ore, and grading into it, is a very basic gneiss composed of hornblende, magnetite, augite, feldspar and quartz, the black minerals constituting 75¢ of the rock. Horn- blende is much the most abundant of these. About equal amounts of quartz and feldspar are present, the feldspar being part oligo- clase and part anorthoclase. So far as can be judged from specimens obtained from the dumps, this gneiss grades rapidly into a more feldspathic horn- blende gneiss, and the latter into a syenite gneiss, at first basic but rapidly becoming more acid. The more basic rock shows abundance of fairly coarse hyper- sthene, which is platy, lies in the foliation planes, gives the rock a 92 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM green and black mottled aspect, and seems certainly secondary and formed during metamorphism. There is considerable magne- tite in the rock, which shows augite rims wherever it is in contact with quartz and also around the small quartz inclusions. A little biotite and green hornblende are present, and considerable apatite, the latter often of large size and full of black, dustlike inclusions. The feldspar is mostly anorthoclase, though quite a bit of oligo- clase is present. There are some larger feldspars which seem to: have escaped recrystallization, and these are microperthite. Quartz is but sparingly present, mostly in coarse leaves, though also as inclusions in the coarse hypersthenes and magnetites. It is present to the amount of some 5% only, while feldspar consti- tutes from 65% to 702. , The rock seems to be igneous and to be a syenite, though with peculiarities. Except for some possible small amounts of feldspar, magnetite and apatite, it seems to have undergone complete re- crystallization. In many respects, notably in the augite rims, it is peculiar and affiliated with the ore. The last rock of the series strongly resembles the acid variety of the ordinary syenite gneiss of the region. It is mainly a feld- spar quartz rock. In addition are numerous small zircons and a little apatite, biotite, magnetite and hornblende, all together not constituting over 5% of rock. The feldspar is mostly anorthoclase, though with a little oligoclase in addition. The quartz forms some 20% of the rock and is mainly in rather coarse leaves. The rock is wholly recrystallized, but has syenite composition. We seem here to be clearly dealing with a basic segregation in a rather acid rock of probable igneous origin. But the exposures are so poor, and the whole series so metamorphosed that no de- cisive evidence is forthcoming in regard to the origin of the ore. While it seems not unlikely that it may represent an original basic segregation from the cooling intrusive, analogous to the titaniferous ores of the gabbroic intrusives of the region, the evi- dence is far too meagre to warrant a definite pronouncement in favor of this mode of origin. The ore may equally as well owe its existence to secondary processes. Pe) EA. The superior figures tell the exact place on the page in ninths; e. g. 87* means page 87 beginning in the third ninth of the page, i. e. about one third of the way down. Adams, F. D., cited, 197. Adirondacks, comparison with north- ern, 647-65*. Anthracite, 26°. Apatite, 87°, 88', 88°, 907, 917, 927, 92°. Aplite, 82°. Augen syenite, 89° Augite, 887, 89*, 907, 90’, 917, 915, 91°, 92" . Beekmantown formation, 10', 25°- 29%, 52°-55*, 56°-58°; best exposures, 25°, 28°; slope of the surface on which deposited, 60'-62?; thick- ness, 27°, 57’, 607-617; use as build- ing stone, 81°. Biotite, 15°, 18°, 20°, 21°, 22%, 23°, 84’, SG’, S60’, 87, S71, 89', 89*, 907, 905, 007,92", 92° Birdseye limestone, limestone. Black creek, 80°. Black river limestone, 10°; thick- ness, 5U'. Brichanm, A. FP... cited, (3°, Tl, . (o> 80°. Bronzite, 887, 89*, 907, 907. Building stone, 81°-82*. see Lowville Calciferous formation, see Beekman- town formation. Calcite, 267, 281, 29%. Chaleopyrite, 277. Chamberlin, T. C., cited, 73°, 78°. Chazy formation, 27°; absence in Mohawk valley, 63+. ‘Chert, 26°, 281. - ! Clarke, J. M., cited, 25°, 33°. Clays, 83°; laminated, 75*-77’. Conglomerate, 281. Cumings, E. R., cited, 25°. Darton, N. H., cited, 25°, 28°, 38°, 39°, 428, 447, 574, 62%. Deformation period, 12°. Diabase, use for road metal, 82°. Diabase dike, 17°. Diamond hill, 26*, 57° Dikes, 127. Dip, 35%-36°. Dolgeville fault, 13°, 38°, 43°-47°. Dolomite, 26°. Drainage, 77-815. Economic geology, 81°, 85°. Faults, 38-477; how produced, 12°; Dolgeville, 13°; Little Falls, 13°; influence on topography, 71°73". Feldspar, 15°, 16°, 18°, 217, 22%, 23°. 24", 86°, 87°, 877, 887, 88°, 89°, 90", 91", 927. Folds, 37'-38*. Foliation, 6°, 47°-48*. Gabbros, 89%. Galena, 27. Garnets, 18°, 225, 867, 86°, 87°, 88", 89*. Geographic position, 4. Geology, general, 4°-15°. Glacial deposits, 737-81’. Glacial period, 14*. Glauconite, 277, 27°. > 87, 94 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Gneisses, black hornblende, 20°; con- taining garnets, 22°; gray, 23°; greenish, 21°, 23%; greenish gray, 20*; igneous, 88*-89°; red, 20°; syenite, 20°-21°. Granite gneisses, 88°. Graphite, 18°, 86°, 877, 88”. Gravel, 83%. Grenville rocks, 17°-198, 21", 28°, 85*- 88*; igneous rocks associated with, 19°-20°. Hall, James, cited, 25°. Hornblende, 15°, 18°, 20°, 21°, 221, 22°, | 89", 89%, 907, 90", 917-927, 92%. Hypersthene, 89*, 91°. Igneous action, 5°*-12°. Igneous gneisses, 88*-89°. Igneous rocks, associated with the Grenville, 19%-20°. Joints, 7°, 48-514. Kayser, A. ©., brick manufacture, 83°. Kemp, J. F., cited, 607, 60°. Leaf gneisses, 197, 20°. Leperditia, 29°. Lime, 88’. Little Falls fault, 13*, 384, 38°-43°. Little Falls outlier, 15’-19". Lorraine shales, 35*. Lowville limestone, 10°, 27%, 29°, 29*- 30°, 31°; thickness, 30'; use as building stone, 81°-82*; use for road metal, 82°, 83%. Magnesia, 88°. Magnetite, 15°, 18°, 23°, 867, 87°, 88°, 89°, 907, 90", 917, 92%, 92°. Malachite, 26°. Manheim fault, 38°. Marcasite, 287, 347, 45°. Mica, black, 15°, 18° 205,217. 221. 23°: 84", 86", 86°, 87%, 877, 891, 894, 907, 90°, 907, 92, 92°, Middleville outliers, 15’-19", Monzonite, 22°. Moraines, 75’. Orthoceras, 34°. Orton, Edward, cited, 53°, 55°, 55°. Overlap on pre-Cambrian floor, 51° 56%. Paleozoic, some oscillations of level during, 51*-65°. Paleozoic rocks, 247-85’; joints, 50'- 51‘; present surface, 68'-71°. Pegmatite, 22*. | Petrography of the pre-Cambrian rocks, 858-929. _ Physical changes, sketch of, 5'-15°. Pleistocene deposits, 73?-81°. Pleonaste, 86°. . Porphyrite feldspar, 21’. Porphyritic rocks, 16°, 22°-237. Potsdam sandstone, 9°, 24?-25*, Pre-Cambrian floor, 66°-68°; charac- ter and slope, 59'-62?; paleozoic overlap on, 51°-56°. Pre-Cambrian rocks, 15°-24?; joints, - 48°-50"; northeast of Little Falls, 23°-247; petrography, 85%-92°. Prosser, ©. S., cited, 25°, 27°, 307, 33°, 34°, 39", 53°, 54°, 624. Pyrite, 277, 28%, 28°, 34’, 45°, 87, 87°, 89°. Pyroxene, 15°, 20°, 21°, 221, 22°, 23°. Pyroxene gneisses, 89%. Quartz, 15%, 18%, 18%, 224, 23°, 26%, 28", 28%, 864, 88°, 90%, 911, 91%, 917, 92%. | Ries, H., cited, 83°. Road metal, 82*-83°. Ruedemann, R., cited, 65*. Salisbury iron mine, 83*-85*; rocks, 90*-92°, Sand, 75*-777, 83". Sea level, length of time district has been above, 13°. INDEX TO GEOLOGY OF THE VICINITY OF LITTLE FALLS 95 Silica, 86’. Sillimanite, 18°. Smyth, C. H. jr, cited, 60°. Sphalerite, 27’. Spruce creek, 80‘. Structural geology, 35°-36°. Syenite gneiss, 20°-215, 857, 89°-90°. Syenites, 15%, 16%, 89?; age, 17', 23°; | augen, 89°; mixed rocks about, 21°- 23°; quarried, 82?; use for road metal, 827. Taconic disturbance, 11. Till, 74°. Titanite, 86’, 907. Topography, 65°-73?; influence of faults on, 71°-73'. Trenton formation, 10’, 29°-35°; best exposures, 32’; ripple marks in, 34?; thickness, 31’, 33°; sudden thickening westward, 63°-64°; un- conformity at base of, 62?-63*; use for road metal, 82°, 83%. Utica shale, 10°, 331, 34°-35'; thick- ness, 35’. Vanuxem, L., cited, 25°, 28°, 38°, 62%. Voleanic activity, 7°. Walcott, C. D., cited, 35’, 51°-52*, 53°. White, T. G., cited, 38°. Zinc blende, 277. Zircons, 86°, 877, 88', 88°, 907, 92°. by ates. raul { Appendix 2 Mineralogy 3 Museum bulletin 70 3. New York Mineral Localities Wier ser Pl Published monthly by the University of the State of New York BULLETIN 298 OCTOBER 19 New York State Museum FREDERICK J. H. MERRILL Director CU a4 Bulletin 70 MINERALOGY 83 List OF NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES BY EL. PROWEITLOCK Co Be PAGE PAGE Brester yest pa iwilicse. «ef . J 3 | Sources available for collecting Relations of mineral deposits to mineral specimens ............ 2 SE ee aera 4 at ealatg OF Histo. 722-2 2- 23-2. * |} Bibiloprapiy. It. ULAR Dt a ous Sey Sebi Ciro a Wisse] Votes by counties.... 22 ee morpiiic rocks... ..2-.->-. > | Correlation list arranged accord- Secondary minerals........... ‘ THE TOP GHECIES ae Sr Teen ts, es 2 102 Maetteiboniders (22. vJah)s. ol -: Siimboades puta. 22. Sea eo 105 fe a 2b 4 AOA i“ gpiinsilon “wot sidalinys asoiiee Bore ie o REDORERI STE: Ler raateaet = Bey a, yee nobaaalaxtt Ric cas ced ae sy tkpetgotidta Ge ies SOOO rd gsidtlandh teva, PE Sot ee ee eal Swe 8 aS re fe 19 SITE ro) Gs SS es ee ee ae gahol Peano Danity tart mytratarre > aw D2 MOOITIBY ER ; University of the State of New York New York State Museum Freperick J. H. Merritt Director Bulletin 70 MINERALOGY 8 NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES PREFACE The lack of systematic classification and of accurate geographic and geologic location of the many mineral localities of New York State, which so materially hampers a detailed study of any mineral collection, has suggested the preparation of a list of the recorded localities for mineral specimens in New York State, which is offered to the public in the following bulletin. The kindly reception accorded to the previous publications of this division of the New York State Museum has led to the hope that the present bulletin will meet a material want not only as a curatorial aid to museum workers in mineralogy in furthering a more accurate labeling of New York specimens but also as a guide to collectors, teachers and students in their field excursions. The data have been largely compiled from the mineralogic and geologic publications given in the bibliography and have, in a number of cases, been added to, checked and modified by field notes and by the study of specimens from the collections men- tioned in the list of authorities. Such a list must, from its character, be incomplete in many points and the author would gladly welcome any information which would render a subse- quent edition more comprehensive and accurate. The author is indebted to Dr F. J. H. Merrill, state geologist, for many valuable suggestions regarding the general character of the work and for much of the geographic and geologic informa- 4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM tion embodied in the text. Acknowledgment is also tendered to ‘the gentlemen whose names appear in the list of authorities for logat information. RELATIONS OF MINERAL DEPOSITS TO ROCKS By far the greater part of the crystallized minerals of Ney York State occur in igneous and metamorphic rocks, or grouping these two divisions in a rather broader term, in crystalline rocks. The areas covered by these embrace two important sections of the State; the northern section including the Adirondack region and extending over St Lawrence, Jefferson and Lewis counties on the west and the southeastern section including New York, West- chester, Putnam and portions of Orange, Rockland, Richmond and Dutchess counties. The area of Silurian limestones, ex- tending from west to east across the State just south of Lake Ontario and trending to the south along the west shore of the Hudson, affords many localites for secondary minerals notably calcite, dolomite, celestite, barite, quartz etc. Igneous rocks 3 Granites and pegmatites. The component and accessory min- erals of granite are commonly found in independent well formed individuals in cavities or vugs where the open space admits of free development of crystals formed by the separation of the min- eral constituents from the fused rock magma in the process of its solidification. Pegmatite occurring in dikes and veins is char- acterized by the same genetic series of minerals found in granite but commonly in rather larger individuals corresponding to the coarser structure of the rock. | COMMON MINERALS FORMING AND OCCURRING IN GRANITE AND PEGMATITE pyrite microcline epidote marcasite oligoclase allanite quartz spodumene tourmalin corundum amphibole muscovite chrysoberyl beryl biotite rutile garnel titanite orthoclase zircon xenolime albite topaz apatile NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES 5 Gabbros, diorites and other basic igneous rocks. Rocks of this series have for their chief feldspar constituents the plagioclases; both orthorhombic and monoclinic pyroxenes occur as com- ponent minerals. The formation of individual crystals takes place as the rock grades from finer to coarser structure and gives rise to strings or zones of crystallized minerals rather than pockets and cavities as is the case with granite. COMMON MINERALS FOUND IN BASIC IGNEOUS ROCKS magnetite labradorite garnet ilmenite enstatite biotite spinel hypersthene chrysolite albite pyroxene titanite anorthite Metamorphic rocks Gneisses. Typical gneiss differs but little in mineralogic com- position from typical granite. The mineral constituents are, however, to be found in larger and better formed individuals along zones of contact with crystalline limestone and local areas of magmatic segregation. COMMON MINERALS FOUND IN GNEISS graphite hematite - sillimanite chalcopyrite orthoclase cyanite pyrite albite allanite marcasite amphibole tourmalin quartz pyroxene staurolite corundum ‘garnet muscovite Spinel vesuvianite biotite magnetite zircon monazite rutile andalusite apatite Crystalline limestones. The crystalline limestones are prolific in accessory minerals which occur disseminated through the mass of the rock, in pockets or vugs or in zones of contact between the limestone and an adjacent igneous intrusive rock. 6 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM * COMMON MINERALS FOUND IN CRYSTALLINE LIMESTONES graphite dolomite garnet : sphalerite ' siderite titanite pyrite pyroxene tourmalin marcasite wollastonite chrysolite quartz amphibole humite group corundum wernerite muscovite spinel vesuvianite phlogopite rutile zircon clinochlore brucite . danburite tale calcite epidote apatite Crystalline schists. A characteristic series of minerals, for the most part silicates, is found in micaceous, hornblendic and argil- laceous schists. They occur embedded and disseminated through the mass of the rock and reach their highest development along the contact portion of the rock mass. COMMON MINERALS FOUND IN CRYSTALLINE SCHISTS quartz eyanite biotite ehbrysobery! andalusite iolite amphibole sillimanite tourmalin garnet staurolite beryl! zircon. muscovite : Serpentines and tale. The minerals occurring in serpentine are in some cases the unaltered species from which the serpentine was derived, in other cases secondary minerals resulting from a fur- ther alteration of the serpentine. They occur embedded and in veins of various thickness traversing the serpentine masses. COMMON MINERALS FOUND IN SERPENTINE AND TALC quartz (chalcedony) magnesite garnet spinel enstatite clinochlore chromite pyroxene tale brucite amphibole deweylite dolomite chrysolite apatite calcite NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES 7 Secondary minerals Secondary minerals, developed as.a result cf chemical action on previousiv formed rocks, are, to a large extent, deposited by percolating water. With regard to their mode of occurrence they may be classified as follows: (1) concretions; (2) deposits lining the interior of cavities, vugs, caverns and grottos; (3) vein formations; (4) minerals produced through pseudomor- phism and paramorphism. Concreticns. Concretionary deposits of mineral matter are frequent in rocks of sedimentary origin. They are in general formed by the deposition, in successive layers around some or- ganic center, of mineral*matter. leachéa from the surrounding rock. The calcium carbonate concretions found in clay beds are excellent types of this form of mineral occurrence. Concre- tionary forms of quartz, siderite, pyrite, chalcocite etc., are also formed in sedimentary rocks. : Pevosits lining the interior of cavities, etc. The formation of secondary minerals in cavities of various origin results from the - chemical action of percolating water on the rock adjacent to and forming the walls of the cavity. The soluble mineral matter is dissolved from the rock traversed by the descending surface water to be redeposited, sometimes in an entirely different form in the open spaces. The minerals thus deposited take the form of distinct crystallizations or of concentric, incrusting masses. COMMON SECONDARY MINERALS OCCURRING IN CAVITIES hematite , barite apophyllite limonite celestite stilbite quartz anhydrite chabazite calcite gypsum heulandite dolomite serpentine harmotome siderite sulfur analcite aragonite datolite natrolite strontianite prehnite Vein formations! Mineral veins may, with justice, be con- sidered as constituting a division under the last named class of secondary mineral deposits; the distinctive character of the an ee EP lk POUR ee teh soy 1The formation of mineral veins has been very fully discussed by Posepny, F. Genesis of Ore Deposits. Am. Inst. Min. Eng. Trans. 1893. p. 23-197. 8 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM - minerals found in veins has, however, led the author to consider them under a separate head. The large and important group of vein minerals includes most of the ores of commercial importance, particularly the metallic sulfids and sulfosalts. VEIN MINERALS OF COMMON OCCURRENCE IN NEW YORK STATE galena fluorite dolomite sphalerite quartz ~ _ siderite millerite cuprite strontianite pyrrhotite hematite orthoclase chalcopyrite magnetite prochlorite pyrite rutile barite marcasite brucite celestite arsenopyrite calcite gypsum Minerals produced through pseudomorphism and paramorphism. Minerals included in this group are alteration products of pri- mary minerals. These, while retaining the external form of the primary minerals, from which they were derived, differ essentially from them in composition. Drift boulders Transported masses of rock are found in all parts of New York State, frequently in boulders of considerable size. These are frag- ments of rock which, through action of glacial or fluvial erosion and transportation have been torn from their parent outcrops and have been carried, generally to the south and east of their ori- ginal sources. The distance which the drift boulder may have been carried by the ice sheet in the glacial period varies widely so that no accurate estimate can be made of the distance be- tween any glacial fragment and its parent mass. SOURCES AVAILABLE FOR COLLECTING MINERAL SPECIMENS The sources available for the collection of mineral specimens may be classified as follows: [ surface outcrops natural | drift boulders L caves mines and quarries Sources excavations for construction : artificial foundations of buildings, L eames fenton talk oss sewers, subways prospects L NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES 9 Surface outcrops. The surface outcrops of rocks of all forma- tions but particularly unstratified rocks may be studied with considerable profit by the mineral collector in search of speci- mens. A judicious use of the hammer and cold chisel will often expose, under an unpromising cluster of weathered and decom- posed crystals, fresh material well worth the labor expended on its development. The precipitous faces of cliffs and escarp- ments, furnish in some cases profitable sources $4 the collection of specimens. Drift boulders and fragments. While in some instances drift boulders, notably those composed of crystalline rock, are valuable sources of mineral specimens the uncertainty regarding the origi- nal locality from which they were derived tends to render ques- tionable the value of such specimens. A source of mineral ma- terial which may be classed under this head and which is often of more value than drift fragments embedded in the soil is the fragmental rock material used in the construction of stone walls. The accessibility of these to the roads and the comparative ease with which their component fragments may be identified with the country rock should not be overlooked by the collector par- ticularly in a region of crystalline schists. Natural caves. Subterranean tunnels and caverns, formed principally in limestones by the mechanical and chemical erosion of underground waters, frequently become repositories for secon- dary minerals deposited on the sides and roof as a result of the leaching action of percolating surface water. The exploration of these natural caves often results in the discovery of beautiful cerystallizations which from the nature of their deposition are readily detachable. Mines and quarries. Probably nowhere is the mineral collector better repaid for his trouble than in exploring the dump heap of a mine. The waste material representing, as most of it does, the contents of the contact zone between the vein or ore body and the country rock is usually rich in ore minerals as well as in erystallizations of accessory minerals from the country rock. Similarly but to a somewhat less extent the rejected material from a granite or limestone quarry is a profitable collecting source. 10 ; NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Excavations for building and improvements. From the casual: manner in which these workings penetrate rock formations with respect to productive mineral zones they are hardly calculated to furnish the wealth of mineral specimens met with in mining and quarrying operations. It is, however, true that many rich finds such as, for example, the dumortierite of New York island have resulted from excavations for foundations of buildings, sewer diggings and other municipal improvement works. The accessibility of these excavations to the centers of population often results in a more careful study of the excavated material and in the finding of obscure mineral occurrences which might otherwise escape notice. Rocks exposed in railroad cuts and tunnels may also be said to constitute an important subclass under this head and possess the added advantage of being perma- nently available for collecting purposes. Prospects. The use of rudimentary mining tools and methods is of considerable value in the acquiring of mineral specimens particularly in regions where mining and quarrying operations are not generally pursued. In most cases a knowledge of the prevailing dip and strike of the country rocks and of the location of the zones of contact between their strata will enable the col- lector to reach with the aid of a pick and shovel points where the component and accessory minerals occur in well crystallized aggregates. In some cases a blast exploded in a properly drilled hole will amply repay for the expense and trouble incurred, but of course such procedure should be attended with the greatest caution. EXPLANATION OF LIST In the following tabulated. list of localities the first and fifth columns contain the numbers which have been assigned to each locality in order to furnish a ready and convenient means of ref- erence. The second column gives with as much detail as is available the geographic position of the localities grouped under counties and towns. As far as possible definite geographic locations have been substituted for old names of farms, ete.; it has been the author’s experience that it is at present extremely difficult to locate the original mineral locality by the old farm name. The third column gives a list of the mineral species NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES 11 occurring at each locality. The fourth column contains descrip- tive notes regarding such crystallographic, structural, or other features aS may be characteristic of the mineral occurrence. The sixth column is reserved for a quality mark which is as- signed to certain occurrences to indicate the mineralogic quality or commercial importance of the material as follows: - Xx indicates very fine specimens x indicates fine specimens * indicates that the mineral has been mined or quarried + indicates that the mines or quarries are no longer operated The absence of any of the above opposite any given species indicates the occurrence of ppogmens of ordinary grade. symbols in the sixth column In the seventh column is noted the character of the rock in which the mineral species occurs, this in many cases being com- mon to all the species found in any locality. The eighth column contains a list of the mineral species asso- ciated with the mineral noted in the third column. This in many instances constitutes a genetic association which is of interest from the standpoint of the formation of minerals. The numbers and letters given in the ninth column refer to the published and unpublished authorities as given in the following bibliography and list of unpublished authorities. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1 Akerly, Samuel. On the Geology and Mineralogy of the Island of New York. Am. Min, Jour. 1814. 1:191. 2 Bailey, S.C. H. On the Minerals of New York Island. N.Y. Lyceum Nat. Hist. Ann. Nov. 1865. v.8. 3 Beck, L.C. Report on the Mineralogical and Chemical Departments of the N. Y. Mineralogical and Geological Survey. N. Y. Min. Rep’t. 1837. p. 17; 1838. p.7; 1839. p.9. 4 _ The Mineralogy of N. Y. State by Counties. N. Y. Min. Rep’t. 1840. p. 54. 5 Mineralogy of New York. 1842. 6 Analysis of Hypersthene of New York. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 1, 1843, 44:35. 7 Analysis of Allanite of Monroe, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 1. 1843. 44:37. 8 — Notices of some Trappean Minerals in New Jersey and New York. Am.Jour.Sci. Ser.1. 1843. 44:54 1 NEW YORK‘STATE MUSEUM 9 Beck, L.C. Mineralogy of. New York. Am: Jour. Sci. Ser. 1. 1844. 46:25. 10 Bergemann, C. Allanite from West Point. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 2. 1852. 13 :416. 11 Blake, W. P. Ona Method for Distinguishing between Biaxial and Uni- ' axial Crystals when in Thin Plates,— and the Results of the Examination of Several Supposed Uniaxial Micas. Am. Jour.Sci. Ser.2. 1851. 12:6. 12 — lJanthanite and Allanite in Essex County, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.2. 1858. 26:245. 13 Bishop, I.P. Structural and Economic Geology of Erie County. N. Y. State Mus. 49th An. Rep’t. 1898. 2:305-92. 14 Blum, J. R. The Alteration of Pyroxene to Mica. Pseudomorphosen 3d nachtrag. 1843. p. 163; 1863. p. 93. 15 Brewer, W.H. Analysis of Pyroxene from Edenville, Liebig’s-Kopp’s Jahresber. 1850. p. 712. 16 Breidenbaugh, E.S. On the Minerals found at the Tilly Foster Iron Mines. N.Y. Am. Jour.Sei. Ser.3. 1873. 6:207. 17 Brigham, A. P. Drift Boulders between the Mohawk and Susquehanna Rivers. Am.Jour.Sci. Ser.3. 1895. 49:213. 18 Britton, N.L. Geology of Richmond County. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Ann. 261. 19 Bruce, A. White Pyroxene from New York Island. Bruce’s Min. Jour. 1814. p. 266. 20 Brush, G. J. On Chalecodite. Am, Jour. Sci. Ser.2, 1858, 25:198. 21 Mineralogical Notices. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 2. 1858. 26:64, 22 & Dana,E.S. Crystallized Danburite from Russell, St Lawrence County, N. Y. Am. Jour.Sci. Ser. 3. 1880. 20:111, 23 Chamberlin, B. B. Minerals of Staten Island. N.Y. Acad. Sci. Trans. 1887. 5:228, 24 Chester, A.H. Mineralogical notes. Am, Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1887. 33 :283. 25 Clarke, F.W. Constitution of Tourmaline. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 4. 1899 8:111. 26 & Schneider, H. A. Constitution of the Natural Silicates; the Micas. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1890. 40:410. 27 Cleveland, Parker. Mineralogy. Bost. 1822. 28 Cozzens, Issachar. Geological History of Manhattan Island. New York. 1843. 29 Craw, W.J. Analysis of Phlogopite from St Lawrence County, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.2. 1850. 10:383. 30 Crawe, J. B. & Gray, Asa. Sketch of the Mineralogy of a portion of Jeffer- _son and St Lawrence Counties. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.1. 1834. 25:346. 3] Cushing, H. P. Preliminary Report on the Geology of Clinton County. N.Y. State Mus. 47th An. Rep’t. 1894. p. 667-83. 32 Report on the Geology of Clinton County. N. Y. State Mus. 49th An. Rep’t. 1898. 2:21-22; 499-573, 33 Preliminary Report on the Geology of Franklin County. N,. Y. State Mus. 52d An, Rep’t. 1900. 2:75. i i ie ee ee NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES 13 34 Cushing, H.P. Geology of Rand Hill and Vicinity. N. Y. State Mus. 53d An. Rep’t. 1901. 1:r37-82. 35 Cutbush, Dr. Localities of Minerals near West Point. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.1. 1824. 7:57. 36 Dana, E.S. Preliminary Notice of Chondrodite Crystals from the Tilly Foster Mine, Brewster, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1875. 9:63. On the Chondrodite from the Tilly Foster Mine, Brewster, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.3. 1875. 10:89. ~ 38 ——— On the Optical Character of Chondrodite of the Tilly Foster Mine. Am Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1876. 11:139. - On a Crystal of Allanite from Port Henry, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1884. 29:479. 40 Dana, J.D. Note on Hudsonite. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 2. 1855. 19:362. 37 39 41 Leucaugite from Amity, N. Y. Am, Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1873. 6:24. 42 On Serpentine Pseudomorphs and other kinds from the Tilly Foster Tron Mine, Putnam County, N.Y. Am.Jour.Sci. Ser. 3. 1874. 8:371, 447. 43 System of Mineralogy. Ed. 5, 1868; Ed. 6, 1892. 44 On the Geological Relations of the Limestone Belts of Westchester County. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1880. 20:21, 194, 359, 450; Ser. 3. 1881. 21:425; Ser.3. 1881. 22:1,104; Ser. 3. 1881. 22:313, 327. 45 Note on the Cortlandt and Stony Point Hornblendic and Augite Rocks. Am. Jour.Sci. Ser. 3. 1884. 28:384. 46 Darton, N.H. Mineralogical Localities in and around N. Y. City and their Minerals. Sci. Am. Sup. 1882. 14:5492, 5566, 5796; 1883. 16:6629. Preliminary Description of the Faulted Region of Herkimer, Fulton, Montgomery and Saratoga Counties. N. Y. State Mus. 48th An. Rep’t. 1897. 2:38. 48 Des Cloiseaux, A. Manuel de mineralogie. Paris. v. 1, 1862; v. 2, 1874. 49 Diller, J. S. & Whitfield, J. E. Dumortierite from Harlem, N. Y., and from Arizona. Am.Jour.Sci. Ser. 3. 1884. 37:216. 50 Doelter, C. Ueber Diopsid. Tscher. Min. Mitth.N.F. 1:55. 51 Diopside from Greenwood Furnace. ‘Tscher. Min. Mitth. 1887. 47 p. 286. 52 Eakle, A.S. Onsome Dikes occurring near Lyon Mt, Clinton County, N.Y. Am. Geol. July 1893. p. 7. 53 Emmons, Ebenezer. Strontianite discovered in the United States, Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.1. 1835. 27:182. Description of Two Minerals supposed to be New. Geol. N. Y. 2d Dist. Apx. 1838. 55 Eaton, A. Gases, Acids and Salts, of Recent Origin and now Forming on and near the Erie Canal, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.1. 1829. 15:233. 56 Fenn, H. N. Coal, Gypsum and Barytes near Rochester. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.1. 1824. 6:56. 57 Finch, J. Notice of the Locality of Bronzite at Amity, Orange County, N.Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.1. 1829, 16:185. Essay on the Mineralogy and Geology of St Lawrence County. Am. Jour.Sci. Ser.1. 1831. 19:220. 54 58 14 59 60 61 80 81 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Foot, Lyman. Notices of the Geology and Mineralogy of Niagara Falls Region. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.1. 1822. 4:35. Fowler, S. An Account of some New and Extraordinary Minerals dis- covered at Warwick, Orange County, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 1. 1829. 9:242, Friederich, J. J. Minerals of New York, N. Y. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Trans. 1887... .6¢130, Gale, L. D. Report on the Geology of New York County. WN, Y. Geol. Sur. 3dAn. Rep’t. 1839. p. 177-99. Gebhard, John, jr. On the Geology and Mineralogy of Schoharie. Am. Jour. Set. goer. Le) UBS 5.0) 28ng2e Genth, F. A. Allanite from Orange County,N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 2. 1853. 16:86. Contributions to Mineralogy. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 2. 1855. 19:20. Goessman, C. A. Contributions to the Chemistry of the Mineral Springs of Onondaga, N.Y. Am.Jour.Sci. Ser.2. 1866. 42:211, 368. Gratacap, L P. Notes on the Limonite Beds on Ocean Terrace, Staten Island. Staten Island Nat. Sci. Ass’n Proc. 1899. v. 7, no. 12, p. 2. Hall, C E. Laurentian Magnetic Iron Ore Deposits of Northern New York. N. Y. State Geol. 4th An. Rep’t. 1884. p. 23. Hawes,G.W. Analysis of Pyroxene from Edenville, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci, Ser. 3.. 1878. 16:597. Hidden, W. E. Xenotime from New York City. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1888. 36:380. Hillebrand, W. F. Wollastonite, Oneida County, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 4. 1896. 1:323. Horton, William, Report on the Geology of Orange County. N.Y. Geol. Sur. 3dAn. Rep’t. 1839. p.135. List of Minerals observed in Making the Examination of Orange County. Geol. N.Y. Ist Dist. 1839. p. 166. ——— List of Minerals found in Orange County, N.Y. Geol. N.Y. Ist Dist. 1843. p. 577. Hough, F.B. Observations on the Geology of Lewis County. Am. Quar. Jour. Agric.and Sci. Ser.5. 1847. p. 267, 314. Mineral Localities in New York. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 2. 1848. Delae, On the Existing Mineral Localities of Lewis, Jefferson and St Lawrence Counties, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.2. 1850. 9:424. On the Discovery of Sulphuret of Nickel in Northern New York. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.2. 1850. 9:287. New Mineral Localities in New York. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 2. 1850. 9:288. New American Localities of Minerals. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 2. 1851. 12:395. Descriptions of Mineralogical and Geological Specimens presented to the New York State Museum. N.Y. State Cab. of Nat. Hist. 4th An, Rep’t. 1851. p. 82 NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES 15 82 Hovey, E. 0. Notes on some Specimens of Minerals from Washington Heights, N. Y. City. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. Bul. 1895. 7:341. 83 Hubbard, O. P. Geological and Mineralogical Notices (Northern New York). Am. Jour.Sci. Ser.1. 1837. 32:230. 84 Hunt, T.S. On the Acid Springs and Gypsum Deposits of the Onondaga | Salt Group. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.2. 1849. 7:175. 85 Description and Analysis of a new Mineral Species containing Titanium with remarks on the constitution of titaniferous minerals. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.2. 1846. 2:30. 86 On the Chemical Constitution of the Mineral Warwickite. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 2. 1851. 11:352. 87 Note on the Occurrence of Glauconite in the Lower Silurian Rocks Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 2. 1862. 33:277. 88 On the Laurentian Limestones and their Mineralogy. Geol. Sur. of Can. Rep’t of Progress. 1863-66. p. 181. 89 Mineralogy of the Laurentian Limestones. N. Y. State Mus. 21st An. Rep’t. 1871. 90 Geology of Port Henry, N. Y. Can. Nat. 1883. 10:420. 91 Jackson, C.J. On Eupyrchroite of Crown Point, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. perm 2.18512" 12:73. 4 92 Jessup, A.E. Geological and Mineralogical Notice of a Portion of the Northeastern Part of the State of New York. Phil. Acad. Sci. Jour. 1822.- 2:185. 93 Johnson, 8S. W. On the Houghite of Prof. Shepard. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 2. 1851. 12:361. 94 Julien, A.A. On the Serpentine of Staten and New York Islands. N: Y. Acad. Sci. Trans. 1882, 1:58. 95 Keating, W. H. Lamellar Pyroxene from West Point, N. Y. Phil. Acad. Sei. Jour. 3:68. . 96 Kemp, J. F. On the Rosetown Extension of the Cortlandt Series. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1888. 36:247. 97 The Geology of Manhattan Island. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Transse 1888. 7:49. 98 Notes on the Minerals occurring near Port Henry, N. Y. Am, Jour.Sci. Ser. 3. 1890. 40:62. 99 The great Shear-zone near Avalanche Lake, in the Adirondacks, Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1892. 44:109. 100 Preliminary Report on the Geology of Essex County, N.Y. N.Y. State Geol. 13th An. Rep’t. 1894. 1:22,575; N. Y. State -Mus. 47th An. Rep’t. 1894. p. 627. 101 The Nickel Mine at Lancaster Gap, Pa., and the Pyrrhotite De- posits at Anthony’s Nose, on the Hudson, N. Y. Am. Inst. Min. Eng. Trans. 1894. 24:620, 888. 102 Crystalline Limestone, Ophicalcites and Associated Schists of ae _ Eastern Adirondacks, N. Y. Geol. Soc. Am. Bul. 1895. 6-241, 103 Geology of Moriah and Westport Townships, Essex County. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 14. 1895. 16 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 104 Kemp, J.F. Geology of Moriah and Westport ‘Townships, Essex County, N.Y. N.Y. State Mus. 48th An. Rep’t. 1897. 1:325. 105 Geology of the Lake Placid Region, N. Y. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 21. 1898. 106 Geology of the Magnetites near Port Henry, N. Y., and especially those of Mineville. Am. Inst. Min. Eng. Trans. 1898. 27:146. 107 Titaniferous Iron Ores of the Adirondacks. U. S. Geol. Sur. 19th An. Rep’t. 1899. 3:377. 108 & Hill, B. F. Preliminary Report on the Precambrian Formations in parts of Warren, Saratoga, Fulton and Montgomery Counties. N. Y. State Geol. 19th An. Rep’t. 1901. p.rl7; N. Y. State Mus. 52d An, Rep’t. 1901. p.rl7. 109 & Hollick, Arthur. Granite of Mounts Adam and Eve, Warwick, Orange County, N. Y. pape its Contact Phenomena. N.Y. Acad. Sci. Ann. 7 :638. 110 White Limestones of Orange County, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1894. 47:401. 111 & Newland, D. H. Preliminary Report. on the b Sei Pie of Wash- ington, Warren and Partsof Essex and Hamilton Counties. N. Y. State Geol. 17th An. Rep’t. 1899. p.499; N. Y. State Mus. 5lst An. Rep’t. 1899. 2:499. 112 & Hill, B. F. Preliminary Report on the Geology of Hamil- ton, Warren and Washington Counties. N. Y. State Geol. 18th An. Rep’t. 1899. p.137; N. Y.State Mus. 52d An. Rep’t. 1900. 2:137. 113 Kenngott, A. G. Note on MHudsonite. Sitzber. Akad. Wien. 1844. 12:297; Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.2. 1855. 19:362. x 114 Krantz, F. Note on Crystals of Pyroxene from Orange County, N. Y. Pogg. Ann. Bd. 111:263. 115 Kunz, G. F. Apatite from near Yonkers, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1888. 36:223. 116 Fluorite from Macomb, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 8. 1889. 38 :72. 117 Landis, EK. The Tilly Foster Mine (New York). Franklin Inst. Jour. 1900. 150:223. 118 Lee, C. A. Notice of the Ancram Lead Mine. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 1. _ 1824. 8:247. 119 Leeds, A. Augite from Amity, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1878. 6:24. - 120 Notes on the Lithology of the Adirondacks. N. Y. State Cab. of Nat. Hist. 30th An. Rep’t. 1878. p. 79. 121 Luther, D. D.. The Economic Geology of Onondaga County. N. Y. State Mus. 49th An. Rep’t. 1898. 2:241. 122 Macfarland, J. Discovery of Rock Salt at Wyoming in Western New York. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1878. 16:144. 123 Martin, D.S. Noteon the Colored Clays recently exposed in Railroad Cut- tings near Morrisania, N. Y. City. N.Y. Acad. Sci. Trans. 1890. 9:46. 124 Mather, W. W. Geol. N. Y. 4th Dist. 1846. ) NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES 17 125 Merrill, F.J. H. Metamorphic Strata of Southeastern New York. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1890. 39:383. 126 Note on the Colored Clays recently exposed in Railroad Cuttings 7 near Morrisania, N. Y. City. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Trans. 1890. 9:45. 127 Mineral Resources of New York State. N.Y.State Mus. Bul. 15. 1895. 128 - Geology of the Vicinity of Greater New York. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Trans. 1898. 21:72. 129 Geology of the Crystalline Rocks of Southeastern New York. N. Y. State Mus. 50th An. Rep’t. Apx.A. 1898. p. 21. - 130 Origin of the Serpentine in the Vicinity of New York. N. Y. State Mus. 50th An. Rep’t. Apx.B. 1898. p. 32. 131 Merrill, G. P. Notes on the Serpentinous Rocks of Essex County, N. Y., from Aqueduct Shaft 26, N. Y. City, and from near Easton, Pa. U.S. Nat. Mus. Proc. 1890. 12:595. On the Ophiolite of Thurman, Warren County, N. Y., with remarks on the Kozoon canadense. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1889. 37:189, 133 ses, A.J. Mineralogical Notes; Pyrite Crystals from Kings Bridge, N.Y. Am. Jour. Sci. 3. 1893. 45:488. 134 Nason, F. L. Notes on some of the Iron-bearing Rock of the Adirondack Mountains. Am.Geol. 1893. 12:25. Some New York Minerals and their Localities. N.Y. State Mus. Bul. 4. 1888; Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.3. 1889. 37:237. 136 Nevius, J.N. Fibrous Talc in St Lawrence County,N. Y. Eng. and Min. Jour. 1899. 47:234. Tale Industry of St Lawrence County, N. Y. N. Y. State Mus, dlst An. Rep’t. 1899. 1:7r121. 138 Niven, W. Xenotime, Monazite, etc., on Manhattan Island. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1895. 50:75. 139 Penfield, S. L. & Forbes, E.H. MHortonolite from Orange County, N.Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.4. 1896. 1:131. 132 135 137 140 & Ford, W,E. Calcite Crystals from Union Springs, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.4. 1900. 10:237. 141 & Howe, W. T. H. On the Chemical Composition of Chondrodite, Humite and Clinohumite. Am.Jour.Sci. Ser.3. 1894. 47:188. 142 & Sperry, E.S. (Phlogopite) A very pure Magnesia Mica, Phlo- gopite, from Edwards, St Lawrence County, N.Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1888. 36:329. a, : 143 Pierce, James. Discovery of Native Crystallized Carbonate of Magnesia on Staten Island with a Notice of the Geology and Mineralogy of the Island. Am. Jour.Sci. Ser.1. 1818. 1:142. 144 Carbonate of Magnesia, and very uncommon Amianthus, dis- covered near New York. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 1. 1819. 1:54, 145 Account of the Geology, Mineralogy, Scenery, etc., of the Secon- dary Region of New York, New Jersey, and the Adjacent Regions. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.1. 1820. 2:181. 146 Minerals of Lake Champlain. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 1. 1821, 4:113, 18 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM : & 147 Pierce, James. On the Geology, Mineralogy, Scenery, ete., of the Heh lands of New York and New Jersey. Am.Jour.Sci. Ser.1. 1822. 5:26, Memoir on the Catskill Mountains with Notices of their Topog- raphy, Scenery, Mineralogy, Zoology, etc. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.1. 1823. 6:86. 149 Putnam, B.T. Notes on Samples of Iron Ore collected in New York. 10th Census U.S. 1886. 15:89-144. 4 150 Rammelsberg, C. F. Analysis of Pyroxene from Edenville, N. Y. Min- eralchemie. 1875. p. 386. _151 Vom Rath,G. Diopside from DeKalb, N. Y. Sitzber, Niederrh, Ges. fur Nat. u. Heilk. 1886. p. 224. 152 Pyroxene from Orange County, N. Y. Zeit. fur Kryst. u. Min. 1881. 5:495. | 153 Ueber Diopsid von DeKalb, N. Y. Zeit. fur Kryst. u. Min. 1888. 13:598. 154 Alteration Products of Pyroxene from Orange County, N. Y. Pogg. Ann. Bd. 1860. 111:263. 155 On Pyroxene from Diana, N. Y. Pogg. Ann. Bd. 1872. 144:377. 156 Raymond, R.W. Spathic Iron Ores ‘of thef{Hudson River. Am. Inst. Min. Eng. Trans. 1876. 4:339. Pyrrhotite Deposits at Anthony’s Nose, N. Y. Am. Inst. Min. Eng. Trans. 1894. 24:886. 158 Ries, Heinrich. List and Bibliography of Minerals occurring in Warwick Town, Orange County, N. Y. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Ann. 1894. 7:651. 159 Monoclinic Pyroxenes of New York State. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Ann. 1896. 9:124. 160 Geology of Orange County, N. Y. N. Y. State Mus. 49th An, Rep’t. 1898. 2:393. 161 Note on Beryl Crystal from N. Y. City. N. Y. Acad. Sei. Trans. 1898. 16:329. 162 Allanite Crystals from Mineville, Essex County, N. Y. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Trans. 1898. 16:327. 163 Clays of New York. N. Y.State Mus. Bul. 35. 1900. 164 & Eckel, E,C. Lime and Cement Industries of New York. N.Y. State Mus. Bul.44. 1901. 165 Riggs, R. B. Indicolite, so-called from Harlem, N.Y. Am. Jour. Sci Ser. 3. 1887. 34:406. 166 Robinson, S. List of American Mineral Localities. Bost. 1826. 167 Rogers, W.B. On the Clinton Group and its Iron Ores. Bost. Sec. Nat. Hist. Proc. 1858. 6:340. 168 Root, O. Ona Locality of Carbonate of Strontian. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 2. 1852. 13:264. 169}Root, E.W. On Wilsonite from St Lawrence County, N. Y. Am. Jour, Sci. Ser.2. 1868. 45:47. 170 Ruttman, F.8. Notes on the Geology of the Tilly Foster Mine. Am. Inst. Min. Eng. Trans. 1887. 15:79. 171 Sahlin, A. Talc Industry of the Gouverneur District, St Lawrence County, N.Y. Am. Inst. Min. Eng. Trans. 1891. 21:583. Z rte 1 NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES 19 172 Schmidt, A. Die Talklagerstatten von St Lawrence County im Staat New York. Zeit.furprak. Geol. 1897. 1:29. ; Die Magnetit-Lagerstatten bei Port Henry im Staat New York. Zeit.fur prak. Geol. 1897. 9:318. 174 Schneider, Philip F. The Limestones of Central New York. Stone. 1898. 18:26. 175 Seybert, H. Note on Green Pyroxene from Willsboro on Lake Champlain. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.1. 1822. 5:116. . 176 Shepard, C.U. Sketch of the Mineralogy and Geology of the Counties of Orange, N. Y., and Sussex, N.J.. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.1. 1832. 21:321. 173 wii On the Strontianite of Schoharie, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 1. 1835. 27:363. 178 Notice of Warwickite, a new Mineral Species. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.1. 1838. 34:313, analysis; Jbid. Ser.1. 18389. 36:85. 179 On a supposed New Mineral Species. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 1. 1840. 39:357. 180 ! Dysyntribite | Mineralogical Notices. 4 Houghite Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.2. 1851. 12:209. eee Two new Minerals from Monroe, Orange County, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sei.) Ser. 2. 1852.°° 137392. 182 Notice of the Meteoric Iron found near Seneca River, Cayuga County, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 2. 1853. _15:363. 183 Silliman, B. Quartz from West Canada Creek. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 1. 1819. 1:241. 184 Fluor Spar on the Genesee River. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser 1. 1821. 3:235. 185 Notices of Minerals and Rocks chiefly in Berkshire, Mass., and Contiguous to the Waters of the Upper Hudson and Lakes George and Champlain. Am. Jour.Sci. Ser.1. 1822. 4:40. 186 Fibrous Gypsum of Onondaga County, N. Y Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.1. 1829. 16:377 187 Notice of a Mass of Meteoric Iron found at Cambria, near Lock- port, N.Y. Am.Jour. Sci. Ser.1. 1845. 48:388. 188 Silliman, B. jr. On Monrolite. Am. Jour.Sci. Ser.2. 1849. 8:385. 189 Optical Examination of several American Micas. Am. Jour, Sci. per. 2. 1850. 10:372. 190 Smith, J. L. Warwickite. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1874. 8:432. 191 & Brush,G.J. Note onthe Composition of Hudsonite. Am. Jour. Sateen = 1853. .16:369; Am. Jour, Sci. Ser_2.°° 1855. *19°362. 192 Smith, Stephen. Notice of the Salt Springs and Manufacture of Salt at Salina, Syracuse, etc., N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 1. 1829. 15:6. 193 Smock, J.C. Geological Reconnaissance in the Crystalline Rock Region, Dutchess, Putnam and Westchester Counties, N. Y. N. Y. State Mus, 39th An. Rep’t. 1886. p. 166. Iron Mines and Iron Ore Districts in the State of New York. N.Y. State Mus. Bul.7 1889. 194 20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 195 Smyth, C. H. jr. A Third Occurrence of Peridotite in Central New York. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1892. 43:322. 196 On the Clinton Iron Ore. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1892. 43:487. 197 Alnoite containing an Uncommon Variety of Melilite. Am. Jour, Sci. Ser. 3. 1893. 46:104. 198 Report on a Preliminary Examination of the General and Eco- nomic Geology of four Townships in St Lawrence and Jefferson Counties, N.Y. N.Y.State Mus. 47th An. Rep’t. 1894. p. 687. 199 Crystalline Limestones of the Adirondacks. Geol. Soc. Am. Bul. 1895. 6:263 200 Fibrous Tale and Soapstone. Min. Ind. 1895. _ p. 37. 201 Genetic Relations of Certain Minerals of Northern New York. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Trans. 1896. 15:260. 202 Genesis of the Tale Deposits of St Lawrence County, N. Y. Sch. Om of Mines Quar. 1896. 17:333. 203 Tale of St Lawrence County, N. Y. Am.Jour.Sci. Ser.4. 1897. 3:76. 204 _ Pseudomorphs from Northern New York, Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 4. 1897. 4:309. 205 Report on the Talc Industry of St Lawrence County, N. Y. N.Y. State Mus. 49th An. Rep’t. 1898. p. 661. 206 Report on the Crystalline Rocks of St Lawrence County. N. Y, State Mus. 49th An. Rep’t. 1898. p. 477. 207 Geology of the Adirondacks Region. Appalachia. 1899. 9:44. 208 Report on Crystalline Rocks of Western Adirondacks. N. Y. State Mus. 5lst An. Rep’t. 1899, 2:471. Petrography of the Gneisses of the Town of Gouverneur, N. Y. 209 — N. Y. Acad. Sci. Trans. 12:203. 210 Steel, J. H. New Locality of Chrysoberyl. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.1, 1822. 4:37. 211 Teschemacher, J.E. Singular Crystals of Lead from Rossie, N.Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.1. 1844. 47:417. 212 Thomson, T. Chemical Examination of some Minerals, chiefly from Amer- ica. N.Y. Acad. Sci. Ann, 1827. 3:9. © Chemical Examination of American Minerals. N. Y. Lyceum Nat. Hist. Ann. 1827. 3:54. Analysis of the supposed Anthophyllite of New York. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 1. 1831. 19:359. 215 Troost, G. The Pyroxenes of the United States, Phil. Acad. Sci. Four. 1825. 3:105. 216 Wan Rensselaer, J. Serpentine, etc.,on New York Island. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser.1. 1828. 14:192. 217 Vanuxem, Lardner. Note on Hudsonite. Phil. Acad. Sci. Jour. 3:68. 218 Wendt, A. F. The Iron Mines of Putnam County, N.Y. Am. Inst. Min. Eng. Trans. 1885. 13:478. 219 Whitfield, J. E. Danburite from Russell, St Lawrence County, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1887. 34:285. 220 Weidman, S. Amphibole (Hudsonite) previously called a Pyroxene. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 4. 1903. 15:227. 213 214 NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES. 21 221 Williams, E. H. On Crystals of Tourmaline with enveloped Orthoclase from Crown Point, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 8. 1876. 11:273. 222 Williams,G. H. Paramorphosis of Pyroxene to Hornblende in Rocks. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1884. 28:259. 223 Cause of the Apparently perfect Cleavage in American Sphene (Titanite). Am.Jour.Sci. Ser. 3. 1885. 29:486, 224 The Gabbros and Diorites of the Cortlandt Series near Peekskill, N.Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1886. 31:26. - 225 On the Serpentine (Peridotite) occurring in the Onondaga Salt: Group at Syracuse, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1887. 34:137 226 Rutil nach Ilmenit in verinderten Diabase Pleonast (Hercynit): in Norit von Hudson-Fluss. Perowskit in Serpentin (Peridotit) von Syracuse, N. Y. Neues Jahrbuch. 1887. 2:263, 227 On some Remarkable Crystals of Pyroxene from Orange County W.-Y. Am. Jour. Sci.. Ser.3. 1887. 34:275 228 Contact Phenomena of the Cortlandt Series near Peekskill, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1888. 36:254. 229 On the possibility of Hemihedrism in the Monoclinic Crystal System; with especial Reference to the Hemihedrism of Pyroxene. Am Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1889. 38:115. 230 Amphibole, St Lawrence County, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 1890. 39:352. 231 Williams, S.G. Geological Relations of the Gypsum Deposits in cits County, N.Y. Am. Jour. Sci, Ser. 3. 1885. 30:212. Other authorities a American Museum of Natural History b Brooklyn Institute, mineral collection e Columbia University, Egleston Mineralogical Museum — d Hamilton College Museum e New York State Museum 7 Union College Museum g Mr E. C. Eckel h Mr Gilbert van Ingen 7 Mr W. W. Jefferies k Prof. J. F. Kemp l Mr H. O. Clough m Dr F. J. H. Merrill p Mr H.S. Peck w The author 22 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ALBANY NO. LOCALITY / SPECIES DESCRIPTION as foes OETA EDN hc ke eee | Bethlehem | 1| Kenwood, north bank Normans kill .. - calcite a Steet As ‘small nail head erystals......... : | lquartz......... ‘small crystals) 308. : od. oee eee pyritert =? 77. >: nodular concretions and crystals. . 214m, Rr We COeVIMaN <2 .c. et ae cake lepsomite....... efflorescence on limestone ....... | WealGite, ccna 2 lstalaetibes and. sinter; .. =. ae uhenbis igypsum........|massive and snowy ............. 3)\Crystal hill, Glenmont .............. |quartz.. Ss male eee (ORY Shaler. 4. geoiees eee see Coeyman | SPOR RENTED Ne rrr ce Fee ahs, o btidie: Gio « ater cd gypsum.,....../selenite erystals............... P New Scotland CIS SG PTC Ps 5; SS eR I CONCH a aaa tee erystals 2... :.0« > aco eee DYTILELE 65 xe small. erystals';<. 4.14 veer eres eee en ene & 5,43 J Se ETUC LIE Tas se Ne SO Hed WOM ve Mere el Sahni Aceh ease gic angi tpera nate 5, 43 7 <2 Co LEEEE SES RU TTR tie ree ALY By gl eM na a Scie ae : Seep eUe Ree Ue setts foeuctan eS, athe eT biave iro Sb arautahel a washes L 2) ee det ack werkt Sap ALeetarst Shenae Sie ute dolomite, aragonite......... l ieee “ Bledel sretsvokeas essay eis testers soerar a COLCICE Les, ie. 5 ce aus e,cubig aie ees] 3 one oe PAPEETE cas, Scisepe MOM Pho CRG ki goe Sha oetare Diie'e es he TH) 2e ee WE TEE e sale Sette Ag ott saith ieee dae ed |S ie eee ce a i Lee Uw eet var oe 20205 @ej,e%e Se Pw wie ce te 8 © 6 OM PD ahevete le eee eaeciensceuereaceensc Oe eeno@s 5, 43 COUNTY localities in the southern section of the county, otherwise these formations are not prolific COUNTY localities of sufficient importance to note in this list. COUNTY successfully drilled for petroleum in many localities in the southern section of the county, COUNTY it ee in dark Salina limestone ............ calcite, fluorite ete........./5, 43 ote BREA are eos swe. os. >. /GClOStIEG . 05... bees occ [5h 43 Loe in Salina limestone.................:. Bi CANCHEG 2S 2) dice sil ens) SEER ey ee eit aici as wige o ee of COLCILG, TMOEIGO.» G2. cc no » «fy 40 2 1b. 2.4 in gypsum of Salina......... OO OT SA seh Sai Cats a eine sues (Ope eee ee See Spee SUDLETOT eth ene a Gun are Baw ee 24 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM CAYUGA No LOCALITY SPECIES DESCRIPTION Union!Springs SDA PS ee RE awe Rie Nee Seine swe eee IEY DSU. 5.0.05: selenite....... Se thal Elolw ence eres CAICHES. oo. e es modified and twin crystals....... dolomite....... curved erystalaikeen one quartz.......... lerystals..423¢33ee eee Aetna f CHAUTAUQUA The Devonian shales and sandstones which constitute,the rocks of this county do not include Ausable 12/Arnold hill mines 14m. w. Ferrona.... 43|Cook mine 14m. e. Ferrona....ceeeee Winter mine 44m. e. Ferrona 14 Black Brook 15|Palmer hill mines 14m. n. Ausable Forks 16/Tremblay’s mine 14m. w. Clayburg.... 1'7|Bowen & Signor’s mine, Williamsh’g .. coerce ereerr eee ereeceeoer eee eee e eee 18 Dannemora 19|Dannemora eeorececeerereoeeeereoeee sere ees 29|Chateaugay mines Lyon Mountain.... 24) Lyon Mountain near Roger’s field J CHEMUNG See Chautauqua CHENANGO See Chautauqua CLINTON magnetite .....|medium fine crystalline fluorite purple and green eececececes |VULPITN GMUU B1TCLec eee see eee seve Ue ewe le red jasper |.) i. ce0 cee eee magnetite .....|medium fine crystalline calcite sharp needle crystals, radiating . . crystals, dark green to black..... black fibrous hornblende eceree oligoclase...... magnetite ..... Ce magnetite .....|coarse grained eeceeeresee see ees eee orthoclase .... . |flesh-colored magnetite ..... oe eeoeerel|eeree sere eee eee eee eee eee essere ee CAlCItOs. ccc asec magnetite ..... eer eeeo reer eee eee reer eee ee eer eens . (coarse crystalline ore TOUNGdEeG Zrains ...-- = ose slteleleciiete long, well formed crystals with granular COTE... cccccsvcccesces NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES 25 COUNTY (continued) — NO.| QUALITY _GEOLOGIC ASSOCIATION MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION | AUTHORITY —— |< | ee SS i. | oe lin Onondaga limestone.............-. ealcite, dolomite ..° ....... 43 BRR Sh ss ie Ana 1 CL SN eet See, MOIGMMIGEE Ss ess one 140 j oe AE, RO Seen eh rcre ar Pick BANCO sien ase 2 ote Avec 140 » ae = amet es elec ay BANE Ss oie ee yh ee COUNTY mineral localities of sufficient importance to note in this list. COUNTY county. COUNTY county COUNTY | Wx Fs. 2. WEIS TESOMEISS! | o's (hoe Sos dele sae arate quartz, feldspars........... 149, 194 Soe eee SOUS via Tae Sr Pn ne aes ee RET, er See MGRlebe hs pass See Sas 43 2 hoe ns Seger cts atsedic iaIniiet ei etiasce aut e Ep pOpene S SiCIe ees eres ss WEIL PIEISS ah eee ee ies ol ears o/adgs MA PNEUILE:. sncccas ao av cor ce 1S" 255 oe RETIREE LM CISS ys meee aeed ai esa) paca eae As eilierend ao O Alara, de Se chore apa ave ee nace he eA, 2 pie es Regt Ag CE 2 eae ne Tee << ae p cit ph Let Rade sten aie, Petre Spe Re Ale a magnetite, feldspar ........ e =. See EOC ISP ae Tye > oho cis ao cin os OLGBP AR a5 occ o's cis ciele: sigew agale = aoe ie BRT IS Senta. dhs heres on amphibole (hornblende) .... |e EP Ale tees ek ee 194 315|* : CAS ph Rit is © SERGE Ae eam ae Rar oa GDELHGEISSE! ..' od 6 cack Gee 149, 194 peer Si? i ia ee elas eos eerste os? INMAPDeLIbe! quarbaiii.< iia. HEAD 16/* fT Te tee ir 8 em eget Satcher ar alice ays) Brow eb Skaiaca'e Senta GN ete 149, 194 a he HE co a on wi cial arate w [lbw oid petaie'e ov de eis eu a visieinele « 149 1 ee PAC Pte TH HIeSLONG. ...... ok eel onivetie! viel Sia e ate: ai\fia ohio, ei ate, egerebonekeuna.eu@ ia aipuc@ ‘see 43 el Se eee Oe SE Mota ot ah cic ss. 5) a:sigd ion diel ch 4,2, [\w/e!o lege, aca, ate eka otal eo. one Sou eecate 43 CM Ea Bee (LIRR ET DET 2S SR SR ES a ER nena eer cere ee eee Ee 149, 194 30 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM DUTCHESS NO. LOCALITY SPECIES | DESCRIPTION a ee a ee | Pawling | 41 Pawling mine 24m. w.n.w. of Pawling. jlimonite....... |oceeereteessen Poughkeepsie | A2\s, end of r.r. cut at Mine Pomt? es. 5... lanthracite. PANU ae Unionvale | 43 Clove AENUELG Sa ielatco a ba ins cd wae mlektewiea teat iereetite ee ie WIPE lgibbsite........ Kaa Se ee e ERIE > The Devonian rocks in the vicinity of ESSEX Chesterfield 44 s.w. corner of town..........0: pi fab magnetite... ..\.|titaniferous. +... . 5.5 aan Crown Point 45\iron mines, Hammondsville........... magnetite......|medium fine crystalline.......... pyroxene....../small black erystals............- 4G) 1 'm.'s. Hammondsville. 0... 25)... 42 3 ADAbILGL sas. c elongated terminated prisms...... aANabibenus ne oat mamillary eupyrchroite......... = tourmalim,.. ./4- fine brown crystals.............. chlorite... 2.0007). 0 2s a ees 2 quartz... .....7-|erystalsiins. 2. eee eee Calcibel. selene es ten fe Oe ee : Pyrenees erystals.. oo... 2 «cle oe eee ParNetee oes hee brown crystalss-. 2 jac: oe WEIMETILE. «0... [sce cs eds olen oe pheasant loligoclase...... laventurin : 2.°./.-ctiehaet enemas oe PZAT COM ere cor sieve ore erystals. oni 2sc ete ie lchaleopyrite....|....... ee epidote......../small imperfect crystals ........- 4°97 Skifi.mine 2 m. ‘ss. Hammondsville: ..\- \imagmetite.. . 2 2 .)6 is 2. 6s were eee eee eres Elizabethtown 48|Gates mine 1m. s.e. New Russia..... e ~. 2 [bLtsimiferous \.... chi eehe eee 7 Keene 49|Weston mine 1m. s.w. Keene......... OF Kesha blalf oa’ ® ea 0G velo ear 3 ah BOUIN ERO MAD ihe eae ee pyroxene...... black crystals....:2 /.pebee eee ats IM yee renner cea eee ie wus BS A ag iter dillage in foliated masses........ = See also locality 65. NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES 311 COUNTY (continued) NoO.| QUALITY GEOLOGIC ASSOCIATION | MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION | AUTHORITY het OA eh, ese ak ee A oe. in limmestone: ccs, . .. aaa WML). w | EFapilie atericte eikctom y's PMSA 1149, 194 HESERECH SIIANG as God ae 405%. saben sake Poy epeteds lGRAUDZEE cide Gio oe ie av ae Th i} | El AE oak 2018 c+ Sneed Pe 43 ener eRe ee arose ys her ante var Ma eleks MUE Me eeu UMA. Ita) a area oka, Seepane enn Seog Best ausehie 43 COUNTY Buffalo furnish considerable natural gas. COUNTY aa eee: EATERS). PIN ABET ns so. PARED w/a in snrirtnsnseiin nel secon ener Bes re 194 CF Se ae I GATES Re ae ee eee oreo quartz, plagioclase......... 149, 194 Rei st. ce Rees Meet bee ees ES STM AONOULE OSE 2 55: asi cele ceo can SE LO eet ees, (IH MMICSEONES... sg sce ee ee oe aoe ole CACHE case owas erie vie SARS x*t.... "2. Ria esi te babe ale IMS: IN 5 HALES ind oo ae ee 5, 43, 91 =35 ee Hot tl eat: Lae OR erennmme: be H apatite, orthoclase......... 43 Berit 5 a Beceem As wat Catal GUSTS MMAR Yale cu eis anus abate: tage ads, Gelua Ee erg ee a ie USAT aS EL ec Me pAe VNES BS te a crip orcs SPAT 5 dT Suse Sees and ee eee Days LUBE, CIRM Sie © 8 a alae a RE ae 2 sh eee rt oven die lth Sere elton a Cael eo Tues Aaa RN aeeniec emia oe eee baller Ca 15,43 = ee BANE REISS et OULAC . os ced cf SE Epa | 6 Seay Pe sees olan seracte 43 = ae Sh, cE Ree le anes oer ower AB orthoclase, magnetite ...... 43 Pee eesyi.?, is Boab) kee tenes hel GUAT GZ, af Gaia | DAeS eee i EP dita 1c MERE Pe Miche lle cucpenscaaeiahs. ie calette cue waetead wach clw eRe LO. Bie Wehrle a3 Bi Skee Cra Sena ee COUATEI Se 2.2) Uk aba a aR Ss ee TaD EE et rite rE A. oe are we | NOME OCIASEE Yin teers BEN. 43 ENN Ss 1 5s ie > gig cae Owl ote |e vic) ave ene ace 4 way donlels elete'v a ols’ 194 BAT. Av. 1 AY, MPeeeIMe).. », Swat, [ele Site lena oe ee NE. (149, 194 eg eee in crystalline limestone............... calcite, epidote............ (149, 194 ee ; he, ORE eee WEEMELILE. 9. S55 Gu oe tes Pet lLOD Ml ss bette eae EE eTocs oh oul aieies oe cha wate nb ow mew ale als 159 o2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM _ ESSEX No. LOCALITY SPECIES DESCRIPTION Lewis Be Lewas Combis: . ot s.22 00 See eee wollastonite....|abundant.igiglee.. oe e eee labradorite... ... dark gray, brilliant play of colors. . amphibole..... actinolite, hornblende...... . ... arsenopyrite. ..... |MASSIVe...... 0 sen eee eee Us| CEOBE. «a.c.S SRE kee tes eB wollastonite....|abundant..... 2... seeee eee garnet:.\: iiss colophonite....:::i:<../c = «0. seen Minerva §4\Minervaimine 4 oe 3. cc. ss. eo es magnetite.......|- 66655. ns oc cee eee Moriah .55|Sanford ore bed 6m. w. Port Henry. . OF Save eee | aoe ee @ oe Sie een een apatite... . 20 green and brown crystals......... allanite.....2.. large crystals:... 20-250 eee lanthanite......|in delicate scales. .............. amphibole..... actinolite and hornblende....... : 66|Mineville, Hall ore bed.............. magnetite...... medium fine grained............. WAT COMMS aiccay 6 4 cinnamon Teds... +... > «see = §7|Mineville, mine 21 etc............... | magnetite...... in beautifully developed crystals .. PAVE OW gis ies Sos large crystals... 2... 23 Uae oer .68|/6m. n.w. P’t H’n’y (Roe’s spar bed). ./tourmalin...... in prisms sometimes altered inter- nally MUSCOVIC. 4.20. |e ccd ne © 2s el ee QUaTEZ. i. inks TOSE Quartz: .+ .42.0\- Gs eee RreGWwaAyAQUALLYiweces an ce kee serpentine....../verd antique marble............. .§9)Port Henry (Pease quarry etc.)........ pyroxene. coe ree pyrrhotite...... graphite amphibole wollastonite.... orthoclase jet black massive and crystals..... white & pink diopsid in crystals... . erystals....'0. oo sae eee strongly magnetic............... TOASSIVE, « a0 so © aches See ee EN eee hornblende... :..... cae ates ere crystalline eoreere rere eee eee eee eee adularia sometimes in transparent crystals ee NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES 33 COUNTY (continued) NO.| QUALITY GEOLOGIC ASSOCIATION MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION | AUTHORITY Base. ..'.. ARN AREO Mote eer sg ccf 3 fk ft es garnet, quartz etc.......... 5, 43 Sits. -'.'. eae A Sa we enne hs cette oo. Seo as oe wo ewe 5 ts. . ee aa e eee eee ok Ot eee ates» ede aie * et ee aris cias ae kee oe OTN BIOHGG! i513 ccs «sso » 2 (ONS meee... Fe akg. ot Lear er ar ies eae amphibole, garnet.......... 5, 43 ORS TS +r ee eet 2 Ans See gees So's costae a dy of {OWS ETSI a ee | ee a 194 55|\*T...... REN HOIBS, «25's a elele lake SS ae eG apatite, amphibole......... 5, 43, 149, 175, 194 Beitr ws Sa et tetra st 3.2 3 TUARETIIOS, | oo es eee tee re sc /Spee 2.2, ee ve PARTE ID PONE sce MEI, magnetite, apatite......... 12, 39, 162 Sy Oe in fissures in the ore and on allanite.....|magnetite, allanite ......../12, 43 eee See ee a os SUE EOIN, magnetite, allanite.........|5,43 BG" sos. RE Eneas ILE NPIS. 5 oe SMIIOINY. RPECOMC doe rok tena ek 43, 194 > ae MD QuariN Vel LS occ ccc es PUGIR, MIBPHOEUC. «6.555 wh oe hee ws 5, 43 > ||>.>.¢ Se IONS etars (4% oe ec co ce PIRI): apatites. 224 9.8 . >, 43,194 RS 6h o> RRPALUES aralctsrcki i ele oat ae MOROSB, IMAPNIELIbes oar. cscs arc ne wee 43 SSiX.....:.:. Seeraniineg Limestone... 226 SIOCAR Sh Sc ewoieaiigs oc vs en's enon 5, 43, 98, 221 Stare METS bed vig o PRBROIE be 2 RAT LAS S22 AO SEIT 2 ee Fee ae) Tele alte acta Vary ahs dicta «aT sina.’ aces wpa mee 6 aides 5, 43, 98 °C eee PE ANS RS ote Bs e's si ial du veh ee eke be 5, 43,132 7a "ein lane gighe Anarene ieee. TABPHEUGS. ss ccs co ces fen 5, 159 2 hate ea CTs MT sk Seta eek ee eee titanite, amphibole ete...... 5, 159 ee foe Gs Ie ies heat a Cee PYETHOLIG. WS Cac neler coe 5, 43 2) Ree ig Sis See cin IPM ENGCe ae ets orn ase en ORS =o Sane i dis slemeo fe ee S| LOUEMAlIN, pyroxene... 222.143 + ae ! ag eesceeessce-...4(Oligoclase, quattalIP9!T. ..|98 eee slo's, she; -_o « SUSStS, |Dyroxene, albitesonss 4 3) SHS /4S __ eee | SA MAT Ie... . OORT): pyroxene, titanite etc....... (5, 43: Ah Aes Sake tA Mid ches oe SRV: AIP HIDONE s)- 5. see. os leeks g/ele'e 98 ae | ics cia of vw » WY LIPID. er Pitatiabee ie St Os. 98 34 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ESSEX NO. LOCALITY SPECIES DESCRIPTION : Moriah (continued) 60) Mill brook 2m. n.w. of Port Henry..... CA CCs cia « < crystals. .;. «. simkicens sh See |Quartz......... smoky.........:}iaagee eee pyroxene......|... onilte,; bie graphite.a.. ... small hexagonal erystals......... 61/|Cheever mine 2m. n. Port Henry.......|/magnetite...... fine crystalline ore.............. F F001 ta ee ce greenish.\1,,. .. seca Poe he: - pyroxene...... AULITE. . oo. elaine eee Newcomb 62| Adirondack mines near Lake Sanford..|magnetite .....|fine grained titaniferous ......... labradorite... . ...|deeply: striated. 4).)..4. eee hypersthene.... .|)... .:. . +... «= aunts ee 63)/south shore Lake Harris 1m. e. of New- . CORRODE Rit oS Soran rons weer tourmalin..... brown. and @reenss fies «fe eae « titanite........ twinned erystals?'.., 0... 2c...» MAT COMI 0s nts greenish blackipesft «i .<26e bees muscovite ...../yellowish green........5......++. wernerite...... semitransparenteyn as... eee Ei ovis genaiaeeeieaeg ae opalescent mainly in druses...... 64|McIntyre 2m. s.e. Lake Sanford...... labradorite... ..|\s se 2: eee ee cae: PATMEL ais, 0, 5,5), «| whe! elcol Stelle! o eulee eR te a eee magnetite. ........|. - vi SE (2) te > eae * Sn UEE Vaca iateses hows aw is amphibole ete......./43 14 See “4 is Ge) hogge Wor Sa haheah a i Bas wos iia ...... CSEREPER | aS DiS He) Mra cee Ne 9 See PR ks Sn 149, 194 Reser < : ee ie ec ore cio gets ees ck RTO ENG@ Sco ci Spokes efo: d e ND See oe Bint Ard wane ae Rin eames cbc = labradorite......./159 G2|*t......|ingabbro.............. Pit GOES | labradorite, hypersthene. . . ./149, 194 ee Se eee oN cute RNs oie asm caetia wat 4 hypersthene.........5-.%5.0,.% 43 Bross r ee ee eae et EBT RA OEEEOL 2 See tvs e's AD Gaisx ....; in Grenville limestone ............... apatite, zircon etc.......... 135 = Saee SS hie EEL een E RE ts Ae otal wakensne vais 135 See - a eC Oe tourmalin, apatite......... 135 Beit 5 < “a A a Terre le wc neh ora ahs oon eae ade os 2 oo eee es Seas ee Oe Ce Ee eS ee ST 2 4 SSinee i Fee ein eRe ey 5 le ata hae 5 ne a eR, wee. itemem Bix 2s... PPR A DO LO! cas Nes «lao atsnt orp cistatelece once a WAI PM ECIEE coisa oce.s cieicie, mecees? 43 oer ies ee esi aE ee te LURE MR ER Gis AS wide nce Sis Sieg fs Pe... .. Meee NG A NS ches cS oe So ee Wabradorites so gis seth egal RAE IE eR CA Ly Sa tourmalin, wernerite ....... 43 . Lae i ses eee . \ehondrodite ete. ¢ 32: sss). »|43 ee fl anal = ash see ae pyroxene; Calente: cy os ..).- -'. 1D ee contact gneiss and limestone.......... NS eh Een eee cn EN 43 eects) c's RISES oy So DOA Sa tee rear emer eee ae ae ar ae a 43 Ts xs gs pa SAIN Manse Lerch arate ns) eM Ae ay nuk tora ban wma ware 12 5,43 ie 3 “ PE A eras oul 3 AS ZX ...... “ois ps aoeeinett gar ae pyroxene, calcite ........ ;. 48 aes). “ cs SO lo ence seca aags am maaan eam Ys Sree bidiouci es Oe FEE OUD GS. OEE OF eT. oo 4S 36 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ESSEX No. LOCALITY SPECIES DESCRIPTION Ticonderoga (continued) 68 | Kirby graphite mine 3m. n.w. Ticon’ga'graphite....... erystals and folia.;. 42. 2o eee pyroxene...... large dark green crystals carrying inclusions of calcite ........... wernerite.. .../perfect cryaeele RIN es 5 tibanite.s. cs. sc. yellowish gray crystals .......... tourmalin...... black .. «<3 fr LB Ker ENS Sc ae oe Ore le ae eR aR ~g/lm.s. L. Falls in bed ot small stream.... Newport S| Sl STNG niece ees axe SO INCHED OTE ose oo pene oye sous sess at ak en RS | Salisbury gi Salisbury SE hee see ie eae g2 near Salisbury Center... ............ | BEB oa vnc Kena de ee ele een Peete oat ie terete Stark ar Starkville PGACIGC. 27 ae dolomite Leer eee eee eee sphalerite...... | AETV as vs,5 eee \pyrite 6, ia LS ee en ote oo. ie ae pyroxene _jeelestite....... ichaleopyrite.... | Igypsum......-. HERKIMER Quartz... <> 0+... |CLYSUAIS:. be ee eee ES Ss barites os %. aor massive yellowish white.......... Guartz:.. 26 a6 brilliant transparent crystals...... \barite......... yellowish white lamellar masses... ‘dolomite Lisanne white and pearly erystals........ JCALCIEE a. = 2 oe white exystals: 2.25. eee eee ankerite..... | : included under brown spar....... \siderite...... ) ‘orthoelase...../flesh colored cleavages .......... .|detached erystals and groupings... flat crystals nail headtype........ white and pearly crystals......... detached crystals crystals larger than preceding.... eee 6 6 oe 6 6 vis et cele aimee eee. Wenn eens sole a #6 ew 8 6 1s oe) salen ts) Ogee oan Le so -© © es © BP 6 0 Be © 6 0 6 le eneiiy nae rene aene mene: ‘Sbrous, bluish er blue......... eeseeesc vee ee O68 OS 8 © OO mee eee? COUNTY NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES 39 NO.|QUALITY COUNTY GEOLOGIC ASSOCIATION MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION embedded in stiff clay bet.layers of slate|................ sik, Sines METIS UM SHALE, cus. cie.0)0,0,0.0 RSI oie CEULVEU ZA. ASS fe Ae ee let etches Uae’ beta vile CME es Tah wes bie ee wemvelderbers LHmestone: ath Sede sie le oe ees Ce eee Bike Swine ues sé Ce in this list though minor localities undoubtedly occur in the crystalline rocks. COUNTY “ere eeere eeorere a 8 Ree Be ee eee eee Rifai te tats Siete e i= sie) « Rielnie” ss 2) 0 Miwiwi ee: «, 0 Sete, en Ye es) 's aie se) we 3) 0 Nee © sa te in Beekmantown limestone........... WNATIG Chess duerersie archers e Oe ere one sé SIS SERGE eid e CRUG Zeepen tine =e ebict ate ay or sifetaitep ate in cavities in Beekmantown limestone.. |barite, calcite.............. ee Beekmantown HIMESTONE.. . 5 2.5 6 «levels quartz dolomite...... é = een e tree ee haie enlerte quartz. cctos'e seas PRGETTON MTIESLOME +E cols se eo siaienese ste o's siderite, orthoclase......... PH ge TT qi! SR eee eee erates Oa CACTUS Raia cry ct tater eet hee ee \in cavities in Beekmantown limestone..|calcite, dolomite........... | “* Beekmantown limestone........... quartz Soya la piiagiee ne Sey are Preawintes mm! Deckmanthown limlestOne:, |... 6. ca cae ees cc eee ees sé | ec EUG UEh AP METSE S05. cibes sco vo ws ptscanedvtat v6 here eek eset A | | “ec sé ce in Beekmantown limestone...........! CAL CLUCM RM. Partch Lota a Panett totem ere raSalina-waterlimer:: e565 6s ee leypsum eK Ra Ie Oo Ee ENS MC ate chaterd's oidae BuCEe ates AUTHORITY 5, 27, 43 40 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM JEFFERSON NO. LOCALITY Adams SS iniear North Adams. .......:<.00% weneeoe . Alexandria 86) High island, St Lawrence river........ Antwerp 88|Antwerp, Sterling mine.............. 89|\aOxbow, west shore of Yellow lake... 90)near Vrooman’s lake............-22+- iim. swe OxDOW.ec se se sels se se ten OP) nc er pcm oe oie 6 sisieierenwieinin seve wyerene SPECIES DESCRIPTION fluorite... ... J sipink and @reeniiie.. «csuawess® «0 barite a eececeeen ace Xehay eyeieiapane ie e s 81D ie tourmalin...... long prismiaics: wc < deanie eee eee amphibole eecceloeeser severe eecreeoeseeeeseeeeee orthoclase...... oweeeveoeeee eeveoveeeseveeereveee eve celestite eeeeeresteor eee eoerececoeeoeeesr ee eeeeeeee eee beryl eer eee eeeerite ee eevee eeee eseeece2eeoeeveer ee eee hematite... <2%>}2h< eevrvoveees eeeoeeseereoerereeeee hematite.......|bright flat crystals and massive red stilpnomelane. . |chaleodite in velvety brown masses siderite........|small crystals and crystal. masses. ankerite....... a millerite....... capillary crystals lining cavities... GUATE. sd ee small transparent ecrystals........ go CREE ee Tn chaleedosy:. 4. et a ene te ee sphalerite...... modified crystal (rare)......«..+. serpentine......|red and green concentric bands... . CHIC... 5 cee large crystals and cleavages....... parite: gis. sce porous coralloid......ceeeesreres calcite......... (cleavage MASSES... .eee-eeress- ee AUOTIGES sce-orss- green cubeS.......--++ Sita btoinvea DYTIGCE oiope ne ranen] atte Se eee a hlevate <> are iateed chalcopyrite... |e. 2s +500 )= one meee ca eyeuereke lesaianibes. .. . terminated crystals......ee+-e+es phlogopite .....<] .\s< 2.45 20h eee veo re Ie ohio aie pyroxene...... green crystals....... ME isc sa titanite..7..'. .'o sks od os ore eis ae Stee oe eee limonite....... bog iron: OFC. «<< .00s ees ee bse serpentine..... yellowish green .......eeeeeeeee orthoclase’.... s0/s.| <0. .0. 56s wns ee ae WOEINETILC. c's os |icivls «wes o's ote elu toenail Se eeeiai Nall eee tourmalin...... yellow (rare)....... Si ie ore is ie ne Oe 2 ee eee a See also St Lawrence county. eee ree re NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES see eer eee ee eee eee ee ee ee ee GEHOLOGIG ASSOCIATION MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION | AUTHORITY MIO RE RE eStats, «= a's + sm apatinnluar Lop el: ae ce pa , 4 - -|43, 77 “gh SE Sie PER ones Caer pega ares = ae GBOENGE ne as osha co's oh es . .|48, 77 MRRPTREISHE Cite a ois x a iafs x os Ciara ale malewe amphibole, orthoclase.....+-|5, 43, 77 + CUPL gS ee shoo po, Saat: tourmalin, orthoclase.... -.|5, 43 ARTS bc oe OS ARUaS URE ie ees Re e GEO ds vids ere ..|5, 43 Th DIAS S ea Be ee | | ne wha a sie prt eimleint 43 MEPER ASE inate tics oie elise Korbi et V5) £6 OPER) Cr ori Peach eye Sa NTS 43 wet in limestone... ..). 22 SPF) HUVIOFILG «6.9% ios) aie! sss ween Se 43 * 2cy ite Jian Ree ERC sag ae NeneMkets (oo a Se oe tie eee ene 43 i. By eae See eC I 2 yaaa ae Oo Nels 29 43, 77 4 cic HS GO e O68 Soke Sno elicit On dice COCO UG OOC OOD Gr 43, 77 oS a eS eMail (eRe SAE pyroxene, titanite.......... 43,77 TL BLUSE <1 SEER Ee ene ee Pe Lites \) MOM ee Scan arse 43 RT Aue wees heed titanite, phlogopite......... 5, 43 Lite waist Sanaa DYVEOKENG Wy! loa) oretet are nate one 43, 77 hae oe atlas oe Eee Gre BOclAsee e's ois. daih \eee ws 43 MiwetmGr CEyshaltine NWMESTOHE. «04.622 ¢|sis en's ccedcsdeeaceeescss 5, 43 “Gl eeeegehere (2 Se MWORHOPIULG MS 5.5 \0i00b: aiwieisns/ 0 ravers 43 ve orthoclase, titanite......... 43 42 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM JEFFERSON NO. LOCALITY SPECIES DESCRIPTION Brownville oS: _s 93|Brownville, banks of Black river......|celestite....... {slender crystals .......c.ceecceeee ealcites.... s.e(es os 2% a's Gree; piSierelela date lsteletetetepetaiete ie 94/Pillar Point, Lee farm on n. shore..... DAarite.. = ee massive banded structure ....... Clayton 95|near Depauville.......... eeseeoee eeeevwee celestite........ eeevoeceoeev vee eeeeeoeeeveeeeeeeeee & Lyme 96|Chaumont, Chaumont bay..... BON: Seis atte slender_white radiating needles... Philadelphia 97|Shirtliff mine, Philadelphia........... hematite....:..|e% o 's! 01s wien eliaiiateiedeqeneiaitaltel eet er areneme petals OS nian TIVer.... 2 << +c acs ws ees me garnet ais oa | ee eee tomes en Bi atele ci cio matte etenetomatersters Theresa QO) PRELESAM Sox clonevererenavecepevever eve o et SRT SPA UIOTIECK....isyoconeuc| (ere ene ak ghowsre e-pieieapereveneteete selarspaletois Gallente cn: cess youeceusi|'s a in decomposed Grenville limestone..... . . > AS oo oe in Grenville limestone.....<....+..«:> 430 MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION | AUTHORITY CAlCILOM a et hil oe pena Giere 5, 43, w CPlESIGEy con cre oes ook 43, w Crleib ee eee te a Ne Le 5, 438, 77, w eat on Fay ree NaaaiSck er aes NPDES ah cae sae 5 See ac! MONE AMM ears) rocrastehn ster st a 5, 43 Ee rath itanial sist cescoleh hel atakare eye-si nar 194 RETA io RIOT eC nee 43 ealeite, quartz...........-- 43 MIL OEILE Sates toe oie aeons ee 53 SCTDEMPDNE sai cane o bis chee cus 43 Re Pe sista Atos ara eae ie Ae i 43 MEMIAtIECs tee ae coe ce cas. 43 ealeite fluorite............. 43,77 ML A Re Greg Aes See 43 Caleite; APALTC.0020a. 22 <0 5, 43 oF Si de ta gihs Rane 43 sua ah Ree eat ak er pe een ela se 5, 43 Rie tet ae. Bee Ses BA a occ sein 43 CALCWEE trex rahaciel ten ttete ae oe 5, 43 SR a 2 ee Ae aT ne Pere 43 DPR aresatate cero cos eines ca ty eis 43 MAS re telson ararthst avSra tio ot 5, 43 ed 104 107) | } 108 i NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM : LOCALITY Diana 2m. e. Natural Bridge (Ashmore’s f’rm) Harrisville, 2m. e. Bonaparte lake..... ere ee eee eeeer eee ere eee eee ees eee Martinsburg vicinity of Martinsburg, #m. n.w. of Martinsburg SPECIES apatite oeeeerere wernerite pyroxene eevee wollastonite... serpentine...... bitanitel; os cas zircon eee ere eceee graphite....... orthoclase...... hematite wollastonite... magnetite...... RPV etn oe ewons . abundant white crystals LEWIS DESCRIPTION large green crystals ee ee eee eee eee white, bluish and dark gray crystals dark green to black erystals augite — tremolite ec neces ene a 6 8 6 4 s onan © 0 © rensselaerité.....c.,-44.4 os eee variegated dark brown crystals OM Mt er WM CHC eS gar prismatic, terminated crystals.... green, nearly transparent crystals. — i eoeeeerr eee ere ee [LIVINGSTON Salt and gypsum are obtained from the rocks ofjthe Salina in a number of localities; sec- MADISON The rocks of this county afford no recorded mineral Rochester Pikes QUaEGyses «2 ielacierersiere MONROE Im Geodes,..\. sd... Saree ake P in geodes also stalactites selenite and snowy Reser el ton NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES 45 COUNTY No. | QUALITY GEOLOGIC ASSOCIATION MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION | AUTHORITY 104)\2->x_...../limestone syenite contact............ CUCL I Robe cee Sees oe 5, 43 BER sai 3 ss stone meee aliases ean Sey gens 5 BOs seo vt s jicgear ee. WELNOTIGC sw svccarc.s sye'us wi oe + 5, 48, 155 159, 7 ae ae ae foto e i calcite...... 2 Pee ees 43 Tole meat ba CE MMIR RS ToS BELPER, sx" Serpentine ios)... ss AST i oe SET 1 NL? Sear BR anes oer aF i PPEOREAE 6s sino ok sable, = 5, 43, 77,7 eae ee Weoenepe ter. tena EME fp Aataicw etter aes ees a.cip ee XK INL: Fe METERS) oS se ee wernerite, pyroxene........ 5, 43,7 Eee ™ Poe on ann ae 6 sha: Bipya, ents ely ei ke Recta ea ot 3 ENON TAG cara Anion et asie Smicitin sieve ne satan heme 6s 43 By a ckante 3 Ze Leesa. |Wernerie, DYTOXCNE. «i... 5 917 sede sae x ca Bi baat relict aig re PRT REA ES: SE gees ng ES ee ih BS BRON | See ee i | CIEE ~ oe ES 1 Se im decomposed Grenville limestone... .|-«. «. 60.050 +e dubeetivsiny oom 43,¢ LS PE eae ket eet Fee LL Ie nels MA lala ci the « wb Maun tee sisie we adees 43,77 Beelat aoe a - Bg RNS Eg SiMe MA ee Ja ceo ciwins c bidiwisia © ets 0:5)6, aie) viv aia «| SOn Le Pe x 2-226 -- in irentom WmMestones:. << <<< se0 sscs os fluorite, galena etc........../5, 43 eee * Sho ssltacceess-s(Caleite; pyrite, calena.......(5, 45 ace a ooseee--.-....-./galena, sphalerite, fluorite...|5, 43 " Renew es Tai if pyrite, sphalerite........... 5, 43 Pete ao a : eee COE oe eee sea cag ee en Oy COUNTY ondary celestite, barite and calcite are also found in septaria in Genesee shale at several places. COUNTY localities of sufficient importance to note in this list. '- COUNTY POSIX... 05. in Niagara limestone............... a calcite, celestite, gypsum... .|5, 43, h A ae oe a its ne eee. |dolomite Gtel.. ......ccc 66 ows |4ay 46 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM MONROE NO. LOCALITY SPECIES DESCRIPTION Rochester (continued) Pike’s quarry (continwed) ........... celestite....5.. nodularacy anodeceen wes : a eee 4 lalmoribeec. . o.ce occasionally in cubes...........- feritee es ses MASSIVE "SNOWY-4 40 oe fee ae) ee Pe 0: en RID i Soke oo sphalerite..... honey-brown crystals............ 108a|Gorge of Genese2 river.........- 4. o )(MEMADEE. ole. Clinton"0re:'. .. «.:)) sega: MONTGOMERY Palatine 109 2m. e. Spraker’s Basin......see++ee++ QuartzZ......... singly . terminated crystals and drusy Masses: «5 oe een Rs ence! |chalcedoiny.... fay .a(e ofeaaeeeeeeenilieds = garnet Pare PR ere co oh Oc ods oS Root 110 211 \veariS) zaker’s, Basi’. 3.5 «Satis cles on Fl:t Creek 14m. s.e. Spraker’s§B’s’n | ‘anthracite...... sphalerite..... ' cee eee ee ow] en eS 8 6 6 0 6 ae a2 =O See Lele «eee: ere minute transparent light yellow | Grystalse ras. LOR eee ena : lamellar massesesc. nese eee ans stalactitic: ac. a fet eee ee brown and pearly ee er) a ee De a he a te minute crystals 6442s eee NASSAU The rocks of this county are deeply covered with drift and artificially 112 Corlaer’s hook, Canal st. and East river ‘hypersthene.... NEW YORK v0 0) 8 eo 6 0) .e ee eis mace ke le eee ele) wile eles elim, 113 Kip’s bay, 34th st. and East river..... theulandite so. cfs. sss «oe age eee 114/38th st. and East river.............:. leadoue ha ee ste'|/o woe ee: « «,etie ehene a tenn eel ate eee ‘orthoclase...... jpinkish erystals......... TUS AQ arstiiandsthravach.eeenivets att. emate Isideriteis? A248 ¢ spheric aggregates.............65 dolomite....... ery Stalls. |,...<.s.cce-eenemtieseeeneae aemaee eiaraie 116)|438d—44th st. and Ist-3d av........... molybdenite....|disseminated scales............+: | calcite........./\erystals crusted with pyrite...... : eryile sae. tolere c small erystals..c7cnn crate : tourmalin...... black erystals.. .;. j2.2). aes eee muscovite...... large brown crystals.......... Ai Oligoelases,. 6.6 6'\. sia» sony sox aia Aiea ee < 4200 0021 OP Rena oUt Cane ECI ce oS \LAENCC,.,.... . Heesotees. fie: (5, 43 ieee cde tasieghieraty 1 5. oe SER, ee Le loca aR eh anol eae (FS pee ois, = Pe ue thee sme ea A Nanette mete is ws 5, 43 apie it 2a A ypcey ces Pence ERAS ae OR een a ete tee ie BeBe OP Brae 110 1 ErentOM: MMEStUONEs «>. ..62 5.46 «6 eos jgalena, barite..............|5, 43 ees at o E Taio ahataloxenes awe a ‘* sphalerite, calcite.....|5, 43 Be tee oe - = Wat a wnerne ou. ek-a = (DArICe a 143 Ligeia oe So Herne ec etateercs vem | Tels * 5, 43 Scare eb sed wssceceeees.-.-|galena, sphalerite ete........|5,43 ahaa ae 2 Patera e Ashes Se ee | masta ae xa wae eee a ore [OF BESTS... oe Hit DeekMAanbOWwl NMEStONE. .... 2.5. s|eee>ccewevence : ../0, 124 COUNTY made land; deep excavations may however develop mineral localities. COUNTY LA i a ee PAC MERNE IS UIABEOLE Dees 20 8th, Dra ke or ac'Ss EM > 6) ma mes kbs) ox he wo a AT 5, 28 “os | Oe eee CFE AEE CEES «cath «Sig. c, <2 nie © she swt @ SELIG gen so ve ahs) od wie Miele 43 15 [es ra ae ere PLANIGE VEU sia rnta eee sheers ors o.6.sherm ate cone orthoclase, prochlorite...... 5 sak et heres a Ser Re tae e eee ae AS (EDEOn Orde: oi he ae eat ee sos [On See Wee rir aa a are he A ao oie A A le Salerno As Wen Goelommitess oc. vsi55 ows Lae ae e SE ec ie | REE E - oeee e eras atr MCHC. Gs safaris oe ed oie s [e > a MRSMINE CN PERIGEE via ait Sicte'ne xm 'a a's 5,5 5 o> 2 ReMEDLE ae eo ons 5m, eern no ace esl = 61 ace ta a = eR eee ee re re ool Waid oaks stroll ates. ow myst nhehoree FO ey ee : tenements Pie oe ee a else ae eae ara ete/e «HO gpg MER. quartz vein..... t--ecerees------ -[oligociase, muscovite. ......|5 a eared ee eho TONS betes atte beable tee: ae ‘* tourmalin......../¢ Se eine xs ee en et Rts sc ss. xs RUBCOVILO $B Vga wsbene vere tee ahs Sonata a shee BAYES SS tain Sree eas Pos > sara: esi e's tie) FAUECOVIEG asa oc we eceisa sae it0 his eee Brit) 48 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM NEW YORK LOCALITY —— 118) Between 42d and 51st st. and 4th and SPECIES DESCRIPTION DU BVAN ac hewicmrac tates Sued Oe ee as CV AMBE i 2a |. CE Rs eee 419) 49th st..and Ist avin... 2... ee eee berylc. 6s wise. «|. 5s seceeleieeielge : 120| Between 54th and 62d st., 10th av. to TEVIEL Sox. varets ketene Siero tales Ree amphibole.....|hydrous anthophyllite........... serpentine... 2... |dark freen:. Gaccy eee 121 /05th—-56th st. and Ist-3d av.......... siderite...... sphaerosiderit@.a. 2). ets eee 122|/69th—70th st. and 2d av.............. UAE MICS... <0 'e'| oiee mies = sien ee «eee PATNEE. « o.0's Gees | os shepsl ss sien tac cohen ete ae 123/64th st. and 10th av........6......... stilbrteseions « small sheaflike aggregates anovelel seas 124 65th st. and Boulevard anarare aS Ss PATNEE ss) shake lene large, handsome ecrystals......... orthoclase..... crystals, « isis /iinGiie oats ett eae $95 LOTR AV... cece eee cence een eee VESUVIANIEE. 06 | \ciea ck be s)s 0-08 ete he PATE bss) pct anche hl so NS a) bo 4c) wile oni ol oar eee 12g /85th-86th st. and 9th-10th av.........|siderite....... sphaerosiderite. < .//3=4-- eee AMDIEC: cet: < =e small fine crystals... . ... seen 1277|95th-105th st. and 3d-Lexington av... .|ilmenite.......|......0000 eee e cece ee eee neenss PATNIEB Se 6c 05 8 ea | odes oles oyeysieueaelle, ellen eee stilbifie. .. 0.4... |. 6.0 sly ep ~ 2 ow be datolite....... wie pis 2 et = 5 ee 128|100th-101st st. ana dthav............ epidobesce see. granular, decomposed............ albite:....<.....-..|Smallifine crystals. oo. ae eee ilmenite...... thin plates...c.. . 22 cee chabazite..... translucent flesh-colored erystals. . 499) 102d st. and 46h AV 0c. .5 Sac oe ee ae }EATNED. . sn 2 «= erystals....... 6 <<. 90h tourmalin..... black. 2... ais s.0c sa chenent eee 130) 4th av. tunnel excavations........... lstalbite: ¢..s radiated aggregates.............. harmotome.....|/small brown crystals............. apophy lites. cals os bets 8 siete pee ooo eee natrolite... .....5¢] ass + 0 sik © = «10 + 8:0 ine See 131/120th st. and Hudsontive~.. ....... staurolite..... small crystals... .¢ j22 sce eee 132/115th-122d st. and 4th-5th av........ dumortierite:... azure blue... 6 eke ae eee siliimanite.....’. |fibrolite.. yo 0. <..< «2,5 « shinee eee 142) 138th, st. and. 11th av..svcss.es eke GDIGObCE. heck a cles oc ok eats soc & cokes oe 494) 155th st. and TOG av. oo: cased coe tices xenotime..... small well modified erystals....... monozite....... ZAT COU cleric | small acutely terminated crystals... 6 rouch. crystals... .:.25 tree NEW. YORK COUNTY (continued) MINERAL LOCALITIES 49 NO. | QUALITY GEOLOGIC ASSOCIATION MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION | AUTHORITY iG Ce eee mypnornblende schtstes «cs accu. «se snes oligoclase, quartz, garnet... .|43 Tl eee San ea MMe a Ar SEMA Cee (ENS. Gone ioe eeseetat ee GT Te 161 4 (re any Core pete] CNS emg eN) ep pees i ete a agate BERDENLIME Ly ccs ce ete y oP |5, 43. ad (eee ih Se Mahal ise wnt ete aes s, FOU OLEN cA. 2 ec wre cd & co EA ih Ve ie NS Fc Sa ged Nah ee Conlin 5! tna nor) ON a ier eb eo 2 he SAUTE. SEDER Slee Ries sang OLUMOCIMSE. cts ee et c x, A are oe Ba iat suk acetate dove re ao eyernie eter as: a aovene calle one avel eres ron Sle ea oS Paieiptel” Send REAR Baier (le iS conte Rae YDS cr catenn eco ee ee e 11242 bo. Nae WEL AMICAUSCHISE eo ai. & s0's x14 oe) ope abeyeid awe garnet, ialbites. .:o% + te S5s0n c ae Rs See sts) ooh miaretes sis nes matt acct MEMO ML Gls Su geu Geoe ee Sake ween te te eee on - BBs ie Crea eS MOUOLLL Ona 1a 5.08 eetoe’ oko ih Utes 5 re = ANA) SS cee CaM eee e eyeui (| 23 = eo oe in ns Race CARES RS ae ata BOR ee MUDEGHL eSapev chk’ Laerls atecer ete we w “Ae Ciera ey eee ig el eee met sia. HOT CDC OEE a gd u'0'<'s. 6 cheb occas (EB eps ei qa hormiblende schist... >. + 4... + Niagara | US Niapara allah. ctrcrcens eikss etetchee oleben ets cealcite........./erystals lining geodes........... ‘ dolomite....... |pink to white crystals............ HUOTIbe. 2... sles eis ec v oss ole a ae 152]Niagara Falls, Goat island............ sphalerite...... in imperfect crystals......... wide NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES D3 COUNTY (coniinued) NO. | QUALITY GEOLOGIC ASSOCIATION MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION |AUTHORITY eter ces in dolomitic limestone...............{amphibole, pyrite..........|5, 43, 133 4, Se ea - Sess a POS D9 dolomite pyrite:s 2.0) see ee fs PS ee Nei MUTE Me bENe & SOUTER Ss Np. TSS Ere os ia Fe 14 ie SOO ee rhe dale S ks Wid ora noo a SESE ERE, 43 Meanie 22.5, 4. me, PAE ie A es bch AA SAM cae tain BOE ROE: os. 5 (6g: Sone 123, 126 WAG Ls. os TET OVEALAT IE EW PESS rh 0 pa peee i oR one ro a ceo (Aa Se rE ae e US eee ANNO ISG Leach s) 2 ain na in a cn fis Polen eet snes oe be Be ne e's 43 ea RS ae granite AMES ue ce date ict ce ote aus epidote, amphibole......... 5,43 Bee wars ie rir ane e soe ads eee ds see (Amphibole, orthoviase .:;..15, 43 Si ae + Ene aen She Sime eS: 2 <1 AI EERO ORG. Soe ase acy ai tsa he oe ee i ie i Me wdhe vite std ends sje s (SPECS, Henlandrite, 6 0.)'s 2.215; 48 eas Se ne Shisncdbiawe nce scica dey eles. Chabante; salpite. V3... ...15,43 Se: Ee Cee eee ht i Vee... MOMARGG, 342.4 <5 se PROS ES See Spe 2 iamen Sehigu-. 2c. ...Ss tt Pe... garnet, muscovite:.......0..°.|5,43 eee aba + SEE ies oasis eioe ai hee PEAISCONTEE: on wba Hele ee a fy 4S COUNTY Meee oot OE AME C HIRING 2. 6. a ft Li Referee wis & a otetet ® Se tk SEERA A A Yb 8b 5 IER 43 cee ae in em artotns amie ee Aas Ss Uae at ST Se aie ae he a a ae ere te Bice aie as Tol > SSS PO eee Aer fore itr 8 be Sah re a 55 —UT 1) boa ae in Niagara limestone................ calcite, dolomite ete.........|5,43,% 2 yi SRM fc Lee. ss ‘dolomite, celestite etc....... 43,k RES cgi nahh UE a eee ee * AATCC ss oie asin a 5, 43,h 5 pg Aare a tte dk ER ae . jealeite, GYPSUM... 405.-0 5,43, k a ae . “fie hes Ul) Ua hake meee ema Bi PUICCIER IDEN re eas ata oe BAS ee 1 thas Wace Pe Le Pe calcite,celestite,zypsum...../|5, 43, k ~ Cee | ss pi Rntefaleateta ay Nev eet atjny's' Vuh #) . in shale and limestone................ L5GBERES. | CB STATA, so he SPOR, LUFF | cane = yee all eS Sea ee | A ROE TN 5 515. cesta tet e ty 4 bt Kane of aters a oc a Clinton shale”and limestone.......... COUNTY a] F LS eee Sai liad in Saline waterlime, oo... ce] fees c=) nick ies) ARO A ea a re bec. 3 MAS Peel tree ccieonrs © cocter recs © es 5,5, « MG Sitsite eee eR eae tolets ts icccicheis ae acral ebere sie 6 eve as nae SSUES eran oteta rete ctclcisvorduareclsieve.e 6 bree > Se 6. oe oe Be Me Baise wee 8.0 & earn © oS We) oe oO B66 6 B'S BS ers © LOCALITIES 5D MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION | AUTHORITY SPT ain Meee ere DA eee 43 garnet pyroxene........... 5, 43 ne wollastonites..sc.0 5. ale pyroxene bv ese ee eels 5,43 |hematite.....: Pecan Gee SS tate 5) Celestitensc. 0. es savas cis wate 43, 168 SCLOMbIAMILC a os ica) ro gets ses oe 43 RSS ROR AS Ca rey, eee me 149, 194 SOR SC ee. pr nie Mire EAA gee 149, 194 Ae EC RE OF Atha e rack 71 Sy SD aera se eC N Lae arise 5 Cem cate t Mc Rm uel na A 5 @ Se .s)..8; 0 she 8 ee e's) ©. in mews eee . 149 SUG rere seiaee hone oral eee eee 5, 43 PVP SUM rears. 01 ce, cpers ov ee sheer eke 5 Bite 2 uA atone jo Mn th ty tales Manat 43 AEOEIGE IS «3, oy cloceasesou hier ees os 5, 43, p EV DSUs or cid asiaeus ci eternte 5, 43 Fo CE ROE ca SoS PREIS 186 RRSEM date re Vocolel soles sisicuelevene ale tavece 66, 121, 192 perofskite.......... Soe wanlecanece SELPCNUING.. ss00 << eewshioss 226 gypsum, barite.. 2.2 25.46. 43 celestite eid ent t atie Cee 43 56 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ONTARIO The Devonian rocks of this county have been suc- ORANGE NO. LOCALITY SPECIES DESCRIPTION coat oe Blooming Grove AGS Craizsville: o5os3.0 oooh ose Soe eee GUAEUZP <5). de) s ws crystals and heliotrope ......... P 164|4m. n.w. Washingtonville............ labradorite. AMAR Sein cok aos ooo: Cernwall 165) Deer hill 3m. s. of Cornwall.......... WMeENIte. 22.6.2] oe dz en pies ae we ee ee sitevianas SEFPENbING j<) 2/5 si|hars seahorses Spake gee eee ne eee 166) Bog Meadow pond 3m. w. of W. Point|zircon......... white, reddish brown & black..... y ug chondrodite ...|granular.....: -./2 eae eee : SPINEL. Weer oare 6 black and green) scan nee eee orthoclase .....|white, opalescent ............... i i epidote.neuinGn massive and somewhat fibrous.... ‘ 4 pyroxene...... coecolite..01\)..4. eee eee s amphibole. ../< ..|). 0.26.05.» = «s). =e eee 167|4m. s.e. Woodbury furnace........... ee eland leila ie aie a Gay era eyelet ene oe CALCTECS. 665 ese | cie na oon ts oe oe fosterite....... boltonite: ... <<. «:s.csceenenel tenes magnetite |... 6 | das 2 0 ¢ one os 5 eee Spinel os gccied «| Ses clo Cs wee cee ene 168)| Forest of Dean mine................ pyroxene...... coccolite, sablite,..: 222... -eeeree Fries wy WOSt OMG |). 0s 6 cs seas forsterite...... boltonite ... sss ne tee eee Spinelec oes ee large crystals, black and green.... marnetite .... 0). ¢..< 2 aes ool eee ; rei statere amphibole nee ies pargasite .:....<(1 hae ee eee WETNETILO o)2 6:5 on | a ee cine olelaldle te «le ee ee PIECOM Sis ciate reddish brown and black ....... 169 West Point...... Sa'lene’ dee Ue nyehate wane Gala baeeite ilies [et ave, aw. an BbRebe ene nee amphibole..... tremolite, actinolite............. / Gowran. oie} swale ov hes aes ee PAUNC Dajte te 0 otexers COMMON... ..c.cts 2 e epeleveune rene enete aerate lepidote SPP PS Pere dry Cri re i cl ae pyroxene...... diallage ....5304.. sans Oe eee orthoclase...... in crystals often flesh-color ...... TIGA.» « myaid aie a |e (eraneteyacola lek RID eke @ Ste ate eee wernerite...... large, white, compact masses..... HIbANEGE. sdesrcee iste rc wiaiw eos occa eee 2.00 che ee allanitesjaaeerr tabular erystals.:..<,220essseeeee NEW YORK MINERAL COUNTY cessfully drilled for natural gas in several localities. COUNTY NO. GEOLOGIC ASSOCIATION QUALITY | ees HGS Tae | VES Mmslates {fice Stu ee eee oe aks SAGER, MS eM ee See Sey erin ie, neu hse che hal Rue ere at ahd TEP lai egenc Art Mei A, oes ee Ais aca A Rie Brion aoe aes as TGG Xo 3 in crystalline limestone............... y oe x ae x as x és se sé 7 7 fl A in gneiss limestone contact............ oe x ee sé ac MGS xs. as: in crystalline limestone ..............- ae x se * ce “ec 6é sé GD ec. aiisiseee TDEL Tea OSSIS ORR CLV od. eee Nee cree Bi mans GEER BSN SUSU CTMIGC Mat Lies ois sieve Meno si cude haat Chistes as ; - ee a PTIGISS ese eet ae eas ee sé sé | % Kas ory’, aad aan ine, Takes en i ney URAC te RO ee Bt RE aR Lae te hs PCE, SO RPS RO : % Soh A ae inte Ti pate SS BE ee eee ere Sanne Oe eae sé LOCALITIES | MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION | AUTHORITY Pa Aha tkiad seed eee 5, 43 BMoele ct ayutere ara’ arev uote, Se 43, 74 Meratshueyerereke es wets dele ein sn cee 5, 43 eaarete rb Meeee mete a 285)'s.6% ose 5, 43 chondrodite, spinel......... 5, 43 spinel ete.........: eee, 5, 43 chondrodite, zircon ........ 5, 43 lepidota: .. S.a ues es. once 5 orthoglase:e. os... nos eta 5, 43 pea uaral eich st alee ae sofa ete vata sana 43 SECA Nee eS Hr 5, 43 BIMEL CLEs.5 chs ciinsd eircens oeae 5, 43 amphibole. 6 < aye sc sds clebes 74 Fy oil a etter car's whisked) oho nacalis carte bays 74 Butea es alavee tte stoi Patios te ee Giyareceaets/e tel ablalaene oBaus ei'a er mielcten 74 spinel wernerite ......... .. (74, 43 PVEORCRO i iaars ia cieiofalaararer dni 74 Eh) eee Smee aeie sees 43, 74,5 spinel, pyroxene........... 74, 149, 194 : Ree ee ek 43,74 Ors ise ae Spates aa 43, 74 HPA humvee eS y BSS hat C5 43, 74 tourmalin........ Sone iakate ain 35 miso Bical sho apt Nev hire’ Stik siete 35 molybdenitesscs see foes 35 COUEMBIT ose 2 tig Ne siete ah 35 x pyroxene........ 135 * titanite: 55... 5.5 35, 95 Pee Uy ache etna: cae 5 43 Soe ig AQ ae ec ee 43 ponosene ER RE a eee oy 5, 43 Pali) unecath sicat kauohe eet tans 43 | 4 WECHETIEE «6 2c eile 43, 10 58 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ORANGE NO. LOCALITY SPECIES DESCRIPTION Highlands (continued) 170) West Point, Constitution island...... molylodentte:..::|. 0... hopes he oe eee ee MAPNEWLS .....)|.. .- = dietar pe GErCRe Eee ene eae Monroe 171/O’Neil mine 1m. e. Mombasha........ magnetite..... largé grains... .2. tone ne eee Qi sswe WULPMORS:...2.c, oi) a elesete vedo ute ParnMetin.. << oe colophonite.........J; - 3.08 os Eee pyroxene...... large, greenish black crystals..... Ce Pe | coccolite, green. .2./.6 cee amphibole..... hornblende, amianthus........... serpentine..... yellow and black2. 2. --e-e eee dimagnetite.....)perhaps a magnetic pseudomorph after ilvaite: /).5) 722. scape eee biotites eS 01S Tk Se ee hortonolite.. i.) 505 0 oo ose eee ee 172 Clove mine near Turneis.. 22%. seis es oe | DIOUIUE Ss. os Fe re swe ce ce ne amphibole..... hornblende, asbestos..... orthoclase.: 20). 5. 202 bs 22222. eee Mt Hope 173 Tuxedo 1'74|Tuxedo Park... 175 176\/3m. s.e. Arden.... 17'7|Greenwood furnace, Arden........... re mine, GUyMAaLd ss cepesee shtahipesl--s oh axe hie| @) sce) 0 (6 fe 10) ‘e) 'e ve) \6) wernerite, pyroxene......../43 IES nA Sis Cibalh du liets oo ie Sid cee 60 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ORANGE | NO. LOCALITY SPECIES DESCRIPTION Tuxedo (continued) Greenwood furnace, Arden ...... WELMETI GS ode ofa licivo co Ye coke ca te beachon RE acl a eae : ATE TIOLS yo. «|, aves ses lew beke le celena) et chee UWIMENTtE..... «2. «ieee e gees slean eee Warwick PPS inp w. Ami ty.cts..) on ease Dispel oo 4)' «5.4 green, black, brown and red very 180 clinochlore..... phlogopite..... MUOTIEC En eis amphibole..... |magnetite..... ilmenite....... warwickite..... seybertite...... chondrodite.... corundum...... tourmalin...... large crystals...... fe cto ca ee rounded grains and crystals....... white, blue and reddish crystals... yellow and cinnamon crystals..... leuchtenbereite:.. poe eee eee a ee ey ee large and perfect crystals......... in scattered grains... 2. eee 5 interesting crystals........... Lee grossularite......: 2. ace oe eee large octahedral crystals......... bluish whites... ..ceeeeee eee ed glintonite....... «caus aan eee common and foliated varieties.... finecrystalS:.c. « cnveutee taps 2 cinnamon brown crystallized and MASSIVE: «20 /« 0 x smilie ieee milk white crystals, dendritic SULIAGES;..(f so sieneane tena teeene nents NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES 61 COUNTY (continued) NO. |QUALITY GEOLOGIC ASSOCIATION MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION | AUTHORITY Kner ciny nip Set MMPBOISS ILE ERC oe oo WEEE SPEDE rect pyroxene. . ov. 1 PU 43 na baaIs sa nic APRS Ee) oa rar PERE, .. . [menite: 5... we elder ees 4S Epeisierartos ff eee eee oe oink (amphiboles: 3oo. ..2e-ceeenlas a ly {3b oe in granular limestone and serpentine..../chondrodite, hematite..... et 5, 43, 176 Metal ateisies > .«.(spimel, tourmalin........0.«. 43 56 oor 4 otic wet | ts MDGs cco 2/5, oie Jo otietae 5, 43 Bets NE COIOU Ge Gicic, we bc bua ec ce ulne teh eee Re en at cehet cheery, eens 5, 43, 74 Beats aie’ 2 mt) hla ou ale sided wa lentenele ci. et «= « (Sep aibole, phiogepite. «. +. 2143 i ee PRM we tastacere ise a eae al pas, aera e pais & Oo * fluorite...'......|43 Woletsia es. rs Sei adsaisl vvarsbelepereein aasie hic tuted x ot SOLON, GOUPMAIMSS << six, < des Boeke Ke ees Beet itrecte:. vox tts 5 ea led a es eel Ge ae phlogopite, graphite........ 5, 43,74,176 ae SS Oe fee aitatee cise) Vas ce ose checacroae'<'« e\ENOHUEOGILE. css oct ads. Cale 2 Se BPR Y CALC aE Oks mele a aaeee wes BDIRGM i. eencte eens ¢ setae eels 176, 74 REE Fabe s ce PI ee Meg ok iy a ae cc 4 AMADEO! ebE.s oligo oe oe ale 179/x........|in crystalline limestone.............. COLUMN: siecle s ce teenie a tae 74,176 Bee heels 3 ” Stevens cca. . ) amphibole:spinel.. 500 fe 745 276 ee rat Lvuswirkee ee (Spinel, corundum’... 0.8... (745140 180|xx...... si and serpentine..|ilmenite.................. 5, 43, 74, 176, 212 soon OL +? Sait DOC HE es Bre eh icoudeihate ‘ein egeen tet ots IAS eee XWataisiaieis« es Jt SENAY my Vere lator ee SER ln htc Me cyt 5, 43, 74 3 “ici ans arte fae eC Es Spee .. geybertites 200s os: 5, 43 soon Se we TAT a cla ae X......./in crystalline limestone.............. DYTORONG 6 io oro naiaveveta'e see one alt 43,176 Miss! . .J.-: see eee warwickite..... (hair-brown frains# |... 52 sae eee yttrocerite..... purple, .. > sicc.. see epee 'sphalerite...... opaque,, black... 2 2.) epaereeene | VesSuvianite:. |. 6.) 2s ce 2s «an cuts side eee ieiaee Se .2. 4... [hormstone.....- see eee eee eee 185| 1m. me Of edenvyille. cs sys nce orthoclase.. . crystallized... ...20 te. eee | AlMOTIGC . ce sok cece ace «ce ee ee amphibole..... vesuvianite..... | le | itourmalin..... orpiment....... slight Graces... %.. cj. victor eee nes Ree Deer COUNTY (continued) NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES 63 | NO. | QUALITY ae ee in erystalline limestone.............. x se tc x sé ees A od « ED Gav 5 45 RNR IOE es SENS in MIAD. | 5. diodes ee “ec [xy et caarses in erystalline limestone.............. 2 ‘cs PS Aiscx eteisce PMNCMARL Ares vers... . atentighciea: .-! $83) 5 sceess . a) “* erystalline limestone... ::. soc... - BS 4 ox iss os NS TT OEE e eae eect Pe tc ‘ | “ce oe x se | 3 Bee ee Patent eee + = -ptinh eect . - Xx ve oe ce oc 185 “ee || limestone granite contact........... Co 2 ee GEOLOGIC ASSOCIATION MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION spinel, pyroxene le wine. wt et we), (a wernerite garnet........... sé amphibole, rutile........... tourmalin and quartz = 6) 0s = calcite and serpentine pyroxene spinel, chondrodite......... > 8 eile elie ele os! a 6 «eo wie, * siete s Stet pla lATSENOPYLItC.... 20.5055. <- 2 scorodite, 2ypsum.......... jhornblende Se OR Eee Cae cure GROdIibena: wis eek nee AUTHORITY 74, 176 5, 43, 74, 176, 212 74, 5, 43 5, 43 74,141, 176 5, 43, 176 64 186 187 188 189 190 192 193 1m 4m 1m lm . nh. w. Edenville . w. Edenville . e. Edenville . s. Edenville 191) Warwick 2m. e. Warwick NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM LOCALITY ORANGE Warwick (continued) Rocky hill 3m. s.e. Warwick eeceeeee eeecroere Cr ee ee eee tee S(0 © 0) seni fee, (oe) nee ts \@, eevreeceeene eee eet eer ee over ert eee ee ese e ee eee SPECIES southern base of Mt Eve 24m. n. ofjamphibole..... Edenville...... pyroxene...... wernerite...... VAT CONE n ieee pyroxene...... amphibole..... muscovite .... serpentine ..... DESCRIPTION edenite, dark hair-brown crystals. gray crystals......... ee chocolate brown crystals......... purple, !))) UR eee eee augite 2. 6 vd Cio eee dark green, gray or brown crystals . |Six sided and rhombic prisms..... Cy dark green, gray or brown crystals soft, pseudomorphous crystals... . sometimes in large pseudomor- phous crystals......... ea aed, ilmenite....... CTY Stal 8 0.5, i050 nc ever ee Ree pyroxene...... coccolite. . ... . ss.s asker amphibole...) «20's «i» «i sis eho ane eee wWarwickite....... |» «+ <:0su0'0 + =lieueleeelel tele eae eaene st magnetite ..... | ss dia & od 6-41 e lallontelto ae Rat etic Tite ceient terete marecasite ..... terminated crystals .........--- titanites 22 Si... large grayish brown crystals.....- PEO gic eevee ah BrOWI i. «5 c)etec oe near re getter rutile ..........{square terminated prisms......-- WEETELIGES oo. o's «[in so wo clo cuenemenenny eneitene eet Se eet sits=n orthoclase .....|interesting crystals...........-- tourmaline... +s s:nyem dg Skye ety eee en DY LUC wie is! st. ahsrne MASSLVCs 2:21. diwis ¢ dn a patel ee Philinstown 205|ColdsS pring: x0 6 o 2 eee ee titanite. 9. OPS. OF 2, Se ee ee epidotesic... 2). tad eee eee PYTOKENE ie «oo )os oon wo es Ole Se 206|Hustis quarry 4m. n.e. Cold Spring... .|amphibole..... tremolite, amianthus............ serpentine: ? ... .|Many ‘varietiesin.s2 +s oat ee eee titamtene |S oh 2 ee pyroxene...... diopsid, green coccolite.......... wernerite...... small white opaque crystals....... dolomite....... semiopaline, conchoidal fracture... (ISerpentine.. 4. . |e oi. oa + Fe ne tetera ena le ele eee 207|/Cotton rock 34m. s. of Garrisons amphibole..... silky amianthus........ (this locality has been obliterated 4 |pyroxene...... diallage and augite.....:.......- by the N.Y.C.R.R. embankment) Stulbibes ee eee crystals and fanlike groups....... : laumontite.....|occurs sparingly............... i Putnam Valley 208} Denny and Todd mines 6m.n.e, Peekskill 209| Phillips’ ore bed (this bed outcrops ( at intervals in the towns of Philips- | town and Putnam Valley following a valley formerly known as Cano- pus shollow) tiie.ceeseemeeee s ennee calcite......... magnetite......].. ANI Shick ley hice Siow c chromite... 6 se 6 he 2 5 baa 2 Sn were ore eee MaBPNetIbe.....6.. fs sce. ues dee o's» okenenne pyrite Jteeat fs massive......... wyerEh « AMS eae amphibole,....{actinolite.......... oo oe 27K BBE gehs Opal, i hou wiwhk hyalite in thin coatings.......... COUNTY NO. | QUALITY Tie eteiace < @ cover eere eee er ere aie oyu 9 eee mi retiah as folie! oe ele = OL Oan ie eee ee eae = 6) e) ® (eel em . |in gneiss “sé NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES GEOLOGIC ASSOCIATION ive) siiey es) Sali. at vis fe wiv. ele: we @ 2: ‘ele w ie..6 She PEviAalS Vela lol a: el esx fe. 'ne « pel nilelle| © mle vila: inte ike! eel wile! tw foi tera, «he a) Sle). @) ms \a/-ef oie! & et @ She, pies) ee) ie) ea. ws) ose: 6 © els Ole) 6) eV wi elle) ee) 6)! 6} aye ete rr Ce ee i eis: | (°\ ets) wi wm Sn nie) se a ™ = 6) we. 0) 6 ce (0, 8 0 Wate Beak cm Ie) ele eww de oie! e) Mere ale Seip iisl re) se @ ale, nl eX iwi fe) a wo 6) (ef es) Sos) wie ete ee) ef 2s =) = in crystalline limestone............... sé 46 “es 6é e “sé sé sé se “cc gneiss limestone contact............. se oe HNO CIS icra a ete I peel a oes ence ee ce lon” BI o W) Sass Te es we ies e «alle. 0 6.5) (| € 0's « MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION 69 AUTHORITY Sarov sling, suet sin. oF a eer ea é amphibole, garnet.......... 5,43 ewer ensfewete tel secre. ee Gar) cay. sec ewet ge 149, 194 Sree A aA NS: iad EEE VSTG foie ow 5 amphibole: .<./5. 00.85.55 43 arsenopyrite, epidote....... 5, 43 ie ch syeliaiche tepstia) eee aubeayes coeiie ees 5,43 BSDEStOSy. 2.4.1 oS atean s oe aie 43 CALCITE rc ee ashen 55 ah83 Be: MiggeteR ice hase ea aces areaice me 43 5 copes Cae PERE NCL et atte tlle ee are ie 5,43 Pe PU er nee rist es © hs teiS cheat yal deen ween 5, 43 RAH) Gi RUS Ta Ae OR 5, 43 Bed oretcset erat. ak TF eee, 5. MEN 5, 159 SEEPENEINOS me eamnics de hen 5, 43. ¢ PSEA one eh st nile, Cuonaie neem nc Ne te. coebegs 5,9 SARE RAE ne ERIE EE ane et ke 43,9 serpentine, apatite......... 5, 159 titanite, apatite, quartz.....|5, 43,9 a ee ae ea oe 5, 43 amphiboles oo 25 5.25 f60% dm. 5, 43 serpentine......... .|5, 48 See A ele ol ea ae) ait A ae, 5, 43 Beh akaMontalaioicl. sia) MRP aE eats eRe 5, 43 eee ee ic, cou a ain mai Le a 5, 43 CATOMICE coe ousictsvsss eee one ee 43, 149, 194 e Pas sev cea ee is Sates! Sessions Vem 43 magnetite chromite........ 5, 43 ON OS Chae SC RES 5, 43, 194 magnetite, amphibole...... 5, 43 rs STO coe. 8) ee ree tet 5, 43 x hapten 2 ipa Oe i Ee a 43 70 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PUTNAM XN er NO. LOCALITY SPECIES DESCRIPTION Southeast 210)Tilly Foster mine 2m. n.w. Brewster...|chondrodite....|deep red crystals, highly ‘modified clinohumite. . prochlorite.... bietite....54 4 ; amphibole.... pyrrhotite .... epidote....... GiiaMite:. =. « apatite..... datolite....... Stilbite. "2... prehnite..... apophyllite.... tourmalin..... molybdenite.. . pyroxene..... se dodecahedral crystals and massive efe ee 0 60 6 oe 8 ne D610 eseiies ae = em) ee wee te pseudomorphsin many forms..... crystallized and pseudomorph after dolomite... : 32055 eee sae ele e cece. 2.0 «© 6 8 @ ole © © 6 @ 6m so els) etal ere eft ec eee cee ww a 6 oe Se «whe OC 6 of ae) wee efeecwnec eee se pas © be se Ss bee eae = wie eles erecenea sede ec sc «206 © ¢ 6 @ s wlalelsin © 0 © 8 6 6 0 oe MM e's aiais ayes mie a Me ae small erystals:. 22 25 ee eee transparent greenish crystals often ; twinned >... 2... 3c eee . hwhite fibrous. «.....5 e202 Oo eee sealenohedral and nail head types. oil-green dodecahedral crystals... . Ze © oe 6 ee sre © nls «lei fe we ep eee eS o Lee 8 We eo mae © in Setiele cel le one fe ena ee ae Oe Be eae 8 wee © yu =) leu a celsa a el oie Se 8 ee wae Se eo 6) tr we 2 he eet i lor ne a a 0 © a 6 09 se ee Oe & a wee se) a ee eee ae ence ee ane eo & © ee 6 mms) seme ene QUEENS The rocks of this county are deeply covered with drift and artificially NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES 71 COUNTY (continued) NO. | QUALITY GEOLOGIC ASSOCIATION MINERALOGIC AERSELATION. AUTHORITY eae Le eunTERCISS Ui) SyISl we Es» magnetite, clinochlore...... 1,16, 37 138 é 43, 141, 170 3 a TS RR Pe AP ier See ne) rae AU IGT seat ee RS 8. 3 43, 141 Sete cialis ie = Bene pate iets wit tis oS area wv eecletaee oe OTE an ee 43,141 oo oY aR ee RE, SECT SORE serpentine, clinochlore...... 43,149, 170, 194 cee ings & MS i Ro BIO) i's soe, ow wi eaele magnetite, chondrodite..... 43, 170 oe eee Ee Capea Phe. & Epa eee ene ae: ee eer me ese 16, 43, 170 i “AR SUR ESS SE gore a emg ge: Hee Sa aie net 42, 43 Bee maces oi Ue fe eMac 8's oh Panels can Rye prochlorite. : ..24)2 Se 528 42, 43, 170 Bees law's ee eh ont Rieti Se wid a ee GU OE es i cit te ates Ste 16, 43, 170 oS eas ei Sore) BE Ae ode ON te ea | a: eliondradites. o. . 6s.c2 ashe 16, 48,170 Ghats ace fi Be Ae eae aid seme ye koe p's |CMMOCRIOEE. wc. ccs oe < 2G; 4B PTO Bayete oak aa oe els tiara aii (IO exnialhnc eau ee RR Rens |p d= Be piss EI HERI ee Oo Nghe ce vacalu wa etie on Sex oe BS Se ve trren = Bees BDAC Bb HEROIC CIOR BO CROIS CRCO Lae HIE ee negra ail ce 17K 0) Lae iat OS TR els Ta) Bee a Sami Pry etd ara as > Qh ee ERIS. BA ei ay of 0 | ORE Ae ne Rice ee I FS Rha etye aed a Peet aawectsaed ds ocak a a pyroxene, amphibole... ....J|45, 10 Saat ign Nakattaad Bea gal Wad Ret met ae Sy magnetite, apatite ........ 43 5230 RG Sa Mee eee SAN Ge, a, ER Rs se prochlorite...... w, 5s pee Unrate er eee yan. Stress tn /DECELUGy GOIOENECG. .'« ccs s4,-1 qe epepe eines eee ZATGOM..< 6 < «ise © brilliant brown to black crystals... SA eaverstra wie ct cereale eickia a sie era me eee amphibole..... hornblende in small crystals...... Orangetown 218|Piermont, excavations for the Erie RRBE Cs cishojee Rimi a) stein Mie dee see CChie) (hd: oo PEE cre yA iS stilbite........ in minute crystals:4..c oe RE Rati ST ee pa, bene aie See IE ee eae Sees 5,43,94,144 oe Sees “RE a Ae a ene et ee |serpentine, magnesite...... 5, 43 sci eeeeeea! OS deh eres corer! = so URES Ee Ge ea 5, 43 55 Soe st anak AS RRA GP LTS ES a soo nee | acho on Eee 1 Heel: ... » eases. (Serpentine, brucite.........|5, 4e Oo eS | ey Ses eee een cd a te onan Ae % Were... 2... 2x reread, |serpentine.... 5....2 55. 6. a. 1. et ee ee ve Se, ee en | OT CALC Sa) ens yo eens yet (OD veh eebtele a Jus sghauvonnn oteetem.. serpentine, brucite.........|\w ao a PTS... 5, 0.5, ee, tale, brucites.. 2. 2.656562. (P PAA ER oo BETPE ETFS ye. See onto rE, yellow clay and quartz...... 18, 23, 67 Am 7 Pe cs ¥ eons eueesag de ee ais LS yl TEC re eee Se I ooo tes ER VTEC ait ashe aM reeks uate 5, 43 nea» » Co Oe i i er ae ITD a of, tah becstage ¢ SPE 5, 43 COUNTY AG Sl aia-< 5 ated Eriassic SHALC.<. . - anja panbaotice « mMmAalaChiLes- cs yin oon 2 eee 219|Dunderberg mine n. side Dunderb’g mt|magnetite...... lean ore: 2. 02) eee 220|Stony Point, north shore............. ZOISIte.. 2. sees sf. A eee pyroxene...... green augite:. . as. Soles eee amphibole..... hornblende, light green........ ate titanite. .°..... ..| 20 US SPR ee Pyrite: os..-.-2; small erystalsiyi22@. ese chrysolite......|. 02.) eek: eee ech gi) a ee ire cs eT staurolite...... minute crystals.....4 4-4 eee 22) TomkinsiCove:. of. iecmaod. Sot Sanh calcite......... white and yellowish crystals...... aries ec ci5ccc minute tabular erystals.......... 222|24m. n.w. Grassy Point.............. amphibole..... radiated and interlaced actinolite.. orthoclase...... minute crystalsikc =e oe 225\5m. s.w. DeKalb Junc. (Mitchel farm).|pyroxene...... diopsid:. « .'.'.'.'.'. ss se eee ealcite.. os... crystallized and massive......... UPAR ose lis, ok ais os wae «= mene 8 NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES v5) COUNTY (continued) NO. | QUALITY GEOLOGIC ASSOCIATION MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION | AUTHORITY ee ee Mm dighasewsala.... -. dalierwes..-.(Zedlites, calcitesi........../5;43 Baie x att ri a SPT oss Stabenedaeraai<.< . es Ber jews (ears encionbael OMS Batwa s es Shawna ses eieeestabedl no» Ee PEs ass sooo p OM 4S eh = ae tate a ee RIMMER is attic ees we eamue: isi o ea! +0 (OL 2 “7 ETS AOS OF ae a perenne nt oer PIVEULO «2's esa) es se gates ee o's 194 ZeOle casas ** diorite limestone contact...... amphibole, pyroxene....... 5, 45, 228 Deve ae 9 ss chia Scone 2:6 mt erate, ee oi aiel a steele On eee kee 228 Bees ek oe a Re eens SDV LORENC! occcs eae Gee as lOs4O OS eee stk eae i ........... amphibole wernerite.......|/159, 228 eaten PAOMMPELICLOUILO coach oe Soe oc cle Sine eiss SI CAICIUES see's ar caelene isto ev GH Er ee er De ntatgertie Mora toutahe se arabe. «'x/al['s'o eis ea AN ors os AO, A Senet NCRAOORT EES APIO 0 inn gnysiinyein HEISE «0 = | sievescceieens,ss emeiblon wes oat Ae ae ear +: eeeNe Eee RIA PE wie ss Ses) ei aioe Avene GLY Dee S Sade Pas. an Re ka Re HE pill I> ee “* Stockbridge limestone...:...... S238 (2 cs Cate RR Re eee eR age 5, 43 ata Sy As. ke RUMOR DERE ae yee acy eae enletben yi. Wiis metal aaee 5 (PR ee ee ae PPENESUONE to oes coos alsin Bs Gree Cee epidote.etes... 60.266 cen oe 5 Pi eats. = Meer fel ci 2) clase ais ee gee) os IMP MIpOle. EMIdOte= oa se 1O SERIE x Bpinle ahelateaiom sree sredarei, J Orehoelage: © Mee ees 5 COUNTY 78 | ee gneiss limestone contact.............. ehaleopyrite 2.2.0.2 .55e es 43 bee evBeave ge ~ sf" sicomwide: - . =. (PyTteNte, ROMS. ceca een AS Daas Nicks a CS tod Orc) CO ISIELH (CR RRC ROUSE RCE Tet RAE URE IESE Mga (2. BRE emcee at ew ate kia ORO Co MeN an, Lo Veale eas Sukie 43 oidgake uc in Pranular limestone. -. aaiheeciie .<. obeid ows da cee sew nceva dene cs {148 Bt tiar's kt els 7s és sSorereitetarenatey seoeevereted ci [tc care, cucymec clic cP balakoMebeeicuewe abet [Ae See t eh Se CaS As PARE RER GREETS uch EIT ae EN Cec et 71 eee st ais 7 aa yetesbe eertane eaters ai trek talisnctsiinse sca) Stenat stm apeienceteneorehanorers |e Ee ana ianlsl =). - anotededevorsterer parekexcnelfioncichc er cuauti ay eicw foie a¥aieha cis evelacs, AIA spd: ipo: ee gneiss limestone contact ............. pocketsimelay.....0. $05.0: 5, 48, 151 ree Ser “ } 2 ees |. «..(DMTORENES 055 <5 os sula dhe 43 PAD PRX cn cons, 5 in clay pockets in tale ............. Solel CIE, MERA ak 2 oo chttess 5, 43,151, w 3 oe a «ete beteteisishs.-.»- - |DPYLORENC QUATEZ. « . scion re <,|0 = “9 (7D RS TRRES ERY Se SEO |e ane ee w 76 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM : ST LAWRENCE No. LOCALITY SPECIES DESCRIPTION De Kalb (continued) - 226|3m. w. De Kalb Junction............ DANG is sas ames massive fibrous... <. 3<\<« serene tourmalin...... colorless glassy erystals.......... amphibole..... dark green hornblende........... phlogopite. ss si:|:.4e oto ocd Sane epee ee SETPENtimeses sais |. divest «wee nce sera een 227 near Osborn’s lake ye... cate oe wre fluorite........ large cubic crystals.............. COUT 6. | oo svn we a dove > eee le calcite’. ...:...¢lernystalss2a....c. ee eee |o):0y | {- ie PCPS Choc ne amphibole..... white and gray tremolite......... phlogopite. ic...) 's «.65+ ante one eee 228 Richville 1S igstes ok leit aig ei tenestats eye Rasta en barite:....<2.c6 long tabular crystals ............ Edwards 229) Taleville, tale mines.........+..000+- GLC: wine eterna massive, fibrous... ).'s b.sseeeee ee . jamphibole..... hexagonite schist of interlaced erystaleeieicese le amiga ee pyrolusite...... small but perfect dendrites....... enstatite....... rather Tare: « css oo RE 230| Anthony mine 2m. s. Edwards,....... amphibole, A eee actinolite, tremolite...... eS wernerite...... cote eee tee sence mccu eee ees as > apatite. «.1an) Sup. ae 5. UEDA Sock ee phlogopite..... light green and sea-green plates... HOMAGE... 1-230) cesses eae o (atop lifate paleo Piet MAN ELITE. «<< 66 | isis e581 te; cose ela Annee renee eee genes ae MIA ES SRNR Sa, cade ee eee Fine SPA Scott FAT. ou icn sas a dy anes nels ewes ../oligoclase...... crystals, moonstone............. pyroxene...... brilliant erystals....... ene ake eie wei BINCOMLE « ow so 6s ssa vin cin oie os SI Loh: 11) | os Pern ee ee Auorite « « HBS Oy RUD. SAI ore ee le (NC): eee Ae eR A a DYTUGO » joo occ Od | SLAAQORE FAST ORR pacer ne 232|Benson MineS......... 00 ee ee eeeeeee MMA PTSLIECE. «66 s.| 5 a viie es 0isie'e main oon enter 233/\Clifton mines..........-eeeeees Jeera. ey PE NEW YORK MINERAL COUNTY (continued) LOCALITIES (7 NO. | QUALITY GEOLOGIC ASSOCIATION MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION | AUTHORITY PIG\F. ..- -¥er- alinvestone Bases oa a ole eGteradle- <5 amphibole :s 2 ixccvrccy popes ee w 2) cpeevie ntiteerish . o). . . atieaires- IDV LORCWCL a 6 ioe erie nr6.0) 4 cues Biers 43, 2 ae SEMEL AS Pil RCL Sagat Soha oe gai tgalegd « e amphibole........ 43 ie me eae CA Scales nls Meet omiaal cists boo. olaco. > « (S 2s |) gas PRMRERENBE'S ic asa bis) fs bis din cie o sidtenw Gin b orn UC a gg ss! = 43 ee Sai ies RMON Seep Ga che! icarspeleia reve maeys « + “ fluorite .........-.. 43 aes vy oe . poeta Cited wos o's ity eae toe ats MORAUS fa. Gigi, yale lageisnc «p> 0 » |S En eee Ki Bd eat race a ee CRIOILG, AMOEICS ojo:5. <5 ol s.s sams (EO Eye sere - et a can ns ba, MOR ODIGOD cite yain can. és « o0' >< (0) BO a eRe S vy Br tA ts Spee a ee | AIM NID OL OUC iia, a coo,5)0,01seee (AO 228|xx ..... Sea NEE Ao ae RP ds isco as's ae oneness 24, 43 SIQies ee. - PAPPRTOISS cela eceie core a ae ee eo atoll ate CONE Pe ees Ree ee te ES 13672 WS7, a Les 200, 202, 203, 205 : 2 ae UE BIOii ae le AEE SS eens ae AMpPMIDOlEs 2/2 she we ec os ws 43, 205 Reet ola 2-5 2 2D Ta 2. Se Ba Se ae ie Nena (eae ee gee Ww Sep he, WOME REONC ie os oon» ont «ele ess /EDMIDOlS. . 6 a6 oo aoe ow a [459 ZOD 230|xx .|gneiss limestone eee bist: Saga saith a apatite, wernerite.......... 43 7 5g Sa 7 ga Be Tee ee ‘* amphibole ete... .. ./43 ne Ale pea - Seta ee a die) sta: oii 4om SK on oo oaks Risa Bass Hae Sei, Sy Mee wernerite, apatite.......... G SS OO Te na Be st Soe Ms all Ge apie Cpe Ges CO On eS. <6 Se Z ss Wate eats Beka ee SR ee rnin aN a Be, ce os Pre Mea Wa eae aia bt oti aar ohare eco) 'c: aah mheyesial ebaitarorey ero Red ey 7424 ib. gate granite limestone contact............. PY EOKENE); sversieshyiyeia. 0, «: , r= (AS 2 AEE ROO eect ays, oa. x «ono. 5) da japhie, « « calcite, pyrite... ..........5 43 3 ae ig SRT ee bt a ae Oe Re eee HT CYG Coa ae en a 43 4 ee Eo Beach at oa, the a: eur egngeuss ©. = Cab) PROUD a oo site 010 4 apni Ao ea UALS To Ree od, MA RS See aed GE coe ce ee ee re 149, 194 233\FT...... ee NE eas a han a)is ool alo « gine ab iahatete Fo et (RGR COREY oo Sts PN Seats ears erie a LS Sata 43,¢ Zac (eee STE ee ne re ae ee ROPE, ice reap el es w <=" | eee limestone granite contact............ T hig DYEORONE. a5 0s): * 5, 43 BGs ner ok = ey NR TEP Tit Be) en ee ee amphibole, tourmalin.......}5, 43, 159 PROS oats “ ae sk: HIDYFOXENE,, titanites...2.,-52.c14o) settee ms SRDS SI CURRIE eee Pe SR SN! Sit wat t=) Hi “iF pentane 5 « (ADALILE, DYTOXENE 4 oc ,eruehl- ito : CEEVLEPTL SIE): a ee A a eee BEE@ENEMC..,/ (04-0 oc ote 43 op eee a ASRS, SPST Re SSRI Rab. | Seer Eee RO Ee Me MN Pte 3 AO aE = fas ie Pee Uae Ro aa | Ne Oe Rage eR RUS erent cos 240/Xx...... gneiss limestone contact..... te. . jbiobite, gxaphite.. 2.5... 43, 79 BOR a re De re eRe ee HUM eNT Aes aol alreiohsciisvaeaniere vivteno wo Bi seit aa es Pee) | SUE ee le sh mes MOEA y ot ne 2 he Se ee ee eB 2s” Teiteaas ne a lseieRbOne yas. 5 - 1s 2d. eae) > » IOMORUE, Calcite... 0605.2 2 0(t9 m2 8 le eee in crystalline limestone...........-+.. wernerite, titanite.......... 5, 43 Roaeeruice Se aN sali g We Seta oes teri 5 5 \5/'a:"e ANDERE EG 0) a) oy ones oobs whsi'o.2 eho) ine 5, 43 Seen cine %e Sarton ier deta oth a oH TORE. ata ie sya nls 5, 43 245)|St Lawrence Min. Co.’s mines, 1m. e. Macomb 220 foes se eg Seappevin abl Sa | walenay ete ket 246\1m.n.e. Macomb.....: 247 \Ingram farm 248) Pope's Mills... . 222.6... e esse eens phlogopite..... lbarite pelea 2 5 sphalerite...... .|tourmalin...... pyroxene...... amphibole..... apatite ssc... .. 80 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ST LAWRENCE No. LOCALITY SPECIES DESCRIPTION Hammond (continued) near De Long’s mills (continued) See amphibole neore: pargasite and tremolite.......... phlogopite. ....|. 006 20% csceme eee RE eee pyroxene...... eeawich white and green......... ATIC 8 << o.tae Gaye snow white crested variety........ YtILe ss. sc .c-ats erystals........... ..228 eee eee fluorite... . <<: purple... ..3.<.-go ee eee se Hermon 242|Lowden mine Im. n.e. of Hermon..... hematite.......|. 85...005) S222 eee quartz... .. |pyFamidals. 24... eee amphibole..... parasite. 2s. 2.0 see pyroxene....-.]..20).2.6% S026 aaa tourmalin,.....|. 2: 00S) 20tee ag eee 24:3|Dodge ore bed... .ntioticn se seieenies .< siderite... ...5. bent: erystals). <0. eae ae serpentine... ..|. 0: ss: Soc Seek Se eee eee limonite....... bog iron ore... ... /3454 eee ais Macomb 244/14m. n. Elmdale (Smiths Mills)....... MOLE... css masses of large green cubes....... lcaletee Date tate feu Rossie type, small erystals....... DVEWG.. 2c ok ae concretionary aggregates of crys- tals.<. . os « amie ae siden 6 0 0.6 0 2 ue = whole minha eee ee ee owe 0 6 a 6 6 el Ble be 6 oe mee le ee on eens = € eo 6 0 lew 60.8 = 0 os oe a ee ee ee s eee pee acueu tens 2 Oe ws Os ee =e) wee ee ee see ee ee sees en Cw 6 whe ee eis ee 6 pe ree Bia tat dichcl dubelidhetel ce oaletaleate es tourmalin......|dark brown and black...... graphite....... osc ea seo ee ewe Fe tC Oe ow le) Mel eee ee ee cee 8a 0 6 ec © 6 6 6 © he le elmira) waa Se lla ge = NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES 81 COUNTY (continued) NO. | QUALITY GEOLOGIC ASSOCIATION MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION | AUTHORITY ee yc Sie in crystalline limestone..............-. apatite, ates Sirk. Bie. 43 Seay pyle en at Pee tT ae Set) Bits hav cpod crore aera 43 oer es cuscex eee). . (zircon, orthoclase. ....... +. (5,259 Pee ee ‘S Si OE TO VIEILC HE te ciain eles oss, o\s'e oles Bere Se atolls zs Bee ee eee Te ena eas ahs, Gace Candee lin: dialed wie a Bic See Be scssd ates oe wed ote GRIER me tets 5... (48 refs 1) Aes Rees MEMBER OVS Speer cease os Bees rece Toe Se a) ae Sines ONE aE, ane. © Bile! GVLEL ee epie auses Ora 194 Benewah 3 liga 9 "a SI Sor 0k ROME eer ieee: oe Sat MGMATIEE 5.202 Foe o, os wes oe 5, 43 Shee Pe ROLES oltre Rete ET Ok aerate quicweeee coats [ee Brees ees = Re Nae ee ee EO, PRL AR Me Nahe ol ana lance avebal’ ois 1g) ele dataeen she eye | Bat elects 5 ee estore ER Nar tena BN = BE tte Sed oiled ds om, Wi feces chet eee Bee PR <_< | ee REECE SNINE fot Car ws I IGET ISS aw fons a See we, Are is iaiel.e ats Sw cw ee 5, 43 BEEPS NS - Paes = rar EAE Re Oe ees Shee Wh a eens poeta aes wats sere ey alee SSRs ots: se RO Ree vee ee Reicha he a irs) salina ms. abn, #1 een bre! @ ae aa aa ..-|in crystalline limestone.............. ealeite, DYTICG. 6c 56 cee ss sot 43,116 | Ree oe Pi Sue Oe eee ee eS Se ae MOREE = Site ets dastcnes 43, w | | eae in crystalline limestone.............. fluorite, caleite............. w PAGITT. ... .¥ veins in limestone..................-- eC ge, es ee a 43, w +Teleteu: bivid fens det lath 2. sss. edbiemts).. galena, calcite............. 43, w PAGIEX cc). in crystalline limestone.............. pyroxene, amphibole....... 43 Be ed cs pe A ery ee tourmalin ee ONS atrace eae of loo, ¢ SP eae ‘ nani tee os AI DILE,, DYTOXCHE.c) 502i aapiglte fire. aw Seer ORL, . dines SRI Hed graphite . wweisiabers 43 2a ee ; Spee ckKis does. & oes PERE a pyroxene, wernerite........ 43 j ROE Dare ne RM Le a Eh tale a ora wc aie «ile. tw Ss oe 43 eelasbaa is aa POE GR SPE Ee ee ee ee ene > : eee MN al ier aerate re. ete Stale ow do! aidhoin eaetnrn SMe o pate 43 eee EK ews gneiss limestone contact............. praphite.< < ge adedast s . -3 ss 43 “Seer fie oerell... acomnleades.. orthoclase.......... Edie oe 43 BESIX. ~ once PoINEE, * i. Smee NEPR RSE sw. [' sca) 5. Sra ete s oie siniee Wee sual e et ae 43 82 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ST LAWRENCE lee — eee nn ee NO. LOCALITY Morristown 249) Mineral point, 2m. n.e. Hammond.... . Oswegatchie 250 Ogdensburg.) o.6 bob ee BO OL 2 ee Pierrepont 251|1 m.e. West Pierrepont .............. 252\farms of Wells and Vaughn........... Mos CACTTEP OM. 5 ud ccans ce kc hee Led eee Pitcairn 254/1 m. n.e. East Pitcairn .............. 2502 m/e: Hast Pitcairn. oe oe ee. Potsdam 256|boulder in road near Crary’s Mills..... DESCRIPTION SPECIES galena.:)... .2¢/s7aed are sphalerite.......15|.«.0cess ve eds d ee MUOTIEC S26. lS BS} ee DE ee ealeite......... large clear crystals.............. labradorite... 0.2}... «0. os se ese tourmalin...... brilliant black erystals........... phlogopite. :. ui)... <4. 5.5 ese eee pyroxene Paltite ut transparent, tabular crystals....- amphibole; . 2°42 ..5.3..40% 3. sae eee \OMPOR OURO GS bigcu ahead aoc PEMIAEeID Groen hoo oc oligoclase... ... |/... 2. aa se + + os 6 eee wernerite..:...{large gray and white crystals....- AMUTEC cheeks peristerite...... 5 ck igae eeee pyroxene... ones) aula geen eee = ZINCOMes 6 4.8 fine’ crystals:).e7 Ge eee microcline..... white rounded crystals...........- pyroxene. _...{brilliant green erystals......... ES: tibamiterd.c< e+ < pale red and brown crystals...... phiegonite. . oc) anil aan ees eee PLY PSUM.. 2... satin. sparc <2: eee pyroxene...... large crystalss.... 2-4 titaniteeae wes large pale red and brown crystals. . GNF OTTHE, . 6 oe eee wilerciare sla wo re 5 VATCOUE AT whe: large, greenish, prismatic erystals. Caleite si. [eae wae how whe ke ; orthoclase...... large! crvstals’.......ot29 one tourmalin...... black OF gree ne hie DIGEIGE 4.4. 21 ea a's owe eo hey No SN AMPH 53.6 ois lhe 6-5 a dk we wie! ao Btene oe Sa eee NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES 83 COUNTY (continued) — NO. | QUALITY GEOLOGIC ASSOCIATION . MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION | AUTHORITY 249). 5 sore. MIEN INISETICISSH tN cose <5 cated sphalerite, calcite.......... 5, 43 Pept boc: - PIT 5s wc meee PAOD a ee ks si Dec oes RES EA aioe in Yo : eee oc. See cS eis ceWeh Ain eal cc Aoi; st's reustle’ Sueee|| Olam eos ee z= atte 2... a eee, Jt Sphalerite . 23.0... 15 2 (REPT ANLe, WOUWLGEG es... oi 2 bARBMUPNO Mel. o|nctaie a2 bso) os a eS ake wing ace ew 43 7 1ri lb oa Resta limestone gneiss contact.............. Quartz) 2s oo aoe ere eee 43 ae ee patie gl: 2 2 een eR Rane ae. Sento ratte 43 ban aE a lhe al it, -amaphibole. 2.0.05. 43,159 PASTA Se Cee eae TEATS See CICS Cee enn tere mR ae pyroxene, oligoclase........ 43 ee ale. 2 Pie ee ACEO Wel dace eR 29.0, ls, «WPA arta vel yet ob ae tt ue oe ee RN are rea AIS) raat a Sn 6 SiS acciaie.« eae PEE KS sea. limestone gneiss contact.............. DYVTOXCNES Oia sscncashio eee aye: 43,¢ Sas x ae Ses Be “*_-wernerite.........|43 ete e's a Tae ates. HI WORMCEIGGK Us cine Dios oie aD 24 Ube. aa limestone granite Beteiet ae rma eee mierOchine:.6.s4)ccicwau eae 43 52 ae che Seapine Ba ity Sea ae al NOVEORENET SA oh. a' 0 we ake caters 43 SKA ata she i SEAS. eee oie microcline, zircon.......... 43 Mens i kart “a Pe Ge Gee a if pyroxene......./43, 223 Seaeeneys tee > “ Sancta nee eeR as ceHl to) culentes tees aie) nents; atarie, eapiower Sch opel oo Si ealtaite Sais ei ESR IHC Les MRS NERS Alka chia elie alle ais tau wheres aibedray a, eat abel 4G 255\x . paseo PUANILS: VEU So sie c.5 Sih s.3, okies 6 5/8 Oe ee AS titanite, zircon............ 43 Re ee Tiki ad pee eA he a eee age WARCOD 5.4 Sisutae See ok See 43, 223 2a re oe TE PS SE BUE TN 5 of nae Catia ER Oars. Pat GHLCE EH ce Ghats ls,.5 ceoehc Gtarennye oe 43 SHih sess Sa Weg S) 425-4 oo eee ; wernerite. ..... 0): .¢0.+ 0s 2) 6. ee 2G60|im. n.w. Somerville. ...........:..+..- chondrodite....|yellow grains...... oe Ge | auc Ebon 1 Spineless). eo8 rose and reddish brown.........- . _[|hydrotaleite.. . .fhoughite.. ...2:., a4. eene eee 261/|3m. n. Oxbow (Yellow lake).......... chondrodite....|yellow grains...............--:: orthoclase......| s/s. . 0. +) 5005 See amphibole..... bright green pargasite....... Fame apatite Beare Poy small, transparent, green crystals. : pyroxene. ....-|...-s....52= es eee : TIGAMTEO. ow oe cn [oo gs ace) ne cee ee FALCON. « ow so) ie/e fia, , 64 « @ s)qie shal ega alee ened cee een wernerite...... large, light yellowish green crystals phlogopite..... in large:sheets:: .\2:. 22.5... eee 4 gahnite........ Automolite. ...:;ccaeee ee Moen i FAUOTIEC. 2. oe oS ]si 6 oe heen ie 6 owls i Golomites:. 6. s.0iiss ose as cs ow ee me praplnte a eiarelarseifie wieie\d stnie ia hus, © onl) lage err . 962\ near. Grasse lake. «0426006 «osc eee pyroxene...... hemihedral crystals.............. i wernerite...... greenish... 2... 2.2 «ess see NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES COUNTY (continued) NO. | QUALITY GEOLOGIC ASSOCIATION MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION | AUTHORITY CAT |b oat ne velun limestone... ers ek fe Sulere, PyTWEe:. -. <0 a © oe < 5, 43, 211 xxt “yds p comiend gieses tt DARN esate ayes ote e dee galena, calcite. .. . 0... =~ 5,9, 43 xxt Say gaan at, eb SAL ERE eR De ARS AD ~, ~sphalente:. o> 5,9, 43 ye “raps el as aac SNRs 2) relia: re PERO crea Pee Ge cbse = 6 43 ‘eae re Mebawse sites sud (ena, Senalerite...>..-% -.{o)4e WO Li, ante is Pe ee eee Noe ar ee ee... aS einen z Se ree ee ee IE nes cee Sacha e Ges 5 IAS ieee ee % Ysera RS FR OM als BS gut pete iti [ts a Ae een ae SE Merci n ss - Oe Re od Nhe ae REO nc, See bala wn omen aloe SO ri: synelinal fold of Potsdam sandstone... ..|-.---.-.--.-20..e20ee008- 194 ict Fees o! © 5 an mestone vein. .}.....2...-...-- quartz dolomite 43 | eee ae eemteemiebiate sf. ot ecb eee. a aes 5s fe had Aap ine et ee 5, 43 EE bec cells go dS OO Son rey Res aie ene ces eal (eel IRL acme Reon eer ic aoa are ae ee 5, 43 PAR oe re ow in limestone and serpentine........... ichondrodite............... 5, 43 ho ates 3 DO. . 5 4. \Serpembmes asa eOe 2225.0 gate italamesaua cee tenenadeeailite ie ee aearcaeneaneed -.- vy ol¢) one ¢ ph Raa te nna ees ae dolomite ete..............«..-%+-|80 Tol sro oS cell 254s SERRE Uae NES a ed toler ee eee a 43 RN ete oe IE. hk, 2 lig gee ore Rees [ie sntaie oom = me Son a #6 ere ae 5,43 2GO|X 225.0" MME SOHEE Te ee oe kde Spinelscy a. oka eee aoe 5, 43 Or es . tee ee tS ROMGEREEEO i) 5 6s... cise we ¢ PEO ea oe oF paeeis ties ests Oem el areal fem SPINE Ne oes gnc naeeNO Se 93, 180: 4 1 re limestone gneiss ESIC ACU PA eS, Fos [2a a gle ateusteeseae eo auenstarcie fansus BUNIE 43 KX ..... Sool 7 C0 Ciel Ti areal rae a IRN Hage S Wa aaa te ot: See aay 43 =k". 5: ap Fits HAR ae neers peter: ee pyroxene, orthoclase....... 5, 43, w- =. eee ar ee cers ae Sans Her ieee oe 43, w >: ae te Sa a, ah! Ean ean alge SA wernerite, orthoclase....... 43 eee 4 eae ati a Me: Die = Bea geme bal sree, (or i Pa letinis, 2c CR ORR he RU Sed pena RN OE 2S) PEER be Se Rnb © oi SE es quartz, titanite etc........ 43, w Pgs G'S rebar te. +. SN Aen 2 Pep rene hes st l43, w Phere sts nt an Rmentone seen. +See Ew: dolomite... 0.5.5... e. 2s [48 ee $ AOR oo ET PE eee et ee 2c ae Sate pe REG * Ekg SS ON BE Pais wn wlwinc swe ve eee ee seas s o/b Sess hai 2 ss Spiga d a BS 2 Ui) ns ena ne a MI 2 1) 2 a ene limestone gneiss contact............. wernerite, titanite.......... 43, 159, 229» I ayia, | SOE oye aR Nt ety a ea pyroxene, graphite etc...... 43 86 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ST LAWRENCE NO. LOCALITY SPECIES DESCRIPTION Rossie (continued) near Grasse lake (continued)......... graphite....... fine crystals ».: icy 3) - hee orthoclase...... luxoclasesas. Lichine shee eS titanite: 6.4 8 vale red and brown crystals. a ee Se Webster farm: ...48 boca apatite... os sn large erystalss oe eee Sih 2a! ve 3 aye he oo ae ee aol ZARCOD «.,«.5.-, «5 5 «|| sysneuel spss =< ayes 6 See amphibole..... tremolite in short crystals........ 263|2m. n. Rossie.........-.-.-.- +e eee wernerite...... greenish... yo saa eee sae pyroxene...... large green crystals.............. tibamMibes. >.< 2c brown crystals... Woe eee aes tourmialin.. 6 <.5))c) kes svepe co cheese enone ere ee eee phlogopite. . . . =). «+ +...) oe sie eae eet eee Russell 264 Buskurk farm, 1m. n.e. Russell (?)....|danburite...... abundant fine erystals........... datolitess..... «0s s|PALEGck 5). 9. «oe eee ee wernerite:.s jes oa ob ae eo) eee pyroxene...... small green crystals.......... UNE tourmalin...... black. ..:.,a5 sap ae molybdenite....|disseminated...............++-- titanite........ black crystalst....20 a4 sooner labradorite ....|grayish brown massive........- - a vere ise ba ag ae! COUNTY (continued) NO. |QUALITY NEW YORK MINERAL GEOLOGIC ASSOCIATION LOCALITIES 87 MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION | AUTHORITY xx .....{limestone gneiss contact............. pyroxene, wernerite........ 5, 43 ROR (ss .5i's SBage carey | arses tne so Sa MIE Dy es. Gee 5, 43 ROWE a ss ier WAN EOL a SS DERE LL eae Rabe Vbehl HAWK L's, dh es 5, 43 - “ Seeiee nt ctor 4 OBUMOCIASC gears cis che) wove e wt ) ss Teds eaten sudo MLO bE CLC. Praieiei Mei 5 icc Rc earaseke mg Bane chee CVO RSES Gage oct. ool Orm OCIA SEN aT enP een ame 2; PGS Mek ose - f hv vt NOUR RN ce yeetet ieee Sn LOA OE, <2 0 A Ap 43 pre SON MEL RT Ab ae spiro ia bec iia orthoclase, apatite......... 43, 159 See te BETA LAN Miata apr dens nites. Stic: Sete tid tal eicaet poeta 5, 43 Fs ds es ONT ee See ee Prin See tebe cymet one cst 43 > ace PE Mike veil Wy hs ct age es Ce a gaa MEN Tc RESO A RCTO DIY a : | 2G4\xx ..... cavities and seams in gneiss.........../Pyroxene................. 22, 43, 219 ae eae es ee ae fe MM SS ltsne ce aicieaeneie nes Be aaike oi: gneiss limestone contact.............. “) ‘amphibole. ...)..:. 143 _ Re ne seseeeeaes+../Wernerite, danburite... 43 St etiaieds ‘i Ee ots eCARUZ mn pets eee tee Sep Diy dee st 4s (PSCORECDG io ae eee i i a: a AR Tee GPK ““. -wernerite.........|43 belle ae aking % ia A Bias O os Quartznd peras Soy: IS Bite ain e Penease 8)! (Member 0 whe seine a be a See ne Pe IE aco ete, Meg | ae ee i cal re) 2G5|Ex..--.. [COSEDI TER SIE Ss a a a wernerite, amphibole.. .... 43, 159 OE bs oa TU ea RY GR Ce Ri aaee Sap a pyroxene....... 43 BE des os EE Bs ee SS a PV LORCME a as bh cose 43,¢ ser seese iTS Ste SR Sek ea cee ene Rem ts PEP foe Penman pS, 266|Xx ...-. gneiss limestone contact..)........... calcite, titanite, :.).)...). 20. w RS re CRESTS Cm RD) PSEA oe aes ae pyrite inclusions........... w Bea oe lets aa Se Doel Rep ket IS coe anes Fam CAIEIG EL leet. Saket cent oer w 2 nee a " ssensess--,..(Apatite, pyroxene etc... .... | oe ad Si Ue ye MEI id ce ORL ee is Oa Pane Bene eee ee A pyroxene, labradorite.......|w REA, tN oP gain a aa ee TitAMItes. 3. oHs!e 4) w 88 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM SARATOGA NO. LOCALITY SPECIES DESCRIPTION oa Greenfield 267\1m. n.w. Highrock spring Saratoga... .|chrysoberyl....|pale yellowish reed erystais..... in Mt McGregor ridge............... MATNCGs es c..5 =. ee ee pee ee eo an ZATCOR, LAINE. «6.0.5 .0.050. 10 shee 5 Rnb, < EryS Bling MMesEBHe.....<.; SEPP MOE Se ob were cceseneie sig.0 05 aes 5, 438, 132 ed a Mee « SN et Lo etal evat at arlene e tee ls ioROSOI bs armeranback é-cecbier: 5,43 ete... BORCATUZUV CLIP. 5 os) os SERSISCETIA D4. o.<\| selec © abies 0 wena cvie ds ac beemene PALA SRE Selle Gee no Oe ees i ER ii nee ee | cen a ee 194 COUNTY POL = 6 ca e2 \gneiss limestone contact.............- pyroxene, quartz........... 5, 43 aah 4 ‘F scl eIe CEEE ooio.5. ciale vishal sia OID Sestaberaneusc ns Nd aense a Salts | ATID DICE x ndisisnosoxeiese.e0.eseiens |D 292\x .. Meta MIT Oy1I7HA CSE OME) 15/5) toh aba chrsyael bo ake a leleheve.evee/ove/niece io sys e.s.ee es 5 94 "NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM WASHINGTON NO. LOCALITY SPECIES DESCRIPTION “5 Granville rd (3) EGS Gs Sc ene e eee ARR ce feereares Pk Se Fe DYIOXKCHE 2 2. lamellar... 5 2s< soars =e eee orthoclase...... MASSIVE... . «20 sicla = Epidote. .s 2 6c a] sis co's Ak sae eee ee 294|Middle Granville.................0-. pyrolusite...... dendrites... ....ci: eee Putnam 295|Anthony’s Nose... 25). sie 0s «ee ae eke hematite....... mammillary, botryoidal.......... WAYNE Wolcott Pos! Wolcott MINE. oo oa Sess te ee od als hematite....... fossil ore... 2. os is1s/id ee eee Ibanite: c5).5, a pinkish crystals, highly modified... ete \OMEREID) MATES. 5. oo a8 =. 2 \cceeee ee ba hematite....... oolitic ore... . 654.2225. 5, 43, 101 Be eee MR el oie ea A RCL. aopalb oi) bid sia HD SEEMOUNOas Va/s wc) z/cio tin. d'o'es (AS, OM Eyacoles Cia EE Se ne a ec eae ae a ere ces eins te Pa cet senna oh tata shar eneh cae’ «i; atetayar-he ate. [AMEDMIDOLS, CAlCILGs i006 eae (40 Se eae ee or rence ache rie, oa aha esr || PY TOXCRG REE. Gee anait . . - |40 Bo de a ee Me ll hea). ICN RICOD NIE. «na ak on Mn dee x WES Sa NE IRR SAE SES | on ae a 43 rH eee HM NOLIGE CONGAECE,..«...4 - + «++ eutdciande « amphibole... 5. .a0cces ds. 43, 228 i e si ee tes, ee Rech EOROMOY o a-- sls) cals w aaw's IES np den Ste * Sets o/s eae eat | (MUNDO so! 5 ercvelie oie, aha Aap SO ae, DE ce PEO DIESER ce am A Wace Bl Sota atin) ah aif bncatistey ave lana COO ae eee a BOT Ge i Se ee Ma SSF) CF a ' g 300|* i) ae Sy. eae ae Spinel CATNEE. "ss .)s/s 0s ee! 43, 228 iohird Le rahe cae Oe OS bo PC eee ee ae Tt iB eta oats Calne 43, 228 eee RE EES SEES Ee Re A ca rT C1 oh re S Lorre eS mh eee tc SRE a sete Wasa WA nd) endo ks SRlatst nomi arse mon, Pp ee aM HIVE MEON CRAG CY rE ei ocr Sus we eas Sede [ER inne apo nn wean we ene we 44 aaa NURS Iara gee 28s a a ek partinc oh, op (OLRM s PE sarc eietas ss « wa, - (A 2, Pace aaa at Ser arte ea aide eta eee tu | REIL DIS isl cl ai ovate, Suan taa are - See S| HEMNGMERIGME ree ee ciel ols tans ee AB EORONE, . bo ole nic tiee ns a0s 44, 228 Seen rice Pind feaukabele, ess mentor hom ores 96 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM i WESTCHESTER : ‘NO LOCALITY SPECIES DESCRIPTION Cortlandt (continued) 02) Peekskill ether sete fee eee ee eee jamphibole. . . | nies. « sim «cee er staurolite...... small erystald,.......c\00 6 eee graphite... . . cy acjes sock ee Gee _ Eastchester 08) Cuckahoe:. Fi... cs aise Son eee Ee dolomite....... WHASSIVE.....'s 2% nism aol ee oleaiate eee JON PRANS eee aah small bright erystals ............ graphite....... CTY StAIS x... nio.n.svet's so eee cae Cee ; | ; ) NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES 97 COUNTY (continued) NO. | QUALITY GEOLOGIC ASSOCIATION MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION | AUTHORITY eee... ee PEELE MT ee ht ee et Pee ee ee ee, OO 43 EP se, MERTISCHEROLEUS TMP Roe ekite ok ems Herre ho oS beer d e's oes wae a SOO terete ees. oe eR Ree bee tent li Copa ills bajainiere.a ave setels sinld os s< 4s oa IO 303|*....... dolomitic limestone...............-.. pyrite, chaleopyrite........ 5, 43 3. Pa rz £ NES oe aie g Caine: Nc oe Se wee |) ee. S <2 Sgt ellige: chery Rees Pele ee ee ae pyrite, chaleopyrite........ 43 : leeds a SE a eee nay eee et, OOIOMIEDO wana cio os ceis x clvia ales [4 EZ oi ORicoe rete nie ata terate Cueto a RR OT One es eee (2 i | a RNG ECHR eee o oso a ennie ow we shes DEUCIUG OAL. 651.2. oc ces oe 5, 43 2 coe PERE PORPONE S222 St + A seater oe ee » SCEDENEING. co. 560 ewes + os = [Me apie lear iehae *e PCSOs). SE eS. jamphipole:.. ss << sic. 0ss <0 |Dp4S Brocerts- 2 ing Ee a eh ene i © Em kee whe et PREEpeMMANe A <> Lcset eee ee. 4. .(brucite ete... 2 ccs occa. ofp 4d See a ear tree Pans ae apes yn Sint) © Se gh ca vie a's SPO Mere a a lalb mee ewe wels oan e SOG)... neighboring rock mica schist..........| brucite, chromite........... 5, 43, 129 Erna on serpentine.......................|serpentine, brucite.........|5,43 ng an ine % Ne Seek Aes Cras Rohe i Chesser octets eo te CaN Se 9 ReEMeTIne, eee ste eee g. . fenstatite, Barnete. POPs ss. 2:15) 43, 129) Be eae AS “¢ oD ee eee ees ey OCemphibolestet Pets, PP 4s a9 a ia eee ER eee) fs <1 OREN OET AIS SELPEMbINES «cele orersiele sielero ae 15,43 Mah eaPokr putes vein in serpentine...................|deweylite.................-|5, 43, 129 |: kote: in mica schist and hornblende rock... .|titanite................... 5, 43 ty cates -e eee ee Le i PREM OB Sola a.0 dw io levis inseam w au Pee een» VeHr i Serpentine: 60. 4 fo fe es «.« (\CNAICEHONY: 0 oo oicie os o's 129 Door i oe ee oa ‘es em esa emer Oy db! | 307\x....... in dolomitic limestone................ lamphabole 4h5c0h0 05 wien o 08 5, 43. Se ee yl mt Re abba rare pe oe Pye eans fd pyroxene, pyrite........... 43 > ae satire on Une ete fe ABIDMIDOLE So arta ele win dee ole 43 cy Sores ONE OE gine LMS a oe Url 1c a Pa a e chalcedony WESTCHESTER DESCRIPTION erystalseceo aco incrusting dolomite eee eee eee wees crystals, occasionally doubly ter- mimated: 2 aasee erystalss: oer green foliated .... slender prismatic erystals........ scalenohedral crystals 98 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM NO. LOCALITY SPECIES Ossining (continued) _|Ossining, Prison quarry (continued)...|quartz ........ dolomite....... Gale. 5.2 2 ree LUG Ce eee Ue serpentine... caleite: 2.35 ac 308)|Sparta,im.s. Ossining (old copper mine))cerussite....... 309 310 pyromorphite . . .|pseudomorph after pyroxene..... ae ow elem ia. eee small prismatic crystals.......... .|{mammillary incrustations on ga- ele « « 6 06 6) 0)» ee ee aMelésites. <...< J|..o.0 0 yee eee vauquelinite...|green and brownish concretions... sparingly in tabular crystals ..... galena.. 3... eae chalcopyrite . ABUT. da. s co wee < 20s 2 ee Shafts 3 and 4 New Croton aqueduct|- 4m.s.e. Croton Landing........... Shaft 5 New Croton aqueduct, Whitson|rutile stilbite........ .|small crystals crystals of prismatic habit ....... ee CC ee il ar | eee e see wea] se 6 8 ue 0 fe ets « ow ee «= age el a) ele wee eranane Se harmotome..... twin crystals lining vugs......... heulandite. .. . |. :2)3.4.,9558. ote eee Stil bite pte, << Weyer small, sheaflike aggregates PECtOlite.. 6 66 5 5] fas a sys: sate welds ey ee ca ee re meme re Pe DVI reno small bright erystals............. DAalitens seen cce white crystals and masses........ GUAT ZS. tae crates rough, imperfect crystals......... ealeites» oo aeoet modified crystals, P’t Henry type chrysolite...... yellow grains... ......5:=seEeeene tourmalin...... minute, transparent, yellow prisms NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES 99 COUNTY (continued) NO. a GEOLOGIC ASSOCIATION MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION | AUTHORITY Mrs ie ns in dolomitic limestone............... NORAD E EER oy aoe oy a a ee e aap geiaage ee Re NN eee A “Core Snag he ee ees pee e Geese _ Se Reon ae rd 2 ORIG, NE! ery Oe os TE “Ete tetaaty a ea aii ria ayy BE Riolomittery si. < fore Sto Me 5 e co att cies lad tales oe DReetearaie! Ae ns QUATtZS SS we e tlh cata MRR CR bat stonee:| ge Fe BOVEE ES Hah iines op oPh See eis sai c +E nak ghecise me bch heats patna, at Bie \dolomite Sie Mei Otane een roa e “ie deal A raat eeage) BS ‘galena, chalcopyrite ....... 5, 43 in faite diersbane SEN Hs bee ere, ee galena, chalcopyrite ....... 5, 43 oo TEP, RE SIS ee eee oe oe anaes ane eee 43 5 of ee pyromorphite 202.2. 4... |5, 43 pre VEN he gic Ba OMEN Beco vanadinite, pyromorphite. ..|43 POR RE nee ak ds WHEELCRERG Sia. EAL cand 43 SN etfs oa sate 5-2 5 Gilets chalcopyrite, cerussite. . . 43 SEPA See ee ee FOMOBEE seen ees 5, 43 SS Sy at Sg ile NERS 3 Sena pre ees malachite, galena.......... 5, 43 SET gi al milled eet aera ie agurive zalena .: 02... oS. 5, 43 NEERITONS Se MORE oe ee Shey, Nt aia ee Sas GACCUG ais ate Gj AS He o Re e ERE RNase a ai ni cae aS 1S irai'= [no mde aided aferaiora via LAL een e Cit) TNSTES Gage lot ee Neen eet ca= aeetaeme calcite; PYTILES. fo.o0 ce sae e AE 5 ee ie ee ee ces fia | reye clone oa eel ms ae mise wee hd 43, e et ena See ttn eer ce ek ee DY TMbe: Dante: 4 25.90. e055. 43,e Ny ce tea a Di sae BE Neo ra A ee in i a Tee |43 oo dia Sly 5 ea HR EI a SA A ae '43,e WE Se Se he Sas ge ac RMN ac ater ge ee ee ea 143 MPN PES ag. chk ais of alse act fay Sate nae (5, 43 SND ash a AOR Regn amr ne sie Las Lot Toil! SM Re Eas Oe oe eee le ie Elo Saks ie aa ede ON oes «ae fa he ALENT Vaca Rapa AR E De Nt RARER! Ma otk ed s RAce wie 2 o> Le se 2 Be ee gee 4 pia ide eck ahi | See toa. oe art. ue kn aoe 5) BERD aia a ae oo sis ss ata le caer APEC PE,“ 3 shel Mii lit elahe (Pave prochlorite, tourmalin...... le -- eke chrysolite...... e 100 311/|24m. n. Yonkers on aqueduct 312/Croton Lake NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM LOCALITY Yonkers Yorktown SPECIES © DMC es see ccc Caleites. 42.3 66a. amphibole..... garnet......... tourmalin..... Stilbite.. we) ip (e!e! 0) eo. sites! evel s) ale” eM) eo 0.0) b) «pw a mies «gh im, oe ce elie ss ef se « oer & & » als Db fe te) 0 ott oe Sele Jac ofc) ain} s © so © ie ¥) ois Cereke 0 égete inl > lw lst bile be ws fo «0 w ls tities from the rocks of this county. COUNTY localities of sufficient importance to note in this list. 101 | MINERALOGIC ASSOCIATION | AUTHORITY a ee So i nik Sa ie eng eee fa eS 43 amphibole. Ss, ....28es. ee 43 calcite, muscovite.......... 5, 43 bourmalin. ca. ates: ous + ..2 [5,43 apatite, garmet.o4.4 | .8 ve. «-|5, 43 caleite:. 2a Was eek v5 Ads ic 5 amphiboles. faster ots hos ste 5, 43 CDI OCC Sara sn reget ue rare accions 5, 48, 115 BADE ik mite oce basis sets 115 tourmialinyete.. 4:3). .oc\... 5, 43 monazite, amphibole....... 43 sillimanites... ish. . ees 2% 43 102. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM CORRELATION LiST ARRANGED ACCORDING TO SPECIES The numbers refer to the numbered localities given in columns 1 and 5 of the preceding list. Albite, 23, 61, 63, 126, 128, 210,246, | 253, 264. Allanite, 55, 169. 143, 147, 169, 171, 172; 185, 186, 198, 202, 210,. 217, 230, 236, 252, 256, 261, 299, 301, 302, Analcite, 311. Anglesite, 257, 308. Anhydrite, 150, 213. Ankerite, 78, 88. Anthracite, 42, 109. Apatite, 20, 46, 55, 67, 68, 100, 104, 148, 181, 196, 198, 210, 230, 236, 239, 241, 246, 261, 262, 266, 267, 285, 298, 311. Apophyllite, 130, 210, 218. Aragonite, 6, 213, 259, 274, 276. Arsenopyrite, 52, 184, 193, 203. Autunite, 136. Azurite, 308. Barite, 76, 77, 85, 89, 94, 108, 162, 221, 227, 228, 234, 240, 248, 258, 268, 272, 273, 275, 310. Beryl, 87, 116, 119, 135, 310. Biotite, 171, 172, 175, 177, 210, 240, 256. Brookite, 281. Brucite, 210, 213, 304, 306. Cacoxenite, 69. Calcite, 1, 2, 5, 6, 9, 11, 13, 18, 30, 46, 60, 66, 67, 68, 70, 74, 75, 78, 79, 89, 90, 93, 99, 103, 104, 107, 108, 110, 116, 149, 150, 151, 153, 159, 167, 172, 204, 208, 210, 218, 221, 223, 225, 227, 231, 244, 249, 255, 257, 264, 266, 268, 269, 270, 271, 273, 148, 175, 187, 203, 220, 237, 166, 177, 190, 204, 222, 240, 262, 304, 167, 168, 178, 179, 180, 191, 194, 195, 206, 207, 209, 226, 227, 229, 241, 242, 246, 264, 265, 298, 306, 307, 311. 110, 241, 296, a 276, 277, 279, 282, 2887298, 306, 307, 308, 310, 311. | Celestite, 9, 84,§86, 93,95, 96, 99, 108, Amphibole, 13, 34, 37, 52, 55, 59, 72, | 86, 99, 101, 104, 120, 140, 141, 142, | 150, 154, 162, 257, 272. Cerussite, 257, 308. Chabazite, 128, 148, 218. Chalcocite, 26, 27, 39. Chalcopyrite, 22, 27, 33, 39, 46, 82; 90, 100, 149, 223, 257, 278, 281, 283, 298, 303, 308. Chlorite, 46, 304. Chondrodite, 66, 166, 175, 177, 178, 180, 184, 187, 198, 210, 260, 261. Chromite, 172, 208, 213, 306. Chrysoberyl, 267. Chrysolite, 220, 301, 310. Clinochlore, 144, 178, 210. Clinohumite, 210. Corundum, 178, 179, 300. Cuprite, 216. Cyanite, 118, 139, 299. Danburite, 264. Datolite, 127, 210, 218, 224, 264. Deweylite, 213, 306. Dimagnetite, 171. Dolomite, 6, 11, 30, 34, 77, 79, 110, 115, 143, 150, 151, 204, 210, 213, 259, 261, 282, 288, 307. Dumortierite, 132, 136. Enstatite, 180, 210, 229, 306. Epidote, 46, 114, 128, 133, 140, 166, 169, 174, 182, 194, 199, 205, 210, 222, 284, 293, 311. Epsomite, 2, 9, 30, 149. Fluorite, 9, 12, 85, 90, 99, 108, 150, 151, 160, 178, 210, 227, 231, 237, 238) 249, 255, 257, 261, 289. Fosterite, 167, 168. Gahnite, 261. Galena, 22, 39, 82, 107, 173, 235, 245, 249, 257, 308. 108, 206, 303, 148, 200, 100, 185, 241, 107, 186, 244, 108, 110. 278, 281, NEW YORK MINERAL LOCALITIES Garnet, 36, 109, 116, 129, 134, 46, 53, 64, 67, 70, 72, 98, 117, 122, 124, 125, 127, 137, 140, 148, 153, 169, 171, 178, 180, 198, 195, 210, 220, 238, 267, 285, 286, 287, 289, 300, 301, 306, 311. Gibbsite, 43. Graphite, 28, 37, 59, 60, 68, 70, 71, 104, 240, 247, 261, 262, 267, 285, 289, 291, 302, 307. Gypsum, 2, 4, 10, 11, 30, 32, 84, 108, 150, 159, 160, 161, 162, 254. Halite, 162. Harmotome, 130, 310. Hematite, 87, 88, 97, 99, 104, 108a, 155, 156, 158a, 223, 230, 234, 242, 257, 258, 295, 296, 297. Heulandite, 113, 148, 310. Hortonolite, 171. Humite, 210. Hydrophite, 172. Hydrotalcite, 210, 259, 260. Hypersthene, 62, 112. Ilmenite, 122, 127, 128, 165, 177, 178, 180, 188, 191, 195. Kaolinite, 145. Labradorite, 52, 62, 64, 71, 164, 250, | 266. Lanthanite, 55. Laumontite, 207. Leucopyrite, 184. Lignite, 215. Limonite, 24, 25, 28, 29, 33, 33a, 35, 36, 38, 40, 40a, 41, 438, 91, 213, 243. Magnesite, 213, 306. _ Magnetite, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 44, 45, 47, 48, 49, 54, 55, 56, 57, 61, 62, 64, 66, 67, 69, 71, 106, 167, 168, 170, 171, 178, 192, 193, 194, 196, 201, 208, 209, 210, 219, 230, 232, 233, 290, 298, 300. Malachite, 140, 216, 308. Marcasite, 192, 193, 279. Microcline, 254. Millerite, 88. Molybdenite, 116, 169, 170, 193, 266. Monazite, 134, 136, 312. Muscovite, 58, 63, 102, 116, 136, 140, 143, 187, 267, 305, 311. 210, 103 Natrolite, 130. Oligoclase, 13, 46, 116, 140, 231, Opal, 209. Orpiment, 185. Orthoclase, 15, 59, 70, 86, 92, 114, 124, 140, 166, 169, 172, 185, 186, 192, 194, 222, 239, 256, 261, 262, 267, 293. : Pectolite, 218, 310. Perofskite, 162. Phlogopite, 90, 100, 178, 230, 236, 241, 246, 259, 261, 263, 264, Prehnite, 71, 210, 218. Prochlorite, 141, 210. Pyrite, 1, 5, 7, 12, 46, 107, 110, 143, 198, 215, 220, 223, 231, 257, 275, 276, 278, 283, 289, 303, 307, Eras 104, 180, 241, 226, 248 251, 265, 266, 227, 254, 303. 59, 82, 90, 106, 195, 204, 209, 236, 241, 244, 279, 280, 281, 308, 310, 311. -Pyrolusite, 213, 229, 294. Pyromorphite, 308. Pyroxene, 21, 37, 50, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 142, 143, 153, 166, 175, "176,177; 180," 186, "187, TOT, 194, 196, 198, 204, 205, 206, 207, 210, 220, 223, 224, 225, 231, 236, 239, 241, 242, 246, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 261, 263, 264, 265, 266, 286, 287, 293, 298, 299, 301, 307. Pyrrhotite, 59, 195, 196, 210, 298. Quartz, 1, 3,.8, 11, 12, 31, 46, 58, 60, 68, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 79, 80, 81, 88, 104, 109, 148, 163, 184, 193, 211, 212, 214, 225, 234, 242, 258, 264, 279, 281, 282, 291, 306, 307, 310. Rastolite, 195. Rutile, 111, 137, 138, 143, 180, 183, 187, 189, 192, 193, 283, 310. Scorodite, 184. Serpentine, 22, 58, 88, 91, 99, 120,138, (62) 165, 171, 172, 206, 207, 210, 213, 228, 226, 237, 239, 243, 289, 292, 304, 307. Seybertite, 180, 192. 51, 59, 60, 61, 72, 83, 90, 104, 168, 169, 171, 291, bts 307, 104, 191, 230, 306, 104 Siderite, 25, 30, 31, 33, 78, 88, 121, 126, 243. Sillimanite, 132, 195, 299, 312. Sphalerite, 22, 39, 82, 88, 107, 14), “150, 152) 1b4, 257, “tas. 235, 245, 249, 278, 281, 303. Spinel, 166, 167, 168, 175, 177, 179, 180, 185, 186, 191, 195, 260, 300. Staurolite, 36, 131, 220, 299, 301, 302. Stilbite, 123, 127, 130, 140, 148, 207, 210, 218, 309, 310, 311. Stilpnomelane, 88. Strontianite, 99, 154, 272, 273. Sulfur, 10, 159. Tale, 37, 102,104, 180, 213, 223, 226, 229, 239, 307. Thomsonite, 218. Titanite, 59, 63, 68, 70, 90, 104, 141, 148, 169, 180, 184, 185, 196, 198, 205, 206, 210, 220, 231, 236, 239, 254, 255, 261, 263, 266, 284, 306. Tourmalin, 46, 58, 59, 63, 66, 68, 86, 92, 116, 129, 137, 140, 142, 143, 140, 192, 223, 262, NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 2146, 169, 178, 180, 184, 185, 194, 210, 218, 223, 226, 227, 237, 242, 246, 247, 251, 256, 264, 267, 283, 304, 310, 311. Turgite, 33. Vanadinite, 308. Vauquelinite, 308. Vesuvianite, 67, 90, 125, 180, 185, 239, 240. Wad, 30. Warwickite, 180, 184, 191. — Wernerite, 46, 66, 67, 68, 92, 168, 169, 175, 177, 180, 186, 197, 198, 206, 230, 287, 246, 259, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, Wollastonite, 52, 53, 59, 70, 72, 105, 153, 156. Wulfenite, 22, 308. Xenotime, 134, 136. Yttrocerite, 184. Zircon, 46, 56, 57, 63, 104, 134, 140, 166, 168, 180, 185, 186, 198, 216, 231, 241, 254, 255, 262, 289. Zoisite, 220. F 184, 104, 192, 253, 284. 104, 136, 192, 261, INDEX Adams, mineral localities, 40-41. Akerly, Samuel, cited, 11. Albany county, mineral localities, 22-23. Alexandria, mineral localities, 40-41. Allegany county, mineral localities, 22-23. Amenia, mineral localities, 28-29. Ancram, mineral localities, 26-27. Antwerp, mineral localities. 40-41. Auburn, mineral localities, 22-23. Ausable, mineral localities, 24-25. Austerlitz, mineral localities, 26-27. Bailey, S. C. H., cited, 11. Beck, L. C., cited, 11-12. Bergemann, C., cited, 12. Bethlehem, mineral localities, 22-23. Bibliography, 11-21. Bishop, I. P., cited, 12. Black Brook, mineral localities, 24-25. Blake, W. P., cited, 12. Blooming Grove, mineral localities, 56-57. | Blum, J. R., cited, 12. Boonville, mineral localities, 54-55. Boulders, 7-8. Breidenbaugh, E. S., cited, 12. Brewer, W. H., cited, 12. Brigham, A. P., cited, 12. Britton, N. L., cited, 12. Brownville, mineral localities, 42-43. Bruce, A., cited, 12. Brunswick, mineral localities, 72-73. Brush, G. J., cited, 12, 19. Building and improvements, excava- tions for, 10. Caldwell, mineral localities, 92-93. Camillus, mineral localities, 54-55. Canaan, mineral localities, 26-27. Canton, mineral localities, 74-75. Carlisle, mineral localities, 88-89. Carmel, mineral localities, 68-69. Catskill, mineral localities, 38-39. Cattaraugus county, mineral localities, 22-23. Caves, natural, 9. ——————————— E77 Cavities, deposits lining the interior of, 2 Cayuga county, mineral localities, 22-25. ; Chamberlin, B. B., cited, 12. Chazy, mineral localities, 24—25. Chester, A. H., cited, 12. Chester, mineral localities, 92-93. Chesterfield, mineral localities, 30-31. . Clarke, F. W., cited, 12. Clayton, mineral localities, 42-43. Cleveland, Parker, cited, 12. Clinton county, mineral 24-27. Coeyman, mineral localities, 22-23. Columbia county, mineral localities, — 26-29. Concretions, 7. localities -Copake, mineral localities, 26-27. Cornwall, mineral localities, 56-57. Correlation list arranged according to species, 102-4. Cortlandt, mineral localities, 94-97. Cozzens, Issachar, cited, 12. Craw, W. J., cited, 12. Crawe, J. B., cited, 12. Crown Point, mineral localities, 30-31. Crystalline limestones, minerals in, 4, 5-6. Crystalline schists, minerals in, 6. Cushing, H. P., cited, 12-13. Cutbush, Dr, cited, 13. .| Dana, E. S., cited, 12, 13. Dana, J. D., cited, 13. Dannemora, mineral localities, 26-27. Darton, N. H., cited, 13. De Kalb, mineral localities, 74-77. Des Cloiseaux, A., cited, 13. Diana, mineral localities, 44-45. Diller, J. S., cited, 13. Diorites, minerals in, 5. Doelter, C., cited, 13. Dover, mineral localities, 28-29. Drift boulders, 7-8. Dutchess county, mineral localities, 28-31. 106 Eakle, A. S., cited, 13. Kast Fishkill, mineral localities, 28-29. Eastchester, mineral localities, 96-97. Haton, A., cited, 13. | Kckel, E. C., cited, 18. Edwards, mineral localities, 76-77. Elizabethtown, mineral localities, 30 - 31. Emmons, Ebenezer, cited, 13. Erie county, natural gas, 30-31. Esperance, mineral localities, 88-89. Essex county, mineral localities, 30-37. Fairfield, mineral localities, 38-39. Fenn, H. N., cited, 13. Finch, J., cited, 13. Fine, mineral localities, 76-77. Foot, Lyman, cited, 14. Forbes, E. H., cited, 17. Ford, W. E., cited, 17. Fort Ann, mineral localities, 92-93. Fowler, §., cited, 14. Fowler, mineral localities, 78-79. Friederich, J. J., cited, 14. ? Gabbros, minerals in, 5. Gale, L. D.,¥ cited, 14. Gebhard,¥John, jr, cited, 14. Geneseejcounty, salt, 36-37. Genth, F. A., cited,§14. x Gneisses,' minerals in, 5. ~ Goessman,§£C.* A. cited, 14. Gouverneur, mineral localities, 78-79. Granites, minerals, in,‘4. Granville, mineral localities, 94-95. Gratacap, L. P.,"cited, 14. Gray,’ Asa," cited, 12. Greene county, mineral localities, 38— 39. Greenfield, mineral localities, 88-89. Greenport, mineral localities,” 26-27. Greig, mineral localities, 44-45. _ Hague, mineral localities, 92-93. Hall, C. E., cited, 14. Hammond, mineral localities, 78-81. Harrison, mineral localities, 96-97. Haverstraw, mineral localities, 72-73. Hawes, G. W.,cited,?14. Herkimer county, mineral localities, 38-39. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Hermon, mineral localities, 80-81. Hidden, W. E., cited, 14. Highlands, mineral localities, 56-59 Hill, B. F., cited, 16. Hillebrand, W. F., cited, 14. Hillsdale, mineral localities, 26-27. Hollick, Arthur, cited, 16. Horton, William, cited, 14. Hough, F. B., cited, 14. Hovey, E. O., cited, 15. Howe, W. T. H., cited, 17. Hubbard, O. P., cited, 15. Hunt). TDysS., sented 1h, Igneous rocks, 4-5. Jackson, C. J., cited, 15. Jefferson county, mineral localities, 40-43. 3 Jessup, A. E., cited, 15. Johnsburg, mineral localities, 92-93. Johnson, S. W., cited, 15. Julien, A. A., cited, 15. Keating, W. H., cited, 15. Keene, mineral localities, 30-31. Kemp, J. F., cited, 15-16. Kenngott, A. G., cited, 16. Kent, mineral localities, 68-69. Kingston, mineral localities, 90-91. Kirkland, mineral localities, 54-55. Krantz, F., cited, 16. Kunz, G. F., cited, 16. Landis, E. K., cited, 16. Lee, C. A., cited, 16. Leeds, A., cited, 16: Lewis, mineral localities, 32-33. ‘ Lewis county, mineral localities, 44-45. Lewiston, mineral localities, 52-53. List of localities, 22-101; explanation oi | Little Falis, mineral localities, 38-39. Livingston, mineral localities; 28-29. Livingston county, mineral localities, 44-45, Lockport, mineral localities, 52-53. Luther, D. D., cited, 16. | Lyme, mineral localities, 42-43. Macfarland, J., cited, 16. Macomb, mineral loealities, 80-81. INDEX TO NEW YORK Mamakating, mineral localities, 90-91. Manlius, mineral localities, 54-55. Marbletown, mineral localities, 90-91. Martin, D. §., cited, 16. Martinsburg, mineral localities, 44-45. Mather, W. W.., cited, 16. Merrill, F. J. H., acknowledgments to, 3; cited, 17, 18. Merrill, G. P., cited, 17. ’ Metamorphic rocks, 5. Middleburg, mineral localities, 88-89. Mineral deposits, relations to rocks, 4. Minerals, correlation list arranged ac- cording to species, 102-4. Minerva, mineral localities, 32-33. Mines, 9. Monroe, mineral localities, 58-59. Monroe county, mineral localities, 44-47, Montgomery county, mineral localities, 46-47. Moriah, mineral localities, 32-35. Morristown, mineral localities, 82-83. Moses, A. J., cited, 17. Mt Hope, mineral localities, 58-59. Mt Pleasant, mineral localities, 96-97. Nason, F. L., cited, 17. Nevius, J. N., cited, 17. z New Baltimore, mineral localities, 38-39, ‘New Hartford, mineral localities, 54-55. New Rochelle, mineral localities, 96-97. New Scotland, mineral localities, 22-23. New York county, mineral localities, 46-53. Newcomb, mineral localities, 34-35. Newland, D. H., cited, 16. Newport, mineral localities, 38-39. Niagara, mineral localities, 52-53. Niagara county, mineral localities, 52-53. Niven, W., cited, 17. North Elba, mineral localities, 3435. Oneida 54-55. county, mineral localities, MINERAL LOCALITIES 107 Onondaga county, mineral localities 54-55. Ontario county, mineral localities, 56-57. Orange county, 56-67. . Orangetown,fmineral localities, 72-75. Ossining, mineral localities, 96-99. Oswegatchie, mineral localities, 82-83. Oswego county, natural gas, 66-67. Outcrops, © Dee mineral localities, Palatine, mineral localities, 46-47. Paramorphism, minerals produced through,§7. Patterson, mineral localities, v8-69. Pawling, mineral localities, 30-31. Pegmatites, minerals in, 4. Penfield, S. L., cited, 17. Philadelphia, mineral localities, 42-43. Philipstown, mineral localities, 68-69. Pierce, James, cited, 17. Pierrepont, mineral localities, 82-83. Pitcairn, mineral localities, 82-83. Posepny, F., cited, 7. | Potsdam, mineral localities, 82-83. Poughkeepsie, mineral localities, 30- 31. Prospects, 10. Pseudomorphism, minerals produced through, 8. Putnam, B. T., cited, 18. Putnam, mineral localities, 94-95. Putnam county, mineral localities, 68-71. Putnam Valley, mineral localities, 68-69. Quarries, 9. Queensbury, mineral localities, 92-93. Rammelsberg, C. F., cited, 18. Raymond, R. W., cited, 18. Rensselaer county, mineral localities, 72-73. Richmond county, mineral localities, 72-73. Ries, Heinrich, cited, 18. Riggs, R. B., cited, 18. Robinson, &., cited, 18. Rochester, mineral localities, 44-47. 108 Rockland county, mineral localities, 72-75. Rogers, W. B., cited, 18. Rome, mineral localities, 54-55. Root, E. W., cited, 18. Root, O., cited, 18. Root, mineral localities, 46-47. Rossie, mineral localities, 84-87. Russell, mineral localities, 86-87. Ruttman, F.S., cited, 18. Sahlin, A., cited, 18. St Lawrence county, mineral localities, 1) AT4287. Salina, mineral localities, 54-55. Salisbury, mineral localities, 38-39. Saratoga county, mineral localities, | 88-89. Schmidt, A., cited, 19. Schneider, E. A., cited, 12. Schneider, Philip F., cited, 19. Schoharie, mineral localities, 88-89. Schoharie county, mineral localities, 88-89. Schroon, mineral localities, 34-35. Secondary minerals, 7-8. Serpentines, minerals in, 6. Seybert, H., cited, 19. Sharon, mineral localities, 88-89. Shepard, C. U., cited, 19. Silliman, B., cited, 19. Silliman, B. jr, cited, 19. Silurian limestones, minerals in, 4. Smith, J. L., cited, 19. Smith, Stephen, cited, 19. Smock, J. C., cited, 19. Smyth, C. H. jr, cited, 20. Sperry, E. S., cited, 17. Springport, mineral localities, 24-25. Stark, mineral localities, 38-39. Steel, J. H., cited, 20. Stone walls, source for collecting speci- mens, 9. stony Point, mineral localities, 74-75. Stuyvesant, mineral localities, 28-29. Sullivan county, mineral localities, 90-91. Surface outcrops, 9. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Talc, minerals in, 6. Teschemacher, J. E., cited, 20. - Theresa, mineral localities, 42-43. Thomson, T., cited, 20. Thurman, mineral localities, 92-93. Ticonderoga, mineral localities, 34-37. Troost, G., cited, 20. Tuxedo, mineral localities, 58-61. ° Ulster county, mineral localities, a 91. Union Springs, mineral localities, 24— 25. Unionvale, mineral localities, 30-31. Van Rensselaer, J., cited, 20. Vanuxem, Lardner, cited, 20. Vein formations, 7-8. Vernon, mineral localities, 54-55. Vom Rath, G., cited, 18. Warren county, mineral localities, 92- 93. Warrensburg, mineral localities, 92-93. . Warwick, mineral localities, 60-67. Washington county, mineral localities, 92-95. Watertown, mineral localities, 42-43. Watervliet, mineral localities, 22-23. Wawarsing, mineral localities, 90-91. Wayne county, mineral localities, 94-95. Weidman, S., cited, 20. Wendt, A. F., cited, 20. Westchester county, mineral localities, 94-101. Westport, mineral localities, 36-37. Whitfield, J. E., cited, 13, 20. Williams, E. H., cited, 21. Williams, G. H., cited, 21. Williams, 8S. G., cited, 21. Willsboro, mineral localities, 36-37. Wilna, mineral localities, 42-43. Wolcott, mineral localities, 94-95. Woodbury, mineral localities, 66-67. Wyoming county, salt, 100. Yonkers, mineral localities, 100. Yorktown, mineral localities, 100. (Pages 109-110 were bulletin cover pages) _ Appendix 3 . Paleontology 10 =. to Museum bulletin 80 oe --10_ Report of the Staie Paleontologist 1903 ae pens 3 | ar : Published monthly by the New York State Education Department BULLETIN 330 FEBRUARY 1905 New York State Museum LU 4 a Bulletin 80 PALEONTOLOGY 10 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 PAGE Operations in the field 1902-3.... 3 MOCO Is. UN ches wacins ss +s 9 Investigations in progress....... 14 Stratigraphic and areal maps.... 17 MISCEMANCOUS | 2S. yo ee ee 18 PAGESCUPSEdE. 16 skate eco ce ss eee ai Appendix 1: Accessions PPAGIAEIOHSs 20 30) oe aes ox oe a's as 23 Rete CHASES). 6. abe Te pees ee 23 Brae WAGES) ie kioaraes Where ck ae Fs 24 ONC CHOUS .. 5 2 nee Mend sss 27, Appendix 2: New entries of fos- sil localities Pm ADeRIC 1ISE. Jae. a. ies eee es 27 New York localities by counties 30 Sacdex to formiations............ 27 Appendix 3: Type specimens of Paleozoic fossils, supplement I 43 PAGE Appendix 3 Perce a) Ms CUARKEY... fants 134 Upper Siluric and Lower Devonic Faunas of Trilobite Mountain. INV DEL PNER R35) 2a idee yale ae N73 Contributions to the Fauna of Chazy Limestone on Valcour Island, Lake Champlain. G. H. WD SOM. Bran eee MOR ee we 270 Structure of Some Primitive Cephalopods. R. RUEDEMANN 2096 Notes on the Siluric or Ontaric Section of Eastern New York. CAA, EUR T NAGE Ian. o'er 342 Explanation: of plates: ..:) 220060)": 350 ALC (SSS ae ga AM Pen ee 385 - Par) ys “ary Vv iY var TES P f hire « Sitter st jav70 B S055 9 7 Rete ome terres bt es Sani ftis PETRIMTE siioaentived ee) ee one (ti r ¢ ie Ly fi f - +a» 2 ; ees ae iE Wy BRM ep RE awa Pe Qi aHT 10 TAOWA - g001 “‘Peta010T MOT IAT ; ; YAS Ae 3 xibasuqA SOB fee ai ak ’ a a yey at te Fee , } psi te ohh Glka tne, deed Trea Rat RV) TF : -4 4 -y Fe 4 fas eft) Shaul bas a1 bo eet th 2 to. HOSTS. Fo PRIee ere eee ; ehcepiniet RS hee - (ny Std ‘és Ag, vieteest ee! sts ' ot ee 5 $ +. ee GS Oe Llere-) © t we ii op) } 1 TIPO ved gat : Percé P.O: J. M. Clarke, collector. 1903. Bonaventure conglomerate. Mt St Anne and other localities. Pebbles containing the fossils of Percé rock and others of earlier date;-.Petce:P. O..J. M. Clarke, collector. 1903. Limekiln escarpment back of Cape Cannon. Heavy bedded limestone, massive, with Lower Siluric fossils. J. M. Clarke, collector. 1903. Hamilton shales. At Adamsdale, Schuylkill co. Pa. J. M. Clarke, collector. 1903. Ithaca beds. Loose in bed of Town brook. Hobart, Dela- ware co. G. H. Chadwick, collector. 1903. Cobleskill limestone. Field west of house of Mr Case, 1% m. southwest of Otisville, Orange co. C. A. Hartnagel, col- lector. 1903. . 38 3309 3310 3311 3312 a083 3314 3315 2316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Cobleskill limestone. 1 m. east of Cuddebackville, Orange co., near old limekiln. C. A. Hartnagel, collector. 1903. | Cobleskill limestone. Old quarry just west of 3309; transient into Rondout waterlime. C. A. Hartnagel, collector. 1903. Decker Ferry beds. Outcrop in lane leading diagonally up the bluff on Nearpass farm, 3 m. south of Port Jervis, Orange co. C. A. Hartnagel, collector. 1903. Decker Ferry beds. Fossils from near base of bluff on Near- pass farm 3 m. south of Port Jervis. C. A. Hartnagel, col- lector. 1903. Decker Ferry beds. Fossils from red crystalline limestone on Nearpass farm 3 m. south of Port Jervis. C. A. Hartnagel, collector. 1903. Cobleskill limestone. Fossils from 6 foot band just below Rondout waterlime, Nearpass farm 3 m. south of Port Jervis. ~-@.Ay) Hartnagel, icollector.2 01902: Bossardville limestone ; below Decker Ferry formation. Near- pass farm 3 m. south of Port Jervis. C. A. Hartnagel, col- lector. 1903. Decker Ferry beds. Fossils from Chonetes jersey- ensis zone in cut of Ontario & Western Railroad, % m. southwest of Accord, Ulster co. C. A. Hartnagel, collector. 1903. Cobleskill limestone. Fiddler’s Elbow on Delaware & Hud- son canal, 14 m. southwest of Accord. C. A. Hartnagel, collector. 1903. Wilbur limestone horizon. Basal arenaceous layer above which is found Cobleskill limestone with typical Cobleskill fauna. Fiddler’s Elbow on Delaware & Hudson canal, % m. southwest of Accord. C. A. Hartnagel, collector. 1903. Cobleskill limestone. Cut on Ontario & Western Railroad, YZ m. southwest of Accord. C. A. Hartnagel, collector. 1903. Cobleskill limestone. On Joseph Chipp farm, 4% m. north of Kerhonkson, Ulster co. Gite Hartnagel, collector. 1903. Cobleskill limestone. Wheelock farm, Litchfield, Herkimer co. C. A. Hartnagel, collector. ° 1903. 3322 a3 3324 3325 3326 a esae/ 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 39 Manlius limestone. Nearpass quarry, 3 m. south of Port Jervis. C. A. Hartnagel, collector. 1903. Oriskany sandstone. Benjamin C. Smailes farm, 5 m. north- east of Ellenville, Ulster co. C. A. Hartnagel, collector. 1903. : Helderbergian. John Hornbeek quarry, a short distance south of Eastern Reformatory at Napanoch, Ulster co. The pres- efice,e: Leptaenisealiadnas cens) H.&€. indts cates the New Scotland age of these beds. C. A. Hartnagel, collector. 1903. Guelph dolomite. Niagara falls, Canadian side. Exposure made by the Ontario Power Co. C. A. Hartnagel. collector. 1903. Beekmantown beds. Kirby ledge near East Beekmantown, south of county poorhouse. Station 227. R. Ruedemann, . collector. 1903. Beekmantown beds. Spelman ledge near East Beekmantown. Station 228. R. Ruedemann, collector. 1903. Beekmantown beds. From ridge crossing the road from West Chazy to Ingraham. Station 230. R. Ruedemann, collec- tor. 1903. Upper Chazy beds. From exposures on the road from Ingra- ham to Beekmantown, 144 m. west of Ingraham. Station 232. R.Ruedemann, collector. 1903. Lower Chazy beds. On Nightingale farm near Chazy village. From A, B, and C of Brainerd and Seely’s sections 1 and 2. R. Ruedemann, collector. 1903. Middle Chazy beds. Chazy village. West of Little Monty bay. - Station 233. R. Ruedemann, collector. 1903. Chazy conglomerate. Boulder on road from Coopersville sta- tion to King’s bay. Station 234. R. Ruedemann, collector. 1903. Lower Chazy bed. West of Chazy and north of road leading from Chazy to West Chazy. Station 237. As.- R. Ruede- mann, collector. 1903. Lower Chazy bed. Red spot, layer of A8, exposed half way between Chazy and West Chazy. Station 239. R. Ruede- mann, collector. 1903. 40 5539 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Middle Chazy bed. From ridge extending north of road from Chazy to West Chazy. Station 240. R. Ruedemann, col- lector. 1903. | Middle Chazy bed. Along west side of Vv alcour island, from first promontory south of Laclaire farm to exposure at southermost cove. Station 241. R. Ruedemann, collector. 1903. | Middle Chazy bed. Southwest corner of Valcour island. Maclurea bed with silicified fossils. Station 242, 1. R. Ruedemann, collector. 1903. Middle Chazy bed. Valcour island. Exposure on lake shore, directly north of Christmas farm. Station 243, 1. R. Ruedemann, collector. 1903. Upper Chazy bed. 14 m. south of farm of Judson Trembly, behind schoolhouse at Little Monty bay. Station 243. R. Ruedemann, collector. 1903. Coal Measures. Mazon creek, Illinois. Dr Joseph Simms, donor. 1903. Agoniatite limestone. Onondaga, Onondaga co. John D- Wilson, donor. 1904. Portage. Outcrop on road running on west side of Cayuga lake below railroad 1% m. south of head of lake; % m. north of Ithaca N. Y..(390 4t AT. At) D» D: eutherand aie Mattimore, collectors. 1903. Portage. Southwest corner of Cayuga lake; cliff 10 ft above ‘lake; 1 m. se of Ithaca. (387 ft A..-T. A2) D. D. Luther and H. S. Mattimore, collectors. 1903. Portage. Just ae of Williams brook, 20 ft above lake. (298 ft A. T. A3) D.D. Luther and H. S. Mattimore, col- lectors. 1903. Portage. Old quarry along railroad, % m. south of Williams. brook, Tompkins co. (393 ft A. T.A4) D. D. Luther and H. S. Mattimore, collectors. 1903. Portage (Ithaca). Quarry no. I above railroad, 1 m. south of fair grounds, Ithaca. (525-560 ft A. T. Br) D. D- Luther and H. S. Mattimore, collectors. 1903. 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 Al Portage (Ithaca). Roadside outcrop above quarry no. I. (s80 ft A. T. B2) D. D. Luther and H. S. Mattimore, col- lectors. 1903. Portage (Ithaca). Quarry no. 2, 1 m. northeast of quarry no. mo (eso tf AT. Bs) -D. D. Lutherand MaSyMattimore, collectors. 1903. Portage (Ithaca). On highway leading southwest from Lehigh Railroad station at Ithaca; 4 m. from station. (500 ft A. T. B4) D.D. Luther and H. S. Mattimore, collectors. 1903. | Portage (Ithaca). Roadside outcrop on Hector street, Ithaca. (540 ft A. T. B4) D.D. Luther and H. S. Mattimore, col- lectors. 1903. Portage. Along Cliff street, Ithaca; ¥% m. from Lehigh Rail- | road station. B6. D. D. Luther and H. S. Mattimore, col- lectors. 1903. Portage. Quarry no. 3, north of Buttermilk creek and south eevee (750 tt A. b.'C2)- (Dr D. Luthemand H.-S: Mattimore, collectors. 1903. Portage. Outcrop on roadside leading up hill 1 m. south of Ithaca. Cr. D. D. Luther and H. S. Mattimore, collectors. 1903. Portage. Buttermilk creek; fossils collected in creek bed at lower falls. (460-500 ft A. T. C3) D. D. Luther and H. S. Mattimore, collectors. 1903. Portage. Base of Buttermilk falls, Tompkins co. (400 ft pee) DD, Luther and’ H. S. Mattimore, collectors. 1903. Portage. Quarry no. 4 (Fowler’s) on lower road, 1% m. south Setiiaes, We5. Ds. Luther and H. S. Mattimore, col- lectors. 1903. : Portage. Quarry no. 5 (Sheehy’s), a short distance northeast of quarry no. 4. C6. D. D. Luther and H. S. Mattimore, collectors. 1903. | Portage. Quarry no. 6, %4 m. southeast of fair grounds, Himeise 725-500 ft.A. TT. Di) D. D. Luther and H. S. Mattimore, collectors. 1903. 42 ei, 3360 3301 3362 3363 3304. 3305 124 125 126 127 128 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Portage (Ithaca). Glenwood ravine west side of Cayuga lake, 4 m. north of Ithaca. (440-450 it A. T. Er, 490 ft A. T. E2, 535 ft A: T. E3, 588 ft A. T. Eg, 640 ft A. T. Es, 750 ft A. T. E6) D. D. Luther and H. S. Mattimore, col- — lectors. 1903. Portage. Esty glen, east side of Cayuga lake, 4 m. north of Ithaca. Fi. D. D. Luther and H. S. Mattimore, collectors. 1903. Portage (Ithaca). MacKinney’s glen, east side of Cayuga lake, 2m. north of Ithaca. (20: ft G1, 55 itpGap75 feees 130 ft above lake G4) Portage. East side of Cayuga lake, 4% m. north of MacKin- ney’s station. (10 ft above lake H1) D. D. Luther and H. S. Mattimore, collectors. 1903. Trenton limestone. Small quarry west end of Front street near Sloath and Greenleaf’s lumber yard, north bank of Black river, Watertown N. Y. H.S. Mattimore, collector. 1902. Trenton limestone. North side of Black river near water edge, Front street, opposite Babcock & Co.’s carriage factory, Watertown N. Y. H.S. Mattimore, collector. 1902. Black river limestone. Small quarry 100 yd east of river bridge at Brownville, Jefferson co. N. Y. H.S. Mattimore, collector. 1902. | RECORD OF FOREIGN LOCALITIES Specimens bearing lemon-yellow tickets Old red sandstone flags. Stromness, Scotland. J. M. Clarke, collector. 1902. | Old red sandstone flags. Sandwich, Orkney islands. Pur- chased. Old red sandstone. Cromarty, Scotland. J. M. Clarke, col- lector.) 1902: Old red sandstone flags. Thurso, Scotland. Purchased. Tilestones. Horeb Chapel, near Llandovery, Wales. A. S. Woodward, donor. 1903. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 43 APPENDIX 3 CATALOGUE OF TYPE SPECIMENS OF PALEOZOIC FOSSILS! Supplement 1 PLANTAE PSILOPHYTON Dawson Psilophyton princeps Dawson 290 ype (unnamed) Vanuxem. Geological survey of New York; report on the 3d district. 1842. p.161. Psilophyton princeps Dawson. Quarterly journal of the Geological society of London. 1859. 18: 479. Hamilton beds P 5160 North New Berlin, Chenango co. N. Y. Geological survey collection COELENTERATA SPONGIAE HYPHANTAENIA Vanuxem Hyphantaenia chemungensis Vanuxem (sp.) 5161 238° wypotyPE Hall & Clarke. New York state museum memoir 2.° 1898. pl.45, fig.t. Chemung beds Union, Broome co. N. Y. Oberlin College exchange ECHINODERMATA Cyathocrinus ornatissimus see Scytalocrinus ornatissimus MELOCRINUS Goldfuss Melocrinus clarkei (Hall mss.) Williams 439 *34° type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pls Genesee shale Canandaigua lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 1 The body of the catalogue was published as Museum bulletin 65. 1903. 44 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PENTREMITES Say Pentremites leda Hall 5162 442° HYPOTYPE Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 6g ; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.z, fig.r. Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. LD. D.,Luther, cali: SCYTALOCRINUS Wachsmuth & Springer Scytalocrinus ornatissimus Hall (sp.) 5163 #829 -HYPOPLASTOTYPE Cyathocrinwus Oornetvs sume Hall (sp.) Geology of New York; report on the 4th dis- {HEL 4643. - 9.247, fig. 106. : Scytalocrinus ornatissimus Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pil.F. Portage (Naples) beds Lake Erie shore, Portland N. Y. VERMES COLEOLUS Hall Coleolus (?) spinulus Hall 5164 2985 typ—E Coleolus (?) spinulus Hall. Transactions of the Albany institute. 1881. 10:18 (abstract) Hall. sith annual report of the Indiana state geolo- gist. pl.33, fig 8. Niagaran Waldron Ind. PALAEOCHAETA Clarke Palaeochaeta devonica Clarke 516s 5151 type Palaeochaeta devonica Clarke. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state pale- ontologist. 1903. p.1238, pl.28, fig.2. Portage beds Grimes gully, Naples N. Y. : J. M. Clarke, donor. 1901 e166 2181 type Clarke. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.28, fig.3. Portage beds Tannery gully, Naples N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1902 s167 51481 type Clarke. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.28, fig.4. Portage beds Tannery gully, Naples N. Y. D.’D. Luther, coli gee REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 45 PROTONYMPHA Clarke Protonympha salicifolia Clarke 5168 223° TYPE (original and counterpart) Protonympha salici- folia Clarke. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.1237, pl.27, fig.2, 2: ; Portage (West hill sandstones) : Italy hill, Yates co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1902 5169 2219 TYPE (original and counterpart) Clarke. New York state muse- um bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1g03.'" pli27, tig-3, 4: Portage beds Tannery gully, Naples N. Y. 1) Luther, coll. rgo2 5170 5210 TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum bul- letin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.28, fig.1. Portage beds “Italy hill, Naples N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1902 TENTACULITES Schlotheim Tentaculites bellulus Hall (?) mwz. stebos Clarke Migte- HYPOTYPE Orthoceras. stebos. Clarke. United States geological survey bulletin 16. 1885. p.2g. Tentacnlites bellualus -Hall.(?) mut, stebos Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.s, fig.8. Tully pyrite Livonia salt shaft, Livonia N. Y. mm 1). Luther, coll..1391% Tentaculites gracilistriatus Hall mut. asmodeus Clarke ee72 = ByPoTYPeE Orthoceras asmodeus Clarke. United States geological survey bulletin 16. 1885. p3r. Memivewlites .gracilistriatus Hall mut. asmodeus Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.4, fig.1r. Tully pyrite Livonia salt shaft, Livonia N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1891 s |oo SI Ar bre 6900 1 5176 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Tentaculites tenuicinctus F. A. Roemer HYPOTYPE Tentaculites tenuicinctus F. A, - Roemer. Beitr. 1 zur geo]. Kenntnisse d. nordw. Harzge- birges. 1S50;- p28. Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.2o, fig.20. Naples, Ontario co. N. Y. J. M..Clarke, donor On slab with original of pl.20, fig. 21. Portage (Naples) beds HYPOTYPE Clarke. 1903... 2pl:20,,hig-a1 Portage (Naples) beds New York state museum memoir 6. Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor. On slab with original of pl.2o0, fig.2o. BRYOZOA FENESTELLA Lonsdale Fenestella pertenuis Hall TYPE (of description) Fenestella pertenuis Hall. Transactions of the Albany institute. 1881. 10:6 (abstract). Hall. xrith annual report of the Indiana state geolo- gist, 1881, Peer: N iagaran Waldron Ind. On slab with type of Stictopora orbipora, Ind. state geol. 11th an. rep’t, p.248. STICTOPORA Hall Stictopora orbipora Hall TYPE (of description) Stictopora orbipora sea Transactions of the Albany. institute. 1881. 10.5 (abstract). Hall. s1th annual report of the Indiana state geolo- SiSt.) NGO. P.2A0. Niagaran Waldron Ind. On slab with type of Fenestella pertenwis, Ind. state geol. 11th an. rep’t, p.251. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 47 BRACHIOPODA AMBOCOELIA Hall Ambocoelia umbonata Conrad mut. pluto Loomis 5i77 > TYPE Ambocoelia umbonata Conrad mut. pluto Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.gos, pl.2, fig 16-18. © : Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. Ambocoelia umbonata Conrad mut. pygmaea Loomis gees = TYPE Ambocoelia umbonata Conrad mit. Ppygmaea Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.gos, pl.2, fig.13-x5. Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. CAMAROTOECHIA Hall & Clarke Camarotoechia hudsonica Grabau | 5179 +724 type Camarotoechia hudsonica Grabau. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.1048, fig.8, a, b. Manlius limestone Becraft mountain, Columbia co. N. Y. A. W. Grabau, coll. 1902 5180 +424 tTyPE Grabau. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903.. p.1048, fig.8c. Manlius limestone Becraft mountain, Columbia co. N. Y. A. W. Grabau, coll. 1902 5181 7224 tTypE Grabau. New York state museum bulletin 60 ; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.1048, fig.8d. | Manlius limestone Becraft mountain, Columbia co. N. Y. A. W. Grabau, coll. 1902 1 ho nD is | 48 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM CYRTINA Davidson Cyrtina hamiltonensis Hall mut. pyzgmaea Loomis 5182 1387 type »Cyitinia. hameolton ens hs shallgmues wae maea Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.go4, pl.3, fig.16. . Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. D., D. Luther cole Leiorhynchus? hecate see Spirifer mucrona- tus mut. hecate NUCLEOSPIRA Hall Nucleospira concinna Hall mut. pygmaea Loomis 5183 7842 pype Nucleospira concinna Hall mut. pygmaea Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.go4, pl.r, fig.4; pl.2, fig.s. Tully pyrite Greigsville, Livingston co. N. Y. . D. D. Luther, coll. Orbicula concentrica see Ontaria concentrica PRODUCTELLA Hall Productella spinulicosta Hall muz/. pygmaea Loomis 5184 2925 typE Productella spinulicosta Hall mut. pyg- maea Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.go7, pl.2. igi. Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. D.-D. Leutherscal: RHYNCHOSPIRA Hall Rbynchospira excavata Grabau c185 2212 type. Rhynchospira excavata Grabau. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.1o50, fig.ga-c. Manlius limestone Mt Bob, Columbia co. N. Y. A. W. Grabau, coll. 1902 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 49 SPIRIFER Sowerby Spirifer belphegor see Spirifer tullius mw? bel- phegor Spirifer eriensis Grabau var. Grabau 5186 2342 HYPOTYPE Spirifer eriensis Grabau var. Grabau. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.1043, fig.7a, b. Manlius limestone Becraft mountain, Columbia co. N. Y. A. W. Grabau, coll. 1902 5187 8342 HYPOTYPE Grabau. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.1043, fig.7¢. . Manlius limestone Becraft mountain, N. Y. A. W. Grabau, coll. 1902 5188 8342 wypoTYyPE Grabau. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.1043, fig.7d. | Manlius limestone Becraft mountain, N. Y. A. W. Grabau, coll. 1902 Spirifer corallinensis Grabau 516g 2387 HYPOTYPE Spirifer corallinensis Grabau. Geo- logical society of America bulletin. 1g00. 11:352. Grabau. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.1042, fig.6. Manlius limestone Becraft mountain, N. Y. A. W. Grabau, coll. 1902 Spirifer fimbriatus Conrad mut. pygmaeus Loomis sigo #888 tTyPpE Spirifer fimbriatus Conrad mut. pyg- 7 maeus Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69 ; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.gor, pl.2, fig.8, 9. Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. DD. -euthes, coll, Spirifer fimbriatus Conrad mu¢. simplicissimus Loomis sigt 8389 type Spirifer fimbriatus mut. simplicissi- mus Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 31903. p.gor, pla, p.1,. 2. Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. DD; Euther;.coll. Be NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Spirifer granulosus Conrad mut. pluto Clarke 5192 £822 wyporyPE Spirifer pluto Clarke. United States geological survey bulletin 16. 1885. Dest. Spirifer granulosus Conrad mut. pluto Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.3, fig.7, 8 Tully pyrite | Canandaigua lake, N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll: Spirifer medialis Hall mu. pygmaeus Loomis 5193 282+ TYPE Spirifer medialis Hall mut. pye@munaeume Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.go2, pl.3, fig.g, Io. Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. Spirifer mucronatus Conrad mut. hecate Clarke 5194 e372 HYPOTYPE Leiorhynchus? hecate Clarke) (immed States geological survey bulletin 16. 1885. p.31. Spirifer mucronatus Conrad mut. hecate Clarke. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.3, fig.13—-15. Tully pyrite Moscow, Livingston co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. Spirifer pluto see Spirifer granulosus muz. pluto Spirifer tullius Conrad mut. belphegor Clarke sign 222% HYPOTYPE Spirifer belphegor “Clarke amas States geological survey bulletin 16. 1885. p.3o. Spirifer tullius Conrad’ mut? *belpiewar Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.3, fig.3, 4 Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. Spirifer vanuxemi Hall s196 2374 HYPOTYPE Spirifer vanuxemi Hall. Paleontology of New York. 1859. 3:198. Grabau. New York state museum bulleen 6a: annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.1041, fig.5a. Manlius limestone Becraft mountain, Columbia co. N. Y. A. W. Grabau, coll. rgo2 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 51 5197 8324 HYPOTYPE Grabau. New York state museum bulletin 69 ; | annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.1041, fig.5b. Manlius limestone _ Becraft mountain, N. Y. A. W. Grabau, coll. 1902 STROPHALOSIA King Strophalosia truncata Hall mut. pygmaea Loomis 5198 2322 TYPE Strophalosia truncata Hall mut. pygmaea Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.go6, pl.2, £1. LO. | Tully pyrite 7 Canandaigua lake, N. Y. (thy DD. DD. Luther,.coll, 5199 2322 TypE Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; . annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.2, fie. Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. TRIGERIA Bayle Trigeria lepida Hall mut. pygmaea Loomis ween; Tyee Trigeria, lepida,..Hall ,mut...pygmaea Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.go7, pl.3, fig.r4. Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. TROPIDOLEPTUS Hall Tropidoleptus carinatus Conrad mut. pygmaeus Loomis fears TYPE Tropidoleptus, cartma tu’s'|Conrad mut. pygmaeus Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.go6, pl.3, fig.12. Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. D:. D. Luther, coll. WHITFIELDELLA Hall & Clarke Whitfieldella cf nitida Hall 5202 2°83 uypoTyPE Whitfieldella cf. nitida Grabau. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. . p.1051, fig.roa-c, Manlius limestone | Becraft mountain, Columbia co. N. Y. A. W. Grabau, coll. 1902 52 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM LAMELLIBRANCHIATA ACTINOPTERIA Hall Actinopteria sola Clarke 5203 292° TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Actinopteria sola Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.263, pl.20, fig. 20. Portage (Naples) beds Cashaqua creek, Livingston co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke, purchase » Astarte subtextilis see Euthydesma subtextile Avicula dispar see Loxopteria dispar : Avicula fragilis see Pterochaenia fragilis BUCHIOLA Barrande Buchiola ? (Puella?) sp. 5204” 2982. tyvPE” Buchiola? (Puella?) sp. New Yormeuae museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.to, fig.17. Portage (Naples) beds Naples, Ontario co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Buchiola angolensis Clarke 5205 2982 TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Buchiola angolensis Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.300, pl.r10, fig.29. Portage (Naples) beds Farnham creek, near Angola N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 5206 2982 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 1903. pl.1o, fig.30. Portage (Naples) beds Farnham creek, near Angola N. Y. J. M. Clarke, coll. 1898 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. i) Syl es “| plrG, fig.31. Portage (Naples) beds Farnham creek, near Angola N. Y. D. Dy Luther, coll. 1897 5208 2982 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.1o, fig.32. | Portage (Naples) beds _ Big Sister creek, Angola N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 tw S79 5210 5211 wet S 9083 2 a a5 5216 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 53 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.1o, fig.33. Portage (Naples) beds Smith’s Mills, Chautauqua co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1902 Buchiola conversa Clarke TYPE Buchiola conversa Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.300, pl.to, fig.20. Portage (Naples) beds Farnham creek, Angola N.Y. J. M. Clarke, coll. 1898 TYPE Clarke. New Youle state museum memoir 6. 1903. DEO; He 2T, Portage (Naples) beds Angola, Erie co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.ro, fig.22. Portage (Naples) beds _Big Sister creek, Angola N. Y. J. M. Clarke, coll. 1898 Buchiola c/ eifelensis Beushausen HYPOTYPE Buchiola ¢f eifelensis Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.r1, fig.3. Lower Upper Devonic Buchiola halli Clarke TYPE Buchiola halli Clarke. New York state muse- um memoir 6. 1903. p.301, pl.1o, fig.16. Hamilton shale Near Norton’s landing, Cayuga lake, N. Y. H. H. Smith, coll. 1871 Buchiola (?) livoniae Clarke TYPE Buchiola (?) livoniae Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.299, pl.11, fig.1. Genesee beds (Genundewa limestone) Canandaigua lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, coll. 1899 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. Pitt ue.2, Genesee beds (Genundewa limestone) Livonia salt shaft, Livingston co. N. Y, D, D. Luther, coll. 1891 _ Budesheim, Germany 54 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Buchiola lupina Clarke | 5217 2987 typE Buchiola lupina Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.301, pl.1o, fig.34. Portage (Gardeau) beds , Wolf creek, Genesee valley, Wyoming co. N.. Y. _D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 5218 2987 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. — 1903. pl.1o, fig.35. : Portage (Gardeau) beds Mouth of Wolf creek, Wyoming co. N. Y. | D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 5219 2987 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.ro, fig. 36. Portage (Gardeau) beds Mouth of Wolf creek, Wyoming co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coil. 1897 a 5 Buchiola cf priimiensis Steininger (sp.) 5220 2988 HypoTYPE Cardium prumiense Steininger. Geog- nost. Beschreibung der Eifel. 1853. p.5r. Buchiola cf. primiensis Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. - pl.1o, fig.18. Portage (Naples) beds _ Big Sister creek at Angola N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. srsag On slab with type of pl.io, fig.19. 5221 2988 uypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.1o, fig.19. Portage (Naples) beds Big Sister creek at Angola N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll, 1897 On slab with type of pl.io, fig.18. Buchiola retrostriata von Buch 5222 2922 HYPOTYPE Venericardium retrostriatum von Buch. Ueber Goniatiten. 1832. p.50. Buchiola.retrostriata Clarke. New York © state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.ro, fig.t. Portage (Naples) beds Naples, Ontario co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 . 55 5223 *%2 uypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.1o, fig.2. , Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. _ J. M. Clarke, donor (5224 *92° HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1go3. . pl_ro, fip.2. ahs | Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5225 2989 uypotyPEe Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.1o, fig.4. Portage (Naples) beds Near Mt Morris, Livingston co. N. Y. C. Van Deloo, coll. 5226 2982 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.1o, fig.s. ; Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5227 2989 wypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.to, fig.6. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N, Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5228 2989 HypoTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.ro, fig.7. 3 Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5229 2°59 wypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.1o, fig.8. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. - J. M. Clarke, donor 5230 #989 wypoTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.io, fig.g. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5231 2982 uypotyPe Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.io, fig.ro. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 50 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 5232 *$&° nypotyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.t1o, fig.1z. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N.Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5233 *{3° HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. - pl.10, hig £2. Portage (Naples) beds } Naples N. Y. . J. M. Clarke, donor 5234 *%32 uypotTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.ro, fig.r3. | Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5235 *“?}2 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.ro, fig.14. Genesee shale Canandaigua lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, coll. 1899 5236 *?3° HypotyPe Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.ro, fig.r4. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Buchiola retrostriata von Buch mut. pygmaea Loomis 5237 **22* TYPE Buchiola Tretrostriata von Buch aan Pygmaea Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual repoit of the state paleontologist. 1903. p-g11, pl.2, fig.7. Tully pyrite Moscow, Livingston co. N. Y. D:D. Lithersctom. Buchiola scabrosa Clarke 5238 29899 typE Buchicla scabrosa Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 1903. p. 299, pl.1o, fig.25—27. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5239 29829 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.ro, fig.28. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Cardiola clarkei see Ontaria clarkei Cardiola doris see Paracardium doris Cardiola duplicata see Praecardium duplicatum REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 57 CARDIOMORPHA de Koninck Cardiomorpha obliquata Clarke 5240 2923 TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Cardiomorpha obliquata Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.g, fig.3. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville, Chautauqua co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5241 2225 typE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.o; m1g-4;55- Portage (Naples) beds Little Canadaway creek, Lake Erie, N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 5242 2925 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.g, fig.6. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll, 1898 5243 *°2° Type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.g, fig.7. Portage (Naples) beds Near Smith’s Mills, Chautauqua co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1902 Cardium prumiense see Buchiola ¢ priimiensis Cardium? vetustum see Praecardium vetus- tum i CONOCARDIUM Bronn Conocardium eboraceum Hall wz. pygmaeum Loomis eee «TYPE Conocardium “eboraceum , Fall’ © mut. Pygmaeum Loomis. New York state museum bul- letin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p-9i1, pl.2, fig.6. Tully pyrite Moscow N. Y. Pp? 'D: Luthers- coll. Conocardium gowandense Clarke 5245 23%" tyPpE Conocardium gowandense Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.310, pl.12, fig. 35, 36. Portage (Naples) beds Gowanda, Cattaraugus co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 58 5246 a7 5248 5249 522 5251 5252 3259 5254 9200 4 9200 6 9200 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ELASMATIUM Clarke Elasmatium gowandense Clarke TYPE Elasmatium gowandense Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.294, pl.12, fig.21: Portage (Naples) beds Chautauqua county, N. Y. TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.12, fig.22. Portage (Naples) beds Chautauqua county, N. Y. TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. plLiz, fig.23° Portage (Naples) beds Chautauqua county, N. Y. TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 190 as pl.r2, fig 24. . Portage (Naples) beds Chautauqua county, N. Y. TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. piiz, ie.265. Portage (Naples) beds Gowanda forks of Cattaraugus creek, Chautauqua co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.x2, fig.26. Portage (Naples) beds Gowanda forks of Cattaraugus creek, N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 13897 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.12,fige7. Portage (Naples) beds : Gowanda forks of Cattaraugus creek, N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.r2, fig.28. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie | J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.12, fig.29. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 59 EUTHYDESMA Hall Euthydesma subtextile Hall 5255 2215 uypoTYyPE Astarte subtextilis Hall. Geology of New York; report on the 4th district. 1843. p.245. Euthydesma subtextile Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.g, fig.8. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie . J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5256 2215 HYPOTYPE: HYPOPLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state a museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.g, fig.g. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie - J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5257 2215 uypotyPe Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.g, fig.1o. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie . J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1398 5258 2215 uypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.g, fig.11, 12. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5259 221% HypotTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.g, fig.13. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5260 2215 wuypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.g, fig.14. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5261 2215 uypoTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.g, fig.15. Portage (Naples) beds / Forestville, Chautauqua co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1902 5262 221° HyYpPoTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.g, fig.16. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5263 2215 wypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.g, fig.17. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 60 _ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM GRAMMYSIA de Verneuil Grammysia constricta Hall mu¢. pyzgmaea Loomis 5264 2*22 TYPE Grammysia constricta Hall mut. pygmaea Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.gto, pl2, fig.1, 2. Tully pyrite Greigsville, Livingston co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. HONEOYEA Clarke Honeoyea desmata Clarke 5265 2299" TypE: PLASTOTYPE Honeoyea desmata Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.260, pl.6, fig.23. Portage (Naples) beds Tannery gully, Naples N.Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Honeoyea erinacea Clarke 5; 5266 2229%¢ type Honeoyea erinacea Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.256, pl.6, fig.15, 18. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5267 2299F¢ type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.6, fig.16, 19. ; Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5268 Po pypE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 1903. pl6, fig.17. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5269 22298 typE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.6, fig.20 Portage (Naples) beds Floneoye lake, Nes. J. M. Clarke, donor 5270 2229 pypE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. PUG Mi e.25. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5271 2229F type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.6, fig.22. Portage (Naples) beds Parrish gully, Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 61 Honeoyea major Clarke 5272 2299F type Honeoyea major Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.258, pl.6, fig.ro. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. | J. M. Clarke, donor 5273 22290 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.6, fig.tr. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5274 2222") type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.6, fig.r2. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. , J. M. Clarke, donor 5275 2229" type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.6, fig.13. Portage (Naples) beds 3 Naples, N.Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5276 2229") type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.6, fig.14. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. | J. M. Clarke, donor Honeoyea simplex Clarke . 5277 4° TYPE Honeoyea simplex Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.259, pl.6, fig.1-3. Genesee beds (Genundewa limestone) Genundewa, Canandaigua lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Honeoyea styliophila Clarke 5278 222984 TyPpE Honeoyea styliophila Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.258, pl.6, fig.4, 5. Genesee beds (Genundewa limestone) Canandaigua lake, N. Y. JeNE: Clarke, donor 5279 22228d typE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 1903. pl.6, fig.6. Genesee beds (Genundewa limestone) Canandaigua lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 62 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 5280 2299F4 rypr Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.6, fig.7~9. Genesee beds (Genundewa limestone) Canandaigua lake, N. Y. KOCHIA Frech Kochia (Loxopteria) laevis see Loxopteria laevis Kochia ungula Clarke 5281 2222" type Kochia ungula Clarke. New York state muse- um memoir 6. 1903, -p.270, pl,13, fig.a, 2: Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll, 1898 5282 2°29" Type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.13.H2.3. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5283 2229M TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. plira; fig. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5284 2282" type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.13, fig.5. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie .J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 s28c 2299M rype Clarke. New Vork state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.13, fig.6. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1868 5286 2222" typE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.13, fig.7. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1398 5287 229M typE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.13, fig.8. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5288 5289 2224 5291 oe p 3793 Boot REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903. 63 LEDA Schumacher Leda rostellata Hall mut. pygmaea Loomis 2304 TYPE Leda rostellata Hall mut. pygmaea Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.gog, pl.1, fig.s. Tully pyrite Greigsville, Livingston co. N. Y. D.. Ds Euther;colk 2304 TYPE Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.1, fig.6. Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. Py. Dy Luther, coll: LEPTODOMUS McCoy Leptodomus interplicatus Clarke 9358 TYPE Leptodomus interplicatus Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.315, pl.12, fig.2z. Portage beds (Hatch shales) Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 2358 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.r2, fig.33. Portage beds (Hatch shales) Davies valley, Ontario co. N. Y. | J. M. Clarke, donor 9358 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.r2, fig.34. Portage beds (Hatch shales) Naples valley N. Y. Leptodomus multiplex Clarke 93589 type Leptodomus multiplex Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.315, pl.12, fig.30. Portage beds (Rhinestreet black shales) Naples N.Y. J. M. Clarke, donor LOXOPTERIA Frech Loxopteria (Sluzka) corrugata Clarke aa TYPE Loxopteria (Sluzka) corrugata Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.277,pl.14, fig.1s. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie 64 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 5295 2372 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.14, fig.18. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5296 2352 typE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.14, fig.19. Portage (Naples) beds | Smith’s Mills, Chautauqua co. N. Y. | D. D. Luther, coll. 1902 5297 2322 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.14, fig.20. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville, Chautauqua co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5298 2352 typPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.14, fig.2r. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5299 2332 tTypE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.14, fig.22. Portage (Naples) beds _ Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5300 2839 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.14, fig.23. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5301 2839 type Clarke... New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.14, fig.24. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. 5302 23822 type Clarke. New. York state museum memoir 6, 1903. pl.14, fig.25. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5303 2232 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.14, fig.26. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Ene J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5304 5395 5306 5307 5308 5309 5310 5311 9359a r 93594 2 9359a 3 93594 4 93590 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 65 Loxopteria dispar Sandberger (sp.) HYPOTYPE Avicula dispar Sandberger. Verstein. des rhein. Schichtensyst. in Nassau. p.284. Loxopteria dispar Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 1903. pl.13, fig.g. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. ¥903, ~ypE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.14, fig.13, 14. ‘Portage (Naples) beds Smith’s Mills, Chautauqua co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1902 9359 pypE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.14, fig.16. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 67 5320 23290 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.14, fig.17. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 Loxopteria laevis Frech fo2r- HYPOTYPE Kochia (Loxopteria) laéyis Frech. Die Devonischen Aviculiden Deutschlands; Abhandl. z. — geolog. Specialkarte Preuss, u. d. Thir. St. 1891. v.g, Heft.3, ».76. Loxopteria laevis Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.14, fig.1. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. | J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5322 2322¢ HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl. 14; My. 2,33. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. | J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5323 *322° HYPOTYPE: HYPOPLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.14, fig.4. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5324 2322° HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 1903. © pl.14, fig.s. Portage (Naples) beds Gowanda forks of Cattaraugus creek, Chautauqua co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 5325 322° HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.t4, fig.6. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5326 2322° HyPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.ra, fig.7. Portage-(Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 Loxopteria vasta Clarke 5327 23227 type Loxopteria vasta Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6.. 1903. p.275, pl.13, fig.18. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 68 5328 no-9 533° 533% noo" nooo NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM . LUNULICARDIUM Miinster Lunulicardium sp. nov. ? Clarke | o40% tyPE Lunulicardium sp.nov. ? Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.245, pl.2, fig.1g. Genesee beds (Genundewa limestone) Canandaigua lake, N. Y. _J. M. Clarke, donor Lunulicardium sp. nov. Clarke a408 TYPE Lunulicardium sp. nov. Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.245, pl.2, fig.2r. Portage (Naples) beds Seneca point, Canandaigua lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Lunulicardium sp. nov. ? Clarke 9499 tTypE Lunulicardium sp. noy, ? Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.246, pl.4, fig.11. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 Lunulicardium (Prochasma) absegmen Clarke 9419 type Lunulicardium(Prochasma) absegmen Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p-242, pl.3, fig.1s.- 7 Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 Lunulicardium (Pinnopsis) accola Clarke 9411 TYPE (original and counterpart) Lunulicardium (Pin- nopsis) accola Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.233, pl.4, fig.12. Portage (Naples) beds West Falls, Erie co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 9411 ype Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pled, He.1 2. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1902 Lunulicardium acutirostrum see Lunulicar- dium (Pinnopsis) acutirostrum REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 69 Lunulicardium (Pinnopsis) acutirostrum Hall 5334 2412 HYPOTYPE: HYPOPLASTOTYPE Pinnopsis acutiros- 5D0) 5337 5338 5239 534° |o > Im i) 2 9412 3 : tra Hall. Geology of New York; report on the 4th district. 1843. p.244. Lunulicardium (Pinnopsis) acutirostrum Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. jal ae ee Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor HYPOTYPE Lunulicardium acutirostrum Hall. Paleontology of New York. 1883. v.5, pt1, plates and explanations, pl.71, fig.31. Lunulicardium ornatum Hall. Paleontology of New York... 1635... V.5, pt 1,, pl.7 :fg.31- Lunulicardium(Pinnopsis)acutirostrum Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.r, fig.2. ? Chemung beds Elmira, Chemung co. N. Y. J. W. Hall and C. VanDeloo, coll. 1866 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.1, fig.3. Portage (Naples) beds ; Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 1903. pl.t, fig.4, 5. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 1903. pl.x, fig.6. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903: »pl.4, fig.xo. Portage (Naples) beds " Napies INL Ye. Lunulicardium beushauseni Clarke TYPE Lunulicardium beushauseni Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.3, fig.12. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D, D. Luther, coll. 1898 70 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 5341 24)" TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.3, fig.13. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5342 *4;2 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.4, fig.15. Portage (Naples) beds Fox’s point, Lake Erie, N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 ‘ Lunulicardium bickense see Lunulicardium (Prochasma) bickense Lunulicardium (Prochasma) bickense Holzapfel 5343 24°* HYPOTYPE Lunulicardium bickense Holzapel Die Goniatitenkalke von Adorf; Palaeontographica. 1882. 28:256. Lunulicardium (Prochasma) bickense Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 19¢3. pls, ag. Portage (Naples) beds &, Farnham creek, Angola N. Y. J. M. Clarke, coll. 1898 5344 2414 nHypoTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.3, fig.4. Portage (Naples) beds Lower Portage falls, Genesee river, N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 5345: 2414 uypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903... pl.2, Hess: Portage (Naples) beds Lower Portage falls, Genesee river, N. Y. D, D. Luther, coll. 1897 5346 9414 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903... pl.3, fg.11- Portage (Naples) beds Johnson’s falls, near Strykersville N. Y. D,. D. Luther, colli 1587 5347 5348 5349 535° 535" 5357 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 7 Lunulicardium (Chaenocardiola) clymeniae Clarke 2415 type Lunulicardium (Chaenocardiola) clymeniae Clarke. New York state museum bul- letin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. Pure at, ter. 7 Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. P-234; p.224, fig. 3. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor - 2415 qypE Clarke. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.1231, fig.2-4. Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.224, fig.4—6. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 9415 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 1903, pl.2, fig.1—5. Portage (Naples) beds Whetstone gully, near Livonia N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 2415 Type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.2, fig.6 (2 pieces). Portage (Naples) beds Brigg’s gully, Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Lunulicardium encrinitum Clarke TYPE Lunulicardium encrinitum Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.239, pl.2, fig.2o. Portage (Naples) beds i Blacksmith gully, Bristol N. Y.- J. M. Clarke, donor Lunulicardium (Prochasma) enode Clarke 9417 TYPE Lunulicardium (Prochasma) enode Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p-242, pl.3, fig.14. Portage (Naples) beds” Lower Portage falls, Genesee river, N. Y. . J. M. Clarke, donor 416 1 72 5353 5354 5359 5356 SEY 5358 3399 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Lunulicardium (Chaenocardiola) eriense Clarke o4n8 TYPE Lunulicardium (Chaenocardiola) eri- . ense Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. *p.235, pL4, fis 3. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville, Chautauqua co. N. Y. 7 D. D. Luther, coll. 1902 S48 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903: pl.4, fig.4. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1902 On slab with type of pl.4, fig.6. 2418 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.4, fig.s. Portage (Naples) beds 3 Correll’s point, Lake Erie, N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 22,5 TyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.4, fig.6. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. _-D. D. Luther, coll. 2962 On slab with type of pl.4, fig.4. Lunulicardium finitimum Clarke 9419 tyPpE Lunulicardium finitimum Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.238, pl.2, fig.17. Portage (Naples) beds Parrish gully, Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 2419 tTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.2, fig.18. | Portage (Napies) beds Parrish gully, Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Lunulicardium fragile see Pterochaenia fragilis Lunulicardium (Chaenocardiola) furcatum Clarke 24199 Type Lunulicardiumesd (Cihacnoc arauana, furcatum Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.236, pl 4, fig.7. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie, N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 73 Lunulicardium (Chaenocardiola) hemicardioides Clarke 5360 24129 type Lunulicardium (Chaenocardiola) hemicardioides Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.235, pl.2, fig.11, 12. Portage (Naples) beds Parrish gully, Naples N. Y. | J. M. Clarke, donor 5361 24120 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pie; te.13, Fa. Portage (Naples) beds Parrish gully, Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5362 2419? type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.2, fig.15. | Genesee beds (Genundewa limestone) . Canandaigua lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5363 *422° Type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.2, fig.16. Genesee beds (Genundewa limestone) Canandaigua lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Lunulicardium ¢/ inflatum Holzapfel 41 5364 242° nypoTyPE Lunulicardium cf. inflatum Holzapfel. Die Goniatitenkalke von Adorf; Palaeontographica, O82 ae 25:33, Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.3, fig.16. Intumescens zone Martenberg, Westphalia Lunulicardium (Pinnopsis) libum Clarke 5365 24194 type Lunulicardium(Pinnopsis) libum Clarke, New York state museum memoir 6.- 1903. p.232, pl.2, fig.1o. | Portage (Naples) beds Fox’s point, Lake Erie, N.Y. J. M. Clarke and D. 1). Luther, coll. 1898 5306 243° type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.4, fig.1. , Portage (Naples) beds Fox’s point, Lake Erie, N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 74 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 5367 2412 tyPE Clarke. ‘New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.4, fig.2. Portage (Naples) beds Fox’s point, Lake Erie, N.Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 Lunulicardium miilleri Holzapfel 5368 2412° nypotyPE Lunulicardium miilleri Holzapfel. Die Goniatitenkalke von Adorf; Palaeontographica. 1882. p-32. Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pli 3,1, 1e.122. . Intumescens zone _ _ Martenberg, Westphalia J. M. Clarke, donor Lunulicardium ornatum see Lunulicardium (Pinnopsis) acutirostrum | Lunulicardium (Pinnopsis) ornatum Hall 53609 2425 HYPOTYPE Pinnopsis ornatus Hall. Geology of New York; report on the 4th district. 1843. p.244. Lunulicardium (Pinnopsis) ornatum Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pls, ig.s. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. : J. M. Clarke, donor 5370 *425 uypPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.1, fig.g. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.t, fig.ro. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5372 2422 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, | ) rgo3. pl. 1 ug.1 4; | Portage (Naples) beds _ Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5373 2422 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. LGO 2.00 th mea 23: Portage (Naples) beds Belknap’s gully, 2 miles north of Branchport N. Y. J. M. Clarke, coll. 1895 \o ol Is 5371 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 75 5374 2425 HypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.z, fig.14. + Portage (Naples) beds . Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Lunulicardium (Prochasma) parunculus Clarke 5375 2t22/ TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Lunulicardium (Prochasma) parunculus Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.243, pl.3, fig.17. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. | J« M. Clarke, donor 5376 243°/ TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.3, fig.18. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. |. M. Clarke, donor 5377 242% TyPpE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.3, fig-19, Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. | J. M. Clarke, donor 5378 24242f typE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.4, fig.14. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Lunulicardium pilosum Clarke 5379 24429 TYPE Lunulicardium pilosum Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.239, pl.2, fig.23. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. ¥. . J. M. Clarke, donor 5390 24129 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903: pl.2, fig.24. Portage (Naples) beds Parrish gully, Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5381 24°29 Type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. ; pl.4, fig.8. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5382 24329 Type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6.% 1903. pl.4, fig.g. Portage (Naples) beds Pike’s creek, Erie co. N. Y. D. D, Luther; coll, 1902 76 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Lunulicardium sodale Clarke 5383 °442" type Lunulicardium sodale Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.238, pl.2, fig. 22. Portage (Naples) beds Base of Hatch hill, Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Lunulicardium suppar Clarke 5384 24129' type Lunulicardium suppar Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p. 244, pl.3, fig.6. Portage (Naples) beds Johnson’s falls, near Strykersville N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5385 *472' TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.3, fig.7. Portage (Naples) beds Johnson’s falls, near Strykersville N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5386 24°’ TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.3, fig. 8,9. Portage (Naples) beds Johnson’s falls, near Strykersville N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 5387 24/2’ type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.3, fig.1o. Fomage (Naples) beds Lower Portage falls, Genesee river, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Lunulicardium ? (Opisthocoelus?) transversale Clarke 5306 24)" tyre, Lunwlacandiy mm (Opisthocoelus? ) transversale Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.246, pl.4, fig.16. Portage (Naples) beds Ithaca, Tompkins co. N. Y., C. Van Deloo, coll. 1874 Lunulicardium velatum Clarke 5389 242% tyPpE Lunulicardium velatum Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.237, pl.2, fig.7. Portage (Naples) beds Base of Hatch hill, Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor _ REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 77 5390 24)°* Type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.2, fig.8. Portage (Naples) beds Parrish gully, Naples N. Y. . J. M. Clarke, donor 5391 9412% type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.z2, fig.g. Portage (Naples) beds Base of Hatch hill, Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Lunulicardium (Pinnopsis) wiscoyense Clarke 5392 2422’ type Lunulicardium (Pinnopsis) wiscoyense Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. D233, PLt, Hs.7.- Portage (Naples) beds Wiscoy creek, Wiscoy above the bridge, Allegany co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 MODIELLA Hall Modiella sp.? Clarke 5393 “48 type Modiella sp.? Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.316, pl.12, fig.31. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor NUCULA [Lamarck Nucula corbuliformis Hall mut. pygmaea Loomis 5394 2222 tyPE Nucula corbuliformis Hall mut. pygmaea Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.go8, pl.1, fig. ¥0;" ¥¥, Tully pyrite Livonia salt shaft, Livingston co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. Nucula lirata Hall mut. pygmaea Loomis 5395 *22% type Nucula lirata Hall mut. pygmaea Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.go8, pl.1, fig.14, 15. Tully pyrite Livonia salt shaft, Livingston co. N. Y. f), D. Gather, coll. 7 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Nucula varicosa Hall mut. pygmaea Loomis vs 5396 2572 type Nucula varicosa Hall mut. pygmaea Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.god, ple fig.3, 4. Tully pyrite Greigsville N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. NUCULITES Conrad Nuculites constricta see Palaeoneilo constricta Nuculites oblongatus Conrad mut. pygmaeus Loomis 5397 2384 TYPE Nuculites oblongatus Conrad mut. pyg- maeus Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69 ; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p. goo, pl.1, fig.7. Tully pyrite Moscow, Livingston co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. Nuculites triqueter Conrad mwu¢. pygmaea Loomis 5398 2382 TYPE Nuculites triqueter Conrad mut. pyg- maea Loomis. New York state museum fbulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.gog, pl.1, figs.16, 17. Tully pyrite Moscow N.Y. D. D. Luther, coll. ONTARIA Clarke | Ontaria sp.? Clarke 5399 2222 TYPE Ontaria sp.? Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.8, fig.27. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Ontaria accincta Clarke s4oo 2526 tTyPpE Ontaria accincta Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.288, pl.8, fig.22. Portage (Naples) beds Cashaqua creek, Livingston co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 sgor 2526 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl 8, fig.23. : = Portage (Naples) beds Cashaqua creek N.Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 5402 5493 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409 596 3 Ne} Or 5 Pho fer) 9597 1 9598 2 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 79 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.8, fig.24. Portage (Naples) beds Cashaqua creek N. Y. | D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.8, fig.25. Portage (Naples) beds =—~-—- Cashaqua creek N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 © Ontaria affiliata Clarke TYPE Ontaria affiliata Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.290, pl.7, fig.21, 22. Portage (Naples) beds Naples, Ontario co. N. Y. ! J. M. Clarke, donor Ontaria clarkei Beushausen (sp.) HYPOTYPE Cardiola clarkei Beushausen. Abh. der KOnigl.-Preuss. Geol. Landesanst. N. F. 1885. Heit 17, p:347. . Ontaria clarkei Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pil.7, fig.ro. ? Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 90g. pl.7, fis-11. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.7,g. 12% Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. . J. M. Clarke, donor HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. £O0s4. plz. fie. 13. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.7, fig.14. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor exe) : ~NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 5410 2528 pypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903.7 pl-7, Sas: Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. . _J. M. Clarke, donor On slab with type of pl.7, fig.17. 54tr 2338 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903, pl:7, Tig.16. Portage (Naples) beds , Naples N. Y. | | J. M. Clarke, donor 5412 2528 HyPoTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. opl:7; fig.17. | Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. ) J. M. Clarke, donor On slab with type of pl.7, fig.15. 5413 2°28 uypotyPpE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.7, fig.18. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 54t4 2388 HypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pil.7, fig.1g. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5415 2328 uypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.7, fig.20. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Ontaria concentrica von Buch (sp.) 5416 2529 HyPOTYPE Orbicula concentrica von Buch. Ueber Goniatiten. 1832. p.so. Ontaria concentrica Clarke, "New York Stace museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.8, fig.26. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie, N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D, Luther, coll. 1898 Ontaria halli Clarke 5417 2222* tyPpE Ontaria halli Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.29g0, pl.7, fig.23. Portage (Naples) beds : Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5418 5419 5420 5421 5422 3423 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 81 95990 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 1903. pl 7, fig.24, 24A. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. ; J. M. Clarke, donor 2599¢ TyPpE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.8, fig.28. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Ontaria pontiaca Clarke 9599° TypE: PLASTOTYPE Ontaria pontiaca Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.8, fig. 21. Portage (Naples) beds Pontiac, Erie co. N. Y. Ontaria suborbicularis Hall (sp.) 9599¢ HypoTYPE Ungulina suborbicularis Hall. Ge- ology of New York; report on the 4th district. 1843. p-243- | Ontaria suborbicularis Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.8, fig.1. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. | J. M. Clarke, donor 9599¢ HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.8, fig.2. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 9529 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pil.8, fig.3. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5424 2222° HyPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. $425 5426 1903. pl.8, fig.4. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. _ J. M. Clarke, donor 2599¢ wypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. . pl.o, \fg.7. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 2598¢ wypotyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.8, fig.rr. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 82 5427 5428 ne; Shree 5431 5452 5433 5434 5435 5436 + NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM HyPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.8, fig.12. | Portage (Naples) beds Attica, Wyoming co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.8, fig.13. | . Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. - J. M. Clarke, donor - HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.8, fig.14. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1963. “pls; ig-1s- Portage (Naples) beds Parrish gully, Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pil.8, fig.16. Portage (Naples) beds _. Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pil.8, fig.17. Portage (Naples) beds Naples NY - HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.8, fig.18. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 1903. pil.8, fig.1g. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.8, fig.20. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor PALAEONEILO Hall Palaeoneilo brevicula Clarke TYPE Palaeoneilo brevicula Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.313, pl.15, fig.16. Portage (Naples) beds Gowanda forks of Cattaraugus creek, Cattaraugus co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 4 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 83 Palaeoneilo constricta Conrad (sp.) HYPOTYPE Nuculites constricta Conrad. Journal ie) (er) . Oe, He 5437 of the Academy of natural sciences of Philadelphia. 1842. 8: 249. Palaeoneilo constricta Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.15, fig.g. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie | J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5438 2%3* HyYpoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.1s, fig.ro. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5439 *834 uypotyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903: pl.i.5, fig. zt. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie-. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5440 2834 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. — pl.15,.fie.1- Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 Palaeoneilo constricta Conrad mu¢. pygmaea Loomis 5441 284% type Palaeoneilo constricta Conrad mut. pyg- maea Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69 ; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.gio, pli, Bere: F3. Tully pyrite Moscow, Livingston co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. Palaeoneilo linguata Clarke 5442 2547 tTyPpE Palaeoneilo linguata Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.314, pl.15, fig.17. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville, Chautauqua co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5443 2S** tyee Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.ts, fig.18. a Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5444 284° type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.15, fig.20. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 84 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 Jae 545! 5452 Re) ier) le (= 2647 5 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.rs, fig.2r. | . Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.15; fe 222 Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 | Palaeoneilo muricata Clarke TYPE Palaeoneilo muricata Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.312, pl.15, fig.14, 15. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Palaeoneilo petila Clarke TYPE Palaeoneilo petila Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.3tt, pl.15, fig.r. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pls 2. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. z J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.15, fig.3—-5. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 1903. pine: fie, 7 ” Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 9 vypE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.rs, fig.8. Portage (Naples) beds Pontiac, Erie co. N. Y. Palaeoneilo plana Hall mw¢. pygmaea Locmis 5453 2842 TYPE Palaeoneilo plana Hall mut. pygmaea Loomis... New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.gog, pl.t, fig.8, 9. Tully pyrite Livonia salt shaft, Livingston co. N.Y, D. D. Luther cous REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 85 PARACARDIUM Barrande Paracardium delicatulum Clarke 5454 2889 type Paracardium delicatulum Clarke, New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.304, pl.r1, fig.4. Genesee shales (Genundewa limestone) | Canandaigua lake N. Y. Paracardium doris Hall 5455 582° nypotyPE Cardiola doris Hall. Paleontology of New York. 1883. v.5, ptr, plates and explanations, pl.zo, fig.10, 11. Paracardium doris Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.11, fig.s. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake N. Y. J. M. Clarke, doncr 5456 “592° HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 1903.. pl.ar, fig-6. — Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5457 2%22° HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6 1903. . pl ri, fiz:7. : Portage (Naples) beds Rock Stream, Yates co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5458 °2%89° HypoTyPE Clarke. New York state? museum memoir 6. £g02, — pL rr, fig.8. ; Portage (Naples) beds Rock Stream N, Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5459 2982 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.rt, fig.g. ‘ Portage (Naples) beds Rock Stream N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor PARACYCLAS Hall Paracyclas lirata Conrad mut. pygmaea Loomis 5460 2876 type Paracyclas lirata Conrad mut. pygmaea Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 903. p.gio, pl.1, ENR age Tully pyrite Livonia salt shaft, Livingston co, N.Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 86 5461 5462 5463 5464 5465 5466 5467 5468 2678 1 ie) for) ~] {09} NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PARAPTYX Clarke Paraptyx ontario Clarke | TYPE Paraptyx ontario Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.262, pl.7, fig.r. Portage (Naples) beds Naples, Ontario co. N.Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. ply, sg.2- Portage (Naples) beds Naples NEY. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pliy,. ngs. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. | J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. je) aig eae Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. plz, fig.s. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.7, fig.6, 7. . Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pig; te 8.. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir6. 1903. pl.zotigeo: Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Pinnopsis acutirostra see Lunulicardium (Pinnopsis) acutirostrum Pinnopsis ornatus see Lunulicardium (Pinnop- sis) ornatum REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 87 POSIDONIA Bronn Posidonia attica Williams (sp.) 5469 2712 uypotyPE Pterinopecten? atticus Williams. United States geological survey bulletin 41. 1887. p.35. Posidonia attica Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.t2, fig.1o. Portage (Naples) beds Pogue’s hill, Dansville, Livingston co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor On slab with types of pl.12, fig.11, 14. 5470 213° uypotyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 1003. ¢pl.a2, fig.14. Portage (Naples) beds Pogue’s hill, Dansville N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor On slab with types of pl. 12, fig. 10, 14. 5471 221° uypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. LGO4. Pls12, fg.12. Portage (Naples) beds Pogue’s hill, Dansville N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 5472 271° uypotyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. HOO2 0 Mle te eae. Portage (Naples) beds Portage falls, Genesee river N. Y. D. D, Luther, coll. 1897 5473 2342 uypotypPe Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. neo: pl. 12yfigir4. Portage (Naples) beds = Pogue’s hill, Dansville N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor On slab with types of pl. 12, fig. 10, 11. . ie) |" Oh lo 5474 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. £903. plir2, fig.re: | : Portage (Naples) beds Pogue’s hill, Dansville N, Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Posidonia mesacostalis Williams (sp.) 5475 271+ uypotyPE Ptychopteria? mesacostalis Wil- _-liams.. United States geological survey bulletin 41. ESO gen. 1 Di3'5: 88 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Posidonia mesacostalis Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.12, fig.1. | Portage (Naples) beds Johnson’s falls, near Strykersville N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 On slab with type of pl. 12, fig. 5. 5476 41+ HyYPoTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1962! * pl. 22, he > Portage (Naples) beds Johnson’s falls, near Strykersville N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 5477 *44 HypoTyPe Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 19o2s plz, fic.3. Portage (Naples) beds Johnson’s falls, near Strykersville N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 5478 2+ uypotyPe Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.12, fig.4. Portage (Naples) bed Johnson’s falls, near Strykersville N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 5479 24:1 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903: -pPlaAe, he. Portage (Naples) beds Johnson’s falls, near Strykersville N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 On slab with type of pl.12, fig.1. 5480 #211 HypoTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. F903.=" pl. 12, "nes. Portage (Naples) beds Varysburg, Wyoming co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 5481 244+ HyYPoTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl. 12, fic -y. Portage (Naples) beds . Big Sister creek, Angola N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1902 5482 2411 uypotypE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pil.12, fig.8. Portage (Naples) beds Big Sister creek, Angola N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1902 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 89 5483 *%+ HypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.12, fig.g. Portage (Naples) beds Big Sister creek, Angola N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1902 Posidonia venusta Miinster var. nitidula Clarke 5484 242 tTyPE Posidonia venusta Minster var. nitidula Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.268, pl.12, fig.16. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5485 252 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.12, fig.17. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5486 221% type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. | 1903. pl.r2, fig. 18. Portage (Naples) beds : Gowanda forks, Cattaraugus co. N. Y. by. D. Luther, coll. 1397 5487 *4)° Type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.12, fig.19. Portage (Naples) beds _ Correll’s point Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther coll. 1898 PRAECARDIUM - Barrande Praecardium duplicatum Miinster (sp.) 5488 2415 nypotype Cardiola duplicata Miinster. Beitrige zur Petrefactenkunde. 1840. Heft 3, p.68. Praecardium duplicatum Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pil.11, fig 25. . Portage (Naples) beds | Johnson’s falls, near Strykersville N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Praecardium melletes Clarke woe SPE Praccardium melletes Clarke... New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.307, plait, fig.2o. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville, Chautauqua co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 go 5490 oto 5492 * 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 OTE 2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Praecardium multicostatum Clarke TYPE Praecardium multicostatum Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.308, pl.1r, fig.21. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. i D. D. Luther, coll. 1902 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.r1, fig.22. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1902 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pit, 1s 25. . Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. DD. D. Luther, coll. 1902 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pli, fig.24. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor . Praecardium vetustum Hall HYPOTYPE Cardium? vetustum Hall. Geology of New York; report on the 4th district. 1843. p.245. Praecardiumvetwst wm! iClarke. (New Were state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.1i, fig.11. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903; pl.ri, fig.a2, Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. T1908.” PlsrL get 2. | Portage (Naples) beds Smith’s Mills, Chautauqua co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.rt, fig.14. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 OI 5498 2718 wuypotyPe Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.it, fig.16, 17 , Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 5499 21A8 HYPOTYPE: HYPOPLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.11, fig.18. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N.Y. R500. 2718 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 1903. pl.z1, fig.19. Portage (Naples) beds . Correll’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 PTERINEA Goldfuss Pterinea brisa Hall 5501 278° nuypoTyPE Pterinea brisa Hall. 20th annual report of the New York state cabinet of natural history. 1867. e337 .pl. 14, fig. 1 | Hall. arith annual report of the Indiana state geologist. 1881. pl.27, fig.24. Niagaran Waldron Ind. Pterinopecten? atticus see Posidonia attica PTEROCHAENIA Clarke Pterochaenia cashaquae Clarke sco2 2789 vypE: PLASTOTYPE Pterochaenia cashaquae Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.254, pl.4, fig.20. Portage (Naples) beds Cashaqua creek, Livingston co. N. Y. On slab with types of pl.4, fig.21, 22. 5503 24° TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.4, fig.21, 24. Portage (Naples) beds Cashaqua creek, Livingston co. N. Y. On slab with types of pl 4, fig.20, 22. 5504 218° TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pil.4, fig.22. Portage (Naples) beds Cashaqua creek, Livingston co. N. Y. On slab with types of pl.4, fig.20, 21. 92 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 5505 28° TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.4, fig.23. | Portage (Naples) beds. | Bristol hollow, Ontario co. N. Y. 5506 2589 TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.4, fig.24. SES (Naples) beds | Cashaqua creek, Livingston co. Nos 5507 2282 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.4, fig.25. Portage (Naples) beds Cashaqua creek, Livingston co. N. Y. Pterochaenia elmensis Clarke 5508 21894 TyPpE Pterochaenia elmensis Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.254, pl.4, fig.26. Portage (Naples) beds Big Buffalo creek, East Elma Erie co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 5509 2t$2° type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.4, fig.27. 7 ~ Portage Euless beds Big Buffalo creek, East Elma N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 Pterochaenia fragilis Hall (sp.) (see Lunulicardium fragilis Hall) Bee SS HYPOTYPE: HYPOPLASTOTYPE Avicula fragilis Hall. Geology of New York; report on the 4th district. 1843. pi222. Lunulicardium fragile Hall. Paleontology of New York. 1883. v.5, pti, plates and explanations. Pterochaenia fragilrs Clarke. New) Yoru state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.s5, fig.1. Portage (Naptes) beds Naples, Ontario co. N.Y. J. M. Clarke, donor scrr 2491 wypoTyPE Clarke, New York state museum memoir 6. 1903;)/"pl.5; fig.2: Genesee shale Bristol, Ontario co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 93 5512 2491 nHypotyPeE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.s, fig.3. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5513 2481 uypotypPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. EQ03:-. pls, fig.a. Genesee shale Moscow, Livingston co. N. Y. _ J. M. Clarke, donor 5514 *¢2+ HyYpoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. £904. pl.5; fe.5. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. | J. M. Clarke, donor 5515 2491 nwypotype Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.s, fig.6. Portage (Naples) shales Naples N. Y. R. P. Whitfield and C. Van Deloo, coll. 1862 5516 #491 HypotyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. £903. DLE. ne 7. Marcellus shale Chapinville, Ontario co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke, coll. 1883 5517 272+ uypotyPe Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.s, fig.3. Portage (Naples) shale Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5518 2491 HypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. e pls: fig.g, 10: Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Pterochaenia fragilis Hall (sp.) var. orbicularis Clarke 5519 249° TYPE Pterochaenia fragilis Hall (sp.) var. orbi- cularis Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.252, pl.4, fig.17. Portage (Ithaca) beds Near Noblesville, Otsego co. N. Y. . D. D. Luther, coll. tg00 5520 2491¢ TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.4, fig.18. | Portage (Ithaca) beds Near Noblesville N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1900 94 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 5521 2491° TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pls; fier. Portage (Naples) beds | Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5522 *4°*" type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. ~ 1903. ply. tess. Portage (Naples) beds Ithaca, Tompkins co. N. Y. J. W. Hall and C. Van Deloo, coll. 1866 5523 *4°+° TyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.s, fig.14. Genesee shale Aurora, Cayuga lake, N. Y. J. W. Hall and C. Van Deloo, coll. 1867 5524 *42+° Type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.s, fig. 16. Genesee shale ~ Aurora N. Y. J. W. Hall and C. Van Deloo, coll. 1867 Pterochaenia perissa Clarke 5525 2489 type Pterochaenia perissa Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.253, pl.4, fig.19. Portage (Naples) beds Parrish gully, Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Pterochaenia sinuosa Clarke 5526 21829¢ TYPE Pterochaenia sinuosa Clarke. New York , state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.s, fig.17. Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) | Genundewa, Canandaigua lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5527 *482° type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.s, fig.18, 19. Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) Genundewa N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5528 21828¢ TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.s, fig.20, 21. Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) Genundewa N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 95 5529 *18°° type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.s, fig.22. Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) Genundewa N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Ptychopteria? mesacostalis see Posidonia mesacostalis PUELLA Barrande Puella sp. ? 5530 2822 TYPE Puella sp.? Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.30Q, pl.r1, fig.26. Portage (Naples) beds Cook’s ravine, Canandaigua lake N, Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Puella sp. ? 5531 281% type Puella sp.? Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 1903. p.309, pl.11, fig.27. Genesee shale Seneca point, Canandaigua lake N. Y. J. M. Clarke, doner page =e. TYPE Clarke. Neb York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.11, fig.28. Genesee shale Seneca point, Canandaigua lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Puella sp.? 5533 2St2 TYPE Puella sp? Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.309, pl.11, fig.29. Genesee shale _—_— Iron Bridge Mills, Cayuga co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 Ungulina suborbicularis see Ontario subor- bicularis Venericardium retrostriatum see Buchiola retrostriata GASTROPODA BELLEROPHON Montfort Bellerophon denckmanni Clarke 5534 22948 tyPE Bellerophon denckmanni Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.321, pl.17, fig.24, 26. Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) Middlesex, Yates co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 96 5959 5536 SVE 5538 5539 boas Shai Bee NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM TYPE Clarke. New York statemuseum memoir 6. 1903. pl.17, fig.2s. | Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) ; Middlesex N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.17, fig.27. Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) Bristol, Ontario co, N. Y. | J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. | New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.17, fig.28. Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) Bristol N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor it Bellerophon incisum see Phragmostoma incisum Bellerophon koeneni Clarke TYPE Bellerophon koeneni Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. p.320, pl.17, fig.12-14. Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) Canandaigua lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.17, fig.15. Portage (Naples) beds Plum creek, Himrod, Yates co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke, coll. 1895 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.17, fig. 16. ' Portage (Naples) beds Middlesex, Yates co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.17, fig.17, 18. Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) Middlesex N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.17, fig.19. Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) Middlesex N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5543 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 Q7 10019 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.17, fig.20. Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) Middlesex N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5544 19942 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. 5545, 5546 5547 5548 plir7) fig/21 5122: Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) Middlesex N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor CALLONEMA Hall Callonema filosum Clarke 10033 TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Callonema filosum Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.33% pl.r8, fig.s. Portage (Naples) beds Smith’s Mills, Chautauqua co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor CARINAROPSIS Hall Carinaropsis ithagenia Clarke 10034 TYPE Carinaropsis ithagenia Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.323, pl.16, fig.18, 20. Portage (Ithaca) beds Brookins quarry, near Norwich, Chenango co. N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. rg00 2 specimens (external and internal casts) 10934 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.16, fig. 1g. Portage (Ithaca) beds Brookins quarry, near Norwich N. Y, D. D. Luther, coll. t900 DIAPHOROSTOMA Fischer Diaphorostoma (?) 0312 TYPE Diaphorostoma (?) Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69 ; annual report of the state paleontol- _ ogist. 1903. pl.4, fig.2, 3. Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll, 98 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 5549 +°372 TYPE (?) Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.4, figs, 08: . Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. D: D. Luther,teol: Diaphorostoma lineatum Conrad mw¢. belial Clarke (sp.) 5550 +2442 HypotyPE Platyostoma “‘belial;:Clarke. ~Umrea . States geological survey bulletin 16. 1885. p.3o. Diaphorostomalineatum Conrad mut. belial Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.g11, pl.4, fig.g. Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. i Diaphorostoma lutheri Clarke 5551 22114 type Diaphorostoma lutheri Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.337, pl.19, fig.10. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor, 1901 5552 +9414 TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.rg, fig.14. | Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor, 1901 Diaphorostoma pugnus Clarke 5553 22445 TyPE Diaphorostoma pugnus Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.338, pl.1g, fig.15. Portage (Naples) beds Blacksmith ravine, Bristol N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5554 22315 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.1g, fig.16. Portage (Naples) beds Fox’s point, Lake Erie J. M. Clarke ana D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 Diaphorostoma (Naticopsis) rotundatum Clarke o5o5 20115 TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Diaphorostoma (Naticopsis) rotundatum Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.337, pl.1g, fig.11-13. Portage (Naples) beds Angola, Erie co. N. Y. / J. M. Clarke, donor 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561 5562 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 99 LOXONEMA Phillips Loxonema danai Clarke A0174 TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Loxonema danai Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.333, pl.18, fig.11. Portage (Naples) beds | Forestville, Chautauqua co. N, Y. J. M. Clarke, donor iof7t* TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pleaS, fie. dee 4 a! Portage (Naples) beds , Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 49174 TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.18, fig.13. | Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Loxonema delphicola Hall muz. moloch Clarke 10175 yypotyPE Loxonema delphicola Hall mut. moloch Clarke. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.g13. pl.4, fig.1o. Tully pyrite Moscow, Livingston co. N. Y} DD, Luther, ‘coll. Loxonema multiplicatum Clarke 10176 TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Loxonema multiplicatum Clarke. New York state “museum memoir 6. 1903. p-333, pl.18, fig.14. Portage (Naples) beds Upper Portage falls, Genesee river, N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1897 Loxonema noe Clarke =o; TYPE Loxonema moe Clarke. United States geo- logical survey bulletin 16. 1885. p.55. Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.1, fig.6. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor i0}77 TYPE Clarke New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.18, fig.7. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor IOO ; NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 5563 +9371 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.18, fig.8. | Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 6564 +9172 tyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 1903. pl.18, fig g Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 555 19122 type: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.18, fig. ro. ; Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor MACROCHILINA Bayle Macrochilina hamiltoniae Hall mut. pygmaea Loomis 5566 19211 type Macrochilina hamiltonive Hall mut. py g- maea Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist.. 1903. p.g12, pl.4, fig.t. Tully pyrite Moscow, Livingston co N. Y. — 'D. D. Luther, cell: Macrochilina hebe Hall mu. pygmaea Loomis 5567 2°2+2 typEyMacrochilina hebe Hall muttppyeomeaed Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.gr2, pl.4, fig.4. Tully pyrite Moscow N. Y. ‘~D. DY Enuther veel: Macrochilina pygmaea Clarke 5568 +2218 type Macrochilina pygmaea Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.334, pl.18, fig.17. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, NY: J.-M. Clarke, donor 5569 12342 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.18, fig.18. Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) Canandigua lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5570 22243 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.18, fig.rg. : Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) | Canandaigua lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST: 1903 IOI Macrochilina seneca Clarke |o ILO Ins 5571 +2324 type Macrochilina seneca Clarke. . New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.334, pl.18, fig.15. Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) Canandaigua lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, coll. 1899 §572 22344 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.18, fig.16. Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) Canandaigua lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, coll. 1899 PALAEOTROCHUS Hall Palaeotrochus praecursor Clarke P7ge, . HYPorvPe. Palawe@trochus, praeeursor-' Clarke. United States geological survey bulletin 16. 1886. p55. Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl. rQsfhe.2 7. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5574 72372 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.rg, fig.18. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N.Y. 7 J. M. Clarke, donor 5575 ~2s22 nyPoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 7903. pl.19, fig-rg. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5576 +9279 HypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 7903. pl.1g, fig.20. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5577 ~2212 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.1g, fig.21. Hd Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5575 +2222 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.rg, fig.22. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 102 55708 7a 5580 +0370 5581 10g70 g582 19370 5583 “5° oe84 10290 Soo ave 5586 10320 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 1903. pl.19, fig.23. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903% pl.vg, fig.24. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. Loog47 pk ig, fs. 2:6. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.1g, fig.26. Portage (Naples) beds Java Village, Wyoming co. N. Y- PHRAGMOSTOMA Hall D.._D. Luther, coll. 1307 Phragmostoma chautauquae Clarke TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Phragmostoma chautauquae Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pr328; phaz7 pier: Portage (Naples) beds Smith’s Mills, Chautauqua co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE; PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. "19024. pl17, fe.2. Portage (Naples) beds . Smith’s Mills N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pliir7, fig.3: Portage (Naples) beds Forestville, Chautauqua co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D.. Lutherjeail: 1898 TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.17, fig.4. Portage (Naples) beds Smith’s Mills N, Y. J. M. Clarke, donor REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 103 5587 10290 TypE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoirs.” 1903. -“pl.x7) fats. Portage (Naples) beds Smith’s Mills N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5588 19229 Type: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 1903. pl17, fig.6. - Portage (Naples) beds Smith’s Mills N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5589 12229 TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 0903... pilLr7, 12.7. Portage (Naples) beds Smith’s Mills N. Y. 5590 129229 TyPpE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pil.17, fig.8. Portage (Naples) beds Smith’s Mills N. Y. sgt 19229 type: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.17, fig.g. Portage (Naples) beds Smith’s Mills N. Y. 5592 2932° TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.17, fig.1o. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D, D. Luther, coll. 1898 5593 22222 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. plse 7 fle. T Lz Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 Phragmostoma incisum Clarke 5594 1°32 HyPoTYPE Bellerophon incisum Clarke. United States geological survey bulletin 16. 1885. p.53. Phragmostoma incisum Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. _ pl.16, fig.7. Portage (Naples) beds Naples, Ontarioco. N. Y. J. M. Clarke donor 5595 +2221 nypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. gp cus spl LO he.8,<045- (15. | Portage (Naples) beds Whetstone gully, Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 104 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 5596 72221 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.16, fig.g, 10. Portage (Naples) beds . Naples N. Y. 3 J. M. Clarke, donor 5597 22221 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.16, fig.rr. Portage (Naples) beds Whetstone gully, Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5598 +9221 HYPOTYPE: HYPOPLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.16, fig.12. Portage (Naples) beds Whetstone gully, Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5599 7+°421 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 1903. pl.16, fig.13. Portage (Naples) beds Whetstone gully, Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5600 +9221 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.16, fig 16. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5601 12291 HypPoTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl. 16, fig.17- Portage (Naples) beds - Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Phragmostoma natator Hall 5602 19922 HYpoTYPE Phragmostoma natator |ialeseece annual report of the New York state cabinet of natural history. 1862. p.6o. Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.16, fig.r. Portage (Naples) beds Naples valley, N. Y. J M. Clarke, donor 5603 12322 HypPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903 pil 16, fig.2. | Portage (Naples) beds Naples valley, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 105 5604 122392 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.16, fig.3. : Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5605 19222 nypPoTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.16, fig.4. ; Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5606 1922? nypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir (6. 1903. pl.16, fig.s. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. : J. M. Clarke, donor Phragmostoma cf. triliratum Hall 5607 12816 nypoTtyPE Phragmostoma cf. triliratum Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pil.16, fig.6. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Platyostoma belial see Diaphorostoma lineatum mut. belial ‘PLEUROTOMARIA Defrance Pleurotomaria capillaria mut. cognata mu. nov. Clarke 5608 19493 type Pleurotomaria capillaria mut. cognata mut. nov. Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. ro). 307,.pi.19, We 27. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5609 +9593 TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.1g, fig.28. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5610 19493 TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.1g, fig.29. Portage (Naples) beds | Naples N. Y. 4 J. M. Clarke, donor 5611 +9493 TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl 1g, fig.3o. Portage (Naples) beds Lodi falls, Seneca co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 106 “NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Pleurotomaria capillaria Conrad mut. pygmaea Loomis 5612 5613 5614 5615 5616 §617 5618 A040 04 TYPE Pleurotomaria capillarta Conrad mut. Ppygmaea Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69 ; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.g12, pl.4, fig 6. Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. } D. D. Luther, coll. Pleurotomaria ciliata Clarke TYPE Pleurotomaria ciliata Clarke” New Were state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.318, pl.2o, fig.8, rr. Portage (Naples) beds Whetstone gully, Conesus Like Naw J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.2o, fig.g. Portage (Naples) beds Whetstone cone Conesus lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.2o, fig.ro. | Portage (Naples) beds Whetstone gully, Conesus lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 0405 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pi.zo,, fig2125, 13: Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir6. 1903. pl.2o, fig.14. Portage (Naples) beds Whetstone gully, Conesus lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Pleurotomaria genundewa Clarke TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Pleurotomaria genundewa Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p-319, pl.1g, fig.33. Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) Middlesex, Yates co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5619 5620 5621 5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 10406 2 10406 6 10407 1 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 107 TYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.1g, fig. 34. ; Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) | Middlesex N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum MenOiIE 6. \Lgo3. "\plLeo, fg.1, 5. Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) Middlesex N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.2o, fig.2. Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) ‘Middlesex N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.2o, fig.3. Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) : | Middlesex N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.2o, fig.4. Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) Middlesex N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl 20, fig.6. Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) Middlesex N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TYPE: PLASTOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl 2o, fig.7. Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) Middlesex N.Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Pleurotomaria itylus Clarke TYPE Pleurotomaria itylus Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.1g, fig.31, 32. Portage (Naples) beds Forestville, Chautauqua co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 108 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Pleurotomaria itys Hall muz. pyzgmaea Loomis 5627 +2" tree Plenrot omar ta itys Hall mut. pygmaea Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.g13, pl.4, fig.s. Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. . DD. D. Luther ecole PROTOCALYPTRAEA Clarke Protocalyptraea marshalli Clarke 5628 12489 rype Protocalyptraea marshalli Clarke. Ameri- can geologist. 1894. 13:3343 p.332, fig.10, 11, p.333, fig.12. - Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.#o, fig.1—3. Portage (Naples) beds Whetstone gully, near Honeoye lake, N. Y. | J. M. Clarke, donor 5629 29529 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903_—pi.ig, fig.4. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5630 +2439 nypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.rg, fig.s, 6. Portage (Naples) beds Naples, Ontario co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor Protocalyptraea styliophila Clarke 5631 12481 type Protocaly ptraea styliophila Clarke. Ameri- -“can geologist, — 1894. 13:334;° p.33 3,0. bae Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pli9,.fg.7-3e Genesee shale (Genundewa limestone) Canandaigua lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor PROTOSPIRIALIS Clarke Protospirialis minutissima Clarke 5632 12425 TypE Platyostoma? minutissima Clarke. United States geological survey bulletin 16. 1885. p.55. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 I0Q Protospirialis minutissima Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. _ pl.2o, fig.15. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5633 22$25 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.2o, fig.16. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 6634 12425 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. PLO, dig. 7. : Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor ness, tYPE Clarke... New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.2o, fig. 18. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5636 12425 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl 20, fig.1g. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor TROPIDOCYCLUS Clarke Tropidocyclus hyalinus Clarke 5637 +9329 type Tropidocyclus hyalinus Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.331, pl.18, fig.1. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. 7 J. M. Clarke, donor 5638 42329 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.18, fig.2. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5639 2232° type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pk 28, fe: 3. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5640 19329 type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.r8, fig.4. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J..M. Clarke, donor IIo NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PTEROPODA HYOLITHELLUS Billings Hyolithellus micans Billings 5641 74945 nypotyPpE Hyolithellus micans Billings. Cana- dian naturalist, 2diser-) 1871. . 4:2i05: Ruedemann. New York state museum bulletin 49. 1901» pl.2, fig.11% | Trenton conglomerate Rysedorph hill, Rensselaer co. N. Y. Hyolithes neapolis see Hyolithus neapolis HYOLITHUS Ejichwald Hyolithus neapolis Clarke 5642 41929 pLasTOTYPE Clarke. United States geological survey bulletin 16. 188s. pl.3, fig 4,s. Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pli2zo; ne 23, Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5643 12322 HyporyPpE Hyolithes neapolis Clarke. United States geological survey bulletin 16. 1885. p.56. Hyolithus neapolis Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.2o, fig.22. | Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5644 11822 nypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. « Plezo; tig 24; Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5645 24222 nypoTyPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903.“ Ple20 He i2 5. , Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5646 11922 HypoTyPE Clarke. New York state musem memoir 6. 1903.1 splL.2o. ne. 26) Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 5647 5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 II! 11929 wWypoTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 19038 p26, fig: 2729. Portage (Naples) beds Honeoye lake, N. Y. J. M. Clarke, donor 11929 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. pl.2o, fig.30. Portage (Naples) beds Naples N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1902 CEPHALOPODA BACTRITES Sandberger Bactrites (sp. ?) mut. parvus Loomis 12043 type Bactrites (sp.?) mut. parvus Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p 916, Dlrg,, MeeAs,, 8 Tully pyrite 3 Canandaigua lake, N. Y. . ; D. D. Luther, coll. Bactrites? sp. mut. pygmaeus Loomis 12044 typrk Bactrites? sp. mut. pygmaeus _ Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 31903. p.gts, pl.4, fig 12, 13. Tully pyrite - Canandaigua lake, N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. CHILOCERAS Salter Chiloceras sp. Clarke 12995 typE Chiloceras sp. Clarke. New Yorkstate museum memoir 6. i903. p.344, fig.14. Portage (Naples) beds , Union Corners, Livingston co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke, coll. GEPHYROCERAS Hyatt Gephyroceras cf. domanicense Hoizapfel +> HYPOIYPE (Grephyroceras domanicense Hol- zapfel. Mémoires du comité géologique. 1899. v.12, NO3* p32: Gepuiyroceras cia domanieense. Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.345, fig.15(a). Portage (Naples) beds Forestville, Chautauqua co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther, coll. 1898 112 ; NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ft 3 +27%4 Hypotyre Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6, 1903. p.345, fig.15(b). Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. D. D. Luther, coll. 1902 5654 +23°4 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. L903... | P.34.5,/ 1s. Paves Portage (Naples) beds Forestville N. Y. J. M. Clarke and D. D. Luther collivasas Goniatites astarte see Tornoceras uniangulare . mut. astarte ORTHOCERAS Breynius Orthoceras asmodeus see Tentaculites gracili- striatus mut. asmodeus | Orthoceras mephisto see Orthoceras scintilla mut. wmephisto Orthoceras nuntium Hall 5655 122° aYPOTYPE,O mi o¢je ra $4 1 uimti dm Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pls, fig.g. Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. | D.. D. Luther, coll. Orthoceras scintilla Hall (?) mu¢. mephisto Clarke 5656 12425 rvypoTYPE, Orthoceras mephitos, ClarkeusUiamag States geological survey bulletin 16. 1886. p29: Orthoceras scintilla Hall (?) mut. mephisto Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.4, fig.14. Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. D... Ds Luther, coll. Orthoceras subulatum Conrad mut. pygmaeum Loomis 5657 124256 type Orthoceras subulatum_ Conrad mut. pygmaeum Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.gi4, pl.s, fig.6. Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y.. D. D. Luther, coll. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 113 5658 +2525 tyPE Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69 ; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.s, fig.7. , Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. . 1D) D. euthers.coll’ Orthoceras stebos see Tentaculites bellulus mut. stebos TORNOCERAS Hyatt Tornoceras bicostatum Hall (sp.) 5659 22342 HYPOTYPE Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p 346, fig.16. Portage (Naples) beds Correll’s point, Lake Erie ji. Wee Clarke and 1. DD. Luther, coll. 1868 Tornoceras uniangulare Conrad (sp.) 5660 12344 HyPOTYPE Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 609 ; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.s, fig.3. Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. D D. Luther, coll. Tornoceras uniangulare Conrad mut. astarte Clarke poor HYPOTYPE .GoOniatites, astarteé® Clarke. United States geological survey bulletin 16. 1885. p.29. romiceras oWia nee ular e. Conrad. mut. astarte Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pls; sheer . Tully pyrite Canandaigua lake, N. Y. Dt Dy Mather, coll. 5662 42847 nypoTYPE Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69 ; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.s, fig. 2: Tully pyrite Livonia salt shaft, Livingston co. N. Y. -).. Luther, coll: 114 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM . CRUSTACEA Acidaspis fimbriata see Ceratocephala (Aci- daspis) fimbriata BEYRICHIA McCoy Beyrichia dagon Clarke 5663 +2987 HypPoTYPE Beyrichia dagon Clarke. United States geological survey bulletin 16. 1885. p.29. Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69 ; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903.” ples. fig. 1214: Tully pyrite Greigsville, Livingston co. N. Y. DD. Luther; coll: CERATOCEPHALA Warder Ceratocephala ‘Acidaspis) fimbriata Hall (sp.) 5664 122725 Tyre Acidaspis fimbriata Hall. “Transactions en the Albany institute. 1881. 10:20 (abstract). Acidaspis fimbriata Hall. s11thannual report of the Indiana state geologist. 1881. pl.33, fig.11. Niagaran Waldron Ind. C. D. Walcott and C. Van Deloo, coll. 1878 Cryphaeus boothi var. calliteles eenwae manites (Cryphaeus) boothi var. calliteles Cypridina serratostriata see Entomis - serratostriata DALMANITES (Emmrich) Barrande Dalmanites (Cryphaeus) boothi Green (sp.) var. Calliteles Green 5665 122362 HypoTYPE Cryphaeus boothi var. calliteles Loomis. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.5, fig.15. Tully pyrite Moscow, Livingston co. N. Y. D.. D, Liutherjeals DOLICHOPTERUS Hall Dolichopterus ? ? 5666 12429 nypoTyPE Dolichopterus ? ? Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69 ; annual report of the state paleontol- ogist. 1903. p.1262, pl.12, fig.5. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y- C. J. Sarle purchase REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 I15 ENTOMIS Jones Entomis prosephina Loomis 5667 12519 type Entomis prosephina Loomis. New York state | museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleon- tolopist. «1902. p.g18, pl.s. fig.10) Fr. ” Tully pyrite | Canandaigua lake, N. Y. DBD. D. Luther, coll. Entomis serratostriata Sandberger (sp.) 5668 12211 pypoTYPE Cypridina serratostriata Sandberger. Leonhardt & Bronn’s Jahrb. 1842. p.226. Entomis serratostriata Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.344, fig.rz. Portage (Naples) beds Union Springs, Livingston co. N. Y. J. M. Clarke, coll. 1890 Entomis variostriata Clarke 5669 18512 nypotyPpeE Entomis variostriata Clarke. Neues Jahrb. fiir Minera]. 1884. p.184. Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. p.344, fig.13. 7 Portage (Naples) beds Union Springs N. Y. J. M. Clarke, coll. 1890 EURYPTERUS De Kay Eurypterus pittsfordensis Sarle Rojo >=. S¥rPr Evrypterus pittsfordensis Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.1098, pl.1o, fig 7. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 5671 18588 type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.1s, fig.r. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase On slab with types of pl.15, fig. 3; pl.18, fig. 1. ‘TI6 5672 5673 5674 5675 5676 677 5678 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 22355 type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual teport of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.rs, fig.2. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C.-J. Sarle purchase z°2 TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.ig, hee: Salina (Pittsford) shale Ene canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase On slab with types of pl.15, fig.1; pl.18, fig. 1. 13366 TypE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.16. Salina (Pittsford, shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase _ 13566 TypE Sarle.. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.17, fig.r. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford ee C. J. Sarle purchase 13566 typE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.17, fig.2. Salina (Pittsford) shale | Ene canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford NY. C. J. Sarle purchase 18566 type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. r1g03. pl.18. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase On slab with types of pl.15, fig.1 ; pl.15, fig.3. 13566 p~ypE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state*paleontologist. 1903. . pl.1g. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N, Y. a 2 OG. J. Sarle purchase REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 LEZ 5679 12365 TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.2o, fig.1. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 5680 12588 tTypE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.2o, fig.2. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 5631 +4385 type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.2o, fig.3. Salina (Pitt-ford) shale Erie canal, 2 iniles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 5682 +32,°° TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.2o, fig 4. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 5683 4+22°° TYPE Sarle New York state museum bulletin 69; annual . report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.2o, fig.s. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 5684 432.8% type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.2o0, fig.6. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 5685 73325 Type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.22, fig.r. Salina (Pittsford) shale ‘Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 5686 73288 type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.23, fig.1. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 118 5687 5688 5689 5690 5691 5692 5693 5694 13566 19 13566 22, NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. _ pl.23, fig.2. Salina (Pittsford) shale | Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.23, fig.3. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C, J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.23, fig.4. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.24, fig 2. Salina (Pittsford) shale : Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of thestate paleontologist. 1903. pl.24, fig.3. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.24, fig. 4. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C, J. Sarle purchase TY Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.24, fig.5. . Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford, N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.25, fig.4. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 119 5695 13225 TyPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.25, fig.s. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 5696 +3285 TyPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.25, fig.6. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase EURYPTERID ? 5697 +2327 TYPE (unknown eurypterid) Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist, Toda. “P.wLoss/pll26) he. F. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 5698 13375 TYPE (original & counterpart) Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. . 1903. pl.26, fig.2. ; Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 5699 12372 TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual. report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.26, fig.3. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase HUGHMILLERIA Sarle Hughmilleria socialis Sarle Byog Wee Liuehimilleria socialis “Sarle.' New York state bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.1ogt, pl.6, fig.1. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase On slab with types of pl.7, 8. 120 , NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM s7or 723") “TYPE watle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.7, figz. — Salina (Pittsford) shale 7 Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase On slab with types of pl.6, 8. 5702 +232° Type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.8, fig.r. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase On slab with types of pl.6, 7. 5703 +272° type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.g, fig.r. Salina (Pittsford) shale I‘rie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.1o, fig.r. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase = eo Oyo le) =) Sot eae 5705 +332° type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.1o0, fig.2. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 5706 42329 typE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.10, fig.3, Salina (Pittsfordi shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. | C. J. Sarle purchase 5707 *~#3°° tyPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.1o, fig.4. Salina (Pittsford) shale Ene canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 5708 3#°9 5710 5711 5712 os) 5714 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 123 13590 9 13590 12 TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.r1o, fig.s. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual, report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.1o, fig.6. . Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual: report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.1o, fig.8 (2 specimens). . Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.1o, fig.g. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.r1, fig.r. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.11, fig.2. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y.. C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.11, fig.3. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y.- J. Sarle purchase _ £22 5715 5716 SET 5718 5219 5720 §721 §722 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 4352° Type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.11, fig.4. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 13°2° Type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.11, fig.s. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. . C. J. Sarle purchase 135° tyPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual | report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.r1, fig.6. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 13599 qtyprE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.11, fig.7. Salina (Pittsford) shaie : Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 13329 typE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 6g; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.12, fig.r. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 13599 type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.12, fig.2. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C, J. Sarle purchase 13590 Type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.12, fig.3. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 13599 type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.12, fig.4. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 5/73 y oeet 5F25 5726 SPAT 5728 e029 573° REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 123 13590 Vie aS TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.12, fig.6. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.12, fig.7. Salina (Pittsford) shale j Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.12, fig.8. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.13, fig.1. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.13, fig.2. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 520 type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.13, fig.3. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.13, fig.4. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. . C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.14, fig.1. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 124 Dd dt bio? 5133 iio 5uS5 5736 CEN 5738 13590 32 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.14, fig.2. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N: Y. | | C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual — report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.14, fig.3. Salina (Pittsford) shale | Ene canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulictin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.14,fig4. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.14, fig.s. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 6g; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.14, fig.6. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.14, fig.7. — Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.14, fig.8. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C.J. Sarle punehase TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.14, fig.g. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 125 5739 12522 Type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.14, fig.ro. Saiina (Pittsford) shale Erte canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 5740 1232° Type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual ~ report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.15, fig.4. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 5741 1232° Type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.15, fig 5. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. _C. J. Sarle purchase 5742 +222° TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. -1903. pl.r5, fig.6. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C J. Sarle purchase 5743 2222° TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.24, fig.1. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. ; C. J. Sarle purchase 5744 12229 type Sarle. New York state muséum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.25, fig.r. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. | C. J. Sarle purchase 5745 +222° Type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.25, fig.2. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 5746 1222° Type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.25, fig.3. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C J. Sarle purchase 126 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 5747 7322° TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.26, fig.4. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 5748 +3729 TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report.of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.26, fig.s. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase Hughmilleria socialis Sarle var. robusta Sarle 5749 7342+ TYPE Hughmilleria socialis Sarle var. robusta Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.1007, pl.21, fig.t. | Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 5750 +3321 type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.2t, fig.2. Salina (Pittsford) shale 3 Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase Spe 18591 TYPE Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 31903. pl.21, fig.3. Salina (Pittsford) shale | Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase PTERYGOTUS Agassiz Pterygotus sp. 5752 24021 TYPE ‘Pterygotus sp..sarle. New York state musegm bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903... P.1104, pl24, a.6. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase S753 5754 5755 5756 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 127 Pterygotus sp. 14082 typE Pterygotus sp. Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1907, =P) L104, pl-24; fig.3. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase Pterygotus monroensis Sarle 14983 type Pterygotus monroensis Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. p.1102, pl.24, fig.7. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase 14083 type Sarle. New York state museum bulletin 69; annual report of the state paleontologist. 1903. pl.24, fig.g. Salina (Pittsford) shale Erie canal, 2 miles northwest of Pittsford N. Y. C. J. Sarle purchase RIBEIRIA Sharpe Ribeiria ? prosseri Clarke | 14135 Type Ribeiria? prosseri Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. Explanation of pl.g; pl.g, fig. tr. Portage (Oneonta) sandstone Near Livingstonville, Schoharie co. N. Y. = CS? Prosser, coll. 5757 74322 Type Clarke. New York state museum memoir 6. 1903. Explanation of pl.g; pl.g, fig.2. Portage (Oneonta) sandstone Near Livingstonville N, Y. CoS! Prosser, coll. CLASSIFICATION OF TYPE SPECIMENS BY GEOLOGIC FORMATIONS References are to the serial marginal numbers at the left of each page. LOWER SILURIC TRENTON CONGLOM- | ERATE Pteropoda Hyolithellus micans, 5641 UPPER: SILURIC NIAGARAN Vermes Coleolus (?) spinulus, 5164 Bryozoa Fenestella pertenuis, 5175 Stictopora orbipora, 5176 Lamellibranchiata Pterinea brisa, 5501 Crustacea Ceratocephala (Acidaspis) fimbriata, 5664 SALINA BEDS PITTSFORD SHALE Crustacea Dolichopterus ? ?, 5666 Eurypterus pittsfordensis, 5670-96 Eurypterid ?, 5697-99 Hughmilleria socialis, 5700-48 Hughmilleria socialis var. robusta, 5749-51 Pterygotus sp., 5752, 53 Pterygotus monroensis, 5754, 55 MANLIUS LIMESTONE Brachiopoda Camarotoechia hudsonica, 5179-81 Rhynchospira excavata, 5185 Spirifer eriensis var., 5186-88 Spirifer corallinensis, 5189 Spirifer vanuxemi, 5196, 97 Whitfieldella cf. nitida, 5202 MIDDLE DEVONIC Lamellibranchiata Lunulicardium cf. inflatum, 5364 Lunulicardium milleri, 5368 MARCELLUS SHALE Lamellibranchiata Pterochaenia fragilis, 5516 HAMILTON BEDS Plants Psilophyton princeps, 5160 Lamellibranchiata Buchiola halli, 5214 LOWER UPPER DEVONIC Lamellibranchiata Buchiola cf. eifelensis, 5213 UPPER DEVONIC TULEY PYitias Echinodermata Pentremites leda, 5162 ' Vermes Tentaculites bellulus mut. stebos, 5171 Tentaculites gracilistriatus mut. as- modeus, 5172 Brachiopoda Ambocoelia umbonata mut. pluto, 5177 Ambocoelia umbonata mut. pygmaea, 5178 Cyrtina hamiltonensis mut. pygmaea, 5182 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 Nucleospira concinna mut. pygmaea, 5183 Productella’ spinulicosta maea, 5184 Spirifer fimbriatus mut. pygmaeus, 5190, QI Spirifer granulosus mut. pluto, 5192 _Spirifer medialis mut. pygmaeus, 5193 Spirifer mucronatus mut. hecate, 5194 Spirifer tullius mut. belphegor, 5195 Strophalosia truncata mut. pygmaea, 5198, 99 Trigeria lepida mut. pygmaea, 5200 mut. pyg- Tropidoleptus carinatus mut. pyg- maeus, 5201 Lamellibranchiata Buchiola restrostriata mut. pygmaea, 5237 Conocardium eboraceum maeum, 5244 Grammysia constricta mut. pygmaea, 5264 Leda rostellata mut. pygmaea, 5288, mut. pyg- Nucula corbuliformis mut. pygmaea, 5394 Nucula lirata mut. pygmaea, 5305 Nucula varicosa mut. pygmaea, 5396 Nuculites oblongatus mut. pygmaeus, 5397 Nuculites triqueter suf. pygmaeus, 5308 Palaeoneilo constricta mut. pygmaea, 5441 Palaeoneilo plana mut. pygmaea, 5453 Paracyclas lirata mut. pygmaea, 5460 Gastropoda Diaphorostoma (?), 5548, 49 Diaphorostoma lineatum mut. belial, 5550 Loxonema delphicola mut. moloch, 5559 Macrochilina hamiltoniae mut. pyg- maea, 5566 129 Macrochilina hebe mut. pygmaea, 5567 Pleurotomaria capillaria mut. pyg- maea, 56012 Pleurotomaria itys mut. pygmaea, 5627 Cephalopoda Bactrites (sp. ?) mut. parvus, 5649 Bactrites ? sp. mut. pygmaeus, 5050 Orthoceras nuntium, 5655 Orthoceras scintilla mut. mephisto, 5656 ; Orthoceras subulatum mut. maeum, 5057, 58 Tornoceras uniangulare, 5660 Tornoceras uniangulare mut. astarte, 5061, 62 pys- Crustacea Beyrichia dagon, 5663 Dalmanites (Cryphaeus) boothi var. calliteles, 5665 Entomis prosephina, 5667 GENESEE SHALE Echinodermata Melocrinus clarkei, 439 Lamellibranchiata Buchiola (?) livoniae, 5215, 16 Buchiola retrostriata, 5235 Honeoyea simplex, 5277 Honeoyea styliophila, 5278-80 Lunulicardium sp. nov. ?, 5328 Lunulicardium (Chaenocardiola) hemicardioides, 5362, 63 Paracardium delicatulum, 5454 Pterochaenia fragilis, 5511, 13 Pterochaenia fragilis var. laris, 5523, 24 Pterochaenia sinuosa, 5526-29 Puella sp. ?, 5531-33 orbicu- Gastropoda Bellerophon denckmanni, 5534-37 Bellerophon koeneni, 5538, 41-44 130 Macrochilina pygmaea, 5560, 70 Macrochilina seneca, 5571, 72 Pleurotomaria genundewa, 5618-25 Protocalyptraea styliophila, 5631 GENUNDEWA LIMESTONE Lamellibranchiata Buchiola (?) livoniae, 5215, 16 Honeoyea simplex, 5277 Honeoyea styliophila, 5278-80 Lunulicardium sf. nov. ?, 5328 Lunulicardium (Chaenocardiola) hemicardioides, 5362, 63 Paracardium delicatulum, 5454 Pterochaenia sinuosa, 5526-29 Gastropoda Bellerophon denckmanni, 5534-37 Bellerophon koeneni, 5538, 41-44 Macrochilina pygmaea, 5569, 70 Macrochilina seneca, 5571, 72 Pleurotomaria genundewa, 5618-25 Protocalyptraea styliophila, 5631 PORTAGE BEDS Echinodermata Scytalocrinus ornatissimus, 5163 Vermes Palaeochaeta devonica, 5165-67 Protonympha salicifolia, 5168-70 Tentaculites tenuicinctus, 5173, 74 Lamellibranchiata Actinopteria sola, 5203 - Buchiola 7 (Puella?) sp., 5204 Buchiola angolensis, 5205-09 Buchiola conversa, 5210-12 Buchiola lupina, 5217-19 Buchiola cf. priimiensis, 5220, 21 Buchiola retrostriata, 5222-34, 36 Buchiola scabrosa, 5238, 39 Cardiomorpha obliquata, 5240-43 Conocardium gowandense, 5245 Elasmatium gowandense, 5246-54 Euthydesma subtextile, 5255-63 Honeoyea desmata, 5265 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Honeoyea erinacea, 5266-71 Honeoyea major, 5272-76 Kochia ungula, 5281-87 Leptodomus interplicatus, 5290-92 Leptodomus multiplex, 5293 Loxopteria (Sluzka) corrugata, 5204- 5303 . Loxopteria dispar, 5304-12 Loxopteria (Sluzka) intumescentis, 5313-20 Loxopteria laevis, 5321-26 Loxopteria vasta, 5327 } Lunulicardium sp. nov., 5320, 30 Lunulicardium (Prochasma) abseg- "men, 5331 Lunulicardium (Pinnopsis) accola, 5332, 33 Lunulicardium (Pinnopsis) acuti- rostrum, 5334, 36-39 Lunulicardium beushauseni, 5340-42 Lunulicardium (Prochasma) bick- ense, 5343-46 Lunulicardium clymeniae, 5347-50 Lunulicardium encrinitum, 5351 Lunulicardium (Prochasma) enode, 5352 Lunulicardium eriense, 5353-56 Lunulicardium finitimum, 5357, 58 (Chaenocardiola) (Chaenocardiola) Lunulicardium (Chaenocardiola) furcatum, 5359 Lunulicardium (Chaenocardiola) hemicardioides, 5360, 61 Lunulicardium (Pinnopsis) libum, 5365-67 | Lunulicardium (Pinnopsis) ornatum, 5369-74 Lunulicardium (Prochasma) parun- culus, 5375-78 Lunulicardium pilosum, 5379-82 Lunulicardium sodale, 5383 Lunulicardium suppar, 5384-87 Lunulicardium ? (Opisthocoelus ?) transversale, 5388 Lunulicardium velatum, 5389-91 Lunulicardium (Pinnopsis) wiscoy- ense, 5392 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 “Modiella sp. ?, 5363 Gntaria sp. .?, 5300 Ontaria accincta, 5400-03 .Cntaria affliata, 5404 Ontaria clarkei, 5405-15 Ontaria concentrica, 5416 Ontaria halli, 5417-19 Ontaria pontiaca, 5420 Ontaria suborbicularis, 5421-35 Palaeoneilo brevicula, 5436 Falaeoneilo constricta, 5437-40 Palaeoneilo linguata, 5442-46 Palaeoneilo muricata, 5447 Palaeoneilo petila, 5448-52 Paracardium doris, 5455-59 Paraptyx ontario, 5461-68 Posidonia attica, 5460-74 Posidonia mesacostalis, 5475-83 Posidonia venusta var. nitidula, 5484-87 Praecardium Praecardium - Praecardium - Praecardium Pterochaenia Pterochaenia terochaenia 17, 18 Pterochaenia laris, 5519-22 Pterochaenia perissa, 5525 Puelia sp. ?, 5530 duplicatum, 5488 melletes, 5489 multicostatum, 5490-93 vetustum, 5494-5500 cashaquae, 5502-07 elmensis, 5508, 09 fragilis, 5510, 12, 14, 15, orbicu- fragilis var. Gastropoda Bellerophon koeneni, 5539, 40 Callonema filosum, 5545 Carinaropsis ithagenia, 5546, 47 Diaphorostoma lutheri, 5551, 52 Diaphorostoma pugnus, 5553, 54 Diaphorostoma (Naticopsis) rotun- datum, 5555 Loxonema danai,. 5550-58 Loxonema multiplicatum, 5560 Loxonema noe, 5561-65 Macrochilina pygmaea, 5568 Palaeotrochus praecursor, 5573-82 Phragmostoma chautauquae, 5583-93 131 | Phragmostoma incisum, 5594-5601 _ Phragmostoma natator, 5602-06 | Phragmostoma cf. triliratum, 5607 Pleurotomaria capillaria mut. L nata mut. nov., 5608-11 Pleurotomaria ciliata, 5613-17 cog- . Pleurotomaria itylus, 5626 Protocalyptraea marshalli, 5628-30 Protospirialis minutissima, 5632-36 Tropidocyclus hyalinus, 5637-40 Pteropoda Hyolithus neapolis, 5642-48 Cephalopoda Chiloceras sp., 5651 Gephyroceras cf. domanicense, 5652- 54 Tornoceras bicostatum, 5659 Crustacea | Entomis serratostriata, 5668 | Entomis variostriata, 5669 Ribeiria ? prosseri, 5756, 57 NAPLES BEDS Echinodermata | Scytalocrinus ornatissimus, 5163 | Tentaculites tenuicinctus, 5173, Vermes 74 Lamellibranchiata Actinopteria sola, 5203 Buchiola? (Puella?) sp., 5204 Buchiola angolensis, 5205-09 Buchiola conversa, 5210-12 Buchiola cf. priimiensis, 5220, 21 Buchiola retirostriata, 5222-34, 36 Buchiola scabrosa, 5238, 39 Cardiomorpha obliquata, 5240-43 Conocardium gowandense, 5245 Flasmatium gowandense, 5246-54 Euthydesma subtextile, 5255-63 Honeoyea desmata, 5265 Honeoyea erinacea, 5266-71 Honeoyea major, 5272-76 132 Kochia ungula, 5281-87 Loxopteria (Sluzka) corrugata, 5294- 5303 . Loxopteria dispar, 5304-12 Loxopteria (Sluzka) 5313-20 Loxopteria laevis, 5321-26 Loxopteria vasta, 5327 Lunulicardium sf. 2ov., 5329, 30 Lunulicardium (Prochasma) abseg- men, 5331 intumescentis, Lunulicardium (Pinnopsis) accola, 5332, 33 Lunulicardium (Pinnopsis) acuti- | rostrum, 5334, 36-39 Lunulicardium beushauseni, 5340-42 Lunulicardium (Prochasma) © bick- ense, 5343-46 Lunulicardium (Chaenocardiola) clymeniae, 5347-50 Lunulicardium encrinitum, 5351 Lunulicardium (Prochasma) enode, 5352 Lunulicardium eriense, 5353-56 - Lunulicardium finitimum, 5357, 58 (Chaenocardiola) Lunulicardium (Chaenocardiola) furcatum, 5359 Lunulicardium (Chaenocardiola) hemicardioides, 5360, 61 Lunulicardium (Pinnopsis) libum, 5365-67 Lunulicardium (Pinnopsis) ornatum, 5369-74 Lunulicardium (Prochasma) parun- culus, 5375-78 Lunulicardium pilosum, 5379-82 Lunulicardium sodale, 5383 Lunulicardium suppar, 5384-87 Lunulicardium ? (Opisthocoelus?) transversale, 5388 Lunulicardium velatum, 5389-91 Lunulicardium (Pinnopsis). wiscoy- ense, 5392 Modiella sp. ?, 5303 Ontaria sp. ?, 53090 Ontaria accincta, 5400-03 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Ontaria affiliata, 5404 Ontaria clarkei, 5405-15 Ontaria concentrica, 5416 Ontaria halli, 5417-19 Ontaria pontiaca, 5420 Ontaria suborbicularis, 5421-35 Palaeoneilo brevicula, 5436 Palaeoneilo constricta, 5437-40’ Palaeoneilo linguata, 5442-46 Palaeoneilo muricata, 5447 | Palaeoneilo petila, 5448-52 Paracardium doris, 5455-59 Paraptyx ontario, 5461-68 Posidonia attica, 5469-74 Posidonia mesacostalis, 5475-83 Posidonia venusta var. nitidula, 5484-87 | Praecardium duplicatum, 5488 Praecardium melletes, 5489 | Praecardium multicostatum, 5490-93 | Praecardium vetustum, 5494-5500 | Pterochaenia cashaquae, 5502-07 Pterochaenia elmensis, 5508, 09 Pterochaenia fragilis, 5510, 12, 14, 15, 7S Pterochaenia fragilis — lagiss* 55210 2 Pterochaenia perissa, 5525 Puella sp. ?, 5530 var. orbicu- Gastropoda Bellerophon koeneni, 5539, 40 Callonema filosum, 5545 Diaphorostoma lutheri, 5551, 52 Diaphorostoma pugnus, 5553, 54 Diaphorostoma (Naticopsis) rotun- datum, 5555 Loxonema danai, 5556-58 | Loxonema multiplicatum, 5560 _ Loxonema noe, 5561-65 Macrochilina pygmaea, 5568 _ Palaeotrochus praecursor, 5573-82 | Phragmostoma chautauquae, 5583-93 Phragmostoma incistim, 5594-5601 Phragmostoma natator, 5602-06 | Phragmostoma cf. triliratum, 5607 Pleurotomaria capillaria mut. cognata mut. nov., 5608-11 REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 Pleurotomaria ciliata, 5613-17 Pleurotomaria itylus, 5626 Protocalyptraea marshalli, 5628-30 Protospirialis minutissima, 5632-36 Tropidocyclus hyalinus, 5637-40 ae Pteropoda Hyolithus neapolis, 5642-48 Cephalopoda Chiloceras sp., 5651 Gephyroceras cf. domanicense, 5652- 54 Tornoceras bicostatum, 5659 Crustacea Entomis serratostriata, 5668 Entomis variostriata, 5669 133 ITHACA BEDS * Lamellibranchiata | Pterochaenia fragilis var. orbicu- | laris, 5519, 20 Gastropoda | Carinaropsis ithagenia, 5546, 47 ONEONTA BEDS | Crustacea Ribeiria ° prosseri, 5756, 57 CHEMUNG BEDS Spongiae Hyphantaenia chemungensis, 5161 Lamellibranchiata Lunulicardium acuti- rostrum, 5335 ( Pinnopsis ) PERCE A brief sketch of its geology BY JOHN M. CLARKE In seeking the solution of some problems pertaining to the dis- tribution of the ancient faunas of New York, and the nature and extent of the old land barriers and sea channels, one follows only a blind lead if respect is had alone to such evidence as is found within our own political boundaries. In the conservation of the factors necessary to the reconstitution of these early stages in our history, nature has been kind to New York and in the quality of fulness her ancient faunas are not often excelled, but within these confines is but a part of the story; now and again a stage has been skipped here which is recorded elsewhere, or a phase is but obscurely pre- sented in the panorama of New York events which in neighboring territories is portrayed with lucid cogency. - Much of interest lies in the time and mode of introduction into New York of the earliest faunas of the Devonic age. Here they are. represented in various degrees of effectiveness and profusion, and © for the most part follow with little evidence of interruption on those of the great Siluric age preceding. The pathway of movement of these faunas along the old continental border lies to the northeast - and to the southwest, and the labors of our predecessors and col- leagues in the latter region have thrown much light on their distribu- tion and travels through what is now the region cf the Appalach- ian mountains but what was then off the coast or along the water ways of the ancient continent termed Appalachia. Seeking such clues to the northeast led us a few years ago into the county of Gaspé, province of Quebec, and the region just north of Gaspé bay,.and likewise to the exposures about Dalhousie N. B. atithe head of the bay ot Chaleurs, places where unequaled oppor- tunity is afforded for the study of some of the New York faunas Pain - H q hear es ANY PERCE ROCK REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 135 under a new aspect and in profuse development. More recently, on a similar errand, the writer has exploited the same factors as de- veloped about the village of Percé on the coast of Gaspé just south of Malbay and about 20 miles due south of the north shore of Gaspé bay. In due time the results of the studies thus made will be presented in some detail for the comparison of these ancient faunas with those of New York, for quite extensive collections have been brought together from all the points mentioned, and we may look for an important elucidation therefrom of some of the problems to which reference has been made. In this paper, however, it is not so much the purpose to enter on comparisons of results and correlations of, faunas as to expound with some brevity the singularly interesting geologic structure pre- vailing at and about Percé, as derived from observations made in _ the course of assembling the fossil faunas of the region. The ancient fishing village of Percé is a spot of extraordinary beauty of situation. It lies exposed to the full force of the sea on the easternmost part of the Gaspé peninsula and no place could display with more potency the tremendous destructive power of the sea than this broken and deeply gnawed coast against which the north- east blasts have beaten ages long. It is an old settlement, one of the oldest in America. Soon after Jacques Cartier in 1535 roasted in the Bay of Chaleurs and planted a cross at Douglastown on Gaspé bay, fisherpeople from the shores of Brittany and the Channel islands settled here under the overshadowing protection of the stupendous and glorious Rocher Percé, from which the place takes name and which today draws the amazed wonder of every passing sea traveler. | The narrow beach to the north of the rock and the long beach below -afforded a base of operations for the fishing, and here a settlement was made long before Hendrik Hudson had wet keel in the waters of New York. | Isolated and towering stands the Percé rock at the angle between - the North and South beaches, cut off from the shore by an interval of 300 feet, over which the waters roll, except at ebb tide, and beneath which lies the zone of a great displacement of the rock masses. All other presentments of the gnawing power of the ocean which the 136 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM writer has studied on American shores, in northern Scotland at Scrabster and Caithness, in Hoy and the other islands of the Orkneys, are surpassed in magnitude and effect by this leviathan rock. It lies like an immense Atlantic liner, almost at right angles to the course of the South cove, headed inward to the North cove wharf. Its limestone strata, which stand vertical, rise to a hight of 290 feet at its highest landward apex, where today a weathered joint face hangs out a triangular rock mass like a pennant flying at foremast peak. | From the sharp landward bow the massive widens outward to a diameter of about 300 feet and extends in length seaward 1500 feet, Seaward face of the pillar at outer end of Percé rock; showing the arch its top sloping with undulating surface rapidly at first and then more gently backward. Sternward stands an isolated rock pillar, remnant of a fallen arch which the seas brought down, as my good friend Philip Le Boutillier tells me, on a rough 17th of June 1845. But the rock is still tunneled aft by a fine arch through which a boat at sail might pass were it not for the breakers. On its rearward sea face is another and smaller arch. The summit of the rock is the breeding- ground of thousands of gulls and cormorants, which make an ever moving halo of white and black about the grassy slopes and jagged asperities of the surface and whose screams and calls are as sempiternal as the breaking of the surf on the fallen rocks. The cliff is virtually inaccessible. Local traditions and Sir Gilbert Parker tell of its having been scaled, but be this as it may, the walls ET = 7 3 ee ser =e SA09 YINOS oy} pue uoued ded “ol 3M 349] 241 YW ‘YIMOSs ey} Wo4l YOOL puv sd10g REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 | 137 are sheer and would demand surrender of the most daring. Clothed in tints of red and yellow, which are the natural shades of the rock, and veined with streaks of white, the colors of the cliffs change with every passing cloud, alive with bright purples and lustrous bronze as the sun shines full on it, in the cloud filtered light hanging like an oriental tapestry in soft madders and browns, and when the land mist hangs over it or the nor’easter is buffeting it, dark and minatory, all its soft lines lost and its asperities stiffened in resistance. Turning landward the eye rests first on the topography of the shore line, Mt Joli, a low truncated rock cone connected at low tide with the Pierced rock by a sand bar, and about a hundred yards away, hence extending southward into another small headland, Cap Canon, sometimes Battery point, all a rock escarpment of vertical strata not more than 100 feet high at any point. To the south of this opens the broad Robin fishing beach, which reaches away to the nearly horizontal outcrops of red conglomerate at the opening of Len- festy’s brook and beyond to the headland which bounds the South cove, 2 miles away, Cap Blanc or Whitehead ; another vertical mass of limestones lying between and beneath the red rocks. To the north of Mt Joli and the beach of the North cove, begin the Murailles, the high rocky sea wall which fronts the Malbay, rising with a deeply notched sky line in grassy and deeply furrowed slopes and falling off sheer to the water’s edge; the tattered remains of a mountain which stretched away into Malbay but has yielded its better part to the restless tooth of the sea. The effect on the landscape of this - ragged escarpment is very striking but its impressiveness is appre- ciated best only from the sea, from which it is alone approachable. At the north end of the North cove the escarpment rises abruptly in the calcareous and arenaceous shales of Cap Barré; thence northward framing the angular recesses beaten out by the sea, the cliff becomes even higher till the line reaches Red peak at the north and falls off abruptly into the gorge of the Grande Coupe. Except for Cap Barré these rocks are brilliantly tinted with reds and yellows and, we shall presently observe, were a part of the tinted strata comprising the Perce rock, though here the angle of their slope is greatly altered and nearly conforms to the slopes of the mountain surface. 138 . NEW YORK STATE: MUSEUM All these bold contours are brought closely together so that in the ~ radius of a mile from the courthouse we embrace the Murailles, cliffs of Joli, Canon, the Percé rock, the broad intervales of the coves and the low south escarpments of the horizontal conglomerate. And behind them all, as a background to the picture, rises Mt Ste Anne, its lofty perpendicular precipices on the eastern face rising to a - hight of about 1400 feet. On the slopes of this easternmost member of the cluster of summits known as Percé mountain, pious ardor has cleared a broad way to the shrine at the top whence the eye travels without obstruction to Anse du Cap and Grande Riviere southward, and northward to Pointe St Peter across Malbay and to Shiphead and the shores of Grande Gréve across Gaspé bay; inland over the rolling timbered wilderness toward the Shickshock mountains, and seaward beyond the Percé rock to the island of Bonaventure 3 miles away. This mountain is the summit of the great cap of red con- glomerate which lies over and against the erect limestones of Perce, Cap Canon and Cap Blanc, extends downward to the sea at the Robin beacli and makes the Percé reef, and doubtless continues beneath the water to Bonaventure island where only this rock is found. From the slopes of Mt Ste Anne flow the little drainage ways of the region, the stream of Le Coulé or Barré brook to the North beach, Robin brook to the South beach and Lenfesty’s brook directly through the rising escarpment of the Bonaventure rocks to the south. ; This brief sketch of the topography of Percé will serve as the only necessary introduction to the sketch of its geology which, without going far afield from the confines of the settlement, follows. GEOLOGY Pretty much all that has been known of the geology of this region we still owe to Sir William Logan, first director of the Geological Survey of Canada. In 1844, the second season of his field work in this capacity, Sir William made it his business to reconnoiter the rocky and wild coasts of the Gaspé country, then and in the season of 1845 making traverses from the Gulf of St Lawrence to the Bay ~ i at r, Ny e A u ‘ 1 1 Y My x » y f . . ‘ i t ’ M & F 3 f pag eu i > f ; } i 4 a aS | a ECap Blanc 1 mile MAP OF REGION ABOUT PERCE REPORT. Of +THDASTALES PALEONTGEOGIST 1903 139 of Chaleurs, “ living ” as he has said “ the life of a savage, sleeping on the beach in a blanket sack with my feet to the fire, seldom taking my clothes off, eating salt pork and ship’s biscuit, occasionally tor- mented with mosquitos.” The venerable Mr Philip Le Boutillier tells me of having piloted Sir William about the rocks of Percé and with him scaling the summit of Mt Ste Anne. In his classical Geology of Canada published in 1863 Logan sum- marized the results of his observations here, and that part of his work in which our interest more specially lies is his detailed account of the limestones, sandstones and conglomerates of the region, enor- mous series of sediments which he termed the Gaspé limestones, Gaspé sandstones and Bonaventure conglomerates. Several of the Canadian geologists have added much to our knowledge of these formations; Dr Robert Bell, who early explored the region; Sir William Dawson, who studied the plant remains of the Gaspé sand- stone; Elkanah Billings, who has made known almost our entire equipment of facts concerning the animal fossils of the rocks; R. W. Ells, who as late as 1882 reviewed the general geologic features of the country and added some important details, while Dr H. M. Ami has contributed a few observations on the faunas. The Gaspé limestones were defined by Logan from their most. remarkable development on the narrow tongue of land which con- stitutes the peninsula of Cape Gaspé eastward of Cape Rozier on the north and Little Gaspé on the south. Here the succession is apparently uninterrupted, the dip estimated at about s.w. 24°, and the series rests unconformably on the shales of Cambric age at Cape Rozier. Through this narrow neck of land not more than a mile eerussiomenn HieowGulfsof St: kawrence:) I KCC a es sec | Soo ee ) Ee Pere mors sa ae ees oo 2 Ice | boitoc cos s- : S4 ) ee A ior. osc - : x XX » ape scone eee x x x x © iouebleiep oO inne ) Cn Mer re | co 8 oo SO LIND, tn A ce cee a “aX 6 XxX ) Se MEPEOEEN res Sco oS Goo tS eee Xnul yh oto emepeyeeeromenetel ) Cn reer eS Gc Clos 20 + x E x XP 5 ee eee XP on hevele bbe piae cen eer x Beer es oot, 090 SSO ae X io Leary ple ieee lene toeeaween Ka ba eS i ieeonetecnedist aime x aeonite x x 3 ) Se Peer ee Pe gto > Cees Ee | Ss oe x : X let dedee ciegtes Wee é x ee Fae x Sepalels x ) (PR era SS oo i cot oS x . ) nn Eres | sof a X ciel eet blabeteae er eee: : x ROO NOOO x pany Ne arpee oe ae F x 3 », Ce PME ts Ft oso x AG os P ihe » emi are. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 List of Gaspe. Devonic fossils (concluded) 147 ‘ GRANDE GREVE LIMESTONES All localities on north shore of Gaspé bay from Little Gaspé (con- tact with Gaspé sand- Z Sitoinle)) who Shiphead - PERCE ROCK Euphemus ? quebecensis nov........-| ..... 2.06. EV@lopea SaSPesia~ NOVss..ssseds ww ses POE OECSSA MOU... «sw watere oer nticae ereiehe« Ne eleeee Tt (Gtia FL Gl). So oauisule tne teins see ¢ x Diaphorostoma affine Billings......... ~ Weaesmatiin Clarke... . 60s e.i08 ek hice x ID erceense: NOU:.......+ : ea Ae a, iD eS ne ee eR oot Ea ss x Strophostylus expansus Hall DIO is sgt: x Platyceras gaspense nov. Mita reson ‘a he Ee SVIITS OO. line ass Sitar taae Beals x PAEUCEEUS (10 Viton. dhs coho cs Lanes os Pee ciniatiiin 9200. 6: acs eevee arNebanis See Peatortuosium, Hallice oo sciv. dabei chs x PL PEGOMUILUS FHOU .2r oasic one alee i Ss x Pepa xillatund 00s accl 6 wks ocus 3s Mine x Pac. nodosum yCon7ad . 5.2%}: We E, x Pye. fornieatum Halles’: Ore x EZUSP), ok o « Rpiccdos ia eae afaiale «ek Ph Lae mm Hyolithus oxys outa Maonn Gods Me Elencentr iy imownr 8 6 eos ence Fir: x EE MGP, ACIISMENOLL open n Stel ce are isnt Conularia lata Hall mut.. a x C. desiderata Hall..... Le fi ag x Orihoceras spr caasct eA aes see x CyftOce4ras SSP des. sis Remon a x Kionoceras rhysum ROWS SR a ets x Dalmanites micrurus Green .......... x D. phacoptychoides nov...........006- x PEP GCUS NOU... .ccsahety oe co Fae ce eee x D. vatinius MOD... Lea SO areas : x PRS MMMPAG WOU... i. /50% oe.d dda bs Go bee x? PRIEMCGAIIS 20U 5 2 sic dates s cece eee» s * De (Probolium) perceensis mov: 2.) 9°... Phacops bombifrons Hall......... ser x DEP ON ee ot ki, coe ed os crac Bepeemelag@rd Clap ead «ince bin vvnersie#| og ove ane ce Proetus phocion Billings............. iy Comdansiaas rules 8, Rae 4 Ceratocephala gaspesia nov........ ; x Lichas (Terataspis) grandegrevensis MED ee : 5 Cans x Tentaculites elongatus ee cose x Ty cartiers M00 fF. ogy c: SA ar eee T. perceensis nov...... Avi oe Bras Spirorbis latissimus nov............... x eee © e e808 @ © eee ee ese ee eee ee eee ee ese ee ose oe , GASPE SAND- STONE oreo ee steerer ee 14S - ' NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM It will be seen from the foregoing that the Percé fauna is more sparse than that of Grande Gréve and that some of the species extremely abundant there, Ct 9): aside mace p eculiarime Hipparionyx proximus are absent here, while here Chonetes canadensis, Leptocoelia flabellites are profusely developed. Again striking species in each fauna are absent in the other, while there remains a number of most character- istic species common: Rensselaeria ovoides var., Me- The ragged sky line of the Murailles galanteris. plicata): Beachia, 5S pir1ter @remoseie Se imac hi s'on 1, pete There is thus a difference in the relation of the elements of the faunas to each other and also to those of New York. Hence there may be in these faunal characters a reason for regarding these lime- stones as the expression of a distinct substage in the deposition period of the Grande Greve beds. On the Murailles or the high rock wall above the North cove we find Percé strata again. Rounding Cap Barré where the dip of the gray limestones and shales is to the north, beyond the first point to JID OY} UI VPLIJS YOOI 9d19g YT ‘SaT[leanyT oy} Jo odoys oy} uC REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 149 the Blowhole, a sea cavern gnawed out by the waves. the tinted Percé strata again appear, but here lying at a steep angle, 20° to 40° to the southeast and abutting palpably against the thrust plane of a fault which is well marked in the face of the cliff, sloping obliquely downward and to the north. The line of displacement is well en- forced by the contrast in color between the downthrown yellow and red strata and the more somber grays of the Cap Barré massive. | Logan noted the fact that these downthrown strata were of equivalent age and probably a part of the Percé rock, and Ells cites the occur- Section at Blowhole. Cap Barré beds at left, downthrown Percé beds at right rence in the rocks at the Blowhole of the fossils Spirifer are- meats fand, o. sey clopterus- Cprobably. S: murchi- soni); we have also found Dalmanites perceensis Leptocoelia flabellites Phacops logani Leptostrophia irene Acidaspis sp. Chonetes hudsonicus Megalanteris plicata Spirifer arenosus Chonetes canadensis S. murchisoni and a few others, but the specimens are not very well preserved nor are they in any wise so abundant as at Percé rock. These Percé beds about the Blowhole are probably again down- thrown in themselves in their further extension along the Murailles but without essential change of dip, for this same southward dip is well expressed in the angle of the landward slope of the cliff and is apparent as far as Le Coulé on Barré brook where Percé fossils were also found. The latter seem to be the summit beds of the limestones and from them the following species were obtained. Spirifer arenosus Megalanteris plicata S. murchisoni Leptostrophia irene Chonetes canadensis Coelospira C. hudsonicus I50 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The beds are gray and nodular with redder strata. The outcrop is in the strike and the beds apparently rise uniformly into the Murailles. A displacement is evident along the bed of the brook but its amount was not estimated. Red peak, which is the highest and easternmost of the -Murailles, is said by’ Logan” te Le Coulé. Nodular limestones and limestone conglomerate be capped by horizontal beds of “the conglomerate’’ which I take to mean the conglomerate of Mt Ste Anne (Bonaven- ture) but I was not able to verify the observation, the beds here being apparently conformable in dip to those below. The displace- ment of the tinted Percé strata (the term Percé is here used as indicative of the horizon of the Percé rock) against the Cap Barré beds is evident on the south road leading up the mountain side to REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 I51I the Grand Coupe, as well as in Le Coulé as just stated. In the great sea front of Red peak, the high face rising 660 feet over the water is believed to bring up the lower gray limestones in conformity and, though these beds are difficult of access and have not been properly studied, it is likely that here are the strata which fill the broken interval between the Percé beds and those beneath, the rocks of Cap Barré and perhaps also in part those of Cap Blanc. As a whole, we may say of the Percé beds that though they are now but remnants left by recent rapid and profound changes in topography, due to the tremendous destructive energy of the sea, and their surfaces, both on the Percé rock and in the Murailles, are the slopes of lost mountains, yet they have been subjected to dis- turbances in themselves much greater and much more ancient, wit- nessed by their difference in inclination and their tremendous displacements. These displacements we shall endeavor to portray more particularly in summing up the evidence relating to the geologic structure of the region. There is little evidence yet on which to base any kind of sub- division of the Percé rock mass, either from its fossils or its rocks. The yellow beds seem to bear in greater abundance the prolific Species Wehonetes:. canadensis, .Leptostrophia irene, Chonostrophia etc., and the red layers the trilobite fess, Po pieiter arenosus, S. murchisoni, etc., but this occurrence is open to constant exception. | Cap Barre beds. In first considering the limestones of Percé rock we have started with the latest of the limestone deposits. In close if not immediate succession beneath them seem to follow the gray schists exposed only at Cap Barré, the southernmost and lowest point of the Murailles. These beds consist of thin, sandy, biue gray limestones with inter- calated shale, the rock becoming reddish at the top beneath the soil cap. They dip northeast 30° to 40°, which is an angle not repro- “Most of the fossils from the Percé rock described by Billings were evi- dently picked up loose at the foot of Mt Joli whither they are washed in great quantity from the rock itself. Hence Billings, not personally acquainted with the situation, frequently cites Mt Joli as a locality of these fossils which is misleading for the Joli mass is of very different age. 152 ; NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM duced in any of the strata elsewhere exposed, and their attitude toward the Percé strata farther north has just been expounded, from which we may infer that these rocks are normally subjacent to the latter and have been separated therefrom by the downthrow of the superjacent mass. These Cap Barré beds, so far as exposed, may - attain a thickness of 75 to 100 feet. Their relations with the strata at Mt Joli are determinable from no structural relation exhibited, for they are separated from the latter by the long interval of the Cap Barré from North cove North cove. These beds contain fossils, but very sparsely. I have found a few Lingulas and an Ambocoelia-like brachiopod probably allied to Spirifer modestus Hall, which is a Helderberg species, also a small corrugated Leptostrophia like L. oriskania Clarke, but the age and position of the strata are decisively indicated by the presence of a species of the trilobite Dicranurus. This fossil is of more than ordinary interest. The genus Di- cranurus has been described heretofore only from two geologic formations, the Helderberg (New Scotland beds and Coeymans. an REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 © 153 limestone) of eastern New York (D. hamatus Conrad) and from the equivalent horizon Etage G, of Bohemia (D. mon- strosus Barrande sp.). The species from Cap Barré (D. limenarcha) is represented only by an incomplete cephalon but it is rarely that any other part of the genus has been observed in any of its occurrences. It was a species larger than the New York form and perhaps even larger than the Bohemian. Its elongate, subconate middle lobe is well delimited by a deep nuchal furrow, the lateral lobes are separated by a shallow transverse or oblique groove, while the axial diameter of the occipital ring from the base of the Dicranurus limenarcha central lobe to the fork of the spine is relatively less than in D. hamatus. The free cheeks were attached to this specimen, but they have not been preserved except along the sutures. The great neck spines are highly divergent and very heavy. Barrande gave the angle of divergence in D. monstrosus as 60°, in D. hamatus itis 45°,inD. limenarcha itis 80°, measured from the central occipital tubercle as apex, axially for one third of the length of the spines. These spines are curved outward, downward and back, and probably made a deep recurvature as in the other species, though they are not preserved at the tips. On their proximal extent is a low median depression. The surface of the head is covered with acute pustules scattered sparsely with very much finer 154 ‘ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ones between. On the occipital ring the central pustule, which is more conspicuous than the rest as in other species, is punctuated at the top by a circle of depressions. The head had-an original length to the point of recurvature of the neck spines of about 40mm, the greatest divergence of the spines is 29mm, the axial length to the angle ‘of the spines, 23mm, of which 9mm belong to the occipital ring ; width between the eyes, 25mm. _ From no other evidence have we so satisfactory a basis for the conclusion that the Cap Barré beds follow close below the beds of Percé rock and above those of Mt Joli. We may therefore conclude that either these strata lie buried in the tide-swept interval between the Percé rock and the outermost vertical strata belonging to the Mt Joli massive, or that, originally in place here, they have been pinched out by faulting. The space between these two massives not in the line of the con- necting sand spit but rather in the line of vertical thickness of the strata, at right angles to their present position, is barely enough to admit the beds of Cap Barré. Doubtless they have been largely squeezed out in faulting and pitched over on their side where they now lie, though some part of them may remain in the interval, to be exposed by some favoring neap tide to the eye of the trained observer. Shales of the North beach. Faintly exposed at spots in the bank along the North beach, in the dugway road to the wharf and at points from there toward Mt Joli are beds of soft shale usually gray, some- times black, blue black and green black, lying under the reddish soil cap. These are slightly inclined away from the vertical and it is not in my present judgment at all certain that they are continuous with the Joli escarpment which we are about to consider. They have furnished no fossils and outside of them, beneath the water not far from the wharf, is a vertical reef in which'cyathophylloid and favosite corals occur and these are doubtless the latest and uppermost beds of the Joli series. Soit drab shales similar to those on the North beach appear also in the roadway between the Cap Canon cliff and the escarpment at Lamb’s limekiln, and I have inferred therefrom the presence of an infaulting through which this mass of shales has been displaced from its proper position. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 155 Mt Joli massive. The erect strata of gray thin limestones and calcareous shales which constitute the low headland at Mt Joli begin not at the scarp itself, but at low water may be seen extending well out from the shore. Along the North beach these outlying strata form little reefs, but the intervals between them and the wall of the promontory is concealed by the beach. Taking the Mt Joli massive East face of Mt Joli as a whole, it has an approximate length along the sea front of 700 feet, the highest point being at the north, the upper slope declining southerly, ending rather abruptly, and the rock mass being separated from that of Cap Canon by an unexposed and probably entirely interrupted area of about 350 feet. There is little change in the lithologic composition of the strata composing Mt Joli, but there is definite evidence of displacement in the mass itself. For the greater 156 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM part of the length of the sea wall the strata are essentially vertical with slight undulations; but at a distance of about 250 feet from the south end of the cliff the strata become much more irregular, main- _ taining their essentially vertical attitude but are folded and slightly displaced among themselves and faulted against the more erect strata of the main part of the mountain. The southern part of the mass is composed of strata similar to those of the northern but in- creasingly slaty in composition. In both parts of this Mt Joli mas- sive fossils were found, but they are by no means of common occurrence; moreover they are wedged in the vertical strata so that their extraction is not easily accomplished. From their calcareous layers, which with the eroded interleaved shales form the outermost northern reach of the strata and are exposed only at low tide as reefs, were obtained a few fossils: Platyceras, large species of Helderberg type; Zaphrentis cottteata Billmes;> Ze eme lows Billings. The shaly layers on the high vertical north face of the scarp have afforded species provisionally identified as follows: t Hindia sp. 8 Stropheodonta cf. varistriata Con- 2 Monograptus cf. clintonensis Hall rad - 3 Duncanella cf. borealis Nich. 9g Spirifer cf. niagarensis Conrad 4 Streptelasma cf. caliculus Hall 10 Spirifer modestus Hall? 5 Michelinia cf. lenticularis Hall 11 Cypricardinia aff. sublamellosa 6 Dalmanella cf. perelegans Hall Hall 7 Leptaena rhomboidalis Wilckens 12 Phacops sp. Giving special attention to the trilobite in which lies the clearest indication of geologic age, we find it to be a fully developed Phacops such as nowhere occurs in the typical Siluric deposits of the Missis- sippian sea or Appalachian gulf. Its glabella is large, rotund and coarsely pustulose, the glabellar furrows obsolete, eyes large and the genal angles have minute spinules. The pygidium is broad, the axis having six to eight well defined rings, the first bearing a prominent tubercle, the pleurae having five to six ribs all grooved and separated by deep furrows. These structural points indicate an early period in the history of the genus, hence if Siluric, a final stage. The species is equivalent to Phacops logani of the Helderberg and Oriskany of New York, of the Percé rock and the Grande Gréve limestones. Aeqiej pieMoy Buryoo] ‘A090 YON pure soaj[reinyy oy, REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 157 The construction of this assemblage as a whole as indicative of a very late upper Siluric marine fauna is justified and we would therefore put together the entire mass of the strata 550 to 600 feet thick, as appertaining to this horizon, that is the series of limestones and shales extending from the reefs bordering the north flank of Mt Joli, southward almost to the first palpable shear zone. In the layers of the south flank of the mountain which strike n. 30° w., are essentially vertical but with many undulations and irregular inclinations toward the north, and are thin, fairly pure limestone strata from 2 to 5 inches in thickness separated by sandy shale masses, fossils have been found: Hindia (apparently identical with Ortonia sp. foregoing) Ampyx hastatus Ruedemann Subretepora Tretaspis” reticulatus RKuedemann Dalmanella testudinaria Dalman (very common) Rafinesquina sp. Calymmene callicephala Green Strophomena sp. strongly geniculate Pterygometopus cf. intermedius Wal- form (very common) cott Parastrophia hemiplicata Hall small Ptychopyge ulrichi Clarke (common) form Illaenus americanus Billings Zygospira cf. uphami Winchell & Schuchert This very striking though small array of species is emphatically indicative of early Siluric age, we might say in a general sense equivalent to the Trenton, but can not escape the inference that it is early Trenton with suggestions of Pretrenton age. The trilobites ate specially noteworthy, for Ampyx hastatus and Tre- taspis reticulatus have been found before only in the lower Trenton conglomerate of Rysedorph hill near Albany and definitely indicate not the Trenton fauna normal to the Mississippian province of that time, but the invading fauna from the Atlantic province whose closer affiliations are with European species. Two spots in the sea wall have afforded these fossils, one not far from the south end of the cliff where were taken Calymmene callicephala Parastrophia hemiplicata Dalmanella testudinaria Zygospira Rafinesquina These were from calcareous nodules embedded in the shales. 158 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The other locality lies just north of the most apparent line of dis- placement where the strata have lost their contortions. Here were obtained Tretaspis reticulatus ) Illaenus americanus Ampyx hastatus Pterygometopus cf. intermedius Ptychopyge ulrichi It is not safe to infer great difference in age of these associations. Vertical strata on north face of Mt Joli. The Murailies in the distance Mt Joli then with its 700 feet of calcareous strata represents a long stretch of Siluric time, and it would appear that the apparent line of main faulting of the southern or lower against the northern or upper mass, marks the disappearance of some interval in the lower elements of the series as indicated. Such departure as there has been from the vertical position of the strata is in the direction of overthrow so that the lower lean up against the higher strata. We shall presently note the paleontologic evidence indicating dis- placement in the vertical mass itself. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 159 Cap Canon massive. Directly south or below the abrupt termina- tion of Mt Joli is a beach interval where no rock exposure is seen for a length of 345 feet. The grass grown bank shows a red soil cap and in it here and there are blocks of red conglomerate, as though (and to such evidence we may return) deposition of the red conglomerates was over a rough bottom wherein this clay-banked beach was a deeply gullied line of disturbance. The rocks of Cap Canon are calcareous shales and black argillaceous slates, greatly The Limekiln massive disturbed internally by folds and undulations, thrusts of slight measure which have produced glistening shear faces, veined in all directions, richly jointed and cleaved, but in spite of these internal displacements the vertical attitude of the mass is still apparent with a slight general inclination toward the north. This mass, irrespective of its undulations has a sea front 630 feet long and this is approximately a measure of its actual thickness. In lithologic character there is a marked difference between it and that of Joli, chiefly expressed in its slatiness. It has, after repeated search, revealed no fossils. 160 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM On the summit of.Cap Canon is the summer home of Mr Frederick James. From this spot the well grassed rock surface slopes deeply landward, then abruptly rises at a distance of about 400 feet from the edge of the cliff and the strata stand upright again in a bare dome of rock at which is a now abandoned limekiln. The rock here was burned by Mr Philip Le Boutillier and from him I learn that the burning has been only partly successful but at times a purer limestone has been brought to the kiln from the outcrops at Cap Blanc, 2 miles south. Limekiln massive. The rocks at the Limekiln are as a whole nota- bly distinct in character from those constituting Cap Canon though they stand vertical and hold the attitude characterizing the rest of the strata. | These beds are limestones much seamed with calcite veinules and heavy bedded, largely a limestone conglomerate but with no jasper pebbles as in the limestone conglomerate of Mt Ste Anne to which reference will be made. They havea thickness of 200 feet. A single bed of a similar conglomerate was observed infolded in the schists of Cap Canon. Just beneath these on the south slope are even bedded impure gray limestones and from these latter only have fossils been obtained. There is to my mind a reasonable security in regarding these fossil- bearing rocks here in place, though blocks have been found only in > displaced condition. Concerning this point, however, I would not venture to be unqualified in my statement. These fossils are: Plectambonites sericeus Sow. (very Protozyga exigua Hall common) Ambonychia sp. Rafinesquina, a geniculated species Ceraurus pleurexanthemus Green Leptaena rhomboidalis Wuilckens Though few in number, the species abound in individuals and the assemblage clearly indicates a later stage of Lower Siluric than the - fauna in the south flank of Mt Joli, somewhere equivalent to middle or upper Trenton age. The road in front of Mr James’s house, as it rises from the depression between the escarpment and Cap Canon, shows trace of an infaulted mass of soft, brown shale elsewhere referred to as occurring on the North beach near the wharf. If we 1, Cap Canon ‘1, 630° UUs, YH IIl/.' Cahstates “ectaily uh Wii) HA Uy \\ Ai hin (ay iH) Hac ctains YE Ani i tN ni AN ae qt) Mu HIS =) yy Hh A PEL La? Red sail cap with occasronal conglomerate blicks REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 161 have construed the fauna correctly, the place of the Limekiln rocks is between the south and north flanks of Joli or is a corresponding portion in the series. We may find no clear evidence of the necessary fault plane in that escarpment, but this cliff at the Limekiln 1s evi- dently cut off by faults both therefrom and from the Cap Canon mass. Cap Blane massive. From Cap Canon southward for a distance of 2 miles sweeps, first, the broad Robin fishing beach or South cove buttressed at the south by horizontal or slightly dipping beds of red sandstone and conglomerates rising into a constantly more elevated sea wall till Cap Blanc is reached. Here as one turns the point of the headland and rounds the light, vertical limestone strata are once more exposed and their contrast in color to the horizontal or slightly northeast dipping red strata which overlie them and abut against their slopes, gives name to the place. The sea wall is sheer and the foot ~ of the cliff accessible with risk, even by water. The vertical thickness of these rocks measuring from the point of the cape southward is estimated at 700 to 1000 feet. They are light gray in general effect and the succession of the strata is obscurely presented in the highway and field outcrops. With the slight inclina- tion of the strata away from the vertical toward the north as seen ‘in the Mt Joli massive, we first find in t!.c highway cut ascending the cliff from the north a red limestone, suggesting in tint the Percé rock and carrying Halysites catenulatus Linné Bellerophon Heliolites or Lyellia Lichas (fragment) - Ortonia Trematopora (very slender branches) - Anodontopsis Callopora . Trochonema Small Whitfieldella-like brachiopods but principally and oftenest a large and heavy shelled pelecypod having a broad cardinal plate extending inward from the hinge line, not attached to the bottom of the valves nor thickened at its junction therewith. This rock is of such character that it breaks in almost any direction except along the surface of these fossils but one example of this species has the valves together and this, sectioned vertically shows these projecting plates not in apposition as though 162 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM connected with the articulation of the valves, but standing apart with a well defined space between, indicating that they are a broad chondrophore. Further material will be necessary to elucidate the nature of this shell. | It is clear however, from the list given, even though generic deter- minations only seem safe at present, that this congeries represents a stage of late Siluric, clearly older than the fauna of the Percé rock, probably older than the beds of Cap Barré, but not necessarily older than the north flank of the Mt Joli massive. These beds, the highest in the series, lie lowest as the entire mass is slightly over- turned. Working southward over the remaining exposures in exceedingly rainy and cheerless weather, it is probable that we have overlooked much that will throw light on the relations of the series. Beyond the light, seaward of the road, on the edges of the escarp- ment in the field whence the purer layers of limestone have been — removed for burning, and which appertain to the lower and southern- most part of the series here represented, after careful search fossils were found, not in the blue and more abundant limestone, but in thin clinking limestone plates. | The mode of preservation here is singularly favorable were the material sufficiently abundant, the fossils being weathered out on the surfaces of the plates and doubtless the fauna will prove an interest- ing and instructive one under more favorable opportunities for exploration. These slabs have afforded: Spicules of hexactinellid sponges Whitfieldella cf. bisulcata Platyostoma Orthothetes (small) Many crinoid stems and an occasional crushed head with ornamented plates resembling Glyptocrinus. Calymmene (small species) Phacops of P. logani type Bumastus (small species) Phacops sp. Taking up for more minute consideration the trilobites, the time values of whose structure is best understood, we may note — 1 The common species of Phacops is fully developed; with glabellar lobes fused by almost entire disappearance of the furrows, eyes rather small, cheeks rounded with the faintest trace, if any, of the genal spinules indicating early age, and the doublure of the cephalon REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 163 crenulated to a degree shown only in pronounced development in this genus. | The pygidium is short and stout with a short blunt axis bearing four defined rings but eight axial sulci can be counted. Of the pleural ribs but two can be counted and these are flat and sulcate. This con:pletely developed Phacops is in itself indication of either Devonic age or a very late stage of Siluric. In the Mississippian Siluric no such form presenting fully matured cephalic features is known. The species, however, shows in the sulcate pygidial ribs index of early phylogenetic stage. It can not be identified with the Helderbergian and Oriskany P. logani which is found in the Percé rock and at Joli, but approaches thereto. ' 2 The second species of Phacops is known only from its cephalon which is of a singular and unusual type. In this the first furrows of the glabella are faint without entering the dorsal furrows and are like a pair of eyebrows, defining obscure round lobes, behind which the second lobes are also round and better defined, while the third lobes are obscure. The eyes are small and with few lenses, the cheeks broad, flat and dalmanitiform, rv-iing out into short flat spines at the angles. The aspect of the species is that of immaturity with reference to the development of the genus Phacops and presents the combination with features pertaining to Dalmanites which is indicial of the pas- sage forms from the latter to the former. The aspect of this cran- idium is shown in some early Devonic forms such as P. (D.) tumilobus Clarke from the Amazonas but without association with cheeks of notable Dalmanites type. One of these forms of Phacops indicating late age is counter- balanced by the somewhat earlier expression of the other and this combination is verified by the presence of Bumastus and Calymmene. We must call the horizon late Siluric but are disposed to make it so late as to be an almost final stage in the passage from the lower limestones into those of the Percé massive or lowest lower Devonic. The Cap Blanc limestones appear then from the evidence before us to be a downthrown mass representing a part of the series shown more continuously in the sea wall at Percé, and indeed such part as 1O4e NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM is either not there clearly presented or is presented here with some change of faunal association. It is not, in our view, a section of the series there lost by faulting out, but the expression of the later Siluric beds there, with a variant geographic association of species. Relations of limestone masses about Percé. We have estimated roughly the thickness of the masses here discussed as follows: Percé beds, 250 feet at Percé rock but probably rising lm Ted peak LOWS: Ne ae ee eee ee ee 400 feet Lost interval between Percé rock and Mt Joli (Cap Barté béds)A0p5.28 O08 Bias, Gee eee 100-200 feet We Joli Massively BOUT. 8.0 04.320 ce ee 700 feet Cap.Canon., massive... 42939) 290020 keg ke eae 630 feet lnimnekiln smiassive .i:o.. comoun, 28 cape. 1s ee eeeeree 12,9200 feet 2030-2130 feet Thus there is a development of approximately 2000 feet of lime- stones representing the geologic series from early Siluric (Black River-Trenton) to well into the early Devonic or Oriskany. The Cap Blanc massive with a thickness of 700 to 1000 feet is not in our judgment an addition to, but a repetition of a part of the series. The rocks on the Murailles are likewise regarded as not adding to, but repeating the series in part, with the exception of the Cap Barré beds which are partially provided for in the rock interval between Mt Joli and the Percé rock. In order of succession from the top downward, we should, from present evidence arrange the masses thus: Perce beds (?) Limekiln beds Wap, Barresbeds pat Mt Joli (south flank) Mt Joli (north flank) Cap Canon Some doubt will attach to the proper position of the strata of the Limekiln for the reasons already stated. With the foregoing succession we deduce a profound displacement between the Percé rock and the north face of Mt Joli by which the beds of Cap Barré for a thickness of 100 or more feet were squeezed out, and their remnant overturned to their present place and atti- tude, a quarter mile away, and their dip reversed. JYSII oy} We ouuYy 3941S IN “punoiso10} jo] Ul UoURS dey ‘Of I Wosy YJnos sulyoo'T REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 165 On the face of Mt Joli among the vertical strata we believe it probable that a displacement has taken place by a downthrow which has squeezed out the rocks represented by the fauna found in the beds at the Limekiln. This is inferred wholly from the nature of the fossils of the latter. Their place is here in the succession of the faunas, but should subsequent developments tend to show that the fossils there found were derived from another source, either from the rocks of Cap Blanc or the limestones northward toward the Barachois, we need not open the cliff to admit this mass. On the other hand, were such the evidence, it would seem to be the remnant infaulted by a displacement whose zone rests where now is the short beach between Joli and Cap Canon. The displacement we have already noted in the south flank of Mt Joli and shown in the rock wall is within the succession of lower Siluric faunas, these fossils occurring on both sides, and we hence infer it not to have been of great depth. On the Murailles we find the clearly defined line of displacement along which the Percé beds have slipped down over the Barré beds inverting -their dip, and this entire mass of Barré and Percé beds was evidently cut off by the longer line of faulting from the Percé rock. These lines of probable displacement of the limestone masses we have expressed on the map adjoining. Surface conditions preceding deposition of red sandstone and con- glomerates. Strip off the mantle of red, almost horizontal conglom- erate through which the limestone cliffs project their heads and the country would present an irregular series of jagged limestone bluffs, the remnants of broken and eroded folds, which the tooth of sub- aerial weathering, of stream erosion and the endless gnawing of the ocean, left standing. The vertical position of most of those once horizontal rocks is in itself an indication of the immense proportions attained by the primary folding of the strata. The presence of an anticline at Percé was recognized by Logan, and without venturing to go so far afield as to connect the structures here with those beyond the scope of this sketch, it may be said that the simplest explanation of the relation of the Percé limestones with the series as exhibited from Little Gaspé to Shiphead is a great syncline beneath the sea, of purlur Joyyzey passordxo Aj1ev9[9 e10ur pue uoIssoidap SIq} UO SUIPII sourjoue oY) 4Sv09 SuOTe SouoysoUll] OLINIIS puke oUoAVT Ul auI[IUAS at} JO UOI}V10}S9Y osje tourlg deg ye MOIYUMOP OU} Surmoys pue Yysou ay} ye aAquy epursyH oF YIMOs oUy Ie 9019q WOIJ IUI| z . Og ere Eee | == = ae : —- 7 1 ITT al (XB CZ pA ee Aog ads 79) auyprrpun ‘ipauio! auyitgan Aoqopy H . li LT fe Ze Agi apuBLQ puvuipyopy oan.7 JUG] ADL, Lapa I Ula ip s Fi L ‘ oa “ a ve : _- re finest oo 75 oe es way 1S W we : *. ee oe - ‘ ' ‘ ‘ eorttt eden Poo REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 167 which the Grande Gréve limestones lie on the northern more grad- ually sloping arm and the Percé rock on the southern erect arm. With this reconstruction, the massive of Cap Blanc: represents the faulted downthrown crest of the Percé fold, while lesser anticlines indicated by the government geologists as those of Pointe St Peter, Tar point, Cape Haldimand, developed further back from the coast, ride on the surface of this synclinorium. Bonaventure conglomerate at summit of Mt Ste Anne Immense time was necessary for the destruction of these old folds before the ragged country was carried down beneath the water level for the deposition of the red conglomerates and sandstones. Red sandstones, conglomerates and limestones The country is so completely sheeted with these horizontal deposits that they may be studied at numerous places away from the lime- stone cliffs, but nowhere in their continuity so well as along the slopes of Mt Ste Anne. Let us however, first take note of the opinions which have been expressed by Logan and Ells concerning these 168 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM deposits. We have remarked that while almost horizontal, there is a definite dip in the strata to the northeast which is conspicuously displayed in the precipitous eastern face of Mt Ste Anne, and in the western wall of the distant Bonaventure island, 3 miles out to sea. From Bonaventure island, which is wholly composed of these strata, Logan derived the term Bonaventure which he originally applied to the entire series of these rocks, chiefly conglomerates, and these he regarded as of Carbonic age. Ells, approaching the region from a study of the conglomerates of the Bay of Chaleurs interstratified in which have been found Devonic fossils (chiefly fishes of Old Red sandstone type) recognizes differences in the conglomerate mass and assigns to the Bonaventure the upper beds of Mt Ste Anne and all those covering Bonaventure island with which they were continuous, believes an unconformity to exist between the upper and lower con- glomerates of Mt Ste Anne and assigns the latter including the sandstones and interbedded limestones, to the Upper Devonic age. Of such interruptions of deposition in the conglomerates we could find no evidence in the Perceé region but if we interpret these inter- esting sediments aright, it is quite in accordance with the judgment we have been able to form, that they do actually represent a period of time partly Devonic but transcending that era into the next suc- ceeding. We may note the character of these strata in some detail, beginning at the lowest accessible exposures. Shore between Robin beach and Cap Blanc. Near the mouth of Lenfesty’s brook we find in the shore wall an exposure about 25 feet in hight, at the base of which are red shales overlain by red and white sandstones and conglomerates, then red shales followed by conglomerates and above these are gray hydraulic limestones. The conglomerates are variable in lateral extent, passing into sandstones but reappearing in great force to the south, the limestones disappear- ing. The pebbles of the conglomerate are at this horizon, largely of jasper and with a very small percentage of limestone of the char- acter of the higher beds. On Bonaventure island the conglomerates also contain much jasper but the limestone pebbles predominate. Mt Ste Anne. The sandstones and limestones of the lower beds are also seen in climbing Mt Ste Anne and in the vicinity of Irish- REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 169 town. All the higher beds of Mt Ste Anne are composed of lime- stone conglomerates with very little jasper and as the cement is calcareous it falls away freely. It was noted by Ells that these pebbles and boulders of the conglomerate contain Siluric fossils. ive ave foundinthem Chonetes canadensis, Spiriier Pireiisont NMeoalanteris, plicata, Meristella meeuata and Dalmanites perceensis, all fossils of the Limestone conglomerate, Mt Ste Anne Perec tock- also. Halysites catenularia,: Heliolites, and in some sandstone pebbles a small Spirifer like S. vanuxemi. These fossil-bearing pebbles were found to the summit of the moun- tain even in the platform on which rests the shrine of Ste Anne. _ As this point is nearly 1400 feet above tide, the thickness of these » red beds can not be less than 1200 feet and down along the shore land it seems to fili or to have stained all the depressions between the scarps of vertical limestone so that even on the shore when the soil is opened, blocks of the conglomerate are set free. A 170 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM General remarks on the conglomerates One is struck with the absence in the Percé region of the great thickness of the rusty brown Gaspé sandstones which at Little Gaspé rest conformably on the limestones and at Gaspé Basin carry marine fossils. Doubtless we are to find the contemporary of these deposits in the red and white sandstones of Percé, but they are only feebly developed and to them as an equivalent of the work elsewhere done, we must add some part of the conglomerate series. We follow ideas before expressed in regard to the tremendous deposits of the Gaspé sandstone, as sediments laid down first along an embayed coast and eventually in a deep coastal estuary which received heavy drainage from an elevated and rapidly decaying land surface. That estuary may have extended far to the southeast and at times it appears to have been shut off from the ocean entirely by the upbuild- ing of bars across its mouth but it was virtually and for long periods a coastal lagoon subject to inroads from without in times of stress. Then was the period of Old Red lakes in New York, in Scotland, Orkney and Russia. They did not all begin at the same period of time nor continue their existence for equal times; some began in the late Siluric, others in middle Devonic, several are known to have continued their existence beyond the Devonic and into the Carbonic. So here, we are disposed to believe, this peculiar mode of sedimenta- tion has transcended the limits of Devonic time and entered the Car- bonic, though we have no traces of marine life of either period after the deposition was once established. The conglomerates of eastern Gaspé are contrasted with the sandstones of the more westerly parts of the county, and we may interpret them as the deposits of the seaward ends of the long estuary where for countless time the waters of the sea beat, as today, on the upturned edges of the ancient lime- stone cliffs and rolled their fragments up along the margin of an ever sinking continent. Conclusion r From the future detailed study of the faunas preserved in this series of Siluric and Devonic limestones, we may expect a flood of light on the significance of contemporaneous faunas in the northern REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 E71 Appalachian basin. In the Percé rock and its more northerly devel- opment in the limestones of Grande Gréve, we confidently look for a solution of the questions of origin and derivation of the faunas which represent the earliest Devonic life of the Appalachian basin, and their path of migration once determined, evidence to infer the outline of the continental borders and the definition of the water- ways. | In this brief sketch we have omitted from consideration through lack of personal acquaintance, reference to the Siluric limestones which occur in detached masses along the Malbay to the north, and at spots remote from Percé, along the southern coast. When these have been studied in detail, the entire series will be found to present an important supplement to our present knowledge of the factors of that ancient time. PELeR SILURIC AND: LOWER’ DEVONIC PAUNAS OF PREEOBITE: MOUNTAIN ORANGE ‘COUNTY; NEW YORK BY HERVEY WOODBURN SHIMER CONTENTS - PAGE Introduction ......... 20.02. 62 eeieaed he oe L775 Generalized section at Trilobite mountain. -:.. 2...) 2223 179 General desctiption ‘of jhorizons:47 4. :. 3.4.6 ede 179 References to detailed discussion: ./.... 0.5.4. 00:+4eseee4es- 193 Comparison with similar horizons in other regions........... | 194 Conclusions 204.60) 2.20405 fase feels ce ee 201 Detailed discussion of the strata and faunas of the various formations at Trilobite mountain........ -322 22 eee 204 Discussion of individual. species.......... . -.4. 3 235 Table showing distribution according to horizons......... 262 Bibliography ‘so .4 OSes Se et ce Ss a ee |. 2G SPYIU?2 G= OTIUT ‘A7 DIS ummjunopy apigopiay fo Anu 3160;099 tet Co “ {} DIAPER SAF TTD BESS I OE oa LLM ke SEES OI BOSSE T LINN 77 oo ty Yy LY YY, S iy NL. RSSAN SES LIQ yursedaaayy fo hop] 2A ee Wht yyy. Li uany 2407 jfoLvag PuD]209¢ NIN sunuhaod SNUBS | es ey RELL SISSADAg aa Ee We RSE Rosny) Sa2LLONGY vbhvopuoud) sndos'7 hunysrig ERY) GZ RSSSSSS oy PEAS yy SONY Sw L J, BS REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 175 INTRODUCTION Trilobite mountain, which is situated 3 miles southeast of Port Jervis, Orange co. N. Y., is a ridge with a maximum hight of about 750 feet, trending in a northeast-southwest direction. The ridge is about 2 miles long by 1 mile wide and is bounded on the northwest by the Neversink river and on the southeast by the marsh separating this ridge from Shawangunk mountain, which like all other of the Blue Ridge ranges trends from the northeast to the southwest. Both the valley of the Neversink and that containing the marsh between the Shawangunk and Trilobite mountains are simple mon- “A Uy YY sy M/ MW ELIE: Fig. 1 Simple monoclinal valiey (Rogers) ~S oclinal valleys [fig. 1]. The Onondaga and Marcellus formations underlie the former, the upper Medina to Manlius the latter valley. Trilobite mountain, as noted by Dr Barrett?, constitutes one of a series of anticlines extending in a northeast-southwest direction. In rf other words, this monocline is crossed by a “secondary system of flexures which cause the Helderberg Ridge to rise and sink in a succession of anticlinal and synclinal folds . . . The roads are in the synclinals and the limestone quarries are in the southeast fronts of the anticlinals . . . Benmnett’s quarry is in one of these; Near- — pass’s and Buckley’s quarries lie south and north of it respectively.” To the central one of these ridges Mather and Horton gave (about 1840) the name Trilobite mountain, from the great abundance of trilobites found here in the rocks of the Lower Oriskany.* The first paper published in reference to the geology of this region was by Dr William Horton on the geology of Orange county. Dr Horton, who was a resident of Craigville, Orange co. and a well “Rogers, H. D. Geol. of Pa. 1858. v.2, pt2, p.92I. Sm NOME ort Set. S~ tky7. 13-385. "Mather Geol -N; -Y¥. ist dist. . p..333- 176 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM known local geologist, was made one of the assistant geologists of the first geological district of this State+ Dr Horton encountered the same difficulty in determining the dip of the Trilobite mountain beds that all later observers have had, namely a tendency to confound cleavage and bedding. He says that the Trilobite mountain strata “ repose unconformably upon the Millstone grit (Shawangunk grit) at the western base of Shawangunk mountain.’2 On the next page, however, he hesitates and says that this southeast dip is “ far from certain. The stratification is to me still uncertain.” Several years later, W. W. Mather, geologist in charge of the first district, published his report where we find that he reached more definite conclusions. Speaking of the Manlius and Helderbergian series, he says “ These limestones dip in a west to northwest direc- tion, lying upon the subjacent Shawangunk rocks conformably ; but some of the strata are rather enigmatical and appear to dip to the east-southeast in consequence of the cleavage or shivering of the strata since their deposition. In some of the strata the real dip is evident, but in others it is not, and it was only after minute examina- tion that the real direction was with certainty determined.”? Dr S. T. Barrett of Port Jervis gave in 1876! the result of many years detailed work on the rocks of this region. He correlated the strata with those farther north and west in New York State, giving the horizons and thicknesses from bottom to top as follows: Feet t Lentactliteiniestome th. Lorie Soe see See ee ; hyena 20 2) Favosites ‘limestone! o. .xisiih ¢ikuere). 2: ee 2-5 3. LewerPentamernsiand) (Gherins. 4h oie: alesse ee 40 ADelthyrisoshalesht. fees. taiialt whe bop aya? Sey. ors rr 120 Ss Upperquarry: 1. net, needled See ee: ott 0 -ereeeeee IO 6. Upper shaleevais.) 2o9¢e.22at? Sage a. a. 4) x2 o¢h- Bee 150 7 Exatobite layers’ 'cs.. off We. nae ae ities: oq jaeat «g{h LO o -OriskanroamdnG@anida Galli, Sate ger pare. ‘det. ixeg 500-800 *N. Y. Geol. Rep’t Ist dist. 1839. p. 135. ?N. Y. Geol. Rep’t Ist dist. 1839. | p. 150. "Geol. Nu. ust ish. 16400 Pp. 332: “NW... Y. Liye, Natense. <1 bs2oo: REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 Ee, Heinrich Ries in his report on the geology of Orange county, N. Y.,! gives a concise description of the successive horizons with a few fossils from each. He notes the greater prominence of the cleavage in the higher beds, so that the “ bedding is often totally obliterated.”? Besides the above, Beecher, Darton and Schuchert have done more or less work in reference to this region. This mountain? which represents one limb of an anticline, is a typical monoclinal ridge of the Appalachian type. It is, however, not a simple ridge but is made up of many minor ridges, as the Fig. 2 Complex monoclinal ridge (Rogers) accompanying ideal figure will show [fig.2].4— All those dipping in the-same direction contribute to the making of the mountain. We have here, then, what Rogers called a complex monoclinal ridge.* These minor ridges, locally termed hogbacks, are usually, if not always, capped by a harder or more resistant stratum than that im- mediately beneath and are the result of normal erosion. Attacked by - atmospheric agencies and in certain instances at least aided during present and past times by running water, the weaker stratum is dis- integrated and washed away. The upper resistant stratum, thus undermined, breaks off by its own weight and falling, lies as talus covering the southeast slope of the hogback. The angle of slope of this talus depends on the size of the fragments. The northwest slope conforms in a greater or less degree to the dip of the beds. There is evidence, in a slight development of slickensides etc., of more or less disturbance in the region, which leads one to suspect the presence of faults. The great development of hogbacks, which "N. Y. State Geol. 15th An. Rep’t 1895. p.305-475. 5 p. 420. *In altitude it is only a hill as the highest elevation is only about 750 feet. *Rogers, H. D. Geol. of Pa. 1858. v.2, pt 2, p. 0920. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Fig. 3 Generalized section across Trilobite mountain occur in all horizons but are specially characteristic of the Esopus, lends color to this supposition. These hogbacks, however, appear to be better explained as the result of differential erosion, as. noted above. ‘The more or less sudden rise and dying away of such a ridge in its northeast-southwest trend is appar- ently due to the greater or less develop- ment of certain cleavages; that is, where one of the characteristic cleavages at an angle to the bedding plane is well devel- oped, erosion can most advantageously attack it. The present paper gives a report on the succession of faunas in the strata of Trilobite mountain, from the Manlius to the Onondaga formation inclusive. Most of the field work was done during the summer of 1902, while the work on the collections was carried on during the summer and fall of 1903 in the labora- tory of Columbia University. In the field work, great care was taken to dis- tinguish between beds of varying lithic or faunal characters, by keeping separate the fossils collected from each, even though such differences were noted in a bed of less than an inch thick. The accompanying map and sections were measured by pacing, and are sub- ject to correction but in the acquisition of the fossils great precaution was taken against mixing the collec- tions from higher or lower beds. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 179 GENERALIZED SECTION AT TRILOBITE MOUNTAIN: Feet, -, Feet Seusadaca limestone (max..exposure).........-.-.. 235+ DE CE ST a 550+ Siaekany. limestone, .........-.. EEK Ste a eee am 180+ eiee Or Spiritct MINCHISOMI ZONE... . ee ce 5 si oe 150+ Lower or Dalmanites dentatus zone........... aaa eer 30+ (SF 22 (LS CESLE OS (ae ee Sees ee ee 200+ Pea memiimentote 8 FOS a Se a 16 Meeeeerame eds sh). 20 ee ee. 170+ Misser or opiriter cyclopterus zone......../......... 125+ “2 "EE co ok = wena pp tvnel dines Manel od tae igen 45+ Coeymans limestone ..:......... ee elie A aera Sea 42 we DL ES DiS ag Ae st LN SAIR TR ar ai a II Mtermcor Cheri iree ts eo) Se Grails MAC Lt ghee be 28 ements Wee. fe tee eee eo oe od 2 Mami tidestone (max. expostre). - 2...) fon. t. } 4I GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF HORIZONS Manlius limestone The Manlius limestone is exposed in six of the sections. It is a very compact, dark blue or almost black rock, containing many black shale seams. All the beds give evidence of more or less disturbance, the thin shale layers being at times minutely and irregularly crum- ' pled, while the thicker beds, incapable of this minute displacement, ‘present rather the appearance of little hillocks. Many calcite veins penetrate the rock mass, specially separating shale seams from the limestone. Chert occurs as scattered nodules but is not nearly as abundant as in the higher formations; it seldom gives any evidence of the presence of fossils, and even when deeply weathered it shows little else than a few crinoid joints. The greatest thickness, 41 feet, is exposed in section F. The other sections give exposures varying in thickness from 2 to 31 feet. Fossils are comparatively rare except in very restricted beds. The most characteristic and abundant species are Spirifer vanux- *See fig. 3. 180. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM emi, Strepheodenta varistriata, 1 enta cies gyracanthus and Whitfieldella? nucleolata; the latter species is, however, confined to the upper 24 feet. Prin- cipally because of the restriction of this fossil to the upper beds, the Manlius has been separated into an upper and lower portion. The lower Manlius is exposed in the lower portions of sections E and F; it contains no fossils that are not likewise found in the upper Man- lius. The upper Manlius is characterized by the first appearance of such Helderbergian species as Favosites helderbergiae and Piss. plraier £e tre Favosites bed! (Lower Coeymans, transitional) The lithic character of the lower portion of this bed is similar to that of the Manlius, being a compact, dark blue limestone. The upper portion, however, is more coarsely crystalline through the presence of many crinoid joints, being a typical calcarenite.2 The lower surface of the Favosites bed is, in places, very wavy and un- even, as though deposited upon an old, water-worn surface. The bed is composed almost entirely of heads of Stromatopora and Favosites. ~Where weathered, it is specially recognizable by the concentrically wrinkled laminae of the hydrozoon. At times these heads seem to have been deposited upon a yielding sediment which in places appears to be a continuation upwards of the Manlius and extends between and even partially covers these heads. The fossils are most abundant by far in the lower third of this 3 foot bed. The most characteristic are Stromatopo fa com centrica?, Favosites helderbergiae, F. sphaer- icus and Zaphrentis roemeri. There are also found such characteristic Manlius forms as Whitfieldella? nucleolata, ostracods (probably Beyrichia) and Stroph- eodonta varistriata; the last, however, occurs also in the Coeymans proper. With these occur such Helderbergian forms as Lichenalia torta and Rensselaeria cf. aequi- radiata.. No Gypidula galeata occurs in the Favosites bed but immediately above it is exceedingly abundant. ‘This name was proposed by Barrett, N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. v.11. 7Grabau. Geol. Soc. Am. Bul. 14:349. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 181 HELDERBERGIAN SPECIES Favosites helderbergiae Zaphrentis roemeri F. sphaericus Rensselaeria cf. aequiradiata MANLIUS SPECIES Whitfieldella ? nucleolata Stropheodonta varistriata Beyrichia? Notwithstanding the absence of Gypidula galeata I have no hesitancy from the above fauna in placing the Favosites bed in the Coeymans limestone group. For detailed discussion of this bed see C 2, F 2 and H 2. Coeymans (proper) middle and upper The Coeymans (proper) is a heavy bedded, dark gray limestone, about 40 feet thick. It is usually very coarsely crystalline, being a _ typical calcarenite. The lower portion is chert free but in the upper part occur thin chert bands, % of an inch to 1 inch thick. It is characterized throughout its whole thickness by an abundance of’ specimens of Gypidula galeata. The chert free beds contain in abundance Uncinulus macteolatus, U. pyramidatus, Rhynchospira Pomnmosd. ~opittiier cyclopterus, Atry pa iretic- Metts: Favosites helderbergiae and F. sphaer- icus, while in the chert-bearing beds we meet such typical New Scotland forms occurring very abundantly as Meristella Pee wis, Streptelasma_ strictum, Leptaena peonporaaiis.:- Dalmanella .subcarinata ~and Delthyris perlamellosa. Some of the chert bands con- tain vefy many bryozoa; specially abundant are Orthopora Peeters. Oo resularis, Unitrypa.praecursa picemeemeteawra cellulosum. Lichenalia torta. is found abundantly in both the upper and lower parts of the Coey- mans. ‘he Coeymans or pre-New Scotland species found here are Rhynchonella semiplicata?, Stropheodonta Vatfeortts1seand Gy pidula g¢aleata. ~ Thus’ it is seen that the chert-bearing beds form a transition from the Coeymans to the New Scotland. But principally on the ground that no specimen 182 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM of the characteristic and abundant New Scotland fossil, S pirifer macropleura, was found in these chert-bearing beds and that Gypidula galeata continues very abundant, it was thought better to place this in the Coeymans than in the New Scotland division. 3 For detailed discussion of this horizon, see sections C, D and F. New Scotland beds The New Scotland beds represent an alternation of dense, dark blue, compact limestone with dark gray shales and thin-bedded sand- stones. The limestone is at times very full of chert bands which in places make up almost half of the rock mass. These chert bands, like many of those in the upper Coeymans are, when weathered, one mass of fossils. This is a specially good place for the collection of the more delicate organisms. The arenaceous limestone beds at times exhibit a succession of light and dark laminae of paperlike thickness, as at K 15, L 2, and L 3. These thin beds contain either very few or no fossils except in the very lowest band, An exceed- ingly rapid change from a comparatively clear to a very black muddy water condition appears to have made it impossible for life to exist. | Changes of current are also indicated by the appearance of pockets of coarsely grained limestone in the finely grained at L 3. . This formation is divided into an upper and a lower horizon. The division is based primarily on the great abundance of S piri- fer cyclopterus in the upper 125 feet; this 1s/exceedsam rare in the lower’ 45 feet.. Spirifter. macroplewray ieee diagnostic fossil of the New Scotland and is abundant throughout its whole extent. To the lower New Scotland are apparently con- - fined such forms as Favosites sphaericus and many bryozoa,e.g. Orthopora rhombifera, O. regularis and Monotrypella? abrupta. Fragments of Lmeula: and Orbiculoidea occur frequently in calcareous, phosphatic, clay nodules; no manganese could be detected in these nodules.} *In the upper New Scotland of western Maryland, Schuchert notes the occurrence of manganese-phosphatic nodules similar to those dredged from the present deep seas, but he does not think these indicate a deep water condition here, for the “stratigraphic evidence denotes a shallow sea before and after New Scotland times.” U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc. 26:420, REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 183 Streptelasma strictum is also apparently more abundant in the lower than in the upper division. The upper beds are char- acterized by the great abundance of Coelospira con- cava. Common also in the upper beds are Atrypina im- bricata, Stropheodonta becki, Trematospira multistriata and Cyrtolites expansus. Such forms as Stropheodonta becki and Strophonella headleyana are found much more frequently in shale than in limestone. This is also true of Spirifer macropleura but does not hold apparently for such species as Delthyris perlamellosa and Coelospira concava which are found with equal frequency in shale and in limestone. Becraft limestone This is a very dark gray, heavy bedded limestone. The lower portion is coarsely crystalline, a coarse calcarenite.. Most of the formation, however, is finely crystalline, even at times rather shaly. A thickness of 16 feet is included in this formation. The lower 2% feet are characterized by a great abundance of Gypidula pseudogaleata, the typical Becraft fossil. In this bed are also numerous specimens of Edriocrinus pocilliformis and Leptaena rhomboidalis. The great abundance of the latter and several other New Scotland species in the Becraft of northern New Jersey is considered by Weller to be the chief dif- ference which distinguishes its fauna from that of the preceding and succeeding beds! Gypidula pseudogaleata was not found in the rest of the formation but owing to the great abundance of Spirifer concinnus which in great numbers usually characterizes the Becraft, and also of Leptaena rhomboidalis and Atrypa reticularis, these 14 feet are included. Spirifer concinnuS is at times so abundant in these upper beds as to practically make up the entire rock mass. The other fossils also are those which are specially noticeable in the Gypidula pseudogaleata beds; yet the entire Becraft here represents a temporary invasion of a few typical Becraft species into the very slightly changing New Scotland seas, so that the mass *Weller.- Sur. -N. J. 3:93. 184 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM of the New Scotland fauna continues through the Becraft into the Port Ewen. Only a few forms, such as Spirifer macro- pleura, unable apparently to live in the slightly purer waters, disappeared. Port Ewen beds The 200 feet included ih this formation are mostly concealed. The few exposures are lithologically very similar to the New Scot- land, varying from a dark blue limestone to a silicious shale. The fossils are likewise very similar to those of the New Scotland, in- cluding such typical forms as Stropheodonta becki, Stropho weldar p uae talhiibera. Strep. tel alsnaa strictum, Lichenalia torta and an abundance je: Coelospira concaya and. Hatonuia singularis. But the transitional character of the Port Ewen to the Oriskany is indicated by the presence of Meristella lata and Spirifer murchisoni. With the exception of these two fossils, all the species found in these beds are Helderbergian. From the close of the Becraft to the uppermost Dalmanites dentatus beds the fauna is transitional from the typical Helder- bergian to the Oriskanian. The fauna acquires more and more an Oriskanian aspect as the beds are ascended. Yet the lower beds con- > tain so many very typical Helderbergian species that there is no hesitancy in placing these beds in the lower Helderberg. From the upper 30 feet of these transition beds, however, the above mentioned Helderbergian species are absent and there is a great increase of the Oriskanian element. It was thought well, therefore, on account of the very decided faunal change, to place these upper (D. dentatus) beds in the Oriskany.t The evidence for this is taken up in detail under the lower Oriskany. Oriskany The Oriskany is mainly a silicious limestone with the silicious content increasing perceptibly from the base upward. At times it is 1Barrett likewise noted the close relationship of the fauna of the Trilo- bite bed to that in the rocks above: “The relations of the Dalmanites dentatus layer seem to be more with the rocks above than those below it.” Am. jour: Scivseriss.. 45°72: - REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 185 quite heavily bedded; in other places it becomes very shaly; this latter condition is specially noticeable near the middle of the forma- tion. It is divided into an upper (150 feet) and a lower (30 feet) division on faunal grounds entirely. Lower Oriskany (Dalmanites dentatus zone) FAUNA OF THE LOWER ORISKANY Vermipora serpuloides Hall (H) ¢c Beachia suessana Hall (O) R-c Chonostrophia jervisensis Schuch. r-C’ Cyrtina rostrata Hall (O and On) r Dalmanella subcarinata Hall (H) R-C . Leptaena rhomboidalis (Trenton-Waverly) R-c Leptostrophia oriskania Clarke (O) R Meristella lata Hall (O) r Nucleospira elegans Hall (Niagara- EL) c Orbiculoidea ampla Hall (O) r (Wilck.) Orthothetes woolworthanus Hall (Ht) ‘c Rensselaeria aequiradiata (Con.) (H) R R. subglobosa Weller c-C Rhipidomella oblata Hall (H) r Spirifer murchisoni Castel. (O) r-c Stenochisma formosa Hall (H) r Strophonella? conradi Hall (H) r Uncinulus vellicatus Hall (H) R Actinopteria textilis (Hall) (H) R-C . A. textilis arenaria (Hall) (O) R Diaphorostoma nearpassi (Weller) R D. ventricosum (Con.) (H O) R Loxonema jerseyense Weller ?-c and Platyceras platystoma Hall (H) r P. ventricosum Con. (H and O) R Tentaculites acula Hall (H) r-c T. elongatus Hall (H and O) r Dalmanites dentatus Barr, R-C D. dolphi Clarke R° Homalonotus vanuxemi Hall (H) c Out of the above fauna of 30 species, 6 have so far been found only in these beds, 4 occur in both Helderbergian and Oriskanian, 13 are Helderbergian and 7 are Oriskanian species. Omitting from the consideration all that are very rare (R), there are present I1 Helderbergian and 5 Oriskanian species, which vary in number NE RS SE ye ee ee 9 ee a Se *R=very rare; r=rare; c=common; C=very common. H—Helderbergian; O=Oriskanian ; On=Onondagan species. ?=species doubtful. When no hori- zon is given, the species has been found in the beds of this region only (i. e. northwestern New Jersey and southern New York). *Schuchert notes the occurrence of the species in the Becraft of the Port Jervis region. Am. Geol. 27:250. *Described from these beds but not seen by me. 186 - NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM from rare (r) to very common (C), The Helderbergian species outnumber the Oriskanian two to one; but this predominant Hel- derbergian aspect disappears when the individual species are exam- ined. The Helderbergian species, Vermipora serpu- loides, Dalmanella subearinata, Rhiprde mene oblata, Nucleospira,. elegans, andy Stemocmi sass formosa are also found in the calcareous Oriskany of other regions associated with the large normal Oriskany shells.1 Tentaculites elongatus is much more characteristic of the uppermost calcareous Oriskany than of the lower Helderberg, but it is specially the very typical Oriskany species, Beachia suessana,.Meristella lata and Spirifer magenea soni which give the distinct Oriskanian aspect to these beds; these are abundant and normal in their development, and occur from the base to the top of these beds. Besides these, Rensselaeria subglobosa, Dalmanites dentatus and D. dol- phi, though at present hardly known outside the beds of this region, are more Oriskanian in appearance than Helderbergian. The development of marginal crenulations and spines on the cephalon and pygidium is characteristic of many Devonic trilobites.? In the genus Dalmanites this is scarcely noticeable in the Helder- bergian but becomes exceedingly conspicuous in the Oriskany, Scho- harie and Onondaga. It is first noticed as slight crenulations on the anterior portion of the cephalic margin of the species pleu- roptyx Green of the Lower Helderberg; in stemmatus Clarke of the calcareous Oriskany this crenulation is extended back along the margin of the cephalon; while in dentatus Barrett it is greatly accentuated into denficulations. This reaches its maxi- mum development in the regalis Hall of the Schoharie and Onondaga. The appearance of such a highly ornamented Dalman- ites as dentatus Barrett would on a prion grounds be placed above the Helderbergian. All the above named species considered as a whole are so characteristically Oriskanian that it is believed ‘yan Ingen & Clark (“Po Fo oN. (ae State Paleontal An. Rep’t. 1902. p.1203-4; and Clarke N. Y. State Mus. Mem. 3, p.65-67. vu >See also Clarke. N. Y.-State Mus. Mem. 3, p. 87. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 187 they far outweigh the greater number of Helderbergian species. It is on this account that these beds have been included -in the Oris- kany. | | With the inclusion of these beds in the Oriskany the question of correlation with the Oriskany of other regions at once arises. Are these lower as well as the upper beds the time equivalent of the arenaceous Oriskany as developed at Oriskany Falls, New York, or do they represent in time a part of the unconformity beneath the normal Oriskany and would, therefore, be an older or lower Oris- kany? Large Rensselaerias are characteristic of the typical Oriskany. Beachia suessana is a small and earlier form of this same type; it is one of the most abundant shells of these beds and is practically absent from the upper beds and from the Helderbergian below. Rensselaeria subglobosa is another small and very abundant non-Helderbergian species confined to these lower beds. The following species occurring here are quite typical of the lower Helderberberge: Rensselaeria aequiradiata, Pemcleospira, clecans, Stenochisma- formosa, meme tniilus.vyellicatus, Actinopteria textilis and Homalonotus vanuxemi. None of the following normal Oriskany species were found here: Rensselaeria ovoides, PMemotaimietis..ovalis, ; Camarotacchia, ;.bar- pe oeie cpio coe lia habehlitess S pigiiierate- nosus, Chonostrophia complanata and Hippa- rionyx proximus. With the presence of the forms noticed above which foreshadow the normal Oriskanian fauna, the presence of a very decided Helder- bergian element and the absence of so many typical Oriskanian species, an earlier fauna than the normal Oriskanian appears to be indicated. They have, therefore, been called Lower Oriskany.1 *Of the 30 species cited by Schuchert from the Camden (Tenn.) Lower Oriskany, 22 species are typical Oriskanian or later, 6 are Helderbergian, Eatonia peculiaris occurs in both and Atrypareticularis ranges through the Siluric and Devonic; Hippatrionyx proximus and Rensselaeria ovoides are questionably present. The typical Helderbergian Meristella laevis and Pterinea? cf. textilis 188 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The Trilobite bed for which the Lower Oriskany here is specially noted is a dense, dark blue limestone containing many trilobite frag- ments, specially of Dalmanites dentatus and Homalo- notus vanuxemi. The former species is specially abun- dant, whence the name “ dentatus fauna” for the Lower Oriskany. It likewise contains a great abundance of Rensselaeria sub- globosa, Chonostrophia jervisensis, Aetimep- teria textilis and) boxonema ‘jers eyes euien bounded above and below by an inch of silicious limestone. This bed maintains a uniform thickness of from 4 to 6 inches. Upper Oriskany (Spirifer murchisoni zone) — The upper Oriskany is characterized by dark blue silicious lime- stone and shale, and has an approximate thickness of 150 feet. Chert bands occur more or less frequently throughout the entire formation, but specially in the upper portion. At times these show no traces of any fossils even when weathered; at other times they are one mass of fossils. Unlike the chert bands of the upper Coey- mans and Lower New Scotland, these fossiliferous bands apparently contain no bryozoa. . This formation is specially characterized by Spirifer mur- chisoni, Merirstella lata, Leptocoel(d aan lites, Coelospira “dichotoma, A ctimopterta textilis arenaria, Diaphorostoma vent? Teeaum and Tentaculites elongatus. The lower portion con- tains an abundance of Orbiculoidea jervisensis. This large brachiopod is very noticeable, even at quite a distance from the exposure, as it occurs frequently at right angles to the bedding. The most characteristic fossilis Spirifer murchisoni, and hence the name “ murchisoni zone.” are present. Omitting from the above all species marked questionable, there remain 15 characteristic of the Oriskany or later (Onondaga) and 5 of the Helderbergian. [Safford, J. M. & Schuchert, Charles. The Camden (Tenn.) Lower Oriskany. Am. Jour. Sci. ser. 4? 7:429-32] This Camden Oriskany is developed at least as far north as western Mary- land where, according to Schuchert, the lower portion of the Oriskany “recalls the Oriskany of Camden, Tennessee, and points to an older stage than the Oriskany as usually known.” [Schuchert. On the Lower Devonic and Ontaric Formations of Maryland. U.S. Nat. Mus. Proc. 26:420] REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 189g FAUNA OF THE UPPER ORISKANY Coelospira dichotoma Hall (O) r-c Leptocoelia flabellites (Con.) (O and On) r-c : Beachia suessana Hall (O) R Chonostrophia complanata Hall (O)r Dalmanella subcarinata Hall (H) r Megalanteris ovalis Hall (O) ? Meristella lata Hall (O) r-C Orthothetes (Ey C Reticularia modesta (Hall) (H) r (Con.) (O and Hall woolworthanus Spirifer arenosus On) ? S. murchisoni Castel. (O) r-C Stropheodonta becki Hall (H) r Actinopteria textilis arenaria (Hall) (O) c Pterinea? gebhardi (Con.) (O) i Diaphorostoma (OQ). + D. ventricosum (Con.) (H and O) r-C Platyceras lamellosum Hall (H) R P. reflexum Hall (O) ? pyramidalis desmatum Clarke Conularia jervisensis Shimer r Tentaculites elongatus Hall (H) r-C S. cyclopterus Hall (H and O) R Out of a fauna of 21 species, one was found in the beds of this region only, two are equally characteristic of the Helderbergian and Oriskanian, six are Helderbergian and 12 Oriskanian. Omitting from consideration all questionable and very rare species, there re- main 5 Helderbergian and 8 Oriskanian species. From the abundance of such typical Oriskany species as Le pto - flabelLhites, complanata, Coelospira dichotoma, Chonostrophia Mreminis te bilta ypimreren murchisoni and Actinopteria textilis arenaria there is no doubt that these beds should be placed in the Oriskany. Although the Helderbergian forms occurring here are not very typically such, yet they indicate a persistence of Helder- coelia heen ta, bergian species in this region to the beginning of the Esopus, for in the uppermost Oriskany beds occur such Helderbergian forms as Bit omleac@onta beck, Keticularia modesta and Tenégaeatites eclongatwus side by side with Spirifer Werastella Yet the larger and specially characteristic fossils murehrsonr, altar sand ike ptorciore'l i a fla bedeiies < of the typical Oriskany as developed at Oriskany Falls, are mostly Hip- bar- wanting in these beds. Rensselaeria ovoides, Put eee tiMGs.. and, Cataroatoechia sfele) NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM randei were not found, while Megalanteris ovalis and Spirifer arenosus were questionably identified from a few fragments. In northwestern New Jersey Weller! notes the presence of Hipparionyx proximus but it is exceedingly rare and abnormal in its small size; Spirifer arenosus is one of the rarest shells of the New Jersey Oriskany of that region, while Camarotoechia barrandei is questionably present. Instead of deriving an argument in favor of Helderberg-Oriskany transition beds from the practical nonoccurrence of the very typical larger shells of the normal Oriskany, and from the commingling of Helderbergian and Oriskanian species, it is believed with Clarke? that these beds which are stratigraphically the equivalent of the Oriskany, represent the calcareous (deep water) facies of the shallow water original Oriskany. Just as at present much of the older life, geologically considered, is found in the deeper portions of the sea,° so here the Helderbergian types persisted in the deeper water; not being able, evidently, to compete with the newer Oriskany fauna, - they found safety in the less favorable localities, just as the In- sectivores among mammals have persisted to the present, notwith- standing their low development, because, added to a maintenance of small size, they have become nocturnal in habit and in many ways have adapted themselves to the less desirable localities. Large size is usually correlated with an abundance of food. In the sea the more abundant food supply is in comparatively shallow waters. It is here that marine vegetation flourishes, on which all sea animals primarily depend for food; it is here also that river- borne detritus, which contains a greater or less amount of food, 1s “Geol.” Sur. N. Jl "1002.4°3 <34-64. *Oriskany Fauna of Becraft Mountain. N. Y. State Mus. Mem. 3, p. 72. ®Alexander Agassiz discusses this point quite thoroughly in his work, the Three Cruises of the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey Steamer Blake, v. 1, from which the following conclusions are quoted: “The abyssal fauna has descended from the littoral and other Sait regions, to be acclimatized at great depths.” I[p. 155] “All the evidence thus far tends to show that the deep sea fauna origi- nated at the close of the Paleozoic times?” [p.151] After noting that a large number of antique types occur everywhere, he continues, “ We can only say that in the deep water fauna a relatively larger number of such antique forms have been found than elsewhere.” [p.156] Plate 1 Oriskany-Esopus swamp, looking southwest; from near the residence of William Balmos Plate 2 Oriskany-Esopus swamp. looking southwest. The Oriskany ridge is at the right of the picture; the Oriskany-Esopus swamp at the left. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 I9t mostly deposited. It would, therefore, be expected that the larger shells would not be found in the very deep waters i.e. below the depths at which marine algae flourish. This theory is supported by the work of Agassiz while associated with the dredging steamer Blake1 In discussing Gastropods and Pelecypods, he thus con- cludes, “‘ Deep sea dredging has thus afforded few specimens of even moderately large size, judged by the standard of shallow water or littoral shells.” It thus seems well to look on the fauna of these upper Oriskany beds as existing in deeper portions of the sea at the same time that the typical Oriskany Falls fauna lived in comparatively shallow waters. Yet this deeper portion was not removed beyond the reach of land-derived sediment for the beds are more or less argillaceous and silicious limestones. | _ All the large fossils of the original Oriskany noted above as prac- tically absent from the Port Jervis region, are very abundant at Becraft mountain? and also, with the exception of Camaro- toechia barrandei, near Rondout N. Y.2 But they are likewise associated in these regions with many Helderbergian forms. The practical absence of these fossils from the Port Jervis region ‘can not be due to insufficient time for the migration of the species into this region, as they occur both south in Maryland, with also many in Pennsylvania, as well as north in New York State. Nor can it be due to some barrier since many typical Oriskany forms occur here. It may possibly be due to a greater depth of water. Oriskany-Esopus swamp This swamp probably rests on the upper beds of the Oriskany, being worn out of the more easily disintegrated Esopus. The pre- glacial drainage having been obstructed, this has been filled in to a depth of probably 20 or 30 feet in places. It is interesting to note that on Becraft mountain, also, “the contact between the Oriskany * Agassiz, Alexander. Three Cruises of the U. S. Steamer Blake, 2:62. *Clarke, J. M. Oriskany Fauna of Becraft Mountain. N. Y. State Mus. Mem. 3, p.67. *van Ingen & Clark, P. E. Disturbed Fossiliferous Rocks in the Vicinity of Rondout, N. Y. N. Y. State Paleontol. An. Rep’t. 1902. p. 1203. 192 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM and Esopus is everywhere marked by low, ay ground and by the existence of stream beds.”? : Esopus The Esopus is a dark gray silicious shale. It has an approximate maximum thickness of 550 feet. The very strong cleavage which has been induced in it has given rise to very thin, platelike pieces. The entire Esopus is a continuous succession of hogbacks, giving an appearance very similar to a series of step faults. Yet this ap- pearance may be due merely to differential weathering on account of the greater development of certain cleavages over others. This latter theory is partially borne out by the fact that the valleys between the hogbacks run parallel to the strike of the beds. No fossils were found in the Esopus though prolonged search was made for them. Irregular pyrite nodules are very abundant in all parts of the Esopus and Lower Onondaga. For 50 or more feet up into the Onondaga, probably a fourth of the many fossils found are pyritized. This suggests that perhaps each of the Esopus nodules also represents what is left of one or more fossils after the — wonderful cleavage to which it has been subjected. 3 The Schoharie grit is here included in the Esopus on account of the absence of fossils and the lithic similarity of the two formations. Onondaga The transition from the Esopus to the Onondaga is very gradual. The lowest, much cleaved beds are arenaceous shales and except for the fossils would be placed in the Esopus. The beds become more calcareous till 30 feet above the base, a typical calcareous shale is developed. Here the fossils are quite numerous though few in species. The most abundant species are Coelospira actitiplicata. and “C.. erabaui. The sirargueeeaaeee principally as calcareous shales for over a hundred feet but with the occurrence of thin bands of limestone more and more frequently toward the top. For the next 40 or 50 feet the limestone and cal- careous shale beds are about equal in number and thickness. Here *Grabau, A. W. Stratigraphy of Becraft Mountain, Columbia County, IN. Y: N. Y. State Paleontol. An. Rep’t. 1902. p. 1060. Plate 3 View from the Esopus ridge looking northeast across the Oriskany-Esopus swamp and Oriskany ridge to Shawangunk mountain. The low ridge at the right of the picture is Trilobite ridge. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 193 the most abundant fossils are Atrypa reticularis, Pemeteet macrus,Reticuleriafambriaba;,.Pha- cops rana and Chonetes hemisphericus. Above this the rock becomes a heavy limestone with thin shale seams at intervals. There are thus over 200 feet of the Onondaga laid down before the formation becomes the typical heavy bedded limestone usually associated with this formation. In the uppermost portion chert bands make their appearance. This chert is so thoroughly mixed through the limestone that it has when weathered an exceed- ingly rough appearance. Two hundred and thirty-five feet of the Onondaga is estimated to be here exposed. White! gives a thick- ness of 250 feet for Port Jervis. For a detailed discussion see K 14 tor K-23} REFERENCES TO DETAILED DISCUSSION Those underscored are represented by fossils Lower Manlius—E ta-f, F ra-n Upper Manlius—D 1, E 1g-m, F 1p, F1q,G1,H1,K1 Favosites bed—D 2, F 2, H 2, Lower K 2 Cocyimans—-OC 2,20) 3, D4, D 5;.D 6, D 7, F 3, F 4, Fs; F 6, F 7a-c, Middle K 2 | Lower New Scotland—C 4, Lower C 5, D 8, Lower D 9, F 7d, Lower F 8, Upper K 2, K 3, K 4, K 5, K 6, K 7, K 8, Ko, K 10, Kerr, Lower L 1. Upper New Scotland—Lower B 1, Upper C 5, C 6, Upper D 9, D to, ower Dir, Upper iS, F 0, Lower F 10, K 12, K 13, K 14, K 15,K16,K17,K18,UpprLi,L2l3 re Becraft—Middle B 1, Lower D 11, Lower F 10, Lower K 19, L 4, Ls,L6 | ee Port Ewen—Lower A 1, Upper B 1, Lower B 2, Upper D 11, 'D 12, D 13, Lower D 14, Middle F 10, Upper K 19, K 20, K 21, L 7, Lower L 8 ; a ae ‘2d Geol. Sur. of Pa. G6, p-119. 194 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Lower Oriskany—-Upper A 1, Lower A 2, Upper B 2, Upper. Der4; Lower 2D 15, Upper-F 20, F 11,jK 22, izes 24, K 25, K 26, K 27, K 28, Lower K'2o; Upper 18, 1/9) Lowers 16 F ~ Lower Oriskany (Trilobite bed)—Top of B 2, Top of D 14, Beary k27 Upper Oriskany—Upper A 2, A 3, A 4, A 5, A 6, Upper D 15, F' 12, Upper K 29, K 30, K 31, K 32, K 337 245 3h) oe Ko 26,1630. Ao) Soa. Upper L 10, L 11, L132; 13, Lower EKsopus—K 41, Upper L 14, L 15 ~ Onondaga—K 42, K 43, K 44, K 45, K 46, K 47, K 48, K 49, K 50, K 51 COMPARISON WITH SIMILAR HORIZONS IN OTHER REGIONS Trilobite Nearpass Becraft mt Rondout mt quarries W. Md. and eCApNE 2 IN NE CEN tn EE TB eUNIG Voute ta cuiife, W/E. I 2 wf 3 4 5 300+ it 300-325 550+ 375 Land cond. Esopus I-several 20-70 180+ 170 348 Oriskany 25 110-200 200+ - 80 Not recog. Port Ewen 40-45 40 16 20 85 _ Becraft 68 100+ 170+ 160 64 New Scotland 45 50. 40 40 110 Coeymans 55 45 A4l+ 35 110 (6) Manlius 240 365-505 647 505 717, Manlius-Oriskany in- clusive A short description of each section follows. 1 Grabau. Stratigraphy of Becraft Mountain, Columbia Co., N. ¥Y. N.Y. -State Paleontol. An. Rept 1902. p.1030-7e@ 2 van Ingen & Clark, P. E. Disturbed Fossiliferous Rocks in~ the Vicinity of Rondout N. Y. N. Y. State Paleontol. An. Rep’t 1902. p.1176-1227. 3 The present paper. 4 Weller. Rep. on Pal. Geol. Sur. of N. J. 3: 56-102. 8 Schuchert. On the Lower Devonic and Ontario Formations of Maryland. U.S. Nat. Mus. Proc. 26: 413-24. : 6 This includes all of the strata from the Salina to the Coeymans. 1 At Becraft mountain, Columbia county, N. Y., Grabau gives the following lithic and faunal characters for these formations.1 In ‘Stratigraphy of Becraft Mountain, Columbia County, N. Y. N. Y. State Paleontol. An. Rep’t. 1902. p. 1030-79. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 195 comparing 1, 2 and 3 it should be noted that the distance between Becraft and Rondout is not nearly so great as it is between Rondout and Port Jervis. MMM ee Ne re Ne Liat ele ie tig nis ite et fn we cee ee 55 feet Three Stromatopora beds occur, 0, 2 and 12 feet respectively be- low the top of the Manlius. Besides the Stromatopora, the most Sieractenisitc fossils are Spirifer vanuxemi, S. coral- Mmensis. SS. eriensis ‘yar. Whitfiel della cf. mitra a. etc; eS EVLREOS cea ia A ih Miele aria phi acu en 45 feet Layers of chert are not infrequent in this limestone, an argil- laceous calcarenitet The lowest bed of this, resting immediately on the uppermost Stromatopora bed, contains some specimens of Mawesites helderbergiae and many of Gypidula galeata. In the Coeymans were also found Delthyris Poawwarettosa."Spitrrier cychopterts, So ma- cropleura (one specimen), Leptaena Pphroimb or dali s:, Peeo@rned © textilis (one specimen), etc: "aoe Goelauid' che 28 2m alan ali ie a Ie aaah ane ee 68 feet Thin bedded, argillaceous to silicious rocks with a variable amount of lime carbonate present. Orthothetes wool- Mimenawis. Stropheodonta beckr, ;Spirifer fveropheuras Delthyris perlamelloga; Eatonia peemivaricsce BK tnedialis; Draphoros toma! ven- pati ©.©'s Ut, ete. eel eS ae BO nts, APTA. GaSe so ara. See ar. coh oh 40-45 feet Coarsely crystalline limestone (calcarenite). The most abundant and characteristic species are Spirifer concinnus, Gypi- dula galeata (usually small), Atrypa reticularis pioeemetmiins campbellanus. meme er eT ee Oe ee es 25 feet A dark crystalline limestone, very similar to the Coeymans. Monotrypella tabulata specially characterizes this hori- zon; this is, however, also found in the Coeymans. Other fossils ate 1 Pit fem neimiuis, 5. cychopterus, Del - 1Grabau. Science. Feb. 20, 1603. *p. 207. 196 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM thyris perlamellosa, Rhynchospita formoeae Eatonia peculiaris, etc. | | ORiskeaiiys 8a aw lw alvw oe eure tribes: sla rane A silicious limestone. The following are a few of the fossils found here by Clarke1—Chonetes hudsonicus, Tenta- culites elongatus, Cyrtolites ex pansus, lone phorostoma -ventricosum, Eatonta’) meaaa tee Coelospira concava, Leptocoelia flabellites, Meristella lata, Spirifer murchison1, Seige strophia ,complanata, Edriocrints, | piecuiaeeee ensis, ete. Esopus and Schoharie... .« 222.2654. .bu5 6 300 + feet 2 At Rondout east of Kingston, van Ingen and P. E. Clark have worked up the following section.2. This is the northeast continuation of the same ridge in northern New Jersey and at Port Jervis. Its further continuation is seerr in Becraft mountain. PVTUIUIS ies ok ah he Gal coe Gee oles She ee oc en 45 feet The lower and upper divisions contain many specimens of Lep- erditiaalta, Spiriferyanuxem1, and’ S tio ee. donta varistriata. The middle part contains an abundance of Stromatopora, “a veritable coral reef.” SQCVINANS ea cSt ne oa een ee PU 50 feet The basal bed of 5 feet contains many specimens of Gypidula caleata, Spirifer cyclopterus, S.-conetamues Lichenalia torta . and Stropheod0n te pageeeee triata (both flat and highly convex varieties). The middle beds are cherty limestones with no Stropheodonta varis- triata noted. The upper beds are shaly limestones with an abundance of Uncinulus nucleolatus, Agipyeaee imbricata, Bilobites varicus, etc. Gg galeata is abundant in all the beds. New. ScOlaiG: in « .cue. perlamet- losa, etc. The most abundant species in the middle beds are Orthothetes woolworthanus, Strophonella radiata, Delthyris perlamellosa; no other Spirifers are noted. The upper beds contain many specimens Or “splice. Peto pterius, ©. conmcinnus, Uncinulus camp- bellawus and Aspidocrinus scutelliformis, and numerous specimens of Gypidula pseudogaleata. A few of Delthyris perlamellosa are here noted but none Mes pirifertmacropleura. LE ESSE IEE co cog FMR Gi csc ala ag la la a rer 40 feet A coarsely crystalline limestone. The fauna of this is identical with that of the upper New Scotland with the exception of a rela- tively greater abundance of the species above noted and the non- Geemtence OF Spiriter cyclopterus. ere FS FIO TE REO. 110-200 feet Silicio-argillaceous limestone. The lowermost beds gave the fol- lowing abundant species: Leptaena rhomboidalis, Wereettetes woolworthanus, Dalmanella per- eeeoans, Delthyris Spirifer ‘concinnt's. Leptaena rhomboidalis is specially abundant. Beonement | estinutated)): 1. Jered So Ie eh So + feet Not exposed. Peer en ee Ps seers} XO eames gard cherie: POR 170 + feet Silicious limestone. The lower 30+ feet, Dalmanites dentatus zone, is specially charac- terized by an abundance of Chonostrophia jervisensis, mensselaeria -stubglobosa; Dalmanities. den- Pains, etc. The next 20+ feet, Orbiculoidea jervisensis zone, is very similar to the Oriskany of Becraft mountain. The upper 120+ feet, Spirifer murchisoni zone, contains an abun- Gacehor a Sipirifer. oiurchisoni;: Veptocoelia’ fla- metlgres , Meristella lata, Diaphorustoma ven- peecogun,- Tentaculites: elongatus.,: ete: LL DCIS (2 iigile LE get ie as! Me OE a ne ie ee RS ee a 400 + feet 5 In western Maryland at Cumberland, Keyser, etc., the following composite section has been given by Schuchert.1 Piateewer mene wire ke! Bete Le elas 110 feet In the lower part, Favosites helderbergiae prae- cedens, Rhynchonellas like Uncinulus campbellanus and also Nucleospira are abundant. *On the Lower Devonic and Ontaric Formations of Maryland. U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc. 1903. 26:413-24. 200 , NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM In the middle occur in great numbers, Sphaerocystites multifasciatus, Spirifer. modestus anda ipa. chometlla. ior nosga. | In the upper portion, the most abundant species are, Tentac- ulites. gyracanthus, ,Calymmene camega erage small form of Gypidula near G. galeata, Orthopora, Lioclema, etc. Coeymans . 4.2 dein acsh «se eee sire se ee er 11O. feet In the lower part fossils are rare; Atrypa reticularis and Leptaena rhomboidalis occur. ! The middle portion specially abounds in Stromatopora~and at intervals Tentaculites gyracanthus. . Layers of eer are more or less prominent. The upper part contains typical Gypidula galeata and 5 pititcer caclopter us. Mew ssGotland oss ce was 6d w/a «eS ere ee 64 feet The lower two thirds is a cherty limestone and is characterized by Spiriferemacroplenyra.. There, also,occur, heresies ocrinus. pocilliformis, Eatonia.t.mediaiis eee singularis, Coelospira concava, Trematos pita multistriata, Delthyris.perlamellosa Sg eyclopterusy,? hacops logan: ) ete. The upper one third consists of argillaceous shales with occasional manganese-phosphatic nodules. Spirifer macropleura, Orthothetes woolworthanus, Stropheodonta b-e-c-k 1,, sete» e@ceur. here: Becraft ...-..< bem s pup Mase eertemelanice te ee eee 85 feet “The fauna is most abundant in the upper half, where Rens- selaeria aequiradiata is the most characteristic fossil. No Spirifer macropleura occurs here. Other fossils are asmall Leptocoelia flabellites, Spirit @emeyeeaeee ted 6 4S i COC inn 8 Joy rtina, ele, Port Ewen. Not recognized as such in Maryland. Oriskany ..j0 23 el go so oe 0 8s eo ean pie ee ee 348 feet The lower 90 feet, which are silicious shales, contain near the base Leprocoel ia flabellites; just below the middle, Lep- REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 201 tocoelia flabellites, Spirifer tribulis, Beachia Meessata immatura, Tentaculites,acula, Dia- phorostoma desmatum, etc. and, near the top, there are many specimens of Chonetes hudsonicus. The upper 258 feet of calcareous sandstone contain in the lowest beds, Spirifer cumberlandiae, S. concinnoides, etc. but fossils are rare in the lower 100 feet; the upper 158 feet contain the typical Hipparionyx fauna. Esopus, Schoharie and Onondaga are wanting in Maryland and farther south, the Marcellus being deposited on the eroded Oriskany. Conclusions _ From the above it is seen that the Manlius is faunally very similar in the New York and New Jersey sections but differs in the Maryland section in that the latter contains many such Coeymans fossils as the bryozoan Orthopora and brachiopods closely resem- bling Uncinuluscampbellanus (Hall) and Gypidula galeata (Dalman). The latter also contains such Cobleskill species as Calymmene camerata Conrad. The Coeymans of all the sections is similar in the development of chert in the middle beds. Sections 1, 3 and 4 agree in having a basal coral zone while 1, 2, 3 and 4 agree in having the upper beds shaly in character, with Gypidula galeata (Dalman) abundant in the whole of the formation. In Maryland (section 5) the Stromatopora horizon is at the middle of the Coeymans while the typical Gypidula galeata does not Occur below the upper beds. ; The New Scotland of all the sections is very similar, lithically and faunally. Spirifer macropleura (Conrad) is found in the whole formation in all the regions with the possible exception of the lower 20 feet of section 4 and the upper portion of section 2; in the latter, Gypidula pseudogaleata (Hall) is also present, thus closely resembling the Becraft. Edriocrinus pocilliformis Hall occurs in the lower beds of section 5 while it was not found earlier than the Becraft at Trilobite moun- tain. 202 ; NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The Becraft is a coarsely crystalline limestone (calcarenite) in sections I, 2 and 3, containing many specimens of Gypidula pseudo'galeata (Hall) and Spirifter coacrmamae Hall. In section 4 these beds will probably be found in the lower portion of the covered strata called Port Ewen, as the upper 20 feet of that section, correlated with .the Becraft on stratigraphic grounds, are very similar both lithically and faunally to the uppermost New Scotland of section 3. No Gypidula pseudogaleata occurs in the Maryland section but Spirifer concinnus does; the latter species is thus found in all the sections, omitting section 4. Spirifer macropleura (Conrad) does not occur in the Becraft in any section. The Port Ewen is not recognized in section 5, and is covered in section 4. In section I it is very similar lithically and faunally to the Coeymans, while in sections 2 and 3 it quite closely resembles in like characters the New Scotland. The Oriskany of all the sections is more or less silicious. Some beds of section 2 and the upper Oriskany of section 5 are more dis- tinctly sandstones. The fauna of sections I and 2 and the upper beds of 3 and 4 represent the calcareous facies of the normal Oris- kany.1 Sections 1 and 2 contain many more of the typical shallow water forms than do sections 3 and 4. The lower beds of sections 3, 4 and 5 contain an older Oriskany fauna. In the shallowing waters of the upper portion of the Oriskany of section 5 there was devel- oped the normal Oriskany fauna. As seen from the above sections, there is an increase in thickness of the upper Siluric and the lower Devonic strata from the north to the south, indicating a greater subsidence in the latter than in the former regions. These strata thin out westward in New York State, disappearing, with the exception of 7 feet of Manlius? and several inches of doubtful Oriskany sandstone, before Buffalo is reached. This is shown in the accompanying diagram [fig.4] taken from Hartnagel’s report on the Cobleskill limestone of New York.? *See Oriskany under “General description of each horizon.” *Grabau, A. W. Siluro-Devonic Contact in N. Y. Geol. Soc. Am. Bul. 1900. p.347-76. *Hartnagel, C. A. Preliminary Observations on the Cobleskill (“ Coral- line”) Limestone of New York. N. Y. State Paleontol. An. Rep’t. 1902. p.1109-75. RQ) ~ ; 5 eer ias, ; yores (JaSvUTIV]Y Joy) UIsvq puvpaquing sy} Jo a5¥Is A[Ava UL puY vas ULIddISsISsIJ OY JO.SUO|VULIOJ JO UOISssdoNS puB SdY[JaAO SulMOYsS wWessriq * “Sly -—- 7a/47NO NOLNITI IV 4 VUVOvIN 3 ane SITVHS WAMIHS YWIMOT (MoU (Ox araaes VN/ 7S Gna uM 7ZUMAST7IEGOI ee -L/200NO eS ee eeengre =. 7 WAST TIPO 2g Re RN ea ees UNM, LIOCNOY Ny) SSU INEM | NVISEHI. (ao ELO/ WI Behn Wie ens Sw ee vi90 Pr NOLS INIM AW sink dle Ler HOT§ EPS/eO — 9/770 OTWSH/) SOM &aSIS = NO/INI? We VHOHIS LIOUNOY REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 203 One of the most noticeable differences between the upper Siluric and lower Devonic formations of New York and Maryland is the greater development of limestones with the corresponding less devel- opment of shales in the latter region. In Maryland the clear water condition allowing the deposition of limestone began in the Salina and was continued almost without interruption to the Oriskany.1 The Manlius fauna entered at the close of the Salina and continued during a deposit of over a hundred feet of strata; the land was, as during the Coeymans, at a considerable distance from the present exposed strata. During at least the upper New Scotland times, land was not far distant from any of the five sections, but it either soon sank again or a deflection of currents carried the muddy waters in another direction, allowing the deposition of the Becraft. In northwestern New Jersey and eastern New York, this was followed by a return of the New Scotland conditions, during which the Port Ewen was laid down. During the Oriskany the shore line was again nearer, so that the deposit throughout the whole extent from Becraft mountain to western Maryland is a silicious limestone. At the close of this period the land rose both to the south and north. From the middle of Pennsylvania southward through western Maryland, land conditions existed, for the Marcellus rests on the eroded Oriskany ;? but in New Jersey and New York the shore line after remaining near dur- ing a deposition of from 300 to 500 feet of the arenaceous shales of the Esopus, again retired to some distance, producing clear water, during which the heavily bedded Onondaga limestones were depos- ited. That this submergence took place slowly is indicated by the very gradual change from the Esopus to the Onondaga. It is interesting to note that chert is prominently developed in the Coeymans and New Scotland in each of the five sections, i. e. from Becraft mountain in eastern New York to western Maryland. Evidence of migration of faunas Mame site suite iden berciaegwptiaecedens occurs .in the lowest Manlius of western Maryland. In New York and New *Schuchert. On the Lower Devonic and Ontaric Formations of Maryland. OS. Nat. Mus. Proc. 26 :413-24. 7 1903._-—p.414. 204 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM — Jersey F. helderbergiae is very abundant in the lowest Coeymans. In southern New York a few specimens have been noted in the upper Manlius. | Among bryozoa the genus Orthopora is recorded by Schuchert from the upper Manlius of Maryland. This is, according to Nickles and Bassler [1900] its earliest appearance. It is next found in the Helderbergian, where it is abundantly represented in the upper Coeymans and lower New Scotland of Trilobite mountain. Gypidula galeat-a makes its first appearance in the upper Manlius of western Maryland as a small variety. This is here ex- ceedingly abundant. It has not been found in the New York or New Jersey Manlius but the normal form appears in great numbers in the lower Coeymans; it is not present, however, in the Manlius- Coeymans transition (Favosites bed). Leptocoelia tlabellites cccurs as apse variety in the Becraft of Maryland but not below the upper division of the Oriskany at Trilobite mountain. Beachia su essana appears in the lower Oriskany of western Maryland as the variety immatura. These basal beds are probably contemporaneous with part of the Port Ewen of New York, since the latter are not recognized in Maryland and there was a continuous deposition. The first appearance of this species in New Jersey and New York was in the lower Oriskany. These species appear to indicate a northward migration. DETAILED DISCUSSION OF THE STRATA AND FAUNAS OF THE VARIOUS FORMATIONS AT TRILOBITE MOUNTAIN Less than one eighth of a mile east of the tollgate which is at the southwest terminus of Trilobite mountain, is the road leading along the southeastern foot of the mountain. This may be called for convenience the Bennett road from the Bennett’s limestone quar- ries which are situated by its side, and is, as noted on the sketch map, a public road for about one half the distance. Beyond this it is either a rough wood road or a mere foot path. It is along this road that the following sections begin, passing northwestward across the strike of the beds. The mountain, with the slight exception REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I9Q03 205 of a few cleared fields, is covered with so dense a growth of shrubs and small trees that not only is traveling very difficult, but the rock outcrops are often concealed from view even at the distance of a few feet. This, together with the fact that most of the strata are covered with talus or drift, renders impossible the careful notation of successive beds and their fossil contents which one could wish. Another peculiarity of the region and one which makes the correla- tion of beds still more difficult, is the numerous hogbacks for which the mountain is justly noted. These as already noted-are probably due to the greater or less development of certain cleavages over others, rendering the rock more susceptible to the disintegrating influences of the weather along the lines of the more pronounced cleavage. The length of the hogbacks is in the direction of the strike of the beds. At times when the hogback is very short, a well developed cleavage may obscure the strike. The following sections are numbered from southwest to northeast along the Bennett road, beginning always on the northwest side of the road.t Section A This begins in a small quarry situated about 35 rods northeast of the junction of the Bennett road with the turnpike. This quarry was opened in the lower Oriskany since the sandy nature of the weathered rock renders it available for road material, though not eminently so. At A dense, blue, very silicious limestone in coarsely shaly beds, weathering into a brown sandstone. Upper Port Ewen and mee Ome aiiy ee Ee. FAN Oe eae Aree 30 feet The following fossils were found in the upper part :? C=very common; c=common; r=-rare; R=very rare. ) 85 Spirifer murchisoni Castelnau 137 Dalmanites cf. pleuroptyx 104 Actinopteria cf. communis Crinoid joints Az2 Strata concealed by talus. Lower and Upper Oriskany. 125 feet A3 Dark blue, thin bedded limestone. Upper Oriskany... 8 feet *See local map. *The numbering refers to the table at the end of the paper. 206 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM: A4 Dark blue limestone in one bed. In the middle of this is a 5 inch, exceedingly fossiliferous band from which the following fossils were identified. Upper Oriskany............. I foot 47 Coelospira dichotoma Hall c 61 Orbiculoidea jervisensis (Bar- 48 Leptocoelia flabellites (Conrad) ¢ rett) ? 53 Meristella lata Hall 85 Spirifer murchisoni Castelnau 127 Tentaculites elongatus Hall As Dense blue limestone containing many specimens of Tenta- culites elongatus. In the basal portion of this is a chert band very similar to K33. Upper Oriskany.......... 10 feet In the lower half of this outcrop were collected : 53 Meristella lata Hall ? 127 Tentaculites elongatus Hall 85 Spirifer murchisoni Castelnau In the upper half: 30 Chonostrophia complanata Hall | gs Spirifer murchisoni Castelnau C 34 Coelospira dichotoma (Hall) | A6 Dense blue, upper Oriskany limestone extending to a band ex- ceedingly full of large individuals of Tentaculites elon- gatus. This takes the section to the top of the hill bordering bone Benne TOAGh oe esa) ae a ata gs ee 10 feet Section B Section B begins about 95 rods northeast of section A, in a cleared field, or 8 rods southwest of an excellent spring (Pflaum’s), which is easily noticed at the very edge of the western side of the road. Br Concealed strata. Upper New Scotland ‘to ‘Lower Port TL WET ts AY. ht 4 ale ol hom peach aan gy oe 210 feet B2 Strata covered. Upper Port Ewen to Lower Oriskany. The last talus of the Trilobite bed was found at the top of this NATE oe ou ik Rr oe peed tat en er 100 feet Few specimens of Dalmanites dentatus were found but many of the characteristic shells. Section C Section C begins about 30 rods northeast of section B, or 18 rods northeast of Pflaum’s spring. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 207 Ci Very finely grained, dark gray limestone; wherever it is weath- ered it is quite friable. This bed is very fossiliferous. Coey- a A'S a ahd dunia! ek dun muse 6 feet 8 Favosites sp. ’ 13 Lichenalia torta Hall 79 S. multistriata Hall ? | 82 Spirifer cyclopterus Hall C 23 Atrypa reticularis (Linnaeus) 88 Stropheodonta becki Hall 33 Coelospira concava (Hall) 89 S. varistriata (Conrad) r 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall 94 Strophonella punctulifera (Con- 42 Eatonia medialis (Vanuxem) rad ) 44 Gypidula angulata Weller R 98 Uncinulus mutabilis Hall c 45 G. galeata (Dalian) C 99 U. nucleolatus Hall c 57 Nucleospira elegans Hall ? 100 U. pyramidatus Hall c 58 N. ventricosa Hall r 110 Pterinea? naviformis Conrad R 75 Rhynchonella semiplicata (Con- | 123 Platyceras sp. R rad) ? 129 Tentaculites sp. 76 Rhynchospira formosa Hall c 137 Dalmanites pleuroptyx(Green)R 78 Schizophoria bisinuata Weller ? 143 Proetus protuberans Hall R C2 Rather coarsely grained limestone, usually in beds 1 to 3 feet thick. This extends up to the first chert band. Coey- eRe OO IS) i Ss ee hy b8 SAAN SS TOM a. oF iba Xe: 15 feet The most abundant fossils were: 52 Meristella laevis (Vanuxem) C 137 Dalmanites pleuroptyx (Green) 8 Favosites sp. 45 Gypidula galeata (Dalman) C C3 A finer grained limestone than the preceding. The chert bands vary from \% to 1 inch in thickness. Coeymans........ g: feet 131 Orthoceras helderbergiae? Hall R 140 Phacops logani Hall R 23 Atrypa reticularis (Linnaeus) c 45 Gypidula galeata (Dalman) c 52 Meristella laevis (Vanuxem) c C4 This limestone is similar to the preceding but contains more chert. The chert bands here vary from % inch to 2 inches in thickness and are from 1 to 2 inches apart. After weathering the chert is about as light as pumice stone. On the surfaces of par- tially weathered chert is an excellent place to note bryozoa. Lower cen bs eeeeMON RA Suey es Ubihord cies 15+ ye Bakielwows » ses) TT feet 1 Hindia fibrosa? (Roemer) 5 Enterolasma strictum Hall c 8 Favosites sp. 13 Lioclema cellulosum? (Hail) 14 L. ponderosum (Hall) r 17 Orthopora regularis (Hall) c 18 O. rhombifera (Hall) C 20 Unitrypa praecursa (Hail)? 26 Bilobites varicus (Conrad) r 41 Delthyris perlamellosa Hall c 42 Eatonia medialis (Vanuxem) r 208 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM C5 Strata covered with talus. Lower New Scotland and Upper New. Scotlands": SAS ee os. ts, ee 140 feet C6 An outcrop of dark blue limestone is exposed on the brow of the hill; Uppets \Newn Scotland 6.0% 2. -5.2:.). 0. 5 feet 5 Enterolasma strictum Hall r 62 Orthothetes woolworthanus Hall 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall 71 Rhipidomella oblata Hall 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wailck- | 82 Spirifer cyclopterus Hall C ens) 88 Stropheodonta becki Hall 52 Meristella laevis (Vanuxem) r go S. varistriata var. arata Hall Section D This section begins 15 rods northeast of section C, or 34 rods northeast of Pflaum’s spring in the large Bennett quarry. D1 Dense, compact, dark blue almost black limestone. A finely grained variety alternates with one rather coarsely grained in beds x Fig,..3. Section: from 1 to 6 inches thick, separated by almost black shale seams; these latter vary in thickness from a fraction of an inch to an inch and are very irregular; the thinner ones at times even present an appearance similar to cranial sutures. The thicker ones are not so irregular but are rather as though molded over little hillocks. These shale seams are often separated from the rock above and below by calcite seams, the crystallization of which is vertical to the bedding plane; at times even the laminae of the shale are farther separated thus. There are quite coarsely grained layers, specially toward the upper part of this locality; these are usually only I to 3 inches in thickness ; the last one of these occurs about 2 feet below the base of the Fayasites bedi js vet: oa\s,c% «sue ele Se Cor ce ee 20 feet The following is a more detailed subdivision of the above from the base upward. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 200 Dia Alternately fine and medium grained limestone with many irregular shale seams. It contains many minute crystals of iron Remmeete ppet Maral ya inca 3 onfn'e rain 2 nla le mote eee ms 5 feet These fossils were found here,— 7 Favosites sphaericus Hall 103 Whitfieldella? nucleolata (Hall) Sphaerocystites multifasciatus? Euomphalus? R Hall c 116 Loxonema sp. 16 Monotrypella? abrupta? (Hall) 124 Pleurotomaria sp. Atrypa sp. 128 Tentaculites gyracanthus (Ha- 86 Spirifer vanuxemi Hall ton) c 89 Stropheodonta varistriata (Con- | 135 Dalmanites micrurus (Green) rad) r 144 Beyrichia manliusensis Weller r 145 B. sp. c Dib Rather coarse grained with small and scattered particles of chert; at times the chert is absent for several horizontal EES 1. ioe i sepa ab sy ie til aa el gical kh pai Aah me a a 6 inches Dic Alternating fine and medium grained limestone..... 6 feet 86 Spirifer vanuxemi Hall c 128 Tentaculites gyracanthus (Ea- 89 Stropheodonta varistriata (Con- ton) r rad) C _| 145 Beyrichia sp. 103 Whitfieldella? nucleolata (Hall) c Did Medium grained with very small particles of chert scattered pe erese wen eee et eee Ae, POO 6 inches 86 Spirifer vanuxemi Hall 108 Megambonia aviculoidea Hall r 89 Stropheodonta varistriata (Con- rad) Die Alternately fine and rather coarse’ grained lime- eee er PP EMI EDS Dok gen sla hha ne St 2 feet, 4 inches 86 Spirifer vanuxemi Hall 103 Whitfieldella? nucleolata (Hall) 89 Stropheodonta varistriata (Con- rad) Dif Fine grained limestone which shows good sub-bedding; specially is this seen where the rock has been exposed to atmos- pheric agencies since glacial times. Here the laminae stand out with tissue paperlike thinness. A corresponding development of sub-bedding was not noticed in any of the other beds, perhaps be- cause none of them had apparently been weathered for the same ise Re ae ag be et ce ees a) feet 210 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 86 Spirifer vanuxemi Hall 102 Uncinulus sp. 89 Stropheodonta varistriata (Con- rad) Dig Alternating coarse and fine grained limestone.... 32 inches 6 Favosites helderbergiae Hall r 103 Whitfieldella? nucleolata (HaZ/) 86 Spirifer vanuxemi Hail r 146 Leperditia alta (Conrad) c 89 Stropheodonta varistriata (Con- rad) r D2 Favosites bed. From one to several inches below the base of this bed is a shale seam from % to 34 inch in thickness; but above the seam the lithic character of the rock is the same as beneath it, that is, a fine grained dark blue limestone similar to the lower por- tion of Dia. This extends up between the heads of the Stromato- pora and Favosites which suddenly become very numerous.. 3 feet This bed is subdivided as follows: D2a This is made up almost entirely of masses of Stromatopora and Favosites; the interspaces between these are filled with a fine grained, dark blue limestone. Stromatopora individuals are greatly in excess of all other fossils. Specimens of Favosites partially surrounded by Stromatoporoid growths and vice versa are quite common. This layer is specially noticeable when weathered; the concentrically wrinkled laminae of the hydrozoon stand out then very conspicuously. The Stromatoporoid masses vary in diameter froiii,2 406 MCWES: ut kos ue epee eh tio oe a g-10 inches. The following fossils were found: 7 F. sphaericus Hall C 9 Zaphrentis roemeri Edwards & Haime r 2 Stromatopora concentrica? Gold- fuss. © 6 Favosites helderbergiae Hall C D2b First crinoidal bed. The rock is coarse grained through the. presence of very many crinoid joints. No Stromatoporas were noticed here, but Favosites is still present, though in greatly dimin- ished ‘numberstue 22. 620 Bis Ae ER aa ee a I+ foot 7 Favosites sphaericus Hall C 89 Stropheodonta varistriata (Con- rad) r Dac A fine grained limestone very similar to D2a. Where this layer is absent it is represented by a weathered line of separation. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 211 No fossils were noticed..... Sex Ma iabiotonice ooh Seat Betts I-2 inches D2d Second crinoidal bed. Same character of limestone as Dab. The only fossils seen here were Favosites sphaericus Hall which was very abundant, and F. helderbergiae Hall MENS EAGC Arete ee Ales. s Goad. te he oR Us eae gS 1 foot NRA ag IEE a BS Cac tte ale) oo, eroitcin Tole. pices sh Rasvsiel-camyenshye a line The entire Favosites bed is always closed by a line of iron stain. This is not a perfectly straight line but will at times rise a half foot above a Favosites head. The succeeding bed is very full of speci- mens of Gypidula galeata resting often immediately on the iron stain but never, as far as noticed, occurring below this. Speci- mens of Favosites occur in the higher beds, but very rarely as com- pared with their abundance in the Favosites bed. The line where the iron stain occurs weathers into an open seam. D3 This bed succeeds the iron stain and but for the very great number of individuals of Gypidula galeata present would have been placed in the upper band of the Favosites bed. This stratum becomes gradually more finely crystalline till the charac- eene HOC OL wed Wa occurs.. Coeymans.. 3... .. .. - 1-6 inches 6 Favosites helderbergiae Hall c 45 Gypidula galeata (Dalman) c 23 Atrypa reticularis (Linnaeus) r D4 Very finely crystalline limestone. Few fossils and these mostly seeemmens of Gry pndtla galeata.. Coeymans.. 214-3 feet Ds Limestone, very coarsely crystalline from the abundance of crinoid joints and broken shells present. The lower portion is specially full of individuals of Gypidula galeata. Coey- SLATE RECESSES T ee ea cain prema ce 2 sr Set mR 4% feet 7 Favosites sphaericus Hall c | 88 Stropheodonta becki Hall c 12 Lichenalia torta Hall r 98 Uncinulus mutabilis Hall r 23 Atrypa reticularis (Linnaeus) r 102) [U." sp. . 45 Gypidula galeata (Dalman) C 123 Platyceras sp. R D6 Bed D5 changes suddenly to a friable, finely grained rock. CEES Do cee ce weil ene) Steen hts bth anna ae 9 feet 23 Atrypa reticularis (Linnaeus) r | 45 Gypidula galeata (Dalman) c D7 A rather coarsely crystalline limestone very similar to D5 eeretis ee eer PRO OLAS Mr, CL 11% feet. 212 ; , NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM D8 A rather finely crystalline gray limestone containing numerous chert bands. The chert appears here for the first time since leaving locality, Di... Lower, New. Scotland 92... ... ae 30% feet 5 Enterolasma strictum Hail c 52 Meristella laevis (Vanuxem) c 33 Coelospira concava (Hall) r 54 M. princeps Hall R 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall 74 Rhynchonella bialveata? Hall 41 Delthyris perlamellosa Hail c 76 Rhynchospira formosa Hall R 42 Eatonia medialis (Vanuxem) R 121 Platyceras tenuiliratum Hall R 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wailck- ens) Dg Strata covered with talus. Lower New Scotland to Upper New, Scotlasidichiac gee Lani ei8 rsp sane saps apa ae er 132, dect Dro; Gray shale... dUpper. New: Scotland,:. 2.14. camer 10 feet 5 Enterolasma strictum Hall r 72 Rhipidomella tubulistriata Hadl/ 12 Lichenalia torta Halil R R | 33 Coelospira concava (Hall) ¢c 82 Spirifer cyclopterus Hall c 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall r 123 Platyceras sp. 42 Eatonia medialis (Vanuxem) r 138 Dalmanites sp. R Dir Concealed strata. Upper New Scotland, Becraft and Port DTS Rey ne aoe cna ee So ghee Sia en Sate RG secs s 30h a 95 feet D12 Blue limestone containing some chert. Port Ewen.. 5 feet 5 Enterolasma strictum Hall | 94 Strophonella punctulifera (Con- 12 Lichenalia torta Hall | rad ) 53 Meristella lata Hall D13 Strata covered with soil take us to the top of a hogback which is formed of a finely grained, dark blue, very hard limestone which weathers first into a brown sandstone and then into a coarse yellowsClaye >: Ports Bweal.ti.. 0) sede. eee . 75 feet D14 Strata covered take to the Trilobite bed. Port Ewen and TOwer VOMISIAMY,. a... -n.bpcad dicldesie’s tres ls. «ae TOQ),beet D1s5 Concealed strata take to the swamp. Upper Oris- Mee ex a's Eaten nein ee ce een eon Rites Pa oe ae go feet Section E Section E begins about 20 rods northeast of section D in a small, abandoned quarry in the Upper Manlius. FAT SIMS eek ky ms nn Se ere eee eee 31 "feet REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 213 This is subdivided as follows: Eta A coarsely grained blue limestone. Lower Manlius.. 1 foot Erb A quite finely grained blue limestone, with narrow calcite veins, capped by a 2 inch band very full of specimens of Stro- pheodonta varistriata (Conrad). Lower Manlius 3% feet Etc Limestone similar to the last. Few fossils. Lower Rts ee ey eS Ii inches Eid Tentaculite band. Specimens of Tentaculites gyra- canthus (Eaton) are very abundant here. This band varies greatly in thickness, being at times represented by merely a super- ficial layer of the shells. Here were also found Megambonia See oidea Hall: R and Beyrichia manliusensis beeen ower Mantis, 2oOS 2 ie) eros in Shs Ya inch Ete Finely grained, dark blue limestone, usually in 1 inch beds separated by black shale seams. Lower Manlius......... 6 inches E1f A blue limestone of medium grain from which the following perere were, tdemihed. Lower: Manlius..ic20. color ees 3 1 foot 89 Stropheodonta varistriata (Con- | 128 Tentaculites gyracanthus (Zatom) vad) ¢ R | 146 Leperditia alta Conrad R Etg Finely grained limestone with thin and very irregular shale seams. The upper foot is quite fossiliferous. Upper Man- Tg a ie a ain ee ik oe gc eae in 2. feet From it were identified: 86 Spirifer vanuxemi Hall R 103 Whitfieldella? nucleolata (Hall) c 89 Stropheodonta varistriata (Con- rad) R Eih Limestone similar to the preceding. Upper Man- ce oi Sas sie na a eS he HER ee mete 334 feet 86 Spirifer vanuxemi Hall 103 Whitfieldella? nucleolata (Hall) 116 Loxonema sp. 128 Tentaculites gyracanthus (Eaton) Erk A rather finely grained limestone which is very fossiliferous. The rock is very full of gastropod shells which are closely similar to Loxonema or Holopea; but as they are very coarsely crystalline it is almost impossible to get them from the rock. Upper Man- Tr CR Sear 98 Eee tees Pecicat Ay os ta 2. ere 3 inches 214 : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 86 Spirifer vanuxemi Hall r 103 Whitfieldella? nucleolata (Hall) ¢ 89 Stropheodonta varistriata (Con- Loxonema? rad) c 144 Beyrichia manliusensis Weller r 146 Leperditia alta Conrad r Biri cA rather finely grained limestone. Upper Manlius.. 2% feet 89 Stropheodonta varistriata (Con- ey C { 103 Whitfieldella? nucleolata (Hall) r 114 Holopea antiqua? (Vanuxem) ¢ Eim A rather coarsely grained limestone which is quite fossil- iferous. A little chert was noticed in the lower portion. Upper Manlttis® O20), SO ea ee es eens, ean acaeacahist- 15 inches 89 Stropheodonta varistriata (Con- raa) C 103 Whitfieldella? nucleolata (Had/) r 114 Holopea antiqua? (Vanusxem) c 144 Beyrichia manliusensis Weller R From Erm to the base of the Favosites bed no strata are exposed. Upper Malis o.oo n/.'c a daces . 2 2 soe nctnane eee ee '¥3 Teer Section F A few rods northeast of the last section is a large abandoned quarry in the center of which this section begins. F1 The Manlius is here separated into an outer and an inner por- tion by an old quarry floor. It is possible that the outer portion represents a block of the same rock as the inner, that, undermined by the larger stream that formerly flowed through this valley, has fallen to its present position. Such fallen blocks occur 4 of a mile farther to the northeast at what is locally known as the Ramapo Hole. Though this explanation is possible it does not seem probable. The strike and dip are the same for both portions of this locality. The fossils also indicate that the rocks are from different horizons. The outer portion (F1) has a thickness of 13 feet and is much weathered. It has the same lithic character as E1. No chert band was noticed. The following is a detailed subdivision from the base upward. Jower Manlius. Fia Dark bitte limestone. Lower Maalits.:..\..0 oo. see 1 foot Fib Gnarled bed. A concretionary, dark blue limestone, com- posed almost wholly of nodules varying in diameter from ¥% inch to 1 inch, which on weathered surfaces are shown to be Stromatoporoid REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 215 masses. This appears to be structurally similar to Stromatopora bed 3 at Becraft mountain.1 Weller also notes the occurrence of Stromatoporoid masses over 30 feet beneath the Favosites bed.? PUM TEAMS Ay ecg ei ie oie ss wie xi eqn e's ayes aft 2 ey > eure he es 5 feet Fic Finely grained limestone. Lower Manlius......... 1 foot -Fid Lower 2 inches are a finely grained limestone, the rest is Gaatse. “Hoth portions contain Spirifer° vanuxemi Hall and Beyrichia manliusensis Weller in abundance. Memerditia alta Conrad and Loxonema sp. wete;occa-. Peaeleetommd. | Lower Mamiis oe on cle avec otenk.- 4° t foot Fie Very finely grained blue limestone, in which Spirifer vanuxemi Hall is very abundant. A few specimens of Lep- erditia alta Conrad were also found. Lower Manlius.. 1 foot Fif Alternately fine and coarse grained blue limestone inclosing some shale bands. The following species, but not in abundance, were found here. Lower Manlius................005- 32 inches 86 Spirifer vanuxemi Hall 116 Loxonema sp. 89 Stropheodonta varistriata? (Con- | 144 Beyrichia manliusensis? Weller rad) | 146 Leperditia alta Conrad Pas. Dark blue. limestone: . Lower. Manlius... .\yos0 208. 4 inches Frh Light gray limestone with many specimens of Spirifer vanuxemi Hall and Stropheodonta varistriata (Conrad). No other fossils were noticed. Lower Manlius.. 1 inch Fik Dark gray limestone. No fossils found.......... 5 inches Fil Dark blue limestone exceedingly full of specimens of Spirifer vanuxemi Halland Stropheodonta vari- eta ay (Conrad). ,laower Manlitis 9. oto es ocscacon’ 2 inches Fim Alternating finely and coarsely grained, dark blue limestone. It has many conspicuous shale seams. Lower Manlius.... 4% feet The following fossils were collected :.. 86 Spirifer vanuxemi Hall C 128 Tentaculites gyracanthus (Zaton) 89 Stropheodonta varistriata (Con- € rad) r | 144 Beyrichia manliusensis Weller r Fin A finely crystalline, dark blue limestone with alternating shale seams. Five inches from the top is a 1 inch band of which "Grabau, A. W. Stratigraphy of Becraft Mountain, Columbia County, N. Y., N. Y. State Paleontol. An. Rep’t 1902, p.1052. ?Weller. Geol. Sur. N. J. 3:78. 216 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM the lower and upper quarter inches are usually in large measure com- posed of Tentaculites gyracanthus (Eaton). Lower Mra mids ois sac 's « 2/s Sai ga a Uneaten des 20 inches The following is a list of the fossils noticed here: 86 Spirifer vanuxemi Hall 145 Beyrichia sp. 128 Tentaculites gyracanthus (Eaton) | 146 Leperditia alta Conrad Fip Between cliffs Fin and Fiq there is no outcrop. Upper Nisralaits Sao, eae oe eens SAMMI Aah 2t teet Fig A dark gray limestone weathering dark blue. Lithologically it is quite similar to F1a-n but it is much less weathered. No fossils were found in the lower portion but in the upper 114 feet were found Whitfieldella? nucleotata (Hall) C and Same yvanimxe mi.fall r.. Upper Manlius... .....,. <- 4. eee 7 feet All of Fi is very coarsely grained and apparently much more fos- siliferous but this may be largely due to greater weathering. F2 The “ Favosites Bed” as in section D begins suddenly after 2 or 3 inches of a finely grained limestone have been laid down on i inchshale:band.. :audesahiosmwdh busi motel ofthe 3 feet The following is the subdivision of F2. It is similar to that of section D. ) 2a Many specimens of Stromatopora concentrica? Goldfuss and a few of Favosites helderbergiae Hall, separated by finely grained limestone, make up most of this layer. Whitfieldella? nucleolata (Hall) is represented by a few specimens from the basal 3 or 4 inches. Fragments of unde- termined Ostracods, probably of Beyrichia, are scattered through the bed Vee SS a ee Be ee ee ee Q-10 inches Fab First crinoidal bed. This is similar in lithic character to Dab. The rock weathers easily at the juncture of F2a and Fab. Fayosites,.helderbergtae. Hall is quite, apandant Stromatopora concentrica ? Goldiuss is tathereeeme: Besides these fossils several specimens of Lichenalia torta Hall and a pygidium of Dalmanites pleuroptyx (Green) were Toutd ai; Una tieatoist eee ee apa et ew ered cee yen Ae: 14 inches F2c This lettered layer of locality D is absent here but its place is indicated by a line of weathering. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 ~ 2207 F2d Second crinoidal bed. This is lithologically similar to DPA i re ee Te I ae eae 1 foot The following fossils were found: 2 Stromatopora concentrica? Gold- | 6 Favosites helderbergiae Hall C fuss r . 7 F. sphaericus? Hall F2e Iron stain. Though other iron stain lines are noticeable at intervals, one can not mistake this one as it is the most continuous and most pronounced. __ With the exception of Whitfieldella? nucleolata, brachiopods seem to be entirely wanting in the Favosites bed, but —_ above they are very abundant. This is the more notice- A ~ — \\ Li) cfs\ y a Fig. 6 Diagram of section F able since the lower part of F3 and the upper part of F2d have the same lithic characters and often weather as a single bed. F3 An alternation of coarsely and finely crystalline limestone. 2, TESUE ooh sealer le AE 9 Sas 5 aa a mAgre 1-7 inches The following is a list of the fossils found here: 6 Favosites helderbergiae Hail C 89 Stropheodonta varistriata (Con- 12 Lichenalia torta Hall c rad ) 23 Atrypa reticularis (Linnaeus) r go S. varistriata var.-arata Hall 45 Gypidula galeata (Dalman) c 94 Strophonella punctulifera (Con- rad ) 102 Uncinulus sp. This bed is subdivided as follows: F3a A coarsely grained limestone mostly composed of eaaail joints, which seems. to be a modified continuation of F2d. A few BEMIS WETS TOTICEM. ooo oo ae dao. d auece spine ne seme I-3 inches 3b This is of the same lithic character as Fa and doubtless rep- resents the beginning of the latter bed, but the conditions changing brought the typical F3 sediment in again, for at the northern end of the quarry, F4 rests on F3a but as we follow F4 southward, we find it penetrated by a more coarsely grained layer which at the southern end of the quarry attains a thickness of 3 inches. This is Feptesemed dutie preeedino forte [fig.6]............. I-3 inches 218 _ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM F4 A finely grained gray limestone. The fossils are compara-— tively much less abundant than in either the preceding or succeeding bed...) Goeyitians . 4.15 4:.).1.4,0.%. Sk See ee ee 3 feet The following is a list of the fossils: 7 Favosites sphaericus Hall r 89 Stropheodonta varistriata > (Con- 12 Lichenalia torta Hall ¢ rad) R 45 Gypidula galeata (Dalman) c 102 Uncinulus sp. 123 Platyceras sp. R Fs A coarsely grained, dark gray limestone made up in great part of large crinoid joints. Most of the grains are surrounded by a coating” of ‘limonite.“Coeymans.:2 M2 2 72 ee 4¥2 feet The following fossils were obtained here: 6 Favosites helderbergiae Hall C 45 Gypidula galeata (Dalman) C 7 F. sphaericus Hall c G. galeata var. 12 Lichenalia torta Hall r 88 Stropheodonta becki Hall F6 Alternately finely and coarsely grained limestone. Coey- GATT 5 fe ood bce 5ic8 re wl table Wea inte eels thous ether ee 20 feet This is subdivided as follows: Poa Einelyyetained ‘sinitlar to PAS 2c teh G0 0's ee 15 inches F6b Coarsely erained similar (0.05 :ui-$6.... te t,o 8 inches F6c Finely grained, friable...... Be ek Se ee ‘ejeceféyy 5 alehies F6d: Very coarsely grained. Favosites helder- bergia.e. Hall is comiién here... .. 4... b.0 ee 4¥2 feet F6e Finely grained limestone, at times shaly....... + 4), LOanchies FG - Very coarsely, ordined: | <2: 0e 2.2 S2a0y) ee ee 3% feet Here were found: 12 Lichenalia torta Hall r 45 Gypidula galeata (Dalman) c 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall r F6g A rather coarsely grained limestone. The upper foot and a half is at times exceedingly coarse grained, with limonite surround- ing cach, stain whete Wealmered.. 4o5 02 ce as nce hae Q feet The following fossils were found here: 5 Enterolasma strictum Hall c 23 Atrypa reticularis (Linné) r 8 Favosites sp. 44 Gypidula galeata (Dalman) C REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 219 58 Nucleospira ventricosa Hall r 89 Stropheodonta varistriata (Con- 75 Camarotoechia semiplicata (Con- rad) R rad) v _F7 This stratum is characterized by many chert bands which emai width; from:ajmere line to.2.inches.:.:)..)...1tn7e. Wh 26 feet This is subdivided as follows: F7a A very dark blue limestone with a few bands of chert. Fos- sils were not abundant. The only species found were Entero- esas thict une ballcand Gy pidula,galeata,(Dal- Bey ey COCVINANS o.oo. a's ot be welt See ee ee ey 5 feet 4 inches F7b Blue shaly limestone weathering to a very light chocolate LENO. Qe, CO M2 1S AC Coo Pe AS it Pir ‘I foot 5 Enterolasma strictum Hall c 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wilck- 45 Gypidula galeata (Dalman) c ens) Cc F7e Very dense, dark blue limestone with very many chert bands which, when weathered, furnish excellent bryozoa. The chert of the preceding beds even when weathered shows little else than crinoid joints and comparatively few of these. Coeymans.. 4 feet 4 inches The following fossils were collected here, most of them from the weathered surfaces of the chert bands: 45 Gypidula galeata (Dalman) c 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wilck- ens ) 5 Enterolasma strictum Hall c 12 Lichenalia torta Hall r 13 Lioclema cellulosum (Hall) c 17 Orthopora regularis (Hall) c Orbiculoidea sp. 18 O. rhombifera (Hall) C 63 Pholidops ovata Hall c 19 Unitrypa nervia (Hall) r 68 Reticularia modesta (Hall) r 20 U. praecursa (Hail) c 71 Rhipidomella oblata Hall R 33 Coelospira concava Hall r 73, Camarotoechia altiplicata? Hall R 37 Cyrtina sp. R 77 Rhynchospira globosa? Hall r 39 Dalmanella perelegans Hall r | 88 Stropheodonta becki Hall r 40 D. subcarinata Hall c 136 Dalmanites nasutus? Conrad R 41 Delthyris perlamellosa Hall c F7d Dense, dark blue limestone full of chert bands. Lower New Os MIE ON es a wren asa wsa een ee ees 15/2) feet The following fossils were collected: 5 Enterolasma strictum Hall C 26 Bilobites varicus (Conrad) r 7 Favosites sphaericus Hall r 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall c 220 ; NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 82 Spirifer cyclopterus Hallr — 88 Stropheodonta becki Hall r S. octocostatus? Hall R 140 Phacops logani Hall r F8 Talus céncealing strata. Lower to Upper New Scot- Fle oe mene Nman eis mat orupmacones Bu 72, feet Fg An outcrop of slaty shale exposed in a dug road. Upper New “Scotland. 3 1.2 2204 «ected aleeoreczsaeeelt ea 5 feet Following is a list of fossils found here: 5 Enterolasma strictum Hall c. 62 Orthothetes woolworthanus Hall 33 Coelospira concava (Hall) C r 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall c 71 Rhipidomella oblata Hall r . 41 Delthyris perlamellosa Hall c 73 Camaratoechia altiplicata? Hall R 42 Eatonia medialis (Vanuxem) c 82 Spirifer cyclopterus Hall C 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wilck- 83 S. macropleura (Conrad) C ens) c 94 Strophonella punctulifera (Con- 52 Meristella laevis (Vanuxem) c vad) r 58 Nucleospira ventricosa? Hall R 95 Trematospira multistriata Hall c 102 Uncinulus sp. Frio Unexposed strata. Upper New Scotland to Lower Oris- Rant Oe ee asc eee Ftee eee pate te eee 298 feet Pri’ Trilobite bed.’ Lower Oriskany. ¢ 2. . t= ose. ee 6 inches. A low ledge which yielded the following fossils: 25 Beachia suessana Hall c 115 Loxonema jerseyense Weller r 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Waiulck- | 135 Dalmanites dentatus Barrett C ens) Cc Fi2 Unexposed strata. Upper Oriskany.............. 62 feet This extends to the edge of the swamp. Section G Section G begins 15 rods northeast of section F. Gti Upper Manlius 0227... O02: 20 ae ee 19 feet Subdivided as follows: Gia A finely grained, blue limestone. Few fossils...... 4% feet Gib Tentaculite layer. Tentaculites gyracanthus (Eaton ). is-exceedinely abundant)... 7% 140 Phacops logani Hall r Fig. 7 Section K K4 Thin bedded, dark gray shale. One foot from the base is a half inch band of light gray sandstone. Lower New Scotland....... 2 feet, 4 inches 42 Eatonia medialis (Vanuxem) C 43 E. singularis (Vanuxem) r 50 Lingula sp. 52 Meristella laevis (Vanuxem) r Orbiculoidea sp. 88 Stropheodonta becki Hall 92 Strophonella headleyana Hall 132 Orthoceras sp. Ks5 Dense, dark blue limestone. Lower New Scotlands ys cnztcee: ta eee 15 inches 5 Enterolasma strictum Hall c 8 Favosites sp. 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall 41 Delthyris perlamellosa Hall r ‘ REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 2a) 42 Eatonia medialis (Vanuxrem) r 71 Rhipidomella oblata Hall 52 Meristella laevis (Vanuxem) c 92 Strophonella headleyana Hall K6 An arenaceous limestone. Lower New Scotland... 5 inches 16 Monotrypella? abrupta (Hall) c | 52 Meristella laevis (Vanuxem) R 21 Vermipora serpuloides Hall c | 60 Orbiculoidea discus? Hall R 24 Atrypina imbricata? Hall | 68 Reticularia modesta (Hall) 33 Coelospira concava Hall c i 71 Rhipidomella oblata Hall 40 Dalmanella ‘subcarinata Hall | K7 Following is given the detailed subdivision from the base Beware. Tower New Scotland... ......05...0. 2 feet, 8% inches K7a Dense, blue limestone in several thin beds...... 7% inches LL GEL STC re yo S100 gel an re Ye inch Pm nAOE Stay SatidstOnes . .. 3.. «es Peele eee fees 2 oe 7% inch K7d Dense, dark blue limestone in 4 to 6 inch beds, including in Ped .4. 5. inch, Shaly, |imestOnes....ycctslvie; barscor+.og0)5e8.<53 bade fis 2 feet The following fossils were identified from K7: 1 Hindia fibrosa? (Roemer) R 52 Meristella laevis (Vanusxem) C 28 Chonetes hudsonicus Clarke 56 Nucleospira concentrica Hall 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hal/ 71 Rhipidomella oblata Hall 41 Delthyris perlamellosa? Hall R 83 Spirifer macropleura? (Con- 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wu1lck- rad) R ens ) 104 Actinopteria communis (Hall) R 50 Lingula sp. K8 A dark gray, very fossiliferous shale including microscopic films of a black shale. This latter at times constitutes the main rock mass. Three inches from the top is a 3 inch sandstone band. Seem ewe SEONG. eke ee tas ee x be Os bees oes 21 inches 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall 41 Delthyris perlamellosa Hall c | 43 Eatonia singularis (Vanuxem) c | 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wailck- | ens ) 52 Meristella laevis (Vanuxem) C 54 M. princeps Hall R 83 Spirifer macropleura (Conrad) C Kg This is subdivided from base upward as follows. Lower New ree AEs ory. arc) t OL Se we eee es 6 feet, 7 inches Koa Dark gray, sandy, calcareous shale in 2 inch beds.. 15 inches ie ee ee Se eel ree: I inch Koc Dark gray, calcareous shale including a limestone of varying Pie aS ee em LE ONS, 2 feet 224 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM . Kod Shale including in the middle a 6 inch limestone stratum and at intervals arthin cher baud 5...) i... taceeee eo 3 feet, 3 inches 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall 52 Meristella laevis (Vanuxem) c 41 Delthyris perlamellosa Hall R 83 Spirifer macropleura (Conrad) c 43 Eatonia singularis (Vanuxem) 95 Trematospira multistriata Hall r 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wiulck- | 117 Platyceras cf. gibbosum Hall R ens ) 122 PP. spi ie 50 Lingula sp. ; Kro A dark gray, calcareous shale. Lower New Scot- Pag Pees nape Steere coe oe oa ce ee 2 feet, 8 inches 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall 113 Diaphorostoma ventricosum 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wiulck- (Conrad) R ens ) 140 Phacops logani Hall R 83 Spirifer macropleura Conrad R Kar’ Strata ‘concealed’ “Lower (New Scotlands. 7. .8. 12% feet Ki2 A datk blue, much cleaved shale, which weathers to a brown- ish yellow clay. “Upper New, Scotiand® 20075 t eee 42 feet ~ Ki2a. Comprises. the loweres. /4¢.is 4. couse) -Seaqeien 28 feet The following fossils were found here: 24 Atrypina imbricata Hall c 52 Meristella laevis (Vanuxem) c 33 Coelospira concava Hall r | 63 Pholidops ovata Hall r 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall 64 Rensselaeria cf. aequiradiata 41 Delthyris perlamellosa Hall R (Conrad) 42 Eatonia medialis (Vanuxrem) r 82 Spirifer cyclopterus Hall r » 43 E. singularis (Vanuxem) R 83 S. macropleura (Conrad) R 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wulck- | 88 Stropheodonta becki Hall ens ) 92 Strophonella headleyana Hall 50 Lingula sp. c The Lingulas occur in calcareous, phosphatic, clay nodules. No manganese was detected in the nodules. Hall’ notes the occurrence of the nodules and their “ uniformly elongated oval or ovoid form ” in the New Scotland in Albany county, N. Y. Kr2b, Coniprises. the aippet . . os. a. ae «tie «ste te 14 feet 33 Coelospira concava Hall c 52 Meristella laevis (Vanuxem) r 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall 83 Spirifer macropleura (Conrad) 41 Delthyris perlamellosa? Hall R 127 Tentaculites elongatus Hall R 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wilck- ens ) ea, CTE ee ec ee 1Pal, N. ¥. 3:158. . REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 225 K13 Concealed strata. Upper New Scotland.......... Leger K14 A dense, blue, more or less shaly limestone, subdivided as ENE Mier New SCOUANC. . 1.2 ya end Seep eee wp eee 2c SCE Peele aNCiInG@AGEeapSMAlyer). 6... 26. ie ce ee ee cee eee 18 feet 33 Coelospira concava Hall 79 Schizophoria multistriata Hal] R 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall 82 Spirifer cyclopterus Hall c 41 Delthyris perlamellosa Hall r 88 Stropheodonta becki Hall 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wilck- . ens) K14b The limestone becomes quite heavy bedded........ 6 feet 33 Coelospira concava Hall c | 82 Spirifer cyclopterus Hall c 41 Delthyris perlamellosa? Hall c 83 S. macropleura (Conrad) r 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wulck- 88 Stropheodonta becki Hall r ens ) 96 Trematospira perforata? Hall 52 Meristella laevis (Vanuxem) c too Uncinulus pyramidatus Hal] R imigeeShaly ‘limestone similar to Kiga... i... esis: 8 feet 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall | 82 Spirifer cyclopterus Hall c 41 Delthyris perlamellosa Hall c 83 S. macropleura (Conrad) c 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wailck- 94 Strophonella punctulifera? (Con- ens ) vad ) 52 Meristella laevis (Vanuxem) r 130 Cyrtolites? expansus Hall c 71 Rhipidomella oblata? Hall Krad imiestene silat tO" EADS LALOR. Peale ee. eect Delthyris perlamellosa Hall is the only fossil col- lected here. i15 Goncealed stratann Upper New Scotland: ..2 5.02. 41% feet K1i6 Blue, shaly limestone, very fossiliferous. Upper New Scot- Beem eo.) ...2lieach. wad. wae. . -shirmlogentt sl ades ptt? sky: 2% feet 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall c | 82 Spirifer cyclopterus Hall c 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wilck- 83 S. macropleura (Conrad) c ens ) 88 Stropheodonta becki Hall 52 Meristella laevis (Vanuxem) c 92 Strophonella headleyana Hall K17 Concealed strata which weather as though they were softer tages ercecaine. Upper New Scotland............... 12. feet K18 Dense, blue, calcareous shale alternating with more aren- aceous beds, the latter specially showing sub-bedding very conspicu- ously in gray and black laminae. No fossils were found in the beds conspicuous for their sub-bedding. Upper New Scotland. . 15% feet 226 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 33 Coelospira concava Hall 76 Rhynchospira formosa (Hall) R 39 Dalmanella perelegans Hall 79 Schizophoria multistriata? Hall 40 D. subcarinata Hall 82 Spirifer cyclopterus Hall C 47-Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wilck- 88 Stropheodonta becki Hall ens ) 138 Dalmanites sp. r 71 Rhipidomella oblata Hall Kig Strata concealed. Becraft to Port Ewen.......... 73. feet K2o0 Dark blue, thinly cleaved, calcareous shale. The upper part is more arenaceous and weathers a dark brown. Fossils are very fare! . Port Bowe .< ..«. 3 Cokes eee ae oe es ae 20 feet 33 Coelospira concava Hall r 88 Stropheodonta becki Hail 38 Dalmanella concinna Hall 138 Dalmanites sp. Fish scale? Kr Concealed ‘stratar™ Port Ewen: .. . 5: 0.4. 2. eee 103 feet K22 Dense, dark blue limestone in beds from 3 to 6 inches thick. © Power Oriskany ss... 22022 SPA. Oe eee 12% feet 25 Beachia suessana? Hall R gI Strophonella? conradi? Hall r 31 Chonostrophia jervisensis Schu- | 105 Actinopteria textilis (Hall) R chert 119 Platyceras platystoma Hall r 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall K23 Dark blue, shaly limestone. At the base is the first occur- tence of Dalmanites dentatus Barrett. Lower s@ne. Kee) LTS OER SSO IAS oo a oa ta hat er 2 tect 25 Beachia suessana Hall r 64. Rensselaeria aequiradiata (Con- 31 Chonostrophia jervisensis Schz- rad) R chert C 71 Rhipidomella oblata Hall r 134 Dalmanites dentatus Barrett r K24 Dark blue, shaly limestone. Very few fossils. Lower Oris- ehh ae oe RO ne eR NEES ae eR 31) seer 65 Rensselaeria ovoides? (Eaton) R 126 Tentaculites acula Hall r 31 Chonostrophia jervisensis Schu- chert 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall c K25 Dense, blue, arenaceous limestone. Lower Oris- £1) Aa Ee eM PR, ao) Mare Bimnr per Sear. 7 inches 31 Chonostrophia jervisensis Schu- 61 Orbiculoidea jervisensis (Bar- chert C rett) c K26 Dark blue, rather heavy bedded, calcareous shale. It is ex- ceedingly fossiliferous where weathered. Lower Oriskany. 1% feet REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 227 31 Chonostrophia jervisensis Schu- | 85 Spirifer murchisoni Castelnau r chert C 106 Actinopteria textilis arenaria 36 Cyrtina rostrata Hall R | (Hall) R 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall c 122 Platyceras ventricosum Con- 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wailck- rad R ens) 1 126 Tentaculites acula Hall c 66 Rensselaeria subglobosa Weller c 134 Dalmanites dentatus Barrett R 71 Rhipidomella oblata Hall r K27 Trilobite bed. Dense blue limestone, containing many trilo- bite fragments and shells. Lower Oriskany............. 5 inches 31 Chonostrophia jervisensis Schu- , 115 Loxonema jerseyense? Weller chert C | 126 Tentaculites acula Hall c 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Halle . | 1g4 Dalmanites dentatus Barrett c 66 Rensselaeria subglobosa Weller c. | This bed is specially noticeable in the hogback northeast of the barn of Mr William Balmos. This is doubtless the locality where Professor Mather and Dr Horton found trilobites so abundantly as to suggest to them the name Trilobite mountain.’ It is also prob- ably the place from which Dr S. T. Barrett described Dalman- ites dentatus. The bed maintains a uniform thickness of 4 to 6 inches wherever seen. It is always bounded above and below by an inch of very arenaceous limestone. The included limestone is almost entirely made up of fossil fragments, specially of Dal- manites dentatus Barrett, Rensselaeria subglo- bosa Weller and Chonostrophia jervisensis Schu- chert. The following fossils were identified in the strata from K25 to K28 inclusive, along the hogback northeast of Mr William Bal- mos’s barn. 21 Vermipora serpuloides Hall c 59 Orbiculoidea ampla Hall r 25 Beachia suessana Hall c 66 Rensselaeria subglobosa Weller C 31 Chonostrophia jervisensis Schu- 71 Rhipidomella oblata Hall r chert C 79 Schizophoria multistriata? Hall R 36 Cyrtina rostrata Hall R 82 Spirifer cyclopterus? Hall R 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall R 85 S. murchisoni Castelnau c 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wilck- Strophomena sp. ens) R 87 Stenochisma formosa (Hall) r 49 Leptostrophia oriskania Clarke R 91 Strophonella? conradi? Hall r 53 Meristella lata Hall | Ior Uncinulus vellicatus Hall R 57 Nucleospira elegans Hall c | 105 Actinopteria textilis (Hall) C “Geol, N. Vioast Dist,” “p.333, ?Am. Jour. Sci. 1876. 2:200. 228 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 112 Diaphorostoma nearpassi (Wel- | 126 Tentaculites acula Hall r ler) R 127 T. elongatus Hall r . 113 D. ventricosum (Conrad) R 134 Dalmanites dentatus Barrett C 115 Loxonema jerseyense Weller c 139 Homolonotus vanuxemi Hall ¢ 123 Platyceras sp. R K28 Dark gray, calcareous sandstone containing very few fossils. Lower Oriskany. 30.020 la sie Jees.d a) 2 feet K29 Concealed strata. Lower Oriskany — to Upper Oris- Bea gosto ws nee obey vee SEDIRMRETA EG Or, 66 feet 30 Upper Oriskany, ose. ses 2 oe ae ee 31% feet K30a Dark blue, rather heavy bedded, silicious limestone.6 inches K20b Concealed strata... o4: ve 9 oa’ aah nglatst hae eee eee 1% feet KK3o0c Dark blue, rather heavy bedded, silicious limestone, very dull of specimens of Orbiculoidea jervisensis (Bar NCIS) eo ean ae RIOT nt 1% feet The following fossils were identified from this. 25 Beachia suessana Hall R 85 Spirifer murchisoni Castelnau 48 Leptocoelia flabeilites (Conrad) r | 120 Platyceras reflexum? Hall R 61 Orbiculoidea jervisensis (Bar- | 125 Conularia pyramidalis jervisensis vett) C | Shimer r K 31 Strata concealed... pperiOriskany...:> 2 2 eee 50 feet K32 Very dense, blue limestone from which were identified Megalanteris. ovalis.?., Hall S.piriic tea esa terus. Hall and S. murchisoni Castelnau. Upper Oris- Maly pctlii ee ahs Jaw tennahiacad heehee Site & cee 21 inches K33 Same as preceding but more shaly in beds of from I to 4 inches in thickness. One foot from the top and scattered through a half foot bed is the lowest chert noticed in the Upper Oriskany. There are very few fossils here. Upper Oriskany.......... 6 feet K34 Dense blue limestone terminating in a 6 inch ledge which has finely disseminated chert in the middle and closes with an inch which is. practically composed of fossils. Upper Oriskany........ 7 feet 31 Chonostrophia jervisensis Schu- 53 Meristella lata Hall 85 Spirifer murchisoni Castelnau C chert 34 Coelospira dichotoma Hall 113 Diaphorostoma ventricosum 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall . (Conrad) 48 Leptocoelia flabellites (Conrad) 127 Tentaculites elongatus Hall REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 229 K35 Dense blue limestone with two small chert bands, each in the lower portion of a very fossiliferous layer. The fossils are almost wholly specimens of Spirifer murchisoni Castel- MMM ICHE CSIs ok URS Goel id. ie Sebers Seep wale ele 3% feet ifeo esata concealed. -) Upper Oriskany,: ©: sj. el ve wees 8..feet K37 Dense, blue limestone. Upper Oriskany.......... 2 feet K38 Dense blue limestone, exceedingly fossiliferous. Upper eee egy ey nye CVC). Oe fale sinsld seid ems Hes ed ole 6 inches 53 Meristella lata Hall r | 113 Diaphorostoma ventricosum 80 Spirifer arenosus? (Conrad) R (Conrad) 85 S. murchisoni Castelnau C K39 Very fossiliferous, dense, blue limestone. Upper Oris- ee rth et bch cn hs anit ls Syagoveorus' eg mtn? acy athenday oe; 2 18 inches 48 Leptocoelia flabellites (Conrad) c 88 Stropheodonta becki Hall r 53 Meristella lata Hall C 127 Tentaculites elongatus Hall r 68 Reticularia modesta (Hall) r Phacops sp. R K4o Blue limestone. The middle and upper parts are specially fossiliferous. LTentaculites elongatus Hall is by far the most noticeable fossil here. Upper Oriskany.............. 2 feet 53 Meristella lata Hall C 127 Tentaculites elongatus Hall C 85 Spirifer murchisoni Castelnau C Phacops sp. R tir Diaphorostoma desmatum Clarke r K41 Esopus strata including the portion covered by the swamp Resmectt the Oriskany and the® Esopus)... 2... ..5....+.5. 550 feet The gross structure of the Esopus is shown in figure 7. K42 A dark arenaceous shale, cleaving into slate pencillike pieces. Fossils, owing to the great development of cleavage, are exceedingly rare. The only species identified was Coelospira acutiplicata (Conrad), several specimens of which were found. This fossil-bearing horizon represents merely an inch or two of rock on the uppermost surface of the Esopus; for when followed southeastward, not a single fossil could be found though prolonged search was made for that purpose. Onondaga......... I-2 inches K43 The 29 feet of strata which are concealed beneath the Erie Railroad here outcrop almost a quarter of a mile to the southwest along the eastern side of the railroad tracks. The only fossil identi- 230 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM fied was Coelospira acutiplicata (Conrad). It was found in very large numbers but all were more or less distorted from the very great development of cleavage. Onondaga...... 29 feet K44 On the northwestern side of the Erie tracks at this section is an excellent exposure of very dark gray, calcareous shale, weathering light gray. It is very fossiliferous, many of the fossils being pyritized, specially the gastropods. This cleaves into much larger and broader pieces than in the two preceding localities. The cleavage here as in all the Esopus strata is so perfect and continuous that it closely resembles bedding. At this locality the bedding is seen in the dark colored ribbons about 6 inches in width passing across the cleavage surface. In this respect it closely resembles the Pennsylvania roofing slate except that the latter has, as a rule, narrower ribbons. Onondaga......... 40.) Zor eR ae 18 feet The following fossils were identified : Zaphrentis? r 35 C. grabaui Shimer C 27 Chonetes hemisphericus? Hall r 40 Dalmanella subcarinata? Hall c 29 C. yandellanus Hall R 42 Eatonia medialis (Vanuxem) r 32 Coelospira acutiplicata . (Con- | 116 Loxonema sp. c rad) C K45 These strata are very shaly, breaking into broad, thin plates. Slickensides were developed along the cleavage in places. At the top of the hill the strata become more calcareous; thin beds of impure limestone occur at intervals. Several specimens of Atrypa reticularis (Linn.) were found. Onondaga 100 feet K46 Concealed: strata, ‘Qnondaga ... ... 2.2.24 ee 12 feet Ka47 The strata concealed by the old public road leading to the residence of Mr Henry Hoffman, are found further southward. The cleavage gradually becomes coarser, more platy and with the dark gray, shaly limestone occur intermittent beds of a dense, blue limestone which is at times quite fossiliferous but is usually ap- parently destvmate of fossils. “Onondaga. <0... < .-eeueee 20 feet 23 Atrypa reticularis (Linn.) C 55 Meristella sp. R 27 Chonetes hemisphericus Hall c 67 Reticularia fimbriata (Conrad) r 32 Coelospira acutiplicata (Con- 84 Spirifer macrus Hall c rad) R 133 Dalmanites cf. anchiops 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wilck- (Green) R ens) ¥ Phacops rana (Green) r REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 231 K48 Mostly concealed strata but of lithic characters similar to DOMMES ONO NONCATS 6 pa. ce kk ec es ope aye ses fee fee 2A TeeL Ka4g Strata rather shaly, mostly concealed. Onondaga... 15 feet -Kso A rather heavy bedded gray limestone. One layer near the middle is quite fossiliferous. This outcrops along the Newburg turnpike, opposite the barn of Mr Ludwig Laux; the outcrop is very noticeable from the great abundance of Atrypa reticularis (LL OO Tie Fe ace Per Io feet 4 Ceratopora sp. R 33 Coelospira concava (Hall) R 8 Favosites sp. R Phacops rana (Green) r 23 Atrypa reticularis (Linn.) C K51 Cherty, exceedingly closely grained limestone, in beds 3 to 6 inches thick. The chert is most abundant in 2 to 6 inch bands parallel to the bedding but is found also scattered irregularly _ throughout all the beds. The chert does not occupy a bed to the exclusion of the limestone, as is usually the case in the New Scot- land and Oriskany, but occurs in very irregular masses through it; this gives the rock when weathered an exceedingly rough appear- ance and at times it is pitted and amygdaloidal like. This rock is exposed for only about 600 feet along the Newburg turnpike, on the northeast side of the road, and rises in places almost on the dip to emai oi0- to 50 feet Onondaga... 2... eine els mireet Section L Section L begins at the foot of an old limestone quarry! about 150 rods northeast of section K. Lr Strata covered from the marsh to the first rock outcrop at the base of an old quarry. Lower New Scotland and Upper New Scot- os Se ee Ee peas eae | Some Ts ee 170 feet 1.2 A dense, finely grained, bluish gray limestone. The lower and upper layers are quite shaly and show light and dark laminae. No chert was noticed. Fossils were abundant, in certain beds. As is usually the case, few or no fossils were found in the beds show- ing the light and dark laminae, except in the very lowest band. apg uae eet a ee oon wie ace miniriesee be & 5 feet "This is doubtless the Upper Quarry of Barrett from which he gave the name “ Upper Quarry stone” to the Becraft. Am. Jour. Sci. 3, 13:386. 232 , NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 5 Enterolasma strictum Hall r 71 Rhipidomella oblata Hall r 21 Vermipora serpuloides Hall r 82 Spirifer cyclopterus Hall C 33 Coelospira concava Hail c 88 Stropheodonta becki Hall c 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall C 94 Strophonella punctulifera (€Con- 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wailck- rad) r ens) Cc . 137 Dalmanites sp. 55 Meristella sp. r 140 Phacops cf. logani Hall r 2 Woper New Scotland eens. occa oe erin - 84% feet Subdivided as follows: 3a Dark blue limestone in beds from 3 to 6 inches thick with considerable .chert in the lemer ‘beds... .. 0... 2 see 3% feet L3b Very cherty, bluish eray limestone20) seen 1 foot L3c Coarsely grained to very finely grained limestone usually in a single bed. Chert is developed in its lower portion. At times there are mere pockets of the coarsely grained scattered at intervals through the finely grained. This is very fossiliferous..... 2% feet L3d A dark bluish gray limestone alternating with half inch bands of an arenaceous limestone, the latter showing light and dark laminae and fewlon hostossilsveksjosketek sien aha oe 20 inches The following is a list of fossils identified from L3. The fossils from the different beds were not kept separate. 5 Enterolasma strictum Hall r 52 Meristella laevis (Vanuxem) r 12 Lichenalia torta Hall c 550M sp..c 31 Chonostrophia jervisensis Schu- 82 Spirifer cyclopterus Hall c chert R 88 Stropheodonta becki Hall c 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall r 95 Trematospira multistriata Hall R 41 Delthyris perlamellosa Hall c 97 Uncinulus campbellanus (Hall) R 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wilck- | 101 U. vellicatus Hall R ens) Cc 127 Tentaculites elongatus? Hall R L4 Coarsely grained, gray limestone, usually in one bed. Very fossiliferous: » -Beeraft, ..4sannck ses ok eed: cence een 2 feet 5 Enterolasma strictum Hall r 52 Meristella laevis (Vanuxem) C 11 Edriocrinus pocilliformis Hall c 54 M. princeps Hall r 12 Lichenalia torta Hall r 81 Spirifer concinnus Hall c 23 Atrypa reticularis (Linn.) r 82 S. cyclopterus Hall r 46 Gypidula pseudogaleata (Hall) C 92 Strophonella headleyana? Hall R 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wilck- ens) C Dit BeCratt sl. ova eae tae AMEN MARNE ORM 78 5 feet, 9 inches Lsa Rather finely grained, dark gray limestone. The basal foot REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 233 in places is coarse and resembles the preceding. It is very hard and contains few fossils. Edriocrinus pocilliformis Hall rand Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wilckens) were the only mpecies identined.......... ere oie orc gha/'c: S bgt ae eee AS ee ae Sigeet Ls5b Shaly, rather friable, finely grained limestone. Exceedingly RECENTER AN OR ee Nea citeel iat cl chs clare $’s je, 0 me 9 bom pyers 9 inches From here the following fossils were obtained : 5 Enterolasma strictum Hall r 57 Nucleospira elegans Hall c 11 Edriocrinus pocilliformis Hall C 62 Orthothetes woolworthanus Dalmanella sp. Hall R 41 Delthyris perlamellosa? Hall R 81 Spirifer concinnus Hall C 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wilck- 94 Strophonella punctulifera (Con- ens) r . rad) R Spirifer concinnus is in places so abundant that it makes up almost the entire rock mass. L5c Limestone similar to L5a, usually in one bed. It is very hard and contains few fossils. The only species identified were MPiriocrinus: sacculus) Hallrand Leptaena rhom- momar S1o¢ VVitlekens)ri@ehiliaeotions . doald .dashaes! a. termi a feet L6 Finely grained, bluish gray limestone. At the base and in the middle are 4 inch friable, shaly bands similar to L5b and as we would expect, since the fossils are fairly abundant throughout the entire bed, many forms are similar to those in L5b, yet there is a great decrease in the abundance of Spirifer concinnus and an entire absence of Nucleospira elegans and Edrio- crinus pocilliformis which were abundant in the lower bed. This is placed in the Becraft on account of the abundance of Spirifer concinnus. The other abundant fossils also are those which were specially noticeable in the Gypidula pseudogaleata ai eM eet er a eee ac ade a oi a's nirei'es oy ae, uni Siz o0e. Face + O mysee, * 8 feet 5 Enterolasma strictum Hall r | 81 Spirifer concinnus Hall c 23 Atrypa reticularis (Linn.) c 82 S. cyclopterus Hall R 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall r 88 Stropheodonta becki Hall r 41 Delthyris perlamellosa Hall R 94 Strophonella punctulifera (Con- 47 Leptaena rhomboidalis (Wilck- rad) R ens) & 97 Uncinulus campbellanus? 52 Meristella laevis (_Vanuxem) R (Hall) R 79 Schizophoria multistriata Hall R | 234 : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM L7 A bluish gray, arenaceous limestone showing darker and lighter laminae very plainly, specially in the upper portion. The lower is exceedingly fossiliferous and there the following fossils were found. »Port-Ewen.') 2 )¢2.%00.4°455.0'8. 56 1 foot 8 Coelospira concava Hall C 85 Spirifer murchisoni Castelnau ¢ 40 Dalmanella subcarinata Hall r 88 Stropheodonta becki Hall r 43 Eatonia singularis (Vanuxem) c | tog Cypricardinia lamellosa Hall R 50 Lingula sp. R L8 Concealed strata. Port Ewen to Lower Oriskany... 178 feet Lo Finely grained, gray, argillaceous limestone. There is an alternation of more calcareous with more arenaceous beds. As fol- lowed southwest on the strike, it led almost directly below the trilo- bite bed. Chonostrophia jervisensis Schuchert is the only fossil found here. Lower Oriskany. -:.4....45.00eeee 14 feet Lio Concealed strata. Lower Oriskany and Upper Oris- Khanty f.cstoabi. sein. wha. Sel LS ccteleees ee e 120 feet Lii Strata concealed except 3 feet from the top, a 1 foot outcrop containing a band of black unfossiliferous chert, very similar to #33. Udppéer Oriskany 2c end. smiles ee 10 feet L12 Strata concealed with the exception of the uppermost bed which is exposed on the dip for 15 vertical feet. This contains many specimens of Spirifer murchisoni Castelnau, Diapho- rostoma ventricosum (Conrad) and Tentaenulites elon satus Hall “Upper Ouskany 5. --- aes eee 14 feet L13 Strata concealed except the uppermost which is exposed on the dip for about 40 vertical feet. Here were found one specimen of Lingula;perlata? MHall and very many. of Mepaee coelia flabellites (Conrad) but no specimens of Tentacu- lites:were found. Upper Oriskany. ..... .< ...c:...2-5feeee 17 feet Li4 Strata concealed by the marsh. Upper Oriskany to Esoptas’ © S4.:ost. sinh diene 2 05 J a. Behl: ako ee 70 feet L15 Esopus strata between the marsh and the Newburg turn- pike (sjAatlesgseay debited <4 75 eee 540+ feet 0 00000——_—_—OE Ev ooo *See note I, p.25I. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 235 Discussion of individual species HYDROZOA Stromatopora concentrica? Goldfuss The organism referred to this species is very abundant in the Favosites bed. ACTINOZOA Blothrophyllum promissum? Hall Several specimens of a coral very similar to this species were noticed in the Onondaga formation along the Newburg turnpike. It was impossible to get any free from the matrix, but the sections which could be observed had all the appearances of this species. Enterolasma (Streptelasma) strictum (Hall) This simple coral is very abundant and always well preserved, specially in the Coeymans and New Scotland. It is found less abundantly in the Becraft and Port Ewen. A specimen of average size measures about I5mm in length by 6mm in width at the large end. Zaphrentis roemeri Edwards & Haime A specimen from the Favosites bed has a greatest diameter of 38mm. It has about 80 septa, most of those in the section reaching over half way to the center. There are a few shorter ones but no regular alternation of longer and shorter ones was observable. No - entire specimens were procured so that the length is not known. This was observed only in the Favosites bed where it was quite abundant. | Favosites helderbergiae Hall The very common coral of the lowest Coeymans, where it occurs in great abundance. Jt is found rarely in the upper Manlius. The fact that it is present in the greatest abund- ance in the coarsely crystalline beds seems to indicate that it is a reef species. A specimen from the base of the Coey- mans shows as greatest diameter of corallites 1.5mm, the average width being 1.3mm. One section gave Io tabulae in 7.5mm, another 12 in 9.5mm, averaging 1 tabula to 1mm. A specimen from 236 é NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM the middle Coeymans gave as greatest diameter of the corallites 1.25mm, the average width was Imm. It gave in one section 12 tabulae in 1omm; in another 18 in 15mm, averaging 114 to Imm. The wall in both specimens is always twice as thick as the tabulae. The majority of tabulae on the Coeymans specimen are very regularly concave with a concavity of from one third to one fifth the diameter of the corallite. The specimen from the Favosites bed shows most of the tabulae flat with only a few concave. A few tabulae on both specimens are placed obliquely to the walls. There were faint indications in hoth specimens when placed in weak acid for a short time of from one to two rows of pores on the sides of the cells, usually located about halfway between the tabulae. Comparison of Favosites niagarensis and F. helderbergiae F.niagarensis F.helderbergiae! Average width of cells 1.3mm 1.5mm Usual number of tabulae iY FORME akt te 7-9 12 Extreme number of tab- tilae im tommy 4, 10-12 16, 35 Cofallamish. eae Lenticular or Spheric hemispheric Professor Hall says? that “F.helderbergiae differs from F.niagarensis (which it resembles in the size of its cells) in having more numerous diaphragms and in the mural pores being on the lateral faces instead of at the angle of the cells.” His figures of F.niagarensis, however,? show the pores on the lateral faces of the cells and not at the angles. This would leave no difference between the two species except the number of tabulae. The cells of a specimen in the Columbia University collection from the Niagara limestone, locality not given, average about 1.3mm in diameter; it has from 13 to 16 tabulae in 1omm, while the one to two rows of *Measurement taken from Hall’s figures, Pal. N. Y. 2:125, pl.34a (bis), fig.4a-i. ‘Pal, WN. AM. “Ges: Pal NOY v2. pl, aa, REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 237 mural pores are on the lateral faces of the cells and about midway between the tabulae. The tabulae are thus as numerous as in F. helderbergiae. The corallum is lenticular in shape, and accordingly the only difference between the two species is in the shape of the corallum It was only in the Favosites bed that the shape of the corallum was observable and this only in cross section. Here the corallum usually gives, at right angles to the bedding plane, a round or elongate cross section with the corallites growing in all directions from a central point. A few, however, were noticed which had a semicircular cross section with the flat portion lying on the bedding plane and the corallites growing from the center of the flat portion. It seems, then, that we have the lenticular, the hemis- pheric, as well as the spheric shaped corallums in this 3 foot Favo- sites bed. It seems to be a question worth considering whether two dis- tinct species should be based wholly on the form of the colonies of which the individuals are exactly alike. Might not the shape of the colonies be determined by the varying conditions of growth?» 3 Favosites sphaericus Hall Found from the Upper Manlius to the Lower New Scotland inclusive, being specially abundant in the Favosites bed. One speci- men from the Coeymans measured 12mm in length by Iomm in width; the tubes averaged a diameter of .3mm with a few as wide as .5mm. The angles of the walls were quite nodose. On one specimen from the Upper Manlius the tubes averaged about .2mm in diameter, while the corallum was 5mm long by 3mm wide at the *After this determination was made, it was found that Lambe had reached a similar conclusion four years previously. Contrib. Can. Pal. v.4, pt 1, 1899, p.7. °F. niagarensis was established by Hall in 1852. Pal. N. Y. 2:125. F. helderbergiae was established by Hall in 1874. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. 26th Rep’t. p.111. *Girty concludes from a study of F. helderbergiae and PF. conicus Hall from the Helderberg of Albany county, N. Y., that both may refer to the same organism at different stages of growth and preserva- tion. Girty, G. H. A Revision of the Sponges and Coelenterates of the Lower Helderberg Group of New York. N. Y. State Mus. 48th An. Rep’t. 1894. pt 2. 238 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM widest portion. One specimen from the Favosites bed was noticed incrusting a mass of Stromatopora and being in turn incrusted by it. Very small specimens of what appear to be this species are quite abundant in some of the Upper Manlius beds; but owing to the great density of the rock, only pieces too fragmentary to be identi- fied were acquired. PELMATOZOA Edriocrinus pocilliformis Hall _ Very abundant in the Becraft where alone 1t occurs. Only the bases of this crinoid have been found preserved and the radial plates could not be made out on them. Those from the shaly limestone are, as a rule, smaller than those from the heavier beds. The former average 6mm in the diameter of the summit of the base and 7mm in length; the latter average 8mm by Iomm. The larger species, E.sacculus Hall, was not noticed in the higher Oriskany beds. BRYOZOA Lichenalia torta Hall Very abundant, but the celluliferous tissue has usually been removed, leaving only the surface of the epitheca. It was found quite abundantly in the whole of the Helderbergian with the pos- sible exception of the New Scotland. It also occurs in the Favo- sites bed. Lioclema cellulosum (Hall) Very abundant in the Coeymans and quite well preserved on the weathered surfaces of the beds. L. ponderosum (Hall) This bryozoan was found only in the lower New Scotland and there not abundantly. Monotrypa tabulata Hall An elongated, spheroidal corallum of this species from the Lower New Scotland has an average of 20 corrugations on the outer sur- face of the cell tubes in 5mm, with a diameter for the cell tubes of about .4mm. Monotrypella? abrupta (Hall) One specimen from the Lower New Scotland averages about 10 septa in Imm beyond the abrupt outward turning of the tubes. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 239 Another specimen from the Lower Oriskany, identified provisionally with this species, appears to have as many septa before the abrupt outward bending of the tubes as after it. In this respect it differs from the type description! Orthopora regularis (Hall) This small species dees not appear to be quite so abundant as the _ following one and was found at the same horizon. 0. rhombifera (Hall) Exceedingly abundant and well preserved in the Coeymans and Lower New Scotland. Unitrypa nervia (Hall) The most abundant fenestelloid bryozoan in the Coeymans; it does not differ from the type description. U. praecursa (Hall) Abundant in the Coeymans; it may be a distinct variety since the margins of the expanded summits of the carinae have simply a row of nodes; in no instance was there any lengthening of these nodes _ noticed so as to form slender bars connecting them with the con- tiguous carinae as noticed by Professor Hall.? Vermipora serpuloides Hall In one specimen from the Upper New Scotland the tubes have a diameter of from less than .5mm to .75mm, somewhat less than Pro- fessor Hall’s description of the type specimen. The tubes are covered with close, prominent, concentric wrinkles. No longitudinal striae were noticed. It is quite abundant in the Lower New Scot- land and much less abundant in the Upper New Scotland. BRACHIOPODA LINGULA Many specimens of Lingula and Orbiculoidea occur in phosphatic nodules in the New Scotland beds. Usually the shell is too crushed *Pal, No Ve Gers. pie. *Pak N. ¥. 6:54, pit, fie. 14-18. 240 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM for identification. Professor Hall! calls attention to these peculiar coproliticlike nodules in the rocks of this.formation in Albany county, N. Y. Our specimens agree with his in that they are “uniformiy elongate or oval in form.” Orbiculoidea ampla Hall Rare in the lower Oriskany where alone it was found. 0. jervisensis (Barrett) The most characteristic shell of the middle Oriskany. It occurs rather less abundantly in the Lower Oriskany. A noticeable feature of this species is that it frequently lies at right angles to the bedding plane. Pholidops ovata Hall This little shell is quite abundant on the weathered rock surfaces of the Upper Coeymans. It is also present in the Lower New Scot- land. A specimen of average size measures 3.5mm by 3mm. Leptostrophia oriskania Clarke Only one specimen was found and that in the Lower Oriskany. It is smaller than the average given by Clarke” having a length of but 12mm and a width of 14mm. The irregular, concentric wrinkles can be plainly seen. Leptaena rhomboidalis ( Wilckens) Abundant in the whole of the Helderbergian and Lower Oriskany. The characters of the shell are very constant and hold true to the type. It is specially abundant in the New Scotland and Becrait. Stropheodonta becki Hall Quite abundant in the whole of the Helderbergian, occurring also in the Upper Oriskanian. It holds quite true to the type description. S. varistriata (Conrad) Very abundant in the Lower and Upper Manlius, it is also present in the Favosites bed and Coeymans. The Coeymans species differs * Pal..N.Wo 1850. enese: *"N. Y. State Mus. Mem.3, p.53, ae 7, fig.29-35. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 241 somewhat from that of the Manlius. In the Manlius the striae are strong and usually subequidistant, with from one to several finer striae between them. A pedicle valve measuring 19 by 27mm showed very little difference in the strength of the striae but a brachial valve of about the same size showed it very distinctly, but even here not so prominently as on the smaller shells. The Coeymans shells are a little more convex. The coarse striae are less pronounced, while - the finer ones, which vary in number from four to a dozen or more, are filiform. S. varistriata var. arata Hall Shell very convex with its body covered with angular, coarse striae; the sides of these as well as the concave area between them are covered with about six filiform, rather undulate striations. The umbonal region and the somewhat flattened area at the cardinal angle show its derivation from the typical Manlius S. varis- triata, for here the striae are less irregular and the intermediate area is flattened. Jt was found not very abundantly in the Coey- mans and New Scotland. Strophonella? conradi Hall The specimens identified with this species are from the Lower Oriskany. The best preserved one measures 35mm by 4omm. The one figured by Hall! is somewhat smaller, about 29mm by 37mm. The shell is uniformly convex, the greatest convexity being at the mid- dle. It is more coarsely striated than Orthothetes wool- worthanus, the striae being fine and sharp. These striae on exfoliation become rounded while the depressions between them are pitted. On another specimen of the same dimensions and similar striae, the exfoliated striae themselves are very distinctly punctate. No denticulations were noticed on the cardinal area which is poorly preserved. S. headleyana Hall Only molds of this species were found and these were usually fragmentary. The pedicle valve is distinctly convex at the umbo, with a long, broad and rather shallow concavity toward the front. ‘Pal. IN. 2Y. ves) pl i6. fre 13-15. 242 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The external molds of the striae are Gren ates: It was found in the Lower and Upper New Scotland and probably in the Becraft. — S. leavenworthana Hall A single specimen was found and this in the lower part of the Port Ewen. This is strongly geniculate toward the front of the shell, while the posterior portion, after a slight depression at the genicula- tion rises but little over low concentric wrinkles to the umbo. S. punctulifera (Conrad) Usually occurs only as external and internal molds. ‘The brachial valve of this species is deeply concave at the umbo but becomes strongly geniculate toward the front. The puncta are usually poorly preserved. It occurs, but in moderate abundance, in the Coeymans, Upper New Scotland and Port Ewen; one specimen represents it in the Becraft. Orthothetes woolworthanus Hall Hall describes the surface of this as being covered with fine, rounded striae It is a rare species and is represented in our col- lection by several specimens from the New Scotland and Becraft. One well preserved brachial valve, measuring 28mm by 34mm, is flattened in the region of the umbo but becomes quite convex toward the front. The surface is covered with numerous, very fine, rounded, radiating striae. Orthis sp. In the Lower Oriskany several specimens of a large Orthis were found but they were all too poorly preserved for identification; they much resembled Rhipidomella musculosa (Hall). Chonetes hemisphericus Hall Quite abundant in the Onondaga. The specimens agree very closely in average size, convexity and striae with those described by Hall.? C. hudsonicus Clarke Several specimens from the Lower New Scotland are referred to this species. One of medium size measures 9mm by 15mm by 1Weller speaks of the striae in the New Jersey specimens as angular. Geol. Sur. N. J. Paleontology. 3:278. *Pal. N. Y. 4:118, pl.2o, fig.6a-d. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I9Q03 243 I.5mm in length, breadth and thickness. The largest measures I2mm by 23mm by 3mm. No spines are noted. The surface is very finely striated. C. yandellanus Hall A pedicle valve about 7mm by 12mm in length and breadth, from the lower Onondaga was identified with this species. The cardinal angles are very distinctly flattened. There are about 50 strong, ' rounded, radiating striae which are as strongly developed on the flattened area of the valve at the cardinal angle as on the rest of the shell. Chonostrophia jervisensis Schuchert The resupinate character is well preserved in all the specimens. The striae are narrow with broad, rather flat interspaces where spe- cially the very numerous and fine concentric markings are noticeable under a glass. A pedicle and a brachial valve of average size each measured 7mm by 12mm in length and breadth. This is one of the most abundant brachiopods of the Lower Oriskany. It is found more rarely in the Upper Oriskany, while one specimen only represents it from the Upper New Scotland. Dalmanella concinna Fall Represented in the Port Ewen beds by rather small specimens; they average 7mm by 6mm. They are often found as internal molds and one valve is preserved as frequently as the other. D. perelegans Hall Quite abundant and well preserved in the Coeymans and Upper New Scotland. J). subcarinata Hall Abundant, specially in the Coeymans, New Scotland and Lower Oriskany, but is also well represented in the Becraft, Port Ewen, Upper Oriskany and possibly in the Lower Onondaga. It is thus seen that this very persistent species thrived equally well in clear and muddy waters. Specimens of a Dalmanella similar to this species except in size are quite abundant in the Lower Onondaga. The largest form observed measured 10.5mm by 13mm in length and breadth. 244 : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM “\ Rhipidomella assimilis Hall ‘The single specimen from the Lower New Scotland identified with ‘this species is the internal mold of the brachial valve; the front of the mold is destroyed. The anterior part of the flabellate muscular scar is quite high. R. eminens Hall There are several specimens from the Upper New Scotland in the collection which agree very closely with this species. Two are young individuals and show very prominently the alternation of stronger and finer striae. R. oblata Hall Shell well preserved and holds quite true to the type. It averages in size 28mm by 34mm by 11mm in length, breadth and thickness. It is never an abundant species but is found in the Coeymans, New Scotland and Lower Oriskany. R. tubulistriata Hall A single valve from the Upper New Scotland. It shows the characteristic fasciculation of the striae with the porelike openings on them. Gypidula angulata Weller One partial pedicle valve from the Coeymans answers to the description of this species,1 with the exception that it has three plica- tions on the lateral slopes of the shell instead of but one; the one next the fold is subangular and the most prominent, the other two are faint and broadly rounded. G. galeata (Dalman) Exceedingly common and well preserved in the Coeymans where it occurs from the base to the summit. It appears suddenly and in great numbers directly on the Favosites bed. A few specimens have prominent and even plications and lack sinus and fold; .in these respects they agree with the varietal differences pointed out by Weller.? ‘Weller. Geol. Sur. N. J. 3:280, pl.28, fig.13-21. 2 Geol? Sars N. 3. s*28o: REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 245 G. pseudogaleata (Hall) Very abundant in the 2% feet of the lowest Becraft and is of the average size of those figured by Hall.t Stenoschisma formosa Hall -A single specimen was found in the Upper New Scotland and _ several in the Lower Oriskany. Uncinulus campbellanus (Hall) Occurs very rarely both in the Upper New Scotland and Becraft. At Becraft mountain, N. Y., it is very abundant in the latter forma- tion. U. nucleolatus Hall Very abundant in the Lower Coeymans. In size as well as in number and shape of plications it is normal. U. pyramidatus Hall Not found outside the Coeymans. ‘This with the preceding species is specially characteristic of the lower portion of the Coeymans proper. Eatonia medialis (Vanuxem) An abundant species, found both as perfect shells and as internal molds of the pedicle valve. It is most abundant in the New Scot- land but also occurs in the Coeymans and Lower Onondaga. In the Lower Onondaga were found two internal molds of the pedicle valve, 16mm wide, but they have the characteristic muscular impressions. E. singularis (Vanuxem) Not nearly so abundant as the preceding but is usually well pre- served and occurs frequently in the Lower New Scotland and Port Ewen and very rarely in the Upper New Scotland. Beachia suessana Hall Usually well preserved and quite abundant in the Lower Oris- kany. One specimen was also noticed in the Upper Oriskany. *Pal. N.Y. -v.3, pl.48, fig.za-h. 246 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Rensselaeria aequiradiata (Conrad) One specimen is 25mm long and 15mm wide at the widest place which is anterior to the middle of the shell. The greatest thickness, IImm, is posterior to the middle. Another one from the Lower Oriskany measures 23+mm by 15mm, the complete length could not be determined owing to the broken condition of the front of the ‘shell. | R. subglobosa Weller This shell was called by Dr S. T. Barrett,! on the identification of Professor Hall, Rensselaeria mutabilis Hall. But Dr Barrett explains that it is much larger than any known before. It differs from this, however, also in its surface markings and was hence made into a new species by Dr Weller.2. This is one of the most abundant shells of the Trilobite bed, and is nearly always well preserved. Megalanteris ovalis? Hall Two specimens were provisionally identified with this species; both are internal molds of the pedicle valve and agree very closely _with the figures and description given by Hall. Atrypa reticularis (Linnaeus) Found only in the Coeymans, Becraft and Onondaga, the purely calcareous formations; it is quite abundant in each of these. Atrypina imbricata Hall Quite abundant in the Upper New Scotland but no specimen was noticed in the Lower New Scotland. A large shell measured 9mm by 9.5mm by 4.5mm in length, breadth and thickness respectively. Spirifer vanuxemi Hall One of the most abundant and constant shells in the Manlius. The ustial size of the brachial valve is 5mm by 8mm by 2mm in length, 1Notes on the Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. Ann. 1876. II :290. Geol. Sur. N. J. 3:320, pl.42, fig.11-18. *Rensselaeria ovalis Hall. Pal. N. Y. 1850. 3:458, pl.106, fig.2a-l. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 247 width and concavity respectively; that of the pedicle valve is 7mm by 9mm by 3mm. This species is very similar to S. crispus of the Niagara group as shown by a comparison of Hall’s figures and the following measurements: moO t fy Oud 366 Zz ca) fix W Pies. See cs rz SECs ae omeie 4 = A Os HBAs -] py AY Zi S. vanuxemi from Trilobite mountain, N.Y. 6 ae 184 2 e Erachial valve Pes ee p LQ, 111.44 2 3 Pedicle valve 7 10 cat. 2 5 Pedicle valve very convex S. crispus, Niagara shale, Waldron Ind. 12 i 5e/1 . BE 4 Pedicle valve II Eoin <3 3 Brachial valve S. crispus from Rochester shale, Niagara gorge, N. Y. & f0rg eae Or. Or 3 Pedicle valve } Shells of this size are ae ste* 2 2 Brachial valve very abundant As seen from the above comparisons and figures»? S. vanu- xemi bears a closer resemblance to S. crispus of Waldron than it does to the Niagara gorge species. This similarity is spec- ially noticed in the proportion of length to breadth and in the num- ber of plications. The Waldron shells are also much more gibbous and thus approach S. vanuxemi more nearly than do the Niagara gorge specimens. But the cardinal area is much higher even in the young of all specimens of S. crispus examined than in any of S. vanuxemi. It is thus seen that while S. vanuxemi is apparently much more closely related to the western S. crispus than it is to the eastern, that its possible derivation from the western species could not have been a direct one. “These measurements are from specimens in the paleontologic collec- tions of Columbia University, New York. *S. erispews. Pale N! V8%s+362! pl 64°! fig.ta-k: ‘S. vanuxemi. Pal. N. Y. 3:108, pl.8, fig.17-23. 248 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM But this close similarity may be due to a possible derivation of both from S. petilus of the Waldron area.t ? S. cyclopterus Hall The young of this species is quite similar to S. vanuxemi in external form and markings. A young specimen of S. cyclop- terus from the Coeymans gives the following measurements: HO 4B & Ok Sey S Z OS te Ky W Om og.e ra oH ~oA apes n = A ers ae D i we i | DUH DW ~] FQ Ay 4 2a5 Abs 1.8 3 Brachial valve 5 9 1.6 4 Pedicle valve In the above brachial valve, the central plication or fold is very slightly larger than those on each side of it; and the plications are but slightly wider than the furrows between them. No flattening of the fold was noticeable. The sinus of the pedicle valve near the umbo is but slightly wider than the furrows on each side, while at the front of the shell it is about twice as wide. All this is also true of S. vanuxemi. This young specimen also agrees with S. vanuxem1 in the number of plications but exceeds it in the proportion of length to breadth of the valves. With the exception of this last fact, the similarity between the two species is almost perfect and suggests a possible derivation.® In many of the New Scotland beds occur frequently only the internal molds of S. cyclopterus. They bear a general resemblance to S. murchisoni but the cast of the muscula- ture of the pedicle valve of the former is narrower and the sinus in it is not as wide as in the latter species. The internal mold of the plications is also usually less pronounced in the former. The surface of the mold on both sides of the muscular impression is papillose in both species, indicating a punctate surface on the corresponding parts of the shell. 1Grabau. N. Y. State Pal. An. Rep’t 1902, p.1046. *Clarke & Beecher. N. Y. State Mus. Mem. 1. 1880. p.75. *Stuart Weller [Geol. Sur. N. J. 3:287] calls attention to the likelihood of the derivation of S. cyclopterus from S. vanuxemi. ———— REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 . 249 S. cyclopterus occurs very abundantly in the Coeymans and Upper New Scotland; it is found less frequently in the Lower New Scotland and Becraft. The Coeymans specimens are more compressed laterally than the majority of those from the New Scot- land. ‘The latter ones have the plications more angular also, thus partially approaching S. murchisoni. S. concinnus Hall Exceedingly abundant in the Becraft. It differs somewhat from the type description! The number of plications on a shell of average size is less than that.given by Hall. The following table will give an idea of the comparison in the pedicle valve between Hall’s figures, specimens measured from Becraft mountain, New York, from Scho- harie, New York and from Trilobite mountain. E . uo Eee, Hall's figures Se Zea (see From the New Scotland, called by Hall a large shell. gisien i4¢ From the Becraft. This Hall calls large. ecTe From the Becraft. its... © From the Becraft. Specimens from Becraft mountain 21 24 9,10 A large specimen. BG8s FHLB BS 222 91n9 The average size Specimens from Schoharie, New York Ly fies ata i Probably from the New Scotland. 25 29 Fy Probably from the New Scotland. Specimens from Trilobite mountain, New York ZS 2 RE Large specimens. 17 24 8-10 Average specimens. bak, oo ee 3:20, pl.25: 23: 250 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM From the above we see that it is only the specimens called by Hall — “large” that have a sufficient number of plications to strictly come under the species according to his description. Large specimens both from Becraft mountain and Trilobite mountain may be placed in it but the great majority are comparatively small shells with an average of nine plications on each side of the sinus. Taking the large shell as the normal, the majority, both at Becraft and Trilobite mountains, represent immature development, for the large shells have passed through this stage as seen by taking younger stages on them. | | In other respects the shells are very similar, they are quite strongly incurved and gibbous at the umbo, the cardinal area is high, concave and usually equals the greatest width of the shell. The sinus of the smaller shells is not as angular as in the larger ones and in this respect approaches S. cyclopterus. The similarity to this latter species is more clearly shown in the young. The pedicle valve of S. concinnus, measuring 6mm by 8mm, has five plications anda S. cyclopterus, 5mm by omm has fours but imee latter species the plications are almost as pronounced as in the mature shell, while on the former they are exceedingly faint. The con- vexity of the two shells is very similar. Notwithstanding the close resemblance of these two species, they can hardly be very closely related since the characteristic plications of each persist from the youngest stages. S. murchisoni Castelnau Hall speaks of the great similarity between S. murchisoni and S. cyclopterus and says that the former may be perhaps only a variety of the latter “ which in the sandstone attains a larger The young of S. cyclopterus is very like:that of S. murchisomi) many , size than in the shaly limestone below.’ of the former having angular cardinal extremities similar to the latter. The hight and concavity of the cardinal area as well as the number of plications and the surface markings are also alike. But there seems to be a slight but constant, greater incurving of the pedicle valve in the former. Of course with the mature shell there AN, Nw mieg aa oA 20k REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 + 251 is no difficulty of determination. The larger size and angular cardi- nal extremities of S. murchisoni are readily distinguished from the smailer size and usually rounded cardinal extremities of Eeecyclopterus. | S. murchisoni is abundantly represented in the Port Ewen,! Lower and Upper Oriskany. Summary of the preceding discussion of the Spirifers S.vanuxemi may possibly, as far as external characteristics are concerned, have been derived indirectly from the western species of S.crispus (orboth from S. petilus) and has probably given rise to S. cyclopterus. The young of S. cyclopterus could hardly have become modified into S. concinnus though they are exceedingly similar, for the finer plications of S. concinnus are present even on the youngest shell examined. . S.cyclopterus may probably have given rise to S. mur- chisceni for though the young of all the latter examined have a less incurving of the pedicle valve than the former, yet there is an indication of a slightly increased incurving in the younger shells over the older ones. In all other respects the young are apparently simi- lar. Hall and Clarke indicate a close relationship between the above species.2 They place them all under the S. crispus type. S. arenosus (Conrad) One specimen from the Upper Oriskany, a mere fragment of a pedicle valve, is doubtfully referred to this species. S. macropleura (Conrad) Exceedingly abundant in the Lower New Scotland and also in the lower part of the Upper New Scotland. It is found more usually ‘The Port Ewen specimens are more or less transitional. They are like S. murchisoni in having angular plications and a subangular sinus. They are similar to S. cyclopterus in being usually small and having rounded cardinal extremities. The convexity of the pedicle valve is inter- mediate between the two species. *Pal. N. Y. ‘v.8, pt2, p.10, 36... 252 os NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM in the shale than in the limestone, e.g. it is questionably present in the dense blue limestone of K7, while 21 inches higher in K8, a dark gray shale, it is exceedingly abundant. S. macrus Hall Quite abundant in the lower beds of the Onondaga. No perfect valves were found. One very small specimen with a length of about 7mm and a width of 20mm has a cardinal area 2mm high and moderately concave; it has apparently six plications on each side of the sinus. Another partial pedicle valve, 1omm by 24mm, has nine plications on each side of the sinus, crossed by many lamellose, con- centric striae. It looks very much like S. mucronatus but has a very much higher cardinal area. The largest specimen observed has an apparent width of 40mm. Delthyris perlamellosa (Hall) Abundant in the Coeymans and the whole of the New Scotland. It is very rarely found in the Becraft. This usually occurs in the same lithologic beds in the New Scotlandas S.macropleura but unlike it, an apparently greater vitality enabled it to thrive in pure waters also. Reticularia fimbriata (Conrad) One shell from the lower Onondaga measures 22mm by 35mm by 18mm. The sinus is broad and of medium depth (not quite 2mm). The fold is quite high toward the front (3.5mm), but fades out be- fore reaching the umbo. There are five low, rounded plications on each side of the fold and six on each side of the sinus. The con- centric lamellae are quite prominent and imbricating toward the front of the shell. The specimen is much exfoliated but there appears to be an average of two elongate nodes to Imm of width. Several specimens of fragmentary Spirifers from the upper portion of the exposed Onondaga may also belong to this species. R. modesta (Hall) This little spirifer is present in our collection only from the Coey- mans, Lower New Scotland and Upper Oriskany. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 253 Cyrtina rostrata (Hall) One entire specimen and two well preserved pedicle valves found in the Lower Oriskany. Coelospira acutiplicata (Conrad) Very abundant in the lowest Onondaga directly above the Esopus- Schoharie. An average shell measured Iomm by 12mm by 4mm in length, breadth and thickness. This frequently occurs in the con- dition of pyrite casts. C. concava Hall One of the most abundant shells in the whole New Scotland forma- tion, making up in places the entire rock mass; it is also one of the most characteristic species of the Port Ewen and is likewise well represented in the Coeymans. One brachial valve, 6mm by 7mm in length and breadth, from the Onondaga, seems to be identical with ' this species. | C. dichotoma Hall Almost as abundant in the Upper Oriskany as L. flabel- Erte’. C. grabaui sp. n. Shell subovate in outline; marked by 9 plications on each valve. These plications are moderately prominent, and broadly rounded Fig.8 Coelospira grabaui Shimer. x2 near the front of the shell, decreasing in strength toward the cardi- nal extremities. The median depression of the pedicle valve is very deep from the center of the valve to the front, and contains a © single plication which fades away toward the front. This produces a correspondingly accentuated elevation on the anterior portion of the brachial valve which has a strong depression down the center, thus forming two median plications, which, however, become merged into one at the front of the shell, The fold disappears at 254 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM the middle of the valve and from there to the hinge the valve is flat. In the oldest portion of the shell, i. e. from the beak to about one half the distance to the front, both valves present the appearance of a typical C. acutiplicata (Con.). But from this point to the front the valves grow rapidly toward each other, thus producing a very conspicuous thickening of the shell. With this thickening there is an increased prominence of the concentric lamellae. The dimensions of a large specimen are: length, 12mm; breadth, 16mm; thickness, 9mm. _ This species which is from the very lowest Onondaga, immedi- ately above the Esopus-Schoharie, evidently represents an offshoot of C. acutiplicata which, rapidly accentuating certain char- acters, soon became extinct, for it was not found in any higher beds. It must be regarded as a phylogerontic type, in which the characters normal in the adult of its ancestors are lost in its own ephebic stage. Figured specimen, paleontologic collection, Columbia University, catalogue no. 19,326. Leptocoelia flabellites (Conrad) One of the most characteristic Upper Oriskany species, and occurs also less abundantly in the middle Oriskany. Whitfieldella? nucleolata (Hall) Very abundant in the Upper Manlius. The shell is small, an average one measuring 6mm by 5mm by 3mm in length, width and thickness respectively. It is not noticed in the Lower Manlius, while several specimens of the average size were found in the Favosites bed. Trematospira multistriata Hall Abundant in the Upper New Scotland; it does not vary from the description of the type. T. perforata? Hall Several external molds and an internal mold of the pedicle valve from the Upper New Scotland present the characters of this species. Nucleospira concentrica? Hall In the Lower New Scotland are many specimens of a shell which in external characters comes nearest this species but differs from it in the absence of a central, longitudinal, depressed line of the dorsal valve and in the fact that the dorsal valve is not depressed at the REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 255 beak. The average shell measures 14mm by 14mm by 6mm. The pedicle valve is convex, specially in the middle toward the beak. The brachial valve is most convex at the beak. One or two strong, concentric growth lines are usually present on each valve. N. elegans Hall Quite abundant in the Becraft and Lower Oriskany. A shell _- Slightly above the average in size measures 15mm by 17mm by 8mm in length, breadth and thickness respectively. | N. ventricosa Hall Rather poorly preserved and not abundantly represented in the Coeymans. Meristella laevis (Vanuxem) One of the most abundant Helderbergian species, occurring usu- ally as perfect shells but often as internal molds. It is very abundant from the Coeymans to the Becraft inclusive. M. lata Hall Very abundant, specially in the Upper Oriskany. It occurs as frequently in the form of internal molds as in that of perfect shells. In a large shell of this species, the length of the striated portion of the internal mold of the muscle impress was 27mm. This was the largest specimen found. This species is also present in the Port Ewen. The Meristella sp. of the Upper New Scotland L2 and L3 is a shell almost as broad as M. lata. M. princeps Hall _ Few specimens found but usually well preserved. One specimen was noted in the Lower New Scotland and several in the Becraft. PELECYPODA Pterinea? gebhardi (Conrad) var. One large specimen from the Upper Oriskany agrees with this species in size and in the broad and not prominent radiating ribs. The grooves between the ribs have comparatively faint and narrow rays. The ribs themselves are very broad and are longitudinally striated, while the whole shell has rather faint concentric ridges, 250 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM placed about 1.5mm apart on the main part of the shell but crowded as they curve around the anterior ear. The posterior ear is not preserved but was apparently much larger than the anterior one. On the ventral part of the shell the primary ribs increase in width anteroposteriorly from 7g to y¢inch while the grooves increase but slightly in breadth. P.? naviformis (Conrad) One well preserved left valve from the Coeymans has all the characteristics of this species. Hall cites it from the Pentamerus limestone, whether lower or upper he does not say. Megambonia aviculoidea Hall Owing to the coarsely crystalline character of these shells, they are seldom sufficiently well preserved to admit of identification for the rock on breaking fractures more easily through than around them. It is apparently quite abundant in the Upper Manlius. Actinopteria communis ( Hall) The specimens identified with this species have rounded radiating ribs and are not nodose. One quite well preserved specimen was found in the Lower New Scotland. A. textilis (Hall) Very abundant in the Lower Oriskany. The surface has strong radiating ribs which at the base are distant from one another about three times their width. In the middle of each intermediate space is a finer radiating ray. Concentric ridges give a cancelated appear- ance to the entire surface. The large specimens from here are of a size similar to those termed small by Professor Hall.2 A compara- tively large specimen was 30mm long from tip to tip of ears and 32mm in greatest length from the hinge to the front of the shell. A. textilis var. arenaria (Hall) This differs from the above merely in having the concentric ridges accentuated, becoming imbricating lamellae and spinose where they *See Conrad. Acad. Nat. Sci. Jour. 1842. 8:210, pl.1, for original descrip- tion. “Pals NunYna 31288, iplis3 fig:2-20. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 257 cross the radiating ribs. It is usually quite well preserved and was found rarely in the Lower and abundantly in the Upper Oriskany. Cypricardinia lamellosa Hall One rather small but quite well preserved specimen from the lower part of the Port Ewen. | GASTROPODA Platyceras cf. gibbosum Hall The specimen from the Lower New Scotland identified pro- visionally with this species agrees with it in shape and size of volutions. It is, however, much less strongly plicate. P. lamellosum Hall One specimen from the Upper Oriskany agrees exactly with Hall’s figures and description! in size and shape. It preserves, however, no surface markings. P. platystoma Hall Two specimens from the Lower Oriskany answer to the descrip- tion of this species.2. They measure 35mm by 4omm and 30mm by 35mm respectively ; the first measurement in each case is the diam- eter of the aperture at right angles to the breadth of the shell, the other is the distance in a straight line from the posterior end of the apex to the anterior side of the aperture. Each has three broad rounded plications on one side, the other being mutilated. P. reflexum? Hall Two rather poorly preserved specimens from the Middle and Upper Oriskany are questionably referred to this species. P. tenuiliratum Hall One well preserved specimen from the Lower New Scotland. P. ventricosum Conrad One small specimen, gmm in greatest length, from the Upper New Scotland and one 30mm in greatest length from the Lower Oriskany. Platyceras sp. A poorly preserved internal mold from the Coeymans shows three or four prominent plications toward the aperture. There is also evi- cE ale N. Yo 32390; pl.0F: "Pal. N. Y. 32326, pl.60. 258 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM dence of several rather prominent transverse folds. The spiral por- tion of the shell is not preserved. Diaphorostoma desmatum Clarke One shell from the Upper Oriskany has three volutions; its diameter through the plane of coiling is 17mm, the greatest dis- tance at right angles to this plane is tomm. The concentric striae are pronounced and closely crowded. The revolving striae do not cross the concentric ones and hence only modify the interspaces. This is very similar to the young stages of D. lineatum of the Onondaga and Hamilton above. On the adult shell of this latter species, however, the revolving striae become more and more pro- nounced, producing a cancelation; in the older shells the difference in the development of the two sets of striae becomes still more marked, and the cancelation becoming scarcely noticeable, the shell appears at a glance to be only longitudinally striated, the very oppo- siteof D. desmatum. D. nearpassi (Weller) One small specimen was found in the Lower Oriskany. It is 8mm in greatest diameter and 4mm high. The lines of growth are crowded and raised above the surface of the shell. No revolving striae are present. : D. ventricosum (Conrad) Shell normal in size and form. It is very abundant in the upper beds of the Oriskany where it almost invariably occurs as internal molds. It also occurs rarely in the Lower Oriskany beds and in the Lower New Scotland. PTEROPODA Tentaculites acula Hall The characteristic pteropod of the Lower Oriskany where it is quite abundant. T. elongatus Hall Exceedingly abundant in some bands of the Upper Oriskany. It occurs much more rarely in the Lower Oriskany while one specimen was noted in the Upper New Scotland. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 259 T. gyracanthus (Eaton) This very characteristic Manlius fossil is very abundant both in the lower and upper portions of this formation. In one or two narrow zones of the Upper Manlius it practically occupies the bed to the exclusion of all else. The shell is normal in its development. Conularia pyramidalis var. jervisensis n. var. The specimens identified with this species are from the Upper Oriskany. They agree fully with Hall’s original description of those from the shaly Helderbergian beds below, with the exception that on our shells the transverse striae are twice as numerous as on the typical species. Near the apex there are 20 striae to three lines while on the rest of the shell there are 30. Hall! gives 15 or 16 in three lines but says that at intervals near the aperture they are some- times more crowded. Here the crowding has become the normal condition. The dimensions of a specimen incomplete posteriorly are 22mm in length, 9 mm in width at aperture. CEPHALOPODA Cyrtolites? expansus Hall Five or possibly six specimens from the Upper New Scotland are all smaller than those described by Professor Hall. The largest measures I5mm by I1mm by 16mm in width and length at aperture and length from apex to anterior portion of aperture respectively. The carination is quite prominent and two of the specimens show concentric striae. Only one specimen gives indication of a broadly expanded aperture. | Orthoceras helderbergiae? Hall | The internal mold from the Coeymans identified provisionally with this species agrees closely with the short description given by Pro- fessor Hall.* Orthoceras sp. One internal mold, 114 inches long by 7% inch wide at the larger end by 5 inch at the smaller end, found in the Lower New Scotland, a Ne Ye: SGARe eral. I. 8.) 324702pl. E14: Peale INGE. 36348. 260 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM shows 12 annulations which are angular with sharp crests. The vertical distance from furrow to ridge is about .5mm; from crest to crest of the annulations is 3.2mm. The concavity of the septum is one third of its width. No finer surface characters are preserved if they ever existed. TRILOBITA Proetus protuberans Hall. One well preserved pygidium with the characteristic flattened marginal border was found in the Coeymans.. Phacops logani Hall Several specimens found in the Coeymans and New Scotland. P. pipa Hall and Clarke Several specimens found in the Onondaga. Dalmanites cf. anchiops (Green) A portion of a cephalon of what ib to be this species was found in the lower Onondaga. — D. dentatus Barrett Exceedingly abundant in the % foot Trilobite bed, also rarely — found through the entire 30 feet of the Lower Oriskany. An indi- vidual of average size measured: pygidium, 30mm by 28mm; cephalon, 30mm by 35mm in length and breadth respectively. The pygidium arched 11mm and had a spine at its end 4mm long. D. pleuroptyx (Green) Represented by one pygidium from the Favosites bed and another from the Coeymans, proper. Homalonotus vanuxemi Hall Very abundant in the lower Oriskany, specially in the Trilobite bed. A pygidium of average size measured 35mm in length by 37mm in breadth at its widest portion and arched from 4mm to 5mm. ADDENDUM We are indebted to Dr S. T. Barrett of Port Jervis N. Y., an active local geologist, for the opportunity of noting the two succeeding species from the Oriskany of Trilobite mountain. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 201 ~Grammysia sp. nov. One imperfect specimen of a Grammysia from the Trilobite ledge (Lower Oriskany) indicates a close relationship to G. undata of the Chemung group. It agrees with it in size and surface markings as far as these are preserved but differs from that speciés in that the hinge line anterior to the umbone has a greater extension and that _ the convexity of the shell posterior to the cincture is decidedly a Nuculites barretti sp. nov. Shell outline characterized specially by an abrupt downward curving to the hinge line posterior to the beak and by an oblique Fig.g,10. Nuculites barretti Shimer. x2 truncation anterior to the hinge line, as well as by the navicular curve of the base. Beaks separated by an area of medium width. Dentition taxodont, apparently multivincular. Anterior to the beak is a radial buttress! extending from the hinge line downward and slightly forward about one third of the distance to the base of the shell. The internal molds from which this description is made show on the umbone a slight depression running parallel to the radial buttress. An undefined sinus gradually broadening extends from the hinge line to the posterior basal extremity. Three specimens measure in length and hight respectively, Igmm by 8mm, 20mm by 12mm (imperfect), 16mm by Iomm (imperfect). This species, which is from the Upper Oriskany, more closely re- sembles in external characters Clidophorus cuneatus Hall of the Upper Ordovician? than any other species with whose description we are familiar. It differs specially, however, from C. cuneatus in being more elongate in proportion to its hight, in the more central location of the beaks and in the abrupt down- ward curving to the hinge line posterior to the beak. *On comparing the radial buttress of this species with that of Mach- aera costata, a recent shell abundant along the whole New Eng- land coast, we note that in the latter species it is perpendicular to the shell and also is narrowest at the hinge line, increasing in breadth as it fades away, in this respect being just contrary to Nuculites barretti. *Can. Nat. & Geol. 1860. 5:148. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 262 -Wod ‘ | | esepu0oug a \o) B : e f | oe log a On ° i 3.0 247} Say ae =) 5 ANVMUSIHO UsMy Og eoeeoeeet;ees eee 4k -e© 8 ee © eleeeweee J I o-1 7-9 ereee eine ee d I q iS © a] ° § a z » g rc) =) ba] GNVTILOOS MAN J -fyoinw 1az1atdg Ajqesonou ‘yoadso1 siy} Ut 31 yoeosdde sarseds say10 [eIdA—as ysnoy suewfs05 ay] jo eieajes epnpidAy ‘sunueM Alajtua sem 31 sdos93n0 awos ul 3@4 ‘pu Ajades sandoo t€ saquinu ‘ajdwexe 403 { |[e ye pesango0 71 YoIYM Ul Spaq ay} Ul sopoods eoeee#s I I eee#es o-1 7a eee De 8) eeewe eee . | Oa Q “y ® < < ° 3 Koa » = 9B ® ane ° o be] SNVWAWHOO ‘yesdag 31 Ul SNUUIDUOD JasIAIdg pue Aueysiio saddy ay} ul ruos 3 ‘dos9yno As9A9 Ul JU | yuosoid si yorum saidads Ajuo sy} AT[vo1OeId st 19dosd ‘ares AOA “Y pue aiei ‘a Suowwods ‘os $uon woo Alaa son oIpul ‘Japs0 Dpjoqeydye uy ore seafoods 94} ‘1aps0 9130j00z uy pasuvsse sae sassejo oy Lt ee i ee ee rr er rr er a) 1°H s1usoji{{i90d SNULISOLIp i seddpn I2MOT SOLINVW e@eeere DOZOjDUL aT teeceeee sense ody snuaaydez “HH @ ‘7 Wawiao1 snuaiydez i ‘ds SINSOAL T wee we eee UPH snowoeryds “A 0H selsiaqiapjay SoysoAr 7 '* OAT wWanjyouys ewsejoisjuy oe seer eeere ‘ds e1odojyeia7 2° wnsstwoid wnqAydosyjolg DOZOUYI PT ‘ssnfpjoH ¢ eotayuaou09 eiodojzeui0Ns DOZOAPA FT teeeseeeee ess ygugoy BSOIqy vIPUrT pis uogs B1309S MON Joddy) 34} Jo spaq qusi9yIp 943 Ul A;UPpUNgE AJ9A 10 AJUOW yeyd JO s0UepuNge Ul 98ur4 3y1 93e9'pul aieNbs & Ul $19779] OM1 UL, ;SUOZIIOY 0} SUIPLOIIE UOIINGII}SIp jeune} Sumoys IGP. ~~ REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 o tresesssss*yprr eyeureoqns *q a Ogue 6s oats LDA suvsajoiad ral "°°" WwFT BuUlIUOD B[auBWTEG Sn tir Es llega deni (Se OLILD TAS) ge Ove LSC Welle) oo ose e ew eese Aaullys meqei3 a) a écay eee wien na (7°77) eULOJOYIIP Dey ecko ea a NM i (i) 0,0) PAPRIUOD ze) "> **('u09) eyeoydunoe esidsojaos oer nes 8 © §" *79nVIS SISUSSIAIOL °7) eH eyeurjdwoo viydonsouoys Se}. bea 8 ey 8 UH snuryjapued a) os} $0 ge: ee IYAD]I) sno1uospny ne) "** WoFT snowoydsiuay sayauoyy ver sees '(*409) SNOLeA SdTIQO|IY oe te 8. E, weueaeous BIYORIG “ees 5 77077. ChEOIO ULL euidAny Wik Sei a a alle tol foe edkuyy Dpogory DAT "*** oF sapiojndias eiodiuiia A bie’ tet ee ae 8 (giz 7) een OBER Gea cereeds-*(p77) BIAIoU BdATINS) er. eecesveeos (PH) B1ojiquoys O: "++ (7py77) Siuejnsas eL1OdoyUC ‘(yoy ) eydniqe ¢ vjadAnouoj;w sire) tan celle Uv eyeinqey ed{10u0; Sa ee el te 6 **°(770/7) uinsolapuod nf | "8°" FT wANSO[N][ID wwal[sor’T eR ee ry E01, SUEUR OUT DOZUMAT NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM abe aechoccer ses: I-A Da] eel aey \e pam yaaay fetes 5) Peg ren) ao) 19 ae esepuouo | yyeis9g IgMo07T suvurhf304 sn}ejuep ‘q usMq }10g JUOSIyoINuI “Ss peq sa}IsoAey uoziIioy uozIiIoy sodoid. ANVUSIUO | | GQNVTILOOS MON SNVWAMOO eoeeee i oeee et eoseoepee LY a a} Ca ° ° s eee oeeeee . -2eeoe LS a ssddq IJ2M07J SOLIINVW RE ERLE eM YF ejdwe BOplO[NIIqiO ‘ RO 6t TY Bit OID SE 77 ee BEOOLI ON” NI 9 ec Ge ig EE REY Gy 2 sueso]> "N [recess sess 9 piper eom\uauOD BIIdsoojonN RES pe AUS ne 8 Baas ae nis ese rene Sie 28 ETS LIS TAN PG reece: NET Sgt a ET sdaound ‘WH 2 a ES I eat BL RI Pc eye] “WW Wa af aie es 1 cnc te e/e eee eels seo ee CPS OE Bag a ce a ee mama gy £5) wnieuwsap ewojysor0ydeiq, Ill Dpogospsv) , ee eerlenosere coe eeler eer eleveereoie rer ee ‘I eeweler seer leeeei[rneorer ia 8 9 7707) ) SIULIOJIAGU ¢ ROULIDIg OIl I Bese 6 ole bie a yiia ew ee bl we ore wl eae © 6g Beep eS os 8 a 8 5B oat (gy) Ipreyqas ¢ vOULIdIg 6o1 , . aamyS Wyaieq saijnonN (OT Se hskeoee lad Sie Ae ae iets as nse ea Fone ey basta I teealeseseses © pry BaplO[NIIAB BIUOGUIESI TN QOI 268 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM. 1 lies bate «@eeeetlewvreoeetfoeoo we @ @ eoeooeoeeretfeewee ef]te eee ida ta Mee: far litatoote o-Y I ae aie eerie. ie ecacn tee ah wed). vale enipsada'T d 9J-I | auiwLetlan Wied cere! Te. us el ua ohare ote ‘gs eiyouhog peer Pes Bd peur ee eras AAG ecn eiuoudog | | e@eoeeejse e@eeerttloeoevweweevrt|seweeeefeeeewreijeeree @ @ sooeeee CSS Tee See eS eee OS 6) aiid) 8 18) oe 8 oi @ 6 © 66 ef 8 8 * @ DPOIVDAJSO Y SRS oe a Ula ia atk Oi ie A Ra 72 4 suvioqnjoid snja01g MiRG ie euita tele wulituiiel in ter ieicel| pb tei tallltanteter® fa «Tort wrfe te “si Youle: (e fertel ee) s a alte ta fe #0 gs sdooeyg eilieeteite item t: \avte sort litem Scolar fe: ta,|' a Ter ter’, lia) (ote fore fe tote wei en ems ayAND & pve edid *g Y Biter PoMta'l|| eb oe) enya) ver|fiaertemter lia ta fei ta: Yel Tel to tr ts OEP ESD 7, 1urdo] sdooryg apitamte Fett lteyeite te [rate fartectat fo: lira Morte Wr:|! ate) 9 fe fei fote "* YpY Wwoxnuea snjouopewo Hi aecomeitetia:|(altertect. rave "etavtelfe|uy ef) Tle ete") (eile ot Oe eco ‘Js soyurwyec{ W-¢ Melee eo uaies ihe se ts TERE RED MS TEE Mes lmralndloniqy tol ‘d d scorer lesceerel(|sever|oveetvees ec ee eve ws 7707) snynseu “Wd oeee 8 0 | ure © YT RN Oe ice a es Be aaa 177 2729) SHINIOU ‘(J ae feral ts) wll apes 4 \"ettecte ere el aiW. Silla CLEVES LAVA E D7 Geslie Usp wGL ee ae en eee eet (Hage) ) SUOIUGUE SoTUeCTe Cl) DILVOTIAL esepuou9g JUOSIQIINUI “Ss snj}elwsp *‘q ueMq 0g yelosg asddn IOMO-J sueurhs04 peq sousoaey rsddn uoZzlI0oy uozlioy siodoid —— INVUSTUO GQNVTILOOS MON SNVWADTOO SOTINVW ( papnj2u02) SUOZIIOY 0} SUIPIOIIE UOTINGII}SIP Jeune} Sulmoys 3[qe L Irvi ovi 61 LET Cer oe | oer REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 269 I wish to express here my indebtedness to Prof. A. W. Grabau of Columbia University, under whose supervision this work was prosecuted and who has given me continuous encouragement in the work, " BIBLIOGRAPHY Barrett, S. T. 1876. Notes on Lower Helderberg Rocks of Port Jervis, N. Y. and Descriptions of a New Pteropod. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. Ann. I1:290 and Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 13:385-87. 1878. Coralline or Niagara Limestone of the Appalachian System. Am. Jour. sci. Ser. 3. 152370. 1878. Descriptions of New Species of Fossils from the Upper Silurian Rocks at Port Jervis, N. Y., with notes on the occurrence of the Coralline limestone at that locality. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Ann. 1:121. 1893. Note on Paper in Nov. number of Am. Jour. Sci. on a New Oriskany Fauna in Columbia County, N. Y. Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 45:72. Beecher, C. E. & Clarke, J. M. 1892. Notice of a New Lower Oriskany Fauna in Columbia County, N. Y., with an annotated list of fossils. A.J.S. (3) 44:410-14. Clarke, J. M. 1901. Indigenous and Alien Faunas of the N. Y. Devonic. N. Y. State Mus. 55th An. Rep’t, p.664-72. 1900. Oriskany Fauna of Becraft Mountain, Columbia County, eye N.Y State Mus: “Ment” 3)” p: 128. & Beecher, C. E. 1889. Development of some Silurian Brachiopoda. N. Y. State Mus. Mem. 1. Darton, N. H. 1892. Report on the Relations of the Helderberg Lime- stones and Associated Formations in eastern New York. N. Y. State Mus. 47th An. Rep’t, p. 393. Grabau, A. W. i900. Siluro-Devonic Contact in New York. Geol. Soc. Am. Bul. 11 :347-76. 1g02. Stratigraphy of Becraft Mountain, Columbia County, N. Y. N. Y. State Paleontol. An. Rep’t, p. 1030-1108. Hartnagel, C. A. 1902. Preliminary Observations on the Cobleskill (“Coralline”) Limestone of New York. N. Y. State Paleontol. An. Rep’t, Pp. 1109-75. Horton, William. 1839. Report on the Geology of Orange County, N. Y. N. Y. State Geol. An. Rep’t, p. I50, I5I. Ries, Heinrich. Report on the Geology of Orange County. N. Y. State Geol. An, Rep’t, 15 :395. | 1898. Notes on a Trip from Port Jervis to Rondout, N. Y. N.Y. State Mus. 5ad An. Rep’t, 1:188. Schuchert, Charles. On the Lower Devonic and Ontaric Formations of Maryland. U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc. 26:413-24. Fossils near Montreal, Canada. Am. Geol. 27:250. (Names a fossil, Chonostrophia jervisensis, after Port Jervis). Ulrich, E. 0. & Schuchert, Charles. 1901. Paleozoic Seas and Barriers in Eastern North America. N. Y. State Paleontol. An. Rep’t, p.633-63. van Ingen, Gilbert, & Clark, P. E. 10902. Disturbed Fossiliferous Rocks in the Vicinity of Rondout N. Y. State Paleontol. An. Rep’t, p. 1176-1227. Weller, Stuart. 1902. Report on Paleontology. Geol. Sur. N. J. v.3, various references. White, I. C. 1882. Pennsylvania Geological Survey. Report G6, various references. ; CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FAUNA OF THE CHAZY LIME- STONE ON VALCOUR ISLAND, LAKE CHAMPLAIN BY GEORGE H. HUDSON, VICE PRINCIPAL STATE NORMAL AND TRAINING SCHOOL, PLATTSBURG N. Y. The following descriptions have been made in order to facilitate the study of a section in the Chazy rocks on Valcour island. All the species were obtained from the beds of this section. CN STOLDEA Genus MALocyYsTITEs Billings Malocystites emmonsi sp. nov. | Plate x, figures 3-7 Description. Viewed from above along an axis determined by the point of attachment to the stem and the center of the more globular portion of the theca, and with the food grooves or what I may call the sigma, turned away from the observer, the anus appears to be placed a little to the left and more or less in advance of the summit; this axis measures from 6 to 10 mm. Viewed from the right side, | that portion of the theca bearing the rather prominent plates of the sigma is seen to be produced so as to form a distinct and some- what contracted neck with the mouth from 40 to 80 degrees in ad- vance of the distal end of the axis as defined above; the edge of the theca from base to anterior food groove is much flattened form- ing in most cases a rather straight line or chord of from go to 140 degrees; the posterior edge is also rather straight or but slightly convex, forming a chord of some 45 degrees from base; from here the outline is usually well rounded to neck under edge of posterior food groove, though some specimens are rather obliquely oval or subovate in outline; the longest diameter is from base to outer edge of posterior food groove and is from one fifth to one fourth longer than the measured vertical diameter. There are on an average some 43 plates in all, not counting the covering pieces, and their outlines usually vary from tetragonal to heptagonal. Some of the specimens REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 a7i are in part ornamented with fine regular, rounded, and not crowded granulations, while in others the raised granulations become quite irregular in outline and often confluent. The larger plates have each a more or less prominent umbo, which may be central or excentric and which together give various angular outlines to different por- tions of the theca; there is usually a very large umbo between the anus and the base. More or less wide, raised ridges usually connect the umbones and many finer ridges run from them over the plate, branch, cross the sutures and form some very fine reticulations hav- ing rounded, depressed pits between them. Observations. This species differs from M. barrand1ii in its much smaller size, the excentric position of the anus, the outgrowth of the theca to form a neck under the sigma, its conical base, its prominent umbones and varied angular outlines. Mr Percy E. Ray- mond writes me that the food grooves in the type specimens of M . barrandii are not so much elevated in proportion to the size of the theca as in this Valcour form. These specimens are so well preserved that it seems proper to make their description still more complete. Specimen A, which has been chosen as the type, still bears two rings of the stem and shows it to have had a marked and permanent bend toward the posterior side. Another specimen has six rings of the stem still attached; these are circular, measure 1.2 mm across next to the theca and — uniformly taper down to .9 mm without alternations in size. The outer surface of the joints is only gently convex and each joint is very faintly anc closely ribbed across its edge; there are about six rings to the millimeter; here also a rather abrupt bend toward the posterior side occurs next the theca and it is rather difficult to dis- tinguish the sutures between the first two or three rings; the lumen is round and about half the diameter of the ring. The stem appears to have been short and used perhaps as an anchor but not for com- plete support. The theca probably rested, in part at least, on the plates to the posterior of the proximal ring. This position would place the mouth at the summit of the theca and bring the arms into a horizontal plane and a similar external environment. Figures 4, 6 and 7, plate 1, show three specimens oriented as if supported by 272 : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM the stem alone, making the axis chosen for description the vertical axis on the plate. A glance at figure 7 will perhaps show the absurdity of considering this a normal position, particularly so if the sigma plates bore spreading brachioles, as their structure sug- gests. The posterior arm is usually the shorter and less developed, the difference in environment caused by the Posie of the anus being the probable cause.} The plates of the type specimen, designated as A [pl.1, fig. 3, 4] are arranged as follows. There are three basal plates, the anterior of which is about half the size of the others. This plate is in contact with but two plates lying above it, while each of the other two is in contact with four plates above. Numbering to the right from the posterior margin, plate 4 rests on the upper left side of plate 1, this plate and the next are tetragonal and small; no. 6 is heptagonal, ‘large, and has a prominent and excentric umbo a little above and to the right of the center; plates 7 to 9 are nearly as large as 6, are *I have for some years harbored a notion that one of the many laws under- lying the production of variation and new species might be expressed by the term, “the survival of the unfit,’ perhaps better stated as “the survival of the weak,’ a law related to Cope’s “law of the unspecialized.” Failure to divide normally at the proper time gave cell aggregates and inaugurated a new wave in what Herbert Spencer points out as the law of rhythm in evolution. No new crest of strength springs from the crest of the last wave but each crest is preceded by a trough. The invagination of a weak hollow sphere of cells gave rise to the gastrula and forced a division of labor on the “unfortunate” aggregate; and this law, if IJ may so call it, offers sug- gestions as to the origin of many things from cell conjugation to the dis- covery of some weak mortal that he might make the pen mightier than the sword he was unable to use. The idea suggested a possible cause for the later change in shape of Eunema epitome. Lyriocrinus? beecheri, with its invaginated base produced at first by the yielding of weak basals to the persistent attack of gravity, is an illustration in point and an extreme is found in Blastoidocrinus carchariidens. The fagare gee plates to support increased weight has initiated variation along this line in many crinoids and natural selection has found certain mechanical advantages in the new forms; out of weakness has come strength. The law suggests that ancestors of Malocystites were once supported by the stem alone and had their arms in a normal position, but that descendants with weak stems often found themselves let down to the ocean floor and had to make shift to live under adverse conditions. Increased growth of the posterior plates or decreased growth of the anterior plates would have brought the arms again uppermost and given rise to a form like that here shown. A stem unused for support might become of advantage as an organ of locomotion and secure slow changes in position. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 273 hexagonal, and have slightly raised centers; plate 10 is the last to have a side in contact with any of the basal plates, it is pentagonal and about the size of no. 7. Plate 11 is a large pentagonal plate and may be considered as the first in the third row, though it is so wedged ‘ ' { ’ ‘ : . ee Fig. « Analysis of the type specimen, designated as specimen A, of Malocystites emmonsi. lhe mouth with its plates bearing the food grooves will be found just above the center of the diagram; the anus (As) not far below it; the basals are numbered 1, 2 and 3 and will be found at the extreme upper and lower portions of the figure. The more prominent mounds and ridges have been rather roughly indicated by hachures. in between plates 10 and 4 as to have its lowest angle touch the highest angle of plate 1; the center of this plate lies a little to the right of a line drawn from anus to base and is the lowest of three that might be called the anal row. Passing still to the right, no. 12 is the largest of the remaining plates with one exception, is hep- tagonal, and bears a moderate umbo. Plate 13 supports the fifth and the following brachials (if I may so call these plates) of the anterior arm; plate 14 supports the third brachial of this arm and also half 274 ; NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM of the second and nearly all of the fourth brachial. The latter arm plate has a small shoulder against no. 13. Plate 14 is marked by a prominent ridge connecting with the umbo on plate 6 and the place of meeting of plates 13, 6 and 14 is depressed. Plate 15 supports P| it SS S . ‘sy neal Yl ig. 2 Analysis of Malocystites emmonsi, specimen B F (pl. 1, fig. 5, 6] half of each of the first and second brachials, plate 16 has one shoulder against the first brachial and supports also the plate bearing the genital pore. The plates now leave the arm, 17 is moderately large, hexagonal and with a slight umbo just above its center; 18 is small and tetragonal; 19 is as large as any of the others, is hex- agonal and has a very prominent and nearly central umbo; this completes the third row and is the last of the plates bearing umbones. Plate 20 comes directly over 11 and plate 21, above this, forms the REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 275 lower border of the anus; plates 22 and 23 form the right and a portion of the upper border of the anus, and 23 also supports the first and half the second brachial of the posterior arm. Plate 24 is just anterior to and also supports the first brachial of this arm, it also reaches the mouth and forms part of its border; plate 25 is semicircular in outline, fills up the inner portion of the half sigma of the anterior arm and supports all of its brachials on this side; its - inner border is raised to form the edge of a channel which receives the eight grooves of the anterior brachials. Plate 26 borders on the mouth, supports the posterior edge of the first anterior brachial, and bears the genital pore; 27 is formed like 25 and receives the six grooves of the posterior arm; 28 supports the last brachials of the posterior arm on the outer side of the curve and with 29 forms the left border of the anus. At the point where plates 26, 27 and 28 meet each other there is a peculiar, small, roughened mound which may represent the madreporite. There is considerable variation in the plate arrangement in the three specimens figured. Specimen C was probably as aberrant a form as could have been found in the two hundred or more speci- mens collected. This specimen has 37 plates besides the brachials, A had 29, and B shows but 28.1 The four plates bordering the mouth are constant and may be called the orals. They bear cover- ing plates some of which may be seen in specimen B [pl. 1, fig. 5]. The plates I have called brachials are vertical plates with their lower edges resting on the neck plates of the theca and their middle por- tion against the opposite oral. These plates do not show covering pieces but the orals numbered 25 and 27 still continue their cover- ing pieces which now reach completely across the food groove, form- ing a single series of rectangular plates. There were several of these in position on the anterior arm but they became lost through an accident and the only completely transverse plates now present are in the posterior arm. The first one or two brachials are the largest ; the others then grow rapidly smaller as the half sigma recedes from the mouth. All bear truncate faces on their distal ends and the larger are marked as if they had borne extended and movable brachioles. The larger faces are directed more nearly upward and *Compare figures I, 2 and 3 of the text. 270°". NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM bear two crescentic depressions which face each other; their inner ends reach to the edge of the food groove; and partly inclosed between them is a third somewhat triangular depression pointing toward the food groove but situated nearer the outer edge of the ee hg ee Se plate. Surrounding all is a well rounded but not prominent ridge. The smallest plates seem to have had short extensions which were bent below the horizon of the sigma. Going toward the larger plates the angle of each truncate face gradually changes till we reach the larger and more vertical brachioles. The normal specimens have six grooves running into the posterior portion of the sigma and eight into the anterior portion, but it is difficult to determine whether these grooves represent so many separate plates. The last two are very small and I have as yet been unable to detect a suture between them. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 27 f Specimen C has but Io radiating grooves in the complete sigma, five in each half. Specimen B seems to have no genital pore and the ornamentation of the plates varies considerably from that of A. The position of the madreporite is constant in all. The anus is large, usually appearing as a rounded pentagon. The covering plates in some of the specimens seem to have been pressed into the anal opening; one specimen has’ the plates in position and they form a gently convex mound, the plates meeting so exactly that the determination of their number, whether five or six, is no easy matter. They are ornamented by radiating lines of exceedingly fine and close tubercles. The specimens so far examined have each six neck plates, but there is much variation in their manner of supporting the plates of the sigma. The three basals seem to be constant with no. 2 always the smaller. The plate numbered 7 seems also constant in shape and position and the two plates directly above it always reach and sup- port the sigma plates above them. In the figures illustrating the cup dissections I have crudely indicated the more marked umbones and the more prominent ridges connecting the same. Further study would no doubt enable one to designate many more of these plates as constants. The specific inheritance had not become as yet so fixed as to completely shut out some of the plates of an older inherit- ance. The anterior plates were evidently less disturbed in their early growth and so have more nearly a constant shape. Name given in honor of Dr Ebenezer Emmons, former state geologist of New York. t CRINOIDEA Genus zyRiocrinus Hall Lyriocrinus? beecheri sp. nov. Plate 3, figures 1-4 Description. Cup small, but 6mm from base to upper angle of primaxil [rAx], while the whole crown from base to top of incurved arms is 2Imm; the cup has been crushed and thus slightly widened, but the greatest width still measures but little over 7mm. Proximal joint of column round and sunken in a hollow base formed by a strong infolding of the proximal portion of the basals; column next 278 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM the cup formed of alternate narrow and wider rings. The basals appear to be hexagonal and each is marked by two very prominent keels running from the central portion of the plate toward the lower angles. Both are bent, with the convex side toward the ring; at their junction near the center of the plate they give rise to a short vertical fold which soon divides into two less prominent keels or Fig. 4 Analysis of Lyriocrinus? beecheri. Interradial plates shaded and the position of the more prominent plate folds and ridges indicated. ridges which pass outward to the radials; between the former and the latter are three faint folds, seen best next the edge of the plate and perpendicular to this edge; there is also a strong transverse ridge below and parallel with the truncate upper edge of the plate. — The pentagonal, completely separated radials carry very slightly raised ridges continued from the basals; those near and parallel with the lateral margins are the more prominent and extend vertically _ REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 279 over the brachials at about one fourth the width of the plates from — their margins, as fine, raised ridges; these fork near the upper edge _ of [Br (first primibrach), and again just as they leave the IAx; the outer branch in each case remains the stronger but becomes very faint on I]Br,. The first secundibrach (IIBr,) is about twice as wide as high and the pentagonal IAx presents approximately the same _area of surface. These plates seem to be ornamented only by what appear to be faint nerve ridges and their branches which present | some very faint reticulations. No ray seems to have possessed a plate between IBr, and JAx. Each interradius has one large plate in contact with the basals, and six or seven plates in addition, one of which may be as large or slightly larger than the first; directly over these the pinnules from IIBr,, with their plates somewhat enlarged, meet each FEN other and are incorporated in the cup. The 10 arms, thus brought closely together, are { ? comparatively large, biserial and, with their i J pinnules, obovate in outline; the IIBr ‘= 7 counted on one side number 35 and over Fig. 5 Diagrammatic cross- and are strong and rounded on the back; section” of Lyriocrinus? beecheri showing the man- the pinnules are closely set and the longest Boras: Hee ee a arefolded measure about 5mm; the whole arm is very plumelike in appearance and the manner of folding over the cup extremely graceful. This folding is a mixture of the convolute and imbricate and is shown in figure 5. Observations. The crushed condition of the cup has made the determination of the arrangement of the plates of the interradii a somewhat difficult matter. In my drawing of this plate arrangement (fig. 4), I have outlined only such plates as were present and in, or nearly in, their normal position. In one or two instances a frac- ture may have been taken for a suture. The complete interradius to the right in the cut was drawn from plates crushed in just below the first incorporated pinnules and perhaps should have one or two additional small plates near the latter. The completed interradius placed in the position of 1. anterior IR apparently has had its basal, the top of which is broken across, forced to one side. This inter- 280 oe NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM radius seems to possess two or more very small tetragonal plates lying between but not belonging to the enlarged pinnules from IIBr, ; it should perhaps have been chosen to represent posterior IR. Owing to the condition of uncertainty I have refrained from completing the diagram and have made the left hand interradius of figure 1 [pl. 3] the vertical one in figure 4 of this text. I am one of a host whom Prof. C. E. Beecher placed under lasting obligation through his kindly given and generous help. This speci- men was found soon after his visit to my camp in the summer of 1903 and I name it after him, not alone in recognition of the eminent position he attained in the science to which he gave his life’s labor, but also as a token of personal affection and in appreciation of many rare mental qualities which I came to see as one can best see such things through the freedom of field work by day and at the open camp fire by night. Genus RHAPHANOCRINUS Wachsmuth and Springer Rhaphanocrinus gemmeus sp. nov. Plate 2, figures 1-5 Description. Cup small; its hight measured from proximal surface of basals to distal angle of first secundibrach 7.5mm; its diameter measured from upper edge of right posterior primax#il about 9.6mm; that of its base across lower shoulders of basals 4mm; that of proximal ring of stem 3.3mm; sides of cup from lower edge of basals to top of radials rather straight and from this point gradually curving to give a somewhat ver- tical edge to cup at IIB,. The more or less narrow depressed margin of the plates is ornamented by numerous fine radiating lines which cross the sutures; a single large proximal interbrachial pos- sesses more than 40 of these lines, and under a low power they are seen to be rows of fine tubercles; from the inner edge of this border the plates rise rather. abruptly to the hight of about .5mm and become smooth or microscopically granular with a large flat or slightly concave area which shows, near its outline, a marked ten- dency toward suppression of the plate angles. The infrabasals are small and almost completely covered by the proximal ring of the REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 Set stem. Near the cup the stem is made up of alternating light and heavy rings, slightly flattened on their radial edges and possessing radially disposed sutures. The basal plates are largest and are trans- versely depressed as if slightly bent outward at their bases or as if impressed with a quadrangular die that left four shallow pits at its four corners. The radials are next in size, their raised areas are nearly circular in outline and about 2mm in diameter; they also _ show slight traces of lateral impressions similar to those on the basals; the raised areas on these plates and on the basals are so large as to nearly or fully meet at the plate . edges midway between the angles. ‘The first brachials are smaller and their raised surface wider than high, this area showing a tendency to become diamond-shaped; the plates of the radii above these brachials are well rounded and smooth save for a single depression shown by the anterior and right anterolateral primaxils. The proximal interbrachials are but little smaller than the basals and their raised areas are more angular in outline and well separated from those of the adjoining plates; each supports two smaller plates and these in turn three others above them; a few smaller plates above the latter lose the smooth rounded subcentral elevations and present but ° ° CN o Ls . a short, vertical, median ridge. In the pos- — ey ee eee terior interradius there is an extra: plate im- PD@7gcrinus gemme- mediately above the anal which is followed sneer abana ia by a vertical row of sevem and perhaps more smaller regular hexagonal plates. The anal tube is about 2.3mm in diameter; rises with a slightly broader base, from a position but little posterior to the center of the oral surface; is bent down just above the ninth hexagonal plate of the anal row; curves slightly to the right and then back to the left and its tip nearly touches the IIBr, of the anterior R; the last part, 4mm in length, consists of about 10 rows of plates each .4mm long and the row so twisted as to bring a plate 282 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM of one row directly under a plate of the next... Some pinnules appear to have been incorporated in the lower portions of the tube. Arms above the IIBr, are wanting in the specimen. Intersecundibrachs present. Genus caRrazocrinus Billings Carabocrinus geometricus sp. nov. Plate 1, figures 1-2 Description. Cup small, its hight from base to level of upper edge of anal x, 6.5mm, its width measured across from base of left Fig. 7 Analysisof Carabocrinus geometricus. The outline of the radials is drawn as viewed from the side and the true outline of the oral edges is not seen, The more easily - detected axial folds have been shown by shaded lines. posterior IAX 7.5mm, its width half way between base and last measured diameter 6.5mm, subhemispheric with a slight vertical elongation and a tendency to show inversely conical outlines along the lines from base through the centers of the RR, particularly in the 1. posterior R where the flattening of the side of the cup is well marked. Vertical diameter of the IBB a little less than that of the RR and their transverse diameters about one half of the latter; the IB of 1. posterior R is a little larger than the others and pentagonal, one shoulder supporting the supplemental anal plate, the others are all tetragonal; the IB of r. posterior R is smaller than the others. The vertical and lateral diameters of the BB are about equal to the *It will be seen that such a twist, if I may so call it, could be described as turning either to the right or to the left, or one might consider the tube to be formed of about 20 longitudinal rows of plates without “twist” but with the plates offset. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 283 width of the RR; the B of R posterior IR is heptagonal, the other four are hexagonal. The plates of the anal row are pentagonal, the anal x is about two thirds of the width of the RR on either side of it, its vertical diameter is the same, one edge is uppermost and the two vertical edges are nearly parallel; the radianal is a little smaller with one angle uppermost and its sides of very nearly the same length; the supplemental plate is slightly smaller still, of nearly the _ shape of the anal x and with an angle down. The RR have raised centers and the axial folds of these plates pass across the sutures and over the neighboring plates after the manner of C. radiatus, but the folds are finer and less prominent. The plates are very faintly tuberculate, the tubercles showing rather more plainly along the upper edges of the axial folds. The first Br is also the JAX, it is pentagonal, stout, nearly or quite half the width of the R, and well rounded on the back; the hight of the outer edges is about one | fourth of the width of the plate. A very small portion of the tegmen is present in posterior IR; the relative size and position of the plates will be seen in plate 1, figure 2. At each of the other four junctions of the RR in the periphery of the tegmen there is a shallow excavation of the plate margins, forming a straight base and an acute angle at either end as if cut for a dovetail. This appearance suggests triangular del- toids with a bordering plate on either edge, but as I am not familiar with the tegmen of crinoids and do not have easy access to the litera- ture of the subject I shall refrain from further suggestion. Attached superficially to the left edge of 1. posterior R there appears to be an anal pyramid of five plates which may belong to this species, and I have been careful to leave it on the specimen, though as the locality abounds in crinoid fragments its mere prox- imity should not be given undue weight. The apex of the pyramid shows a very small starlike opening, each plate having a more or less pointed tip and failing to meet its neighboring plates near the apex. Three rings of the stem are still attached to the cup and seem to be rather uniform in size, about four to the millimeter and Imm in diameter. 284 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM This species differs from C. radiatus in its less globular form, the stouter JAx, and the fact that its arms divide above the first free joint. Collected by Mr Percy E. Raymond. BRACHIOPODA Genus scHizamBon Walcott Schizambon duplicimuratus sp. nov. Plate s, figures 6-7 Description. Pedicle valve subcircular, well rounded anteriorly, slightly straightened for about 70° on each side of the small and rather clean cut apex; length of shell 5mm, width 5.4mm; greatest convexity a little to each side of the pedicle opening and raising sur- face of shell about 1mm above the plane of the shell margin; apex about .5mm above the cardinal margin and slightly projecting over it. Foramen subovate, about .88mm wide, anterior edge 1.8mm from apex, earlier portions filled up leaving a narrow depression with smooth convex floor,narrowing posteriorly and reaching the extreme point of the apex. Surface ornamented with nearly concentric, raised striae which completely encircle the valve; they are single and rather crowded where they cross the cardinal area but are strongly raised and distinctly wider and double over the anterior and lateral regions of the valve. In front of the pedicle opening eight pairs of these striae can be counted in the length of 2.5mm on anterior portion of vertical axis. The spaces between one pair and the next are rather deep and .2mm wide, the distance across each pair - is slightly less. The outermost rampart on the double portion bears a fringe of short spines set about .12mm apart. Brachial valve similarly ornamented but less produced posteriorly along the cardinal margin. Observations. This species seems to be a little larger than S. typicalis Walcott, and to differ from that species in its rela- tively larger pedicle opening, its more nearly spheric or transversely oval outline, and in the prominent and double, not lamellose, striae over the anterior and lateral slopes of the shell surface. Described from three specimens, one of them collected by Mr Percy Raymond and kindly sent me for comparison. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 285 Genus synTrRopH1a Hall and Clarke Syntrophia multicosta sp. nov. Plate 5, figures 8-z5 Description. Shell outline semioval, in some specimens inclining toward subquadrate; hinge line straight, usually equal to greatest transverse diameter and in a iarge specimen measuring 16mm. In such a specimen the length would measure Io. smm and the distance from hinge line to apex of pedicle valve 8mm. Cardinal angles about 90°, not rounded, sides generally rather straight and parallel for a distance reaching nearly to the ends of the transverse axis; the anterior half of the shell uniformly rounded save for a distinct flatten- ing of the anterior margin. j Pedicle valve with wide flat cardinal area the sides forming an angle of from 95° to 110° at the beak; beak slightly convex; the slope from beak to valve margin quite straight and nearly uniform in all directions. Delthyrium triangular, two thirds as wide at the hinge line as it is high, and reaching apex. Brachial valve nearly flat with a very shallow sinus, not showing in all specimens. Radiating costae are numerous and nearly uniform in size from near the point of their origin to their termination on the margin; as shell growth proceeds new costae are added by implantation. - Shells about 2.5mm long have some 33 costae, shells of 5mm length have about 49, while adult shells have 81 and over. In figure 13, plate 5, if the two strong costae on either side of the midcosta are traced to their termination on the margin they will be found to have II costae between them instead of one. The new costae do not seem to have been added in regular order, for while the new group of five to the right have their middle one the longest, the middle one of the new five on the left is the shortest and youngest. The costae are crossed by fine raised striae, about .25mm apart. In the gerontic stage the additions to the shell margin of the brachial valve tend to add very markedly to its convexity. | The interior of the brachial valve shows a strong and prominent median ridge starting from the middle of the valve and widening 286 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM backward till it meets the cruralium. This ridge gives off two lateral branches from its middle portion, equally raised but narrower and pointing toward the ends of the transverse axis. These ridges form the inner boundaries of four deep muscular pits of nearly equal size. The posterior pits with a very slight additional extension back- ward would leave the cruralium as a narrow platform supported by the wider portion of the median ridge. The two anterior pits are a little nearer together and each shows three distinct muscular impres- sions separated by two very narrow and slightly raised ridges. The middle scar of each three is the largest, is subtriangular, and has its apex pointing a little inside of the well marked dental sockets; the outer pair are a little smaller, of nearly the same shape and with apex pointing very nearly toward the small, narrow cardinal process; the outer impression of the three is a little smaller still and rather rounded in outline. The pedicle valve bears a wide spondylium well raised from the valve and supported by a fine and narrow median septum which is continued anteriorly to the middle of the valve. The arrangement of the genital and pallial sinuses is shown in plate 5, figures 10,14. The muscular areas on the spondylium are not dis- tinctly separated but one can distinguish three tracts, a central and two outer of nearly the same area, the boundaries of which are not sharply limited. The delthyrium is bordered by a narrow raised ridge which is continued around the cruralium of the brachial valve. At the apex this well rounded border meets a straight raised ridge tangent to the curve, and just anterior to the ends of this ridge, and outside of the curved border, are two short, narrow, depressed pits usually worn off in most of the valves found. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA Genus mopiotorsis Hall Modiolopsis subquadrilateralis sp. nov. Plate 4, figures 8, 9 Description. Shell small, from anterior to posterior extremity nearly gmm. Rather elongate ovate with anterior margin truncate, the straight portion of this margin making an angle of about 125° with the anterior third of the dorsal margin which is also straight; REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 287 the beaks are at the angle, and are therefore well forward; the hinge line carries the middle portion of the dorsal line above the flat plane of the umbones and gives the shell a very slightly alate appearance ; posterior margin about twice the length of the anterior and quite regularly curved, the sharpest bend being found at the posteroven- tral margin; ventral margin very slightly convex, a little more straightened in middle portion and forming an angle of about 25° - with the general dorsal area as viewed across the shell; the basal line forms an angle with the margin of the anterior truncate part of a little less than go° and the curve of the basal margin gradually and regularly increases till it meets the margin of the anterior trun- cate portion in a well rounded angle. Extreme breadth of shell 3mm and at a point but little anterior to the middle and very closely half- way between dorsal and ventral margins. Beaks incurved and nearly touching, byssal pit just below them and the cause, in part, of the truncate appearance. Surface very regularly curved, the usual oblique ridge from beaks to posterior margin not prominently marked. Concentric growth lines very fine and numerous but not easily seen. : Genus cyrroponta Billings Cyrtodonta? lamellosa sp. nov. Plate 4, figures 10-13 Description. Shell of moderate size, its length being 20.7mm; length of hinge line 1omm; a perpendicular from posterior extremity of hinge line reaches posteroventral angle and measures 16mm. (posterior hight of shell); posterior margin convex and quite closely forming the arc of a circle of 1omm radius with center on axis of greatest length; the arc extended forward would follow the shell for about one fourth of dorsal margin and then enter the shell again at or very close to the beaks; ventral margin but little con- vex, nearly straight to point directly below beaks, anterior hight 7.7mm; anterior margin at first following the gentle curve of the ventral margin, but becoming markedly convex when it rounds back toward the beaks; the outline of the shell with the exception of the segment cut off by the straight hinge line and the projection of the anterior margin closely resembles the outline of the gibbous moon. 288 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Crescence line diffuse, well curved, slope of surface of shell from this line to either margin gently convex; greatest breadth of shell on this line about one third way from beak to posterior angle and measures 7mm. The surface is lamellose and imbricated, lamellae widen as posterior angle is approached and are there placed with their edges something over Imm apart; they project from the shell about Imm or a little more and become crowded on the margin dur- ing the gerontic stage. _ The valves seem to gape very slightly at the anterior extremity, perhaps indicating a byssal opening. Area crushed in, but posterior extremity of hinge line presents a well formed channel between the winglike posterodorsal extension of the valves, as in Unio alatus, as if to receive a parivincular, opisthodetic ligament. The shell substance is rather thin near the middle of the valve and becomes markedly thicker near the posterior margin. A line connecting a series of points placed at the successive posi- tions of posterior extremity of shell (measured from the probable position of the beaks) marks also the places of greatest breadth met in crossing the shell and lies over the path of the successive positions of the posterior adductor. A line from apex to posterior extremity of one of the earlier neanic stages, when the shell had attained about one third its length, makes an angle of 30° with the hinge line; during the growth of the remaining two thirds of the shell this line is gradually turned away from the hinge line through an angle of an additional 27°. GASTROPODA Genus EuNEMA Salter Eunema historicum sp. nov. Plate 4, figure 5 Description. Shell small) turbinate, apical angle 80°, whorls about four. The body whorl shows five well marked minutely tuber- culate spiral costae with trace of a faint sixth at the broken edge, well down on the base. The first costa (numbering down from eg er The type specimen, being broken diagonally across the lower portion of the axis, has lost the aperture while. the apex and most of the body whorl are preserved; it has a hight of 4.3mm. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 289 suture) is sharp; the second and third are more raised, prominent, blunt, and each about one fourth as wide as the interspace; the fourth is a little nearer the third, less prominent and narrower; the fifth is nearer the fourth by about half the distance between fourth and third and is about half as wide as the fourth. Following the outline of a vertical section through the body whorl, the shell is seen to be slightly angulated; from suture to outer edge of first costa the line is straight and at right angles to the axis; a straight line taken from first to third costa would make an angle of about 23° with the axis; the projection of the second costa beyond this line gives a slight convexity to this spiral belt of the whorl; the outer edges of the third, fourth and fifth costae are more nearly in line with each other and this line is nearly parallel with the axis of the shell, its inclination toward the base being but slight; from the fifth rib the surface approaches the axis by another flattened belt, at an angle of about 45°; the final approach to the axis is lost. The intercostal spaces are concave, the amount of concavity increasing markedly as the lower costa is approached, giving a rather horizontal surface to the upper portions of the stronger costae or in certain lights making this upper edge appear slightly reflexed. The suture lies at the base of the nearly vertical, spiral belt or just under the fourth costa and is thus situated at the apex of a clearly cut right angle, two sides of which are formed by the flattened belts already described. The shell is faintly marked with transverse striae the more prominent of which are about 2mm apart; between these a still fainter line can in many places be dis- tinguished; their direction is at first very nearly perpendicular to the suture and on the body whorl they appear to run gently back- ward from the fourth costa; they are more easily seen above the suture and here seem to be nearly vertical across and beyond the fourth costa; finer growth lines may be detected. A little more than the first whorl of this specimen is somewhat Natica-like, not angulated, destitute of costae, and the apical angle is more obtuse being about 90°. The transverse striae seem to appear first and are present on the second whorl. The vertical and horizontal flattened belts are present on the third whorl and the first, 290 4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM second, and third costae are clearly developed; the fourth costa seems to have had a later origin as it is not detected till we reach the later portions of this whorl. The intercostal spaces on the third whorl are more uniform and not so deeply concave; the gradual change to the greater concavity near the lower costa can be easily seen in different portions of the fourth or body whorl. The name historicum was suggested by the well presented ontogenic series in shell growth. Eunema epitome sp. nov. Plate 4, figures 6, 7 Description. Shell small, turbinate, apical angle about 80°, length 10.3mm, whorls about four and one half, upper surfaces a little flattened giving a distinct conical aspect to the upper portion of shell. A well marked keel on periphery and three more of like character between this and the suture; these four keels nearly equidistant and clearly defining the broad, shallow, concave grooves which lie between them. Keel next the suture and distant from it about half the width of one of the grooves, finer and sharper than the others, the second keel from suture strong and rounded and touching the sides of the apical angle. The suture is formed on the peripheral or fourth keel, and‘the half groove of the body whorl is made to fit the base of the smaller groove of the whorl above in such a manner as to make the suture show as a simple line in the middle of a groove very similar to and but slightly deeper than the others. Base of shell near termination of penultimate whorl nearly flat making an angle of about 90° with upper surface; nearer the aperture the base becomes more convex and a tendency to lose gradually the angle of the penultimate whorl is well marked; the last third of the body whorl is lost but the changes introduced point to a well rounded aperture. There are five revolving keels on base, the three next the columella being the finer and closer together ; two new ones with trace of a third are introduced soon after the com- mencement of the last whorl and are in position still below the three last mentioned. Very fine and obscure transverse striae, about seven REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 291 to the millimeter, run backward from the suture and each keeps approximately in the plane of its origin till it terminates on the columella. Observations. The apical angle of the shell in its two whorl stage is considerably over 100°, and becomes reduced to about 80° on the — completion of the third whorl; on certain lines the fourth whorl rather increases this angle and so makes the outline across three whorls from shoulder to shoulder slightly concave. The revolving keels appear in the second whorl. The earlier portions of the suture are a little more angulated, but acceleration seems to have carried back toward the apex the peculiar feature of making the suture appear as one of the grooves. The slight flattening of the upper surfaces of the whorls and the very marked obliteration of the suture by turning it into a groove so very like the others may have served to make the shell less readily distinguishable, as such, to the primitive perceptive powers of some important enemies. The introduction of the new keels and the widening to which they must have been subjected during the probable inflation of the base of the whorl and the rounding of the aperture suggests that the grooving of the upper portion of the whorl was later carried to the base of the last half of the body whorl. This change was probably induced by a changing in the position of the heavier shell during locomotion or rest, and enabled the posséssor to still present the peculiar grooved aspect whatever may have been its purpose. This shell also seems to recapitulate in its ontogeny some interest- ing features of its very remote history and at the same time, when compared with modern shells, to show quite as remarkable an ac- celeration as many of these; the name epitome therefore is suggested aS an appropriate one. Eunema altisulcatum sp. nov. Plate s, figure 3 Description. Shell small, turbinate, pyramidal, apical angle 52°, hight 6mm. Whorls four, uniformly increasing in size, hight and width of body whorl to total hight closely in ratio of 3:5; three 292 ‘NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM prominent, projecting and clear-cut revolving keels on penultimate whorl, the uppermost of which is the weaker and forms the outer edge of a flat revolving shelf which is depressed at an angle of about 115° from the vertical axis. The edge of this keel is narrow and rather vertical. Just under it a second shelf commences, having about the same width and angle as the first; it is slightly concave and is limited by the second and stronger keel. Under this is a wider, more strongly concave space with its lower border sloping down at an angle of about 45° to the vertical; the limiting keel to this revolving groove is the strongest and most extended of all. The edge of the shell is now cut strongly back, beginning at an angle of about 90° with last surface and curving down to a very fine keel immediately above the suture or reaching the suture itself. The suture thus comes to lie in the widest and deepest revolving channel of the shell. There are five or six fainter revolving keels on the base but the shell is not depressed between them; the three next to the columella are the nearest together. The lip is broken but appears to have been well rounded and to have been slightly extended over the columella at the base of the outer lip so as to leave a very narrow and slitlike cavity appearing like a nearly cov- ered umbilicus. The revolving keels do not begin to show till the latter part of the second whorl. Very fine and faint transverse striae, about 10 to the millimeter, cross the later whorls, and the edges of the keels are slightly roughened or finely nodular, Collected by Mr Percy E. Raymond. Genus STRAPAROLLINA Billings Straparollina harpa sp. nov. Plate 5, figures 4, 5 Shell very small, turbinate, spire low, hight 2.5mm, width about 4mm, apical angle about 125°. Whorls three, well rounded, rapidly enlarging, crossed by fine raised, laminate ridges, vertical to the surface and about .2mm apart. Umbilicus deep, about one ninth the width of the shell, the lip at the notch extended and partly reflected over it. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 203 Differs from S. asperostriatus Billings in its smaller size, its more depressed spire, its relatively narrower umbilicus, the closeness of its raised striae, and the absence of any carina along the underside. | Described from three specimens collected by Mr Percy E. Ray- mond. | | Genus suBULITES Conrad Subulites raymondi sp. nov. Plate 4, figures r, 2 Description. Shell small, fusiform; apical angle about 44°; length of specimen, with apical whorl, or a little more, lost, 9.5mm; greatest thickness across axis at middle of shell 3.4mm. Whorls five or six; penultimate whorl showing a rapid elongation, body whorl 6mm long or considerably longer than the spire. Aperture elongate, oblique, narrow, with well formed anterior cenal; inner wall of aperture nearly straight; outer lip convex, gradually increasing its distance from the axis for about one fourth its length, remaining very nearly parallel for another fourth and then slightly increasing its convexity to anterior extremity. With -aperture toward the observer, the shell appears slightly angulated at a little above middle on the left, and a short distance below the middle on the right; turned toward the left through 90°, the right hand outline is more uniformly convex. Suture but slightly im- pressed ; surface smooth. Observations. The shell surface is well preserved and in some lights seems to show growth lines much like those of Terebel- lum subulatum Lam., to which this species shows a super- ficial resemblance in its spire, inner wall of aperture, and anterior canal. With other lighting however there seem to be growth lines running gently backward from the suture. These lines are not easily seen and some of them may be due to marks made in cleaning the specimen. Still very faint but more easily seen are some ex- tremely narrow, fine, raised, transverse striae about 4mm apart. This species has been named after Mr Percy E. Raymond, of the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburg Pa. who found the species in material from the section described. 2904 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Genus nozopEa Hall Holopea microclathrata sp. nov. . Plate 4, figures 3, 4 Description. Shell small, turbinate, apical angle about 73°, length of type specimen in which apex and last fourth of body whorl are lost, measured from broken part of apex to most distant point on body whorl 8mm. Whorls about four, becoming gradually more oblique, longest diameter of body whorl near the aperture making an angle of about 50° with the vertical axis. Base of penultimate whorl slightly flattened and making an angle of about 90° with upper surface; angle well rounded and upper surface moderately convex; outline of whorl rapidly becoming more rounded as aper- ture is approached. Columella apparently strong and thickened and there seems to be a small umbilicus; no trace of lip across wall of aperture. Eight fine revolving, raised striae between suture and periphery ; on the penultimate whorl the first, second, fourth, sixth | and eighth are the more prominent of these. The spaces before the first and between this and the second are a little wider than the others and are gently concave; the third stria (the first of the fainter or secondary striae) lies at the center of a wider and shallow concave belt limited by the second and fourth striae; after the second the distance between striae is quite uniform and the secondary striae are nearly as prominent as the primary and are but slightly or not at all depressed below them. There is a peripheral stria and eight or more similar striae on base of penultimate and body whorls. The shallow spaces between the striae are crossed by very fine and sharp, raised, transverse striae, as close as 17 or more to the milli- meter. These striae pass slightly backward from the suture, curve regularly and gently across the whorl and become directed forward on the base. Viewed from the middle of the whorl the lines appear to make no deviation whatever in any part of their course from the vertical plane of their origin. The suture forms a fine, rather im- pressed line just below the eighth stria, the whorls meeting at an angle of about 90°. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 295 TRILOBITA Genus cHEIRURUS Beyrich Cheirurus mars sp. nov. Plate 5, figures 1-2 Description. Glabella somewhat resembles a medieval, conical helmet, rising from the frontal rim with a curve of about 6mm tadius for one third the distance to the apex of the cone. In the other two thirds the convexity becomes markedly less and the apex is approached with but very slightly convex outlines; from the apex to neck furrow the outline is at first concave and then straight. The cone or spur is thus rather high and produced backward over the neck ring. Length from frontal. furrow to neck furrow 13mm, from frontal furrow to apex of cone 15mm, hight of apex of cone above neck furrow about 8mm, width of glabella just in front of the neck ring nearly 12mm. The glabellar furrows are convex ~ toward the front throughout their length; the two anterior pairs reach to a little less than one fourth the distance across the glabella ; the middle one is most convex toward the front; the posterior fur- row is less bent at first, reaches about halfway to the apex of the cone and is bent so as to meet its axis at an angle of about 70°. Marginal furrow of glabella rounded in front, distinctly angled as it turns to pass along the sides, where it is concave toward the under surface with a radius of about Iomm. Differs from C. vulcanus Billings, in the pronounced char- acter of the conical spur, the absence of a sigmoid flexure in the posterior pair of glabellar furrows, the shortness of the two anterior pairs, and the front angles of the margin. Described from a cast the surface of which is smooth. THE STRUCTURE OF SOME PRIMITIVE CEPHALOPODS BY R. RUEDEMANN Plates 6-13 Professor Whitfield has described [1886 p. 319], as Ortho- ceras brainerdi, a cephalopod from the Fort Cassin_ (Upper Beekmantown) beds of Fort Cassin Vt., which is also very common in beds of like age outcropping along the shore of Lake Champlain at Valcour N. Y. While the originals of the species exhibit but fragments of the phragmocone and lack the living chamber and the apical parts of the conch, there are in the extensive museum collection of specimens secured at Val- cour, not only conchs which supplement the original material but also a great number of siphuncles which exhibit interesting internal structures.2. These and the peculiarities of the apical portion of the conch have led to the investigation, whose results are herewith presented. An extension of the research to the siphuncles of Piloceras explanator Whitfield, another form which is equally common in the Fort Cassin beds at the type locality and at Valcour, has brought to light homologous structures which are also described here. 1 Parts of siphuncle In a siphuncle of the mature conch of Cameroceras? brainerdi four well defined parts, succeeding each other in apertural direction, can be differentiated. For reasons of plainer demonstration we will consider them here in the reversed order of origin or in apical direction. The first portion of the siphuncle of this species is entirely empty, as in Orthoceras [see 1See list of references. 2Subsequently these structures were also found in specimens from Fort Cassin itself, which are a part of the State Museum collection. 3We use here the older term Cameroceras not differentiating between Cameroceras and Endoceras, as Hyatt has done. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 297 pl.6, fig.2]. The septal necks,! however, do not as in most ortho- ceratites extend only a short distance backward, but curve first gently inward, thus contracting the siphuncle slightly and just above the preceding septum bend again outward, growing thicker and standing on the latter septum. The cameras are thus completely shut off from the siphuncular space. There is, however, no separate siphun- cular wall present in this part, the septal necks forming the only par- titions. The proportional length of this part to the total length of the conch I have not ascertained; it is, however, certain that this open siphuncle extended for the distance of several inches apicad from the living chamber. Under the second part of the siphuncle we comprise that por- tion in which the organic deposits characteristic of Cameroceras and consisting of endocones begin to form. The space included by the last formed endocone is a cone with elliptic or more frequently subtriangular section, the base lying parallel to the iaeesiae Of the siphuncle [see pl.8, fig.7].. The more convex. side is provided with low annulations which are slightly convex forward. The cone is always filled with matrix, like the living chamber and open part of the siphuncle and is what Dewitz and other authors have termed the “ Spiess” (or dart) of the endocera- tites. The last endocone is in sections [see pl.g, fig.2] distinctly set off by its darker color from the coarsely crystalline white calcite infilling of the more apical portions of the siphuncle, which suggests that, when left behind by the advancing animal, it contained con- siderably more organic matter than is found in the solid part of the siphuncle where calcite infiltration has taken place. This endocone connects with a cylindric layer of equally carbonaceous lime car- bonate, which being directly adjacent to the septal necks, lines the entire siphuncle and extends forward into the first part to an extent at present not known to me, but certainly not comprising the entire first part, for its absence in the siphuncle for several inches from the base of the living chamber could be ascertained in 1We prefer the older term “septal neck” to the later “funnel” pro- posed by Hyatt for the reason pointed out by Foord [1888, p. 130] that under funnel another organ of the recent Cephalopoda is understood. 298 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM several specimens. In the opposite or apical direction it extends close to the tip of the siphuncle. This internal lining layer of the siphuncle will be termed in this paper “ endosipholining ” [see p.303]. The third part of the siphuncle is that which has been filled by the endocones, but is still surrounded’ by the cameras of the phragmocone. The endocones have mostly become obliterated by the formation of coarse white calcite, but from the endosi- phuncular canal there still proceed at intervals short lines which are parallel to the last endocone and represent the bases of former endocones [see pl.o, fig.2]. Occasionally also the entire walls appear still as gray lines in the calcite filling [see pl.6, fig.3]. The “ dart” or “ Spiess” extends at its apical end into a flat broad tube, which frequently passes through nearly the whole width of the siphuncle and which possesses strong, deep black walls of velvety appearance, suggesting their composition of conchiolin. This flat tube is the first part of the endosiphuncle The latter passes through the whole length of the siphuncle. Its characters are such as to invite detailed description, which will be given below. The fourth part of the siphuncle of this species is that which projects apicad beyond the camerated portion of the shell (the phragmocone), and which, hence, was entirely free. This part is identical with the apical cone of Nanno aulema Clarke and- Vaginoceras belemnitiforme “tolge ofa however, not short and strongly inflated, but long and gradually widening at approximately the same rate as the anterior parts of the siphuncle. This free portion may have easily reached _a length of 70 mm as the finely preserved specimen reproduced in plate 6, figure 3 indicates. It might be presumed that in the specimens in hand the septa continued further apicad than their present preservation would indicate, and that the free apical cone is more due to incomplete 1We use here provisionally, till further definitions have been given, Hyatt’s term “endosiphuncle” for the central tube of the siphuncle. Hyatt’s defini- tion is [1900, p.515]: ‘“ Organic deposits in the form of endocones, and taper off at the center into a spire that is sometimes tubular and hollow, or again flattened and elliptical. This is the endosiphuncle.”’ Before this definition the term “endosiphon” had been in use for the same organ. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 299 - retention of the phragmocone than to its original absence in the apical portion of the shell. Since however in this species the septa by their septal necks or funnels form a continuous ectosiphuncular wall, which is thicker than the septal partitions and is readily dis- tinguishable in one specimen [see pl.6, fig.3] by its light gray color contrasting with the black matrix, we have carefully searched for traces of this wall along the apical cone, without finding any beyond the contraction of the shell at the beginning of the visible chambering of the conch. A black conchiolinous deposit forms the undoubtedly outermost wall of this preseptal conch. A little forward of the beginning of the cameras (about the fourth camera) there occurs a distinct contraction, as in the corresponding places in the species cited above. The apical por- tion of this free part is slightly curved. The endosipholining, which in the phragmocone is adjacent to the septal necks, extends through the full length of this apical free part of the siphuncle [see pl.3, fig.3]. It contrasts distinctly with the white coarse calcite filling of the siphuncle and retains its full width and sharp delimita- tion to within 30 mm of the apex, when it begins to thin out; and about 15 mm from the apex it has disappeared entirely, the siphuncle being there wholly filled by the white sugary calcite. The extension and composition of this layer of carbonaceous calcite leaves no doubt that it originally formed within a membrane and thus became charged with organic matter. This endosipholining is in section sharply outlined by a fine black line which represents an outer conchiolinous shell layer. This also extends into the chambered portion of the shell, at least into its earlier part. It is this layer which gives to the separate siphuncles of this species their black, shiny surface. There is no doubt that this is identical with the cuticle of horny matter which incases the whole mantle and also the siphuncle of Nautilus, and which also has occasionally been: observed enveloping the siphuncle of fossil cephalopods. The endosiphuncle passes unrestricted to the very apex of the siphuncle, where it distinctly empties to the exterior [see pl.6, fig.3]. Its last apical part (about 1 mm) is filled with black material which appears to be the same as the matrix. This suggests that in this 300 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM form, asin Nanno aulema (according to Hyatt’s observations) the endosiphuncle communicated for a time with the exterior, . viz from the time of the destruction of the protoconch to that of the plugging of the canal between the first and second endocones. At the time of the burial of the shell in mud, this short end of the canal was still open and the surrounding mud could enter it. In the remaining portion of the endosiphuncle there has nowhere beem found any matrix, in our material, not even directly behind the Spiess, which is always filled to near its tip with mud. Holm comments on this fact, but states that longitudinal sections through the endo- siphuncle nowhere suggested the pres- ence of any transverse partitions and assumes that soft parts of the decaying animal, remaining in the “ Spiess” prevented the mud from entering the endosiphuncle, which apparently was Fig. 1 Endoceras crassisipho- through the lifetime of the animal in natum Whiteaves. Shows apparent A Ohio) reece: (COPY open connection. with the laiver sau Nanno aulema however, as men- tioned above, Hyatt observed a closing of the tube in front of the first endocone. Partition lines, forming acute angles with the endo- siphon, leave no doubt that also the apical cone of Cameroceras brainerdi was provided with endocones though no traces of the same have been observed close to the apex. 1Whiteaves [Roy. Soc. Can. Proc. & Trans. 1891, 9:79] has recorded that in one specimen of Endoceras (E. crassisiphonatum) from the Trenton limestone of Manitoba, “the interior of the narrow posterior end of the siphuncle (endosiphuncle) appears to be portioned off by a few transverse concave dissepiments” [see text fig. 1]. Since there exists an early genus (Diphragmoceras Hyatt) in which the siphuncle is divided by tabulae alternating with the septa of the camerated shell, it is quite as possible that the endosiphuncle also may have been tabulated in some forms, though Whiteaves’s observation seems to stand quite alone at the present time. The observations of both Hyatt and Whiteaves would seem to support Zittel’s view that the siphuncle has no particular function but is only a residual. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 301 2 Former observations on endosiphonal structures and the termin- ology of the latter The endosiphuncular structures of Cameroceras brain- erdi which concern us most here are the flattened tube extend- ing backward from the “ Spiess,” the fine, often capillary tube extending the greater length of the siphuncle and certain thin longitudinal layers of dark organic limestone radiating from these tubes to the walls of the siphuncle. The attention of paleontologists was directed to similar structures only a comparatively short time ago, though the fine threadlike endosiphuncle had already been noticed by Barrande in a Newfoundland species (Orthoceras insulare) [see 1867, v.II, t.430, fig.5, 8-11; t.431, fig.8-10] and also been described by Dewitz [1879, p.172, 173, fide Holm] and Schroder [1881, p.76, t.2, fig.8d]. Dewitz also men- tions [1880, p.377] that ‘in some species membranes seem to have proceeded from the posterior end of the fleshy siphuncle, which often, at least for some distance, beat ify aaa s, siphuncular side; as, anti- extended to the internal wall of the ase side. (Copy from siphuncular tube, and which also secreted covering sheaths, in which organic carbonate of lime was deposited,” and adds, “‘ These membranes probably served to attach the posterior end of the fleshy siphuncle to the interior wall of the siphuncular tube.” He also figures a transverse section of Endoceras commune [pl.17, fig-7] which shows three longitudinal mem- branes radiating from the endosiphuncle, but which do not reach the siphuncular wall [see text fig.2]. The flattened tube extending from the “Spiess” appears to have been first noticed by Dawson in a species of Piloceras [1883, p.4]. Sir William states [p.3] that “the lower part of the shell is divided by a vertical partition crossing its longer diameter,” and again [p.4] that the internal cone “is flatter than the siphuncle, ending at the apex in an edge which is attached to a central shelly plate crossing the lower part of the 302 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM siphuncle,” and adds, “ This plate shows at intervals slight pro- jections giving rise to delicate cones apparently membranous.” Hyatt [1884, p.266], though basing his definition of Piloceras on Dawson’s description, did not recognize the presence of a parti- ~ tion, but believing in its tubular character, referred it to the endosi- phuncle. Foord, however, observed again the same plate in a - Piloceras from Durness and figured it [1888, p.159, fig.17, III, p.160], stating in regard to it in opposition to Hyatt’s view : “Nevertheless there seems to have been an internal septum extending upwards, from the lower part of the siphuncle, between the wall of the latter and that of the sheath into which the endosiphon opens. This septum shows itself in some transverse sections of the siphuncle in the manner indicated at figure 17, II [copied here in text fig.3], and it can be traced for some distance upwards in the vertical section of this and of other speci- mens. The septum seems to have been penetrated by the endosiphon, as shown in peers Vale ce ae the figure, but I am unable to give any Boa een rsiciyP? Partition. satisfactory account of it, owing to its im- 3 perfect condition.” Bather later [1894, p.433] copied Foord’s figure, stating that the appearance of the par- tition is exaggerated and its significance unknown. Specimens of Piloceras explanator from the Fort Cassin bed, which are in the State Museum, show the same partition and we shall have occasion to recur to its structure [see p.329]. | Meanwhile Holm had found a similar endosiphuncular blade strongly developed in a species from Esthonia, which he described. in allusion to this feature as Endoceras gladius [1887, p.13]. In this important publication, to which we shall have frequent occasion to refer, Dewitz’s observation of the winglike membranes of the endosiphuncle, is verified. In a later publication [1895, p.605ff] the same author has introduced a number of terms for the parts of the siphuncle in view of the fact that Bather had criticized Hyatt’s term “ endo- siphon” [J. c., p.433] arguing that the “endosiphon” is in func- REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 303 tion the real siphuncle. As Foord [1888, p.132] has pointed out “exception might perhaps be taken to this term on the ground that it seems to imply the existence of two siphuncles, an inner and an outer one.” Since, however, it will be found convenient to distinguish the fleshy siphuncle from the shelly wall that separates it from the septal chamber, and the term siphuncle has always been used in the latter sense in relation ‘to fossils, he considers the employment of the additional term justifiable. To avoid its illogical and confusing use Holm has proposed a series of terms which it seems practicable to adopt ‘ here. These are “ectosipho” for the outer siphuncular tube— “sipho” being retained for the entire organ—* endosipho” for the contents of the ectosipho as a whole;! also for the parts of the endosipho are proposed new expressions. He terms “ endosiphocylinder ” the wider portion of the siphuncle, which is entirely occupied by the more cylindric anterior part of the fleshy siphuncle. This passes posteriorly into the “ endosipho- cone” (its walls are Hyatt’s “endocones’’); from this again proceeds the narrow canal which was termed first “ endosiphon ” and later “ endosiphuncle ” by Hyatt and for which is proposed the word “ endosiphotube ” by Holm [see text fig.18]. We have, in accord- ance with this terminology, proposed above the term “ endosipholin- ing” for the inner, thick, continuous layer of the siphuncular wall, which, according to Hyatt [1884, p.266], is characteristic of Camero- ceras (Sannionites) in distinction from Vaginoceras and Endoceras. This layer is shown in plate 6, figure 3 and text figure 15 (es c) and the sections on plate 7. To the endosiphuncular formation belong further thin, calcified membranes which connect the endosiphotubes and endosiphocones with the ectosiphuncle, and a broad conchio- linous double blade, extending backward from the endosiphocone. The latter structure was originally termed by Holm, who was 1Following Hyatt in making a strict distinction between the fleshy “siphon” and its calcareous covers, the “siphuncle,” we will employ here the terms “estosiphuncle” and “endosiphuncle.” This usage will not vitiate the terms “ endosiphocylinder” etc. in which only the radicle of the word siphon is incorporated; nor will it cause confusion since for the organ termed “endosiphuncle” by-Hyatt, a new term is proposed. 304 : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM the first to clearly recognize it, “ schwertahnliches Blatt” [1887]. Later [1895] the same author introduced the term “ endosipho- blade” (“ endosiphobladet ” in the Swedish original) and defined it as the thin calcified endosiphuncular membrane which extends longitudinally in several species of Endoceras and Piloceras and connects the endosiphotube and endosiphocone with the inside of the ectosiphuncle. It becomes evident from the discussion of this organ in the last cited publication that this term is meant to comprise both the hollow blade and the calcified suspensory membranes. Since we shall show in this paper that the endosiphotube is a new formation, at least in our species, within the broad hollow endosiphuncular part, first called “ schwertahnliches Blatt” by Holm, and also that the latter and the suspending membranes are of different origin in our form, it becomes desirable to dis- tinguish between these two organs which are comprised in Holm’s term “endosiphoblade.” We will therefore, in view of Holm’s definition, retain this latter term for the suspensory mem- branes and designate the broad and originally hollow endosi- phuncular “ Blatt’ by a new term. Holm named the species, in which he observed it, noe ceras gladius in allusion to this swordlike blade. “ Gla- dius” would therefore be an appropriate term, were it not for the fact that this word is already used for the cuttlebone or. pen of the cuttlefish. For this reason we shall use here instead the 3) word “ coleon,’ and to make it conform with the other terms, call this flattened tube the “ endosiphocoleon.” As “ endosipho- sheaths’ we designate the walls of the funnel-shaped endosipho- cones (Hyatt’s “ endocones ”), which are left behind by the advancing animal. 3 Endosiphocoleon and endosiphotube As we have noted above, Holm was the first to observe, in a species obtained in Esthonia from a transitional bed between the Vaginatenkalk and Echinosphaeritenkalk, the organ which we have found still more peculiarly developed in an American species REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 305 and designated as endosiphocoleon. Holm termed the species at the time, Endoceras gladius, but he later [1896, p.4oo] feunited it with Endoceras (Nanno) belemniti- forme. This again has been referred to Vaginoceras by Hyatt [1895, p.9]. We will state on this occasion that while we had worked out the characters of the endosiphuncular organs before we were aware of Holm’s prior elaborate description, we found by subsequent comparison that our material on the whole veri- fies Holm’s observations for the species in hand, but that at the same time it indicates an origin of the endosiphotube and a rela- tion between endosiphotube and endosiphocoleon which is dif- ferent from those observed by Holm. These and such other differences as have become ap- parent between the endosiphuncular structures or Varinoceras belemnitiforme guage ameroceras braimer.di will be noted at the end of the description of these structures in our species. We have copied here for comparison Holm’s figure of the endosiphocoleon [text fig.4]. The endosiphocone which, at its forward end, is subcircular and only slightly flattened on the ventral (outer) side, becomes rapidly fig, vaginoceras flattened toward its posterior end, the convex ee aia oat een of siphuncle, showing endo- wall approaching the opposite flat one. It Sieh (Copy from thus runs out into a double blade, which, lying approximately in the middle of the siphuncle and parallel to its flatter side, is at first almost as wide as the siphuncle and nearly touches its walls [see pl.7, fig.1]. This is at least the case in the large siphuncle of the later portions of the shell when the animal approaches maturity. This organ is the endosiphocoleon, which in our material consists just behind the endosiphocone of two thin, intensely black conchiolinous walls, forming a flattened broad tube. These walls are composed of extremely thin, concentric or rather long conical lamellae. They show a double sculpture, viz, low transverse ribs arching slightly forward and longitudinal lines 306 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM which slightly disperse in a forward direction. The low ribs are evidently the remains of the ribs of the convex side of the endosi- phocone, noted below. Holm describes the middle portion of the endosiphocoleon which proceeds from the apex of the endosiphocone as possess- ing a very distinct and beautiful sculpture, consisting of growth lines. “These growth lines form an arch, which is strongly bent backward. Their form and curvature corresponds exactly with the outline of the apex of the ‘Spiess’ and thereby with the outline of the fleshy end of the siphon. On the anterior portion of the blade there also occur longitudinal lines which intersect the growth lines.” Our material fails to show these growth lines so distinctly, but from the fracture lines of the oblique lamellae composing the wall of the endosiphocoleon we infer that they may be the intersections of these lamellae with its surface. This middle part of the endosiphocoleon is on both narrow edges [see pl.7, fig.1; pl.o, fig.1; text fig.14] flanked by strong deep black conchiolinous semicylindric rods or wings, [w of figures] which, on the upper and lower side of the blade, quite abruptly change into a layer of dark gray limestone, such as composes the endosiphocone or last endocone. ‘They correspond to the winglike lamellae, which according to Holm begin on the endosiphocone and continue along the endosiphocoleon and which we shall discuss later. - The further development of the endosiphocoleon can be best described by the use of a series of sections which were made apicad of the part of the endosiphocoleon reproduced on plate 7. These sections are figured on the same plate and diagrammatic sketches illustrating the further stages of development are inserted in the text [fig.5-12]. —_— Fig. 5-12 Diagrammatic sections of siphuncle of Camero (sp.); esd, endosiphoblade ; esc, endosiphocylinder ; sheath; es 7, endosiphotube; es v, endosiphocoleon ; §; Wi, younger wing; w., older wing. In figure rr, the endosiphocoleon is shaded too dark. ceras brainerdi Whitfield es, endosiphocone; es s, endosipho- w, win 308 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Figure 5 of plate 7 [also text fig.10] shows the small, thick walled endosiphotube [e s t] contained within the endosipho- coleon [e s v], which is entirely filled with very dark organic carbonate of lime. This observation suggests that the endosi- photube is not a narrower apicad continuation of the endosipho- coleon, but a new formation within the same; an inference which is borne out by the observation of such sec- tions as that reproduced in figure 2, in which a still incomplete tube is shown les SS within the open lumen of the endosiphoco- leon. This latter stage is also represented by the diagrammatic section text figure 8. Besides the inceptive endosiphotube [e s f] and the inclosing endosiphocoleon [e sv] eer we see the latter flanked on either side by is a series of two wings [w, and w,| which sheaths. In text figure 9 only one of these wings, the outer and older is present. In order to make this peculiar relation of endosiphocoleon and _ endosiphotube - still clearer we have added two longitudinal diagrammatic sections. Text figure 13 shows the outer, more anteriorly situated endosiphocoleon and the inner endosipho- tube, and text figure 14 illustrates the posi- tion of the successive wings [w] on the Fig. 13 Diagrammaticlongi- endosiphoshaths [e s ‘s]. A condition as tudinal section of endosiphoco- oT hstbe ccf endosipho. that illustrated in text figure 8, when two ie wings embrace each other could be obtained by a transverse section in a plane, laid through the middle of the iongitudinal section figure 14. We shall recur more fully to the relation of endosiphocoleon and endosiphotube. Figure 3 of plate 7 is a section 5 mm distant from figure I. Between figure 3 and figure 5 (10 mm) a very abrupt quarter turn of the entire endosiphocoleon takes place, so that its hori- have formed on two successive endosipho-— REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 309 zontal position has changed to a vertical one. A horizontal section through the block containing this turn has been made and the rock polished down sufficiently to expose the turn [fig.4]. Figure 5 shows the front of the next block, which is identical with the posterior section of figure 4. Here the endosiphuncle has become a very nar- row cylindric tube (endosiphotube) sharply limited by a black con- chiolinous wall. It lies somewhat laterally to a broad, dark gray brown belt of organic lime carbonate, through which the walls of the large crystals of the siphuncle fill- ing pass, though retaining the organic coloring matter in its original distribution. A split is noticeable in the upper part, as if the band here consisted of two lamellae. Text figure Io repre- sents this condition of the endo- siphuncle. The endosiphotube is now the only remaining organ with distinct conchiolinous walls and the endosiphocoleon is re- duced to a dark band of organic lime carbonate, a transverse median line of which indicates its former composition of two amellae. On the other side of the block Fig. 14 Diagrammatic section of siphuncle [fig.6, 75 mm farther posteriorly | to show the relation of the wings [w]| to the i : endosiphosheaths [ess]. Endosiphocoleon cut the endosiphotube has retained through major axis the same diameter as in the preceding section, though its shape has changed from circular to semicylindric ; the endosiphocoleon has not diminished in size, but has become considerably lighter in color and more indistinct in outline, specially in the middle part, while the ends have remained colored slightly stronger and are wider so that the section assumes somewhat the shape of a dumb-bell. The median line, observed in the preceding section, has disappeared, but there remain two darker spots in the center of the end balls 310 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM of the dumb-bell. This dumb-bell-like outline is again obliterated in the next section, figure 7 (7.5 mm distant from 6). In this the endosiphotube has again decreased since the last section to about one half of its former diameter, while the endosiphocoleon has retained its width. In the next it has even again become broader. Its ends are notably rounder and thicker than the middle of the plate and a fine central line can again be traced, indicating the composition of the blade of two conjoined lamellae. The entire endosiphocoleon, which before had swung to one side, has re- turned again to the median line of the siphuncle. In this condition the endosiphocoleon remains to the apical end of this (not complete) siphuncle, 1. e. it extends across the siphuncle as a dark gray brown band with indistinct outline which includes the fine endosiphotube; its swollen lateral extremities touching or coalescing with the gray wall of the siphuncle. Figure Io is taken 15 mm from the preceding section and shows no material change from the latter. It shows white cross-lines which transect the brown band of the endosiphocoleon. ‘These are due to secondary crystal- lization, the endosiphocoleon being—in contrast to the irregular crystallization of the remainder of the interior of the siphuncle— composed of two layers of parallel crystals which distinctly grew from the median line of the endosiphocoleon as a base. Text figure 11 shows the position and extension of the endosipho- coleon in a very early portion of the siphuncle or near the apex [see fig. 7]. It is here a light brown transverse band with a central black conchiolinous endosiphotube. This condition is reached shortly behind the endosiphocone in the earlier portions of the siphuncle, when its diameter is still small as is exemplified by the section [pl.8, fig.1]. In order to obtain a complete portrayal of the endosiphocoleon and . endosiphocone: of ;Cameroceras,;btaie ead aye will add the description. of a few other sections which show features slightly different from or explanatory of those observed in the series of sections noted above. There is, first, the longi- tudinal section [pl.9, fig.2] in which a well preserved endosiphocone with sheath is exhibited which at its apex contains a newly REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 SPY formed portion of the endosiphocoleon as a free standing black and conchiolinous tube! [see text fig.15]. This shows that here the endosiphocoleon is not a mere continuation of the apex of the endo- siphocone, as it was found in Vaginoceras belemniti- forme but a new formation, growing within the apical part of the visceral cone, presumably preparatory to a succeeding withdrawal of the animal from that part of the -, a siphuncle and the formation of a “Less rEOSC 7 new endosiphosheath. ° Two sections which exhibit the same features are those reproduced in plate 7, figure I and plate 9, figure 1. These possess on both narrow sides of the endosiphocoleon a series of two black concentric esh crescents which are -not in contact with it. In some of these specimens [pl.7, fig.1] the innermost of these crescents can be directly traced along the longitudinal sections to the strong conchiolinous wing or lat- [eon pormmmpaene .¢ s/) eral staff of the endosiphosheath & §& | 4! j described above [see text fig.14]. Directly germane to the sections and diagrams given here and illus- pee Aor a RAST 4 A) odin 5 : _ phuncle toshow relation of endosiphoco- trative of the formation and charac com |cu,2litaendosipkocone lacd), Had: ters of the wings of the endosi- aia tee eats ieee : phocoleon is the section in plate 8, 2 Bobuases, Pag. | figure 7. In this the apical part of the endosiphocone is transected and its semicircular outline shown in the center of the figure and its base, which corresponds to the flat or outer (ventral?) side of the siphuncle, is drawn out into short, obliquely ascending horns. The wall of the cone is formed by the endosiphosheath which is con- _ tinued in the direction of the horns to the wall of the siphuncle and penne EseUEaaEE Sim HTT SURE TT hee 8 CO) STO OITS SE 1Tt is twice.as long as the lithographer’s reproduction. 312 ‘ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM also connected at its convex side to the nearest wall by a band of crystals of organic carbonate of lime. The interspaces are not only arranged symmetrically, but also delimited so sharply by wuninter- rupted lines, that it is hardly to be doubted that the calcite bands connecting the endosiphocone and wall of siphuncle are the remains of the membranes which held the visceral cone in position within the _ siphuncle and probably became partially calcified during the lifetime of the animal. The interspaces remained cavities till they were filled by the large calcite crystals now occupying the siphuncle.! The supposition of the fixation of the visceral cone and inclos- _ ing endosiphosheath to the ectosiphuncle, finds support in the occasional presence of bands of gray brown limestone, extending from the endosiphocoleon (virtually the continuation of the vis- ceral cone) or more posteriorly from the endosiphotube, to the wall of the siphuncle. Such a section is reproduced in plate 8, figure 5. The horizontal transverse band with the inclosed endosiphotube is evidently the “ endosiphoblade ” of Holm. This is held in a manner corresponding to the fixation of the endosiphocone described above by a band that is placed perpendicular to the endosiphocoleon.2 The extension of the internal space of the visceral sac (endosiphocone) *In this particular siphuncle the interior is 20 mm from the end of the endosiphocone already so calcified, apparently by secondary calcification, that hardly any trace of the endosiphocoleon is left [see pl.8, fig.8]. *These supporting membranes were, as we have mentioned above, recognized by Dewitz and more fully described by Holm. The latter author [/.c., 1887, p.16] sums up his observations on these supporting membranes in Endoceras gladius in the following statement: “During the retrogression of the siphon in the siphuncular tube there were secreted by the siphon three longitudinal membranes which were prob- ably soft, pliable and extended to the wall of the siphuncular tube, one from each of the angular marginal edges and one from the median line of the convex side. Their function was probably to fix the end of the siphon, which was suspended in the siphuncular tube in a position in the middle of the latter. A similar organ was, as we have seen above, ob- served by Dewitz in the siphuncular tube of a specimen of “Endo- ceras commune.” In consequence:of this structure the “Spiess” maintains in all specimens of the species in question, which have been investigated by me, the same position in the middle of the siphuncular tube and indicates an invariable position of the end of the siphon. The thin (cuticular) membranes were secreted along the whole length of the siphon.” REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 313 into the angles [pl.8, fig.7] and the continuation of the angles into the supporting membranes indicate that the latter already “supported the visceral cone before the formation of the last endosipho- sheath, determined the form of the latter and at the time of its forma- tion probably became the situs of organic deposits of lime carbonate. This latter view is at least suggested by the presence of cavities between the well defined bands of lime in the section. If these membranes served as suspensory organs of the visceral cone and its posterior extension, their arrangement will give us a hint as to which side of this Cameroceras conch was the ventral side or turned habitually downward in the moving animal, the position of the siphuncle on one side of the conch not being a reliable criterion on account of its shifting sometimes in the same individual. It will now be noticed that in the sections reproduced in plate 8, figures 5, 6, the tube is suspended by three membranes, two of which form a diameter of the siphuncle, parallel to its flat side, while the third holds a perpendicular position to this diameter and connects the tube with the side of the siphuncle diametrically opposite to its flat side. If now a tube is suspended by means of three membranes, forming an inverted T, it is evident that the middle was the upper one. The alternative possibility that the tube was held by props or propping blades instead of by membranes, in which case the relation of the three blades would be inverted, may be neglected on account of the evident thinness and frailty of the supporting organs. It then follows that the flat side of the siphuncle which is in contact with the conch was the lower or ventral side. 4 Comparison of endosiphuncular structures in Vaginoceras belem- nitiforme and Cameroceras brainerdi Holm’s elaborate description of the endosiphocoleon of Vaginoceras (gladius) belemnitiforme permits a close comparison of the development of this organ in the Swedish type and in this American form. In the description of the endosiphocoleon of V. be lemniti- forme a distinction [J/. c., p.14] is made between the lateral and outs NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM middle parts of the “ Blatt.” The former are described as being a continuation of the two winglike lamellae that flank the en- dosiphosheath and the latter, which is characterized by its sculp- ture, as a continuation of the middle part of this endosiphosheath. This difference is in our material, if anything, still more apparent, and the two parts are entirely separated owing to their different places of origin. The wings are formed on the outside of the endosiphocone, while the middle part, which is the real tube of the endosiphocoleon, is formed within the endosiphocone [see text fig.14]. The two conchiolinous bodies are hence in Camero- ceras brainerdi separated by a layer of gray organic lime carbonate, the endosiphosheath [see pl.o, fig.1 and text fig.14]. It is, however, apparent that in V. belemnitiforme _ both parts are considered as having originated on the outside of the endosiphocone or to be the direct continuations of the endosipho- sheath, and the figure [see text fig.4] would seem to bear out this conclusion. , Germane to this observation of Holm as to the origin of the middle part of the endosiphocoleon is the further observation and resultant conclusion which is cited here [/. c., p.15, transla- tion]: “ With the exception of the conchiolinous calcareous sheath covering the endosiphocone itself, there occur no traces of such sheaths secreted by the siphon, within the siphuncular tube. Neither does the calcareous filling show any conical sur- faces of separation. Since, moreover, the lamellae of the sword- like structure which proceeds from the endosiphocone form a direct, uninterrupted continuation of the sheath of the siphon it must be assumed that the siphon did not secrete the conchio- linous calcareous sheath until the animal was full grown and no longer enlarged its conch nor advanced in the siphuncular tube.” This blade in V. belemnitiforme is supposed to, have reached to the apical end of the siphuncle. Our observations would indicate somewhat different relations in C. brainerdi. First the presence in transverse sections of a series of embracing crescentic conchiolinous sheaths [see pl.7, fig.1 and text fig.8], which are the remains of the winglike REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 315 lamellae formed on the outside of the endosiphocones, demon- strates that the wings were formed successively on the acute edges of the flattened posterior part of each new endosiphocone [see text fig.14], thus leaving with advancing growth and the formation of new embracing endosiphosheaths this series of conchiolinous margins behind. As to the middle portion of the endosiphocoleon we have shown that in our species this is formed within the apical portion of the endosiphocone or visceral cone and is hence always surrounded by the endosiphosheath. The fact of the presence of the anterior portion of this endosipho- coleon within the endosiphocone indicates, in our opinion, that it kept growing continuously at its anterior end and during a greater part of the lifetime of the animal (probably from the beginning of the nepionic stage to that of the ephebic stage) ; this growth within the endosiphocone being preparative of an approaching withdrawal of the animal and the subsequent forma- tion of a new endosiphosheath. The very gradual disappearance in our specimens of the endosiphocoleon posteriorly by a replace- ment of the conchiolinous material by organic lime carbonate, without a notable diminution in width, is taken by us as a fur- ther argument of the gradual formation at the anterior end of the organ and a corresponding gradual absorption posteriorly [see text fig.13]. With this gradual absorption of the posterior endo- siphocoleon went hand in hand the new formation of the almost capillary but strong walled endosiphotube. While we thus hold that in the species in question the forma- tion of the endosiphocoleon was not delayed till maturity, but took place during the entire ephebic stage, we are quite convinced that maturity with its cessation of siphuncular growth and ad- vance of the animal led to a longer continued secretion of conchiolinous matter at the posterior parts of the visceral cone and in the anterior part of the endosiphocoleon, thus producing the thick conchiolinous deposit observed in such specimens where the siphuncle has attained approximately its maximal width, while in siphuncles of still small diameter these same parts, even close to the endosiphocone, are provided with much thinner walls. 316 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Holm subsequently [1895, 17 :616; 1896, 18:406] added observa- tions on V. belemnitiforme without, however, recurring to his description of the endosiphuncular structure of the Esth- onian material of Endoceras gladius. He states, how- 16 18 Fig, 16-18 Diagrammatic sections of early growth stages of shell of Camero- ceras brainerdi ever, that the latter showed that structure “ remarkably well devel- oped and preserved” [J. ¢., p.617] and that also in Swedish speci- mens of V. belemnitiforme —=gladius) the _ endosipho- blade could be observed. The distinction apparent in our material between the narrow endo- siphotube and the wider endosi- phocoleon, which in apicad direc- tion becomes a compressed blade, has not been noticed in the Euro- pean material and consequently Holm’s term “ endosiphoblade ” comprised both the apical blade- like continuation of the endo- siphocoleon and the thinner mem- branes which connect this and the ectosiphuncle. 5 Growth stages of shell The description of the trans- verse and longitudinal sections through the endosiphuncular structures in their various stages of development enables us now to portray the processes which took place within the siphuncle of Cameroceras brainerdti during the animal’s advance from the apical cone to the living chamber at maturity. ro REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 27 The protoconch or earliest embryonic stage is not preserved.? Its former presence outside of the initial apical cone of the shell is clearly indicated by the perforation of the apical end and the opening of the endosiphotube. The growth stages of the animal of C. brainerdi, as recognized in the shells, are characterized by the successive forming of the apical cone, of the chambered portion, the filling of the siphuncle and the formation of the final endosiphosheath [see text fig.16-18]. The shell (protoconch) in which the embryonic stage was passed has not been preserved. The first shell which could be preserved was an open small cup which grew out into a long cigar-shaped open conch, the preseptal or apical cone, or nepionic bulb of Hyatt [see text fig.16, 19]. It was originally entirely filled by the animal and its wall consisted only of the present outer conchiolinous periderm. The aseptate stage is in Nanno termed the ananepionic stage by Hyatt. In Seeenatimteradi it must have extended through a considerable period of the life of the animal if we can use the length of Fig. 19 Vaginoceras belemnitiforme Holm (sp.) Section of apical part : showing the nepionic bulb, first lapse of time. cameras, cicatrix [c], endosi- seis ‘ i photube [ez] remains of endosi- The metanepionic substage in Nanno is _ Phosheaths [e4] and long septal necks, characteristic of Vagino- ceras the preseptal cone as an indicator of the characterized by Hyatt as that with septa and a huge empty siphuncle, while the paranepionic stage is that with the first endocone and an endosiphuncle formed at the apex. The formation of the first cameras in Vaginoceras belem- “Several authors have at first considered the large apical cone of Nanno aulema and of Vaginoceras belemnitiforme as a protoconch. But the finding of the opening of the endosiphotube at the apical end in both species and of a cicatrix at this opening in the closely related Piloceras (by Foord) leave no doubt that the protoconch in these forms has not been capable of preservation. 318 ' NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM nitiforme has been well depicted by Holm [l. c., p.6, 7] and that of the endosiphosheaths by Bather. We therefore take the liberty of quoting from both of these authors. The first of these (cameras) originated in this way: On one side of the upper portion of the visceral sac a circular and almost inclosed constriction was produced.. The fold of the mantle thus formed deposited shell matter making an inclined wall and a division of a part of the originally open initial chamber. The resulting chamber was empty and formed the first air chamber. The chamber is, thus, bounded by only one septum and in this case lies behind the wall corresponding to the first septum in Nautilus. It therefore corresponds to the initial chamber in that genus. As it here has the same function as the other air cham- bers, 1 have termed it the first air chamber, although in fact it is a remnant of the open initial chamber. Moreover, the second air chamber is probably formed in part from the anterior portion of the initial chamber. ‘The visceral sac of the animal was now” divided by a constriction into an anterior and posterior portion. The anterior portion now forms the actual habitation chamber, but the great visceral sac also fills the posterior portion. Holm This writer describes further how, by the formation of more cameras, the siphonal cord of the animal originates, and con- cludes: .“ Hence the siphon,of E.ndoceras, be€ieummugenos forme must have had its origin in a differentiation of the visceral sac.” This differentiation of the visceral sac by the formation of several cameras also took place in C. brainerdi [see pl.6, fig.3 and text fig.17] and may be taken as denoting the metanepionic stage. Whether the cameras were formed for the pur- pose of supplying a hydrostatic apparatus to the ever heavier grow- ing animal, as Holm assumes, or whether they served simply the purpose of shutting off space no longer used within the conch by the animal which now grew rapidly forward and expanded laterally, is here immaterial.t | ‘The possibility of a different function of the cameras from that of having been air chambers has been asserted by Jaekel [see Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch. 1902. p.67] and discussed by the writer in a review of Jaekel’s paper [Am. Geol. 1903. 31:199]. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 319 After the formation of several cameras the animal began to withdraw also from the apical conch and then the formation of the endosiphosheaths set in, which continued throughout the neanic or adolescent age. Bather has described this process so graphically [1894, p.433] that we can do no better than quote here from him. _ We know that in Nautilus and Spirula after the secretion of the septal necks, the outer coat of the siphuncle, both inside and outside the region of the septal neck, becomes hardened by cal- cium carbonate; this gives it a certain rigidity and assists its retention in the fossil state. The same thing must have occurred in the coat of the visceral cone. Now in Piloceras, when the animal advanced in the shell its viscera naturally followed it, and by suction the walls of the visceral cone were drawn in so as to form the narrow and empty siphuncle. At least such would have been the case had not the stiffness of the outer coat pre- vented complete yielding of the skin, especially at the posterior part where the siphuncle tended to begin, but where the coat was most calcified. It must therefore have happened that the inner layers of the skin were gradually torn away from the outer layers. Another stiffening of the skin would take place higher up and the process would be repeated. As an explanation of this periodical sloughing it is suggested that the actual moment of the casting “was after the emission of the generative products, when the visceral cone was flaccid; this explanation coincides with Seeley’s explanation of the origin of septation itself, but it is not exposed to the objections brought against the latter.” Perhaps the fact that the cast of the visceral cone preserved by the mud filling of the “ Spiess” within the last endosipho- sheath is sometimes of an undulating character, as in the speci- men reproduced in plate 8, figure 3, and at other times well expanded and smooth, thus indicating considerable difference in the rela- tive tension of the wall of the visceral cone, can also be taken to point to the conclusion that the visceral cone, which in our form undoubtedly expanded far back into the siphuncular tube, 320 ‘ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM served principally as the receptacle for the generative organs, which in Nautilus are situated in the posterior part of the visceral sac. Hyatt determines the close of the nepionic age in Nanno aulema with the formation of the first endosiphosheath, after which in that form the endosiphotube becomes plugged and thus the open connection closed with the embryo bag or if the latter had been already destroyed, that with the outside. We have no evidence that such a process took place in C. brainerdi after the formation of the first endosiphosheath though here also the matrix did not enter deeper from the outside into the endo- siphotube than the thickness of one or a few endosiphosheaths, but it seems to us that the nepionic stage could not be well con- sidered as ended till the nepionic bulb or preseptal cone had been entirely left by the visceral sac of the animal or, in other words, had become filled with endosiphosheaths. The tube passing through this first endosiphosheath is still both endosiphotube and endosiphocoleon, the differentiation be- tween these two not yet having taken place. Where and when they become differentiated I am not prepared to say. But this differentiation is clearly consequent on the widening of the siphuncle. The latter, as nepionic bulb has only a diameter of 2 mm at the perforation of the first endosiphosheath; it increases to about 10 mm where the formation of the septa begins, meas- ures 15 mm where the endosiphocoleon is fully developed [pl.7, fig.1o| and 20 to 25 mm at its passage into the living chamber of a. mature individual. With the increase of the diameter of the siphuncle that of the major diameter of the endosiphocoleon apparently keeps pace. Since, however, as the animal removes itself more and more from the nepionic conch, only a narrow fleshy band is left behind, a new narrow tube is secreted by the latter within this older endosiphocoleon, as we have shown above [see pl.7, fig.2 and text fig.8]. This is the endostphotube. As we have indicated in text figure 13, no differentiation between these tubes has yet taken place near the apex. If we take the long slender nature of the apical conch in account, it appears quite probable that the two tubes a REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 321 do not separate for some time and perhaps not till the neanic stage is reached. The neanic stage is one of continuous growth. It begins with the filling of the nepionic bulb and the accomplishment of the withdrawal therefrom, and ends with the cessation of the forma- tion of cameras and the secretion of the last and terminal endo- siphosheath. Its substages are not clearly defined but since the _ differentiation of the endosiphocoleon and endosiphotube takes place in this stage, it is possible that one substage, perhaps the metaneanic, will be found to be marked by this differentiation. The advance of the endosiphocone with the attendant secretion of endosiphosheaths, forward growth of: the endosiphocoleon and, lagging behind, of the inclosed endosiphotube, persisted during a great part of the individual lives of the species here under discussion, as is demonstrated by the considerable length of the conch through which these structures pass with but slight change. The adolescent stage and notably its last or its last two substages were hence ~ remarkably long. The endosiphocoleon is decidedly the most strik- ing endosiphonal structure of this stage. _ When finally maturity was reached there were still available to the animal the living chamber, a very long portion of the wide and open siphuncle and the endosiphocone, which was closed by the last and final endosiphosheath. The latter and the last formed portion of the endosiphocoleon are characterized by specially thick walls, formed during ephebic age. Further growth took place only by a lengthening of the living chamber at its anterior margin. Gerontic characters have not been observed. The following tabulation may serve to bring out the differences of the three principal growth stages of this species in more con- cise form: 322 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Growth stages of Cameroceras brainerdi Whitheld STAGE SUBSTAGES CONDITION OF CONCH Embryonic stage Protoconch not retained : Nepionic or larval] Ananepionic The conch is at first but an open stage Metanepionic unchambered, conchiolinous Paranepionic shell (ananepionic substage). With further growth a part of the space inclosed within the conch is set apart by septa as cameras,” “and “ets same phragmocone or chambered portion of the conch becomes separated from the open cone (metanepionic substage). Then the nepionic bulb becomes filled by endosiphosheaths and _ intercalated organic carbonate of lime (paranepionic sub- stage). Neanic or adolescent] Ananeanic Continued growth of the animal stage Metaneanic necessitates continuous forma- Paraneanic tion of cameras and of endosi- phosheaths and leads to a widen- ing of the siphuncle and the sepa- ration of an endosiphotube and endosiphocoleon. Ephebic or mature} Anephebic The siphuncle is open, separated stage Metephebic from the phragmocone by the Parephebic ectosiphuncle (contiguous septal necks) in the anterior portion; by the ectosiphuncle and endosi- pholining in the posterior por- tion. The endosiphocone is bounded hy the final endosi- phosheath. Further growth of the conch is only apparent along the apertural margin of the living chamber. 6 Relations of Proterocameroceras to Cameroceras, Vaginoceras and Nanno A reference of our species to any of the genera of the Endo- ceratidae is beset with considerable difficulty. A short historic review of the varying generic references of the two most nearly related forms, Vaginoceras belemnitiforme and Nanno aulema, will demonstrate this. The first form with a free apical cone or nepionic bulb was described by Holm as Endoceras belemnitiforme [2&887, p.5}. The amenen of the species named stated that it is unknown whether the REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 323 apical conch in the genus Endoceras agrees with the form de- scribed, but added that he was able to trace in several species of Endoceras the apical portion to a diameter of a few millimeters, and that in all of them it was simple and conical, and possessed septa and siphuncle like the remainder of the phragmocone. In 1894 Clarke described a species with similar apical cone from the Trenton beds in Minnesota, making it the type of a new genus, Na nno aulema '7604, p.205|. In the’ Minne- -sota report [1897, p.770] this interesting form has been described very elaborately and it has been pointed out there that “the continuance of an aseptate condition for a considerable period in the early history of Nanno is itself indicative of an important difference from Endoceras (Cameroceras) and Piloceras, inas- much as this determines it to have been a more elementary organism than either.” Holm’s species is here also referred to Nanno. It is evident that both observers saw in the free apical cone a differential feature of considerable importance. On account of Holm’s conservative reference of his species to Endoceras, the validity of the genus Nanno was questioned by several authors (Sardeson, Bather). Holm himself discussed the relations of the endosiphonal structures soon after [1895, p.616] and came to the conclusion that inasmuch as it is not yet established that the apexes of all species of Endoceras have not the same structure as that of E. be lemnitiforme, the only difference between Endoceras and Nanno consists in the unequal longitudinal and transverse dimensions of the siphonal apical cone: the siphuncle of Nanno attaining its greatest width within the apical cone, whence it decreases to the beginning of the cameration, while in the other Endoceratidae the siphonal apical cone began undoubtedly very small, and the siphuncle increased gradually within the chambered conch. For this reason he adopted the term Nanno for a subgeneric group of Endoceras and in the following year (1896) described two additional types of this subgenus, adding also another subgenus Suecoceras. He redefined the subgenus Nanno, seeing its principal diagnostic character in the inflated apical cone which corresponds in length to the combined length of at least three of the oldest cameras, and which thereafter contracts so rapidly that already within 324 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM the third camera. the siphuncle attains its normal dimensions. This subgenus is made to include Nanno aulema, Nanno belemnitiforme and two new smaller forms. It is ap- parent that we would have to enlarge greatly the definition of this subgenus if we wished to commit our form, with its very jong but slightly inflated apical cone, to it. The question is, however, quite differently viewed by Hyatt. This foremost of the later authors on fossil cephalopods sub- jected the remarkable type from the Minnesota Trenton to an independent investigation and came to a different conception of the genus Nanno [1895, p.1]. It is evident from his discussion of the relations of Nanno to other genera, as also from his reference of Holm’s species Endoceras (Nanno) belemniti- forme to Vaginoceras and his later definition of the genus in Zittel-Eastman’s handbook [p.515], that he did not see in the large inflated apical cone more than a primitive character of the nepionic stage, which may be retained in various genera, but considered the restriction of the “endosiphuncle”’ (endosipho- tube) to the apical end as well as the absolute contact of the shell and siphuncular wall on the ventral side, which leads to a bending of the sutures apically into a lobe passing around the siphuncle, as those characters of Nanno which are of generic importance and differential from the similar genus Narthecoceras. Thus defined, the genus Nanno becomes restricted to the single species Nanno aulema and this is to be regarded as a modified descendant of a genus which retains the endosiphotubé throughout life. In regard to Cameroceras brainerdi we have shown that the endosiphotube passes not only through the apical cone but also through a large portion of the siphuncle of the shell to a point near the endosiphocone where it enters the endosi- phocoleon. For this reason a reference to the restricted genus Nanno is impossible even if the siphuncle were in as close contact with the 6 conch in our species asin Nanno aulema. The septal necks or funnels of the Valcour form reach only from the septum of origination to the next apicad of this [see pl.1, fig.2], and the siphuncle is lined by an inner, thick, continuous layer (endosipholining). If we, hence, accept Hyatt’s division of the forms originally comprised :nder Endoceras into the genera Vagino- ceras, Cameroceras and Findoceras by the criterion of the relative REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 325 length of the funnels, and the presence or absence of the inner siphuncular lining, our form would have to be brought under Cameroceras. We would then be in the peculiar situation of having three groups of species belonging to three different gen- era which have in common large preseptal apical cones or nepionic bulbs, indicating long continuation of a very primitive condition in early youth of the forms. In at least two of these genera these primitive groups contrast with the larger number of the younger congeners, in which the siphuncle has been en- tirely inclosed into the pie sne and the preseptal cone superseded. While we do not intend to question Hyatt’s view which clearly considers the genus Nanno with the scope and definition given to it by Clarke and Holm, as of polyphyletic origin, and therefore restricts itto Nanno aulema, we are also con- vinced that it would not serve the ends of a proper delimitation of closely related and equally advanced forms, if one would include in these three genera the forms which clearly represent an older phylogenetic stage than the genotypes. For this reason we propose to separate these phylonepionic forms characterized by preseptal cones from the later and typical phylephebic con- geners and designate them as subgenera by the prefix “ protero.” %) We thus have a “ Proterocameroceras’”’ represented by Pro- terocameroceras brainerdi, which is a Cameroceras with a large preseptal cone or nepionic bulb; and a “ Protero- vaginoceras,’ which is a Vaginoceras with a like cone. To the latter ™would’ have to be referred Emdoceras (Nanno) belemnitiforme Holm, while the position of E. (Nanno) fistula Holm and E. (Nanno) pygmaeus Holm is uncertain till their siphuncular structures have been studied. As the long, stafflike, cylindric conchs would indicate, they may belong to neither of the two genera mentioned and be rather genuine Nannos or come under Hyatt’s genus Narthecoceras. In the latter case we might have a third pena: with “ protero ” forms and later forms. It is in line with the more primitive character of Protero- cameroceras brainerdi that it occurs in the Beekman- town formation; while Cameroceras does not find its principal development till the Black river and Trenton stages. 320 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The close similarity in the structure of the apical portion of | thé), conchs: ;of » (Proterolviagimoceras stbiel camanmege forme and Nanno aulema has been recognized by Clarke, Holm and Hyatt. We have found a like nepionic siphauncle “4a'7* Ps oteto Cam er o'eer a's! OtPrataren aa Protet ova gi noeerT as bel omni rt rior me aide terocameroceras brainerdi have further in common the strong development of the peculiar organ which we have termed the endosiphocoleon, leaving as structural differences. only the different length of the septal necks or funnels and the . presence of the endosipholining in the latter. The phylogenetic relationship or common origin of the Proterovaginoceras-Vagi- noceras series, the Proterocameroceras-Cameroceras and the Nanno series is therefore not to be doubted. Of these again the Vagimoceras: series has retained the most primitive characters, as is apparent by the longer septal necks. A Vaginoceras-like form is therefore with great probability to be considered as the common radicle of the entire group. This form, which in the appended diagram we have designated as “ Protovaginoceras,” would have to be looked for in stages still preceding the late Beekmantown. Our view of the relation of the species of Vaginoceras, Cam- eroceras, Nanno and Piloceras! attained here is expressed im briefer form in the following table. CAMEROCERAS- | PI ENDOCERAS NANNO SERIES LOCERAS VAGINOCERAS SERIES SERIES SERIES _Typical or mature| Vaginoceras ? (Nanno) development multitubu- fistula latum ? (Nanno) (Vaginoceras) Cameroceras pygmaea | Piloceras wahlen- trentonense, bergi) Cameroceras (Vaginoceras| _ protei- vaginatum)| forme etc: Proteroforms Proterovag- | Proterocam-| Nanno au- (Protero- inoceras eroceras lema piloceras) belemniti- brainerdi forme Protoform Protovagino- ceras *See chapter 8, p.329. : REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 327° - 7 Similarity between the endosiphocoleon and the proostracum of belemnites An inspection of the system of surface lines of the endo- siphocoleon consisting of forward arching transverse ridges and longitudinal lines can not fail to suggest the proostracum of the belemnites; and a study of the relative position of the two organs and of the probable phylogenetic relations of the Belemnitidae with the Endoceratidae _ makes this comparison seem less farfetched or strained than would appear at first glance. The belemnite shell, when complete, con- sists, as is well known, of three parts [see text fig.2o]. These are the rostrum, the phragmocone and the proostracum. Of these the rostrum or guard is a later acquisi- tion which does not concern us here. The phragmocone is identical with the phrag- mocone of the early cephalopods which here however has become entirely inclosed within the mantle. From the dorsal side of the last large chamber of the phrag- mocone (the former living chamber of the conch) proceeds a broad, thin, somewhat arched blade, the proostracum, which con- sists of two stronger longitudinally striated lateral regions and a very thin intercalated dorsal blade. In the typical belemnites this organ has a size much surpassing that of j.nidic Chelle coctrun Be the rostrum and phragmocone as in the ae eae restoration here copied; and in later forms both the latter organs become reduced,! while, on the other hand, if the Belemnitidae are traced backward in geologic history, the proostracum becomes smaller and more insignificant and the Triassic forms do not seem 1The homologies of the different parts of the cuttlebone or sepion of the Sepia with those of the belemnite shell are not yet clearly established as the differing views of Bather [1888, p.298] and Blake [1888, p.376] evince. 328 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM to have yet acquired it, while inversely the phragmocone, as in Atractites, was still so well developed that this genus was at first unhesitatingly referred to Orthoceras. Where the proostracum is fully developed the animal has discarded the phragmocone entirely as living chamber, and inclosed this former exterior conch within the mantle whereby the rostrum and phragmocone find their position in the posterior end of the aninial. | ‘he endosiphocoleon, which externally resembles the proos- tracum, lies within the anterior part of the siphuncle. It is, as we have demonstrated, formed within the endosiphocone. As now the endosiphocone contained the posterior portion of the animal (“ vis- ceral cone’”’ of Bather), and this was inclosed by the mantle, the endosiphocoleon forming at the posterior end of the visceral cone was undoubtedly produced by the mantle and since the sur- rounding endosiphosheath was left behind by the outer mantle, this more anterior endosiphocoleon is to be considered as secreted within a mantle flap or fold situated at the posterior end of the animal. Both the endosiphocoleon and proostracum are hence formed in identical places. If we further take into account that while in our Proterocamero- ceras a large portion of the siphuncle served as chamber of habi- tation to the animal, and that in the Belemnitidae the animal had entirely withdrawn from the conch, the different position of the endosiphocoleon and of the proostracuin relative to the phragmocone will be seen not to constitute a fundamental dis- tinction. One might say that the animal in withdrawing first from the siphuncle and finally also from the living chamber pulled the endosiphocoleon after it till the latter came to lie in front of the old living chamber of the phragmocone. It can not be held that the proostracum is a direct further development of the endosiphocoleon in view of the fact that the latter is only found in the early Endoceratidae and could have no place in the later orthoceracones with their shrunken siphun- cles, while, on the other hand the proostracum does not appear till the phragmocone has been reduced to a rudiment in the Belemnitidae. But since the Belemnitidae, as Hyatt has claimed, REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 329 can be linked to paleozoic orthoceraconic cephalopods and the latter again quite probably took their origin from endoceratitic forms—by way of Baltoceras—and since therefore there is good reason to consider the Belemnitidae as descendants of the Endo- ceratidae, the similarity of the proostracum and endosiphocoleon is probably more than a mere analogy between unrelated forms due to formation by a like organ (mantle) in the like posterior position, but it partakes more of the nature of the recrudescence. of an organ discarded before, when a new use had been found for it within the same race. 4 =s. a5-eerrn Na Gy 32. It does not matter that the endosiphocoleon 4 4 aap = 7; is a flattened tube and the proostracum only a blade, as a flattened tube would be readily changed into a blade under the stress of a rliv new adaptation. a 8 Endosiphuncular structure of Piloceras We have already anticipated the results of our investigation of Piloceras in the synoptic i ivine Pi Fig. 21 Piloceras table on page 326, in deriving Piloceras from Se a oe a more primitive genus Proteropiloceras, that SS ea eee : iph s h\; endosi- stands on the same plane of phylogenetic plotuhe. El. cea cemaias of endosiphosheaths [7]. development as Proterocameroceras and Dawson’soriginal drawing. (Copy from Foord) Nanno. We have also recorded [p.301] that in Piloceras an endosiphoblade has been observed by Dawson, which indicates that the endosiphuncular structure may not only be homol- ogous to that of Cameroceras by the possession and strong develop- ment of the endosiphosheaths, but also by the character of the endosiphuncular tubes. While, however, in the few specimens of Piloceras in which the apical end has been actually observed, no nepionic bulb has been found, and the siphuncle has been seen to expand gradually and to be inclosed entirely within the phragmocone [see Foord], we have found that P. explanator Whitfield at least retains very distinct traces of the nepionic bulb or apical inflation [see pl. 13, fig.3]. This species points hence clearly 330 ; _NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM to the existence of types which held the same relation to the -phylephebic species of Piloceras as does Proterocameroceras to Cameroceras; and which would be properly called “ Proteropilo- ceras.” If in P. explanator the cameras did not exteqa nam one side to near or quite to the apex of this nepionic bulb, we would not hesitate to make this form the type of the proposed subgenus. It is evident that a process of acceleration in the phylogeny of this genus has led to a crowding back of the forma- tion of septa, which originally was the cause of the contraction of the siphuncle, to the very apex of the nepionic bulb without, however, having yet been able to efface all vestiges of this former inflation of the conch. ‘This also points clearly to the process by which the nepionic bulbs of Proterocameroceras and Protero- vaginoceras have become reduced in Cameroceras and Vagino- ceras, 1. e. by a tachygenetic encroachment of the metanepionic growth stage on the aseptate ananepionic stage. Besides the presence of the nepionic bulb, Prloceras exhibits also in its endosiphuncular structure characters which link it closer to the Protero-forms of the other associated series, than to Cameroceras. The siphuncle is, like the conch, short, conical, with elliptic to oval section [see pl.10]; the endosiphocone is short and. broad with elliptic upper section, rapidly shrinking to a flat blade at its narrower end [see pl.13, fig.1,2]. Its cast shows peculiar flutings arranged in bundles and which, in one specimen, appear to con- sist of longitudinally arranged pits and strongly remind one of the similar depressed lines found on the outer conch. Since the latter are produced by muscular attachment of the animal within the living © chamber, the presence of these scars on the wall of the endosiphocone © seems to me a strong argument for the view that in this primitive form the visceral cone shared still to a great measure the functions of the living chamber. We have already seen that in Protero- cameroceras brainerdi a.largse anterior portion one siphuncle remained unobstructed by deposits and was evidently occupied -by the animal during its lietime.” In’ Pilo@enens explanator this portion of the siphuncle was considerably wider « REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 Za - though not longer, for this reason probably amounting to as large a proportion of the animal as in Proterocameroceras. Endosiphosheaths and endosiphofunicles. The endosiphosheaths were, corresponding to the heavy weight they had to support, rather stout membranes, reaching in some instances a thick- ness of Imm. They are mostly well preserved, sometimes closely crowded and separated by intervals not wider than .5mm [see pl.12, fig.5]; but in at least one instance they were also sepa- rated by an open space of 5mm into which calcite crystals freely project. Their sections are not evenly curved ellipses, but par- take more of the nature of polygonal surfaces or are even bounded by undulating lines. This is due to their being held in posi- tion by guy ropes or funicles, which we will designate here as “endosiphofunicles.” These are of the same nature as the endosi- phosheaths and appear in sections as dark gray to black pillars of organic carbonate of lime, often bounded by black lines. They originated from membranous funicles, in which organic carbonate of lime was deposited in similar manner as in the endosiphosheaths. The sections [pl.11, pl.13, fig.3] show them well developed. Several have been further enlarged to show their relation to the endosipho- sheaths [see pl.12]. If it were not for the outward curvature or angulation of the endosiphosheaths [see pl.12, fig.1, 2] at the points of connection with the endosiphofunicles, and for the fact that the outer wall of the siphuncles passes over these funicles [see pl.12, fig.2; pl.13, fig.5], one might be inclined to consider them as worm tubes; specially _where they appear in such great numbers as in plate 11, figure 2. But in this latter section it will be noticed that the greater number pass only from the outer wall of the siphuncle to the first endosiphosheath; while but a smaller number—among these the remarkable one in the upper right corner which bifurcates three times [see pl.12, fig.1]—reach the inner endosiphosheath or the endosiphocoleon. In looking over the series of sections, beginning with figure I [pl.11] we will readily notice that the number of endosiphofunicles diminishes very rapidly with the shrinking of the endosiphosheaths 332 NEW YORK -STATE MUSEUM toward the apical end. This can be easily explained by the fact that the endosiphocone in its anterior part needed the most guy ropes on account of the greater weight of the visceral cone there. Therefore also the number of endosiphofunicles diminishes so greatly from the outer zone to the next, because the outer endo- siphosheath inclosed a much larger section of the visceral cone at the plane of the section than the later inner endosiphosheath did at the same point. In section J the endosiphofunicles of the outer whorl appear distinctly as fine tubes with thin conchiolinous walls, their lumen being filled by a milk-white calcite which strongly contrasts with the more limpid calcite crystals surrounding the tubes. Many of these tubes bifurcate near the ectosiphuncular wall, one several times. There is secured by this mechanical con- trivance a larger base of fixation, which insures steadiness and freedom from vibrations for the visceral cone during the movements of the animal. Whether the numerous endosiphofun- icles were but a modification of the endo- siphoblades which, as we have seen, hold Fig.22 Actinoceras abnor- . Pee me Hall (sp.). Section showing the the endosiphocoleon and endosiphosheaths endosiphuncle and tubuli. (Copy , Dinset ‘ from Zittel) in position in Proterocameroceras brainerdi and originated by a dissolution of these suspensory membranes in numerous strands, or are a new formation induced by the necessity of supporting the heavy visceral cone hanging free within the broad siphuncle, is a question which we can not con- NOTE. Wecan not yet determine whether these endosiphofunicles are homologous to the remarkable verticils of sometimes branching tubuli which in some species of Actinoceras connect the endosiphuncle with the ectosiphuncle. Both undoubtedly are quite similar in appearance. The tubuli of Actinoceras [seee.g. Actinoceras abnorme Hall, N. Y. State Mus. 2oth An. Rep’t, pl. 18, fig. 10 (copied here after Zittel)] are by Foord described in Actinoceras bigsbyi [see 1888, p.166] as pene- trating the siphuncular wall, and it has been suggested by Owen [Pal. 1869, p-85] that they served for the passage of blood vessels to the living REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 . 333 clusively answer. But the fact that the endosiphocoleon is also here in the earliest successive sections of the siphuncle [see pl.11, fig.5, 6] supported either by continuous membranes proceeding from its corners or by longitudinal series of closely arranged endosipho- funicles would argue for a derivation of the endosiphofunicles from the endosiphoblades. That indeed in the apical portion of the siphuncle one of the two mentioned modes of suspension prevailed is to be inferred from the fact that in the above cited succeeding sections—and as well in the sections found on the other side of the cutting planes and separated from them by about Imm—the dark lines which are the sections of the suspensories, retain the same position throughout. The arrangement of the endosiphofunicles and endosipho- blades in the sections [pl.11] shows quite conclusively that the side of the siphuncle which is the upper in the drawings was also the upper side during the life of the animal. In the longi- — tudinal section [pl.13, fig.3], which exhibits a series of endo- siphofunicles the direction of the latter is of still further interest as giving a hint as to the direction in which the animal carried its conch. We notice that if we give the endosiphofunicles a perpendicular position, such as they should have according to their function as suspensories the conch assumes a direction which is obliquely ascending under a small angle. This stands in full accord with what we know thus far as to the dorsal and ventral sides of the animal; the siphuncle being in contact with the ventral wall of the conch, while the chambers form on the upper (dorsal) and lateral sides1 The fact brought out by the outline of a large specimen given by Whitfield that the ventral side is nearly straight, membrane of the septal chambers; while Hyatt [1883, p.272] believes with Barrande that they did not penetrate the true external wall of the siphuncle. If Barrande and Hyatt are right in this contention and Hyatt also in his view that the “rosettes” or endosiphuncular deposits of Actinoceras are strictly homologous to the endosiphosheaths of Endo- ceras and Piloceras [1883, p.27] the endosiphofunicles of Piloceras explanator may indeed be homologous to the “tubuli,” and their function identical, viz, that of suspensories for the siphon, whose outer membranes have become calcified. "In the section the chambers of course appear only on the upper (dorsal) side. 334 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM while the dorsal one is very convex, or in other words, that the ventral side appears as a base, all growth taking place in dorsal direc- tion, tends also to support the view that the conch was carried slightly oblique and at rest placed in a horizontal position. It is interesting to note in this connection the views held by prominent zoologists as to the polarity of the Cephalopoda. Huxley, Lancaster and Lang give the original cephalopod the position shown in the diagram- matic figure reproduced here from Lancaster, while Ver- dicen oitete rill holds that the antero-posterior axis of the cephalopod al cephalopod. . ; (Copy from is shown by forms as Loligo at rest [see fig.24]. It _—— seems that the structure of Piloceras explan- ator, which both in organization and the time of its appearance is to be considered as a primitive form, could be easily reconciled with this latter view, if we assume that it was a sluggish creeping form which would rest its shell on the flat ventral side, but lift it,:-up.. slightly. while; «moines; Fit.,24, Loleet test Cony eee Endosiphocoleon. It remains to us to trace the development of the endosiphocoleon of the siphuncle of Piloceras ex- planator, which can be best done by reference to the series of sections I-7 on plate II. _ We have already stated that the endosiphocone becomes flatter as it approaches its posterior end till at its termination it is five or more times as broad as high [see pl.13, fig.2]. From this end proceeds the endosiphocoleon, a flat sheathlike canal, which is nearly as wide as the innermost endosiphosheath; in section I by a sec- ondary fracture apparently still wider. The longitudinal section [pl.13, fig.3] shows this endosiphocoleon in a young specimen, cut through its shorter axis. It demonstrates that the endosipho- coleon possesses a thin conchiolinous wall which extends through the last endosiphosheath into the cavity of the endosiphocone ; and hence was here not formed as a continuation of the external conchiolinous layer of the endosiphosheath, but within the apical end REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 335 of the endosiphocone. It is hence identical in origin with the endosiphocoleon of Proterocameroceras brainerdi. From its lateral ends proceed the endosiphofunicles described above, apparently mostly in longitudinal series. Corresponding to the vertical contraction of the siphuncle the section of the endosi- phuncular canal is broader than high and its lateral ends coalesce into a conchiolinous blade. As the central portion retains its full lumen, the section becomes in this specimen at first very broadly triangular [fig.4] and finally (through fig.5, 6) a low triangle. The apical termination of this gndosiphuncular canal is not shown in the specimen here sectioned because the ventral portion of the siphuncle has been worn away. There is, however, not more than Iimm wanting of the total length of the siphuncle, and it is therefore evident that no endosiphotube with distinctly cir- cular conchiolinous wall passes, as in Proterocamero- ceras brainerdi, through a large apical portion of the siphuncle. The coloring of the calcite within section 4 suggests perhaps [see enl. pl.12, fig.3] that also here only a lumen with circu- lar section may have remained open within the endosiphocoleon, but the next section (5) fails entirely to show any inclosed tube. We have hence no evidence of the formation of an endosiphotube in Piloceras explanator, but do not doubt that where the siphuncle becomes longer and more tubular instead of remaining short and broad as in this species, an endosiphotube may be formed, as indeed it has been found in other species of Piloceras. The wings of the endosiphocoleon in Proterocamero- Pera skey tariyer ds, which ofiginate irom ‘a ideposit vot conchiolinous matter on the outside of the endosiphosheath and which there form such a striking feature, have been observed in but one instance, where. the apical portion of the siphuncle is extremely broad and flat and the lateral margins of the endosipho- sheath form hence acute angles. They seem for this reason to have been strengthened by conchiolinous deposits. Among the eight species of Piloceras which have thus far been described, one, P. newton-winchelli Clarke [1897, p.767], 330 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM from the Shakopee formation in Minnesota is of special interest in relation to the genetic history of this genus and in our opinion stands at the opposite end of the series from P.explanator. While in the latter the ectosiphonal wall distinctly consists of the coalesced retlexed margins of the septa (septal necks), Clarke’s careful description and figures [see fig.25] demonstrate that in P. newton-winchelli the funnels or septal necks are only very short and the siphuncular wall is distinctly formed by a secondary formation, “the annuli’’1 If we adopt Hyatt’s fundamental divi- sion of the Nautiloidea, we find the genus Piloceras brought under the Holo- choanites which are characterized by the extension of the funnels from one sep- tum to the next preceding or beyond. Piloceras newton-winchelli is hence not a member of the genus Piloceras as defined by Hyatt, indeed it has the ectosiphuncular structure of Pig” 25 hpi ea new- ton-winchelli Clarke(sp.). En- : largement of portion of section to another suborder, the Orthochoanites ; show the siphuncle [S$]; endosipho- sheaths [ss]; ectosiphuncle [ws]; or has advanced in the character of its endosiphotube [es]; septa [sf] and Deore Hl} Seopy Bowie ectosiphuncle from the Cameroceras stage found in the other Piloceras forms, to the later Orthoceras stage. The relation of this form to the typical Piloceras appears to us identical with that of Endoceras burchardii Dewitz to the true Endoceras, the latter being a species which, while retain- ing the habit of an Endoceras has, as Holm has shown [1897, p.171 ] the ectosiphuncular structure of an Orthoceras. Holm proposed the genus Baltoceras for this form, a genus which is considered by Hyatt as the first and most primitive of the genera of Orthoceratidae. 1Tt is doubtful whether these annuli or siphuncular segments of the Ortho- choanites form a homologue to the continuous “ endosipholining ”’ of Camero- ceras, as it would appear at first glance. The endosipholining is considered by Hyatt as composed of the upper unresorbed ends of the endosiphosheaths, while the siphuncular segments find their fullest development where, on account of the reduction of the siphuncle, no more endosiphosheaths are formed. Nor is any genetic connection between the segments and the endosiphosheaths apparent in text figure 25. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 ane 4, On the same principle P. newton-winchelli should be removed from the holochoanitic Piloceratidae and brought under the Orthochoanites, where, as far as I am aware, it constitutes a new genus (Clarkoceras). A further character quite significant of the advance of Clarkoceras newton-winchelli beyond the typical Piloceras stage is to be seen in the re- duction of the endosiphosheaths of which only two were observed in a specimen of which only a small apical portion is miss- ing [see fig.26]. These leave large endo- siphuncular chambers between them which are not filled by depositions of lime car- bonate, as the much smaller chambers in the species of Piloceras are. The endosiphotube is only indicated by the perforation of these endosiphosheaths and has lost its own wall. The entire endosiphuncular structure is distinctly in a process of dissolution, resulting from the Feduction of ihe size of the*siphuncle in “ay, 16 Clarkoceras new : ton w inc hielli; Clarke (sp.). consequence of the more complete with- Median vertical secti.n p-} 3 specimen. x..5. (Copy from drawal of the visceral cone. In Balto- Clarke) : ceras the process of dissolution has gone already a step farther and all traces of endosiphosheaths have been lost notwithstanding the still considerable width of the siphuncle. Summary Pinoanch ot Cameroceras bfainerdi irom the Upper Beekmantown formation begins with a long slender pre- septal cone or nepionic bulb, which terminates anteriorly with a slight constriction where septation sets in. 2 The nepionic bulb and the middle (neanic) portion of the siphuncle are filled by endosiphosheaths, while the anterior _(ephebic) portion is empty. 3 The empty anterior portion is closed in apicad direction by the final endosiphosheath, which incloses the endosiphocone 338 _ . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM (visceral cone). From this last formed endosiphocone a broad, flattened tube with conchiolinous walls extends backward, for which the term “endosiphocoleon” is here proposed. This forms within the endosiphocone preparatory to a further with- drawal of the animal and the formation of a new endosipho- sheath. In apicad direction it changes into a blade, consisting of two lamellae, disappearing gradually by being altered into organic calcium carbonate and becoming confluent with the cai- cium carbonate filling of the siphuncle. The endosiphocoleon grew hence at its anterior end and was absorbed at its posterior end or vanished there by secondary alteration into lime carbonate. 4 In the same measure as the endosiphocoleon disappears, a capillary conchiolinous tube, the endosiphotube, becomes promi- nent. This forms within the endosiphocoleon by the posterior contraction of the siphon. It extends to the apical end of the nepionic bulb, where it empties (into the protoconch which is not preserved ). 5 The endosiphocoleon is flanked on both sides by conchiolin- ous wings, having a crescentic section. These form on the out- side of the angles of the flattening endosiphosheaths and are hence separated from the endosiphocoleon by the organic lime carbonate composing the endosiphosheaths. 6 The posterior portion of the empty, ephebic siphuncle is lined by the endosipholining, the anterior portion only by the septal necks or funnels. . 7 The endosiphocone, endosiphocoleon and endosiphotube are held in position by (mostly three) radiating suspensory mem- branes (endosiphoblades), which affix the endosiphosheath ete: to the preceding endosiphosheath and the ectosiphuncle. 8 The presence of a preseptal cone or nepionic bulb in an early, otherwise typical, Cameroceras (C. brainerdi),—while in the later species of Cameroceras the nepionic bulb has disappeared—, as well as in a typical Vaginoceras (V. belemnitiforme), in Nanno aulema and in a Piloceras (P. explanator), demonstrates that these genera have passed through the same early REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 339 stage of development with a prominent nepionic bulb, which fact is of sufficient phylogenetic importance to require recognition by assigning these forms to subgenera (Proterocameroceras, Protero- vaginoceras and possibly Proteropiloceras) of their respective genera. 9 The endosiphocoleon is revived in the proostracum of the belemnites, the probable Mesozoic descendants of the Paleozoic _ holochoanitic and orthochoanitic orthoceraconic cephalopods. 10 In Piloceras explanator Whitfield the nepionic bulb is still recognizable by an inflation of the apical portion of the siphuncle, which by tachygenesis has become inclosed in the phragmocone. 11 The endosiphocoleon extends without becoming absorbed to or nearly to the apical end. This results from the wide short form of the siphuncle. 12 The endosiphosheaths and endosiphocoleon are held in posi- tion by numerous suspensory funicles (endosiphofunicles). These proceed from angulations of the endosiphosheaths and frequently divide in outward direction. 13 The arrangement of the endosiphofunicles on the side oppo- site the flat side of the conch, where siphuncle and conch are in contact, indicates that this latter side may have been the ventral one and that the conch was carried in a subhorizontal, slightly ascending direction. 14 Piloceras newton-winchelli Clarke is by the structure of its ectosiphuncle not a holochoanitic form as the other congeners, but an orthochoanitic form and represents a genus (Clarkoceras) which holds the same relation to Piloceras as Baltoceras to Endoceras. : References ; 1867 Barrande, J. Systeme Silurien de la Bohéme, v.2. Cephalo- podes (1867-77), t.430, f£.5, 8-11; t.471, £.8-10. 1879 Dewitz, H: Beitrage zur Kenntniss der in den ostpreussi- schen Silurgeschieben vorkommenden Cephalopoden. Schriften der physik.-oekon. Gesellsch. in Kénigsberg. Bd 20. 340 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ' Ueber einige ostpreussische Silur-cephalopoden. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch. 32:371-93, Tafel XVI-XVIII. | 1881 Schroder, H. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der in ost- und west- 1880 preussischen Diluvial-Geschieben gefundenen Silur- Cephalopoden. Schriften der phys.-oekon. Gesellsch. in Konigsberg. 1881. Bd 22. 1881 Whitfield, R. P. Observations on the Purpose of the Em- bryonic Sheaths of Endoceras and their Bearing on the Origin of the Siphon in the Orthocerata. Am. Mus. Nat. Fist: Bulyc val) mOsL p20: . 1883 Dawson, J. W. Palaeontological Notes I. A New Species of Piloceras. Can. Nat. n.s. 10:1-4. 1884 Hyatt, Alpheus. Genera of Fossil Cephalopods. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Proc. 22:253-338. | 1886 Whitfield, R. P. Notice of Geological Investigations along the Eastern Shore of Lake Champlain, Conducted by Prof. H. M. Seeley and Pres. Ezra Brainerd, of Middle- bury College, with Descriptions of the New Fossils Dis- covered. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. Bul. v.1, no.8. . 1887 Holm, G. Ueber die innere Organization einiger silurischen Cephalopoden. Pal. Abhandl. von Dames & Kayser. 3: 11-27. 1888 Foord, A. H. Catalogue of the Fossil Cephalopoda in the British Museum. ptt. 1888 Blake, J. F. Remarks on Shell-growth in Cephalopoda. Ann. . & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser.6. 1:376. 1893 Hyatt, A. Phylogeny of an Acquired Characteristic. Am. Phil. Sec. Proc., 32" 346: 1894 Clarke, J. M. Nanno, a New Cephalopodan Type. Am. Geol. 14:205. 1894 Bather, F. A. Cephalopod Beginnings. Nat. Sci. 5:422-36. (See his references ) 1894 Sardeson, F.W. Note on Nanno. Am. Geol. 14:402. 1895 Holm, G. Om de endosifonala bildningarna hos familjen Endoceratidae. Geol. For. Forh. i Stockholm. 17:601. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 341 1895 Hyatt, A. Remarks on the Genus Nanno. Am. Geol. 16:1. 1896 Holm, G. Om apicalandan hos Endoceras.. Geol. For. Forh. i Stockholm. 18:394. Also G. F. F. 1897. 19:175. 1896 Verrill, A. E. The Opisthoteuthidae. A Remarkable New Family of Deep Sea Cephalopoda, with Remarks on Some Points of Molluscan Morphology. Am. Jour. Sci. ser.4. 2 :74-80. 1897 Clarke, J. M. Lower Silurian Cephalopoda of Minnesota. Geol. Minn. v.3, pt2, p.760. 1897 Holm, G. Om ektosifo hos Endoceras Burchardii Dew. Geol. For. Forh. i Stockholm. 19:171-74. 1900 Hyatt, A. Cephalopoda; in Textbook of Palaeontology by Zittel, tr. by Ch. R. Eastman. "1 : 502: 342 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM NOTES ION TEE SUP OR ONTARIC SECTION On. BAST ERIN UNE Va) Naini BY C. A. HARTNAGEL The Ontaric section of central and western New York, as developed west of the Helderberg is subdivided into 10 divisions,! and it is from this section of the State that all but one of the locality names applied to these divisions are derived. Each of these divisions is more or less distinctly characterized by differential lithologic features and all are fossiliferous.? On the east side of the Helderberg and including the section extending from Ulster county southwest to New Jersey, the Ontaric lacks several members of the group, while the fossils found are of an age not earlier than late Salina, the lower mem- bers of the Ontaric where present being entirely without fossils. The fact that the Manlius and Rondout formations alone of the entire Siluric series have stratigraphic continuity across the Hel- derberg, has left the outcrops of the Siluric rocks in New York divided into two nearly distinct geographic areas.? | While the main purpose of this paper is to bring out the rela- tions of the Cobleskill formation as developed in eastern and southern New York, it will also attempt to show certain relations of the lower members of the Ontaric formation in so far as they have come under the observation of the writer. The lower members of the Ontaric section in this portion of the State are entirely unfos- siliferous and confusing in their lithologic features, and it will still require considerable study to accurately locate their correct position in the geologic series. This condition is brought about by the dis- covery that the Cobleskill horizon is above the Salina deposits, a fact which suggests that the Shawangunk grit and red shales above it may possibly represent a later age than that to which they have been usually referred. | 1Clarke. N.Y.S.Mus. Handbook 19, July 1903. Table 1, p. 9. 2 While the Salina beds are sometimes regarded as being nonfossiliferous, it will be observed that the Salina as now defined includes at its base the Pitts- ford shale and at its top the Bertie waterlime. Both of these formations are characterized by an Eurypterus fauna. | 3A third area is developed in Rensselaer county. The Ontaric is here repre- sented by a single member known as the Rensselaer grit. This is generally considered the equivalent of the Oneida or of the Shawangunk grit. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 343 Shawangunk grit and conglomerate The lowest member: of the Ontaric section in eastern New York is the Shawangunk grit. This designation was first ap- plied to the formation by Mather! the term being derived from the mountain area of that name, which extends from near High Falls in Ulster county southwest through Orange county and beyond the limits of the State. The Shawangunk grit, wherever the contact has been observed, is seen to rest unconformably on the Lower Siluric shales. The Shawangunk grit is generally correlated with the Oneida conglomerate, the latter term often being applied to it. Of these two formations the Shawangunk erit has the greater development, the thickness varying from less than 50 feet in parts of Ulster county and gradually increas- ing in thickness to more than 200 feet within a few miles. The Oneida conglomerate in its type section has a thickness of from 15 to 20 feet and in its western extension it gradually grades into a sandstone known as the Oswego sandstone, which in Oswego ccunty has a thickness of more than 100 feet. Both the Oneida conglomerate and the Oswego sandstone are transi- tional into the Medina sandstone above. It will thus appear that while we may consider the Medina as directly following and transitional from the Oneida in central New York, the sequence of events following the deposition of the Shawangunk grit in eastern New York has never been satis- factorily established. While for many years the red shales lying above the Shawangunk erit in Ulster county and further south have been generally correlated with the Medina of central New York, no proof has ever been set forth to establish their identity with any degree of certainty. Mather? in the final report of the first district, the western limit of which was as far west as Her- kimer county, did not definitely correlate these red shales, though he was inclined to refer them to the Medina. He says, “ The observations made do not render it certain whether these red rocks are equivalent to the Onondaga salt group or the Medina aGeols NicY . Estbi1st. 1643. © p. 355. “Geol... ¥.. 1st Mist. 1843. .p0.355,.363.- 344 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM sandstone; but it is thought probable, from some of the mineral characters, no fossils having been seen, that they belonged to the epoch of the Medina sandstone, and that the subjacent Shaw- angunk grit is equivalent to the gray sandstone (=Oswego) instead of the Oneida conglomerate.” While it is known that Mather! recognized and designated a é formation in eastern New York as “ coralline limestone ” which recently has been shown to be identical with the Cobleskill limestone, it is evident from the above citations that Mather could not have regarded it as of Niagaran age, or he would not even have suggested the possibility of the underlying red shales being of Salina age. For many years following the publication of Mather’s report the section under consideration was not much studied. The discovery, however, by Dr Barrett, of Cobleskill fossils near Port Jervis in strata which lie above the red shales, and the studies of Lindslay of the same formation at Rondout, left little doubt as to the continuity of these rock masses in the intervening section, and since the Cobleskill at that time was correlated with and generally accepted as the equivalent of the Niagaran formation as developed in western New York, it served for the time being as apparently conclusive evidence that the underlying shales could scarcely be correlated other than with the Clinton and the Medina, or at least it was not thought they could possibly represent the Salina. As we now know that the Cobleskill limestone is of an age later than the Salina, the age of the red shales together with the so called Clinton quartzite lying above the Shawangunk grit again comes into question, since both the Salina and the Medina are below the Cobleskill. As no fossils have been found in the red shales, a feature which contrasts thetn with the Medina of central New York, it is evi- dent that in any attempt to correlate these red shales, evidence must be had from other sources. It was early shown by Vanuxem? and Hall® that in central New York the passage from the Oneida to the Medina was a ee ile eee ea eh eae ca uence i Geol. N. Y.. 1st Dist. 18432 9. 337. 2Geol. N. Y. 3d Dist. 1842. p. 71. 3 Pall NY ese. 2205500. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 345 gradual one, the conglomerate or the sandstone (Oswego) being transitional into the Medina. The lower portion of the Medina throughout the central portion of the State contains pebbles abun- dantly and is also characterized by an oblique laminated structure. which is well shown in the exposures of the Medina in Herkimer county. On the other hand the base of the red shales (=High Falls _ shales) above. the Shawangunk grit in Ulster county and far- ther southwestward do not possess the transitional features ascribed to the Medina of central New York. In the eastern section these shales are entirely devoid of pebbles, generally of a bright red color and uniform in character, specially near their base. On exposure to the atmosphere they break into small angular fragments which are easily washed away leaving the sloping surface of the conglomerate beneath clean and white. In small protected areas on the western face of Shawangunk mountain, where the agencies of weathering and erosion have been less severe and the shale, perhaps, of a firmer texture, a number of isolated patches of these red shales occur. They are, however, easily removed and the underlying conglomerate brought to view. On the farm of Patrick Winn at High Falls the contact of these red shales with the conglomerate is favor- ably shown. At this place the shales formerly were quarried and used for making paint. They here retain their characteristic features down to the conglomerate. It is evident then that there is a very marked change in the character of the sedimentation following the conglomerate, suggestive of a hiatus at this point. Nowhere in central New York has the base of the Medina the features presented by the red shales of this section. In litho- logic features they are more like the Vernon red shales of the Salina than any bed of the Medina, though in the upper portion of the Medina there are beds of red shales of a somewhat similar character but more arenaceous. Such beds can be favorably examined at Lewiston on the Niagara river. A study of the overlaps on the west side of the Helderberg shows that the Salina shales extend farther east than does the Medina, and since the period was one of increasing submergence, 346 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM it is but natural that we should expect to find in eastern New York manifestations of Salina time rather than the Medina and the Clinton. The so called Clinton quartzites (—Binnewater quart- zites) lying above the red shales were so designated because they are in some respects similar to the Clinton formation of western New York, and probably also because of their similarity to the green shales with iron pyrites lying beneath the Cobleskill in Schoharie county which were formerly also correlated with the Clinton. In this connection it is interesting to note that the view as given above was held by Mather.t With this correlation in view, it follows that, if the quartzite with the iron pyrites in eastern New York is the equivalent of | the green shales of the Schoharie section then the quartzite of eastern New York is Salina and not Clinton, since it is known that the green shales of Schoharie county are of an age not earlier than late Salina. South from High Falls the quartzite below the Wilbur limestone becomes more calcareous and of a shaly nature. At Accord, a few miles south from High Falls, the shales are seen in the cut on the Ontario & Western Railroad. At this place the beds are light colored, soft, argillaceous shales with considerable mineral matter. They are exposed for a thick- ness of 18 feet. Southwest from this point there are no favorable exposures for the examination of these shales in New York. If we regard the red shales above the Shawangunk grit and con- glomerate as Salina in age, it is quite probable that the Shawangunk in this portion of the State is much later than has been generally supposed. Recent studies indicate that the Shawangunk represents the invading basal member of the Salina series. Poxino Island shale This is the term applied to irregular bedded, buff colored, calcareous beds which are exposed just across the New York State line in the Nearpass section in New Jersey and farther south. At the Nearpass section they are but obscurely shown for a thickness of 1 foot, and they here form the lowest member 1Geol, N. Y. 1st Dist. 1843. p. 353, 354. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 347 that can be observed in the Nearpass section. These shales have not been identified with certainty in New York State. Near Cuddebackville a few miles north from Port Jervis, somewhat similar shales, but containing iron pyrites, have been observed. _ They hold a position below the Decker Ferry formation, but the contact with the Decker Ferry could not be observed. The shales below the Decker Ferry as recognized at Accord have a somewhat similar appearance to the Poxino Island shale. In this section the Bossardville limestone which lies between the Poxino Island shale and the Decker Ferry formation could not be observed. It is probable, however, that the Bossardville limestone has failed by thinning out before this section is reached. The age of the Poxino Island shales has as yet not been definitely established, but they probably belong to the Salina. Bossardville limestone No outcrop of this formation has been recognized in New York State, though it probably extends from New Jersey into ‘Ulster county. At the Nearpass section, 3 miles south of Port Jervis, its entire thickness is shown to be slightly more than 12 feet. It directly overlies the Poxino Island shale and in litho- logic features it much resembles some thin banded layers of the Manlius limestone. This is the lowest member of the Ontaric formation in this section that is fossiliferous, but even this is only sparingly so. Leperditia altoides Weller is found quite abiindantly in several of the thin layers in the upper 2 feet of the limestone. Besides the Leperditia a single individual of the genus Oncoceras was found. This species is in some respects similar to O. ovoides Hall, but is smaller and probably a distinct species. The Bossardville limestone is regarded by the writer as a late representative of Salina time. Decker Ferry formation The term Decker Ferry formation as recently applied by Wel- ler in the New Jersey section includes all the strata between the Bossardville limestone and the Rondout waterlime. The upper 6 feet of the formation as described by Weller may, how- 348 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ever, be definitely correlated with the Cobleskill limestone, as typically developed in Schoharie county. The lower part of the formation is the equivalent of what has been termed Salina waterlime and Wilbur limestone in a previous report.t FOSSILIFEROUS SECTIONS The following fossiliferous sections extending from the well known locality of the Decker Ferry formation, as exposed 3 miles south of Port Jervis, and extending northeastward into Ulster county will serve to show the stratigraphic relations of the fossiliferous beds up to the Coeymans limestone. Nearpass section 3 miles south from Port Jervis N. Y. 1 Poxino Island shale. In an excavation a little distance above the base of the cliff there is an exposure of a bed of buff shale 1 foot in thickness. This exposure is being rapidly covered by talus. No fossils. 2 Bossardville limestone. Thin banded limestone of alternate light and dark colored laminae. On account of the shaly nature of the rock, the entire thickness of slightly more than 12 feet can be readily examined; Leperditia altoides Weller found abundantly in layers near top; Oncoceras cf. ovoides Hall the only other fossil observed. 3 Decker Ferry. The lower 24 feet of this formation consists of several layers of hard crystalline limestone with some shaly beds. This portion of the section is highly fossiliferous and from the specially characteristic fossil Chonetes jersey- ensis Weller, it has been designated the Chonetes jerseyensis zone. Though found in the other zones of the Decker Ferry formation and rarely in the Cobleskill limestone of Schoharie county, Atrypa reticularis Linm is very abundant in the lower portion of the Decker Ferry, and farther north in Ulster county it is so plentiful as to make a distinct band in the Wilbur limestone. 4 Decker Ferry. Red crystalline limestone 2 feet. This layer is characterized by the species described by Weller as Ptilo- 1N. Y. State Paleontol. An. Rep’t 1903, p. 1142. ° REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 349 dictya frondosa and is designated as the Ptilodictya -frondosa zone. This limestone by reason of its distinctive lithologic and faunal features can not be confused with any other bed. No outcrop of this rock has been observed in New York. 5 Decker Ferry. The 15 feet of limestones and shales lying above the red crystalline limestone have no characteristic fossil to mark it as a distinct zone. Rhynchonella? lamellata occurs abundantly, but this fossil has a considerable vertical range and in some sections extends up into the Rondout. This zone may be regarded as transitional into the Cobleskill limestone. Its stratigraphic position is that of the lower cement bed of the Rondout section, but in the Nearpass section there are no cement beds. | 6 Cobleskill formation. Six feet of limestone characterized by an abundance of corals, such as Prismatophyllum ine- qualis Hall, Halysites catenulatus Linné. This zone by reason of similarity in lithologic features and fossil con- tents may be definitely correlated with the Cobleskill limestone of Schoharie county where it is typically developed, with a thick- ness of 6 feet. 7 Cobleskill formation? Above the 6 feet of limestone desig- nated the Cobleskill there are 4 feet of limestone in thin beds separated by shaly layers. Though containing Cobleskill fossils, the abundance of ostracodes present indicates a change in the nature of sedimentation, due perhaps to the introduction of brackish water conditions which lasted throughout Rondout time. 8 Rondout formation. Above the Cobleskill limestone in the Nearpass quarry section there are 39 feet of shales and lime- stones. In general lithologic features this formation resembles the Rondout as developed in New York State, but the cement bed so characteristic at the base of the formation farther north is absent here. With the exception of several species of Leper- | ditia, fossils are extremely rare. Future studies may show that the 4 feet of limestones and shales at the base of this formation and which have been provisionally included with the Cobleskill belong to the Rondout. 350 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM g Manlius limestone. This formation which is nearly 35 feet thick carries a typical Manlius limestone fauna. The fossils in © some cases are not well preserved. ‘This is specially true of Tentaculites gyracanthus Eaton, of which welguee served specimens are rare. From the Nearpass section, however, on the reverse side of a thin slab collected for specimens of Megambonia aviculoidea Hall, there was “oone Tentaculites gyracanthus equally as abundant as in the sections farther north in New York State. They are how- ever in a very poor state of preservation and may readily be passed unnoticed. ORANGE COUNTY SECTIONS In the section a short distance southeast of Port Jervis at Carpenters Point neither the Cobleskill nor the Decker Ferry formations can be observed, though several members of the Hel- derbergian are shown at this locality. About 2 miles farther north from Carpenters Point the Erie Railroad crosses these formations but they are all too deeply covered to show any outcrops. The best place in Orange county for the examination of the Cobleskill and Decker Ferry formations is in the valley of the Neversink about 8 miles north of Port Jervis and 1 mile east of Cuddebackville. Here there are a number of parallel ridges which include not only the Cobleskill and Decker Ferry forma- tions, but the Rondout and Manlius together with the Helder- bergian members of the Devonic. About 1 mile southeast from Cuddebackville there is an old quarry with a limekiln near by. The beds here are nearly ver- tical, and just to the east of the quarry the Cobleskill together with the upper part of the Decker Ferry formation is shown. The rock is here much sheared and is traversed by mineral veins. This outcrop of the Cobleskill and others in the vicinity of the same horizon are noted, by Ries! and are included by him with the Tentaculite (Manlius) limestone. The lower part of this outcrop is not favorable for collecting but in the upper part IN. Y. State Geol. 15th An. Rep’t. 1898. p. 430, 433. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 Lae of the Cobleskill limestone close to the face of the quarry the following species were obtained. I Prismalophyllum inequalis Hall 2 Cyathophyllum cf. hydraulicum Simpson 3 Favosites helderbergiae var. prae- cedens Schuchert 4 Atrypa reticularis Linné 5 Camarotoechia litchfieldensis Schu- chert 6 Leptaena rhomboidalis Wilck. 8 Rhynchonella ? lamellata Hall 9 Stropheodonta bipartita Hall 10 Whitfieldella nucleolata Hail 11 Pleurotomaria ? cf. subdepressa Hall 12 Calymmene cf. pachydermatus Barrett 13 Dalmanites sp. 14 Leperditia cf. jonesi Hall 7 Orthothetes interstriatus Hall me tis locality specimens’ of ‘Léptae na rhomboi- dalis are plentiful and unusually well preserved. At the top of the Cobleskill in the portion that is transitional into the Ron- dout there are found thin bands of limestones separated by shaly é. partings. The shaly layers weather to a drab color and are easily removed from the face of the quarry. These thin layers contain quite abundantly Orthothetes interstriatus Mmoemand leperditra’ sca larirs* Jones. bands are crowded with Whitfieldella sulcata Van. OT th otietes scalaris Jones The limestone Pago piriter vantuxem? Fall, in- Beienertabns all and Veperd tia are also found in the limestone bands. In the Nearpass section _ south of Port Jervis at the top of the Cobleskill there are found similar limestone bands characterized by many Beyrichias of which there are several species. In the latter section in these limestone bands brachiopods are also found, but Leperditia has as yet not been observed. Northeast from this outcrop the Cobleskill and Decker Ferry formations are obscured for about a mile, but the Decker Ferry formation is again seen on the farm of Mr Cuddeback just in rear of the house. The Rondout is shown a little higher up on the ledge and the Manlius and Coeymans limestones a short dis- tance farther to the west. A short distance to the west of the house of Mr Case and north of the outcrop back of Mr Cudde- 352 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM back’s house the upper part of the Decker Ferry formation is shown and the following species were obtained. I Favosites sp. 7 Spirifer sp. ( 2 Atrypa reticularis Linné 8 Stropheodonta bipartita Hall | 3 Camarotoechia litchfieldensis Schu- 9 Pterinea cf. emacerata Con. : chert 10 Dalmanites sp. 4 Chonetes jerseyensis Weller II Proetus pachydermatus Barrett 5 Leptaena rhomboidalis Wiick. - 12 Beyrichia sp. 6 Rhynchonella ? lamellata Hall The Cobleskill limestone is obscurely exposed in the field be- yond, where also were found the thin limestone bands crowded with Whitfieldella sulcata Van. and Spirifer vanuxemi Hall, and which mark the upper limit of the Cobleskill. Passing from this station northeastward into Sullivan county no outcrops of the Cobleskill have been observed. Throughout Sullivan county there is but little opportunity for the examina- tion of the Siluric and Helderbergian rocks. The cliffs so promi- nent north from Port Jervis between the Neversink river and Shawangunk mountain become low in Sullivan county and almost entirely disappear. Outcrops in the valley are but rarely seen. There is an old limekiln on the land of John Olcott a short distance north from Wurtsboro located near the outcrop of the Esopus shales. There is however no outcrop of limestone in the vicinity, the rock used for burning lime being gathered from the fields. Just over the county line north from Spring Glen station? in - Ulster county, there is an old quarry near the east bank of the now abandoned Delaware and Hudson canal. The rock as here exposed is a thin bedded limestone with some layers of shale and appears to belong to the lower portion of the Manlius. Two miles southwest from Ellenville there is a small but con- spicuous outcrop of Helderbergian limestones which rise above the general level of the valley. The outcrop is near Sanborn creek on the land of L. F. Hall. Lime is burnt at this place but only in small quantities. A similar outcrop is seen at John Horn- beek’s quarry a short distance south of the Eastern Reformatory ‘This outcrop and the two following are noted by Mather. Geol. N. Y. | ist Dist.’ 1843: p. 322-33. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 353 a@eeapanoch ihe presence hereof Leptaenisca adnas- cens Hall & Clarke is indicative of the New Scotland age of these beds. 7 In passing northward from Ellenville the first outcrop favor- able for the examination of the Cobleskill is on the land of Joseph Chipp %4 mile north from Kerhonkson. ‘The rock is shown in the base of an old quarry on the left of the highway leading to Accord. The locality is not favorable for collecting but the following fossils were obtained. 1 Favosites helderbergiae var. prae- { 4 Spirifer corallinensis Grabau cedens Sciuchert 5 S. cf. vanuxemi Hall 2 Atrypa reticularis Linné 6 Whitfieldella nucleolata Hall 3 Orthothetes interstriatus Hall 7 Leperditia jonesi Hall The Rondout is not well shown in this section. About 16 feet of Manlius limestone is exposed in the quarry of Lincoln McConnell on the opposite side of the highway. The combined thickness of the Rondout and Manlius at this place is 70 feet. One of the most favorable localities for the examination of _ the Decker Ferry and Cobleskill formations is in the cut of the recently constructed Kingston branch of the Ontario & Western Railroad, % mile southwest from Accord. The railroad passes in succession over the formations, from the shales underlying the Decker Ferry to the Coeymans limestone which is exposed near the station at Accord, but only the shales, the Decker Ferry and the Cobleskill are shown in the cut. The shales which are exposed in this cut are considered to be of Salina age and are exposed for a thickness of 18 feet. The beds are soft, argillace- ous with bands of mineral matter and so far as known without fossils. The Decker Ferry iormation is 12 feet thick and in layers which are quite massive. The basal layer is arenaceous and gradually changes and becomes more calcareous above. The formation is fossiliferous throughout. The red crystalline lime- stone which forms such a conspicuous layer in the Nearpass sec- tion has not been observed here, and whether its absence is due to thinning out or failing through overlap of the succeeding deposits, in which case only the upper part of the Decker Ferry 354 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM formation would be represented in this section, has not been determined. It seems probable that since the period was one of submergence, the latter view is more nearly correct, though in this section Chonetes jerseyensis, which is the char- acteristic fossil of the lower Decker Ferry formation in the Nearpass section, is here equally as abundant and in size averages larger. This fossil, in the cut at Accord, is sometimes so plen-+ tiful as to make a band a fraction of an inch in thickness. From the railroad cut the following species were obtained. 1 Favosites sp. 7 Rhynchonella deckerensis Weller 2 Monotrypa corrugata Weller 8 R. litchfieldensis Schuchert 3 Rhynchonella? lamellata Hall 9g Spirifer cf. corallinensis Grabau 4 A. reticularis Linné 10 Spirifer sp. undet. 5 Chonetes jerseyensis Weller 11 Stropheodonta bipartita Hall 6 Rhipidomella cf. preoblata Weller | 12 Pterinea emacerata Hall A favorable place for the collection of fossils from the basal arenaceous layer is at Fiddlers Elbow on the Delaware and Hud- son canal a short distance from the railroad cut. At this place the canal is partly excavated in the shales and the limestone is found a little higher up by the canal bank. At some points the underlying shales have weathered away leaving the limestone above as a slightly projecting ledge. From the basal arenaceous layer the following species were obtained. 1 Favosites sp. 4 Gypidula cf. galeata Dalman 2 Monotrypa corrugata Weller 5 Stropheodonta bipartita Hall 3 Atrypa reticularis Linné 6 Spirifer sp. At this place a number of rather poorly preserved specimens of a pentameroid were found. They approach closely Gypid- ula galeata of the Coeymans limestone and may prove to be identical with it. . The Cobleskill limestone is exposed a little higher near an old limekiln. The rock is here much weathered and fossils are readily obtained though not in a well preserved state. A feature of the collection from the Cobleskill obtained at this point is the large number of gastropods and cephalopods found, and the fauna is more nearly like the normal fauna of the Cobleskill of Schoharie county than at any other section that has been studied REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 355 in eastern New York. I[lionia sinuata not recorded from the Cobleskill farther southwest and in the Nearpass section is quite abundant here. The following species were obtained. 1 Favosites sp. > Bellerophon auriculatus Hall 2 Atrypa reticularis Linné 8 Kionoceras darwini Billings 3 Rhynchonella? lamellata Hail 9 Orthoceras (large) 4 R. litchfieldensis Schuchert 10 Leperditia jones: Hall 5 Whitfieldella nucleolata Hall tt Calymmene camerata //all 6 Tlionia sinuata Hall In the railroad cut the Cobleskill is also exposed but not so favorably for collecting as in the last named locality. The thick- ness in the cut is about 6 feet. The contact with the Rondout could not be observed at this station. The formations exposed at Fiddlers Elbow and in the railroad cut can be readily traced to a short distance east of Accord, where they form a clearly defined cliff. The base of the cliff is mostly covered with talus and the outcrops are not favorable for collecting. In the vicinity of Accord no beds suitable for making cement have been observed. This place is but 6 miles from High Falls where cement has been quarried from the dark Rosendale beds which at the latter place have a maximum thickness of 22 feet. It will thus be seen that the lower cement bed so extensively developed in the Rosendale region and which extends to High Falls, becomes too calcareous to be used for cement before Accord is reached. At Rosendale the lower cement bed, with the exception of Leperditia, which is sometimes found near the base, is so far as known, entirely without other fossils. When however High Falls is reached the cement bed, specially near ‘its base, becomes fossiliferous. From the cement rock at this place some corals, Atrypa reticularis Linné, Ilionia Simmaea tall and Nucleospira ci. ventricosa Hall have been obtained. The Cobleskill can be readily recognized near the brink of the falls on both sides of the stream. The cement bed is about 14 feet thick, and at its base and resting on the quartzites below, is a fossiliferous band of shaly limestone 4 to 10 inches thick, in a previous report! referred to the Wilbur limestone, which in the type section, as at High Falls, underlies *N. Y. State Paleontol. An. Rep’t. 1903. p.1146. 356 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM the lower cement bed. A good view of the falls is given by Darton" in his report on the Geology of Ulster county. At High Falls the thin layer above referred to contains unmistakable Decker Ferry species, the most characteristic of which is Monotrypa corrugata Weller. The fauna obtained follows: 1 Favosites sp. | 5 Orbiculoidea cf. tenuilamellata 2 Monotrypa corrugata Weller Hall. 3 Atrypa reticularis Linné 6 Orthoceras sp. undet. 4 Pterinea emacerata Conrad The study of the sections at High Falls and Accord and a comparison of them with the sections farther south indicate quite clearly that the lower cement bed at Rosendale and the lower cement bed and Wilbur limestone at High Falls are of the same age as the Decker Ferry formation as developed to the southwest of these localities.. It is also believed that the cement bed which holds the stratigraphic position of the Bertie water- lime of western New York is of the same relative age as the latter, both underlying the Cobleskill limestone. In western New York the Bertie limestone is characterized by an Eurypterus fauna. The absence of Eurypterus from the formation in eastern New York is attributed to the fact that this section of the State belonged to another sea-province. We therefore propose to meet this difference in the east by introducing for the lower cement bed in Ulster and adjoining counties the term Rosendale cement. The transition to the Cobleskill from the underlying fossiliferous beds in eastern New York has been shown. In western New York the transitional fea- tures are somewhat more complex and obscure. Still enough is known to show an intimate relationship between the Cobleskill and Bertie formations. In the Eurypterus-bearing waterlime beds of western New York (Bertie) Cobleskill fossils are rarely found associated with Eurypterus. However .Orthothetes.,.1nters (tae Hall and Leperditia, scalaris: Jones are ,ocegeionaim found on the same slab with Eurypterus. In beds which are strictly referable to the Cobleskill and which contain Cobleskill fossils the writer has never found an Eurypterus. The condi- IN. Y. State Geol. 13th An. Rep’t. 1894. pl. 1o facing p.342. REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 357 tions however which are found and which show the intimate relation of the two formations are as follows. In western New York usually underlying the Oriskany sand- stone is found the Cobleskill dolomite which at Buffalo, Dr Grabau! has shown, contains a fauna similar to the Cobleskill and which later studies have shown to be identical with the Cobleskill. In Ontario county at Phelps below the Oriskany sandstone is found the Cobleskill or “bullhead”’ rock as it is known in western New York. This rock here and farther west at Victor and beyond, contains the Cobleskill fauna. Beneath the “bullhead” rock in Ontario county in a thin bed of water- lime, fragments of Eurypterus are found and at Victor a large number of fragments from this horizon were obtained. Beneath this layer of waterlime in Ontario county we find again in the dolomite layer another Cobleskill or “bullhead” fauna in which Lichas ptyonurus Hall is foundand Cyathophyllum hydraulicum Simpson is quite abundant. Beneath this second dolomite layer containing Cobleskill fossils, waterlime beds again occur in which Eurypterus are found. From the above conditions it would appear that while the Decker Ferry fauna was living in eastern New York the Euryp- terus fauna was still to be found in the Salina sea in the western part of the State, and that there were invasions from the eastern sea which at first were only temporary, but which finally caused the retreat or destruction of the Eurypterus fauna. Pecol Soc. Am: Bul, 1900. TI :363. MUSEUM YORK STATE NEW * ee) ema a YUNSURMEYS éSojeys Sea Ys pue[syT ouIxog o][TApressog AIO J JOYIIG BOeS [TTS 9TS95) jnopuoy sniyueyl suevuiA307) SIAJO{ J10g sopeys STP oh TOL so}izj1enh J9JeMOUUTG Ang[t MA ANGIE d[epussoy o[epussoy eUulles eBUL[eS it AST) Hei ere) jnopuoyY jnopuoyYy SNIPUP IAT SHITUPR IAT ~ suewk905_ suvurA907) DS Fayen ystH jnopuoy Nisva@ GNVINHaWOAD 40 SHGIS HLOA NO GadOTHAGAG SV HAOA MAN 4A a [Pisuewsoy | gPIsueu0N |g yprjsuew0N / \ yUNnSsUuRMEYS jnopuoy sueuts907) OUWsAAaTAH dUIeLIOF snpue yy Aqunos Aueqry JUIVIIO’T : eUIPI | uo} | i, Jo}S9IO x | y10dy90°7T UOUIO A snyyprues o1}19q Rules [els 9o)) jnopuoyY SnIpUr yy Pes eo tse 2) jnOpuoyY, snipueyy suvut{909 AyuNod staeyoyosg | Ajunoo JOWIyIOFy eplouC surut{907 JUIBIIO'T 089IMSC BUIPO |W yoy) I9}soyIOY y10d 39077 ydjons protested uOUIO A asnoeVIAS snyprures) o1}19q BUITeS ITEMS9[GO°) Aueysuo Ajunos o11ejUO VHS NVIddISSISSIIN SAAegAdAaad TAH AHL O SNOILOHS DIAN TIS XO DIAVINO AHL AO SNOILWIHY ONIMOHS AIAVL QUIVIIOT O3IMSO | eUIpa | uwoyUul[>) | 19}S9YIOY }10d3907] : ydjonry \(4) Psst uOUIO A snypaes 911.19 q BES ereie2) Aueystio oreyngd EXPLANATION OF PLATES 360 : NEW YORK ‘STATE MUSEUM PLATE 1 Carabocrinus geometricus sp. nov. Page 282 1 View from posterior interradius. x4 2 View of tegmen showing the straight line on which the radials meet and the acute angle at both ends as if for the insertion of a triangular deltoid. The angles in the figure are not all as acute as in the specimen. x4 Malocystites emmonsi sp. nov. Page 270 3, 4 Oral and side views of specimen A, the type. Figure 4 shows clearly the position of the genital pore and madreporite. The axis used in the description is here the vertical axis of the figure x4 5, 6 Oral and side views of specimen B. x4 7 Specimen C, a form with the sigma much nearer the stem. x4 CHAZY FOSSILS Rep Paleontologist 1903 Plate 1. W.S.Barkentin. lith. G.S.Barkentin. del. PLATE 2 ‘Rhaphanocrinus gemmeus sp. nov. Page 280 1 View of base. x4 2 View of oral surface with anal tube 3 View of posterior interradius. x4 4 View of right posterior interradius. x4 5 View of left anterior interradius. x4 CHAZY FOSSILS Rep Paleontolosist 1903 : Plate 2 G.S.Barkentin. del. W.S.Barkentin. lith. oh ge Se le S) wort qe settee? agntiocinyl - t oe Ae = ith py a + aa S Gc * . eae Was ty } me TEST fey SOS : Hess eft fier wer - ‘*. : é 4 : ' rr. Say ; nie i i : +> Pe. c 1 of Pewee). an by carr iiscry ote) “vhol 4 Me ce ae ee ae a SW 3 ARTO! ist Foe wetweds vps SL erahin stale ut = r ie ef sti wore Seetie tr} vig is ‘or f : = Z P 7 2 r) 9 ‘ yi fc * 7 a aes 4 . 2 = ‘ is oa } j et L, 1 A re A y * , a y ¢ 1 al J i Fos iL i. i hey uy 4 1» y ' Cor a= eS we 7 ' 2 ii ' ibe = . x i x { ere i ie aan > ‘ : Par - pan Sv oe i ake ‘ f

. 20Ga\202 nabsivar2’, 2267 232% Becraft mountain, fossils, 191°. Beecher, C. E., cited, 177°, 248°, 260°, 269°; acknowledgments to, 280°. Beekmantown formations of Lake Champlain basin, 6°-7°; fauna, 15°- 16°, Bell, Robert, cited, 139%. Bellerophon, 161‘. auriculatus, 355°. gaspensis mov., 146°. plenus, 146°. Bertie limestone, 356°. Beyrichia, 180°, 181’, 216. SP 206°; 200°): 2T6",:268)13527. manliusensis, 209°, 213*, 2141, 214°, 215°, 25°; 215 220s 2287 4268. Bidwell’s crossing, fossil trails at, 18°- 20°. 9 TAT: wea? Bilobites varicus, 196°, 207°, 219°, 263. Binnewater quartzites, 346’. Blake, J. F., cited, 327°, 340. 386 Blastoidocrinus carchariaedens, 272°. Blothrophyllum promissum, 235°, 262. Bonaventure conglomerates, 139°, E50 . Bossardville limestone, 347°, 347%, 348°. Brachiopoda, 161°, 239°, 263, 2847-86". Brachyprion majus, 142’, 145°. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Ceratopora Sp., 231°, 262. Ceraurus pleurexanthemus, 160’. Chadwick, George H., review of sec- tion of Catskill mountains, 5*. Chaetetes sphaericus, 198”. Chamberlin, T. C., cited, 19°. Chazy formations of Lake Champlain basin, 6°-7*; fauna, 15°-16°. Brainerd, Ezra, investigations, 7’. Bryozoa, 238’, 263. Bulletins published during year, 11’- 14’. Bumastus, 162°. Butts, Charles, paleontologic determi- nations, 8". Callopora, 161". Calymmene, 162°. callicephala, 157*, 157°. camerata, 200°, 201°, 355°. cf. pachydermatus, 351°. Camarotoechia altiplicata?, 219", 220°. | barrandei, 187°, 189°-90', 190’, 191°. dryope, 146°. excellens, 146°. litchfieldensis, 351°, 352”. ramsayi, 146°. semiplicata, 219°. Cameroceras, 303’, 322°-26°. brainerdi, 296-341. explanation of plates, 370-76. figures, 307, 316. proteiforme, 326°. trentonense, 326°. Cap Barré beds, 1517-54°. Cap Blanc massive, 1617-64’. Cap Canon massive, 159'-60°. Carabocrinus, 2827-84’. geometricus Sp. nov., 282°-84". explanation of plate, 360. figure, 282. radiatus, 283°, 284°. Catalogue of type specimens of paleozoic fossils, supplement I, 43°- | 533° Catskill mountains, traverses of, 5°. Centronella glansfagea, 146°. Cephalopoda, 259°, 267. _ Chazy limestone on Valcour Island, fauna of, by G. H. Hudson, 270-95. | Cheirurus, 295'. mars Sp. nov., 295°. explanation of plate, 368. vulcanus, 295". Chonetes sp., 145%. antiopa, 143:, 145°. billingsi nov., 145”. canadensis, 143°, 145’, 148, 140, 158, 100. hemisphericus, 193”, 230°, 230°, 242°, 263» hudsonicus, 143°, 145’, 149°, 149, 196°, 2017, 223°, 242°-43, 263. mut. gaspensis nov., 145’. jerseyensis, 348", 352”, 354, 354. melonicus, 145’. yandellanus, 230°, 243°, 263. 149’, _ Chonostrophia, 140°, 151°. complanata, 143°, 145’, 187’, 189°, 189°, 196°, 198°, 206°, 263. dawsoni, 145°. jervisensis, 185°, 188°, 199°, 220°, 226°, 226° 220°, 2274 22g eae 227°, 228°, 232°, 234°, 243°, 263. Clark, P. Edwin, mentioned, 5’; cited, 186°, 191°, 194", 196*, 196°, 269°. Clarke, John M., Percé, a brief sketch of its geology, 134'-71*; cited, 190°, IQI*, 196°, 197°, 240°, 248°, 269°, 260°, 323°, 325°, 320°, 3367, 340,, 3437, 3425 Clarkoceras, 337°, 339’. newton-winchelli, 337°. figures, 336, 337. Clidophorus cuneatus, 261°. | Clinton quartzites, 346’. | Cobleskill horizon, above Salina de- | posits, 342". | Cobleskill limestone, distribution, 5°- Ceratocephala gaspesia nov., 147’. 6°, 342-58. INDEX TO REPORT) OF) THE ‘STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 Coelospira, 149”. acutiplicata, 192°, 229°, 230', 230°, 230°, 253°, 254°, 254’, 263. concava, 146°, 183’, 183°, 184‘, 196°, G7 AO,” 200",°'207", 212" 212", Be 220 22376 224! 224°,-226", (225°, .220',° 226°, 231", 232); 234", | 253°, 263. dichotoma, 188°, 189’, 180°, @oan-s 200°, 228°. 253° 263. grabaui sp. nov., 192°, 230°, 253°- BAR 203 figure, 253. Coeymans limestone, 179%, 193°, 194°, 195°, 196°, 198°, 200°, 201°, 203”, 203°, 207.207", 207:,; 218"; 219"; :262,.351' ; lower, 180*-81°; middle and upper, 181*-82”. Conocardium cuneus, 146°. Conularia desiderata, 147°. lata mut., 147°. pyramidalis var. jervisensis n. var., ESQ, 2220, ,).250',, 207. Cordania, 147°. Crania grandegrevensis 144°. pulchella, 144°. Crinoid joints, 205°. Crinoidea, 2777-84’. Crustaceans from the base of Salina group, 20°. Cryptonella ? capsa nov., 146°. ? fausta, 146°. Cyathophyllum 357 - Cypricardinia distincta, 146°. lamellosa, 197°, 234”, 257°, 267. aff. sublamellosa, 156°. Cyrtina, 200°. SpPyeeato y 263. affinis, 143°, 145°. Festrata, 145, i185; 198", 227) 227°, 283) 263).<:)10) Cyrtoceras sp., 147°. Cyrtodonta, 287°-88". ?lamellosa sp. nov., 287°-88". explanation of plate, 366. Cyrtolites expansus, 1837, 1967, 228°, 250°, 267. Cystoidea, 270°. 198%, nov., 142", hydraulicum, 351’, 387 Dalmanella sp., 233°. concinna, .2267,.243°,263: 5 lucia, 144°. perelegans, 156°, 197°, 198°, 210%, 226; ) 24317263) subcarinata, 181’, 207°, 212" BTO:, 2o2 224°, Bene 225° 8 2207 61220 227° 226% 230, 234°, 243°, 263. testudinaria, 157*, 157°. Dalmanites sp. 2124 220, 220° 2327 268: 357 , 352. anchiops, 230°, 260‘, 268. dentatus, 179°, 184°, 184", 184°, 185°, 186°, 186’, 186°, 188", 199°, 206°, 220. 220, 220. Zone 2270 22a 228", 260°, 268. zone, 1857-92”. dolphi, 185°, 186°. foederatus nov., 147’. goniaea nov., 147°. micrurus, 144’, 147‘, 209°, 268. nasutus, 143°, 219°, 268. (Probolium) perceensis nov., 143°, 144°, 147°, 149°, 169°. phacoptychoides nov., 147". pleuroptyx, 186", 197°, 205°, 207%, 207°, 216°, 260", 268. pyrene nov., 147'. regalis, 186°. stemmatus, 186". tridens, 143’. vatinius nov., 147’. Datton,..Nis H.,.ctted, 177". 2005. 356°. Dawson, J. W., cited, 301°, 320’, 340°. Dawson, Sir William, cited, 16°, 139‘, 140’, I40°. Decker Ferry formation, 347’, 347°- 48°, 348°-49", 351°, 352", 3535 353° 356%. Delthyris perlamellosa, 1817, 183%, 195'; 195", (195'-061,1977;)077; 297", 197", SBOP Bk2et 25°, 1957 100, 160), DIS ARG rao . 22 2223 22 dar eon". 220 O87 S227": 22 2207} 2R3", 224°, EGO", 200", 220°, | 2227 222". 3238 an 2288 aaA® 2A ~ Oo P impr SoEks aacku ape” 232", 233°, 233°, 252° 5262. 388 Devonic, New York, correlation with that of Gaspé, Canada, 7°-8*. Dewitz, H., cited, 3017. 302; ingt2', 339°-40'. Diaphorostoma sp., 147%. affine, 143’, 147°. desmatum, 147%, 258’, 267. lineatum, 258°. nearpassi, 185°, 228', 258°, 267. perceense nov., 143', 147°. ventricosum, 143’, 185°, 188°, 180°, 195/;) 100g.. 100), 222°, 224" 228". 228) 220", 234° 0.288" 207. Dicranurus, 152”. hamatus, £53), 452 - limenarcha, 153°, 153°; figure, 153. monstrosus, 153’, 153°. Diphragmoceras, 300°. Duncan, John H., management of Gatka Salt ‘Go... 20" Duncanella cf. borealis, 156°. 1 TOO, 200 nin 220 Eastman, C. R., cited, 324*. Eatonia medialis; 195’, 106°, 198’, 200°, °207 1 207°4 "212% 212". "220", 222 222 D2 BON eR 2A, 264. peculiaris, 146°, 148", 187°, 195°, 196’. singulafis, (164, “YOO, 200, 222", § 7 223, 224°, 224", 234°, 245, 264. Edriocrinus becraftensis, 196’. pocilliformis, 183°, 200°, 201°, 232°, 1 7 PIG i293., 238", 238, 202. sacculus, 198°, 233°. Pilis; oR, We, cited: 120% 442." TA9*, 167°, 168°. Elmira quadrangle, areal survey, 8*-9°. Emmons, Ebenezer, mentioned, 277°. Endoceras (Nanno), 303’, 324°, 333°. belemnitiforme, 305°, 318°, -322°, 323°; 324 '}'324°}'325"- burchardii, 336’. commune, 312”. figure, 301. crassisiphonatum, 300°. figure, 300. fistula, 325’. sladius, 302° 9304 6305 1312’, 310". pygmaeus, 325". | | | NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Enterolasma (Streptelasma) strictum, 181,183", 184", 01001) i2zan eaten 2 4 6 212°, 212°, )2T2) he2is- eee ore 219") 219%," 220%) aaah) aaa ieeeee 232", 233°, 233 , 235 ,, 202 | Esopus © grit) “1707, 19a) 194te 18a. TQ6', TO8", "100", *220' aaa. _ Esopus limestone, wanting in Mary- land, 201%. _ Eunema, -288'-92". altisulcatum sp. nov., 291°-g2'. explanation of plate, 368. epitome sp. nov., 272‘, 290°-gI°. explanation of plate, 366. historicum sp. nov., 288'-go*. explanation of plate, 366. _ Euomphalus ?, 200°. | Euphemus ? qttebecensis nov., 147°. | Fossils. t&ails 3 Explanation of plates, 359-84. Favosites, 210°, 221". SP.;° 207°, 207°, 207? S25Si, ae eet 262,352", 354°, 354°, 355, 350. conicus, 237”. helderbergiae, 195*, 198°, 215 BEG. 218, 221") 235 387% 262. praecedens, 199°, 203°, 351°, 353°. niagarensis, 236*, 237°. sphaericus, 180°, 180’, 181’, 181°, 182°, 200°, 210", 2G, (2aiieemeene 217°; 218", :278*- 200 aaa 28° 202: Favosites bed, 180*-81°, 193°, 222°. Field operations, 3*-0.. Foord, A. Hs :citeds 207 sigae ees. Siz", 382, FAO. Formations, index to, 31°-32°. Fossil plants of the paleozoic rocks, bO 0G 180°, 180", 181’, 181°, 204°, 210°, 21@i 2Eie 216°, 1.2177 Bi7e IES, 237 ase, at Bidwell’s crossing, 18-20". | Fossils, catalogue of type specimens, supplement I, 43°-133°. 7 . -Gaspe, Canada, correlation of the New York Devonic with that of, Dd Qt Ft) INDEX TO REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 389 Gaspé, Devonic fossils, list of, 144°- oY a ‘Gaspé limestones, 139°, 139”. Gaspé sandstones, 139°, 140°. Gastropoda, 257°, 207, 288'-94’. Girty, G. H., cited, 237°. Glenn, L. C., stratigraphic work on Olean and Salamanca sheets, 8”. ‘Glossina acer nov., 144". Goniophora mediocris, 146°. | Grabau, A. W., map and report on | Schoharie, region, 4°; cited, 180, w92, BOA 8047/2195, 202°,:215", (24S, 200", 357°. ‘Grammysia 1. sp., 261", 267. undata, 261°. Grande Gréve study, 14°. Grande Gréve .limestones, 8°, 140%. fauna, correlation “Graptolite faunas of the slate belt of | eastern New York, 6°, 15°. ‘Guelph fauna in the State of New York, 9°-10%. Gypidula angulata, 207°, 244°, 264. PeeAlcataeioogricrs 181?) 181?) 195*, 195°, 196’, 196°, 198’, 200*, 201°, zon B07, age oa er? ain * ar, Pam, 20) 2e ; 218 , 218", BON 209, 210°, 244°; 5264, 354". var., 218%. pseudogaleata, 183°, 183’, 183°, 197°, Zot, aogivege* asa" lags 264. 200’, 207”, PA 218’, 354°, Plat james;: Cited: 19, 2245) -'236°, 239", 240°, 250", 256", 344°. Halysites catenularia, 160°. catenulatus, 161", 340°. Hartnagel, C. A., study of Cobleskill limestone, 5°; Notes on the Siluric or Ontaric Section of Eastern New York, 342-58; cited, 202°, 260°. Helderberg fauna, correlation study, i ee aa ae Heliolites, 161’, 169°. Hexactinellid sponges, 162”. High Falls shales, 345”. india 157° Sp, 150°. fibTosa, 207°, 223° 262. 5) _ Homalonotus vanuxemi, | Horton, William, cited, Hipparionyx, I40°. proximus, 145°, 148’, 187‘, 187°, 189’, 190”, 198°. Holm, G., cited, 300°, 302, 303°, 303°, 303°, 304%, 304°, 304”, 305’, 306°, 312’, 313°, 314°, 316°, 318", 322°,.323°, 324, 325°, 326°, 336°, 340°, 340°, 341’, 341°. Holopea, 294’. : antiqual, UW4ystorA=! 21 4% §267: depressa nov., 147°. gaspensia, 10v., 147°. microclathrata sp. nov., 294°. explanation of plate, 366. 195.,. (r8y*. 188’, 197°, 228', 260°, 268. 175, 227°, 6 2609". Hudson, George H., on species in Chazy formation, 16‘; Contributions to the Fauna of the Chazy Lime- stone on Valcour Island, Lake Champlain, 270-95. Huxley, T. H., cited, 334°. _ Hyatt, Alpheus, cited, 296°, 298’, 300°, 300", 300°, 302’, 303°, 305, 317°, 317, 3203 3247), 325 1320013287, 133390330, 330°, 336°, 340°, 340°, 341°, 341°. | Hydrozoa, 235’, 262. Hyolithus cf. aclis, 147°. encentris ov., 147°. oxys nov., 147°. Tlionia sinuata, 355°, 355 355° _ Ilaenus americanus, [57 158% Index to formations, 31°-32”. Index to Publications of the New York State Natural History Survey. and the New York State Museum, Ea" Ithaca quadrangle, areal survey, 8*-9°. Jaekel, Otto, cited, 318”. _ Kingston beds, see Port Ewen beds. | { i i Kionoceras darwini, 355°. rhysum nov., 147’. Lambe, L., cited, 237°. Lamellibranchiata, 286°-88". Lancaster, E. R., cited, 334°. Lang, A., cited, 334’. 399 Lapworth, Charles, on British grap- tolites, 15°. Le Boutillier, Philip, cited, 136", 139°, 160°. Leperditia alta, 196°, 198’, 210°, 213°, BIA T2Tee) ZiIss Ars? “216 ar". 268. altoides, 347°, 347’, 348°. jonesi, 351°, 353°, 355°. scalaris, 351°, 351°, 350°. Leptaena rhomboidalis, 142°, 145°, 156°, 160°, 181‘, 183°, 183°, 185*, 195°, 197°, 199°, 200°, 208", 212°, 219*, 210°, 220°, 200°; 2am eegtipos e245 pont. 22h 221 2225" ean or eer 126". 227) ; 227", 280232) B33 2321209). 233°; 233°, 233, 240°, 204)°351°,7351', B52) Leptaenisca adnascens, 353°. Leptocoelia flabellites, 143°, 146°, 148°, 149°, 187°, 188°, 189", 189°, 189°, 196°, 198’, 199‘, 200°, 200°, 204*, 206°, 228°, 228", 2203234 253", BEAT 26a! Leptodomus canadensis, 146". Leptostrophia blainvillii, 145°. irene, 143’, 145°, 140°, 149°, 151°. magnifica, 142°, 145°. oriskania, 145°, 152°, 185°, 227°, 240°, 264. tullia, 1437, 145°. Lichas (Terataspis), 161°. grandegrevensis nov., 147°. ptyonurus, 357°. Lichenalia torta, 180°, 181°, 184*, 196’, 207°, 210 sea es; Baal Bib 2 hz 4216)! 218 AIS {210 232" 1232", 238% ao! Limekiln massive, 160°-617. Lindsley, J. G., cited, 344%. Lingula, 182°, 239°-40’. Sp iM222". 202) 92235 Noa? men waah™ 264. elliptica nov., 142°, 144°. perlata ?, 234°. rectilatera, 142", 144°. spathata, 142, 144°. Lioclema cellulosum, 181°, 207°, 2109’, 238°, 263. . ponderosa, 263. ponderosum, 207°, 238". Lithographer, appointment of, 21°. | | NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Localities, alphabetic list, New York according to 30°-31'; record of, 32°-42°. Logan, Sir William, cited, 18°, 19’, 138°, 139°, 139°, 140°, 140°, 141’, 149°, 150°, 165°, .167°21Get Loxonema ?, 214". Sp., 209°) 213°,;,215*) 2islasiteaee 230° #2075, ? hebe, 146°. jerseyense, 228) 267: Luther, D. D., stratigraphic deter- minations, 9’. Lyellia, 161’. Lyriocrinus, 277°. ? beecheri sp. nov., 272’, 277°-80%. explanation of plate, 364. figure, 278, 279.. 27°-30° ; counties, 185°, 188% o220ymeeye Machaera costata, 261°. Malocystites, 270%. barrandi, 2715, 027ae emmonsi sp. 0v., 270°-77'. explanation of plate, 360. figure, 274, 276. Manlius limestone, 179°, 179°-80*, 193°, 194°, 195°, 196°, 198°, 202°, 203°, 342", 350°, 351°, 353°; similar in New York ~ and New Jersey sections, 201*; upper, 2009'; 212°, 213°, 204 ero. 216', 220°, 221°, 222°; Homenapeuas 214°, 215, 216°; qannaaaae! Map of Schoharie region, 4°. Maps, stratigraphic and areal maps, 177-18". Marcellus limestone, 203°. Mather, W. W., cited, 175°, 176°, 227*, 343°, 343°, 344°, 346°, 352°. Mattimore, H. S., assistance from, 9’. Medina sandstone, 343°. . Megalanteris, 140°. ovalis,. 187°, 189°) 19650 2eReewe 264. plicata nov., 143*, 146*, 148", 149°, 149°, 160°. Megambonia aviculoidea, 200°, 213°, 256°, 267, 350°. crenistriata, 143°, 146°. nitidula nov., 143°, 146% INDEX TO REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 Memoirs published during year, 9°- | 10°. | Mermstelia sp.. 230°. 232°, 232°,' 255’; 264. -acerra nov., 145°. arcuata, 169°. laevis, 181’, 2po, 212’, 223°, 223°, 225°, 225°, 255°, 264. lata, 184*, 185°, 186*, 188°, 189°, 189°, 189°, 196°, 198°, 199’, 206°, 206%, Bre 227" 228") 220°) '220°,1220°, 255°, 264. var. complecta nov., 143°, 145°. princeps, 212°, 223’, 232°, 255’, 264. Michelinia cf. lenticularis, 156°. Migration of faunas, evidence of, 203°-4°. Modiella modiola nov., 146’. pygmaea, 146’. Modiolopsis, 286°-87’. subquadrilateralis sp. nov., 286°-87°. explanation of plate, 366. Modiomorpha gaspesia nov., 146. Monograptus cf. clintonensis, 156°. Monotrypa corrugata, 354°, 354°, 356°, 356°. tabulata, 238°, 263. Monotrypella ? abrupta, 2237, 238°-30", 263. tabuldta, 195°. Mt Joli massive, 155°. Mt Moreno, restudy of structure, 6°. Mt Ste Anne, 168°-60°. Mytilarca canadensis, 146". nitida, 146", 207°, 2077, | POM 22a. 224°, 224°, 2g2";1 233), 1577; 8G7*, Bog 2227 Zoe 2c: 22550 232", 182°, 200°, Nanno, 322°-26°. aulema, 298°, 300°, 300°, 317°, 320%, | eet 425, 324) 324%)! 325°)! 326', 320°, 338". fistula, 326". | pygmaea, 326°. See also Endoceras (Nanno). Naples Fauna in Western New York, part) 2;( TO. Narthecoceras, 325°. 391 New Scotland beds, 179°, 182°-83*, 193°, 194°, 195°, 196°, 199°, 200°, 201", 203°,, 203 ; lower, 207°, 208", 212’, 2E2". 210°, 220 , 22242229223 2223, 223" (223° 224° 023 P55 iipper, 200", 208", 208, 212°, 212°, 220, 220/224", 225.. 226) 225 2318230) s aaa, 262. Niagara shale, 247%. Nickles, J. M., cited, 204”. Nucleospira, 199’. concentrica, 223°, 254°-55°, 264. elegans, 185°, 186°, 187°, 207°, 227°, 233°, 233', 255°, 204. ventricosa, 146°, 207°, 219°, 220%, 255°, 204, 355. Nuculites barretti sp. nov., 261°, 267; figure, 261. gaspensis nov., 140°. 261", Oatka Salt Co., 20°. Office work, 9*-14°. Oncoceras ovoides, 347’, 348°. Onondaga limestone, 179°, 192°-93', 194°, 229°, 230, 231°; wanting in Maryland, 201°. Ontaric section of eastern New York, by C. A. Hartnagel, 342-58. Orange county, upper Siluric and lower Devonic faunas of Trilobite mountain, Orange county, by H. W. Shimer, 173-260. Orange county sections, 350*-57. Orbiculoidea, 182°. SP., T4Ad- SiG 220" ampla, 185°, 2277, 240°, 264. discus, 223”, 265. nov. cf. grandis, 142°, 144°. jervisensis, 188", 199°, 206%, 226°, 228%, 228°, 240°, 265. cf. tenuilamellata, 356’. Oriskany fauna, correlation study, 14°. Oriskany limestone, 179%, 184-92", 194", 194°, 196, 197°, 199°, 200°, 202°, 203°, 220°; lower, 1857-88* 2057, 205", 200°, 212", 220°, 22622268 227°. 228", 234°; upper, 188°, 205°, 206’, 206", 212°, 220", 228°. 228°, 228° 2207 234°; thickness, 198’; fauna, 262. Oriskany-Esopus swamp, 1917-92". ¢ GE Orthis sp., 242°. Orthoceras, 355’. Sp. 147°, 222°, 259°-60, 267, 356°. brainerdi, 296°. helderbergiae, 207°, 259", 267. insulare, 301°. Orthoceratidae, 336°. Orthochoanites, 336°, 337°. Orthopora, 201°, 204’. regularis, 181°, 182°, 207°, 219", 239’, 263. rhombifera, 181°, 182 239°, 263. Orthothetes, 162". becraftensis, 145°. interstriatus, 351°, «359 5351 5 356°. woolworthanus, 185°, 189°, 197’, 197°, 197°, 198°, 200%, 230°, 239 8 DAT~242; 265. mut. gaspensis, 145°. Ortonia, 161%. Sp... Sp: Ostracoda, 268. Oswego sandstone, 343°. 8 9 7 sy BOF. 3122T9:, 353 195", 208°, Palaeopinna flabellum, 146°. Parastrophia hemiplicata, 157°, 157°. Parker, Sir Gilbert, cited, 136°. Pelecypoda, 161°, 255°, 266. Pelmatozoa, 238°, 262. Penhallow, D. P., on fossil plants, 16°. Percé, a brief sketch of its geology, by John M. Clarke, 79, 134'-71°. Percé rock massive, 141°-44". Phacops sp., 156°, 162°, 229%, 220°, 268. bombifrons, 147°. correlator, 147°. losailinn 144+) 14779 149°} = 15657162, 163", * 197° A004 207 55220,,¢ 222", 224*, 232", 260°, 268. pipa, 260%, 268. Tana, 193723052314 tumilobus, 163°. Pholidops ovata, 144°, 197", 219", 224°, 240°, 265. terminalis, 142°, 144°. Phthonia cylindrica, 146°. Phyllograptus shale, uppermost zone, 6". NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM -Piloceras, 326°,’ 326',| 320,03a4n SP; 301". ; figure, 302. . . amplum, figure, 329. explanator, explanation of plates, 376-84. Dove newton-winchelli, 335°, 336°, 336’,. 337°, 339. Plates, explanations, 359-84. Platyceras sp:,. 147°, 20742211. e2t2 218", 224", 228", 257°-56 ,, 2am. argynus nov., 143°, 147%. conulus nov., 147”. eucerus 70v., 147%. cf. fornicatiim, 1472 gaspense n0v., 147°. gibbosum, 224°, 257°, 267. laciniatum nov., 147°. lamellosum, 189°, 257*, 267. cf. nodosum, 147°. paxillatum nov., 147°. _ platystoma, 185°, 226°, 257*, 267. reflexum, 189°, 228°, 257°, 267. tenuiliratum, 212’, 257', 267. tortuosum, 143°, 147”. ventricosum, 185°, 227°, 257°, 267. Platyostoma, 162". ~Plectambonites sericeus, 160’. Plethorhyncha barrandei, 146°. pleiopleura, 146°. Pleurotomaria sp., 209°, 267. delia, 146°. lydia, 146”. ? rotula nov., 146°. cf. subdepressa, 351°. voltumna, 146°. Port Ewen beds, 179°, 184’, 193°, 194°, 195°, 107°,. 190, 200° pezogeneee. 203', 212", 212), 220.225 eee 234°; collections of fauna, 5°; upper, 205", 206°; lower, 206". Port Jervis, lower Devonic rock sec- tion at, 14°, 173-260. | _ 5 Potsdam sandstone, fossil trails on, 18-20". Poxino Island shale, 346°-47*, 348°. Prismatophyllum inequalis, 349°, 351°. Probolium perceensis, see Dalmanites (Probolium) perceensis. INDEX TO REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST I903 Proetus pachydermatus, 352”. phocion, 147°. protuberans, 207*, 260°, 268. Prosser, C. S., on fossil plants, 16°. Proterocameroceras, 322°-26°, 330°. brainerdi, 325°, 325°,,. 326°, 326°, 330, 332", 335, 3355 335: Proteropiloceras, 326°, 320°, 330°, 330. Protovaginoceras, 326°, 326°, 330°. belemnitiforme, 326°, 326°, 326°. Protozyga exigua, 160’. Pterinea emacerata, 352°, 354°, 356°. ? gebhardi, 189°, 255°-56°. var., 266. naviformis, 207°, 256°, 267. ? textilis, 187°, 195°. Pterinopecten proteus mut., 146°. Pteropoda, 258°,. 267. Pterygometopus cf. intermedius, 157’, 1587. Ptilodictya frondosa, 348°-49". Ptychopyge ulrichi, 157°, 158. Publications, 9°-14°. Rafinesquina, 157°, 160’. Spy, 157". Rensselaer grit, 342°. Rensselaeria, 140°. Sp., 146°. aequiradiata, 180°, 181°, 185°, 187°, 260, 2217. 224°, 226°° 2A6™ 265: mutabilis, 246°. ovalis, 246°. ovoides, 187°, 187°, 189°, 226°, 265. var., 148°. var. gaspensis nov., 143°, 146°. subglobosa, 185", 186*, 187*, 188’, Teg 227" 227.227) 6227",.. 246", 265. Report of the State Paleontologist for 1902, 13"-14°. Reticularia fimbriata, 193°, 230°, 252°, 265. modesta, 189*, 189°, 219", 2237, 220%, 252) 205, Rhaphanocrinus, 280°-82’. gemmeus sp. nov., 280°-82’. explanation of plate, 362. figure, 281. 393 Rhipidomella sp., 144°. assimilis, 244’, 265. eminens, 244”, 205. lehuquetiana nov., 144°. logani nov., 144°. musculosa, 144°, 242". oblata, 185’, 186°, 197’, 198°, 2087, ZNO, 220, 22%), 223, (223° 2258 220), 220 9227), 229", 232. i DAs. 265. cf. preoblata, 354%. tubulistriata, 212, 244° 265) Rhynchonella, 199°. altiplicata, 265. bialveata, 2127, 265. deckerensis, 354°. formosa, 200°. lamellata, 349°, 351°, 352°, 354‘, 355°. litchfieldensis, 354°, 3557. semiplicata, 181°, 207%, 265. Rhynchospira, 146%. formosa, 181°, 196", 207%, 212°, 226, 265. globosa, 219°, 265. Ries, Heinrich, cited, 177', 269’, 350°. Rochester shale, 247°. Rogers, EY. © cited, 175 ) 177°. Rondout, structure of disturbed fos- siliferous rocks in cement district about, 4°-5*; investigations at, 17°. Rondout formation, 342‘, 349’, 351°. Rosendale cement, 356°. Ruedemann, Rudolf, investigations, 6*; on cephalopods of Beekman- town and Chazy formations, 16°; Structure of some Primitive Cep- halopods, 296-341. Ruedemann collection, purchase of, at". Safford, J. M., cited, 188°. St Louis Exposition, proposed ex- hibit, 21°. Salt mine at Wyoming proposed, 207- 2k Sannionites, 303". Sardeson, F. W., cited, 323°, 340°. Sarle, Clifton J., description of crustaceans from base of Salina group, 20°. 394 Schizambon, 284’. duplicimuratus sp. nov., 284°. explanation of plate, 368. typicalis, 284°. Schizodus ventricosus, 146°. ‘Schizophoria amii nov., 144’. bisinuata, 207*, 265. multistriata 207 y) 225, 233, 2605. Schoharie grit, 192°. Schoharie limestone, 196°; wanting in Maryland, 201°. Schoharie region, vey; 6 idee Schroder, H., cited, 301*, 340°. Schuchert, Charles, cited, 177°, 182°, 185°, 187°, 188% 194°, 199°, 203", 204°, 269", 269°. Seely, H. M., investigations, 7’. Shawangunk grit and conglomerate, 343'-46". Shimer, Hervey Woodburn, Siluric and Lower Devonic Faunas of Trilobite Mountain, Orange county, 173-260. Siluric section of eastern New York, by C. A. Hartnagel, 342-58. Slate belt of eastern New~ York, paleontology and stratigraphy, 6°. Sphaerocystites multifasciatus, 200°. Spirifer sp., 1 s§ BAS 227% stratigraphic sur- 1 145°, 352°, 354, 354. arenosus, 140°, 143°, 145°, 148’, 149°, TAGs HAG y yi! SI pcelO7 hp EOO LOO , 190°, 198%, 229°, 251, 265. concinnoides, 201°. concinnus, 183’, 183°, 195°, 195°, 100!) Oy", 107", 200, 202, #202, Boe 254 5233823550233 , 0240 5 50, 251205. corallinensis, 195°, 353°, 354 - crispus, 247°, 247*, 247°, 247°, 247’, Ages BST, Qh cumberlandiae, 201°. cyclopterus, 149°, 179°, 181°, 182°, 189*, 195°, 195°, 196°, 197°, 197°, 197°, 198), 109, 100:?4200', .200%, BOO 6, 207 40 20844212 5 220220 224°, 225". 225°, 2aneon!..220. Upper | 200’, NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 227° \ e228". 232,142 eo 248°-49", 250, 250), 251 p25 1 yeas 1 -O2cuee dolbeli nov., 143*, 145°. eriensis var. 195°. fimbriatus, 145°. gaspensis, 145°. Phera*nov., 145°. macropleura, 182’, 195", 195°, 197’, 200°, 201 4 Bees 224 12244 224" Vane 225°) 250-525 252. eS, 265. Macrus, 103), 2305, 252 265. modestus, 152°, 156°, 197°, 198%, 200". var. nitidulus nov., 145°. mucronatus, 252°. murchisoni, 140°, 143°, 145°, 148, 149°, 149°, 149°, 151, TOO maga. 184*, 185°, 186%, 188°, 188°, 189°, 189‘, 189°, 196°, 198%, 205°, 206°, 206°, 206°, ,2271, 227.0228 wieaee 228, 229', 220", 220°, 234°, 234, 248", 24097, 250°-5) yi 258 5aesee 265. zone, 188°, 199. cf. niagarensis, 156°. octocostatus ?, 220°. petilus, 248", 251°. superbus, AS tribulis, 201°. vanuxemi, 169°, 179°, 193, 196%, 198, 232', 233°, 250°, .250°, 265. , 183°) 3S; 197°, 199°, 200°, 220°, 223° 022, 225 2aer 200°, 200°, .200°; , 200). Zig saauee 213’, 213, 214, Zine geen 215’, 215°, 2107) 2iGe we oie 246°-48', 248", 248°, 248°, 251°, 265, 3525 B52 5 i855e: Spirorbis latissimus nov., 147°. Spongia, 262. Spring House lot, lease of, 20°. Staff, 21°-22°. Stenochisma formosa, 185°, 186%, 187°, 227s BAS POs! Straparollina, 292'-93’. asperostriatus, 293’. harpa sp. nov., 292'-93°. explanation of plate, 368. Stratigraphic and areal maps, 17*-18*. INDEX TO REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1903 395 Syntrophia, 285'-86’. multicosta sp. nov., 285°-86'. explanation of plate, 368. Streptelasma cf. caliculus, 156°. strictum, see Enterolasma (Strep- telasma) strictum. Stromatopora, 198°, 210°. Eaneenttica, 160°, 210',. 216, 216° : ae OS Ae ae ; ’ | Tentaculite band, 213°. > b ’ 2 ° . ; ] Sp 207, 207. Stropheodonta becki, 183’, 184°, 189° Tentaculites sp., 207%, 267 } : a ae , S acula, “105;,,20L, 220,227 227" 189°, 195°, LOZ. Oy 200", 207°, 508! i Qs. So ’ , ’ » Peegett +, 216,219 , 220. 222°, eso ivy 224", 225°, 2254 225° 2261 226° CATECh WOU! TAZ « 5) ? 220' eh a 232° 233', 234, 240° elongatus, 143°, 147°, 185°, 186", 188", ? ) S ae , ) a ee 10 197" Oe 199’, bipartita, a5r, 352", 354, 354". ee pe ss ef vee pre sig crebristriata mut. simplex nov., as Oca ees 145¢ 258 5 AO ‘ ee 14s! gyracanthus, 180", 198", 200°, 200%, ’ NM 3 Fs) 3 5 8 8 hunti nov., 145°. joey Ad 213) 213; eee sv lincklaeni, 142°, igs pe oe 220, 221, 259, 207, magniventer, 145°. 7 » 350- : , parva mut. avita nov., 145%. | ee Oe ee Pateeoanit tow! ee Se Cae Terataspis grandegrevensis, see Lichas 145" ; ' (Terataspis) grandegrevensis. ae eG) ike! iso 182 | Terebellum subulatum, 293’. % > , , ’ 5] Zier 181°, 196°, 196", 198", 207%, 200%, Trematopora, I61'. a 3 4 i j | Fete multistriata, 1837, 199° 2007 209, 200, 210.210, 210, | i ; : ele Zis., 213 Al Aeanagnar a’, | ay ue i oy ee at 2 : oak erforata 2 2 Aine 2U5 520 5),. 205 nan ote, | P 54°; | Tretaspis reticulatus, 157%, | Trilobita, 2607, 268, 295". | Trilobite bed, 220°. _ Trilobite mountain, Orange county, upper Siluric and lower Devonic faunas, by H. W. Shimer, 173-269; Sy ees 2m. 221", 221°," 240", 240265. 57, 158 var. atata, 208°, 217’, 241°, 265. 5 8 Strophomena sp., 157°, 227°. Strophonella ampla, 145°. conradi, 185°, 226°, 227°, 241° continens nov., 145°. ae. equalis nov., 145°. name suggested, 227°. eee LOr". equiplicata nov., 145°. | Zt ‘ senile (hee oes | canale nov., 143", 146°. I : = 9 headleyana, 183%, 222°, 223%, 2247, Tropidodiscus peace nov., 146°. 225°, 232° 24142" 266 : | wakehami, 146°. ] , ’ 7 | . . ° leavenworthana, 2427, 266 | Type Specimens of Paleozoic Fossils punctulifera, 184°, 207°, 212°, 2177, | pee York ptate Museum, 220', 225°, 232', 233°, 233° 242° II-13°; supplement 1, 43'-133*. 266. / radiata, 1077. | Ulrich, E. O,, cited, 260%. Strophostylus expansus var., TAGs | Uncinulus sp., 210°, 211°, 2177 2187, Structure of some Primitive Cephalo- | 220°, 266. pods, by R. Ruedemann, 296-341. campbellanus, 195°, 197°, 199°, 201°, Subretepora, 157%. 232 232" \BACPY 266, Subulites, 293”, mutabilis, 146°, 198°, 207°, 211°, 266. Taymondi sp. nov., 293°. nucleolatus, 181°, 196°, 207%, 245* explanation of plate, 366. | 266. 396 Uncinulus pyramidatus, 181°, 225°, 245°, 266. vellicatus, 185%, 187°, 227°, 232’, 266. Unio alatus, 288°. Unitrypa nervia, 219’, 239°, 263. praecursa, 181", 207°, 219", 230°, 263. Uralichas ribeiroi, 144’. 207°, Vaginoceras, 303°, 305°, 322°-26°. belemnitiforme, 298°, 305*, 311’, 313°- EO’, Sig, 322, 3506 figures, 305, 317. multitubulatum, 326’. vaginatum, 326°. wahlenbergi, 326°. Valcour Island, fauna of the Chazy limestone, by G. H. Hudson, 7’, 270-95. van Ingen, Gilbert, study of region about Rondout, 5°; investigations at. Rondout, 17°; cited, 166. .101', 194", 196*, 196°, 198’, 269°. Vanuxem, Lardner, cited, 344°. Vermipora serpuloides, 185°, 1867, 223”, 227 232. ZIG, 20%) Verrill, A. E., cited, 334°, 3417. Watkins quadrangle, areal survey, 8*-9%. Waverly quadrangle, 8*-o*. areal survey, NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Weller, Stuart, cited, 183°, 190°, 194°, 198°, 215", 242°, 244°7246*, 248°, 269°, 347°. White, David, on fossil plants, 17°. - White, I. C., cited, 193°, 260°. Whiteaves, cited, 300°, 300°. Whitfield, R. P., investigations, 77; cited, 296°, 333°, 340°, 340°. Whitfieldella cf. bisulcata, 162". cf. nitida, 195°. nucleolata, 180°, 180°, 181’, 209”, 200°, 209", 210°, 213’, 213° Saree 214°, 216%, 216) 207,225 gee 221°, 254°, 266, 351°, 353, 355- sulcata, 351 23525 Wilbur limestone, 356°. Woodworth, J. B., account of trails. on surface of Potsdam sandstone, —-18°-20°. Wyoming, proposed salt mine at, 20°- ar. Zaphrentis ?, 230°. sp. 262. cingulosa, 156°. corticata, 156*. roemeri, 180°, 1817, 210", 235°, 262. Zittel, K., cited, 300°, 324°. Zygospira, 157°. cf. uphami, 157°. Appendix 4 : | : ees Museum bulletin 71 eding Habits and Growth of Venus mercenaria Published monthly by the University of the State of New York BULLETIN 296 SEPTEMBER 1903 New York State Museum ei FREDERICK J. H. MERRILL Director 4 ; is oa ad / us Bulletin 71 ZOOLOGY 10 FEEDING HABITS AND GROWTH OF VENUS MERCENARIA BY JAMES L. KELLOGG Ph. D, PAGE PAGE WREGOOCUIOM Soc cee + se nye ee oe 3 | Growth under wire netting ...... 23 Feeding habits of Venus, growth a Growth above the bottom....... 23 TCM LOOM aig Sie soi «hs 2y 0s 0s On| EGIL eS 5. 2. 4 ce detain Sees... 24 Growth experiments ......:.... Lt uh COLE RISTOII. Ne 20h ic stuns ee a 25 LENT 51S ees ae ae 1Sr) Description OF Moumes sa. 2% 5 mise « 26 Growth between tide lines....... LOS fh Hasire se SSeS a eee face 28 Wandering habits of Venus..... DAN; Lier wots. : sous aut. cera Ala nae 28 tOdOdTCL aM ae va AY oe a ee , yee 4 y > 34 OF YOORO S ee o se s ‘ : j ms Z - ‘ 4 < \ , 3 : ‘ - Y ea p ‘awe ¢ “> eee + es ; > N University of the State of New York eee re) New York State Museum FREDERICK J. H. MERRILL Director Bulletin 71 ZOOLOGY 10 FEEDING HABITS AND GROWTH VENUS MERCENARIA Introduction In a previous bulletin of the New York State Museum,! attention was directed to the fact that both the hard clam, or little-neck, and the common long-neck clam were rapidly diminishing in numbers, not only in the waters of New York State, but also along the entire Atlantic coast where these forms have previously been found. After a careful examination of a large part of the coast of New England and Long Island, it appeared that the apprehensions of many mar- ket men and clammers concerning the growing scarcity of these forms were well founded. It was not intended that the attitude of an alarmist should be assumed. Clams still may be had at almost any hotel or restaurant. Even if the natural beds alone are depended on, as heretofore, a certain supply may be had for some time. But it is certainly true that, unless something is done to check or modify the indiscriminate and unintelligent methods of taking these forms now in vogue, the supply is finally to fail more or less completely everywhere, as it has already failed in many localities. That time is not remote. It is difficult for one not personally familiar with the clam flats and beaches, and their histories, to realize the truth of such a statement. While at any time one may obtain fresh or canned lobsters in the market, it is difficult to interest him by the statement that he may not long be able to 1Clam and Scallop Industries of New York State. N. Y.State Mus. Bul. 43. 4 ; f NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM indulge his taste for them; yet even now lobsters are danger- ously near extinction on our coast. But it is the consumer who should be interested, if possible, because from him, through his representatives in the Legislature, must come the action which shall make possible new and intelligent methods of propagation which may preserve the supply. Unpleasant facts of this kind, in any case, should be considered seriously by the public-spirited citizen; but his interest would be enlisted, and his support obtained much more readily, if he could be shown some practical way out of the difficulty. It has been proved, I think beyond question, that, not only are methods of cultivating the common clam, Mya arenaria, easy and inexpensive, but the results of the labor involved are astonishingly great. “Seed” clams may readily be obtained in many localities. They may, when necessary, be transported from one place to another without injury. The planting is a simple process. Small individuals may even be sown broadcast on a soft bottom like so much grain. Unlike the oyster, the salinity of the water makes little difference with their growth. Most important of all, their growth is extremely rapid. ~This method of culture, the details of which have been carefully worked out and tested in artificial beds, was developed after a study of the life history, the habits, and the conditions of growth. Every- thing of scientific interest concerning the form has not been investigated. The early stages of development from the egg, for example, are not yet known; but enough wa’ known to devise an entirely satisfactory and practical method of culeGiae and this method has been thoroughly tested. The question may be asked, why, if the demand is increasing and prices are rising, if the supply has everywhere fallen off, and if a cheap and practical method of culture has been devised, do not those who are interested in supplying the market become clam “farmers,” instead of remaining clam-diggers? The answer is that ancient laws still leave beaches and flats to the people. They are public grounds where all have equal rights. On them any one may dig at any time. No man has a right to plant and protect his clams, and clam culture is impossible. To VENUS MERCENARIA 5 repeal a law of this character is extremely difficult, for it appeals to the many as a cession of their rights to the privileged few. But all would have equal rights to the property by lease or purchase. Good beaches are very numerous, and there is little danger that any would be excluded who might desire such property. The sale and lease of bottoms to oystermen along the shores of Long Island, have apparently worked injustice to no person who is desirous of entering that occupation. At a very few points on the coast, por-. tions of flats have been leased to clammers. These experiments have failed because of a lack of adequate protection. Unless such a system, with proper protection, is introduced by the repeal of old, and the enactment of new laws, soft clam culture will be impossible, and such laws can be had only when they are desired by the people at large. ~The little-neck clam, Venus mercenaria, grows most abundantly below the low tide line, where it is taken by means of tongs. Much of the shallow bottom about Long Island, in which clams were _ formerly taken, has been leased to oystermen. The profit from oyster culture is much greater, acre for acre, than that derived from the taking of hard clams, which are left to propagate by the natural method. The areas left to clammers are now limited, and the greater part of the supply used in the canning industry comes from the southern coast. At the same time, clams are rapidly ‘diminishing in the available beds. The little-neck is also found between tide lines. This fact suggested experiments to determine whether they grow well in such places. Beaches and flats are not now generally available by lease. If this were given, these areas could be more easily protected than those in deeper water, and the matter of planting and digging would be greatly simplified. It is of the utmost importance, however, that clams not continually submerged should increase in size with some degree of rapidity, to insure the success of culture methods under these conditions. An account will be given of this growth in Venus. ; Very little is known of the growth of lower organisms. Among the Lamellibrarchiata, the group of mollusks to which the clams belong, much is known concerning the growth of the oyster, which, for many years, has been artificially reared in Europe and 6 ‘ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM America. But, till very recently, no observations have been made on the growth of any clam. In work for the United States Fish Commission, the results of which have not yet been pub- lished, Mya was reared in many places, the experiments being carried out on a large scale. In many ways the results were astonishing, particularly in regard to the rapidity of growth. Not only was the actual amount of growth observed, but also the conditions under which it was least and most rapid, or : altogether impossible. It was my desire to continue the same line of work with Venus, as nothing was known concerning its growth or the conditions governing. it. Though from lack of time and facilities, these experiments were not extensive, they were most encouraging, and show that this form also increases in size rapidly, even when exposed at low tide. Feeding habits of Venus. Growth a matter of food Within wide limits, rapidity of growth in clams seems to depend directly on the amount of food. In order to make clear the con- » ditions under which rapid growth is possible, the feeding habits oi Venus should be described. Before such a description is possible, some anatomical features must be noticed. In a clam bed, the animal lies but a short dis- tance below the surface of the bottom. Though the shell is entirely hidden, the creature reaches up to the water above by means of a fleshy extension of the body, which has the form of a double tube. These tubes are known as the siphons, and may quickly be retracted within the valves of the shell. On a smooth bottom, the ends of the siphons may be seen, when the animal is undisturbed, extending out to the level of the surface. A close inspection will show that a steady stream of water is entering one tube [fig. 1, in. Ss] and leaving the other [ex.s]. The margin of the first tube is crowned by short, tactile tentacles. When touched by foreign bodies floating in the water, these sense organs cause a closing of the incurrent siphon, or perhaps a retraction of the entire structure. The microscopic diatoms, which form the food of clams, are so small and so evenly diffused in the currents, that they do not induce these movements. : VENUS MERCENARIA ; 7 When the animal is removed from the bed, the tight fitting valves of the shell are found to be firmly closed. It may be neces- sary to break the shell in order to insert a knife, blade by means of which the two powerful muscles which connect the valves, and by their strong contraction close them, may be cut. Removing one half of the shell, it is seen that both shell valves are lined on their inner surfaces by thin, fleshy flaps which grow out from the sides of the body. These are known as the mantle folds [fig. 1, m], and they inclose a large space, the mantle or branchial chamber, in which is found the main part of the body. The body, however, does not entirely fill the mantle chamber, but a large space remains which is filled with water. The siphons are seen to be simply a modified portion of the mantle. It is into this space that-the inflowing stream of water, bearing the microscopic food, must enter. The manner in which the food is collected and passed into the mouth will be described presently. While the mantle folds are free at their margins, their edges are closely applied to each other, and the mantle chamber is essentially a closed space, except- ing for the siphonal openings. If now one of these mantle folds be cut away, the body is exposed from the side and appears as represented in figure 1. _ The mantle fold on the farther side is shown at m, lining the entire inner surface of the shell valve, s. — : Two large, conspicuous folds, 1g and og, the gills, arising from the side of the body, hang free in the mantle chamber. In this position, they are continually bathed by the incoming stream of water, and they perform a very important function in addition to that of the aeration of the blood —that of food collection. Just anterior to the gills, and behind the large anterior adductor muscle, aa, are two small folds, ap and pp, the labial palps. The portion of the palp seen in the figure, ap, is simply the lateral extension of a fold which hangs in front of the mouth like a huge lip drawn out to a point on the sides. The posterior palp is similarly placed behind the mouth. The mouth opening is on the median line behind the anterior adductor muscle, and is hidden from view by the closely applied palps. It is a funnellike entrance to the digestive tract, and, because the food of the clam is microscopi- & : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM cally small, it is supplied with no special organs such as teeth or rasping structures. I would call particular attention to the relation in position between these palps and the anterior edges of the gills; for I wish presently to describe the manner in which food is transferred from gills to palps, and by these into the mouth. When the gills are removed, there is exposed the main mass of the body [vm, fig. 2] which is made up chiefly of a large colored gland, the function of which is the secretion of the digestive fluid, and the greatly developed sexual glands. This body in anatom- ical descriptions, is called the visceral mass, to distinguish it from the muscular organ which is developed on its under or ventral surface —the so called foot, f. The last named organ is represented in the figure as being contracted within the mantle chamber. It is capable of great distension and, in a large clam, may be projected for a distance of two or three inches from the edges of the shell. Though a fleshy structure, it is, when protruded, quite tough and firm, being made rigid by a large quantity of blood which is pumped into it by the heart, in order to cause its distension. The foot is an organ of locomotion, and is also used in burrowing. It is possible for Venus to creep about by means of its thrusting and wormlike movements; but I believe that the animal uses it in this way much less than is generally supposed, and this is a point of much interest to the clam culturist. In order to understand the mechanism by means of which food is collected, it is necessary to describe in more detail the structure of gills and palps. The gills are the most complicated organs in the bodies of lamellibranchs, and must be described here as briefly and as simply as possible, without mentioning their won- derful histological structure. Outer and inner gills are practically the same. Suppose that one of these is carefully removed from its line of attachment to the body, and studied by means of the microscope from the surface and in section: such an examina- tion shows the gill to be not a solid flap or fold, but an exquisitely minute basketlike structure with an outer and inner wall inclosing a space between. These walls are made VENUS MERCENARIA 9 of extremely fine rods placed side by side, as represented in the most diagrammatic way possible in figure 3. In order that these rods, r, may retain their position, they are in many forms, irregularly fused with each other by secondary lateral growths of tissue, ic. The outer and inner walls of the gill are also held together by partitions which extend across the inner space between them, /. The gill is thus seen to be basketlike, the walls being ‘made of rods between which are spaces, s, which put the interior chamber in communication with the mantle space in which the gills hang. | These rods, or filaments, of which the gill is made, contain an interior space in which the blood flows. They were probably primarily developed in order that the blood of the body might be brought in close contact with the water, that, by diffusion, the carbon dioxid of the blood might pass outward through the thin walls, while, by the same process, oxygen, carried by the water, might pass into the blood. But, in addition to performing the function of breathing, the gills have taken on that of collecting minute organisms used as food. This is accomplished by a com- plicated process. } We have seen that a constant stream of water entered the mantle or branchial chamber. What becomes of it? And what is it that causes the current? All of this water in the mantle chamber streams through the minute openings between the filaments of the gill and enters its interior space. It now rises to the base of the gill, and flows into a tube, the epibranchial chamber [fig. 1, ec], through which it passes backward, leaving the body by the upper or exhalent siphon, which is directly continuous with the epibranchial chambers of the four gills. The currents which we first noticed, then, enter the mantle chamber by the lower siphon, pass into the-interiors of the four gills, flow to their upper or attached edges, and are directed backward and out through the upper siphon tubes of the mantle. The cause of these rapid currents is revealed by a microscopic examination of the rods or filaments of the gills. These are found to be covered on their outer surfaces, which face the water on both sides of the gill, with innumerable short, hairlike structures which project perpendicularly from the surface. These cilia TO : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM are protrusions of the living protoplasm of the cells which form the walls of the filaments. Each possesses the power of movement, lashing in a definite direction, and recovering the original per- pendicular position more slowly. This movement is so rapid that it can not be seen till nearly stopped by inducing the gradual death of the protoplasm. It is very effective in causing strong currents in the surrounding water. A microscopic examination, and direct experiment with minute, floating particles, will show that other cilia are present on the filaments than those which cause the water to enter the gills. The diagrammatic figure of the gill [fig. 3] does not show why the minute food particles may not be taken into the interior of the gill by the entering stream of water, and finally out of the body through the broad water channels. This is prevented by long cilia arranged in bands which project out laterally between con- tiguous filaments in such a way as to strain the water which enters. the gill, thus preventing all floating matter from entering. These highly specialized cilia tracts of lamellibranch gills, I have called the “straining lines.”4 In some forms there is a single line, in others there are two. In some cases the lines are formed by a single row of cells; or a section across the line sometimes reveals several closely crowded cells bearing the greatly elongated strain- ing cilia. That foreign matter is really excluded as the current of water enters the gill, may be demonstrated by direct experiment on a living gill. Carmine may be ground into a fine powder, and suspended in water without becoming dissolved. If a small amount of this is allowed to fall on the surface of a living gill, it will be seen to lodge there. A wonderful thing now occurs. A myriad of separate minute grains, which may represent the food of the clam, are almost instantly cemented together by a sticky mucus which is secreted by many special gland cells in the fila- ments, and the whole mass, impelled by the oscillations of the cilia, begins to move with some velocity toward the lower or free edge of the gill, On this free margin is a groove into which the material collected on the faces of the gill is turned. 1 Kellogg, J. L. Contribution to Our Knowledge of Morphology of Lamelli- brauchiate Mollusks. U.S. Fish Com. Bul. 1892. VENUS MERCENARIA ja This groove is also lined by ciliated cells, and the whole mass is swept swiftly forward in it toward the palps. The natural food of the clam, of course, is carried forward in the same way. It is evident that a large proportion of the organisms floating in the water which enters the mantle chamber must come in contact with the sides of the gills, and be carried forward to the mouth folds, to which they may be transferred. These points may be made more clear by referring to the diagram [fig. 4]. It represents a section made transversely across the fila- ments of a typical lamellibranch gill. In a single gill there are thousands of these rods. But five are shown here on each side, standing in row to form the perforated walls of the gill. Each rod is represented as being more or less oval, when its cut end is viewed in this way. In three places are shown the lateral union of filaments. The reference letters 1g are supposed to be placed in the interior space of the gill, and p shows the nature of the partition, or septum, which, at more or less regular intervals, stretches across this space and holds the two walls of the gill together. The details of cellular structure have been drawn in two filaments. The long, straining cilia, which stretch across the spaces between rods, are shown at sc, and the arrow indicates the course taken by the water current as it enters the interior of the gill. The cilia which cause this entering current are the frontal cilia, fe. Opening on the surface between them and the straining cilia are the gland cells, gc, the secretion from which cements together the food particles. This figure is not intended to represent the details of structure found in the gill of Venus, which is much more complicated in many ways. The general plan of structure and of function in that form, however, is very much as represented, and this diagram is used because it may be so much more easily described. If we now examine the palps with a hand lens, we may notice that their inner surfacés—those nearest to the mouth —are covered by a set of very fine parallel ridges. The lateral portions of the palps are shown in figure 2, ap and pp. They are capable of many movements. They may be bent and spirally twisted, 12 ; NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM lengthened or shortened, and, if their inner faces touch the edges of the gills, any material which is being brought to this region is transferred onto the ridges of the palp. This is accomplished by strong cilia which are developed on the ridges. These same cilia carry the foreign matter on across the ridges, and finally force it into the mouth [arrow on pf]. This, in brief, is the method by which clams and mint and other lamellibranchs collect and ingest their food. The process, till very recently, has not been closely studied, but this auto- matic feeding process has been known in a general way for a long time. It has sometimes been said that, if a lamellibranch is to prevent suspended mud from being collected by the gills, it must close its shell, thus entirely preventing all ingress of water into the body. It has been found that these creatures have no more control over the activities of the cilia which have been described than a man has over the cilia in his trachea. As long as the animals live, the cilia continue to lash in the same definite directions, though their activities soon become lessened after the shell is removed. But I have found that the animal can prevent food or particles of dirt from being taken to the mouth while the stream of water is yet flowing. It seems never to have been suspected that complicated mechanisms existed, by means of which collected particles could at once be discharged from the body. They are present, however, probably in all lamellibranchs, differing some- what in different forms, and I shall describe the comparatively simple one which is found in. Venus. If the mantle and gills are removed from one side of the body, so as to expose the visceral mass and the foot, and the creature is put into a dish of sea water, grains of carmine, which are allowed to settle on the surface of the visceral mass, at once indicate the presence of a ciliation there, as well as on palps and gills. These experiments require care and patience, but they show with great certainty that the most definite cilia currents exist in this region. These are indicated by the arrows placed on the visceral mass in figure 2. It will be seen that all the currents converge at a definite point, x, just above the line of the base of the muscular foot on the VENUS MERCENARIA T3 posterior margin of the visceral mass. Any material, then, which touches this surface, instead of being taken toward the mouth, tends to be forced in the opposite direction. Immediately on touching the wall of the visceral mass, the fine particles are cemented together by an abundant mucus, as on the gills. When much carmine or mud is used, a large ball of it is collected at +. It will be noticed that this region lies directly in the path of the - incoming stream of water from the branchial or lower siphon; and at first sight it would seem that from this position there could be no means by which it could escape from the mantle chamber. Clams undisturbed in the bottom, however, from time to time may be seen to discharge a strong jet of water from both siphons. This habit of many lamellibranchs is better shown in Mya. When these clams are kept in a bucket of water over night, the floor will be wet for many feet around it in the morning, and indeed one may at any time when they are so kept, see them violently close the shell by contracting the adductor muscles, thus emptying the mantle chamber by throwing a strong jet out of both siphons. This peculiar habit of all lamellibranchs which have been observed is, without doubt, for the purpose of removing masses of material which the animal can not use as food. This is not the only means of discharging undesirable material from the mantle chamber. If the entire body be removed, leaving only the mantle lining the sheil on one side, it also will be found to be ciliated. In this case, as illustrated in figure 5, everything is swept downward toward the free edge of the mantle, and falls into a line parallel with the edge, and is then directed backward. Particles which may fall on the extreme edge are also passed into this well marked stream. Everything is directed backward, but can not be carried out of the incurrent siphon against the stream which is entering through it. “In a little bay beneath the base of the siphon, where it is out of the current, the material is collected. By the contraction of the adductor muscles, and the resulting emptying of the mantle chamber, as described above, thi- col- lected mass is expelled. But, in spite of the activities of these two surfaces, which tend to rid the body of material not fit for food, it is evident that, if 14 ; NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM much mud is entering, large quantities of it must be collected on the gills and be sent forward toward the mouth. I have spoken of the fact that the palps are capable of extended movements. If they are withdrawn so as not to touch the gills, material will accumulate in the anterior parts of the gill grooves till masses are formed so large that they fall off into the space of the mantle chamber below — perhaps to be taken up by the currents on the mantle. At any rate, they would be discharged when the mantle space was emptied. I have no doubt, especially after what I have observed in forms like Yoldia, that the palps of Venus are from time to time withdrawn from contact with the gills, in order that they may receive no material from them. It is when we come to examine the palps that we find the most complex arrangement for keeping material from entering the mouth when that is desirable. A close examination of the inner faces of the palp shows a narrow strip around its margin which is without the ridges previously described. Both of these margins are very densely ciliated. When suspended material falls on the upper margin, it is carried up onto the surface of the ridges | fig. 2, um| and across them to the mouth. Anything which touches the other margin, on the other hand, is swept with great rapidity in the other direction— out to the end of the palp, where it accumulates and is finally thrown off into the mantle chamber below. It is true*that this margin is narrow, and not much material suspended in the water would strike it; but probably when a large quantity is collected on other parts of the palp, this edge is folded over so as to touch these heavily laden sur- faces, and sweeps them clean. It thus appears that there are extensive ciliary tracts for collect- ing and conveying food to the mouth; but that, in addition to these, there are other ciliated surfaces by means of which unde- sirable material may be excluded without the necessity of closing the shell. Because of the advantage of sustaining the aeration of the blood, this must be of very great service when the water is muddy. In this description of the feeding habits of Venus many important details have been omitted, particularly in regard to the VENUS MERCENARIA ? - 15 anatomy of the gill, which is much more complicated than is indicated in the figures. The question of food is an important one when we are searching for means of rearing this clam by some culture method. In order to force the growth of oysters in French claires, water is held in reservoirs back of the beds till the contained diatoms may have multiplied greatly, and is then allowed to run over the beds. Such _ methods are expensive, and under proper natural conditions, Venus will grow very much faster than either the European or American oyster. Enough has been said of the food of Venus to make it clear that, if it were raised on beaches or flats, we should not expect to find so rapid a growth as if it were never exposed, for feeding is impossible without water currents. I hope to show, however, that growth seems to be very rapid even under these circumstances. . | Growth experiments Before speaking of these experiments, it will be well to make it clear that the planting was done on a small scale, and was pursued under the most adverse circumstances. I believe that the results as we have them are perfectly certain and they are most satisfactory as they are; but I am also sure that under favorable conditions growth would have been very much greater. A trip was made to Riverhead, and the shore examined carefully as far as Greenport. Many clams are found along this shore, and several sites were located, which, so far as currents and char- acter of bottom were concerned, seemed to be ideal. In every case, however, I was assured that clams would not be allowed to remain unmolested for a week. So certain did this seem, that the very mutch less favorable harbor at Cold Spring, on the sound, was selected. Here also it appeared that no portion of any of the beaches would be free from molestation by clam-diggers. The only thing to be done was te ask the privilege of a small space on an oyster bed which extended close to the low water mark. This was granted by Captain Jones, who has my sincere thanks for this favor, and also for the kindly interest which he showed in the work. | The rights of the oystermen seem to be strictly respected. I ventured to run some of my beds up on the narrow beach nearly 16 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM to the high tide line, marking them by labeled wires which were run down out of sight. These I easily found in the winter, but some of the beds had been raked clean. Others certainly escaped ob- servation. Before planting, the ground was raked, that I might be assured that no little-neck clams were present init. Iam very positive that the beds and sealed wire cages on the oyster ground had not been touched when they were examined after an interval of six months. | But the unfavorable conditions were these. Everywhere above and below these beds, oysters covered the bottoms as close as they could lie. They take from the water the same floating organisms which Venus uses for its food. Everywhere, too, above and below low tide line, soft clams were burrowed almost as close as they could be placed. They also use the same food. Now, we have experimental evidence to show that the growth of all these forms is, up to a certain point, directly proportionate to the amount of food. They all grew here; for, on account of the conditions of the upper harbor, where at high tide the shallow water, fed by fresh- water streams, was warmed for hours by the sun, diatoms must have multiplied with great rapidity, and, when carried out, offered abundant food. But undoubtedly none of these lamelli- branchs grew as they would if the life of the bottom had not been so abundant. As an example of the number of these organisms on the bot- tom, this case may be cited. A flowerpot, 4 inches across the top, filled with clean sand, was sunk nearly to the level of the ground on June 19, 1901. In it was placed a little-neck clam. When. examined Dec. 28 of the same year—six months afterward—the sand in this pot contained 11 soft-shelled clams ranging from half to three quarters of an inch in length, besides the hard clam, which had increased considerably in size. These soft clams had settled in the pot from the swimming larval condition, as they settled elsewhere on the bottom, and had begun to grow. It is most reasonable to suppose that, if this hard clam had been growing on almost any beach where less life was being supported, its growth would have been more rapid, for diatoms are more or less abund- ant all along the shore. VENUS MERCENARIA ; 17 Another serious hindrance to the growth of clams is the presence of the seaweeds, Ulva (sea lettuce) and Enteromorpha which, | during the greater part of the year, grow profusely after their attachment to large pebbles or other solid bodies on the bottom. Not only the larger stones on these beds, but, especially, the wire cages which were sunk into the bottom, were in December more or less completely covered by them. In extended experi- ments on the growth of the soft clam, Mya, the same difficulty was met with in many localities. The masses of weed, flattened out on the bottom by the tide currents, greatly hinder the clams underneath from obtaining from the water their needed food. My experiments with both forms show that this condition is detrimental to the best results. If one were free to select sandy ground which would afford no means of attachment, this difficulty would not appear. These matters are spoken of in detail because the results which will be given should, without doubt, have been far greater. Any one with rights to certain parts of a beach, who could watch his beds at all times of the year, could, with very little labor, prevent these drawbacks. Still another difficulty attending the work at Cold Spring was the fact that it was almost impossible to obtain clams small enough for planting. None were to be had in this locality. A number were sent from Jamesport, L. I., but most of them were of marketable size, and hence too large for the most important part of the experiment. The smaller ones came from New Bedford Mass., and these had perhaps previously been received from Edgar- town. It must however be said that the hard clam, like the oyster and quite unlike the soft clam, Mya, will live for many days, and even for weeks, after being removed from the water during the hot summer time, without apparent injury. The soft clam may be preserved in this way for a long time during the winter, and very small individuals may safely stand much exposure in hot weather; but the larger forms of this species succumb after a short time. The tenacity of life in the small Venus may also be greater than in the adult, but nothing is known in regard to it. 18 } NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Methods Each clam was measured in sixteenths of an inch at the time of planting, and also when taken from the bottom six months after- ward. Merely to state the increase in length, however, gives no adequate idea of the actual growth. It is much better to give the increase in volume. To state that a clam increases “irom 1,%, to 14% inches in a certain time gives little idea of its actual — growth. If individuals of the two sizes are held in the hand and compared by the eye, the bulk of one is seen to be much greater than that of the other. It is really this increase in volume which we wish to determine, so each clam was measured also by deter- mining its displacement in water. A table was made showing the displacement of clams of various sizes. For example, many indi- viduals just 1 inch in length were measured in a graduated vessel. There is some slight variation, because some are thicker than others. The average of many measurements, however, shows that a clam’ of this’ length displaces’ 2'5:c.em. "> Phe eaveraes displacement of other sizes was determined in the same way. To illustrate the difference in the two ways of stating the increase, we may compare clams 1 and 2 inches in length. One is 100% longer than the other. One has a volume of 2.5 c.cm, the other a volume of 22 c.cm; and, while a clam 1 inch long has increased in length 100%, it has increased in bulk or volume 7804. This increase in size or volume is what we wish to determine. Suppose that in a certain bed are placed clams al! of a size. When these are dug, after a lapse of several months, some indi- viduals will have increased in size more than others, though the differences may not be great. In order to determine the increase in such a bed, the arithmetical mean length of the whole series has been calculated, and the volume of the mean has been com- pared with the volume of the clams when planted. In one bed, for example, several clams 1 53, inches in length were planted. In six months they were removed, and the length of each individual carefully measured. There was some individual variation in the length; so the mean length of the series was calculated. It was found to be 112 inches. The average volume of clams 13 16 inches long is 4.5 c.cm; that of individuals 14% inches long is VENUS MERCENARIA : 19 \ . ° ° a 14.5 c.cm, or 3.22 times as great. The increase in volume in the six months, therefore, was 222%. Growth between tide lines The most important point brought out in this experiment is the fact that growth is considerable on bottoms exposed for several hours at low tide. This is shown in the following cases. A line of flowerpots was run from below ordinary low water mark up the steeply sloping beach to a point about two feet below the ordinary high water line, the fall of the tide being about six feet. The pots were sunk so that their tops were level with the ground, and were separated by a space of about two feet. June 10, 1901, there was placed in each of these pots a clam 1.25 inches, or — to give the measurements for convenience’s sake in sixteenths of one inch — 1,4, inches in length. These were examined, after an interval of six months, on Dec. 28. Some of the pots were empty or contained dead shells. In the first or highest, the clam had grown to a length of 144 inches, an increase of 148% in volume in the half year. If we had no other example of growth, this would be very suggestive, for the increase is great, the creature having become in this short period almost two and a half times as large as when planted. We should expect to find still greater growth with longer immersion. In the second pot, the clam had increased 154%, and in the third, still lower down, 1722. The fourth pot was empty. In the fifth, the increase, instead of being greater still, was only 87%. The explanation of this seems to be perfectly clear, and is exemplified in several other cases. Around the margin of this pot there had grown a large quantity of Ulva. There. was much of it at this level of the beach, while higher up it was not abundant. Without doubt this seaweed was flattened out over the top of the pot by the current, in such a way as to prevent free access to the food-bearing stream, and for this reason growth was not so rapid. : The presence of these weeds, which grow on so many bottoms, should not seriously inconvenience the clam culturist. They may be removed without difficulty with a rake, and do not grow abundantly on a surface which is reasonably smooth. If it had 20 cal NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM | been’ possible to visit these beds a few times during the summer, the results in the case of many lower beds would undoubtedly have been different. In pots still lower down, all of which were covered with Ulva, the growth was much the same as in the fifth— from 80% to 100% increase, In this line of pots, then, the fact is demonstrated that between tide lines, hard clams 1.25 inches long may increase 2.5 times or more in volume in half a year. Localities more favorable for their growth could easily be found. If experiments were made on a large scale, I should expect to get a more rapid average growth even where the forms were exposed at low tide, and a much greater increase on bottoms which are never exposed. As it is, this growth as compared with that of the oyster is marvelously rapid, just as it is in the soft clam. It should be noticed that we are not attempting to make extended generalizations on the data given by four or five individual clams. Two clams side by side will not increase at the same rate. It is possible that one might grow twice as fast as another. But, if we had a single case in which we were certain of the amount of increase, it would assuredly indicate the possibilities of growth, and the chances are that it would sot by any-means be the limit of possibility. On the other hand, when we compare the growth in pots 1, 2 and 3. and find a progressive increase from the higher to the lower pot —an increase of 145%, 154% and 172% — our induction is founded on insufficient data, and really means nothing. The result is as we should expect it, out it may be entirely accidental. But it is sug- gestive, and, if it were possible to observe many rows of clams similarly placed, we might reasonably expect to establish it. Unfortunately it has not been possible to do this. ~The simple case of the line of flowerpots has been spoken of first because it was more or less typical of the results obtained in many small beds planted under similar conditions. Many hundreds of clams, after being carefully measured, were segregated into groups according to length and planted together. Their growth substantiates the results obtained in the flowerpots. VENUS MERCENARIA 21 Very briefly the following results will be described. Several small beds, each with an area of 16 square feet, were laid out on the gravel between tide lines. A group of these was separated by an intefval of 20 or 30 yards from another group. Most of these small plots were within the boundaries of the oyster bed already mentioned, but some were above the line of the bed, and a few of them were dug clean. Others were not discovered by clam diggers, and apparently entirely escaped molestation. In each of these small beds, clams all of a size were planted. The number on a bed varied from 100 to 175. I would call particu- lar attention to the fact that on the deeper beds, where the tide currents were swiftest, larger stones were exposed, and there was here an abundant growth of seaweed, which was not found farther up on the beach. This always interfered seriously with the growth _of the clams. ‘For example, on these beds which were below the ordinary low tide line, where we should expect to find the most rapid growth, there was an increase in volume in clams 112 inches long, of 354; in those 154, inches long, of 41¢; and in those 112 inches long of 42%. Llamallthe more certain that this low rate of growth is to be explained by the presence of the seaweed, because I had previously had the same experience in a much larger experiment in the soft clam. Fortunately, as I have already stated, a little labor by one © who is able to be on the spot during the entire year would prevent this result. Some of the higher beds, however, which from the character of the bottom were free from the weed, gave different results, and show the possibilities of growth much better. On a bed only three or four feet from ordinary high water line, there was placed on July 6, 130 clams, 1,4 inches long. On Dec. 30, almost the entire number was removed. Some had increased more than others. _ The mean of the series was calculated, and showed an increase of 255% in volume in a little less than six months. ‘On another bed, somewhat lower, 150 clams 15% inches long had increased 157% in volume. One of the things to be expected is that clams of smaller size would show a relatively greater growth. It has not been possible to make comparisons to demonstrate this 22 : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM because of the influence of the seaweed on so many beds. The variation in the size of planted clams in this experiment was from 137°, inches to li¢é inches in length, and this is not a very great range. On a third bed, also situated well up on the beach, clams 1355 inches long when planted had increased 155% in volume in the six months. Whether the amount of food in the summer is greater than in the winter, I do not know. I have no doubt that the increase goes on during the winter months, though, it may be, with diminished rapidity. It would be extremely interesting to carry out these experiments on a large scale through the entire year. These facts certainly show that the possibilities of growth in Venus are very great, and indicate that its artificial culture between tide lines would be easy and inexpensive, and that it would yield large results. Considering the place which the little-neck has in the markets, it would seem that the artificial culture of the form should yield a larger income than does the culture of the oyster as carried on in Long Island sound. The latter is expensive and laborious, and growth is very much slower than in the case of either of the clams. Wandering habits of Venus The soft or long-neck clam, Mya, is capable of locomotion only when very small. As the body increases in size, the foot, or loco- motor organ, becomes relatively smaller. An individual 2 inches long, while it can not move along the surface of. the bottom, is still able to use the foot as a burrowing organ. When it has attained a length of 3 or more inches, however, it seems to be incapable even of covering itself in the bottom. In the case of the hard clam, Venus, on the contrary, the foot remains throughout life a very well developed locomotor organ. Though no definite experiments have been made to demonstrate _what it is able to do, one might assume, from the size of the organ and its power of extension as demonstrated in aquaria, that the animal is able at all times in its life, not only to burrow but also to move from one locality to another, as the fresh-water clams, with a similar foot, are known to do. VENUS MERCENARIA 23 The beds in this experiment were planted with the fear that the clams would wander. The result, however, showed conclusively that they do not have this habit — or that they did not.exhibit it in this particular case. The clams were found where they were placed within the limits of the original beds. Careful digging around the margins of the beds failed in every instance to show any wandering tendencies. Growth under wire netting In order to be perfectly certain that clams should have no means ~ of escape, three cages of wire netting were constructed, bounding the margins of the area containing clams in each case to a depth of 5 inches and covering the top. These forms never burrow to a greater depth than this, and there was no possibility of escape. In each case the netting remained intact, and certainly was not disturbed. These beds were exposed only during the full moon tides. Here also the seaweed seemed to play an important part in the results. In one case the netting was sunk so deep as to be covered with sand, and consequently no seaweed attached, as it did on the other cages. Growth was much more rapid here, though the clams in this bed were smaller when planted, and, as a consequence, a more rapid growth should have been expected. The results were as follows: Cage 1 Clams planted July 6, 1,8 inches long. Some seaweed was attached to the wire of the cage. The clams were removed Dec. 30. The increase in volume was 145%. Cage 2 Planted July 6, 1,5 inches in length. Removed Dec. 30. A very large quantity of weed over the cage. Increase in vol- ume, 78%. . Cage 3 Planted July 6, 1;4 inches long. This cage was sunk so deep that no weed was attached on the surface. The increase Dec. 30 was 222% in volume in the six months. Growth above the bottom In methods of oyster culture as developed in France, the forms are placed in racks above the bottom, and from the tide which sweeps over them, they are enabled to obtain nourishment enough for comparatively rapid growth. It would be an interesting 24 : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM thing to show that clams could be made to grow in this way. The clam culturist could then make himself independent of beach rights, and perhaps more easily obtain a lease of ground for such a purpose below low water mark. But one or two very small experiments on the soft clam have indicated that the creatures do not do well under these conditions. At Cold Spring a wire rack was constructed, and anchored above the bottom in a swift current. Into it were put several hard clams ranging from 1,4 to 2+? inches in length. Every one of these seemed to be in a healthy condition at the end of six months, but not one had increased a particle in size. Not being able to cover the body in sand, they seem to have remained most of the time with valves closed. They may possibly have moved about at times, for their shells were worn, but more likely this was due to the fact that they were rolled about in the cage by the currents. On their smooth, clean surfaces numbers of Anomias, or silver shells, had attached and grown, as shown in figure 6. Though this small attempt to induce growth above the bottom ended in failure, it should, on account of its importance, be repeated on a large scale under as many different conditions as possible, in the hope that some combination of circumstances might prove to be the right one. Enemies Neither of the clams is molested by the starfish after it has become large enough to burrow, though the very small soft clam, and perhaps the hard clam also, is destroyed in great numbers by small starfish, before it is able to cover itself. So far as I have been able to discover, there is but one natural enemy of Venus which might possibly be destructive. It is the gastropod mollusk, Lunatia [fig. 7], which is abundant in some localities. It is found in numbers at Cold Spring. On several occasions I have observed it digging below the surface and attacking both hard and soft clams in their burrows. By long continued labor, it files a smooth, clean hole through the shell of its victim by means of a rasping organ in its mouth cavity, and then destroys the soft parts of the body within. Figure 8 illustrates the character of the borings on shells VENUS MERCENARIA 25 taken from the beds at Cold Spring. In every case the perforation is near the prominence of the shell called the umbo, directly over the pulpy visceral mass, which might most easily be sucked up through the opening. It is a curious fact that this region of the shell is selected by Lunatia for boring in any lamellibranch which it attacks. It may not invariably be so, but I have many shells of different species which have been drilled in this region, and have happened to notice no exceptions to it. | No matter how numerous it might be, this enemy would prob- ably not be as troublesome to clam culture as the starfish is to the oyster industry. In several places I have seen it collected by fishermen for bait, simply by pegging a bit of fish, or even a dead starfish on the bottom. Ina short time numbers of them will be found collected on the bait. By some such simple means, if it were desirable, a clam bed probably could easily be rid of the creatures. Conclusion This experiment on the growth of Venus from lack of means and time and favorable locality has been a limited one. In order fully to demonstrate the feasibility of the artificial culture of the form, it should be carried out on a very much larger scale, and should be extended through a longer period of time. There can be no doubt about the accuracy of the results in the case of the wire cages, the growth in which has been described; and, from their position, I have no reason to think that the clams were dis- turbed on the other beds which have been cited as examples of growth. Some of the higher beds seem to have been discovered by clammers, and these were raked clean. The figures giving the percentages of growth, though not numer- ous, at least indicate the fact that the most essential feature of the culture of the little-neck clam —rapidity of growth—Jis all that could be desired. Neither has anything appeared which would suggest a natural difficulty in the way of artificial culture. 26 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM DESCRIPTION OF FIGURES Figure 1 Side view of large Venus mercenaria. Mantle fold on right side of the body has been removed. The edge of the left fold of the mantle is shown at m. The exhalent, ex. s, and inhalent, in. s, siphons are modified parts of the mantle. Water bearing food and other floating substances enters the space between the mantle folds — the mantle chamber — through the inhalent siphon. Hanging in this chamber are the foot, f, and gills, og and ig. Cilia on the gills cause water to enter them, forcing it to their bases, into the epibranchial chambers, ec, and then backward and out of the body through the excurrent siphon. This is indicated by fine, dotted arrows. The two large transverse muscles —the anterior and posterior adductors— which, by their contraction, close the valves of the shell, are shown at aatand pa. Reference letters: aa, anterior adductor muscle; pa, p ‘sterior adductor muscle; ec, epibranchial chamber; og and ig, ou_c~ and inner gills; ap and pp, anterior and posterior palps; ex. s abielt. s, exhalent and inhalent siphons; f, foot; m, edge of left manti€ “old; s, ventral margin of shell. — Figure 2 Drawn to show that floating particles which touch the “surface of the visceral mass are taken posteriorly and thrown off into the mantle chamber at x. From this region, they are removed from the body by the contraction of the adductor muscles, whi” dis- charges a large part of the water in the mantle chamber. At pp is shown the striation of the inner side of the posterior palp, over which food is taken to the mouth. The unstriated margin is also shown. Other reference letters as in figure I. Figure 3 Paper model of lamellibranch gill. A diagrammatic figr show the basketlike structure of the gill. ae Reference letters: ic, interfilamentar connections; p, par ~~ or septum holding the two halves of the gill together; 7, » _ bot- or filament; s, space between filaments. VENUS MERCENARIA 27 Figure 4 _ Diagrammatic section across the filaments of a typical gill. Arrows represent the course taken by water which enters the gill, Reference letters: 1g, interior of gill; p, septum between sides; gc, gland cells, the secretion from which cements floating particles into a mass on the outer surfaces of the gill; fc, fine frontal cilia causing water to enter gill; sc, straining cilia pre- venting solid matter from entering the gill and moving it to the ventral margin. Figure 5 View of inner surface ef left mantle fold of Venus, showing course taken by particles which touch it. These are discharged from the body when the stream entering the mantle chamber throug’) the lower siphon is reversed by contraction of adductor ~ muscles. Figure 6 clams kept in wire cage above the bottom for six months. Ali Jucils were covered by attached Anomia, or silver shells. Figure 7 Lun :tia, a gastropod mollusk, which bores shells and destroys clams. . Figure 8 Vernus shells bored by Lunatia. INDEX Anatomical features of Venus mer- cenaria, 6-12; cilia, 9-10; foot, 8; | gills, 7, 8-11; mantle folds, 7; palps, 7-8, 11-12, 14; siphons, 6, 7, 13. Beaches and flats, public grounds, 4. Cilia of Venus mercenaria, 9-10. Cultivation of Mya arenaria, 4, 6; of Venus mercenaria, 15-17. Enemies of Venus mercenaria, 24-25. Enteromorpha interferes with clam culture, 17. Experiments to determine growth of | Venus mercenaria, 15-17. Feeding habits of Venus mercenaria, 6-15. Figures, description of, 26-27. Foot of Venus mercenaria, 8. Gills of Venus mercenaria, 7, 8-11. - Growth of Mya arenaria, 6. Growth of Venus mercenaria, depen- dent on food, 6; experiments to | determine, 15-17; method of meas- | uring, 18-19; between tide lines, | 19-22; under wire netting, 23. Hard clam, see Venus mercenaria. Kellogg, James L., cited, 3, 10. Little-neck clam, see Venus merce- naria. Lobsters, near extinction, 4. Locomotion, of Mya arenaria, Venus mercenaria, 22—23. Long-neck clam, see Mya arenaria. Lunatia destructive to Venus merce- naria, 24-25. 99 . as Mantle chamber, 7, 9, 13, 14. Mantle folds of Venus mercenaria, 7. Mya arenaria, cultivation of, 4, 6; ob- | of | stacles to cultivation of, 17; enemies, 24; rapidity of growth, 6; growth, above the bottom, 24; locomotion, 22; power of emptying mantle cham- ber “ts. 2%" | Oysters, cultivation, 5, 16; growth, 15, growth above the bottom, 23. Palps of Venus mercenaria, 7-8, 11— 12, 14. | Planting, difficulty of obtaining clams Lor, Ai7, Racks to hold oysters, 23-24. Seaweeds interfere with clam culture, 17, 19-20, 22. Seed clams, 4. Siphons of Venus mercenaria, 6, 7, 13. Softiclam, see Mya arenaria. Starfish destructive to clams, 24. Straining lines, 10. Tide lines, growth of Venus merce- naria between, 19-22. Ulva, interferes with clam culture, 17, 19-20. _ Venus mercenaria, supply in danger Jones, Capt., acknowledgments to, 15. | of failing, 3-4; where found, 5; anatomical features, 6-12 ; feeding habits, 6-15; growth experiments, 15-17; methods of measuring ~ growth, 18-19; growth between tide lines, 19-22; wandering habits, 22-23; growth under wire netting, 23; growth above the bottom, 23— 24; enemies, 24-25, _ Wandering habits of Venus, 22-23. Wire netting, growth of Venus mecce- naria under, 23. | Wire rack to hold clams above jot- tom, 24. (Pages 29-80 were bulletin cover pages.) Figure 1 X\ AN NY Th ig Figure 2 Figure 3 igure 4 fc KR Figure 5 SE es SES Pisure 7 Figure 8 ‘ i} Ae wea GEOLOGY 6 ~ nic map of Little Falls quadrangle , (ie Gieshee PRE-CAMBRIAN S 2 DaiMee INT Y ROCKS. a GEOLOGY 6 Topographic map of Little Falls quadrangle Geologic map of Little Falls quadrangle PALEONTOLOGY 10 Geologic map of Salamanca quadrangle | ' ‘ Abed eel —", ee eee UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM BULLETIN 77 ca U.S.GEOLOGICAL SURVEY TO POGRAPHY % CHARLES D. WALCOTT, DIRECTOR eye (Wilatarcy L é Mie = I i KG easwellasville) GEOLOGY 6 Topographic map of Little Falls quadrangle Geologic map of Little Falls quadrangle ~ PALEONTOLOGY 10 Geologic map of Salamanca quadrangle — I UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BULLETIN 77 STATE MUSEUM : . LITTLE FALLS QUADRANGLE LEGEND SEDIMENTARY ROCKS Modemyalley allu- vium and marsh de - posilswith some gla- cial sand and gravel benches and under- lying till in the Mohawk and West Canadavalleys FE 3 5 eq 5 9%O0. Pleistocene unclassified concealing Boundaries i Lorraine formation; Uticablack shales with thin layers ofslaty line stoneinlowerportion SN Trenton-Utica passage beds, alternating Inyors of black shale,and thin black,blocky limestone Trenton limestone; in- cluding the Lowyille and Black River lime stones atthe base; mostly gray and black: Io thinbeddedlimestone Boelanantown formation, Lite Falls dolomite; massive, grey, often sandy dolomites = Grenville formation, various gneisses and schists, mostly quartzose usually containing garnet and frequently graphite IGNEOUS ROCKS == di Diabase,onlyin dikes, late pre-Cambrian x x y nostly augite Syenite; sometimes por phyritic usually sneis- sold; of post- Grenville Lassell: age but much older than ~ the diabase ROCKS OF UNCERTAIN QRIGIN — = [s ioe (Fe Mostly red granite ——-s andblack,amphibolitic §neisses,probably igneous | somewhat inyolyed with: Grenville sediments and probably of Grenville age Very gneissoid sye- mingled with granitic mingled wide geanit gneisses, and with patches of basic gar- neliferous Sneisses that may be sedimen- tary inclusions, The * others appear to be ig - neous probably amxed| PLEISTOCENE LOWER SILURIAN PRE-CAMBRIAN PRE-CAMBRIAN PRE-CAMBRIAN border zone of the syenite UNKNOWN PRE-CAMBRIAN PreCambrian,but of unknown character bechuseconcealed heavy drift —_-- Ww , x . Faults S ——4 : + Tron ore mine = e Stone quarries: SA GH. are tines of Sections. “< Sa < a ee, = : : AB. CD. EF.ana GEOLOGY 6 Topographic map of Little Falls quadrangle Geologic map of Little Falls quadrangle — : ; Geologic map of Salamanca quadrangle — ‘ PALEONTOLOGY 10 4 Bah ae EDUCATION DEPARTMENT UNIVERSITY GE THE STATE OF NEW YORK JOH > MUSEU. SALAMANCA QUADRANGLE STATE PALEON cis STATE M if SUM een ee ea aA 21s) Russell —— aS FET LEGEND Alluyiam and modified — PLEISTOCENE NEOCARBONIC conglomerate Knapp formation conglomerate ALEOCARBONIC PA Salamanca conglomerate lentil Cattaraugus: formation Wolf Oreek conglomerate lentil OQuba sau datone lentil rae { | | | Chemung shale GEOLOGY 6 Topographic map of Little Falls quadrangle Geologic map of Little Falls quadrangle © , PALEONTOLOGY to Geologic map of Salamanca quadrangle 4 "MILNE 01300 5897